GCONF - en to en_GB translation catalogue (16512 entries)

en: Initializing Markup backend module
en_GB: Initialising Markup backend module

en: Initializing XML backend module
en_GB: Initialising XML backend module

en: Error initializing module `%s': %s
en_GB: Error initialising module `%s': %s

en: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification weirdly reappearing): %s
en_GB: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification strangely reappearing): %s

en: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections - put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf
en_GB: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections — put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf

en: Some client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.
en_GB: A client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.

en: [FILE...]|[KEY...]|[DIR...]
en_GB: [FILE…]|[KEY…]|[DIR…]

en: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> - ignoring
en_GB: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> — ignoring

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: device status reason
en: Modem initialization failed
en_GB: Modem initialisation failed

en: VPN disconnected
en_GB: Disconnected

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine.

en: Failed to initialize the MD5 engine: %s / %s.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the MD5 engine: %s / %s.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption cipher context: %s / %s.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption cipher context: %s / %s.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption cipher context: %s / %s.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption cipher context: %s / %s.

en: Error initializing certificate data: %s
en_GB: Error initialising certificate data: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#8 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#8 decoder: %s

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine: %d.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the MD5 context: %d.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the MD5 context: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption context.

en: Failed to finalize decryption of the private key: %d.
en_GB: Failed to finalise decryption of the private key: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption context.

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %d
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %d

en: Connection sharing via a protected WiFi network
en_GB: Connection sharing via a protected Wi-Fi network

en: System policy prevents sharing connections via a protected WiFi network
en_GB: System policy prevents sharing connections via a protected Wi-Fi network

en: Connection sharing via an open WiFi network
en_GB: Connection sharing via an open Wi-Fi network

en: System policy prevents sharing connections via an open WiFi network
en_GB: System policy prevents sharing connections via an open Wi-Fi network

en: Could not daemonize: %s [error %u]
en_GB: Could not daemonise: %s [error %u]

en: The nameservers listed below may not be recognized.
en_GB: The nameservers listed below may not be recognised.

note: #-#-#-#-#  3 (NetworkManager-openconnect)  #-#-#-#-# http://git.infradead.org/users/dwmw2/openconnect.git/blob/fa20c1e2bc:/dtls.c#l552
en: Bind UDP socket for DTLS
en_GB: Open UDP socket for DTLS

note: #-#-#-#-#  3 (NetworkManager-openconnect)  #-#-#-#-# http://git.infradead.org/users/dwmw2/openconnect.git/blob/fa20c1e2bc:/ssl.c#l423
en: Keystore uninitialized
en_GB: Keystore uninitialised

note: #-#-#-#-#  3 (NetworkManager-openconnect)  #-#-#-#-# http://git.infradead.org/users/dwmw2/openconnect.git/blob/fa20c1e2bc:/http.c#l571
en: Warning: you are running insecure CSD code with root privileges
    	 Use command line option "--csd-user"
en_GB: Warning: you are running insecure CSD code with root privileges
    » Use command line option "--csd-user"

en: Choose a Certificate Authority certificate...
en_GB: Choose a Certificate Authority certificate…

en: Choose your personal certificate...
en_GB: Choose your personal certificate…

en: Choose your private key...
en_GB: Choose your private key…

en: TCP tunneling not supported
en_GB: TCP tunnelling not supported

en: The VPN settings file '%s' specifies that VPN traffic should be tunneled through TCP which is currently not supported in the vpnc software.
    
    The connection can still be created, with TCP tunneling disabled, however it may not work as expected.
en_GB: The VPN settings file '%s' specifies that VPN traffic should be tunnelled through TCP which is currently not supported in the vpnc software.
    
    The connection can still be created, with TCP tunnelling disabled, however it may not work as expected.

en: Please note that the file you import is not a Cisco VPN or VPNC configuration file. Ask your adminstrator for the file.
en_GB: Please note that the file you import is not a Cisco VPN or VPNC configuration file. Ask your administrator for the file.

en: Choose an OpenVPN static key...
en_GB: Choose an OpenVPN static key…

en: Rando_mize remote hosts
en_GB: Rando_mise remote hosts

en: Randomize the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random
en_GB: Randomise the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random

en: <i>Select this option if your organization requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>
en_GB: <i>Select this option if your organisation requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>

en: Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
en_GB: Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol (PPTP)

en: X11 driver unable to obtain color cube
      reverting to monochrome
en_GB: X11 driver unable to obtain colour cube
      reverting to monochrome

en: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colors.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".
en_GB: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colours.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".

en: unknown X11 color/colour model -- using monochrome
en_GB: unknown X11 colour model -- using monochrome

en: color intensity %g, not in [0,1]
en_GB: colour intensity %g, not in [0,1]

en: invalid hcl color
en_GB: invalid hcl colour

en: invalid foreground/background color (postscript)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (postscript)

en: invalid foreground/background color (xfig)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (xfig)

en: invalid foreground/background color (pdf)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (pdf)

en: Open the bulk rename dialog
en_GB: Open the bulk rename dialogue

en: Moving files into the trash...
en_GB: Moving files into the Wastebasket...

en: Remove all files and folders from the Trash?
en_GB: Remove all files and folders from the Wastebasket?

en: If you choose to empty the Trash, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.
en_GB: If you choose to empty the Wastebasket, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.

en: Emptying the Trash...
en_GB: Emptying the Wastebasket...

en: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialog of the file manager.
en_GB: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialogue of the file manager.

note: create the label that explains the column sizing option
en: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behavior below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.
en_GB: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behaviour below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.

en: ReplaceDialogPart1|Do you want to replace the link
en_GB: Do you want to replace the link

en: ReplaceDialogPart1|Do you want to replace the existing folder
en_GB: Do you want to replace the existing folder

en: ReplaceDialogPart1|Do you want to replace the existing file
en_GB: Do you want to replace the existing file

en: ReplaceDialogPart2|with the following link?
en_GB: with the following link?

en: ReplaceDialogPart2|with the following folder?
en_GB: with the following folder?

en: ReplaceDialogPart2|with the following file?
en_GB: with the following file?

en: Open the selected directory in %d new window | Open the selected directories in %d new windows
en_GB[0]: Open the selected directory in %d new window
en_GB[1]: Open the selected directory in %d new windows

en: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop | Create links to the selected files on the desktop
en_GB[0]: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop
en_GB[1]: Create a links to the selected files on the desktop

en: Delete all files and folders in the Trash
en_GB: Delete all files and folders in the Wastebasket

en: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialog to alter your choice afterwards.
en_GB: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialogue to alter your choice afterwards.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  12 (Thunar 0.9.0)  #-#-#-#-# Behavior #-#-#-#-#  449  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2) #-#-#-#-#  994 (midori 0.1.7)  #-#-#-#-# Page "Behavior"
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behavior by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behavior may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.
en_GB: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behaviour by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behaviour may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.

en: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behavior below:
en_GB: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behaviour below:

en: Move the selected file to the Trash | Move the selected files to the Trash
en_GB[0]: Move the selected file to the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: Move the selected files to the Wastebasket

en: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the trash
en_GB: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the wastebasket

en: T_rash
en_GB: _Wastebasket

en: Display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Display the contents of the Wastebasket

note: display an error to the user
en: Failed to display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Failed to display the contents of the Wastebasket

en: When sending a file via email, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an email. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.
en_GB: When sending a file via e-mail, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an e-mail. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.

en: When sending multiple files via email, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an email, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.
en_GB: When sending multiple files via e-mail, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an e-mail, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.

note: tell the user that we failed
en: Failed to compose new email
en_GB: Failed to compose new e-mail

note: tell the user that we failed to connect to the trash
en: Failed to connect to the Trash
en_GB: Failed to connect to the Wastebasket

note: tell the user whether the trash is full or empty
en: Trash contains files
en_GB: Wastebasket contains files

en: Trash Applet
en_GB: Wastebasket Applet

en: Display the trash can
en_GB: Display the Wastebasket

en: This page lists the conditions under which the
    action will appear in the file managers context
    menus. The file patterns are specified as a list
    of simple file patterns separated by semicolons
    (e.g. *.txt;*.doc). For an action to appear in the
    context menu of a file or folder, at least one of
    these patterns must match the name of the file
    or folder. Additionally, you can specify that the
    action should only appear for certain kinds of
    files.
en_GB: This page lists the conditions under which the
    action will appear in the file managers context
    menus. The file patterns are specified as a list
    of simple file patterns separated by semicolons
    (e.g. *.txt;*.doc). For an action to appear in the
    context menu of a file or folder, atleast one of
    these patterns must match the name of the file
    or folder. Additionally, you can specify that the
    action should only appear for certain kinds of
    files.

en: The URI "%s" does not refer to a valid resource in the trash
en_GB: The URI "%s" does not refer to a valid resource in the Wastebasket

note: #-#-#-#-#  1365 (Thunar 0.9.0)  #-#-#-#-# we don't support copying files within the trash we don't support moving files within the trash
en: Cannot move or copy files within the trash
en_GB: Cannot move or copy files within the Wastebasket

note: #-#-#-#-#  383 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# Translate to calendar:week_start:0 if you want Sunday to be the * first day of the week to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday * to be the first day of the week, and so on. #-#-#-#-#  386 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  504 (seahorse)  #-#-#-#-# Translate to calend
en: calendar:week_start:0
en_GB: calendar:week_start:1

note: label to customize 'open with' menu
en: Customize...
en_GB: Customise...

note: help text in "Clean Notebook" dialog
en: The files below were found in the attachment directory of zim but are no longer 
    linked in the notebook.
en_GB: The files below were found in the attachment directory of zim but are no longer
    linked in the notebook.

note: detailed message, answers are Yes and No
en: Folder already exists and has content, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Folder already exists and is not empty, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?

note: Menu item
en: Edit _Source
en_GB: _Edit Source

note: Menu item
en: Go home
en_GB: Go to home

note: Error description for "no such file or folder"
en: The file or folder you specified does not exist.
    Please check if you the path is correct.
en_GB: The file or folder you specified does not exist.
    Please check the path you entered.

note: Explanation for question to upgrade notebook
en: This notebook was created by an older of version of zim.
    Do you want to upgrade it to the latest version now?
    
    Upgrading will take some time and may make various changes
    to the notebook. In general it is a good idea to make a
    backup before doing this.
    
    If you choose not to upgrade now, some features
    may not work as expected
en_GB: This notebook was created by an older of version of zim.
    Do you want to upgrade it to the latest version now?
    
    Upgrading will take some time and may make various changes
    to the notebook. In general it is a good idea to make a
    backup before doing this.
    
    If you choose not to upgrade now, some features
    may not work as expected.

note: question dialog text
en: The index is still busy updating. Until this is finished links can not be updated correctly. Performing this action now could break links, do you want to continue anyway?
en_GB: The index is still busy updating. Until this is finished, links can not be updated correctly; performing this action now could break links. Do you want to continue anyway?

note: description for dialog for editing external files
en: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialog when you are done
en_GB: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialogue when you are done

note: text in error dialog when saving page failed
en: To continue you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy changes will be also
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.
en_GB: To continue, you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy, changes will also be
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.

note: Dialog text in 'new page' dialog
en: Please note that linking to a non-existing page
    also creates a new page automatically.
en_GB: Please note that linking to a nonexistant page
    also creates a new page automatically.

note: Text in 'delete page' dialog - %s is the page name
en: Page "%s" and all of it's
    sub-pages and attachments will be deleted
en_GB: Page "%s" and all of its sub-pages and attachments will be deleted

note: checkbox in the "Attach File" dialog
en: Insert images as link
en_GB: Insert image as link

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Show the cursor also for pages that can not be edited
en_GB: Show the cursor even for pages that cannot be edited

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Automatically select the current word when you apply formatting
en_GB: Automatically select the current word when applying formatting

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Repeated clicking a checkbox cyles through the checkbox states
en_GB: Repeatedly clicking a check box cycles through the check box states

note: option in preferences dialog
en: (Un-)Indenting a list item also change any sub-items
en_GB: Changing indent level for a list item also changes any sub-items

note: #-#-#-#-#  13 (zim)  #-#-#-#-# context menu item
en: Copy Email Address
en_GB: Copy E-mail Address

note: input label in find & replace dialog
en: Find what
en_GB: Search for

note: Dialog title
en: Move Text to Other Page
en_GB: Move Text to Another Page

note: plugin description
en: This plugin shows the attachments folder of the current page as an
    icon view at bottom pane.
    
    This plugin is still under development.
en_GB: This plug-in shows the attachments folder of the current page as an
    icon view in the bottom pane.
    
    This plug-in is still under development.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin can automatically "mount" notebooks when needed. It can
    e.g. be used to connect with remote drives or unlock an encrypted drive
    when zim is trying to open a specific notebook.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin can automatically "mount" notebooks when needed. For
    example, it can be used to connect to remote drives or unlock an
    encrypted drive when zim tries to open a specific notebook.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim, based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim, based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a plot editor for zim based on GNU R.
en_GB: This plug-in provides a plot editor for Zim based on GNU R

note: error description
en: The inline calculator plugin was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.
en_GB: The in-line calculator plug-in was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.

note: plugin name
en: Inline Calculator
en_GB: In-line Calculator

note: plugin description
en: This plugin allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in zim.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in Zim.
    
    This is a core plug-in and ships with Zim.

note: menu item
en: Sy_mbol...
en_GB: Sy_mbol

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialog and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialogue and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with Zim.

note: menu item for insert clipboard plugin
en: _Sort lines
en_GB: _Sort Lines

note: plugin description
en: This plugin sorts selected lines in alphabetical order.
    If the list is already sorted the order will be reversed
    (A-Z to Z-A).
en_GB: This plug-in sorts selected lines into alphabetical order.
    If the list is already sorted, the order will be reversed
    (A-Z to Z-A).

note: Error message in "" dialog, %s will be replaced by application name
en: Please select more than one line of text, first.
en_GB: Please select more than one line of text.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a dialog with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a dialogue with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin  allows taking a screenshot and directly insert it
    in a zim page.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in allows a screenshot to be taken and directly inserted 
    into a Zim page.

note: Error message in "insert screenshot" dialog, %s will be replaced by application name
en: Some error occurred while running "%s"
en_GB: An error occured while running "%s"

note: plugin description
en: Adds spell checking support using gtkspell.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: Adds spellchecking support using gtkspell.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: option for plugin preferences
en: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in sidepane
en_GB: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in the sidepane

note: Short message text on first time use of task list plugin
en: Need to index the notebook
en_GB: Notebook indexing required

note: Long message text on first time use of task list plugin
en: This is the first time the task list is opened.
    Therefore the index needs to be rebuild.
    Depending on the size of the notebook this can
    take up to several minutes. Next time you use the
    task list this will not be needed again.
en_GB: This is the first time the task list has been
    opened, so the index needs to be rebuilt.
    Depending on the size of the notebook, this
    may take several minutes. This is only
    necessary for the first use of the task list.

note: verbose error description
en: There are no changes in this notebook since the last version that was saved
en_GB: No changes have been made in this notebook since the last version was saved.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plugin supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plug-in supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with zim.

note: Label for plugin preference
en: Autosave version on regular intervals
en_GB: Autosave version at regular intervals

note: Help text in versions dialog
en: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state. Or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.
en_GB: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state, or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.

en: Not Authorized
en_GB: Not Authorised

en: Do not daemonize
en_GB: Do not daemonise

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace

en: Certificate issuer is not recognized: '%s'.
en_GB: Certificate issuer is not recognised: '%s'.

en: Failed to initialize NSS.
en_GB: Failed to initialise NSS.

en: Failed to initialize security module.
en_GB: Failed to initialise security module.

en: Analyze and report problem data in DIR
en_GB: Analyse and report problem data in DIR

en: Analyze VM core
en_GB: Analyse VM core

en: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top right plugin view and ordered alphabetically, this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialog.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top-right plugin view and ordered alphabetically; this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialogue.

en: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently-selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (ie. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.
en_GB: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (i.e. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.

en: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialog through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialogue through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbors. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently-selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbours. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:

en: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are grayed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.
en_GB: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are greyed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.

en: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.
en_GB: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently-selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.

en: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plug-in supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the "Record" button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand alone script.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plugin supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the <guibutton>Record</guibutton> button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand-alone script.

en: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.
en_GB: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double-click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.

en: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure it's view.
en_GB: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure its view.

en: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.
en_GB: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.

en: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to you liking.
en_GB: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to your liking.

en: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD License.
en_GB: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD Licence.

en: Highlight fill color
en_GB: Highlight fill colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight fill.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight fill.

en: Highlight border color
en_GB: Highlight border colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight border.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight border.

en: The layout for the bottom panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the bottom panel plugin view.

en: The layout for the top panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the top panel plugin view.

en: Available new pluginviews
en_GB: Available new plugin views

en: This list contains all the new available pluginviews
en_GB: This list contains all the new available plugin views

en: The pluginview layout
en_GB: The plugin view layout

en: Event monitor
en_GB: Event Monitor

en: The border color of the highlight box
en_GB: The border colour of the highlight box

en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

en: The fill color of the highlight box
en_GB: The fill colour of the highlight box

en: accerciser Copyright (c) 2006, 2007 IBM Corporation (BSD)
en_GB: accerciser Copyright © 2006, 2007 IBM Corporation (BSD)

en: The New BSD License See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.
en_GB: The New BSD Licence See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.

en: View Source Chart: Show pretty color-coded HTML source code
en_GB: View Source Chart: Show pretty colour-coded HTML source code

en: This extension helps you quickly scan and recognize a document's tags.
en_GB: This extension helps you quickly scan and recognise a document's tags.

en: Yet Another Smooth Scrolling: Customize scrolling behavior
en_GB: Yet Another Smooth Scrolling: Customise scrolling behaviour

en: Use colorful Bash prompt symbols
en_GB: Use colourful Bash prompt symbols

en: The color of bash prompt symbols is changed.
en_GB: The colour of bash prompt symbols is changed.

en: Change background color of GNOME terminal to black.
en_GB: Change background colour of GNOME terminal to black.

en: Set background color to black. Set foreground color to white.
    The trick is to change GConf values:
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/use_theme_colors = False
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color = #000000000000
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/foreground_color = #FFFFFFFFFFFF
en_GB: Set background colour to black. Set foreground colour to white.
    The trick is to change GConf values:
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/use_theme_colors = False
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color = #000000000000
    /apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/foreground_color = #FFFFFFFFFFFF

en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

en: maximize horizontally
en_GB: maximise horizontally

en: maximize vertically
en_GB: maximise vertically

en: Prevent current user from saving files by "Save as ..." dialog
en_GB: Prevent current user from saving files by "Save as ..." dialogue

en: It is able to customize the backgrounds, application look, window borders, icons, GNOME splash and GDM window. More than 100 themes can be installed, which are downloaded from http://art.gnome.org . The official site of GNOMEArtNG is http://developer.berlios.de/projects/gnomeartng/
en_GB: It is able to customise the backgrounds, application look, window borders, icons, GNOME splash and GDM window. More than 100 themes can be installed, which are downloaded from http://art.gnome.org . The official site of GNOMEArtNG is http://developer.berlios.de/projects/gnomeartng/

en: "Getting things GNOME" is a simple, powerful and flexible organization tool.
en_GB: "Getting things GNOME" is a simple, powerful and flexible organisation tool.

en: Adobe® Flash plugin for web browser
en_GB: Adobe® Flash plug-in for web browser

en: Alipay ( Zhi Fu Bao ) security plugin for Firefox
en_GB: Alipay ( Zhi Fu Bao ) security plug-in for Firefox

en: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>

en: If a card can be moved to the foundation(s), you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.
en_GB: If a card can be moved to the foundations, you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.

en: Double clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.
en_GB: Double-clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.

en: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of time. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.
en_GB: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of times. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.

en: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Klondike can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game - the menu will be inactive during the game.
en_GB: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Canfield can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game — the menu will be inactive during the game.

en: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment, there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.
en_GB: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment; there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Groups of cards in sequence and same color can be moved as a unit.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Groups of cards in sequence and same colour can be moved as a unit.

en: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down, and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Klondike only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Canfield only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles, and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.
en_GB: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.

en: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens, and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --
en_GB: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --

note: #-#-#-#-#  19 (gnome-games aisleriot 2.30)  #-#-#-#-# <sect1info> <copyright> <year>1998</year> <holder>Rosanna Yuen</holder> </copyright> <author> <firstname>Rosanna</firstname> <surname>Yuen</surname> </author> <address><email>rwsy@mit.edu</email></address> </sect1info> #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)
en: Canfield
en_GB: Demon

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analog clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analog watch/clock, this is the pattern:
en_GB: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analogue clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analogue watch/clock, this is the pattern:

en: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double click on the appropriate receptor pile.
en_GB: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double-click on the appropriate receptor pile.

en: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points, and Kings as thirteen points.
en_GB: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points and Kings as thirteen points.

en: Each Ace through King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.
en_GB: Each Ace to King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.

en: One pile, the center pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or color.
en_GB: One pile, the centre pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or colour.

en: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat...
en_GB: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat…

en: The Tableau is built down by alternate color. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating color can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.
en_GB: The Tableau is built down by alternate colour. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating colour can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double-clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens, and Kings are worth 11, 12, and 13 respectively.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens and Kings are worth 11, 12 and 13 respectively.

en: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled, and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.
en_GB: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.

en: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Check this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unchecked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.
en_GB: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Tick this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unticked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colors. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colours. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double-clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.

en: Alternating colors
en_GB: Alternating colours

en: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colors. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite color.
en_GB: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colours. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite colour.

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.

note: #-#-#-#-#  19 (gnome-games aisleriot 2.30)  #-#-#-#-# <sect1info> <copyright> <year>2001</year> <holder>Rosanna Yuen</holder> </copyright> <author> <firstname>Rosanna</firstname> <surname>Yuen</surname> </author> <address><email>zana@webwynk.net</email></address> </sect1info> #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-ga
en: Klondike
en_GB: Canfield

en: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.

en: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven, and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.
en_GB: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.

en: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile, and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three, and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.
en_GB: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.

en: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes, and fours for piles one, two, three, and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.
en_GB: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes and fours for piles one, two, three and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second, and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.
en_GB: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.

en: Left slot in the center row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.
en_GB: Left slot in the centre row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.

en: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.
en_GB: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double-clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Double clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.

en: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional - depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.
en_GB: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional — depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.

en: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.
en_GB: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.

en: Center pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Centre pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.

en: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the center pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.
en_GB: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the centre pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.

en: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Center pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Centre pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.

note: #-#-#-#-#  19 (gnome-games aisleriot 2.30)  #-#-#-#-# <sect1info> <copyright> <year>1998</year> <holder>Rosanna Yuen</holder> </copyright> <author> <firstname>Rosanna</firstname> <surname>Yuen</surname> </author> <address><email>rwsy@mit.edu</email></address> </sect1info> #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)
en: Neighbor
en_GB: Neighbour

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.

en: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards, and as few as none.
en_GB: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards and as few as none.

en: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait, and from the waste.
en_GB: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait and from the waste.

en: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns, and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.
en_GB: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12, and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12 and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.

en: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Klondike only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Canfield only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Canfield. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.

en: Four piles at top in the center. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.
en_GB: Four piles at top in the centre. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.

en: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7, and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.
en_GB: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7 and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1).
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1).

en: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Allow temporary spots use: If checked the temporary spots may be reused.
en_GB: Allow temporary spots use: If ticked the temporary spots may be reused.

en: Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16, and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.
en_GB: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16 and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite color.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite colour.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite color. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite colour. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate color up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.
en_GB: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate colour up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.

en: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.
en_GB: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double-clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.

en: Foundations are built up by alternate color from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.
en_GB: Foundations are built up by alternate colour from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.

en: Build by alternate color
en_GB: Build by alternate colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.

en: Build by color
en_GB: Build by colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.

en: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/color, you can build by suit, build by color, build by alternate color, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.
en_GB: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/colour, you can build by suit, build by colour, build by alternate colour, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.

en: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q, and K are usually ranked 11, 12, and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.
en_GB: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q and K are usually ranked 11, 12 and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.

en: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, 2 through 10, Jack, Queen, and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colors, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colors and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.
en_GB: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, from 2 to 10, Jack, Queen and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colours, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colours and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.

en: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts, and Diamonds.
en_GB: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds.

en: Whether or not to show the toolbar
en_GB: Whether to show the toolbar

en: Whether or not to show the status bar
en_GB: Whether to show the status bar

en: Whether or not to play event sounds.
en_GB: Whether to play event sounds.

en: Whether or not to animate card moves.
en_GB: Whether to animate card moves.

note: #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# %s is replaced with the name of the game in gnome-games. #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-
en: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

note: #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. If there is an established standard name for this game in your locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string freely, literally, or not at all, at your option.
en: Klondike Three Decks
en_GB: Canfield Three Decks

en: Whether the window is maximized
en_GB: Whether the window is maximised

en: View help for Aisleriot
en_GB: View help for AisleRiot

en: Install new card themes from the distribution packages repositories
en_GB: Install new card themes from the distribution's package repositories

en: Whether or not to play event sounds
en_GB: Whether to play event sounds

en: Whether or not to animate card moves
en_GB: Whether to animate card moves

en: Aisleriot cannot find the last game you played.
en_GB: AisleRiot cannot find the last game you played.

en: This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Klondike, is being started instead.
en_GB: This usually occurs when you run an older version of AisleRiot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Canfield, is being started instead.

en: Unknown color
en_GB: Unknown colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the origi
en: I could sure use a backrub right about now...
en_GB: I could really use a backrub right about now…

note: #-#-#-#-#  20 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the origi
en: Monitors won't give you Vitamin D -- but sunlight will...
en_GB: Monitors won't give you Vitamin D — but sunlight will…

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with %s; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with %s; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

note: #-#-#-#-#  77 (cinnamon-session 2.24)  #-#-#-#-# translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a * version number. #-#-#-#-#  162 (evince)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  329 (gnome-session 2.24)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1391 (vino)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'

en: Unrecognized launch option: %d
en_GB: Unrecognised launch option: %d

en: The directory to open the load game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the load game dialogue in

en: The directory to open the save game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the save game dialogue in

en: GNOME port of the once-popular Color Lines game.
    
    Five or More is a part of GNOME Games.
en_GB: GNOME port of the once-popular Colour Lines game.
    
    Five or More is a part of GNOME Games.

en: B_ackground color:
en_GB: B_ackground colour:

en: Remove colored balls from the board by forming lines
en_GB: Remove coloured balls from the board by forming lines

en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

en: Background color. The hex specification of the background color.
en_GB: Background colour. The hex specification of the background colour.

en: Make lines of the same color to win
en_GB: Make lines of the same colour to win

en: Whether or not to use animation.
en_GB: Whether to use animation.

en: Thinking...
en_GB: Thinking…

en: Color to use for worm
en_GB: Colour to use for worm

en: Color to use for worm.
en_GB: Colour to use for worm.

en: _Worm color:
en_GB: _Worm colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this the ICC colorspace type
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: The background color
en_GB: The background colour

en: Whether to give blocks random colors
en_GB: Whether to give blocks random colours

en: Whether to give blocks random colors.
en_GB: Whether to give blocks random colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# rotate counter clock wise #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  323 (gnome-games)  #-#-
en: _Rotate blocks counterclockwise
en_GB: _Rotate blocks anti-clockwise

en: Puzzle _Statistics...
en_GB: Puzzle _Statistics…

en: Print _Multiple Sudokus...
en_GB: Print _Multiple Sudokus…

en: Mark new additions in a separate color so you can keep track of them.
en_GB: Mark new additions in a separate colour so you can keep track of them.

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games
en: Last played at %I:%M %p
en_GB: Last played at %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games
en: Last played yesterday at %I:%M %p
en_GB: Last played yesterday at %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games
en: Last played on %A at %I:%M %p
en_GB: Last played on %A at %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games
en: Last played on %B %e %Y
en_GB: Last played on %e %B %Y

en: Choose whether or not to insert a delay between the computer's dice rolls so the player can follow what it is doing.
en_GB: Choose whether to insert a delay between the computer's dice rolls so the player can follow what it is doing.

en: Game choice: Regular or Colors
en_GB: Game choice: Regular or Colours

[ctx: game type]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Colors game and multi-level AI (2006):
en_GB: Colours game and multi-level AI (2006):

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# End of upper panel #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  316 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  323 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #
en: 2 pair Same Color [total]
en_GB: 2 pair Same Colour [total]

en: Full House Same Color [20 + total]
en_GB: Full House Same Colour [20 + total]

en: Flush (all same color) [35]
en_GB: Flush (all same colour) [35]

note: #-#-#-#-#  178 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is the window title for Mahjongg which contains the map name, e.g. 'Mahjongg - Red Dragon' #-#-#-#-#  183 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  298 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  301 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  310 (gnome-games)  #
en: Mahjongg - %s
en_GB: Mahjongg — %s

en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

en: Clear the screen by removing groups of colored and shaped tiles
en_GB: Clear the screen by removing groups of coloured and shaped tiles

en: Board color count
en_GB: Board colour count

en: The number of colors of tiles to use in the game.
en_GB: The number of colours of tiles to use in the game.

en: Show the properties dialog to change the client settings
en_GB: Show the properties dialogue to change the client settings

en: Chat Color
en_GB: Chat Colour

en: Default chat color assigned to your friends
en_GB: Default chat colour assigned to your friends

en: Chat color used when your name is typed
en_GB: Chat colour used when your name is typed

en: Chat color used for all other chats
en_GB: Chat colour used for all other chats

en: Normal Color
en_GB: Normal Colour

en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

en: Friend Color
en_GB: Friend Colour

en: Demangle c++ symbol names
en_GB: Demangle C++ symbol names

en: Fill malloc'd memory with:
en_GB: Fill malloc()d memory with:

en: Fill free'd memory with:
en_GB: Fill free()d memory with:

en: e.g. “http://google.com/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.
en_GB: e.g. “http://google.co.uk/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.

en: Error deserializing imported entry into buffer: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising imported entry into buffer: %s

en: Error deserializing existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s

en: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Spelling checker could not be initialized
en_GB: Spelling checker could not be initialised

en: Search canceled.
en_GB: Search cancelled.

en: Error deserializing entry into buffer while searching.
en_GB: Error deserialising entry into buffer while searching.

en: Whether the main window should start maximized.
en_GB: Whether the main window should start maximised.

en: License: %1
en_GB: Licence: %1

en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General Options)
en: Which tracks or albums to favor in Random Mode
en_GB: Which tracks or albums to favour in Random Mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will overwrite existing files.
en_GB: Whether organise files will overwrite existing files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will overwrite any existing destination.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will overwrite any existing destination.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: Whether organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Collection folder path destination for Organize files.
en_GB: Collection folder path destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: The path of the collection folder destination for Organize files.
en_GB: The path of the collection folder destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use a custom file naming scheme.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use a custom file naming scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will rename files according to a custom format string.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will rename files according to a custom format string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Format string for Organize files, if a custom naming scheme is used.
en_GB: Format string for Organise files, if a custom naming scheme is used.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organize files will rename files according to this format string.
en_GB: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organise files will rename files according to this format string.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.
en_GB: Organise files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace matching substrings with this string.
en_GB: Organise files will replace matching substrings with this string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: Equalizer mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no
en_GB: Equaliser mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Playback)
en: When enabled, an equalizer plugin filters the audio stream.
en_GB: When enabled, an equaliser plugin filters the audio stream.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: 11 Equalizer gains include pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.
en_GB: 11 Equaliser gains include pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: List with user equalizer preset names
en_GB: List with user equaliser preset names

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Whether to use custom colors for the OSD
en_GB: Whether to use custom colours for the OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: You can use custom colors for the OSD if you set this true.
en_GB: You can use custom colours for the OSD if you set this true.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Font color for OSD
en_GB: Font colour for OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The color of the OSD text. The color is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text. The colour is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Center.
en_GB: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Centre.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (PlaylistGenerator)
en: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimize for speed (0) or accuracy (10).
en_GB: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimise for speed (0) or accuracy (10).

en: Disable colorization for debug output.
en_GB: Disable colourisation for debug output.

[ctx: Organize Files]
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Confirm Move to Trash
en_GB: Confirm Move to Wastebin

en: Are you sure you want to move this item to trash? | Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Generator Optimization
en_GB: Generator Optimisation

en: Create, edit, organize and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.
en_GB: Create, edit, organise and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer)
en: Check to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.
en_GB: Tick to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt)
en: Check to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.
en_GB: Tick to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse)
en: Check to enable animations when context applets collapse.
en_GB: Tick to enable animations when context applets collapse.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoScrollPlaylist)
en: Check to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.
en_GB: Tick to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Check to enable custom colors for the On-Screen-Display.
en_GB: Tick to enable custom colours for the On-Screen-Display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Use &custom colors
en_GB: Use &custom colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: The color of the OSD text.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: Click to select the color of the OSD text.
en_GB: Click to select the colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OsdUseTranslucency)
en: If checked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.
en_GB: If ticked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_KNotifyEnabled)
en: Check to use the system notification.
en_GB: Tick to use the system notification.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Color for assigned labels:
en_GB: Colour for assigned labels:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Color for labels background:
en_GB: Colour for labels background:

en: Favorite Venues
en_GB: Favourite Venues

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Favorite Venues
en_GB: Favourite Venues

[ctx: @label:textbox Title for a canceled upcoming event]
en: <s>%1</s> (Canceled)
en_GB: <s>%1</s> (Cancelled)

en: Flac is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or license fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or Mp3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.
en_GB: Flac is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or licence fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or Mp3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.

en: Moving to trash: %1
en_GB: Moving to wastebin: %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck)
en: When checked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates
en_GB: When ticked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck)
en: If checked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes
en_GB: If ticked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes

en: <qt>These items will be moved to the Trash Bin.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>These items will be moved to the Wastebin.</qt>

en: &Send to Trash
en_GB: &Send to Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: &Delete files instead of moving them to the trash
en_GB: &Delete files instead of moving them to the wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash Bin
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: <qt><p>If this box is checked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Trash Bin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>If this box is ticked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Wastebin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>

en: Configure Equalizer
en_GB: Configure Equaliser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, eqPresets)
en: List of available equalizer presets.
en_GB: List of available equaliser presets.

note: #-#-#-#-#  24  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, OrganizeCollectionDialogBase)
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: If checked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.
en_GB: If ticked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Check this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Tick this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked, convert spaces to underscores.
en_GB: If ticked, convert spaces to underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.
en_GB: If ticked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, vfatCheck)
en: If checked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.
en_GB: If ticked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unchecked.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unticked.</span></p></body></html>

en: Bug triaging and sanitizing
en_GB: Bug triaging and sanitising

en: Analyzers, patches, shoutcast
en_GB: Analysers, patches, shoutcast

en: Analyzers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy
en_GB: Analysers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy

en: Dialog to filter the collection titles
en_GB: Dialogue to filter the collection titles

en: Favor
en_GB: Favour

[ctx: Last.fm: errorMessage]
en: Either the username was not recognized, or the password was incorrect.
en_GB: Either the username was not recognised, or the password was incorrect.

en: Neighbors' Loved Radio
en_GB: Neighbours' Loved Radio

en: Neighbors' Personal Radio
en_GB: Neighbours' Personal Radio

en: Neighborhood
en_GB: Neighbourhood

en: My Neighborhood
en_GB: My Neighbourhood

en: Neighbors
en_GB: Neighbours

en: %1's Neighbor Radio
en_GB: %1's Neighbour Radio

en: Loading your Magnatune.com favorites page...
en_GB: Loading your Magnatune.com favourites page...

en: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Daemon
en_GB: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Dæmon

en: The identifier the daemon should use.
en_GB: The identifier the dæmon should use.

en: Click for more analyzers
en_GB: Click for more analysers

en: &Visualizations
en_GB: &Visualisations

en: _Use as Hotspot...
en_GB: _Use as Hotspot…

en: Synchronization file
en_GB: Synchronisation file

en: File to syncronize the profile XML
en_GB: File to synchronise the profile XML

en: An email address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.
en_GB: An e-mail address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.

en: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters.It is generated from the project name if not provided.
en_GB: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters. It is generated from the project name if not provided.

en: Keep relative target path for installing it. By example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.
en_GB: Keep relative target path for installing it. For example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.

en: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ through ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.
en_GB: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ to ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.

en: Command canceled by user
en_GB: Command cancelled by user

en: Optimized
en_GB: Optimised

en: General Public License (GPL)
en_GB: General Public Licence (GPL)

en: Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
en_GB: Lesser General Public Licence (LGPL)

en: Berkeley Software Distribution License (BSD)
en_GB: Berkeley Software Distribution Licence (BSD)

en: No License
en_GB: No Licence

en: Initializer Arguments:
en_GB: Initialiser Arguments:

en: Author Email Address:
en_GB: Author E-mail Address:

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the CVS tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the CVS tree

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimizations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimisations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.

en: Get Stack trace
en_GB: Get Stack Trace

en: _Auto-Complete
en_GB: _Autocomplete

en: Auto-complete the current word
en_GB: Autocomplete the current word

en: No recently used resource found with URI "%s"
en_GB: No recently-used resource found with URI '%s'

en: Add License Information:
en_GB: Add Licence Information:

en: BSD Public License
en_GB: BSD Public Licence

en: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialize debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.
en_GB: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialise debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.

en: Error whilst signaling the process.
en_GB: Error whilst signalling the process.

note: Translators: pretty printer file is a script containing functions allowing gdb * to display variable content in a simpler way, typically removing * implementation details. * The register function is an additional function in the script. It defines * which function is used for each type of variables.
en: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill yourself the register function columns before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".
en_GB: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill the register function columns in yourself before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".

en: Add signed off by line
en_GB: Add signed-off-by line

en: Append signed-of- by line
en_GB: Append signed-off-by line

en: Either python path is wrong or python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in python files.
    Please install them and check the python path in the preferences.
en_GB: Either the Python path is wrong or the python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in Python files.
    Please install them and check the Python path in the preferences.

en: Message colors
en_GB: Message colours

en: Initializing Project…
en_GB: Initialising Project…

en: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are installed properly before generating the project.
en_GB: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are properly installed before generating the project.

en: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library etc.)
en_GB: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library, etc.)

en: Comma separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)
en_GB: Comma-separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)

en: Create Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create GtkBuilder interface file

en: Create a template Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create a template GtkBuilder interface file

en: Plugin has menus or/and toolbars
en_GB: Plugin has menus and/or toolbars

en: Add internationalization:
en_GB: Add internationalisation:

en: Adds support for internationalization so that your project can have translations in different languages
en_GB: Adds support for internationalisation so that your project can have translations in different languages

en: Python webproject using Django Web Framework
en_GB: Python web project using Django Web Framework

en: Generic gcj compiled java
en_GB: Generic gcj compiled Java

en: A generic natively compiled java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)
en_GB: A generic natively compiled Java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)

en: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an email address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual email address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    email address.
en_GB: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an e-mail address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual e-mail address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    e-mail address.

en: Full features Gtk+ Application with file handling
en_GB: Full featured Gtk+ Application with file handling

en: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentations for GObject based classes
en_GB: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentation for GObject-based classes

en: Generic java (automake)
en_GB: Generic Java (automake)

en: A generic java project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Java project using automake project management

en: A shared or a static library project
en_GB: A shared or static library project

en: Select code license
en_GB: Select code licence

en: No license
en_GB: No licence

en: Project directory, output file etc.
en_GB: Project directory, output file, etc.

en: Generic python (automake)
en_GB: Generic Python (automake)

en: A generic python project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Python project using automake project management

en: Wx Widgets
en_GB: wxWidgets

en: A generic wx Widgets project
en_GB: A generic wxWidgets project

en: Insert a snippet using the trigger-key
en_GB: Insert a snippet using the trigger key

note: Translator: In a similar matter, it also appears in Edit->Snippets. It's another method for inserting snippets. In this case, you call Auto complete insert, start typing in the editor a string, the database is searched for that string and the most relevant snippets are returned in a pop-up like the 
en: _Auto complete insert
en_GB: _Autocomplete insert

en: Insert a snippet using auto-completion
en_GB: Insert a snippet using autocompletion

en: _Import snippets …
en_GB: _Import snippets…

en: _Export snippets …
en_GB: _Export snippets…

note: Insert the Add Snippet menu item
en: Add Snippet …
en_GB: Add Snippet…

note: Insert the Add Snippets Group menu item
en: Add Snippets Group …
en_GB: Add Snippets Group…

en: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by a single space.
en_GB: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by spaces.

note: #-#-#-#-#  279 (gnome-commander)  #-#-#-#-# Color scheme
en: Color scheme:
en_GB: Colour scheme:

en: Could not save file because filename not yet specified
en_GB: Could not save file because filename has not yet been specified

en: GtkSourceView editor
en_GB: GtkSourceView Editor

en: Repository authorization
en_GB: Repository authorisation

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the Subversion tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the Subversion tree

en: Authentication canceled
en_GB: Authentication cancelled

en: Use currently selected profile in GNOME terminal
en_GB: Use currently selected profile in GNOME Terminal

note: Translators: Checkbox if a dialog should be shown after some operation finishes, so translate as "to pop up a dialog"
en: Popup dialog
en_GB: Popup dialogue

en: Shut down Anjuta properly, releasing all resources (for debugging)
en_GB: Shut down Anjuta, properly releasing all resources (for debugging)

note: #-#-#-#-#  91 (colorhug-client)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is the enabled sensor color #-#-#-#-#  383 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #-#-#-#-#  386 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  498 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file newcolordlg.ui line 61 #-#-#-#-#  1008 (
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Text color, as string
en_GB: Text colour, as string

en: Text color, as a GdkColor
en_GB: Text colour, as a GdkColor

en: Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer
en_GB: Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer

en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

en: Foreground color:
en_GB: Foreground colour:

en: Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values
en_GB: Lazy mode doesn't normalise entered date and time values

en: Pick a color
en_GB: Pick a colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  319 (gnome-packagekit)  #-#-#-#-# are we running privileged
en: Catalog installer
en_GB: Catalogue installer

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, autoConfirmCB)
en: Show confirmation dialog when installing or updating packages
en_GB: Show confirmation dialogue when installing or updating packages

note: #-#-#-#-#  30  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, showCB)
en: Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue again

note: #-#-#-#-#  30  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, LicenseAgreement)
en: License Agreement Required
en_GB: Licence Agreement Required

en: License required for %1 by %2
en_GB: Licence required for %1 by %2

en: The task was canceled
en_GB: The task was cancelled

en: The task was forcibly canceled
en_GB: The task was forcibly cancelled

en: The license agreement failed
en_GB: The licence agreement failed

en: Failed to initialize
en_GB: Failed to initialise

en: Failed to finalize
en_GB: Failed to finalise

en: Authorization failed
en_GB: Authorisation failed

en: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the system daemon.
    This normally indicates an internal bug and should be reported.
en_GB: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the system dæmon.
    This normally indicates an internal bug and should be reported.

en: The task was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.
en_GB: The task was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.

en: The license agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the license.
en_GB: The licence agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the licence.

en: Failed to initialize packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.
en_GB: Failed to initialise packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.

[ctx: The group type]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: The group type]
en: Virtualization
en_GB: Virtualisation

en: Please insert the CD labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the CD labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the DVD labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the DVD labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the disc labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the disc labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the medium labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the medium labelled '%1', and press continue.

note: TRANSLATORS: title to install package catalogs
en: Do you want to install this catalog? | Do you want to install these catalogs?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to install this catalogue?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to install these catalogues?

en: Your backend does not support any of the needed methods to install a catalog
en_GB: Your backend does not support any of the needed methods to install a catalogue

en: Catalog %2 failed to open | Catalogs %2 failed to open
en_GB[0]: Catalogue %2 failed to open
en_GB[1]: Catalogues %2 failed to open

en: Do you want to search for and install this package now? | Do you want to search for and install these packages now?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to search for and install this package now?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to install these files?

en: User canceled the transaction
en_GB: User cancelled the transaction

en: Normalize values
en_GB: Normalise values

note: #-#-#-#-#  405 (homebank)  #-#-#-#-# LST_CAR_DATE, LST_CAR_WORDING, LST_CAR_METER, LST_CAR_FUEL, LST_CAR_PRICE, LST_CAR_AMOUNT, LST_CAR_DIST, LST_CAR_100KM column: Wording column = gtk_tree_view_column_new(); gtk_tree_view_column_set_title(column, _("Wording")); gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE
en: Meter
en_GB: Metre

en: color rgba
en_GB: colour rgba

en: color of line
en_GB: colour of line

en: outline color rgba
en_GB: outline colour rgba

en: color of outline
en_GB: colour of outline

en: fill color rgba
en_GB: fill colour rgba

en: color of fill
en_GB: colour of fill

en: Snap to Thirty Seconds
en_GB: Snap to demisemiquavers

en: Snap to Sixteenths
en_GB: Snap to semiquavers

en: Snap to Eighths
en_GB: Snap to quavers

en: Snap to Quarters
en_GB: Snap to crotchets

en: Snap to Halves
en_GB: Snap to minims

en: Normalize...
en_GB: Normalise...

en: Quantize...
en_GB: Quantise...

en: Group Tab Color
en_GB: Group Tab Colour

en: normalize
en_GB: normalise

en: Normalize to:
en_GB: Normalise to:

en: Meters
en_GB: Metres

en: could not initialize %1.
en_GB: could not initialise %1.

note: #-#-#-#-#  248 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Colormode toggle box
en: Color Mode
en_GB: Colour Mode

en: Meter Colors
en_GB: Meter Colours

en: Channel Colors
en_GB: Channel Colours

en: Track Color
en_GB: Track Colour

en: Normalize regions
en_GB: Normalise regions

en: Normalize region
en_GB: Normalise region

en: Normalize each region using its own peak value
en_GB: Normalise each region using its own peak value

en: Normalize each region using the peak value of all regions
en_GB: Normalise each region using the peak value of all regions

note: #-#-#-#-#  113 (dia HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Menu item Verb/Control Magnitude/Change/Normalize #-#-#-#-#  252 (gimp CVS)  #-#-#-#-# the Use Normalize checkbutton
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

en: Favorites only
en_GB: Favourites only

note: #-#-#-#-#  290 (gnome-documents)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this refers to favorite documents
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

note: i18n: file: src/mainwindow.ui:562 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QToolBar, toolBar)
en: Plugin Manager...
en_GB: Plug-in Manager...

en: Quantize
en_GB: Quantise

en: Color regions using their track's color
en_GB: Colour regions using their track's colour

en: Analyze
en_GB: Analyse

en: Color...
en_GB: Colour...

en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

en: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenise string:

en: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenise string:

en: Set note length to a whole note
en_GB: Set note length to a semibreve

en: Set note length to a half note
en_GB: Set note length to a minim

en: Set note length to a quarter note
en_GB: Set note length to a crotchet

en: Set note length to a eighth note
en_GB: Set note length to a quaver

en: Set note length to a sixteenth note
en_GB: Set note length to a semiquaver

en: Set note length to a thirty-second note
en_GB: Set note length to a demisemiquaver

en: Set Note Length to Whole
en_GB: Set Note Length to semibreve

en: enable Unicode normalization
en_GB: enable Unicode normalisation

en: Unicode normalization required for current lang
en_GB: Unicode normalisation required for current lang

note: TRANSLATORS: the values after the ':' are literal values and should not be translated.
en: Unicode normalization form: none, nfd, nfc, comp
en_GB: Unicode normalisation form: none, nfd, nfc, comp

en: avoid lossy conversions when normalization
en_GB: avoid lossy conversions when normalisation

en: Sorry "filter" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "filter" is currently not implemented.

en: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently not implemented.

en: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently not implemented.

en:     perform Unicode normalization
en_GB:     perform Unicode normalisation

note: TRANSLATORS: "none", "internal" and "strict" are literal values and should not be translated.
en:   <norm-form>      normalization form to use, either none, internal, or strict
en_GB:   <norm-form>      normalisation form to use, either none, internal, or strict

en: color chooser
en_GB: colour chooser

en: dialog
en_GB: dialogue

en: document email
en_GB: document e-mail

en: Display Jump to File dialog
en_GB: Display Jump to File dialogue

en: Continue playback on startup
en_GB: Continue playback on start-up

en: Show popup information
en_GB: Show pop-up information

en: Popup delay (tenths of a second):
en_GB: Pop-up delay (tenths of a second):

en: Output plugin:
en_GB: Output plug-in:

en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

en: Close dialog on Open
en_GB: Close dialogue on Open

en: Close dialog on Add
en_GB: Close dialogue on Add

en: _Close dialog on activating playlist
en_GB: _Close dialogue on activating playlist

en: ALSA Output Plugin Preferences
en_GB: ALSA Output Plug-in Preferences

en: You have not selected any sequencer ports for MIDI playback.  You can do so in the MIDI plugin preferences.
en_GB: You have not selected any sequencer ports for MIDI playback.  You can do so in the MIDI plug-in preferences.

en: This backend sends MIDI events to a group of user-chosen ALSA sequencer ports. The ALSA sequencer interface is very versatile, it can provide ports for audio cards hardware synthesizers (i.e. emu10k1) but also for software synths, external devices, etc.
    This backend does not produce audio, MIDI events are handled directly from devices/programs behind the ALSA ports; in example, MIDI events sent to the hardware synth will be directly played.
    Backend written by Giacomo Lozito.
en_GB: This backend sends MIDI events to a group of user-chosen ALSA sequencer ports. The ALSA sequencer interface is very versatile, it can provide ports for audio cards hardware synthesisers (i.e. emu10k1) but also for software synths, external devices, etc.
    This backend does not produce audio, MIDI events are handled directly from devices/programs behind the ALSA ports; in example, MIDI events sent to the hardware synth will be directly played.
    Backend written by Giacomo Lozito.

en: Synthesizer settings
en_GB: Synthesiser settings

en: Triggers OSD when, during playback, the song title changes but the filename is the same. This is mostly useful to display title changes in internet streams.
en_GB: Triggers OSD when, during playback, the song title changes but the filename is the same. This is mostly useful to display title changes in Internet streams.

en: Internationalization
en_GB: Internationalisation

en: Color %i:
en_GB: Colour %i:

en: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD won't work properly
en_GB: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD will not work properly

en: <b>Color</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour</b>

en: Center volume:
en_GB: Centre volume:

en: Don't strip file name extension
en_GB: Do not strip file name extension

en: Output Samplerate:
en_GB: Output Sample rate:

en: _Equalizer
en_GB: _Equaliser

en: Load equalizer preset
en_GB: Load equaliser preset

en: Save equalizer preset
en_GB: Save equaliser preset

en: User canceled encoding.
en_GB: User cancelled encoding.

en: User canceled extracting.
en_GB: User cancelled extracting.

en: Do you really want to capitalize all artists and titles?
en_GB: Do you really want to capitalise all artists and titles?

en: Capitalize artists and titles
en_GB: Capitalise artists and titles

note: i18n: file: dialogs/patternwizardwidgetUI.ui:390 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, kpushbutton_cdno) i18n: file: dialogs/simplepatternwizardwidgetUI.ui:231 i18n: file: dialogs/commandwizardwidgetUI.ui:386
en: CD #
en_GB: CD No.

note: i18n: file: widgets/generalsettingswidgetUI.ui:106 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_wikipediaLocale)
en: Localization:
en_GB: Localisation:

note: i18n: file: audex.kcfg:34 i18n: ectx: label, entry (wikipediaLocale), group (general)
en: Wikipedia localization
en_GB: Wikipedia localisation

en: You can add aditional conditions using the <tt>ausearch</tt> expression language.  Run <tt>(man ausearch-expression)</tt> to read the documentation of the language.
en_GB: You can add additional conditions using the <tt>ausearch</tt> expression language.  Run <tt>(man ausearch-expression)</tt> to read the documentation of the language.

en: display Back instead of Cancel in the main dialog of the TUI
en_GB: display Back instead of Cancel in the main dialogue of the TUI

en: dialog was cancelled
en_GB: dialogue was cancelled

en: An unexpected D-Bus error occured
en_GB: An unexpected D-Bus error occurred

en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

en: <h3>%1</h3><br/><br/>Application Version: %2<br/><br/>Library Version: %3<br/><br/>Open Babel Version: %4<br/><br/>Qt Version: %5<br/><br/>For more information check the <a href="http://avogadro.openmolecules.net/">Avogadro homepage</a>.<br/><br/>The program is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.<br/>
en_GB: <h3>%1</h3><br/><br/>Версия приложения: %2<br/><br/>Версия библиотеки: %3<br/><br/> Версия Open Babel: %4<br/><br/> Версия Qt: %5<br/><br/>Более подробная информация доступна по адресу <a href="http://avogadro.openmolecules.net/">Домашняя страница Avogadro</a>.<br/><br/>Программа предоставляется КАК ЕСТЬ БЕЗ КАКОЙ-ЛИБО ГАРАНТИИ, ВКЛЮЧАЯ ГАРАНТИЮ ДИЗАЙНА, КОММЕРЧЕСКОГО ПРИМЕНЕНИЯ И ПРИГОДНОСТИ ДЛЯ КОНКРЕТНОГО ПРИМЕНЕНИЯ.<br/>

en: &Minimize
en_GB: &Minimise

note: i18n: file: src/enginecolorswidget.ui:24 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color by:
en_GB: Colour by:

en: Color by Index
en_GB: Colour by Index

en: Color by Index (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet).
en_GB: Colour by Index (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet).

en: Color by Partial Charge
en_GB: Colour by Partial Charge

en: Color by atomic partial charge (blue = positive, red = negative.
en_GB: Colour by atomic partial charge (blue = positive, red = negative.

en: Custom Color:
en_GB: Custom Colour:

en: Custom Color
en_GB: Custom Colour

en: Set custom colors for objects
en_GB: Set custom colours for objects

en: Color by Distance
en_GB: Colour by Distance

en: Color by distance from the first atom.
en_GB: Colour by distance from the first atom.

en: Color by Element
en_GB: Colour by Element

en: Color by Element (carbon = grey, oxygen = red, ...).
en_GB: Colour by Element (carbon = grey, oxygen = red, ...).

en: Color by Residue
en_GB: Colour by Residue

en: Color by Residue (amino acid type, hydrophobicity, ...
en_GB: Colour by Residue (amino acid type, hydrophobicity, ...

en: Aluminum
en_GB: Aluminium

en: Sulfur
en_GB: Sulphur

en: Cesium
en_GB: Caesium

en: Renders the x, y, and z axes at the origin
en_GB: Renders the x, y and z axes at the origin

en: Renders color scale for gradients
en_GB: Renders colour scale for gradients

en: Renders rings with colored planes
en_GB: Renders rings with coloured planes

en: GL widget was not correctly initialized in order to save video
en_GB: GL widget was not correctly initialised in order to save video

en: &Optimize Geometry
en_GB: &Optimise Geometry

en: Optimize molecules and generate conformers using molecular mechanics force fields
en_GB: Optimise molecules and generate conformers using molecular mechanics force fields

en: The G03 executable, cannot be found.
en_GB: The G03 executable cannot be found.

en: Gaussian did not run correctly. Perhaps it is not installed correctly.
en_GB: Gaussian did not run correctly. Perhaps it is not correctly installed.

en: MOPAC is already running. Wait until the previous calculation is finished.
en_GB: MOPAC is already running. Wait until the previous calculation has finished.

en: Cannot Write to File.
en_GB: Cannot write to file.

en: Windows for displaying atom, bond, angle and torsion properties. It also includes a cartesian coordinate editor.
en_GB: Windows for displaying atom, bond, angle and torsion properties. It also includes a Cartesian coordinate editor.

en: Tab Separated Values
en_GB: Tab-Separated Values

en: Comma Separated Values
en_GB: Comma-Separated Values

en: Customi&ze <<
en_GB: Customi&se <<

en: Customi&ze >>
en_GB: Customi&se >>

en: Visualize spectral data from quantum chemistry calculations
en_GB: Visualise spectral data from quantum chemistry calculations

en: The vibration data in the molecule you have loaded does not have any intensity data. Intensities have been set to an arbitrary value for visualization.
en_GB: The vibration data in the molecule you have loaded does not have any intensity data. Intensities have been set to an arbitrary value for visualisation.

en: GL widget was not correctly initialized in order to make a video
en_GB: GL widget was not correctly initialised in order to make a video

en: Visualize vibrational modes from quantum chemistry calculations
en_GB: Visualise vibrational modes from quantum chemistry calculations

en: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centered at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.
en_GB: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centred at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.

en: Automatic optimization of molecular geometry
en_GB: Automatic optimisation of molecular geometry

en: AutoOptimization Settings
en_GB: AutoOptimisation Settings

note: i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:13 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ResidueColorSettings)
en: Residue Color Settings
en_GB: Residue Colour Settings

note: i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:19 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color residues by:
en_GB: Colour residues by:

note: i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:27 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorStyleComboBox)
en: Amino Colors
en_GB: Amino Colours

note: i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:32 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorStyleComboBox)
en: Shapely Colors
en_GB: Shapely Colours

note: i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:140 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorCombo)
en: Selected Colors
en_GB: Selected Colours

note: i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:145 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorCombo)
en: Mapped Colors
en_GB: Mapped Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:153 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorLabel)
en: Colors:
en_GB: Colours:

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:464 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_24)
en: #D Heavy Atom Polarization Functions:
en_GB: #D Heavy Atom Polarisation Functions:

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:864 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, controlRunCombo)
en: Optimization
en_GB: Optimisation

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:1152 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, controlCCCombo)
en: LCCD: Linearized CC
en_GB: LCCD: Linearised CC

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:1919 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_39)
en: Diagonalization Method:
en_GB: Diagonalisation Method:

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2431 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_41) i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessukinputdialog.ui:224 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, dftFunctionalLabel)
en: DFT Functional:
en_GB: Funcional DFT:

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2525 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mp2LocalizedCheck)
en: Use Localized Orbitals
en_GB: Use Localised Orbitals

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2786 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_51)
en: Optimization Method:
en_GB: Optimisation Method:

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2868 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, statPointOptimizationCombo)
en: Rational Function Optimization
en_GB: Rational Function Optimisation

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2883 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, statPointOptimizationCombo)
en: Constrained Optimization
en_GB: Constrained Optimisation

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/povraydialog.ui:160 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, transparency)
en: Set the background color to be transparent
en_GB: Set the background colour to be transparent

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:20 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, SpectraDialog)
en: Spectra Visualization
en_GB: Spectra Visualisation

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:174 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorCalculated) i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:197 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorImported) i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradial
en: Set Color...
en_GB: Set Colour...

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:628 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cb_imageFontAdjust)
en: Use an optimized value for the font size instead of the scheme-specified value (screen to image point sizes don't translate well!)
en_GB: Use an optimised value for the font size instead of the scheme-specified value (screen to image point sizes don't translate well!)

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/surfaces/surfacedialog.ui:104 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Color By:
en_GB: Colour By:

en: Register? You're not authorized
en_GB: Register? You're not authorised

en: Ignore foreground colors
en_GB: Ignore foreground Colours

en: Ignore background colors
en_GB: Ignore background Colours

en: Snapshots folder is not valid !
en_GB: Snapshots folder is not valid!

en: You must select at least one folder to backup !
en_GB: You must select at least one folder to backup!

en: You can't include backup folder !
en_GB: You can't include the backup folder!

en: You can't include a backup sub-folder !
en_GB: You can't include a backup sub-folder!

en: %s is not a folder !
en_GB: %s is not a folder!

en: Can't write to: %s
    Are you sure you have write access ?
en_GB: Can't write to: %s
    Are you sure you have write access?

en: Can't find crontab.
    Are you sure cron is installed ?
    If not you should disable all automatic backups.
en_GB: Can't find crontab.
    Are you sure cron is installed?
    If not, you should disable all automatic backups.

en: Profile "%s" already exists !
en_GB: Profile "%s" already exists!

en: You can't remove the last profile !
en_GB: You can't remove the last profile!

en: %s profiles found. 
    
    The new backup format supports storage of different users and profiles on the same location. Do you want the same location for both profiles? 
    
    (The program will still be able to discriminate between them)
en_GB: %s profiles found. 
    
    The new backup format supports storage of different users and profiles in the same location. Do you want the same location for both profiles? 
    
    (The program will still be able to discriminate between them)

en: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive please plug it.
en_GB: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive, please plug it in.

en: Finalizing
en_GB: Finalising

en: Save config file ...
en_GB: Save config file...

en: Save permission ...
en_GB: Save permission...

en: Restore to ...
en_GB: Restore to...

en: Restore '%s' to ...
en_GB: Restore '%s' to...

en: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive please plug it and then press OK
en_GB: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive, please plug it in and then press OK.

en: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    <b>%s</b>
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    <b>%s</b>?

en: Informations
en_GB: Information

en: Are you sure you want to change snapshots folder ?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to change snapshots folder?

en: Are you sure you want to delete the profile "%s" ?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete the profile "%s"?

en: Exclude patterns can't contain ':' char !
en_GB: Exclude patterns can't contain ':' character!

en: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    %s
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    %s?

en: - snapshots are no read-only
    - destination file-system must support all linux attributes (dates, rights, user, group ...)
en_GB: - snapshots are not read-only
    - destination file-system must support all linux attributes (dates, rights, user, group ...)

en: Change these options only if you really know what you are doing !
en_GB: Change these options only if you really know what you are doing!

en: <b>This folder doesn't exist
    in the current snapshot !</b>
en_GB: <b>This folder doesn't exist
    in the current snapshot!</b>

en: Profile Id:
en_GB: Profile ID:

en: <b>Change these options only if you really know what you are doing !</b>
en_GB: <b>Change these options only if you really know what you are doing!</b>

en: Choose New FileName
en_GB: Choose New Filename

en: Use balsa as default email client?
en_GB: Use balsa as default e-mail client?

en: The following settings are also needed (and you can find them later, if need be, in the Email application in the 'Preferences' and 'Identities' commands on the 'Tools' menu)
en_GB: The following settings are also needed (and you can find them later, if need be, in the E-mail application in the 'Preferences' and 'Identities' commands on the 'Tools' menu)

en:  Whoever provides your email account should be able to give you the following information (if you have a Network Administrator, they may already have set this up for you):
en_GB:  Whoever provides your e-mail account should be able to give you the following information (if you have a Network Administrator, they may already have set this up for you):

en: Your email _login name:
en_GB: Your e-mail _login name:

en: Your _Email Address, for this email account:
en_GB: Your _E-mail Address, for this e-mail account:

en: Before you can send or receive email:
    
    -- either you should already have Internet access and an email account, provided by an Internet Service Provider, and you should have made that Internet connection on your computer
    
    -- or your Network Administrator at your place of work/study/similar may have set up your computer to connect to the network.
en_GB: Before you can send or receive e-mail:
    
    -- either you should already have Internet access and an e-mail account, provided by an Internet Service Provider, and you should have made that Internet connection on your computer
    
    -- or your Network Administrator at your place of work/study/similar may have set up your computer to connect to the network.

en: The signature check and removal of the OpenPGP armor cannot be performed because this message is displayed more than once.
en_GB: The signature check and removal of the OpenPGP armour cannot be performed because this message is displayed more than once.

en: A filter run dialog is open.Close it before you can modify filters.
en_GB: A filter run dialogue is open.  Close it before you can modify filters.

en: There are opened filter run dialogs, close them before you can modify filters.
en_GB: There are opened filter run dialogues, close them before you can modify filters.

en: The filters dialog is opened, close it before you can run filters on any mailbox
en_GB: The filters dialogue is opened, close it before you can run filters on any mailbox

en: Customize toolbars
en_GB: Customise toolbars

en: The Balsa email client is part of the GNOME desktop environment.  Information on Balsa can be found at http://balsa.gnome.org/
    
    If you need to report bugs, please do so at: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/
en_GB: The Balsa e-mail client is part of the GNOME desktop environment.  Information on Balsa can be found at http://balsa.gnome.org/
    
    If you need to report bugs, please do so at: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/

en: Compose a new email to EMAIL@ADDRESS
en_GB: Compose a new e-mail to EMAIL@ADDRESS

en: Display Progress Dialog
en_GB: Display Progress Dialogue

en: Message Colors
en_GB: Message Colours

en: Quote level %d color
en_GB: Quote level %d colour

en: Hyperlink color
en_GB: Hyperlink colour

en: Invalid or incomplete address label color
en_GB: Invalid or incomplete address label colour

en: Show dialog
en_GB: Show dialogue

en: The option not to recognize "format=flowed" text has been removed.
en_GB: The option not to recognise "format=flowed" text has been removed.

en: Save this address and close the dialog?
en_GB: Save this address and close the dialogue?

en: _Customize Toolbars...
en_GB: _Customise Toolbars...

en: Customize Toolbars
en_GB: Customise Toolbars

en: You can add additional columns to the library view in <app>Banshee</app> to give you more information about the songs and also allow you to sort by. By default, Banshee displays columns for songs including <gui>Name</gui>, <gui>Artist</gui>, <gui>Album</gui> and <gui>Time</gui>. To add additional columns, using your mouse right click on any of the columns and Banshee will display all available column to choose from. Click the checkbox next to the name of the column you wish to add to the library view.
en_GB: You can add additional columns to the library view in <app>Banshee</app> to give you more information about the songs and also allow you to sort by. By default, Banshee displays columns for songs including <gui>Name</gui>, <gui>Artist</gui>, <gui>Album</gui> and <gui>Time</gui>. To add additional columns, using your mouse right click on any of the columns and Banshee will display all available columns to choose from. Click the checkbox next to the name of the column you wish to add to the library view.

en: Search your media and perfom basic queries.
en_GB: Search your media and perform basic queries.

en: A search query consists of some basic terms, for example, <em>dave matthews</em>. By entering <em>dave matthews</em> in the search box, Banshee will search all metadata fields including Track Title, Album Title, Album Artist, Year, etc. Any track whose metadata includes <em>dave</em> and <em>matthews</em> will be returned. Search terms are case insensitive, meaning you don't have to capitalize. <em>dave</em>, <em>Dave</em>, and <em>DAVE</em> all mean the same thing when searching.
en_GB: A search query consists of some basic terms, for example, <em>dave matthews</em>. By entering <em>dave matthews</em> in the search box, Banshee will search all metadata fields including Track Title, Album Title, Album Artist, Year, etc. Any track whose metadata includes <em>dave</em> and <em>matthews</em> will be returned. Search terms are case insensitive, meaning you don't have to capitalise. <em>dave</em>, <em>Dave</em>, and <em>DAVE</em> all mean the same thing when searching.

en: Do not display search results with any search term that follows the operator of NOT, not,<key>-</key>.
en_GB: Do not display search results with any search term that follows the operator of NOT, not, <key>-</key>.

en: Import music and categorizations from the <app>Rhythmbox</app> music player.
en_GB: Import music and categorisations from the <app>Rhythmbox</app> music player.

en: Banshee also displays your Favorite albums (those you play the most), Recent Favorites, Recently Added and Unheard music. Choose the one you wish to listen to and you can play songs from each.
en_GB: Banshee also displays your Favourite albums (those you play the most), Recent Favourites, Recently Added and Unheard music. Choose the one you wish to listen to and you can play songs from each.

en: Banshee also shows your Favorite videos (those you watch the most) and Unwatched videos. Choose one and you can play a video from the list.
en_GB: Banshee also shows you your Favourite videos (those you watch the most) and Unwanted videos. Choose one and you can play a video from the list.

en: Organize Your Play Queue
en_GB: Organise Your Play Queue

en: Your Play Queue is organized in the order of the tracks you added. The first tracks or albums you added to the queue will be the first to be played. You can re-order your Play Queue by using your mouse and dragging and dropping a track or group of tracks in the list. Choose the track(s) you wish to re-order with your mouse and release your mouse over the number or place in the list you wish those files to be in the queue.
en_GB: Your Play Queue is organised in the order of the tracks you added. The first tracks or albums you added to the queue will be the first to be played. You can re-order your Play Queue by using your mouse and dragging and dropping a track or group of tracks in the list. Choose the track(s) you wish to re-order with your mouse and release your mouse over the number or place in the list you wish those files to be in the queue.

en: A dialog box will appear that shows the song's metadata and allow you to change or update it. The default fields displayed include:
en_GB: A dialogue box will appear that shows the song's metadata and allows you to change or update it. The default fields displayed include:

en: Update the song's information. If you have selected multiple songs to edit press the right arrow icon to the right of the <gui>Track Title</gui> field or press the <gui>Forward</gui> button at the bottom of the dialog when finished with each song. When you have completed editing all metadata, press <gui>Save</gui>.
en_GB: Update the song's information. If you have selected multiple songs to edit press the right arrow icon to the right of the <gui>Track Title</gui> field or press the <gui>Forward</gui> button at the bottom of the dialogue when finished with each song. When you have completed editing all metadata, press <gui>Save</gui>.

en: Playlists allow you to create and save a list of music tracks to be played in a specific order. Playlists are convenient to create a list of your favorite songs or to split your library into smaller lists that are easy to browse through. Some portable media players even allow you to transfer the playlist so you can take it with you on the go.
en_GB: Playlists allow you to create and save a list of music tracks to be played in a specific order. Playlists are convenient to create a list of your favourite songs or to split your library into smaller lists that are easy to browse through. Some portable media players even allow you to transfer the playlist so you can take it with you on the go.

en: Banshee supports normal playlists, which include songs you add to the playlist, as well as smart playlists. Smart Playlists are automatically generated playlists based on your listening habits, favorite music, or more.
en_GB: Banshee supports normal playlists, which include songs you add to the playlist, as well as smart playlists. Smart Playlists are automatically generated playlists based on your listening habits, favourite music, or more.

en: A normal playlist is a list of songs that you add and manage. You might want to create your own list of songs by your favorite artist from multiple albums, your latest favorite songs, or an upbeat playlist to listen to while you exercise.
en_GB: A normal playlist is a list of songs that you add and manage. You might want to create your own list of songs by your favourite artist from multiple albums, your latest favourite songs, or an upbeat playlist to listen to while you exercise.

en: To give your playlist its own name, select the playlist and right click on the playlist and press <gui>Rename Playlist</gui> and enter the name of your playlist.
en_GB: To give your playlist its own name, select the playlist, right click on the playlist and press <gui>Rename Playlist</gui> and enter the name of your playlist.

en: Smart Playlists allow you to quickly generate a dynamic playlist based on a number of pre-set variables. You can quickly create a new playlist based on a specific artist, favorites or more.
en_GB: Smart Playlists allow you to quickly generate a dynamic playlist based on a number of pre-set variables. You can quickly create a new playlist based on a specific artist, favourites or more.

en: To create a new Smart Playlist, from the menu choose <guiseq><gui>Media</gui><gui>New Smart Playlist</gui></guiseq>. You will be presented with a dialog to create a new Smart Playlist. Enter the name of your playlist and then choose the criteria your playlist should be based on. You can choose from any field included in the song's meatadata, such as Album, Artist or Year. Choose the criteria and then choose from one of the following:
en_GB: To create a new Smart Playlist, choose <guiseq><gui>Media</gui><gui>New Smart Playlist</gui></guiseq> from the menu. You will be presented with a dialogue to create a new Smart Playlist. Enter the name of your playlist and then choose the criteria your playlist should be based on. You can choose from any field included in the song's metadata, such as Album, Artist or Year. Choose the criteria and then choose from one of the following:

en: Favorites (Songs rated four and five stars)
en_GB: Favourites (Songs rated four and five stars)

en: Recent Favorites (Songs listened to often in the past week)
en_GB: Recent Favourites (Songs listened to often in the past week)

en: Neglected Favorites (Favorites not played in over two months)
en_GB: Neglected Favourites (Favourites not played in over two months)

en: 700 MB of Favorites (A data CD worth of favorite songs)
en_GB: 700 MB of Favourites (A data CD worth of favourite songs)

en: 80 Minutes of Favorites (An audio CD worth of favorite songs)
en_GB: 80 Minutes of Favourites (An audio CD worth of favourite songs)

en: Manage or change your albums cover art.
en_GB: Manage of change your album cover art

en: Enable Last.fm, song reporting and Last.fm radio.
en_GB: Enable Last.fm, song reporting and Last.fm radio

en: Last.fm is a popular online service that offers both free and paid versions. Last.fm offers information on music artists and albums and if you create a user profile Last.fm allows you to track the music you listen to in Banshee for free. If you subscribe as a paying member, you can also listen to streaming music from Last.fm in various music clients, including Banshee. Last.fm offers multiple channels to stream, including recommended music for you based on your listening habits, your favorites and more.
en_GB: Last.fm is a popular online service that offers both free and paid versions. Last.fm offers information on music artists and albums and if you create a user profile Last.fm allows you to track the music you listen to in Banshee for free. If you subscribe as a paying member, you can also listen to streaming music from Last.fm in various music clients, including Banshee. Last.fm offers multiple channels to stream, including recommended music for you based on your listening habits, your favourites and more.

en: Open import media dialog
en_GB: Open import media dialogue

en: Import music and categorizations from the <app>iTunes</app> media player.
en_GB: Import music and categorisations from the <app>iTunes</app> media player.

en: Advanced options and help
en_GB: Advances options and help

en: To import music or video files on your computer, choose <guiseq><gui>Media</gui><gui>Import Media</gui></guiseq>. A dialog will appear with a number of choices.
en_GB: To import music or video files on your computer, choose <guiseq><gui>Media</gui><gui>Import Media</gui></guiseq>. A dialogue box will appear with a number of choices.

en: Choose this option to import all music and video files within a specified folder, including all subfolders. You will be prompted with a dialog to choose a folder to import from.
en_GB: Choose this option to import all music and video files within a specified folder, including all subfolders. You will be prompted with a dialogue box to choose a folder to import from.

en: Choose this option to import only the specific file or files you select. You will be prompted with a dialog to choose the file or files to import.
en_GB: Choose this option to import only the specific file or files you select. You will be prompted with a dialogue box to choose the file or files to import.

en: Import music purchased from eMusic.
en_GB: Import music purchased from eMusic

en: Banshee uses an Amazon affiliate code for all music purchases. All money made via this affiliate code is donated to the GNOME Foundation.
en_GB: Banshee uses an Amazon affiliate code for all music purchases. All money made via this affiliate code is donated to the GNOME Foundation

en: Internet radio stations are similar to regular radio stations, allowing an individual or organization to stream music live over the internet. Internet radio stations can be a simultaneous stream of a regular radio station, an amateur broadcasting their own station, or commercial internet radio stations that include live DJs and even commercials.
en_GB: Internet radio stations are similar to regular radio stations, allowing an individual or organisation to stream music live over the internet. Internet radio stations can be a simultaneous stream of a regular radio station, an amateur broadcasting their own station, or commercial internet radio stations that include live DJs and even publicity.

en: There are podcasts on almost any subject including music, movies, Linux, and more. Search the internet using your favorite search engine with a search term such as "movie podcast" and you will be presented with many options to choose from.
en_GB: There are podcasts on almost any subject including music, movies, Linux, and more. Search the internet using your favourite search engine with a search term such as "movie podcast" and you will be presented with many options to choose from.

en: Organize audiobooks, lectures, etc.
en_GB: Organise audiobooks, lectures, etc.

en: Customize and extend Banshee with Boo-language scripts.
en_GB: Customise and extend Banshee with Boo-language scripts.

en: Listen to and organize Internet Radio stations.
en_GB: Listen to and organise Internet Radio stations.

en: Play and organize your media collection
en_GB: Play and organise your media collection

en: Could not initialize element from cdda URI
en_GB: Could not initialise element from cdda URI

en: Could not create sinkbin plugin
en_GB: Could not create sinkben plugin

en: Write CD...
en_GB: Write CD…

en: Could not initialize GStreamer library
en_GB: Could not initialise GStreamer library

en: For tracks that have ReplayGain data, automatically scale (normalize) playback volume
en_GB: For tracks that have ReplayGain data, automatically scale (normalise) playback volume

en: We're currently not able to check if there's a new version available. Please try again later.
en_GB: We're currently not able to check if there's a new version available. Please try again

en: Present the import media dialog box
en_GB: Present the import media dialogue box

en: Present the about dialog
en_GB: Present the about dialogue

en: Present the open location dialog
en_GB: Present the open location dialogue

en: Present the preferences dialog
en_GB: Present the preferences dialogue

en: Optimize instance for running uninstalled; most notably, this will create an alternate Mono.Addins database in the working directory
en_GB: Optimise instance for running uninstalled; most notably, this will create an alternate Mono.Addins database in the working directory

en: Scanning ({0} files)...
en_GB: Scanning ({0} files)…

en: File Organization
en_GB: File Organisation

en: Recent Favorites
en_GB: Recent Favourites

en: Favorites not played in over two months
en_GB: Favourites not played in over two months

en: Least Favorite
en_GB: Least Favourite

en: A data CD worth of favorite songs
en_GB: A data CD worth of favourite songs

en: An audio CD worth of favorite songs
en_GB: An audio CD worth of favourite songs

en: quantization
en_GB: quantisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  50 (banshee HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: These are unique search fields (and nouns). You can use CSV for synonyms. Please, no spaces. Blank ok.
en: license
en_GB: licence

en: licensed
en_GB: licenced

en: Choose New Cover Art...
en_GB: Choose New Cover Art…

en: Waiting for playback to begin...
en_GB: Waiting for playback to begin…

en: Bookmark the Position in the Current Track
en_GB: Save the Position in the Current Track as a Bookmark

en: Import _Media...
en_GB: Import _Media…

en: Import _Playlist...
en_GB: Import _Playlist…

en: Seek _To...
en_GB: Seek _To…

en: New _Smart Playlist...
en_GB: New _Smart Playlist…

en: Export Playlist...
en_GB: Export Playlist…

en: Refresh this randomly sorted smart playlist
en_GB: Refresh this randomly-sorted smart playlist

en: Check this if this track is part of an album with tracks by various artists
en_GB: Tick this if this track is part of an album with tracks by various artists

en: Set all licenses to this value
en_GB: Set all licences to this value

en: _License URI:
en_GB: _Licence URI:

en: View the graphical equalizer
en_GB: View the graphical equaliser

en: Stopping...
en_GB: Stopping…

en: C_hoose Files...
en_GB: C_hoose Files…

en: C_hoose Folders...
en_GB: C_hoose Folders…

en: Loading {0}...
en_GB: Loading {0}…

en: Contacting...
en_GB: Contacting…

en: Syncing iPod
en_GB: Synchronising iPod

en: Preparing to synchronize...
en_GB: Preparing to synchronise…

en: Begin synchronizing the device as soon as the device is plugged in or the libraries change.
en_GB: Begin synchronising the device as soon as the device is plugged in or the libraries change.

en: Disconnecting {0}...
en_GB: Disconnecting {0}…

en: Error Initializing MTP Device Support
en_GB: Error Initialising MTP Device Support

en: There was an error initializing MTP device support.
en_GB: There was an error initialising MTP device support.

en: Merge Discs...
en_GB: Merge Discs…

en: iTunes® 7 introduced new compatibility issues and currently only works with other iTunes® 7 clients.
    
    No third-party clients can connect to iTunes® music shares anymore. This is an intentional limitation by Apple in iTunes® 7 and newer, we apologize for the unfortunate inconvenience.
en_GB: iTunes® 7 introduced new compatibility issues and currently only works with other iTunes® 7 clients.
    
    No third-party clients can connect to iTunes® music shares any more. This is an intentional limitation by Apple in iTunes® 7 and newer, we apologise for the unfortunate inconvenience.

en: The login process was canceled
en_GB: The login process was cancelled

en: Canceling Downloads
en_GB: Cancelling Downloads

en: Waiting for downloads to terminate...
en_GB: Waiting for downloads to terminate…

en: Displayed are albums that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired title to make it bold, or uncheck it to take no action.
en_GB: Displayed are albums that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired title to make it bold, or untick it to take no action.

en: Displayed are artists that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired name to make it bold, or uncheck it to take no action.
en_GB: Displayed are artists that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired name to make it bold, or untick it to take no action.

en: Fix Music Metadata...
en_GB: Fix Music Metadata…

en: Displayed are genres that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired genre to make it bold, or uncheck it to take no action.
en_GB: Displayed are genres that should likely be merged.  For each row, click the desired genre to make it bold, or untick it to take no action.

en: License URL:
en_GB: Licence URL:

en: The Internet Archive, a 501(c)(3) non-profit, is building a digital library of Internet sites and other cultural artifacts in digital form. Like a paper library, we provide free access to researchers, historians, scholars, and the general public.
en_GB: The Internet Archive, a 501(c)(3) non-profit, is building a digital library of Internet sites and other cultural artefacts in digital form. Like a paper library, we provide free access to researchers, historians, scholars, and the general public.

en: Radio Programs
en_GB: Radio Programmes

en: Scrobbling from device...
en_GB: Scrobbling from device…

en: Processing track {0} of {1} ...
en_GB: Processing track {0} of {1} …

en: Open Last.fm in a browser, giving you the option to authorize Banshee to work with your account
en_GB: Open Last.fm in a browser, giving you the option to authorise Banshee to work with your account

en: _Add Station...
en_GB: _Add Station…

en: Initializing Drive
en_GB: Initialising Drive

en: Searching for track information...
en_GB: Searching for track information…

note: Translators: {0} is the type of disc, "Audio CD" or "DVD"
en: Ejecting {0}...
en_GB: Ejecting {0}…

en: Locate your "{0}" file...
en_GB: Locate your "{0}" file…

en: Randomize the playback order of items in the play queue
en_GB: Randomise the playback order of items in the play queue

en: If checked, Banshee will check every hour to see if this podcast has new episodes
en_GB: If ticked, Banshee will check every hour to see if this podcast has new episodes

en: Play in Banshee...
en_GB: Play in Banshee…

en: Play in Web Browser...
en_GB: Play in Web Browser…

en: Authorize for Last.fm
en_GB: Authorise for Last.fm

en: Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser

en: - Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: - Disk Usage Analyser

en: _Analyzer
en_GB: _Analyser

en: Could not analyze volume.
en_GB: Could not analyse volume.

en: A graphical tool to analyze disk usage.
en_GB: A graphical tool to analyse disk usage.

en: Could not analyze disk usage.
en_GB: Could not analyse disk usage.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Preferences
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Preferences

en: Could not initialize monitoring
en_GB: Could not initialise monitoring

en: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analyzed.
en_GB: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analysed.

en: Could not move "%s" to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move "%s" to the Wastebasket

en: Could not move file to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move file to the Wastebasket

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

en: S_can Remote Folder...
en_GB: S_can Remote Folder…

en: Scan F_older...
en_GB: Scan F_older…

[ctx: Button to trust a bluetooth remote device and authorize it to connect]
en: Trust and Authorize
en_GB: Trust and Authorise

[ctx: Button to authorize a bluetooth remote device to connect]
en: Authorize Only
en_GB: Authorise Only

en: Bluetooth Daemon
en_GB: Bluetooth Dæmon

en: ObexFtp Daemon
en_GB: ObexFtp Dæmon

en: Do not initialize any service
en_GB: Do not initialise any service

en: Adapter selection
en_GB: Adaptor selection

en: <b>Plugin description:</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-in description:</b>

en: Configure selected plugin's preferences
en_GB: Configure selected plug-in's preferences

en: Authorization request for:
en_GB: Authorisation request for:

en: <b>An error has occured while loading a plugin. Please notify the developers with the content of this message.</b>
en_GB: <b>An error has occured while loading a plug-in. Please notify the developers with the content of this message.</b>

en: Plugin <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?

en: Plugin <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?

note: translators: device class
en: uncategorized
en_GB: uncategorised

note: translators: device class
en: cellular
en_GB: mobile

en: Allows you to monitor your (mobile broadband) network traffic usage. Useful for limited data access plans. This plugin tracks every device seperately.
en_GB: Allows you to monitor your (mobile broadband) network traffic usage. Useful for limited data access plans. This plug-in tracks every device separately.

en: Adapter for this connection is not available
en_GB: Adaptor for this connection is not available

en: Adap_ters
en_GB: Adap_tors

en: Starting Adapter Preferences
en_GB: Starting Adaptor Preferences

en: Failed to initialize PulseAudio Bluetooth module. Bluetooth audio over PulseAudio will not work.
en_GB: Failed to initialise PulseAudio Bluetooth module. Bluetooth audio over PulseAudio will not work.

en: Provides a menu item for making the default adapter temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default
en_GB: Provides a menu item for making the default adaptor temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default

en: Make the default adapter temporarily visible
en_GB: Make the default adaptor temporarily visible

en: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plugins to manipulate it
en_GB: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plug-ins to manipulate it

en: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behavior
en_GB: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behaviour

en: Not currently supported with this setup
en_GB: Not currently supported with this set-up

en: Applet's transfer service plugin is disabled
en_GB: Applet's transfer service plug-in is disabled

en: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adapter manager to work
en_GB: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adaptor manager to work

en: <b>Device added and connected successfuly</b>
en_GB: <b>Device added and connected successfully</b>

en: <b>Device added successfuly, but failed to connect</b>
en_GB: <b>Device added successfully, but failed to connect</b>

en: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.
en_GB: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy-to-use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

en: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as ogg, flac and mp3)
en_GB: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

en: Create video DVD or SVCD
en_GB: Create video DVDs or SVCDs

en: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top left of the toolbar.
en_GB: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top-left of the toolbar.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).

en: After you have added a track, you can insert a 2 seconds pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: After you have added a track, you can insert a two-second pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>

en: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialog for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialogue for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).

en: This project lets you take video files (files with extension like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.
en_GB: This project lets you take video files (files with extensions like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).

en: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in Americans, Canadians and Japanese televisions.
en_GB: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in American, Canadian and Japanese televisions.

en: One of the main difference between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.
en_GB: One of the main differences between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.

en: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).
en_GB: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).

en: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).

en: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialog and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.
en_GB: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialogue and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let Brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.

en: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> effect (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>). This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device at the selected burning speed.
en_GB: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>) effect. This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device for the selected burning speed.

en: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, brasero will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialog in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.
en_GB: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialogue in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.

en: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can lately burn.
en_GB: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can later burn.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialog. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialogue. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.

en: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD means to delete all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD mean deleting all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>

en: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your own CD/DVD recorder.
en_GB: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your CD/DVD recorder.

en: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously-mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.

en: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialog; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialog will be displayed.
en_GB: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialogue; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialogue will be displayed.

en: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colors for all the texts and the background properties of front and the back cover.
en_GB: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colours for all the text and the background properties of the front and the back cover.

en: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialogue.

en: It is possible to fill the background with an image or with a color or gradient.
en_GB: It is possible to fill the background with an image, or with a solid colour or gradient.

en: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from you hard disk.
en_GB: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from your hard disk.

en: From the <guilabel>Color</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Colour</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.

en: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog to select the color.
en_GB: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue to select the colour.

en: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the color chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.
en_GB: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the colour chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.

en: To fill the background with a color or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>
en_GB: To fill the background with a colour or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>

en: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 and 2 for SHA256
en_GB: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 or 2 for SHA256

en: Contains the path to the directory where brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for glib will be used.
en_GB: Contains the path to the directory where Brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for GLib will be used.

en: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to true) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to True) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to false, brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to False, Brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord.
en_GB: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord

en: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, Brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Audio CD successfully burned
en_GB: Audio CD successfully burnt

en: Image successfully burned to DVD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to DVD

en: Image successfully burned to CD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to CD

en: Data DVD successfully burned
en_GB: Data DVD successfully burnt

en: Data CD successfully burned
en_GB: Data CD successfully burnt

en: No track information (artist, title, ...) will be written to the disc.
en_GB: No track information (artist, title, etc.) will be written to the disc.

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned.
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt.

en: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (size over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.
en_GB: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.

en: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognize the file type properly.
en_GB: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognise the file type properly.

en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

en: _Text Color
en_GB: _Text Colour

en: Text color
en_GB: Text colour

en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

en: libburn library could not be initialized
en_GB: libburn library could not be initialised

en: libisofs could not be initialized.
en_GB: libisofs could not be initialised.

en: Normalizing tracks
en_GB: Normalising tracks

en: Normalization
en_GB: Normalisation

en: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

en: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalization will not be applied to these tracks.
en_GB: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalisation will not be applied to these tracks.

en: Open the blank disc dialog
en_GB: Open the blank disc dialogue

en: Open the check disc dialog
en_GB: Open the check disc dialogue

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt

en: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognized and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.
en_GB: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognised and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.

en: Load the last project that was not burned and not saved
en_GB: Load the last project that was not burnt and not saved

en: Select a color:
en_GB: Select a colour:

en: Change Byobu's colors
en_GB: Change Byobu's colours

en: X coordinate of rectangle to record
en_GB: X co-ordinate of rectangle to record

en: Y coordinate of rectangle to record
en_GB: Y co-ordinate of rectangle to record

en: kind changed
        File kind has been changed (e.g. from file to directory).
en_GB: type changed
        File type has been changed (e.g. from file to directory).

en: To see ignored files use 'bzr ignored'.  For details on the
    changes to file texts, use 'bzr diff'.
en_GB: To see ignored files, use 'bzr ignored'.  For details on the
    changes to file texts, use 'bzr diff'.

en: Since a lightweight checkout is little more than a working tree
    this will refuse to run against one.
en_GB: Since a lightweight checkout is little more than a working tree,
    this will refuse to run against one.

en: Don't recursively add the contents of directories.
en_GB: Do not recursively add the contents of directories.

en: invalid kind %r specified
en_GB: invalid type %r specified

en: can not move root of branch
en_GB: cannot move root of branch

en: List entries of a particular kind: file, directory, symlink.
en_GB: List entries of a particular type: file, directory, symlink.

en: invalid kind specified
en_GB: invalid type specified

en: Unrecognized bug %s. Commit refused.
en_GB: Unrecognised bug %s. Commit refused.

en: check
en_GB: tick

en: Path "%(path)s" is not unicode normalized
en_GB: Path "%(path)s" is not unicode normalised

en: Cannot operate on "%(filename)s" of unsupported kind "%(kind)s"
en_GB: Cannot operate on "%(filename)s" of unsupported type "%(kind)s"

en: Root class for inventory serialization errors
en_GB: Root class for inventory serialisation errors

en: Unsupported entry kind %(kind)s
en_GB: Unsupported entry type %(kind)s

en: Kind change from %(from_kind)s to %(to_kind)s for %(path)s not supported by format %(format)r
en_GB: Type change from %(from_kind)s to %(to_kind)s for %(path)s not supported by format %(format)r

en: %s cannot canonicalize CHKs.
en_GB: %s cannot canonicalise CHKs.

en:   bzr status         summarize changes in working copy
      bzr diff           show detailed diffs
en_GB:   bzr status         summarise changes in working copy
      bzr diff           show detailed diffs

en: Checkouts are source trees that are connected to a branch, so that when
    you commit in the source tree, the commit goes into that branch.  They
    allow you to use a simpler, more centralized workflow, ignoring some of
    Bazaar's decentralized features until you want them. Using checkouts
    with shared repositories is very similar to working with SVN or CVS, but
    doesn't have the same restrictions.  And using checkouts still allows
    others working on the project to use whatever workflow they like.
en_GB: Checkouts are source trees that are connected to a branch, so that when
    you commit in the source tree, the commit goes into that branch.  They
    allow you to use a simpler, more centralised workflow, ignoring some of
    Bazaar's decentralised features until you want them.
    Using checkouts with shared repositories is very similar to working with 
    SVN or CVS, but doesn't have the same restrictions.  
    And using checkouts still allows others working on the project to use 
    whatever workflow they like.

en:   N File created
      D File deleted
      K File kind changed
      M File modified
en_GB:   N File created
      D File deleted
      K File type changed
      M File modified

en: The intent is to make this file as small as possible to minimize maintenance.
en_GB: The intent is to make this file as small as possible to minimise maintenance.

en: The ``password_encoding`` and ``verify_certificates`` fields are recognized but
    ignored in the actual implementation.
en_GB: The ``password_encoding`` and ``verify_certificates`` fields are recognised but
    ignored in the actual implementation.

en: Bazaar tries to avoid conflicts ; its aim is to ask you to resolve the
    conflict if and only if there's an actual conceptual conflict in the source
    tree.  Because Bazaar doesn't understand the real meaning of the files being
    versioned, it can, when faced with ambiguities, fall short in either direction
    trying to resolve the conflict itself. Many kinds of changes can be combined
    programmatically, but sometimes only a human can determine the right thing to
    do.
en_GB: Bazaar tries to avoid conflicts; its aim is to ask you to resolve the
    conflict if and only if there's an actual conceptual conflict in the source
    tree.  Because Bazaar doesn't understand the real meaning of the files being
    versioned, it can, when faced with ambiguities, fall short in either direction
    trying to resolve the conflict itself. Many kinds of changes can be combined
    programmatically, but sometimes only a human can determine the right thing to
    do.

en: Various actions are available depending on the kind of conflict, for some of
    these actions, Bazaar can provide some help. In the end you should at least
    inform Bazaar that you're done with the conflict with::
en_GB: Various actions are available depending on the kind of conflict; for some of
    these actions, Bazaar can provide some help. In the end you should at least
    inform Bazaar that you're done with the conflict with::

en: ``bzr resolve`` recognizes the following actions:
en_GB: ``bzr resolve`` recognises the following actions:

en: To resolve that kind of conflict, you just have to decide what name should be
    retained for the file involved.
en_GB: To resolve that kind of conflict, you just have to decide which name should be
    retained for the file involved.

en: In this situation, Bazaar will cancel the move, and leave ``white`` in
    ``black``.  To resolve that kind of conflict, you just have to decide what
    name should be retained for the directories involved.
en_GB: In this situation, Bazaar will cancel the move, and leave ``white`` in
    ``black``.  To resolve that kind of conflict, you just have to decide which
    name should be retained for the directories involved.

en: To resolve that kind of conflict, you have to decide what name should be
    retained for the file, directory or symlink involved.
en_GB: To resolve that kind of conflict, you have to decidewhich name should be
    retained for the file, directory or symlink involved.

en: To generalize, there are two content formats supported by Bazaar:
en_GB: To generalise, there are two content formats supported by Bazaar:

en: This situation commonly arises when using a centralized workflow with local
    commits.  If someone else has committed new work to the mainline since your
    last pull and you have local commits that have not yet been pushed to the
    mainline, then your local branch and the mainline have diverged.
en_GB: This situation commonly arises when using a centralised workflow with local
    commits.  If someone else has committed new work to the mainline since your
    last pull and you have local commits that have not yet been pushed to the
    mainline, then your local branch and the mainline have diverged.

en: Called after new branch initialization completes. post_branch_init is
    called with a bzrlib.branch.BranchInitHookParams. Note that init,
    branch and checkout (both heavyweight and lightweight) will all
    trigger this hook.
en_GB: Called after new branch initialisation completes. post_branch_init is
    called with a bzrlib.branch.BranchInitHookParams. Note that init,
    branch and checkout (both heavyweight and lightweight) will all
    trigger this hook.

en: Invoked after a repository has been initialized. post_repo_init is
    called with a bzrlib.controldir.RepoInitHookParams.
en_GB: Invoked after a repository has been initialised. post_repo_init is
    called with a bzrlib.controldir.RepoInitHookParams.

en: Use custom initialize dialog
en_GB: Use custom initialise dialog

en: Custom Dialogs
en_GB: Custom Dialogues

en: Default Values in Dialogs
en_GB: Default Values in Dialogues

en: Occitan (post 1500)
en_GB: Occitan (post 1500

en: I&nitialize...
en_GB: I&nitialise...

en: Initialize
en_GB: Initialise

en: Tune the appearance and behavior of Bazaar Explorer
en_GB: Tune the appearance and behaviour of Bazaar Explorer

en: Organize and delete bookmarks
en_GB: Organise and delete bookmarks

en: Organize and delete tools
en_GB: Organise and delete tools

en: 
    <p>Configure your identity and preferred text editor using the
    %(Configuration)s action. The settings configured here apply to
    all Bazaar programs, including the command line tool (bzr).</p>
    <p>Use the %(Preferences)s action to personalize Bazaar Explorer.
    The settings configured here only apply to this application.</p>
en_GB: 
    <p>Configure your identity and preferred text editor using the
    %(Configuration)s action. The settings configured here apply to
    all Bazaar programs, including the command line tool (bzr).</p>
    <p>Use the %(Preferences)s action to personalise Bazaar Explorer.
    The settings configured here only apply to this application.</p>

en: Setup and personalize Bazaar
en_GB: Setup and personalise Bazaar

en: The destination is outside a shared repository. Would you like to initialize one now? This is generally recommended.
en_GB: The destination is outside a shared repository. Would you like to initialise one now? This is generally recommended.

en: Open file manager on folder
en_GB: Open file manager in folder

en: a super fine analog clock
en_GB: a super fine analogue clock

en: an analog clock based on vector-graphics
en_GB: an analogue clock based on vector-graphics

en: close this settings-dialog
en_GB: close this settings-dialogue

en: if enabled the workspace pager will show the window of the clock
en_GB: if enabled, the workspace pager will show the window of the clock

en: if enabled, the current date will be displayed inside the clocks face
en_GB: if enabled, the current date will be displayed inside the clock's face

note: setup and process command-line options
en: - analog clock drawn with vector-graphics
en_GB: - analogue clock drawn with vector-graphics

en: Click to choose a command from the file chooser dialog.
en_GB: Click to choose a command from the file chooser dialogue.

en: Export existing configs
en_GB: Export existing configurations

note: TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.
en: The MATE Translation Project <mate-i18n@gnome.org>
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>
    Philip Withnall <pwithnall@svn.gnome.org>

en: This software is licensed under the GNU Genaral Public License (GPL)
en_GB: This software is licensed under the GNU Genaral Public Licence (GPL)

en: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Cact interface. If not set there will be a default auto generated string set by default
en_GB: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Cact interface. If not set there will be a default auto-generated string set by default

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/customize.jl
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

en: Catalog generator
en_GB: Catalogue generator

en: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the directory pmlname_img or images. This plugin is run every time you add a PML file to the library.
en_GB: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the directory pmlname_img or images. This plug-in is run every time you add a PML file to the library.

en: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported containing Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.
en_GB: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported that contains Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.

en: Add books to calibre or the connected device
en_GB: Add books to Calibre or the connected device

en: Generate a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Generate a catalogue of the books in your Calibre library

en: Delete books from your calibre library or connected device
en_GB: Delete books from your Calibre library or connected device

en: Edit the metadata of books in your calibre library
en_GB: Edit the metadata of books in your Calibre library

en: Read books in your calibre library
en_GB: Read books in your Calibre library

en: Export books from your calibre library to the hard disk
en_GB: Export books from your Calibre library to the hard disk

en: Restart calibre
en_GB: Restart Calibre

en: Open the folder that contains the book files in your calibre library
en_GB: Open the folder that contains the book files in your Calibre library

en: Send books via email or the web also connect to iTunes or folders on your computer as if they are devices
en_GB: Send books via email or the web and connect to iTunes or folders on your computer as if they were devices

en: Customize calibre
en_GB: Customise Calibre

en: Switch between different calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them
en_GB: Switch between different Calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them

en: Copy books from the devce to your calibre library
en_GB: Copy books from the device to your Calibre library

en: Copy a book from one calibre library to another
en_GB: Copy a book from one Calibre library to another

en: Find the next or previous match when searching in your calibre library in highlight mode
en_GB: Find the next or previous match when searching in your Calibre library in highlight mode

en: Choose a random book from your calibre library
en_GB: Choose a random book from your Calibre library

en: Get new calibre plugins or update your existing ones
en_GB: Get new Calibre plug-ins or update your existing ones

en: Customize the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each
en_GB: Customise the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each

en: Customize the way searching for books works in calibre
en_GB: Customise the way searching for books works in calibre

en: Saving books to disk
en_GB: Saving books to disc

en: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disk when using Save to disk
en_GB: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disc when using Save to disc

en: Control how calibre downloads ebook metadata from the net
en_GB: Control how Calibre downloads ebook metadata from the net

en: Add/remove/customize various bits of calibre functionality
en_GB: Add/remove/customise various bits of calibre functionality

en: Customize the keyboard shortcuts used by calibre
en_GB: Customise the keyboard shortcuts used by Calibre

en: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. Particularly useful for documents that do not declare an encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. This is particularly useful for documents that do not declare any encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.

en: If specified, the output plugin will try to create output that is as human readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plugins.
en_GB: If specified, the output plug-in will try to create output that is as human-readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plug-ins.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you know nothing about the input document.
en_GB: This profile tries to provide reasonable defaults and is useful if you have no information about the input document.

en: This profile is intended for the Microsoft Reader.
en_GB: This profile is intended for Microsoft's Reader format.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you want to produce a document intended to be read at a computer or on a range of devices.
en_GB: This profile tries to produce logical defaults and proves useful for when you want to produce a document intended to be read on a computer, or on a range of different devices.

en: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500/505/700 etc, in landscape mode. Mainly useful for comics.
en_GB: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500, 505, 700 e.t.c., in landscape mode. Mainly useful for reading comics and similar print layouts.

en: Mapping for filetype plugins
en_GB: Mapping for filetype plug-ins

en: Local plugin customization
en_GB: Local plug-in customisation

en: Disabled plugins
en_GB: Disabled plug-ins

en: Enabled plugins
en_GB: Enabled plug-ins

en: Initialization of plugin %s failed with traceback:
en_GB: Initialisation of plug-in %s failed with traceback:

en:     %prog options
    
        Customize calibre by loading external plugins.
en_GB:     %prog options
    
        Customise calibre by loading external plug-ins.

en: Add a plugin by specifying the path to the zip file containing it.
en_GB: Add a plug-in by specifying the path to the zip file containing it.

en: Remove a custom plugin by name. Has no effect on builtin plugins
en_GB: Remove a custom plug-in by name. (Has no effect on built-in plug-ins.)

en: Customize plugin. Specify name of plugin and customization string separated by a comma.
en_GB: Customise plug-in. Specify name of plug-in and customisation string, separated by a comma.

en: List all installed plugins
en_GB: List all installed plug-ins

en: Enable the named plugin
en_GB: Enable the named plug-in

en: Disable the named plugin
en_GB: Disable the named plug-in

en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

en: Communicate with Android phones.
en_GB: Communicate with Android devices.

en: <p>If you do not want calibre to recognize your Apple iDevice when it is connected to your computer, click <b>Disable Apple Driver</b>.</p><p>To transfer books to your iDevice, click <b>Disable Apple Driver</b>, then use the 'Connect to iTunes' method recommended in the <a href="http://www.mobileread.com/forums/showthread.php?t=118559">Calibre + iDevices FAQ</a>, using the <em>Connect/Share</em>|<em>Connect to iTunes</em> menu item.</p><p>Enabling the Apple driver for direct connection to iDevices is an unsupported advanced user mode.</p><p></p>
en_GB: <p>If you do not want Calibre to recognise your Apple iDevice when it is connected to your computer, click <b>Disable Apple Driver</b>.</p><p>To transfer books to your iDevice, click <b>Disable Apple Driver</b>, then use the 'Connect to iTunes' method recommended in the <a href="http://www.mobileread.com/forums/showthread.php?t=118559">Calibre + iDevices FAQ</a>, using the <em>Connect/Share</em>|<em>Connect to iTunes</em> menu item.</p><p>Enabling the Apple driver for direct connection to iDevices is an unsupported advanced user mode.</p><p></p>

en: <p>This setting should match your iTunes <i>Preferences</i>|<i>Advanced</i> setting.</p><p>Disabling will store copies of books transferred to iTunes in your calibre configuration directory.</p><p>Enabling indicates that iTunes is configured to store copies in your iTunes Media folder.</p>
en_GB: <p>This setting should match your iTunes <i>Preferences</i>|<i>Advanced</i> setting.</p><p>Disabling will store copies of books transferred to iTunes in your Calibre configuration directory.</p><p>Enabling indicates that iTunes is configured to store copies in your iTunes Media folder.</p>

en: Unable to add book to library directly from Bambook. Please save the book to disk and add the file to library from disk.
en_GB: Unable to add book to library directly from Bambook. Please save the book to disc and add the file to library from disc.

en: Communicate with the Blackberry smart phone.
en_GB: Communicate with BlackBerry Smartphones.

en: Send page number information when sending books
en_GB: Send page number information when sending books.

en: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.
en_GB: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, Calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.

en: The Kobo supports several collections including
en_GB: The Kobo supports several collections including:

en: Your Kobo is running an updated firmware/database version. As calibre does not know about this updated firmware, database editing is disabled, to prevent corruption. You can still send books to your Kobo with calibre,  but deleting books and managing collections is disabled. If you are willing to experiment and know how to reset your Kobo to Factory defaults, you can override this check by right clicking the device icon in calibre and selecting "Configure this device" and then the  "Attempt to support newer firmware" option. Doing so may require you to perform a factory reset of your Kobo.
en_GB: Your Kobo is running an updated firmware/database version. As calibre does not know about this updated firmware, database editing is disabled, to prevent corruption. You can still send books to your Kobo with calibre, but deleting books and managing collections is disabled. If you are willing to experiment and know how to reset your Kobo to Factory defaults, you can override this check by right clicking the device icon in calibre and selecting "Configure this device" and then the "Attempt to support newer firmware" option. Doing so may require you to perform a factory reset of your Kobo.

en: ".kobo" files do not exist on the device as books instead, they are rows in the sqlite database. Currently they cannot be exported or viewed.
en_GB: ".kobo" files do not exist on the device as books. Instead, they are rows in the sqlite database. Currently they cannot be exported or viewed.

en: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink
en_GB: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink.

en: Communicate with the Adam tablet
en_GB: Communicate with the Adam tablet.

en: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader
en_GB: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader.

en: Communicate with the COBY
en_GB: Communicate with the COBY.

en: . Two special collections are available: %(abt)s:%(abtv)s and %(aba)s:%(abav)s. Add  these values to the list to enable them. The collections will be given the name provided after the ":" character.
en_GB: Two special collections are available: %(abt)s:%(abtv)s and %(aba)s:%(abav)s. Add these values to the list to enable them. The collections will be given the name provided after the ":" character.

en: Setting this option tells calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.
en_GB: Setting this option tells Calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits Calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.

en: Use this option if you want to force the driver to listen on a particular IP address. The driver will listen only on the entered address, and this address will be the one advertized over mDNS (bonjour).
en_GB: Use this option if you want to force the driver to listen on a particular IP address. The driver will listen only on the entered address, and this address will be the one advertised over mDNS (bonjour).

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive. Try rebooting.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive. Try rebooting.

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive.

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.

en: Extra customization
en_GB: Extra customisation

en: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons. The SD card may be corrupted, it may be too large for your device, it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there are not too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s
en_GB: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons: The SD card may be corrupted; it may be too large for your device; it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there aren't too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s

en: Windows main memory vendor string
en_GB: Windows Main memory vendor string

en: Windows main memory ID string
en_GB: Windows Main memory ID string

en: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template
en_GB: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template.

en: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable.  Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.
en_GB: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable. Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.

en: Number of colors for grayscale image conversion. Default: %default. Values of less than 256 may result in blurred text on your device if you are creating your comics in EPUB format.
en_GB: Number of colours for greyscale image conversion. Default: %default. Values of less than 256 may result in blurred text on your device if you are creating your comics in EPUB format.

en: Disable normalize (improve contrast) color range for pictures. Default: False
en_GB: Disable normalise (improve contrast) colour range for pictures. Default: False

en: Do not convert the image to grayscale (black and white)
en_GB: Do not convert the image to greyscale (black and white)

en: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section
en_GB: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section.

en: Normally, if a large image is present at the start of the document that looks like a cover, it will be removed from the document and used as the cover for created ebook. This option turns off that behavior.
en_GB: Normally, if a large image is present at the start of the document that looks like a cover, it will be removed from the document and used as the cover for created ebook. This option turns off that behaviour.

en: Specify the sectionization of elements. A value of "nothing" turns the book into a single section. A value of "files" turns each file into a separate section; use this if your device is having trouble. A value of "Table of Contents" turns the entries in the Table of Contents into titles and creates sections; if it fails, adjust the "Structure Detection" and/or "Table of Contents" settings (turn on "Force use of auto-generated Table of Contents").
en_GB: Specify the sectionisation of elements. A value of "nothing" turns the book into a single section. A value of "files" turns each file into a separate section; use this if your device is having trouble. A value of "Table of Contents" turns the entries in the Table of Contents into titles and creates sections; if it fails, adjust the "Structure Detection" and/or "Table of Contents" settings (turn on "Force use of auto-generated Table of Contents").

en: Normally this input plugin re-arranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.
en_GB: Normally this input plug-in rearranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing, as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.

en: Top level HTML file %s is empty
en_GB: Top level HTML file %s is empty.

en: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. Useful if the book has its own table of contents.
en_GB: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. (Useful if the book has its own table of contents.)

en: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plugin will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.
en_GB: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plug-in will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.

en: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. Not recommended.
en_GB: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. (Not recommended)

en: Extract the contents of the MOBI file to the specified directory. If the directory already exists, it will be deleted.
en_GB: Extract the contents of the MOBI file to the specified directory. If the directory already exists, it will be overwritten.

en: By default calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.
en_GB: By default, calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.

en: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honored by all formats.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honoured by all formats.

en: Paragraph structure.
    choices are ['auto', 'block', 'single', 'print', 'unformatted', 'off']
    * auto: Try to auto detect paragraph type.
    * block: Treat a blank line as a paragraph break.
    * single: Assume every line is a paragraph.
    * print:  Assume every line starting with 2+ spaces or a tab starts a paragraph.
    * unformatted: Most lines have hard line breaks, few/no blank lines or indents. Tries to determine structure and reformat the differentiate elements.
    * off: Don't modify the paragraph structure. This is useful when combined with Markdown or Textile formatting to ensure no formatting is lost.
en_GB: Paragraph structure.
    choices are ['auto', 'block', 'single', 'print', 'unformatted', 'off']
    * auto: Try to auto detect paragraph type.
    * block: Treat a blank line as a paragraph break.
    * single: Assume every line is a paragraph.
    * print: Assume every line starting with 2+ spaces or a tab starts a paragraph.
    * unformatted: Most lines have hard line breaks, few/no blank lines or indents. Tries to determine structure and reformat the differentiate elements.
    * off: Don't modify the paragraph structure. This is useful when combined with Markdown or Textile formatting, to ensure no formatting is lost.

en: Formatting used within the document.* auto: Automatically decide which formatting processor to use.
    * plain: Do not process the document formatting. Everything is a paragraph and no styling is applied.
    * heuristic: Process using heuristics to determine formatting such as chapter headings and italic text.
    * textile: Processing using textile formatting.
    * markdown: Processing using markdown formatting. To learn more about markdown see
en_GB: Formatting used within the document:
    * auto: Automatically decide which formatting processor to use.
    * plain: Do not process the document formatting. Everything is a paragraph and no styling is applied.
    * heuristic: Process using heuristics to determine formatting such as chapter headings and italic text.
    * textile: Processing using textile formatting.
    * markdown: Processing using markdown formatting. To learn more about markdown see

en: Do not remove font color from output. This is only useful when txt-output-formatting is set to textile. Textile is the only formatting that supports setting font color. If this option is not specified font color will not be set and default to the color displayed by the reader (generally this is black).
en_GB: Do not remove font colour from output. This is only useful when txt-output-formatting is set to textile. Textile is the only formatting that supports setting font colour. If this option is not specified, font colour will not be set and will default to the colour displayed by the reader (generally this is black).

en: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artifacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.
en_GB: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted, these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artefacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.

en: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case you can disable the removal.
en_GB: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. Calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case, you can disable the removal.

en: Convert plain quotes, dashes and ellipsis to their typographically correct equivalents. For details, see http://daringfireball.net/projects/smartypants
en_GB: Convert plain quotes, dashes and ellipses to their typographically correct equivalents. For details, see http://daringfireball.net/projects/smartypants

en: Transliterate unicode characters to an ASCII representation. Use with care because this will replace unicode characters with ASCII. For instance it will replace "%s" with "Mikhail Gorbachiov". Also, note that in cases where there are multiple representations of a character (characters shared by Chinese and Japanese for instance) the representation based on the current calibre interface language will be used.
en_GB: Transliterate unicode characters to an ASCII representation. Use with care because this will replace unicode characters with ASCII. For instance it will replace "%s" with "Mikhail Gorbachiov". Also, note that in cases where there are multiple representations of a character (characters shared by Chinese and Japanese for instance) the representation based on the current Calibre interface language will be used.

en: Preserve ligatures present in the input document. A ligature is a special rendering of a pair of characters like ff, fi, fl et cetera. Most readers do not have support for ligatures in their default fonts, so they are unlikely to render correctly. By default, calibre will turn a ligature into the corresponding pair of normal characters. This option will preserve them instead.
en_GB: Preserve ligatures present in the input document. A ligature is a special rendering of a pair of characters like ff, fi, fl, etc. Most readers do not have support for ligatures in their default fonts, so they are unlikely to render correctly. By default, calibre will turn a ligature into the corresponding pair of normal characters. This option will preserve them instead.

en: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicize them.
en_GB: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicise them.

en: Left aligned scene break markers are center aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.
en_GB: Left-aligned scene break markers are centre-aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.

en: Analyze hyphenated words throughout the document.  The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.
en_GB: Analyse hyphenated words throughout the document. The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.

en: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plugin is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.
en_GB: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plug-in is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.

en: Character encoding for the input HTML files. Common choices include: cp1252, cp1251, latin1 and utf-8.
en_GB: Character encoding for the input HTML files. Common choices include: cp1252, cp1251, latin1 and UTF-8.

en: Normally, when following links in HTML files calibre does it depth first, i.e. if file A links to B and  C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C.  With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D
en_GB: Normally, when following links in HTML files, Calibre does it depth first i.e. if file A links to B and C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C. With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D.

en: Do not save embedded image and font files to disk
en_GB: Do not save embedded image and font files to disc

en: To use isbndb.com you have to sign up for a free account at isbndb.com and get an access key.
en_GB: To use isbndb.com, you have to sign up for a free account at isbndb.com and get an access key.

en: Additional metadata can be taken from Overdrive's book detail page. This includes a limited set of tags used by libraries, comments, language, and the ebook ISBN. Collecting this data is disabled by default due to the extra time required. Check the download all metadata option below to enable downloading this data.
en_GB: Additional metadata can be taken from Overdrive's book details page. This includes a limited set of tags used by libraries, comments, language, and the ebook ISBN. Collecting this data is disabled by default due to the extra time required. Check the download all metadata option below to enable downloading this data.

en: OPF/NCX/etc. generation options.
en_GB: OPF/NCX/etc generation options.

en: Are you sure
en_GB: Are you sure?

en: Create catalog
en_GB: Create catalogue

en: No books selected for catalog generation
en_GB: No books selected for catalogue generation

en: Generating %s catalog...
en_GB: Generating %s catalogue...

en: Catalog generated.
en_GB: Catalogue generated.

en: Export Catalog Directory
en_GB: Export Catalogue Directory

en: No existing calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise calibre will forget this library.
en_GB: No existing Calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise Calibre will forget this library.

en: No existing calibre library found at %s
en_GB: No existing Calibre library found at %s

en: The library %s has been removed from calibre. The files remain on your computer, if you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.
en_GB: The library %s has been removed from Calibre. The files remain on your computer. If you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.

en: Path to library too long. Must be less than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point calibre to the new location and try again.
en_GB: Path to library is too long: it must be less than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point Calibre to the new location and try again.

en: Create a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Create a catalogue of the books in your calibre library

en: Some books were automatically merged into existing records in the target library. Click Show details to see which ones. This behavior is controlled by the Auto merge option in Preferences->Adding books.
en_GB: Some books were automatically merged into existing records in the target library. Click Show details to see which ones. This behaviour is controlled by the Auto merge option in Preferences->Adding books.

en: You are trying to delete %d books. Sending so many files to the Recycle Bin <b>can be slow</b>. Should calibre skip the Recycle Bin? If you click Yes the files will be <b>permanently deleted</b>.
en_GB: You are trying to delete %d books. Sending so many files to the Recycle Bin <b>can be slow</b>. Should Calibre skip the Recycle Bin? If you click Yes the files will be <b>permanently deleted</b>.

en: Stopping server, this could take upto a minute, please wait...
en_GB: Stopping server. This could take up to a minute, please wait...

en: Plugin Updater
en_GB: Plug-in Updater

en: Change calibre behavior
en_GB: Change Calibre behaviour

en: Get plugins to enhance calibre
en_GB: Get plug-ins to enhance Calibre

en: Save to disk
en_GB: Save to disc

en: Save to disk in a single directory
en_GB: Save to disc in a single directory

en: Save only %s format to disk
en_GB: Save only %s format to disc

en: Save only %s format to disk in a single directory
en_GB: Save only %s format to disc in a single directory

en: Save single format to disk...
en_GB: Save single format to disc...

en: Cannot save to disk
en_GB: Cannot save to disc

en: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disk is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.
en_GB: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disc is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.

en: Using the integrated search you can easily find which store has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.
en_GB: Using the integrated search, you can easily find which store has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.

en: Cannot add some files as you do not have  permission to access them. Click Show Details to see the list of such files.
en_GB: Cannot add some files as you do not have permission to access them. Click "Show Details" to see the list of such files.

en: Select a folder on your hard disk
en_GB: Select a folder on your hard disc

en: <p>calibre can scan your computer for existing books automatically. These books will then be <b>copied</b> into the calibre library. This wizard will help you customize the scanning and import process for your existing book collection.</p>
    <p>Choose a root folder. Books will be searched for only inside this folder and any sub-folders.</p>
    <p>Make sure that the folder you chose for your calibre library <b>is not</b> under the root folder you choose.</p>
en_GB: <p>calibre can scan your computer for existing books automatically. These books will then be <b>copied</b> into the calibre library. This wizard will help you customise the scanning and import process for your existing book collection.</p>
    <p>Choose a root folder. Books will be searched for only inside this folder and any sub-folders.</p>
    <p>Make sure that the folder you chose for your calibre library <b>is not</b> under the root folder you choose.</p>

en: Ids
en_GB: IDs

en: Align center
en_GB: Align centre

en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

en: Choose foreground color
en_GB: Choose foreground colour

en: Choose background color
en_GB: Choose background colour

en: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end
en_GB: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end.

en: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialog, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences
en_GB: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialogue, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences

en: &Number of Colors:
en_GB: &Number of Colours:

en: Disable &normalize
en_GB: Disable &normalise

en: Sectionize:
en_GB: Sectionise:

en: <p>This wizard will help you choose an appropriate font size key for your needs. Just enter the base font size of the input document and then enter an input font size. The wizard will display what font size it will be mapped to, by the font rescaling algorithm. You can adjust the algorithm by adjusting the output base font size and font key below. When you find values suitable for you, click OK.</p>
    <p>By default, if the output base font size is zero and/or no font size key is specified, calibre will use the values from the current Output Profile. </p>
    <p>See the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/conversion.html#font-size-rescaling">User Manual</a> for a discussion of how font size rescaling works.</p>
en_GB: <p>This wizard will help you choose an appropriate font size key for your needs. Just enter the base font size of the input document and then enter an input font size. The wizard will display what font size it will be mapped to, by the font rescaling algorithm. You can adjust the algorithm by adjusting the output base font size and font key below. When you find values suitable for you, click OK.</p>
    <p>By default, if the output base font size is zero and/or no font size key is specified, Calibre will use the values from the current Output Profile. </p>
    <p>See the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/conversion.html#font-size-rescaling">User Manual</a> for a discussion of how font size rescaling works.</p>

en: <b>Heuristic processing</b> means that calibre will scan your book for common patterns and fix them. As the name implies, this involves guesswork, which means that it could end up worsening the result of a conversion, if calibre guesses wrong. Therefore, it is disabled by default. Often, if a conversion does not turn out as you expect, turning on heuristics can improve matters. Read more about the various heuristic processing options in the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/conversion.html#heuristic-processing">User Manual</a>.
en_GB: <b>Heuristic processing</b> means that Calibre will scan your book for common patterns and fix them. As the name implies, this involves guesswork, which means that it could end up worsening the result of a conversion, if Calibre guesses wrong. Therefore, it is disabled by default. Often, if a conversion does not turn out as you expect, turning on heuristics can improve matters. Read more about the various heuristic processing options in the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/conversion.html#heuristic-processing">User Manual</a>.

en: Italicize common words and patterns
en_GB: Italicise common words and patterns

en: Removes foreground and background colors
en_GB: Removes foreground and background colours

en: &Colors
en_GB: &Colours

en: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, color, font-family
en_GB: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, colour, font-family

en: <p>When calibre removes inter paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.
en_GB: <p>When calibre removes inter-paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.

en: &Linearize tables
en_GB: &Linearise tables

en: Tags categorize the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.
en_GB: Tags categorise the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.

en: Goto:
en_GB: Go to:

note: #-#-#-#-#  489 (kpilot)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: conduits/keyringconduit/keyringeditor/passworddialog.ui:13 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, PasswordDialog) #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, AddPeersDlg) i18n: ectx: property (
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

en: Optimize for full-sceen view
en_GB: Optimise for full-sceen view

en: Keep text color, when possible
en_GB: Keep text colour, when possible.

en: Sending catalogs to device.
en_GB: Sending catalogues to device.

en: Use sub directories
en_GB: Use subdirectories

en: Generate catalog
en_GB: Generate catalogue

en: Generate catalog for {0} books
en_GB: Generate catalogue for {0} books

en: Catalog &format:
en_GB: Catalogue &format:

en: Catalog &title (existing catalog with the same title will be replaced):
en_GB: Catalogue &title (existing catalogue with the same title will be replaced):

en: &Send catalog to device automatically
en_GB: &Send catalogue to device automatically

en: Catalog options
en_GB: Catalogue options

en:         <h1>Help</h1>
    
            <p>calibre stores the list of your books and their metadata in a
            database. The actual book files and covers are stored as normal
            files in the calibre library folder. The database contains a list of the files
            and covers belonging to each book entry. This tool checks that the
            actual files in the library folder on your computer match the
            information in the database.</p>
    
            <p>The result of each type of check is shown to the left. The various
            checks are:
            </p>
            <ul>
            <li><b>Invalid titles</b>: These are files and folders appearing
            in the library where books titles should, but that do not have the
            correct form to be a book title.</li>
            <li><b>Extra titles</b>: These are extra files in your calibre
            library that appear to be correctly-formed titles, but have no corresponding
            entries in the database</li>
            <li><b>Invalid authors</b>: These are files appearing
            in the library where only author folders should be.</li>
            <li><b>Extra authors</b>: These are folders in the
            calibre library that appear to be authors but that do not have entries
            in the database</li>
            <li><b>Missing book formats</b>: These are book formats that are in
            the database but have no corresponding format file in the book's folder.
            <li><b>Extra book formats</b>: These are book format files found in
            the book's folder but not in the database.
            <li><b>Unknown files in books</b>: These are extra files in the
            folder of each book that do not correspond to a known format or cover
            file.</li>
            <li><b>Missing cover files</b>: These represent books that are marked
            in the database as having covers but the actual cover files are
            missing.</li>
            <li><b>Cover files not in database</b>: These are books that have
            cover files but are marked as not having covers in the database.</li>
            <li><b>Folder raising exception</b>: These represent folders in the
            calibre library that could not be processed/understood by this
            tool.</li>
            </ul>
    
            <p>There are two kinds of automatic fixes possible: <i>Delete
            marked</i> and <i>Fix marked</i>.</p>
            <p><i>Delete marked</i> is used to remove extra files/folders/covers that
            have no entries in the database. Check the box next to the item you want
            to delete. Use with caution.</p>
    
            <p><i>Fix marked</i> is applicable only to covers and missing formats
            (the three lines marked 'fixable'). In the case of missing cover files,
            checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell calibre that
            there is no cover for all of the books listed. Use this option if you
            are not going to restore the covers from a backup. In the case of extra
            cover files, checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell
            calibre that the cover files it found are correct for all the books
            listed. Use this when you are not going to delete the file(s). In the
            case of missing formats, checking the fixable box and pushing this
            button will tell calibre that the formats are really gone. Use this if
            you are not going to restore the formats from a backup.</p>
en_GB:         <h1>Help</h1>
    
            <p>calibre stores the list of your books and their metadata in a
            database. The actual book files and covers are stored as normal
            files in the calibre library folder. The database contains a list of the files
            and covers belonging to each book entry. This tool checks that the
            actual files in the library folder on your computer match the
            information in the database.</p>
    
            <p>The result of each type of check is shown to the left. The various
            checks are:
            </p>
            <ul>
            <li><b>Invalid titles</b>: These are files and folders appearing
            in the library where books titles should, but that do not have the
            correct form to be a book title.</li>
            <li><b>Extra titles</b>: These are extra files in your Calibre
            library that appear to be correctly-formed titles, but have no corresponding
            entries in the database</li>
            <li><b>Invalid authors</b>: These are files appearing
            in the library where only author folders should be.</li>
            <li><b>Extra authors</b>: These are folders in the
            Calibre library that appear to be authors but that do not have entries
            in the database</li>
            <li><b>Missing book formats</b>: These are book formats that are in
            the database but have no corresponding format file in the book's folder.
            <li><b>Extra book formats</b>: These are book format files found in
            the book's folder but not in the database.
            <li><b>Unknown files in books</b>: These are extra files in the
            folder of each book that do not correspond to a known format or cover
            file.</li>
            <li><b>Missing cover files</b>: These represent books that are marked
            in the database as having covers but the actual cover files are
            missing.</li>
            <li><b>Cover files not in database</b>: These are books that have
            cover files but are marked as not having covers in the database.</li>
            <li><b>Folder raising exception</b>: These represent folders in the
            Calibre library that could not be processed/understood by this
            tool.</li>
            </ul>
    
            <p>There are two kinds of automatic fixes possible: <i>Delete
            marked</i> and <i>Fix marked</i>.</p>
            <p><i>Delete marked</i> is used to remove extra files/folders/covers that
            have no entries in the database. Check the box next to the item you want
            to delete. Use with caution.</p>
    
            <p><i>Fix marked</i> is applicable only to covers and missing formats
            (the three lines marked 'fixable'). In the case of missing cover files,
            checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell calibre that
            there is no cover for all of the books listed. Use this option if you
            are not going to restore the covers from a backup. In the case of extra
            cover files, checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell
            Calibre that the cover files it found are correct for all the books
            listed. Use this when you are not going to delete the file(s). In the
            case of missing formats, checking the fixable box and pushing this
            button will tell calibre that the formats are really gone. Use this if
            you are not going to restore the formats from a backup.</p>

en: You can also customise the plugin locations using <b>Preferences -> Customise the toolbar</b>
en_GB: You can also customise the plug-in locations using <b>Preferences -> Customise the toolbar</b>

en: <p>This book is locked by <b>DRM</b>. To learn more about DRM and why you cannot read or convert this book in calibre, 
              <a href="http://drmfree.calibre-ebook.com/about#drm">click here</a>.<p>A large number of recent, DRM free releases are 
              available at <a href="http://drmfree.calibre-ebook.com">Open Books</a>.
en_GB: <p>This book is locked by <b>DRM</b>. To learn more about DRM and why you cannot read or convert this book in Calibre, 
              <a href="http://drmfree.calibre-ebook.com/about#drm">click here</a>.<p>A large number of recent, DRM free releases are 
              available at <a href="http://drmfree.calibre-ebook.com">Open Books</a>.

en: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialog. This operation cannot be canceled or undone
en_GB: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialogue. This operation cannot be cancelled or undone.

en: Choose which identifier type to operate upon
en_GB: Choose which identifier type to operate upon.

en: You must restart Calibre before using this plugin!
en_GB: You must restart Calibre before using this plug-in!

en: This plugin is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:
en_GB: This plug-in is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:

en: Plugin deprecated
en_GB: Plug-in deprecated

en: This plugin has been deprecated and should be uninstalled
en_GB: This plug-in has been deprecated and should be uninstalled

en: This plugin can only be installed on: %s
en_GB: This plug-in can only be installed on: %s

en: You must upgrade to at least Calibre %s before installing this plugin
en_GB: You must upgrade to at least Calibre %s before installing this plug-in

en: You can install this plugin
en_GB: You can install this plug-in

en: A new version of this plugin is available
en_GB: A newer version of this plug-in is available

en: This plugin is installed and up-to-date
en_GB: This plug-in is installed and up-to-date

en: User plugins
en_GB: User Plug-ins

en: User Plugins
en_GB: User Plug-ins

en: Filter list of plugins
en_GB: Filter list of plug-ins

en: Install the selected plugin
en_GB: Install the selected plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Customize the options for this plugin
en_GB: Customise the options for this plug-in

en: Show history of changes to this plugin
en_GB: Show history of changes to this plug-in

en: Plugin &Forum Thread
en_GB: Plug-in &Forum Thread

en: Enable/&Disable plugin
en_GB: Enable/&Disable plug-in

en: Enable or disable this plugin
en_GB: Enable or disable this plug-in

en: &Remove plugin
en_GB: &Remove plug-in

en: Uninstall the selected plugin
en_GB: Uninstall the selected plug-in

en: Donate to the developer of this plugin
en_GB: Donate to the developer of this plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plugin?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plug-in?

en: Installing plugins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plugins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Installing plug-ins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plug-ins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Downloading plugin zip attachment: %s
en_GB: Downloading plug-in zip attachment: %s

en: Installing plugin: %s
en_GB: Unable to locate a plug-in zip file for <b>%s</b>

en: Plugin installed: %s
en_GB: Plug-in installed: %s

en: Plugin <b>{0}</b> successfully installed under <b> {1} plugins</b>. You may have to restart calibre for the plugin to take effect.
en_GB: Plug-in <b>{0}</b> successfully installed under <b> {1} plug-ins</b>. You may have to restart calibre for the plug-in to take effect.

en: Install Plugin Failed
en_GB: Plug-in installation failed

en: A problem occurred while installing this plugin. This plugin will now be uninstalled. Please post the error message in details below into the forum thread for this plugin and restart Calibre.
en_GB: A problem occurred while installing this plug-in. This plug-in will now be uninstalled. Please post the error message from the details below into the forum thread for this plug-in and restart Calibre.

en: Plugin not customizable
en_GB: Plug-in isn't customisable

en: Plugin: %s does not need customization
en_GB: Plug-in: %s does not need customisation

en: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plugin
en_GB: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plug-in

en: Plugin cannot be disabled
en_GB: Plug-in cannot be disabled

en: The plugin: %s cannot be disabled
en_GB: The plug-in: %s cannot be disabled

en: Click in a column  in the library view to see the information for that book
en_GB: Click in a column in the library view to see the information for that book.

en: Double-click on a book to change the selection in the library view. Shift- or control-double-click to edit the metadata of a book
en_GB: Double-click on a book to change the selection in the library view. Shift- or Ctrl-double-click to edit the metadata of a book.

en: Restoring the database succeeded with some warnings click Show details to see the details. %s
en_GB: Restoring the database succeeded with some warnings. Click "Show details" to see the details. %s

en: The saved search %s already exists, perhaps with different case
en_GB: The saved search %s already exists, perhaps in a different case.

en: Rename the current search to what is in the box
en_GB: Rename the current search to what is in the box.

en:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be download every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be downloaded every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible on the specified days of each month. For example,
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible, on the specified days of each month. For example:
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days to download a periodical more than once a day.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days, to download a periodical more than once a day.

en: Days of  week
en_GB: Days of week

en: Maximum number of copies (issues) of this recipe to keep.  Set to 0 to keep all (disable).
en_GB: Maximum number of copies (issues) of this recipe to keep. Set to 0 to keep all (disable).

en: <p>When set, this option will cause calibre to keep, at most, the specified number of issues of this periodical. Every time a new issue is downloaded, the oldest one is deleted, if the total is larger than this number.
    <p>Note that this feature only works if you have the option to add the title as tag checked, above.
    <p>Also, the setting for deleting periodicals older than a number of days, below, takes priority over this setting.
en_GB: <p>When set, this option will cause Calibre to keep, at most, the specified number of issues of this periodical. Every time a new issue is downloaded, the oldest one is deleted, if the total is larger than this number.
    <p>Note that this feature only works if you have the option to add the title as tag checked, above.
    <p>Also, the setting for deleting periodicals older than a number of days, below, takes priority over this setting.

en: all issues
en_GB: All issues

en:  issues
en_GB:  Issues

en: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. Set to zero to disable.
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.
en_GB: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. (Set to zero to disable)
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept, by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.

en: Copy the selected color name to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected colour name to the clipboard

en: No column chosen
en_GB: No column chosen.

en: You must specify a column to be colored
en_GB: You must specify a column to be coloured.

en: The template box cannot be empty
en_GB: The template box cannot be empty.

en: Set the color of the column:
en_GB: Set the colour of the column:

en: Copy a color name to the clipboard:
en_GB: Copy a colour name to the clipboard:

en: Customize &builtin recipe
en_GB: Customise &builtin recipe

en: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Create a basic news recipe, by adding RSS feeds to it. <br />For most feeds, you will have to use the "Advanced mode" to further customize the fetch process.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Create a basic news recipe, by adding RSS feeds to it. <br />For most feeds, you will have to use the "Advanced mode" to further customise the fetch process.</p></body></html>

en: No file specified to download.
en_GB: No file specified to be downloaded.

en: This job cannot be stopped
en_GB: This job cannot be stopped.

en: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it
en_GB: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it.

en: Show books in storage card A
en_GB: Show books on storage card A

en: Show books in storage card B
en_GB: Show books on storage card B

en: Start minimized to system tray.
en_GB: Start minimised to system tray.

en: Ignore custom plugins, useful if you installed a plugin that is preventing calibre from starting
en_GB: Ignore custom plug-ins (useful if you installed a plug-in that is preventing calibre from starting.)

en: Initializing user interface...
en_GB: Initialising user interface...

en:  The green color indicates that the current title sort matches the current title
en_GB:  The green colour indicates that the current title sort matches the current title

en:  The red color warns that the current title sort does not match the current title. No action is required if this is what you want.
en_GB:  The red colour warns that the current title sort does not match the current title. No action is required if this is what you want.

en: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is colored green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is colored red, then the authors and this text do not match.
en_GB: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is coloured green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is coloured red, then the authors and this text do not match.

en:  The green color indicates that the current author sort matches the current author
en_GB:  The green colour indicates that the current author sort matches the current author

en:  The red color indicates that the current author sort does not match the current author. No action is required if this is what you want.
en_GB:  The red colour indicates that the current author sort does not match the current author. No action is required if this is what you want.

en: The language %s is not recognized | The languages %s are not recognized
en_GB[0]: The language %s is not recognised.
en_GB[1]: The languages %s are not recognised.

en: I&ds:
en_GB: I&Ds

en: Edit the identifiers for this book. For example: 
    
    %s
en_GB: Edit the identifiers for this book. For example:
    
    %s

en: When the download completes you will be asked for confirmation before calibre applies the downloaded metadata.
en_GB: When the download completes, you will be asked for confirmation before Calibre applies the downloaded metadata.

en: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green.  There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.
en_GB: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green. There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.

en: Manage authors. Use to rename authors and correct individual author's sort values
en_GB: Manage authors. Use to rename authors and correct individual author's sort values.

en: Change how calibre downloads metadata
en_GB: Change how Calibre downloads metadata

en: The has cover indication is not fully
    reliable. Sometimes results marked as not
    having a cover will find a cover in the download
    cover stage, and vice versa.
en_GB: The 'has cover' indication is not fully
    reliable. Sometimes results marked as not
    having a cover will find a cover in the download
    cover stage, and vice versa.

en: calibre is downloading metadata from:
en_GB: Calibre is downloading metadata from:

en: Failed to download metadata. Click Show Details to see details
en_GB: Failed to download metadata. Click "Show Details" to see details.

en: Failed to find any books that match your search. Try making the search <b>less specific</b>. For example, use only the author's last name and a single distinctive word from the title.<p>To see the full log, click Show Details.
en_GB: Failed to find any books that match your search. Try making the search <b>less specific</b>. For example, use only the author's last name and a single distinctive word from the title.<p>To see the full log, click "Show Details".

en: When using the  "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries, preserve the date
en_GB: Preserve the date when using the "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries

en: Confirmation dialogs have all been reset
en_GB: Confirmation dialogues have all been reset

en: If checked, Yes/No custom columns values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not checked, the values can be Yes or No.
en_GB: If checked, Yes/No custom column values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not checked, the values can be Yes or No.

en: Choose a different layout for the Edit Metadata dialog. The compact metadata layout favors editing custom metadata over changing covers and formats.
en_GB: Choose a different layout for the Edit Metadata dialogue. The compact metadata layout favours editing custom metadata over changing covers and formats.

en: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogs
en_GB: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogues

en: has id
en_GB: has ID

en: does not have id
en_GB: does not have ID

en: Enter a regular expression
en_GB: Enter a regular expression.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1332 (Synfig)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is the name of a type -- see http://synfig.org/wiki/Dev:Types
en: color
en_GB: colour

en: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule
en_GB: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule.

en: You can control the color of columns in the book list by creating "rules" that tell calibre what color to use. Click the Add Rule button below to get started.<p>You can <b>change an existing rule</b> by double clicking it.
en_GB: You can control the colour of columns in the book list by creating "rules" that tell Calibre what colour to use. Click the "Add Rule" button below to get started.<p>You can <b>change an existing rule</b> by double clicking it.

en: No rule selected
en_GB: No rule selected.

en: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags
en_GB: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags.

en: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days"
en_GB: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days".

en: The colors box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box
en_GB: The colours box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box.

en: The color {0} is unknown
en_GB: The colour {0} is unknown

en: How this column should handled in the GUI when sorting and searching
en_GB: How this column should be handled in the GUI when sorting and searching

en: If checked, this column will appear in the tags browser as a category
en_GB: If checked, this column will appear in the tags browser as a category.

en: A list of color names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a color for each value.
en_GB: A list of colour names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a colour for each value.

en: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK.

en: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK.

en: Copy these values to the clipboard, paste them into an editor, then enter them into the USER_DEVICE by customizing the device plugin in Preferences->Plugins. Remember to also enter the folders where you want the books to be put. You must restart calibre for your changes to take effect.
en_GB: Copy these values to the clipboard, paste them into an editor, then enter them into the USER_DEVICE by customising the device plug-in in Preferences->Plug-ins. Remember to also enter the folders where you want the books to be put. You must restart Calibre for your changes to take effect.

en: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.
en_GB: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank, the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.

en: Column coloring
en_GB: Column colouring

en: <p>Enter a template to be used to create a link for
    an author in the books information dialog. This template will
    be used when no link has been provided for the author using
    Manage Authors. You can use the values {author} and
    {author_sort}, and any template function.
en_GB: <p>Enter a template to be used to create a link for
    an author in the books information dialogue. This template will
    be used when no link has been provided for the author using
    Manage Authors. You can use the values {author} and
    {author_sort}, and any template function.

en: A comma-separated list of categories that are not to
    be partitioned even if the number of items is larger than
    the value shown above. This option can be used to
    avoid collapsing hierarchical categories that have only
    a few top-level elements.
en_GB: A comma-separated list of categories that are not to
    be partitioned, even if the number of items is larger than
    the value shown above. This option can be used to
    avoid collapsing hierarchical categories that only have 
    a few top-level elements.

en: When showing cover browser in separate window, show it &fullscreen
en_GB: When showing cover browser in separate window, show it &fullscreen.

en: This source is configured and ready to go
en_GB: This source is configured and ready to go.

en: This plugin is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?
en_GB: This plug-in is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?

en: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they will be used.
en_GB: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they're used.

en: If you uncheck any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded
en_GB: If you uncheck any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded.

en: Restore your own subset of checked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button
en_GB: Restore your own subset of checked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button.

en: Store the currently checked fields as a default you can restore using the 'Select default' button
en_GB: Store the currently checked fields as a default, which you can restore using the 'Select default' button.

en: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is checked, then calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the books content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.
en_GB: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is checked, then Calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the book's content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre-like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.

en: Here you can change the metadata calibre uses to update a book when saving to disk or sending to device.
    
    Use this dialog to define a 'plugboard' for a format (or all formats) and a device (or all devices). The plugboard specifies what template is connected to what field. The template is used to compute a value, and that value is assigned to the connected field.
    
    Often templates will contain simple references to composite columns, but this is not necessary. You can use any template in a source box that you can use elsewhere in calibre.
    
    One possible use for a plugboard is to alter the title to contain series information. Another would be to change the author sort, something that mobi users might do to force it to use the ';' that the kindle requires. A third would be to specify the language.
en_GB: Here you can change the metadata calibre uses to update a book when saving to disc or sending to device.
    
    Use this dialog to define a 'plugboard' for a format (or all formats) and a device (or all devices). The plugboard specifies what template is connected to what field. The template is used to compute a value, and that value is assigned to the connected field.
    
    Often templates will contain simple references to composite columns, but this is not necessary. You can use any template in a source box that you can use elsewhere in calibre.
    
    One possible use for a plugboard is to alter the title to contain series information. Another would be to change the author sort, something that mobi users might do to force it to use the ';' that the kindle requires. A third would be to specify the language.

en: plugins
en_GB: plug-ins

en: 
    Customization:
en_GB: 
    Customisation:

en: Search for plugin
en_GB: Search for plug-in

en: Could not find any matching plugins
en_GB: Could not find any matching plug-ins

en: No valid plugin path
en_GB: No valid plug-in path

en: %s is not a valid plugin path
en_GB: %s is not a valid plug-in path

en: Select an actual plugin under <b>%s</b> to customize
en_GB: Select an actual plug-in under <b>%s</b> to customise

en: Plugin <b>{0}</b> successfully removed
en_GB: Plug-in <b>{0}</b> successfully removed

en: Cannot remove builtin plugin
en_GB: Cannot remove built-in plug-in

en:  cannot be removed. It is a builtin plugin. Try disabling it instead.
en_GB:  cannot be removed. It is a built-in plug-in. Try disabling it instead.

en: Here you can customize the behavior of Calibre by controlling what plugins it uses.
en_GB: Here you can customise the behaviour of Calibre, by controlling what plug-ins it uses.

en: Show only those plugins that have been installed by you
en_GB: Show only those plug-ins that have been installed by you

en: Show only &user installed plugins
en_GB: Show only &user installed plug-ins

en: Get &new plugins
en_GB: Get &new plug-ins

en: Check for &updated plugins
en_GB: Check for &updated plug-ins

en: &Load plugin from file
en_GB: &Load plug-in from file

en: Here you can control how calibre will save your books when you click the Save to Disk button:
en_GB: Here you can control how calibre will save your books when you click the Save to Disc button:

en: <b>Grouped search terms</b> are search names that permit a query to automatically search across more than one column. For example, if you create a grouped search term <code>allseries</code> with the value <code>series, #myseries, #myseries2</code>, then the query <code>allseries:adhoc</code> will find 'adhoc' in any of the columns <code>series</code>, <code>#myseries</code>, and <code>#myseries2</code>.<p> Enter the name of the grouped search term in the drop-down box, enter the list of columns to search in the value box, then push the Save button. <p>Note: Search terms are forced to lower case; <code>MySearch</code> and <code>mysearch</code> are the same term.<p>You can have your grouped search term show up as user categories in  the Tag Browser. Just add the grouped search term names to the Make user categories from box. You can add multiple terms separated by commas. The new user category will be automatically populated with all the items in the categories included in the grouped search term. <p>Automatic user categories permit you to see easily all the category items that are in the columns contained in the grouped search term. Using the above <code>allseries</code> example, the automatically-generated user category will contain all the series mentioned in <code>series</code>, <code>#myseries</code>, and <code>#myseries2</code>. This can be useful to check for duplicates, to find which column contains a particular item, or to have hierarchical categories (categories that contain categories).
en_GB: <b>Grouped search terms</b> are search names that permit a query to automatically search across more than one column. For example, if you create a grouped search term <code>allseries</code> with the value <code>series, #myseries, #myseries2</code>, then the query <code>allseries:adhoc</code> will find 'adhoc' in any of the columns <code>series</code>, <code>#myseries</code>, and <code>#myseries2</code>.<p> Enter the name of the grouped search term in the drop-down box, enter the list of columns to search in the value box, then push the Save button. <p>Note: Search terms are forced to lower case; <code>MySearch</code> and <code>mysearch</code> are the same term.<p>You can have your grouped search term show up as user categories in the Tag Browser. Just add the grouped search term names to the Make user categories from box. You can add multiple terms separated by commas. The new user category will be automatically populated with all the items in the categories included in the grouped search term. <p>Automatic user categories permit you to see easily all the category items that are in the columns contained in the grouped search term. Using the above <code>allseries</code> example, the automatically-generated user category will contain all the series mentioned in <code>series</code>, <code>#myseries</code>, and <code>#myseries2</code>. This can be useful to check for duplicates, to find which column contains a particular item, or to have hierarchical categories (categories that contain categories).

en: The search term cannot be blank
en_GB: The search term cannot be blank!

en: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term
en_GB: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term.

en: That name is already used for user category
en_GB: That name is already used for user category.

en: The value box cannot be empty
en_GB: The value box cannot be empty!

en: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted
en_GB: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted!

en: Clear search histories from all over calibre. Including the book list, e-book viewer, fetch news dialog, etc.
en_GB: Clear search histories from all over Calibre: Including the book list, e-book viewer, fetch news dialogue, etc.

en: Here you can control how calibre will save your books when you click the Send to Device button. This setting can be overriden for individual devices by customizing the device interface plugins in Preferences->Advanced->Plugins
en_GB: Here you can control how calibre will save your books, when you click the "Send to Device" button. This setting can be overridden for individual devices, by customising the device interface plug-ins in Preferences->Advanced->Plug-ins

en: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customize
en_GB: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customise

en: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customize:
en_GB: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different, depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customise:

en: Choose the toolbar to customize
en_GB: Choose the toolbar to customise

en: This tweak has it default value
en_GB: This tweak has its default value

en: This tweak has been customized
en_GB: This tweak has been customised

en: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plugins.
en_GB: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plug-ins.

en: Edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed
en_GB: Edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed

en: &Plugin tweaks
en_GB: &Plug-in tweaks

en: Customize shortcuts for
en_GB: Customise shortcuts for

en: Open store in external web browswer
en_GB: Open store in external web browser

en: See the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/gui.html#the-search-interface">User Manual</a> for more help
en_GB: See the <a href="http://manual.calibre-ebook.com/gui.html#the-search-interface">User Manual</a> for more help.

en: Nam&e/Description ...
en_GB: Nam&e/Description...

en: This store is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This store is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of Calibre.

en: This store is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This store is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of Calibre.

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s.
en_GB: Buying from this store supports the Calibre developer: %s.

en: This book as been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the store before making any purchases to ensure you can actually read this book.
en_GB: This book has been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the store before making any purchases, to ensure you can actually read this book.

en: This book has been detected as being DRM Free. You should be able to use this book on any device provided it is in a format calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase double check the DRM status with the store. The store may not be disclosing the use of DRM.
en_GB: This book has been detected as being DRM Free. You should be able to use this book on any device provided it is in a format Calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase double check the DRM status with the store. The store may not be disclosing the use of DRM.

en: Goto in store...
en_GB: Going to Store...

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s</p>
en_GB: Buying from this store supports the Calibre developer: %s</p>

en: Customize get books search
en_GB: Customise Get books search

en: This ebook is a DRMed EPUB file.  You will be prompted to save this file to your computer. Once it is saved, open it with <a href="http://www.adobe.com/products/digitaleditions/">Adobe Digital Editions</a> (ADE).<p>ADE, in turn will download the actual ebook, which will be a .epub file. You can add this book to calibre using "Add Books" and selecting the file from the ADE library folder.
en_GB: This ebook is a DRMed EPUB file. You will be prompted to save this file to your computer. Once it is saved, open it with <a href="http://www.adobe.com/products/digitaleditions/">Adobe Digital Editions</a> (ADE).<p>ADE, in turn will download the actual ebook, which will be a .epub file. You can add this book to Calibre using "Add Books" and selecting the file from the ADE library folder.

en: You cannot use periods in the name when renaming user categories
en_GB: You cannot use periods in the name when renaming user categories.

en: The name %s is already used
en_GB: The name %s is already used.

en: All of these category_managers are available by right-clicking on items in the tag browser above
en_GB: All of these category_managers are available by right-clicking on items in the tag browser above.

en: First letter is usable only when sorting by name
en_GB: First letter is usable only when sorting by name.

en: Quit calibre
en_GB: Quit Calibre

en: Update &plugins
en_GB: Update &plug-ins

en:  (%d plugin updates)
en_GB:  (%d plug-in updates)

en: updated plugins
en_GB: Updated plug-ins

en: Plugin Updates
en_GB: Plug-in Updates

en: There are %d plugin updates available
en_GB: There are %d plug-in updates available

en: Install and configure user plugins
en_GB: Install and configure user plug-ins

en: Options to customize the ebook viewer
en_GB: Options to customise the ebook viewer

en: Set the user CSS stylesheet. This can be used to customize the look of all books.
en_GB: Set the user CSS stylesheet. This can be used to customise the look of all books.

en: Save the current position in the document, when quitting
en_GB: Save the current position in the document when quitting

en: The name <b>%r</b> does not appear to end with a file extension. The name must end with a file  extension like .epub or .mobi
en_GB: The name <b>%r</b> does not appear to end with a file extension. The name must end with a file extension like .epub or .mobi

en: <p>An invalid library already exists at %(loc)s, delete it before trying to move the existing library.<br>Error: %(err)s
en_GB: <p>An invalid library already exists at %(loc)s; delete it before trying to move the existing library.<br>Error: %(err)s

en: If you are setting up a new hotmail account, Microsoft requires that you  verify your account periodically, before it will let calibre send email. In this case, I strongly suggest you setup a free gmail account instead.
en_GB: If you are setting up a new hotmail account, Microsoft requires that you verify your account periodically, before it will let Calibre send email. In this case, I strongly suggest you setup a free gmail account instead.

en: No username and password set for mailserver. Most  mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?
en_GB: No username and password set for mailserver. Most mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: Entry type for BibTeX catalog.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: Entry type for BibTeX catalogue.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats

en: No books available to catalog
en_GB: No books available to catalogue

en: No books available to include in catalog
en_GB: No books available to include in catalogue

en: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalog.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all
en_GB: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalogue.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all

en: Error: You must specify a catalog output file
en_GB: Error: You must specify a catalogue output file

en: Error: Action %s not recognized, must be one of: (add|remove|list)
en_GB: Error: Action %s not recognised, must be one of: (add|remove|list)

en: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified
en_GB: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified.

en: Options to control saving to disk
en_GB: Options to control saving to disc

en: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disk slower.
en_GB: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disc slower.

en: The template to control the filename and directory structure of the saved files. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author subdirectory with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}
en_GB: The template to control the filename and directory structure of the saved files. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author subdirectory, with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}

en: The template to control the filename and directory structure of files sent to the device. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author directory with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}
en_GB: The template to control the filename and directory structure of files sent to the device. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author directory, with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}

en: Normally, calibre will convert all non English characters into English equivalents for the file names. WARNING: If you turn this off, you may experience errors when saving, depending on how well the filesystem you are saving to supports unicode.
en_GB: Normally, calibre will convert all non English characters into English equivalents for the file names. WARNING: If you turn this off, you may experience errors when saving, depending on how well the filesystem you are saving to supports Unicode.

en: Save into a single directory, ignoring the template directory structure
en_GB: Save into a single directory, ignoring the template directory structure.

en: [options]
    
    Start the calibre content server. The calibre content server
    exposes your calibre library over the internet. The default interface
    allows you to browse you calibre library by categories. You can also
    access an interface optimized for mobile browsers at /mobile and an
    OPDS based interface for use with reading applications at /opds.
    
    The OPDS interface is advertised via BonJour automatically.
en_GB: [options]
    
    Start the calibre content server. The calibre content server
    exposes your calibre library over the internet. The default interface
    allows you to browse you calibre library by categories. You can also
    access an interface optimised for mobile browsers at /mobile and an
    OPDS based interface for use with reading applications at /opds.
    
    The OPDS interface is advertised via BonJour automatically.

en: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen
en_GB: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen.

en: strcat_max(max, string1, prefix2, string2, ...) -- Returns a string formed by concatenating the arguments. The returned value is initialized to string1. `Prefix, string` pairs are added to the end of the value as long as the resulting string length is less than `max`. String1 is returned even if string1 is longer than max. You can pass as many `prefix, string` pairs as you wish.
en_GB: strcat_max(max, string1, prefix2, string2, ...) -- Returns a string formed by concatenating the arguments. The returned value is initialized to string1. `Prefix, string` pairs are added to the end of the value, as long as the resulting string length is less than `max`. String1 is returned even if string1 is longer than max. You can pass as many `prefix, string` pairs as you wish.

en: swap_around_comma(val) -- given a value of the form "B, A", return "A B". This is most useful for converting names in LN, FN format to FN LN. If there is no comma, the function returns val unchanged
en_GB: swap_around_comma(val) -- given a value of the form "B, A", return "A B". This is most useful for converting names in LN, FN format to FN LN. If there is no comma, the function returns val unchanged.

en: format_date(val, format_string) -- format the value, which must be a date, using the format_string, returning a string. The formatting codes are: d    : the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31) dd   : the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31) ddd  : the abbreviated localized day name (e.g. "Mon" to "Sun"). dddd : the long localized day name (e.g. "Monday" to "Sunday"). M    : the month as number without a leading zero (1 to 12). MM   : the month as number with a leading zero (01 to 12) MMM  : the abbreviated localized month name (e.g. "Jan" to "Dec"). MMMM : the long localized month name (e.g. "January" to "December"). yy   : the year as two digit number (00 to 99). yyyy : the year as four digit number. h    : the hours without a leading 0 (0 to 11 or 0 to 23, depending on am/pm) hh   : the hours with a leading 0 (00 to 11 or 00 to 23, depending on am/pm) m    : the minutes without a leading 0 (0 to 59) mm   : the minutes with a leading 0 (00 to 59) s    : the seconds without a leading 0 (0 to 59) ss   : the seconds with a leading 0 (00 to 59) ap   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "ap" replaced by the localized string for am or pm AP   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "AP" replaced by the localized string for AM or PM iso  : the date with time and timezone. Must be the only format present
en_GB: format_date(val, format_string) -- format the value, which must be a date, using the format_string, returning a string. The formatting codes are: d    : the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31) dd   : the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31) ddd  : the abbreviated localised day name (e.g. "Mon" to "Sun"). dddd : the long localised day name (e.g. "Monday" to "Sunday"). M    : the month as number without a leading zero (1 to 12). MM   : the month as number with a leading zero (01 to 12) MMM  : the abbreviated localised month name (e.g. "Jan" to "Dec"). MMMM : the long localised month name (e.g. "January" to "December"). yy   : the year as two digit number (00 to 99). yyyy : the year as four digit number. h    : the hours without a leading 0 (0 to 11 or 0 to 23, depending on am/pm) hh   : the hours with a leading 0 (00 to 11 or 00 to 23, depending on am/pm) m    : the minutes without a leading 0 (0 to 59) mm   : the minutes with a leading 0 (00 to 59) s    : the seconds without a leading 0 (0 to 59) ss   : the seconds with a leading 0 (00 to 59) ap   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "ap" replaced by the localised string for am or pm AP   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "AP" replaced by the localised string for AM or PM iso  : the date with time and timezone. Must be the only format present.

en: has_cover() -- return Yes if the book has a cover, otherwise return the empty string
en_GB: has_cover() -- return Yes if the book has a cover, otherwise return the empty string.

en: Aborted, taking too long
en_GB: Aborted, taking too long.

en: Should the completion separator be append
    to the end of the completed text to
    automatically begin a new completion operation
    for authors.
    Can be either True or False
en_GB: Should the completion separator be appended
    to the end of the completed text to
    automatically begin a new completion operation
    for authors.
    Can be either True or False

en: Set which author field to display in the tags pane (the list of authors,
    series, publishers etc on the left hand side). The choices are author and
    author_sort. This tweak affects only what is displayed under the authors
    category in the tags pane and content server. Please note that if you set this
    to author_sort, it is very possible to see duplicate names in the list because
    although it is guaranteed that author names are unique, there is no such
    guarantee for author_sort values. Showing duplicates won't break anything, but
    it could lead to some confusion. When using 'author_sort', the tooltip will
    show the author's name.
    Examples:
    categories_use_field_for_author_name = 'author'
    categories_use_field_for_author_name = 'author_sort'
en_GB: Set which author field to display in the tags pane (the list of authors,
    series, publishers etc on the left hand side). The choices are author and
    author_sort. This tweak affects only what is displayed under the Authors
    category in the tags pane and content server. Please note that if you set this
    to author_sort, it is very possible to see duplicate names in the list because
    although it is guaranteed that author names are unique, there is no such
    guarantee for author_sort values. Showing duplicates won't break anything, but
    it could lead to some confusion. When using 'author_sort', the tooltip will
    show the author's name.
    Examples:
    categories_use_field_for_author_name = 'author'
    categories_use_field_for_author_name = 'author_sort'

en: When partitioning the tags browser, the format of the subcategory label is
    controlled by a template: categories_collapsed_name_template if sorting by
    name, categories_collapsed_rating_template if sorting by average rating, and
    categories_collapsed_popularity_template if sorting by popularity. There are
    two variables available to the template: first and last. The variable 'first'
    is the initial item in the subcategory, and the variable 'last' is the final
    item in the subcategory. Both variables are 'objects'; they each have multiple
    values that are obtained by using a suffix. For example, first.name for an
    author category will be the name of the author. The sub-values available are:
    name: the printable name of the item
    count: the number of books that references this item
    avg_rating: the average rating of all the books referencing this item
    sort: the sort value. For authors, this is the author_sort for that author
    category: the category (e.g., authors, series) that the item is in.
    Note that the "r'" in front of the { is necessary if there are backslashes
    (\ characters) in the template. It doesn't hurt anything to leave it there
    even if there aren't any backslashes.
en_GB: When partitioning the tags browser, the format of the subcategory label is
    controlled by a template: categories_collapsed_name_template if sorting by
    name; categories_collapsed_rating_template if sorting by average rating; and
    categories_collapsed_popularity_template if sorting by popularity. There are
    two variables available to the template: first and last. The variable 'first'
    is the initial item in the subcategory, and the variable 'last' is the final
    item in the subcategory. Both variables are 'objects'; they each have multiple
    values that are obtained by using a suffix. For example, first.name for an
    author category will be the name of the author. The sub-values available are:
    name: the printable name of the item
    count: the number of books that references this item
    avg_rating: the average rating of all the books referencing this item
    sort: the sort value. For authors, this is the author_sort for that author
    category: the category (e.g., authors, series) that the item is in.
    Note that the "r'" in front of the { is necessary if there are backslashes
    (\ characters) in the template. It doesn't hurt anything to leave it there
    even if there aren't any backslashes.

en: Specify columns to sort the booklist by on startup
en_GB: Specify columns by which to sort the booklist on startup

en: Provide a set of columns to be sorted on when calibre starts
    The argument is None if saved sort history is to be used
    otherwise it is a list of column,order pairs. Column is the
    lookup/search name, found using the tooltip for the column
    Order is 0 for ascending, 1 for descending
    For example, set it to [('authors',0),('title',0)] to sort by
    title within authors.
en_GB: Provide a set of columns to be sorted on when Calibre starts.
    The argument is None if saved sort history is to be used
    otherwise it is a list of column,order pairs. Column is the
    lookup/search name, found using the tooltip for the column
    Order is 0 for ascending, 1 for descending.
    For example, set it to [('authors',0),('title',0)] to sort by
    title within authors.

en: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behavior depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.
en_GB: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behaviour depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.

en: Specify a folder calibre should connect to at startup
en_GB: Specify a folder Calibre should connect to at startup

en: Specify a folder that calibre should connect to at startup using
    connect_to_folder. This must be a full path to the folder. If the folder does
    not exist when calibre starts, it is ignored. If there are '\' characters in
    the path (such as in Windows paths), you must double them.
    Examples:
    auto_connect_to_folder = 'C:\\Users\\someone\\Desktop\\testlib'
    auto_connect_to_folder = '/home/dropbox/My Dropbox/someone/library'
en_GB: Specify a folder that Calibre should connect to at startup using
    connect_to_folder. This must be a full path to the folder. If the folder does
    not exist when Calibre starts, it is ignored. If there are '\' characters in
    the path (such as in Windows paths), you must double them.
    Examples:
    auto_connect_to_folder = 'C:\\Users\\someone\\Desktop\\testlib'
    auto_connect_to_folder = '/home/dropbox/My Dropbox/someone/library'

en: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library
en_GB: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library.

en: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.
en_GB: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that Calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.

en: You can control the behavior of doubleclicks on the books list.
    Choices: open_viewer, do_nothing,
    edit_cell, edit_metadata. Selecting edit_metadata has the side effect of
    disabling editing a field using a single click.
    Default: open_viewer.
    Example: doubleclick_on_library_view = 'do_nothing'
    You can also control whether the book list scrolls horizontal per column or
    per pixel. Default is per column.
en_GB: You can control the behaviour of doubleclicks on the books list.
    Choices: open_viewer, do_nothing,
    edit_cell, edit_metadata. Selecting edit_metadata has the side effect of
    disabling editing a field using a single click.
    Default: open_viewer.
    Example: doubleclick_on_library_view = 'do_nothing'
    You can also control whether the book list scrolls horizontally per column or
    per pixel. Default is per column.

en: Setting this tweak will force sorting to use the
    collating order for the specified language. This might be useful if you run
    calibre in English but want sorting to work in the language where you live.
    Set the tweak to the desired ISO 639-1 language code, in lower case.
    You can find the list of supported locales at
    http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/topic/nls/rbagsicusortsequencetables.htm
    Default: locale_for_sorting = '' -- use the language calibre displays in
    Example: locale_for_sorting = 'fr' -- sort using French rules.
    Example: locale_for_sorting = 'nb' -- sort using Norwegian rules.
en_GB: Setting this tweak will force sorting to use the
    collating order for the specified language. This might be useful if you run
    Calibre in English but want sorting to work in the language where you live.
    Set the tweak to the desired ISO 639-1 language code, in lower case.
    You can find the list of supported locales at
    http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/topic/nls/rbagsicusortsequencetables.htm
    Default: locale_for_sorting = '' -- use the language calibre displays in
    Example: locale_for_sorting = 'fr' -- sort using French rules.
    Example: locale_for_sorting = 'nb' -- sort using Norwegian rules.

en: Number of columns for custom metadata in the edit metadata dialog
en_GB: Number of columns for custom metadata in the edit metadata dialogue.

en: Set whether to use one or two columns for custom metadata when editing
    metadata  one book at a time. If True, then the fields are laid out using two
    columns. If False, one column is used.
en_GB: Set whether to use one or two columns for custom metadata, when editing
    metadata one book at a time. If True, then the fields are laid out using two
    columns. If False, one column is used.

en: The number of seconds to wait before sending emails when using a
    public email server like gmail or hotmail. Default is: 5 minutes
    Setting it to lower may cause the server's SPAM controls to kick in,
    making email sending fail. Changes will take effect only after a restart of
    calibre.
en_GB: The number of seconds to wait before sending emails when using a
    public email server like gmail or hotmail. Default is: 5 minutes
    Setting it to lower may cause the server's SPAM controls to kick in,
    making email sending fail. Changes will take effect only after a restart of
    Calibre.

en: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the calibre library
en_GB: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the Calibre library

en: All covers in the calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers
en_GB: All covers in the Calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers.

en: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.
en_GB: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, Calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.

en: What interfaces should the content server listen on
en_GB: Which interfaces the content server should listen on

en: By default, the calibre content server listens on '0.0.0.0' which means that it
    accepts IPv4 connections on all interfaces. You can change this to, for
    example, '127.0.0.1' to only listen for connections from the local machine, or
    to '::' to listen to all incoming IPv6 and IPv4 connections (this may not
    work on all operating systems)
en_GB: By default, the Calibre content server listens on '0.0.0.0' which means that it
    accepts IPv4 connections on all interfaces. You can change this to, for
    example, '127.0.0.1' to only listen for connections from the local machine, or
    to '::' to listen to all incoming IPv6 and IPv4 connections (this may not
    work on all operating systems)

en: If you enable this option and restart calibre, the toolbar will be 'unified'
    with the titlebar as is normal for OS X applications. However, doing this has
    various bugs, for instance the minimum width of the toolbar becomes twice
    what it should be and it causes other random bugs on some systems, so turn it
    on at your own risk!
en_GB: If you enable this option and restart Calibre, the toolbar will be 'unified'
    with the titlebar as is normally for OS X applications. However, doing this has
    various bugs, for instance the minimum width of the toolbar becomes twice
    what it should be and it causes other random bugs on some systems, so turn it
    on at your own risk!

en: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialog. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.
en_GB: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialogue. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.

en: Compiled general program mode templates are significantly faster than
    interpreted templates. Setting this tweak to True causes calibre to compile
    (in most cases) general program mode templates. Setting it to False causes
    calibre to use the old behavior -- interpreting the templates. Set the tweak
    to False if some compiled templates produce incorrect values.
    Default:    compile_gpm_templates = True
    No compile: compile_gpm_templates = False
en_GB: Compiled general program mode templates are significantly faster than
    interpreted templates. Setting this tweak to True causes calibre to compile
    (in most cases) general program mode templates. Setting it to False causes
    calibre to use the old behaviour -- interpreting the templates. Set the tweak
    to False if some compiled templates produce incorrect values.
    Default:    compile_gpm_templates = True
    No compile: compile_gpm_templates = False

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# The color of the accessibility crosshair #-#-#-#-#  140 (kipiplugin_printimages)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4) #-#-#-#-#  481 (kcm_knemo)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: themecfg.ui:119 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QL
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Color Correction
en_GB: Colour Correction

en: Capitalize the first letter of 'Title', 'Artist', 'Album artist', and 'Album'
en_GB: Capitalise the first letter of 'Title', 'Artist', 'Album artist', and 'Album'

en: Dynamizer has been terminated.
en_GB: Dynamiser has been terminated.

en: Stopping dynamizer
en_GB: Stopping dynamiser

en: Dynamizer is not active
en_GB: Dynamiser is not active

en: Failed to control dynamizer state. (%1)
en_GB: Failed to control dynamiser state. (%1)

en: <p>Replay Gain is a proposed standard published in 2001 to normalize the perceived loudness of computer audio formats such as MP3 and Ogg Vorbis. It works on a track/album basis, and is now supported in a growing number of players.</p><p>The following ReplayGain settings may be used:<ul><li><i>None</i> - No ReplayGain is applied.</li><li><i>Track</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the track's ReplayGain tags.</li><li><i>Album</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the albums's ReplayGain tags.</li><li><i>Auto</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the track's ReplayGain tags if random play is actived, otherwise the album's tags will be used.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Replay Gain is a proposed standard published in 2001 to normalise the perceived loudness of computer audio formats such as MP3 and Ogg Vorbis. It works on a track/album basis, and is now supported in a growing number of players.</p><p>The following ReplayGain settings may be used:<ul><li><i>None</i> - No ReplayGain is applied.</li><li><i>Track</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the track's ReplayGain tags.</li><li><i>Album</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the albums's ReplayGain tags.</li><li><i>Auto</i> - Volume will be adjusted using the track's ReplayGain tags if random play is actived, otherwise the album's tags will be used.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: Qt-only, windows]
en: <i><b>NOTE:</b> 'Dynamizer port' is only relevant if you wish to make use of 'dynamic playlists'. In order to function, the <code>cantata-dynamic</code> application <b>must</b> already have been installed, and started, on the relevant host - Cantata itself cannot control the starting/stopping of this service.</i>
en_GB: <i><b>NOTE:</b> 'Dynamiser port' is only relevant if you wish to make use of 'dynamic playlists'. In order to function, the <code>cantata-dynamic</code> application <b>must</b> already have been installed, and started, on the relevant host - Cantata itself cannot control the starting/stopping of this service.</i>

en: <i><b>NOTE:</b> 'Dynamizer port' is only relevant if you wish to use a system-wide, or non-local, instance of the Cantata dynamizer. For this to function, the <code>cantata-dynamic</code> application <b>must</b> already have been installed, and started, on the relevant host - Cantata itself cannot control the starting/stopping of this service. If this is not set, then Cantata will use a per-user instance of the dynamizer to facilitate dynamic playlists.</i>
en_GB: <i><b>NOTE:</b> 'Dynamiser port' is only relevant if you wish to use a system-wide, or non-local, instance of the Cantata dynamiser. For this to function, the <code>cantata-dynamic</code> application <b>must</b> already have been installed, and started, on the relevant host - Cantata itself cannot control the starting/stopping of this service. If this is not set, then Cantata will use a per-user instance of the dynamiser to facilitate dynamic playlists.</i>

en: Add Stream To Favorites
en_GB: Add Stream To Favourites

note: i18n: file: dynamic/dynamicpage.ui:23 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (StatusLabel, infoLabel)
en: No dynamizer port defined in server settings.
en_GB: No dynamiser port defined in server settings.

note: i18n: file: dynamic/dynamicpage.ui:30 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (StatusLabel, remoteRunningLabel)
en: Remote dynamizer is not running.
en_GB: Remote dynamiser is not running.

note: i18n: file: gui/filesettings.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: file: gui/initialsettingswizard.ui:747 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, storeStreamsInMpdDirLabel)
en: Save list of favorite streams in music folder:
en_GB: Save list of favourite streams in music folder:

note: i18n: file: gui/filesettings.ui:128 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (StateLabel, streamLocationNote)
en: <i><b>NOTE:</b> If you change the location where streams are stored (i.e. you toggle the 'Save list of favorite streams in music folder' option), then Cantata will only display streams that are stored in the relevant location. Therefore, before changing this setting, it is recommended that you export your existing streams. You can then re-import these to the new location (after you have toggled the setting).</i>
en_GB: <i><b>NOTE:</b> If you change the location where streams are stored (i.e. you toggle the 'Save list of favourite streams in music folder' option), then Cantata will only display streams that are stored in the relevant location. Therefore, before changing this setting, it is recommended that you export your existing streams. You can then re-import these to the new location (after you have toggled the setting).</i>

note: i18n: file: gui/interfacesettings.ui:424 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (BuddyLabel, minimiseOnCloseLabel)
en: Minimize to notification area when closed:
en_GB: Minimise to notification area when closed:

note: i18n: file: gui/playbacksettings.ui:202 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (BuddyLabel, stopDynamizerOnExitLabel)
en: Stop dynamizer on exit:
en_GB: Stop dynamiser on exit:

note: i18n: file: gui/serversettings.ui:155 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (BuddyLabel, dynamizerPortLabel)
en: Dynamizer port:
en_GB: Dynamiser port:

en: Add to play queue, and save to favorites
en_GB: Add to play queue, and save to favourites

en: Import Streams Into Favorites
en_GB: Import Streams Into Favourites

en: Export Favorite Streams
en_GB: Export Favourite Streams

en: Add New Stream To Favorites
en_GB: Add New Stream To Favourites

en: Added to favorites
en_GB: Added to favourites

en: Already in favorites
en_GB: Already in favourites

en: Capitalize the first letter of 'Title', 'Artist', 'Album artist', and 'Album' of <b>all</b> tracks?
en_GB: Capitalise the first letter of 'Title', 'Artist', 'Album artist', and 'Album' of <b>all</b> tracks?

en: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a fullscale keyboard.
en_GB: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a full scale keyboard.

en: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.
    Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?
en_GB: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?

en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

en: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1 ?
en_GB: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1?

en: Move _All to Trash
en_GB: Move _All to Wastebasket

en: Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the picture coming from the camera
en_GB: Adjusts the hue (colour tint) of the picture coming from the camera

en: Failed to initialize device %s for capability probing
en_GB: Failed to initialise device %s for capability probing

en: Cancellable initialization not supported
en_GB: Cancellable initialisation not supported

en: Could not move %s to trash
en_GB: Could not move %s to wastebasket

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: usage:   %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]
en_GB: usage: %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Post Color Preferences
en_GB: Post Colour Preferences

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Default color:
en_GB: Default colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Unread post color:
en_GB: Unread post colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Own post color:
en_GB: Own post colour:

en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: Timeline description]
en: Your favorites
en_GB: Your favourites

en: Favorite creation failed. %1
en_GB: Favourite creation failed. %1

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

en: Authorization Error
en_GB: Authorisation Error

en: Set spell check language
en_GB: Set spell-check language

en: Choqok is authorized successfully.
en_GB: Choqok is authorised successfully.

en: Authorized
en_GB: Authorised

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_changeExclamationMark)
en: To prevent spamming on some groups, you can set here to change the exclamation point (that used to refer to a group), to something else (e.g. nothing.)
en_GB: To prevent spamming on some groups, you can set here to change the exclamation point (that used to refer to a group), to something else (e.g. nothing).

en: OCS plugin is not initialized yet. Try again later.
en_GB: OCS plugin is not initialised yet. Try again later.

en: Foreground Color:
en_GB: Foreground Colour:

en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

en: Flickr authorization
en_GB: Flickr authorisation

en: Authorized as %1
en_GB: Authorised as %1

en: Not authorized
en_GB: Not authorised

en: Click here when you authorized Choqok
en_GB: Click here when you authorised Choqok

note: #-#-#-#-#  70  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, authTab)
en: Authorization
en_GB: Authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, authButton)
en: Click here to authorize Choqok on Flickr.com
en_GB: Click here to authorise Choqok on Flickr.com

en: By Color Selection
en_GB: By Colour Selection

en: Color balance operates only on RGB color drawables.
en_GB: Colour balance operates only on RGB colour drawables.

en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# ex:ts=4:et: #-#-#-#-#  257 (glade3)  #-#-#-#-# GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER #-#-#-#-#  260 (glade3)  #-#-#-#-# GTK_STOCK_DND_MULTIPLE #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# Window title, where the user can pick spot colors using a measuring device
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

en: Revert to Old Color
en_GB: Revert to Old Colour

en: Gray Only
en_GB: Grey Only

note: #-#-#-#-#  89 (colord)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: program name #-#-#-#-#  91 (colorhug-client)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color Management
en_GB: Colour Management

en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

en: Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute Colourimetric

en: Indexed Color Conversion
en_GB: Indexed Colour Conversion

en: Desaturate operates only on RGB color drawables.
en_GB: Desaturate operates only on RGB colour drawables.

en: Equalize does not operate on indexed drawables.
en_GB: Equalise does not operate on indexed drawables.

en: Left endpoint's color
en_GB: Left endpoint's colour

en: Right endpoint's color
en_GB: Right endpoint's colour

en: Coloring type for segment
en_GB: Colouring type for segment

en: Re-center segment's midpoint
en_GB: Re-centre segment's midpoint

en: Coloring type for selection
en_GB: Colouring type for selection

en: Re-center midpoints in selection
en_GB: Re-centre midpoints in selection

en: FG color
en_GB: FG colour

en: Blend endpoints' colors
en_GB: Blend endpoints' colours

en: Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB color drawables.
en_GB: Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB colour drawables.

en: Static Gray
en_GB: Static Grey

en: Static Color
en_GB: Static Colour

en: Pseudo Color
en_GB: Pseudo Colour

en: True Color
en_GB: True Colour

en: Direct Color
en_GB: Direct Colour

en: Indexed Color
en_GB: Indexed Colour

en: Pick colors from the image
en_GB: Pick colours from the image

en: Fill with a color or pattern
en_GB: Fill with a colour or pattern

en: Fill with a color gradient
en_GB: Fill with a colour gradient

en: Dialogs
en_GB: Dialogues

en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

en: Swap Colors
en_GB: Swap Colours

en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

en: Posterize does not operate on indexed drawables.
en_GB: Posterise does not operate on indexed drawables.

en: By-Color Selection
en_GB: By-Colour Selection

en: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colormaps correctly.
    Substituting grayscale map.
en_GB: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.
    Substituting greyscale map.

en: Convert to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert to Greyscale

en: No Color Dithering
en_GB: No Colour Dithering

en: Positioned Color Dithering
en_GB: Positioned Colour Dithering

en: Floyd-Steinberg Color Dithering (Reduced Color Bleeding)
en_GB: Floyd-Steinberg Colour Dithering (Reduced Colour Bleeding)

en: RGB Color
en_GB: RGB Colour

en: Adjust color balance
en_GB: Adjust colour balance

en: Watercolor
en_GB: Watercolour

en: Gamma color display filter
en_GB: Gamma colour display filter

en: High Contrast color display filter
en_GB: High Contrast colour display filter

en: The "rawphoto" plugin won't work because there is no "dcraw" executable in your path.
en_GB: Das "rawphoto" plugin kann ohne "dcraw" nicht arbeiten.

en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

en: Save background color
en_GB: Save background colour

en: Raw Photo Loader 1.0
en_GB: Raw Photo Lader 1.0

en: bit depth:
en_GB: Farbtiefe:

en: can't get memory for colormap
en_GB: can't get memory for colourmap

en: can't read color entries
en_GB: can't read colour entries

en: No memory for mapping colors
en_GB: No memory for mapping colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  248 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Number of Colors frame
en: Number of Colors
en_GB: Number of Colours

en: Change the number of colors in the mapping
en_GB: Change the number of colours in the mapping

note: #-#-#-#-#  248 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Color Density frame
en: Color Density
en_GB: Colour Density

en: Use sine-function for this color component
en_GB: Use sine-function for this colour component

en: Use cosine-function for this color component
en_GB: Use cosine-function for this colour component

en: Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this color channel
en_GB: Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this colour channel

en: If you enable this option higher color values will be swapped with lower ones and vice versa
en_GB: If you enable this option higher colour values will be swapped with lower ones and vice versa

en: Create a color-map with the options you specified above (color density/function). The result is visible in the preview image
en_GB: Create a colour-map with the options you specified above (colour density/function). The result is visible in the preview image

en: Create a color-map using a gradient from the gradient editor
en_GB: Create a colour-map using a gradient from the gradient editor

en: Set light source color
en_GB: Set light source colour

en: Amount of original color to show where no direct light falls
en_GB: Amount of original colour to show where no direct light falls

en: Intensity of original color when lit by a light source
en_GB: Intensity of original colour when lit by a light source

en: All gray
en_GB: All grey

en: Colorify
en_GB: Colourify

en: Colorify Custom Color
en_GB: Colourify Custom Colour

en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

en: Color to Alpha Color Picker
en_GB: Colour to Alpha Colour Picker

en: Color Exchange
en_GB: Colour Exchange

en: To Color
en_GB: To Colour

en: From Color
en_GB: From Colour

en: Color Exchange: To Color
en_GB: Colour Exchange: To Colour

en: Color Exchange: From Color
en_GB: Colour Exchange: From Colour

note: Numbering color
en: Select Number Color
en_GB: Select Number Colour

en: Vertical Color
en_GB: Vertical Colour

en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  248 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Colouring
en: Coloring
en_GB: Colouring

en: Millimeter
en_GB: Millimetre

en: Sample Colorize
en_GB: Sample Colourise

note: #-#-#-#-#  248 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# if in grey scale, the colors are necessarily black and white
en: The colors are white and black.
en_GB: The colours are white and black.

en: Can't read color entries
en_GB: Can't read colour entries

en: Type of colormap not supported
en_GB: Type of colourmap not supported

en: RGBA/GRAYA drawable is not selected.
en_GB: RGBA/GREYA drawable is not selected.

en: Floyd-Steinberg Color Dithering (Normal)
en_GB: Floyd-Steinberg Colour Dithering (Normal)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl ../themes/mono/theme.jl
en: center
en_GB: centre

en: Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush
en_GB: Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush

en: Adds random noise to the color
en_GB: Adds random noise to the colour

en: Solid colored background
en_GB: Solid coloured background

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke

en: Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image
en_GB: Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke

en: Color Transformation
en_GB: Colour Transformation

en: Color output
en_GB: Colour output

note: #-#-#-#-#  353 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-plain.scm src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm #-#-#-#-#  1110 (Pidgin 2.0)  #-#-#-#-# Buddy L
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

en: Sphere Color
en_GB: Sphere Colour

en: Base Color
en_GB: Base Colour

en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

en: Color 1
en_GB: Colour 1

en: Color 2
en_GB: Colour 2

en: Color 3
en_GB: Colour 3

en: Dark Color
en_GB: Dark Colour

en: Fill with BG Color
en_GB: Fill with BG Colour

en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

en: Frame Color
en_GB: Frame Colour

en: Outline Color
en_GB: Outline Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  113 (dia HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# should probably be refactored too. #-#-#-#-#  353 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm #-#-#-#-#  484 (kof
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

en: America/North_Dakota/Center
en_GB: America/North_Dakota/Centre

en: RANDR extension is not present
en_GB: RandR extension is not present

note: #-#-#-#-#  75 (gnome-desktop)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode.
en: %a %b %e, %R:%S
en_GB: %a %e %b, %R:%S

en: %a %b %e, %R
en_GB: %a %e %b, %R

note: Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong
en: Show the fail whale dialog for testing
en_GB: Show the fail whale dialogue for testing

en: Show logout dialog
en_GB: Show logout dialogue

en: Show shutdown dialog
en_GB: Show shutdown dialogue

en: Use dialog boxes for errors
en_GB: Use dialogue boxes for errors

en: Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and 'ccw' for 90 degree counterclockwise.
en_GB: Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and 'ccw' for 90 degree anticlockwise.

en: This is the number of days after which the display color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the display colour profile is considered invalid.

en: This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the printer colour profile is considered invalid.

en: Binding to launch the email client.
en_GB: Binding to launch the e-mail client.

en: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: "none" for no antialiasing, "grayscale" for standard grayscale antialiasing, and "rgba" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).
en_GB: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: "none" for no antialiasing, "grayscale" for standard greyscale antialiasing, and "rgba" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).

en: Enhance _contrast in colors
en_GB: Enhance _contrast in colours

en: Color plugin
en_GB: Colour plugin

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name
en: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Colour Plugin

note: TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device added
en_GB: Colour calibration device added

note: TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device removed
en_GB: Colour calibration device removed

en: The volume "%s" has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: The volume "%s" has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the wastebasket.

en: This computer has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: This computer has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the wastebasket.

en: You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs or files, or moving files to another disk or partition.
en_GB: You can free up disk space by emptying the Wastebasket, removing unused programs or files, or moving files to another disk or partition.

en: You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs or files, or moving files to an external disk.
en_GB: You can free up disk space by emptying the Wastebasket, removing unused programs or files, or moving files to an external disk.

note: TRANSLATORS: battery state
en: Cell phone is charging
en_GB: Mobile phone is charging

note: TRANSLATORS: battery state
en: Cell phone is discharging
en_GB: Mobile phone is discharging

note: TRANSLATORS: battery state
en: Cell phone is empty
en_GB: Mobile phone is empty

note: TRANSLATORS: battery state
en: Cell phone is charged
en_GB: Mobile phone is charged

note: TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low
en: Cell phone battery low
en_GB: Mobile phone battery low

note: TRANSLATORS: tell user more details
en: Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)
en_GB: Mobile phone is low in power (%.0f%%)

note: TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working
en: Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

note: Translators: A print job has been canceled
en: Printing canceled
en_GB: Printing cancelled

en: NSS security system could not be initialized
en_GB: NSS security system could not be initialised

en: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the magnifier. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialog.
en_GB: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the magnifier. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialogue.

en: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the on-screen keyboard. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialog.
en_GB: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the on-screen keyboard. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialogue.

en: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the screen reader. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialog.
en_GB: This is the name of the keyboard shortcut to toggle the screen reader. This name will be shown in the keyboard shortcut preferences dialogue.

en: Emptying the trash
en_GB: Emptying the wastebasket

en: Preparing to empty trash…
en_GB: Preparing to empty wastebasket…

en: If you choose to empty the trash, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.
en_GB: If you choose to empty the wastebasket, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.

en: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue

en: The buttons shown in the alert dialog
en_GB: The buttons shown in the alert dialogue

en: Change Passwo_rd...
en_GB: Change Passwo_rd…

note: #-#-#-#-#  949 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Update status message
en: Checking password...
en_GB: Checking password…

en: Jump to Preferred Applications dialog
en_GB: Jump to Preferred Applications dialogue

en: Jump to the Accessible Login dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Accessible Login dialogue

en: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialogue

en: [WALLPAPER...]
en_GB: [WALLPAPER…]

en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise…

en: Customize Theme
en_GB: Customise Theme

en: D_etails...
en_GB: D_etails…

en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

en: Open a dialog to specify the color
en_GB: Open a dialogue to specify the colour

en: Save Theme As...
en_GB: Save Theme As…

en: The current controls theme does not support color schemes.
en_GB: The current controls theme does not support colour schemes.

en: _Install...
en_GB: _Install…

en: Customize the look of the desktop
en_GB: Customise the look of the desktop

en: Parent window of the dialog
en_GB: Parent window of the dialogue

en: Current URI index - starts from 1
en_GB: Current URI index — starts from 1

en: Default Pointer - Current
en_GB: Default Pointer — Current

en: White Pointer - Current
en_GB: White Pointer — Current

en: Large Pointer - Current
en_GB: Large Pointer — Current

en: Large White Pointer - Current
en_GB: Large White Pointer — Current

note: #-#-#-#-#  383 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying * an accelerator when the cell is clicked to change the * acelerator. #-#-#-#-#  1008 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-#
en: New accelerator...
en_GB: New accelerator…

en: Control Center
en_GB: Control Centre

en: Close the control-center when a task is activated
en_GB: Close the control-centre when a task is activated

en: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialog with the following error: %s
en_GB: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialogue with the following error: %s

en: Solid Color
en_GB: Solid Colour

en: Authentication dialog was dismissed by the user
en_GB: Authentication dialogue was dismissed by the user

en: Unmaximize
en_GB: Unmaximise

en: Dim screen on AC power
en_GB: Dim the screen on AC power

en: Dim screen on battery
en_GB: Dim the screen on battery

en: Brightness not available
en_GB: Brightness is not available

en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

en: Add to favorites
en_GB: Add to favourites

en: Show time remaining
en_GB: Show remaining time

en: Open Trash
en_GB: Open Rubbish Bin

en: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the rubbish bin?

en: Empty Trash?
en_GB: Empty Rubbish Bin?

en: color, profile, display, printer, output
en_GB: colour, profile, display, printer, output

en: startup, programs, boot, init, session
en_GB: start-up, programs, boot, init, session

en: desktop, home, button, trash
en_GB: desktop, home, button, rubbish bin

en: Show the trash
en_GB: Show the Rubbish Bin

en: Enable desktop effects on dialog boxes
en_GB: Enable desktop effects on dialogue boxes

en: Minimizing windows:
en_GB: Minimising windows:

en: Maximizing windows:
en_GB: Maximising windows:

en: Unmaximizing windows:
en_GB: Unmaximising windows:

en: Enable fade effect on Cinnamon scrollboxes (like the Menu application list)
en_GB: Enable fade effect on Cinnamon scroll boxes (like the Menu application list)

en: extension, addon
en_GB: extension, add-on

en: Run dialog
en_GB: Run dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window
en_GB: Maximise window

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Unmaximize window
en_GB: Unmaximise window

en: Minimize window
en_GB: Minimise window

en: Maximize vertically
en_GB: Maximise vertically

en: Maximize horizontally
en_GB: Maximise horizontally

en: Use customized panel size (otherwise it's defined by the theme)
en_GB: Use customised panel size (otherwise it is defined by the theme)

en: Take a photo...
en_GB: Take a photo…

en: Attach dialog windows to their parent window's titlebar
en_GB: Attach dialogue windows to their parent window's titlebar

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->custom-label->tooltip
en: Set your custom label here.  This field is unavailable unless the checkbox above is enabled
en_GB: Set your custom label here. This field is unavailable unless the checkbox above is enabled

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->scale-demo->tooltip
en: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet.  If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here
en_GB: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet. If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Colorspace:
en_GB: Colourspace:

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive
en: Create a color profile for the selected device
en_GB: Create a colour profile for the selected device

en: This device is not color managed.
en_GB: This device is not colour managed.

en: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color correction.
en_GB: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour correction.

en: No devices supporting color management detected
en_GB: No devices supporting colour management detected

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the * network panel
en: Air_plane Mode
en_GB: Aero_plane Mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: secondary battery
en: Cellphone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: Copy Settings...
en_GB: Copy Settings…

en: Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed.
en_GB: Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed.

en: Learn more about color management
en_GB: Learn more about colour management

en: C_reate...
en_GB: C_reate…

en: On screen keyboard
en_GB: On-screen keyboard

en: Keep magnifier cursor centered
en_GB: Keep magnifier cursor centred

en: Color Effects:
en_GB: Colour Effects:

en: Color Effects
en_GB: Colour Effects

en: Color management settings
en_GB: Colour management settings

en: Date Digitized
en_GB: Date Digitised

en: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it.  Or, you can use the Open With dialog to pick a program to associate it with.
en_GB: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it. Or, you can use the "Open With" dialogue to pick a program to associate it with.

en: Bypass the Trash when the Delete key is pressed
en_GB: Bypass the Rubbish Bin when the Delete key is pressed

en: Automatically mount removeable media when inserted and on startup
en_GB: Automatically mount removable media when inserted and on start-up

en: Show advanced permissions in the file property dialog
en_GB: Show advanced permissions in the file property dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1195 (Quod Libet 2.3)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Also e.g. "record label", "publisher"
en: organization
en_GB: organisation

en: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.mydomain.com" may be appropriate for the "mydomain.com" organization. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.
en_GB: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.mydomain.com" may be appropriate for the "mydomain.com" organisation. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.

en: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Color Banding
en_GB: Colour Banding

en: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=John Doe,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=Joe Bloggs,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=john.doe@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=joe.bloggs@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Empty _trash...
en_GB: Empty was_tebin...

en: Empty trash
en_GB: Empty wastebin

en: Delete all messages in trash?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin?

en: +_Empty trash
en_GB: +_Empty wastebin

en: messages which are marked with color #
en_GB: messages which are marked with colour #

en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Empty all _Trash folders
en_GB: Empty all Was_tebin folders

en: Previous _labeled message
en_GB: Previous _labelled message

en: Next la_beled message
en_GB: Next la_belled message

en: Move to _trash
en_GB: Move to was_tebin

en: Color la_bel
en_GB: Colour la_bel

en: Delete all messages in trash folders?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin folders?

en: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the trash folder.
en_GB: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the wastebin folder.

en: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default trash folder
en_GB: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default wastebin folder

note: Label on email menu item
en: _Email
en_GB: _E-mail

en: Optimized:
en_GB: Optimised:

en: Mark cross-posted messages as read and color:
en_GB: Mark cross-posted messages as read and colour:

en: Clear all the input fields in the dialog
en_GB: Clear all the input fields in the dialogue

en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

en: Folder color
en_GB: Folder colour

en: Pick color for folder
en_GB: Pick colour for folder

en: Color labels
en_GB: Colour labels

en: Enable coloration of message text
en_GB: Enable colouration of message text

en: Cycle quote colors
en_GB: Cycle quote colours

en: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colors will be reused
en_GB: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colours will be reused

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 1st level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text

en: Enable coloration of text background
en_GB: Enable colouration of text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 1st level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for links
en_GB: Pick colour for links

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for signatures
en_GB: Pick colour for signatures

en: Pick color for Target folder. Target folder is used when the option 'Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages' is turned off
en_GB: Pick colour for Target folder. Target folder is used when the option 'Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages' is turned off

en: Pick color for folders containing new messages
en_GB: Pick colour for folders containing new messages

[ctx: Tooltip]
note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Set label for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

[ctx: Dialog title]
note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 1st level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 1st level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for links
en_GB: Pick colour for links

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for target folder
en_GB: Pick colour for target folder

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for signatures
en_GB: Pick colour for signatures

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for folder
en_GB: Pick colour for folder

en: Empty trash on exit
en_GB: Empty wastebin on exit

en: Ask before emptying trash
en_GB: Ask before emptying wastebin

en: Show receive dialog
en_GB: Show receive dialogue

en: Close receive dialog when finished
en_GB: Close receive dialogue when finished

en: Don't popup error dialog on receive error
en_GB: Don't popup error dialogue on receive error

en: Show send dialog
en_GB: Show send dialogue

en: Pick color for misspelled word
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word

en: Misspelled word color
en_GB: Misspelled word colour:

en: Pick color for misspelled word. Use black to underline
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word. Use black to underline

en: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialog
en_GB: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialogue

en: customized date format (see 'man strftime')
en_GB: customised date format (see 'man strftime')

en: account property: organization
en_GB: account property: organisation

en: No more labeled messages
en_GB: No more labelled messages

en: No labeled message found. Search from the end?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the end?

en: No labeled messages.
en_GB: No labelled messages.

en: No labeled message found. Search from the beginning?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the beginning?

en: Compose Email
en_GB: Compose E-mail

en: Trash Message
en_GB: Move Message to Wastebin

en: Your organization:
en_GB: Your organisation:

en: %1: Wiimotedev module
en_GB: %1: Wiimotedev modul

en: &Center
en_GB: &Centre

en: &Repeat mode
en_GB: Repeat mode

en: &Shuffle mode
en_GB: Shuffle mode

en: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library.  There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.
en_GB: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library. There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.

en: An additional plugin is required to use Spotify in Clementine.  Would you like to download and install it now?
en_GB: An additional plugin is required to use Spotify in Clementine. Would you like to download and install it now?

en: Choose color...
en_GB: Choose colour...

en: Clementine Visualization
en_GB: Clementine Visualisation

en: Close visualization
en_GB: Close visualisation

en: Delay between visualizations
en_GB: Delay between visualisations

en: Edit tracks information...
en_GB: Edit track information...

en: Last.fm Neighbor Radio - %1
en_GB: Last.fm Neighbour Radio - %1

en: Not enough neighbors
en_GB: Not enough neighbours

en: Random visualization
en_GB: Random visualisation

en: Seek forward
en_GB: Seek forwards

en: Select background color:
en_GB: Select background colour:

en: Select foreground color:
en_GB: Select foreground colour:

en: Select visualizations
en_GB: Select visualisations

en: Select visualizations...
en_GB: Select visualisations...

en: Visualization mode
en_GB: Visualisation mode

en: Visualizations
en_GB: Visualisations

en: Visualizations Settings
en_GB: Visualisations Settings

en: Realized
en_GB: Realised

en: Whether the actor has been realized
en_GB: Whether the actor has been realised

en: Scale Center X
en_GB: Scale Centre X

en: Horizontal scale center
en_GB: Horizontal scale centre

en: Scale Center Y
en_GB: Scale Centre Y

en: Vertical scale center
en_GB: Vertical scale centre

en: The center of scaling
en_GB: The centre of scaling

en: Rotation Center X
en_GB: Rotation Centre X

en: The rotation center on the X axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the X axis

en: Rotation Center Y
en_GB: Rotation Centre Y

en: The rotation center on the Y axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Y axis

en: Rotation Center Z
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z

en: The rotation center on the Z axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Z axis

en: Rotation Center Z Gravity
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z Gravity

en: Center point for rotation around the Z axis
en_GB: Centre point for rotation around the Z axis

en: Background Color Set
en_GB: Background Colour Set

en: Whether the background color is set
en_GB: Whether the background colour is set

en: The actor's background color
en_GB: The actor's background colour

en: Unable to initialize the Clutter backend
en_GB: Unable to initialise the Clutter backend

en: Whether the layout should be homogeneous, i.e. all childs get the same size
en_GB: Whether the layout should be homogeneous, i.e. all children get the same size

en: The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture
en_GB: The minimum duration of a long press to recognise the gesture

en: Constraints the panning to an axis
en_GB: Constrains the panning to an axis

en: The translation domain used to localize string
en_GB: The translation domain used to localise string

en: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized
en_GB: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognised

en: The color of the stage
en_GB: The colour of the stage

en: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color
en_GB: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage colour

en: Color of the font used by the text
en_GB: Colour of the font used by the text

en: Cursor Color
en_GB: Cursor Colour

en: Cursor Color Set
en_GB: Cursor Colour Set

en: Whether the cursor color has been set
en_GB: Whether the cursor colour has been set

en: Selection Color
en_GB: Selection Colour

en: Selection Color Set
en_GB: Selection Colour Set

en: Whether the selection color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selection colour has been set

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string
en_GB: The preferred place to ellipsise the string

en: Selected Text Color
en_GB: Selected Text Colour

en: Selected Text Color Set
en_GB: Selected Text Colour Set

en: Whether the selected text color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selected text colour has been set

en: Center of ellipse
en_GB: Centre of ellipse

en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

en: X coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: X coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

en: Y coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Y coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Center Z
en_GB: Centre Z

en: Z coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Z coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: The background color of the box
en_GB: The background colour of the box

en: Color Set
en_GB: Colour Set

en: The color of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the rectangle

en: The color of the border of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the border of the rectangle

en: Visualize
en_GB: Visualise

en: Disable read pixel optimization
en_GB: Disable read pixel optimisation

en: Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles
en_GB: Disable optimisation for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option
en: The locale to use when setting localized text
en_GB: The locale to use when setting localised text

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Initialize any metadata for the profile
en_GB: Initialise any metadata for the profile

note: #-#-#-#-#  89 (colord)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: the profile colorspace, e.g. 'rgb' TRANSLATORS: the device colorspace, e.g. "rgb" #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# The profile colorspace, e.g. RGB #-#-#-#-#  485 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 204
en: Colorspace
en_GB: Colourspace

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the color managed devices
en_GB: Gets all the colour managed devices

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the color managed devices of a specific kind
en_GB: Gets all the colour managed devices of a specific kind

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the available color profiles
en_GB: Gets all the available colour profiles

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the available color sensors
en_GB: Gets all the available colour sensors

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Locks the color sensor
en_GB: Locks the colour sensor

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Get a standard colorspace
en_GB: Get a standard colourspace

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Inhibits color profiles for this device
en_GB: Inhibits colour profiles for this device

en: This is the delay between setting the sample color and asking the measuring instrument to take a sample. It is required because both the graphics driver and the display itself introduce latency.
en_GB: This is the delay between setting the sample colour and asking the measuring instrument to take a sample. It is required because both the graphics driver and the display itself introduce latency.

note: TRANSLATORS: a editing space is a profile you use for editing, 'SWOP' is also a trademark so don't translate that
en: This editing space was designed as SMPTE-240M and encompasses most of the possible colors available on a CMYK color printer. This is a popular choice for editing photographs and for use in printing, as all the SWOP colors can be reproduced.
en_GB: This editing space was designed as SMPTE-240M and encompasses most of the possible colours available on a CMYK colour printer. This is a popular choice for editing photographs and for use in printing, as all the SWOP colours can be reproduced.

note: TRANSLATORS: super-saturated is in reference to colors you can't show on a PC screen
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colors often used in advertisements. It is very similar to DonRGB4, but can show super-saturated red colors sometimes present in Fujichrome Velvia.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colours often used in advertisements. It is very similar to DonRGB4, but can show super-saturated red colours sometimes present in Fujichrome Velvia.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'shadow detail' is the number of black colors you can see
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB. It is less prone to quantisation errors compared to ProPhoto RGB, although more shadow detail is preserved. In most instances ProPhoto RGB is probably a better choice.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB. It is less prone to quantisation errors compared to ProPhoto RGB, although more shadow detail is preserved. In most instances ProPhoto RGB is probably a better choice.

note: TRANSLATORS: the lookup tables in the GPU map one color to another
en: This test profile is used to make all colors on the screen slightly more blue by altering the video card lookup table. This allows the user to check the calibration is being applied correctly.
en_GB: This test profile is used to make all colours on the screen slightly more blue by altering the video card lookup table. This allows the user to check the calibration is being applied correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Adobe Photoshop' is a trademark, don't translate
en: This is an RGB editing space for use with Adobe Photoshop 5.0 and later. It was designed as an output-centric compromise between ColorMatch RGB and Adobe RGB and used to be preferred by some photograph printing services.
en_GB: This is an RGB editing space for use with Adobe Photoshop 5.0 and later. It was designed as an output-centric compromise between ColourMatch RGB and Adobe RGB and used to be preferred by some photograph printing services.

note: TRANSLATORS: theoretical in that the profile primaries are not real colors
en: This theoretical profile is designed for use in color experiments. You probably don't want to use this profile as a editing space or a display profile.
en_GB: This theoretical profile is designed for use in colour experiments. You probably don't want to use this profile as a editing space or a display profile.

en: Crayon Colors
en_GB: Crayon Colours

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Crayola' is a trademark, please don't translate, also 'named colors' are color swatches with a name, e.g. 'Royal Rose'
en: This named color profile contains all the Crayola crayon colors in popular use. It is a test profile designed for testing embedding named colors into documents.
en_GB: This named colour profile contains all the Crayola crayon colours in popular use. It is a test profile designed for testing embedding named colours into documents.

note: TRANSLATORS: saturated means vivid bright colors
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colors often used in advertisements.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colours often used in advertisements.

note: TRANSLATORS: ECI is a trademark, don't translate
en: This profile is recommended by the ECI (European Color Initiative) as a editing space for professional image editing and aims to cover all colors that can be printed on printing presses. This is sometimes used as a color data exchange format between publishers and printing houses.
en_GB: This profile is recommended by the ECI (European Colour Initiative) as a editing space for professional image editing and aims to cover all colours that can be printed on printing presses. This is sometimes used as a colour data exchange format between publishers and printing houses.

note: TRANSLATORS: negatives refers to the film on which a negative image is stored
en: This profile was designed for storing archives of scanned transparency film. It is suitable for storing images from color negatives, although nowadays ProPhoto RGB is a more popular profile for archival.
en_GB: This profile was designed for storing archives of scanned transparency film. It is suitable for storing images from colour negatives, although nowadays ProPhoto RGB is a more popular profile for archival.

note: TRANSLATORS: A little joke: Color Geeks say that NTSC stands for 'Never The Same Color' as it's really a poor choice compared to sRGB
en: This profile defines the range of colors used with the NTSC video standard. It is an obsolete standard that has been replaced by SMTE-C. You should only use this profile to decode archived video.
en_GB: This profile defines the range of colours used with the NTSC video standard. It is an obsolete standard that has been replaced by SMTE-C. You should only use this profile to decode archived video.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please don't translate PAL or SECAM
en: This profile defines the range of colors used with the PAL and SECAM video standards and is very similar to sRGB. You should only use this profile to encode or decode video.
en_GB: This profile defines the range of colours used with the PAL and SECAM video standards and is very similar to sRGB. You should only use this profile to encode or decode video.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please don't translate 'RGB' or 'RAW'
en: Originally designed by Eastman Kodak and called ROMM RGB, this profile can display a very large range of colors and is used by many photographers for rendering, editing and archiving RAW images. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see color banding when editing images.
en_GB: Originally designed by Eastman Kodak and called ROMM RGB, this profile can display a very large range of colours and is used by many photographers for rendering, editing and archiving RAW images. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see colour banding when editing images.

note: TRANSLATORS: ITU-R is a standards body
en: ITU-R recommendation BT.709 is a high-definition television standard that was first approved in 1990. The Rec. 709 profile uses the same range of colors as sRGB although the luminance curve is different.
en_GB: ITU-R recommendation BT.709 is a high-definition television standard that was first approved in 1990. The Rec. 709 profile uses the same range of colours as sRGB although the luminance curve is different.

en: SNAP TR002 Newsprint
en_GB: NAP TR002 Newsprint

note: TRANSLATORS: Trinitron is a trademark, 'untagged' means an image with an unspecified color profile
en: This general purpose profile was designed by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft and lives on as the default profile on the Internet for untagged RGB colors and used in HDTV. Most uncalibrated displays are able to display most of the colors available in sRGB, although this profile is sometimes a poor choice for printing.
en_GB: This general purpose profile was designed by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft and lives on as the default profile on the Internet for untagged RGB colours and used in HDTV. Most uncalibrated displays are able to display most of the colours available in sRGB, although this profile is sometimes a poor choice for printing.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Adobe Systems' is a trademark, don't translate that
en: This editing space was designed by Adobe Systems to capture many more colors than Adobe RGB. This profile is used to print to devices such as film recorders and can define many colors that cannot be displayed on a computer screen. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see color banding when editing images.
en_GB: This editing space was designed by Adobe Systems to capture many more colours than Adobe RGB. This profile is used to print to devices such as film recorders and can define many colours that cannot be displayed on a computer screen. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see colour banding when editing images.

en: X11 Colors
en_GB: X11 Colours

note: TRANSLATORS: A 'named color profile' contains a list of color swatches that look the same on all computer screens
en: This named color profile contains all the colors defined by X11, assuming the source colors were supposed to be sRGB.
en_GB: This named colour profile contains all the colours defined by X11, assuming the source colours were supposed to be sRGB.

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to add devices
en: Create a color managed device
en_GB: Create a colour managed device

en: Authentication is required to create a color managed device
en_GB: Authentication is required to create a colour managed device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to add profiles
en: Create a color profile
en_GB: Create a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to create a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to create a colour profile

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to delete devices
en: Remove a color managed device
en_GB: Remove a colour managed device

en: Authentication is required to remove a color managed device
en_GB: Authentication is required to remove a colour managed device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to delete profiles
en: Remove a color profile
en_GB: Remove a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to remove a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to remove a colour profile

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to modify devices
en: Modify color settings for a device
en_GB: Modify colour settings for a device

en: Authentication is required to modify the color settings for a device
en_GB: Authentication is required to modify the colour settings for a device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to modify profiles
en: Modify a color profile
en_GB: Modify a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to modify a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to modify a colour profile

note: #-#-#-#-#  89 (colord)  #-#-#-#-# SECURITY: - Normal users require admin authentication to install files system wide to apply color profiles for sessions that have not explicitly chosen profiles to apply. - This should not be set to 'yes' as unprivileged users could then set a profile set to all-whi
en: Install system color profiles
en_GB: Install system colour profiles

en: Authentication is required to install the color profile for all users
en_GB: Authentication is required to install the colour profile for all users

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to profile devices.
en: Inhibit color profile selection
en_GB: Inhibit colour profile selection

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to use the colorimeter device.
en: Use color sensor
en_GB: Use colour sensor

en: Authentication is required to use the color sensor
en_GB: Authentication is required to use the colour sensor

en: Color Management D-Bus Service
en_GB: Colour Management D-Bus Service

en: Select the screen to use when generating the color calibration matrix.
en_GB: Select the screen to use when generating the colour calibration matrix.

en: Flash new firmware to the device
en_GB: Refresh the list of matrices from the device

en: Color Match
en_GB: Colour Match

note: TRANSLATORS: internal error when setting up HTTP request
en: Failed to setup message
en_GB: Failed to set up message

note: TRANSLATORS: internal error when setting up HTTP
en: Failed to setup networking
en_GB: Failed to set up networking

note: TRANSLATORS: the user has to be online to get firmware
en: Connect to the internet to check for updates
en_GB: Connect to the Internet to check for updates

note: TRANSLATORS: we can only set the flash success * flag when the *new* firmware is running
en: Failed to set the flash success true
en_GB: Failed to set the flash success to true

note: TRANSLATORS: the device failed to boot up with the * new firmware
en: Failed to startup the ColorHug
en_GB: Failed to start up the ColorHug

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets the sensor color filter
en_GB: Gets the sensor colour filter

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Sets the sensor color filter
en_GB: Sets the sensor colour filter

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Takes all color readings (to device RGB)
en_GB: Takes all colour readings (to device RGB)

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Takes all color readings (to XYZ)
en_GB: Takes all colour readings (to XYZ)

en: unrecognized format specifier
en_GB: unrecognised format specifier

en: typedef `%s' is initialized
en_GB: typedef `%s' is initialised

en: function `%s' is initialized like a variable
en_GB: function `%s' is initialised like a variable

note: DECL_INITIAL in a PARM_DECL is really DECL_ARG_TYPE.
en: parameter `%s' is initialized
en_GB: parameter `%s' is initialised

en: variable-sized object may not be initialized
en_GB: variable-sized object may not be initialised

en: variable `%s' has initializer but incomplete type
en_GB: variable `%s' has initialiser but incomplete type

en: `%s' has both `extern' and initializer
en_GB: `%s' has both `extern' and initialiser

en: stray '\' in program
en_GB: stray '\' in programme

en: initializer for static variable is not constant
en_GB: initialiser for static variable is not constant

en: initializer for static variable uses complicated arithmetic
en_GB: initialiser for static variable uses complicated arithmetic

en: (near initialization for `%s')
en_GB: (near initialisation for `%s')

en: char-array initialized from wide string
en_GB: char-array initialised from wide string

en: int-array initialized from non-wide string
en_GB: int-array initialised from non-wide string

en: initializer-string for array of chars is too long
en_GB: initialiser-string for array of chars is too long

en: array initialized from non-constant array expression
en_GB: array initialised from non-constant array expression

en: initializer element is not constant
en_GB: initialiser element is not constant

en: initializer element is not computable at load time
en_GB: initialiser element is not computable at load time

en: initialization
en_GB: initialisation

en: invalid initializer
en_GB: invalid initialiser

en: extra brace group at end of initializer
en_GB: extra brace group at end of initialiser

en: missing braces around initializer
en_GB: missing braces around initialiser

en: braces around scalar initializer
en_GB: braces around scalar initialiser

en: empty braces in initializer
en_GB: empty braces in initialiser

en: empty scalar initializer
en_GB: empty scalar initialiser

en: extra elements in scalar initializer
en_GB: extra elements in scalar initialiser

en: nonconstant array index in initializer
en_GB: nonconstant array index in initialiser

en: array index in non-array initializer
en_GB: array index in non-array initialiser

en: duplicate array index in initializer
en_GB: duplicate array index in initialiser

en: empty index range in initializer
en_GB: empty index range in initialiser

en: unknown field `%s' specified in initializer
en_GB: unknown field `%s' specified in initialiser

en: field `%s' already initialized
en_GB: field `%s' already initialised

en: duplicate initializer
en_GB: duplicate initialiser

en: excess elements in struct initializer
en_GB: excess elements in struct initialiser

en: excess elements in union initializer
en_GB: excess elements in union initialiser

en: excess elements in array initializer
en_GB: excess elements in array initialiser

en: excess elements in scalar initializer
en_GB: excess elements in scalar initialiser

en: language string `"%s"' not recognized
en_GB: language string `"%s"' not recognised

en: assignment (not initialization) in declaration
en_GB: assignment (not initialisation) in declaration

en: can't initialize friend function `%s'
en_GB: can't initialise friend function `%s'

en: typedef declaration includes an initializer
en_GB: typedef declaration includes an initialiser

en: Unrecognized option `%s'
en_GB: unrecognised option `%s'

en: initializer invalid for static member with constructor
en_GB: initialiser invalid for static member with constructor

en: (you really want to initialize it separately)
en_GB: (you really want to initialise it separately)

en: field initializer is not constant
en_GB: field initialiser is not constant

en: base class initializer specified, but no base class to initialize
en_GB: base class initialiser specified, but no base class to initialise

en: initializer for unnamed base class ambiguous
en_GB: initialiser for unnamed base class ambiguous

en: no base class to initialize
en_GB: no base class to initialise

note: Handle bad initializers like: class COMPLEX { public: double re, im; COMPLEX(double r = 0.0, double i = 0.0) {re = r; im = i;}; ~COMPLEX() {}; }; int main(int argc, char **argv) { COMPLEX zees(1.0, 0.0)[10]; }
en: bad array initializer
en_GB: bad array initialiser

en: initializer ends prematurely
en_GB: initialiser ends prematurely

en: no base initializers given following ':'
en_GB: no base initialisers given following ':'

en: base initializers not allowed for non-member functions
en_GB: base initialisers not allowed for non-member functions

en: only constructors take base initializers
en_GB: only constructors take base initialisers

en: cannot initialize arrays using this syntax
en_GB: cannot initialise arrays using this syntax

en: initializer for scalar variable requires one element
en_GB: initialiser for scalar variable requires one element

en: non-empty initializer for array of empty elements
en_GB: non-empty initialiser for array of empty elements

en: index value instead of field name in union initializer
en_GB: index value instead of field name in union initialiser

en: Internal compiler error: program %s got fatal signal %d
en_GB: Internal compiler error: programme %s got fatal signal %d

en: unrecognized option `-%s'
en_GB: unrecognised option `-%s'

en: language %s not recognized
en_GB: language %s not recognised

en: invalid initializer for bit string
en_GB: invalid initialiser for bit string

en: initializer for integer value is too complicated
en_GB: initialiser for integer value is too complicated

en: initializer for floating value is not a floating constant
en_GB: initialiser for floating value is not a floating constant

en: very dark gray
en_GB: very dark grey

note: #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is the colorspace type
en: gray
en_GB: grey

en: Choose Custom Color
en_GB: Choose Custom Colour

en: _HTML File...
en_GB: _HTML File…

en: Te_xt File...
en_GB: Te_xt File…

en: Re_place...
en_GB: Re_place…

en: Check _Spelling...
en_GB: Check _Spelling…

en: _Test URL...
en_GB: _Test URL…

note: #-#-#-#-#  1114 (Pioneers 14.1)  #-#-#-#-# Menu entry
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

en: Center Alignment
en_GB: Centre Alignment

note: Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text
en: _Rule...
en_GB: _Rule…

en: _Cell...
en_GB: _Cell…

en: Pa_ge...
en_GB: Pa_ge…

en: Cell...
en_GB: Cell…

en: Image...
en_GB: Image…

en: Page...
en_GB: Page…

en: Paragraph...
en_GB: Paragraph…

note: Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text
en: Rule...
en_GB: Rule…

en: Table...
en_GB: Table…

en: Text...
en_GB: Text…

en: Ignore Misspelled Word
en_GB: Ignore Misspelt Word

en: Alignment & Behavior
en_GB: Alignment & Behaviour

en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

en: Current color
en_GB: Current colour

en: Color palette
en_GB: Colour palette

en: The current color
en_GB: The current colour

en: Visited Link Color
en_GB: Visited Link Colour

en: <b>Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>

en: Could not initialize Bonobo!
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo!

en: Maximize Horizontally
en_GB: Maximise Horizontally

en: Maximize Vertically
en_GB: Maximise Vertically

en: Maximize Window
en_GB: Maximise Window

en: Minimize Window
en_GB: Minimise Window

en: Drop shadow color
en_GB: Drop shadow colour

en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

en: Minimize Effect
en_GB: Minimise Effect

en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

en: Minimized
en_GB: Minimised

en: Color of an inactive window's depth
en_GB: Colour of an inactive window's depth

en: Color of the active window's depth
en_GB: Colour of the active window's depth

en: Window Color (Active)
en_GB: Window Colour (Active)

en: Window Color (Inactive)
en_GB: Window Colour (Inactive)

en: Beam Color
en_GB: Beam Colour

en: Beam color.
en_GB: Beam colour.

en: Fire Particle Color
en_GB: Fire Particle Colour

en: Fire particle color.
en_GB: Fire particle colour.

en: Fly to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Fly to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Have random colors for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.
en_GB: Have random colours for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.

en: Randomly Colored Fire
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Fire

en: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimized with Airplane effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimised with Airplane effect.

en: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimize effect.
en_GB: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimise effect.

en: Minimize Animation
en_GB: Minimise Animation

en: Minimize/Unminimize Only
en_GB: Minimise/Restore Only

en: The animation effect shown when minimizing a window.
en_GB: The animation effect shown when minimising a window.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Curved Fold effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Curved Fold effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Dream effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Dream effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 1 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 1 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 2 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 2 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Horizontal Folds effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Horizontal Folds effect.

en: Zoom from Center
en_GB: Zoom from Centre

en: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Color filter
en_GB: Colour filter

en: Filter colors for accessibility purposes
en_GB: Filter colours for accessibility purposes

en: Color of bottom face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of bottom face of the cube

en: Color of the ground (far).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (far).

en: Color of the ground (near).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (near).

en: Color of top face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of top face of the cube

en: Cube Bottom Color
en_GB: Cube Bottom Colour

en: Cube Top Color
en_GB: Cube Top Colour

en: Ground color(far)
en_GB: Ground colour (far)

en: Ground color(near)
en_GB: Ground colour(near)

en: Background color for the window title
en_GB: Background colour for the window title

en: Font color for the window title
en_GB: Font colour for the window title

en: Drag&amp;drop
en_GB: Drag &amp; drop

en: Always keep the zoomed area in sync with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.
en_GB: Always keep the zoomed area synchronised with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.

en: Center the mouse
en_GB: Centre the mouse

en: Only attempt to center newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.
en_GB: Only attempt to centre newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.

en: Sync Mouse
en_GB: Synchronise Mouse

en: Alter window opacity based on color.
en_GB: Alter window opacity based on colour.

en: Color Opacity
en_GB: Colour Opacity

en: Move window to the center
en_GB: Move window to the centre

en: Put Center
en_GB: Put Centre

en: Border color of the tab bar
en_GB: Border colour of the tab bar

en: Fill color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Fill colour of the selection rectangle

en: Fill color of the tab bar
en_GB: Fill colour of the tab bar

en: Glow Color Change
en_GB: Glow Colour Change

en: If one window in the group is (un)maximized, all other group windows are (un)maximized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)maximised, all other group windows are (un)maximised as well.

en: If one window in the group is (un)minimized, all other group windows are (un)minimized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)minimised, all other group windows are (un)minimised as well.

en: If you don't like the current glow color, you can change it with this key.
en_GB: If you don't like the current glow colour, you can change it with this key.

en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

en: Line color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Line colour of the selection rectangle

en: Maximize/unmaximize with group
en_GB: Maximise/restore with group

en: Minimize with group
en_GB: Minimise with group

en: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognized).
en_GB: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognised).

en: Spring Konstant used for slot dragging
en_GB: Spring constant used for slot dragging

en: Tab Base Color
en_GB: Tab Base Colour

en: Tab Border Color
en_GB: Tab Border Colour

en: Tab Highlight Color
en_GB: Tab Highlight Colour

en: The color of the window title in the tab bar
en_GB: The colour of the window title in the tab bar

en: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering the title bar
en_GB: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering over the title bar

en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

en: Border widtht.
en_GB: Border width.

en: Maximumize
en_GB: Resize to Available Screenspace

en: Maximumizes windows (resize them to fit the available screenspace).
en_GB: Resize windows to fit the available screenspace.

en: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the resized window.

en: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for resizing the window.

en: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspae as possible.
en_GB: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspace as possible.

en: Assign mousegestures to any existing action
en_GB: Assign mouse gestures to any existing action

en: Mousegestures
en_GB: Mouse Gestures

en: How often to poll the mouse position, in miliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.
en_GB: How often to poll the mouse position, in milliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.

en: Updates the mouse pointer position from the xserver
en_GB: Updates the mouse pointer position from the X server

en: Neg Windows
en_GB: Negative Windows

en: Toggle active window negative
en_GB: Toggle window negative

en: Put pointer uses the center of the window
en_GB: Put pointer uses the centre of the window

en: Window Center
en_GB: Window Centre

en: Color 1 of the gradient background.
en_GB: First colour of the gradient background.

en: Color 2 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Second colour of the gradient background.

en: Color 3 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Third colour of the gradient background.

en: Color of text on resize popup.
en_GB: Colour of text on resize popup.

en: Gradient Color 1
en_GB: Gradient Colour 1

en: Gradient Color 2
en_GB: Gradient Colour 2

en: Gradient Color 3
en_GB: Gradient Colour 3

en: Text color.
en_GB: Text colour.

en: Centered on screen
en_GB: Centred on screen

en: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the less bright are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the less bright are they.

en: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the smaller are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the smaller are they.

en: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of anti-clockwise

en: Show Minimized
en_GB: Show Minimised

en: Show windows that are minimized, shaded or in show desktop mode.
en_GB: Show windows that are minimised, shaded or in show desktop mode.

en: Background color of the window title
en_GB: Background colour of the window title

en: Color used for highlighting the hovered window
en_GB: Colour used for highlighting the hovered window

en: Font color of the window title
en_GB: Font colour of the window title

en: Highlights the hovered window with the given color
en_GB: Highlights the hovered window with the given colour

en: Hide all non Desktop windows during switching
en_GB: Hide all non-Desktop windows during switching

en: Hide non Desktop windows
en_GB: Hide non-Desktop windows

en: Maximum click duration in miliseconds.
en_GB: Maximum click duration in milliseconds.

en: Have random colors for the particles
en_GB: Have random colours for the particles

en: Particle Color
en_GB: Particle Colour

en: Particle color.
en_GB: Particle colour.

en: Randomly Colored Particles
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Particles

en: Use this bindings to avoid snapping.
en_GB: Use these bindings to avoid snapping.

en: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, color gradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, colour gradients are used.

en: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Color.
en_GB: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Colour.

en: Thumbnail Border Glow Color
en_GB: Thumbnail Border Glow Colour

en: Window title Font Color.
en_GB: Window title Font Colour.

en: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that the occupy whole screen and are in a grid.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that they occupy the whole screen and are in a grid.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, same width and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, the same width and occupy the whole screen.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, same height and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, the same height and occupy the whole screen.

en: Occupancy percentage for window placed left. This number is percentage of screen width, which the active window will have it as width when tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.
en_GB: Occupancy percentage for the left placed window. This number is the percentage of the screen width that the active window will have when it is tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.

en: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when you resize a window surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.
en_GB: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when a window is resized, the surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.

en: Arrow Colors
en_GB: Arrow Colours

en: First color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: How should a multimonitor configuration be handled
en_GB: How should a multi-monitor configuration be handled

en: Multimonitor behavior
en_GB: Multi-monitor behavior

en: Outline color of the switcher window.
en_GB: Outline colour of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: Third color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Third colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: Center Tiled
en_GB: Centre Tiled

en: Fill or first gradient color.
en_GB: Fill or first gradient colour.

en: Second gradient color.
en_GB: Second gradient colour.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/match-window.jl
en: Maximized
en_GB: Maximised

en: Non closable windows
en_GB: Non-closable windows

en: Non maximizable windows
en_GB: Non-maximisable windows

en: Non minimizable windows
en_GB: Non-minimisable windows

en: Non movable windows
en_GB: Non-movable windows

en: Non resizable windows
en_GB: Non-resizable windows

en: Set window as non closable
en_GB: Set window as non-closable

en: Set window as non maximizable
en_GB: Set window as non-maximisable

en: Set window as non minimizable
en_GB: Set window as non-minimisable

en: Set window as non movable
en_GB: Set window as non-movable

en: Set window as non resizable
en_GB: Set window as non-resizable

en: Conduit Synchronizer
en_GB: Conduit Synchroniser

en: Synchronization for GNOME
en_GB: Synchronisation for GNOME

en: <b>Default Synchronization Options</b>
en_GB: <b>Default Synchronisation Options</b>

en: Cancel Synchronization
en_GB: Cancel Synchronisation

en: Cancel currently-synchronizing groups
en_GB: Cancel currently-synchronising groups

en: Configure the synchronization settings for this item
en_GB: Configure the synchronisation settings for this item

en: Minimize to notification area
en_GB: Minimise to notification area

en: Slow Synchronization
en_GB: Slow Synchronisation

en: Synchronization Options
en_GB: Synchronisation Options

en: Synchronize All
en_GB: Synchronise All

en: Synchronize Group
en_GB: Synchronise Group

en: Synchronize group
en_GB: Synchronise group

en: Synchronizes all groups
en_GB: Synchronises all groups

en: Two-Way Synchronization
en_GB: Two-Way Synchronisation

en: When an item is deleted...
en_GB: When an item is deleted…

en: When there is a conflict...
en_GB: When there is a conflict…

en: What Do You Want to Synchronize?
en_GB: What Do You Want to Synchronise?

en: Synchronization Group Created
en_GB: Synchronisation Group Created

en: Add Another Data Provider to the Group to Synchronize it
en_GB: Add Another Data Provider to the Group to Synchronise it

en: You Are Now Ready to Synchronize
en_GB: You Are Now Ready to Synchronise

en: Right Click on Group for Options
en_GB: Right-Click on Group for Options

note: source,sinc                            #comment twoway
en: Synchronize Two Folders
en_GB: Synchronise Two Folders

en: Backup Folder to Box.net
en_GB: Back up Folder to Box.net

en: Synchronize Tagged F-Spot Photos to Flickr
en_GB: Synchronise Tagged F-Spot Photos to Flickr

en: Conduit is a synchronization application.
en_GB: Conduit is a synchronisation application.

en: New data to sync
en_GB: New data to syncronise

en: Refreshing...
en_GB: Refreshing…

en: Synchronizing...
en_GB: Synchronising…

en: Synchronized OK
en_GB: Synchronised OK

en: Error Synchronizing
en_GB: Error Synchronising

en: Synchronization Skipped
en_GB: Synchronisation Skipped

en: Synchronization Cancelled
en_GB: Synchronisation Cancelled

en: Synchronization Conflict
en_GB: Synchronisation Conflict

en: 800x600
en_GB: 800×600

en: 1024x768
en_GB: 1024×768

en: Synchronization in progress. Do you want to cancel it?
en_GB: Synchronisation in progress. Do you want to cancel it?

en: _Synchronize All
en_GB: _Synchronise All

en: Synchronizes All Groups
en_GB: Synchronises All Groups

en: _Cancel Synchronization
en_GB: _Cancel Synchronisation

en: Cancels Currently Synchronizing Groups
en_GB: Cancels Currently-Synchronising Groups

en: Synchronization Error
en_GB: Synchronisation Error

en: Synchronization Complete
en_GB: Synchronisation Complete

en: Synchronizing
en_GB: Synchronising

en: Synchronize your Banshee playlists
en_GB: Synchronise your Banshee playlists

en: Synchronize your Box.net files
en_GB: Synchronise your Box.net files

en: Synchronize your contacts
en_GB: Synchronise your contacts

en: Synchronize your calendar
en_GB: Synchronise your calendar

en: Synchronize your tasks
en_GB: Synchronise your tasks

en: Synchronize your memos
en_GB: Synchronise your memos

en: Synchronize your Facebook photos
en_GB: Synchronise your Facebook photos

en: Loading album list...
en_GB: Loading album list…

en: Failed to login
en_GB: Failed to log in

en: Synchronize data from RSS enclosures
en_GB: Synchronise data from RSS enclosures

en: Randomize enclosures
en_GB: Randomise enclosures

en: Include file...
en_GB: Include file…

en: Include folder...
en_GB: Include folder…

en: Source for synchronizing multiple files
en_GB: Source for synchronising multiple files

en: Synchronize folders
en_GB: Synchronise folders

en: Syncronize your Firefox 3 Bookmarks
en_GB: Syncronise your Firefox 3 Bookmarks

en: Synchronize your Flickr.com photos
en_GB: Synchronise your Flickr.com photos

en: Failed to login.
en_GB: Failed to log in.

en: Logging in, please wait...
en_GB: Logging in, please wait…

en: Synchronize your F-Spot photos
en_GB: Synchronise your F-Spot photos

en: Synchronize your application settings
en_GB: Synchronise your application settings

en: Gnome Terminal
en_GB: GNOME Terminal

en: Applications to Synchronize
en_GB: Applications to Synchronise

en: Sync your Google Bookmarks
en_GB: Syncronise your Google Bookmarks

en: Synchronize your Google Calendar
en_GB: Synchronise your Google Calendar

en: Synchronize your Google Picasa photos
en_GB: Synchronise your Google Picasa photos

en: Synchronize your Google Mail contacts
en_GB: Synchronise your Google Mail contacts

en: Synchronize your Google Documents
en_GB: Synchronise your Google Documents

en: Synchronize data from YouTube
en_GB: Synchronise data from YouTube

en: Synchronize your iPod notes
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod notes

en: Synchronize your iPod contacts
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod contacts

en: Synchronize your iPod calendar
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod calendar

en: Synchronize your iPod photos
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod photos

en: Synchronize your iPod music
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod music

en: Synchronize your iPod videos
en_GB: Synchronise your iPod videos

en: Synchronizes files/folders to a N800 device
en_GB: Synchronises files/folders to a N800 device

en: Synchronizes music to a N800 device
en_GB: Synchronises music to a N800 device

en: Synchronizes video to a N800 device
en_GB: Synchronises video to a N800 device

en: Synchronizes photos to an N800 device
en_GB: Synchronises photos to an N800 device

en: Sync your Nautilus Bookmarks
en_GB: Syncronise your Nautilus Bookmarks

en: Sync bookmarks to local places/files
en_GB: Syncronise bookmarks to local places/files

en: Sync bookmarks to remote places/files
en_GB: Syncronise bookmarks to remote places/files

en: Enable synchronization via network
en_GB: Enable synchronisation via network

en: Synchronize songs from your Rhythmbox playlists
en_GB: Synchronise songs from your Rhythmbox playlists

en: Synchronize your Shutterfly photos
en_GB: Synchronise your Shutterfly photos

en: Synchronize your SmugMug.com photos
en_GB: Synchronise your SmugMug.com photos

en: Synchronize your Zoto photos
en_GB: Synchronise your Zoto photos

en: <small>What is the scope of the text? You can use this page to specify the relevancy of the text to different  types of computer system.</small>
en_GB: <small>What is the scope of the text? You can use this page to specify the relevancy of the text to different types of computer system.</small>

en: string_selection_dialog
en_GB: string_selection_dialogue

en: Try loading a file from a different location.  If you think that you ought to be able to read this file, contact your system administrator.
en_GB: Try loading a file from a different location.  If you think that you should to be able to read this file, contact your system administrator.

en: Try saving the file to a different location, or making more space by moving unwanted files from that device to the trash.
en_GB: Try saving the file to a different location, or making more space by moving unwanted files from that device to the wastebasket.

en: This dialog was generated by the automated testing routine
en_GB: This dialogue was generated by the automated testing routine

note: Generate a user-visible name for this plugin property dialog (property dialog for an XML element)
en: <%s> property dialog
en_GB: <%s> property dialogue

note: Generate a user-visible description for this plugin (property dialog for an XML element)
en: Provides a Properties dialog for the <%s> element
en_GB: Provides a Properties dialogue for the <%s> element

en: Since Conglomerate could not read the stylesheet it is possible that your XML catalog file is set up incorrectly. See http://www.xmlsoft.org/catalog.html for more information on catalogs.
en_GB: Since Conglomerate could not read the stylesheet it is possible that your XML catalogue file is set up incorrectly. See http://www.xmlsoft.org/catalog.html for more information on catalogues.

en: Ensure that Norman Walsh's DocBook XSL stylesheets, available at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/, are installed and are added to your XML catalog file (see http://www.xmlsoft.org/catalog.html for more information on catalogs).
en_GB: Ensure that Norman Walsh's DocBook XSL stylesheets, available at http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/, are installed and are added to your XML catalogue file (see http://www.xmlsoft.org/catalog.html for more information on catalogues).

en: Generic DocBook property dialog
en_GB: Generic DocBook property dialogue

en: Provides a Properties dialog for most DocBook nodes
en_GB: Provides a Properties dialogue for most DocBook nodes

en: Writes the current display spec into a display spec xml file. This file can then be customized by the conglomerate user
en_GB: Writes the current display spec into a display spec xml file. This file can then be customised by the conglomerate user

[ctx: background, style]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

note: TRANSLATORS: The user has to attach the sensor to the screen
en: Place your calibration device over the square and press 'Start'
en_GB: Place your calibration device over the square and press ‘Start’

note: TRANSLATORS: Some calibration devices need the user to move a * dial or switch manually. We also show a picture showing them * what to do...
en: Move your calibration device to the calibrate position and press 'Continue'
en_GB: Move your calibration device to the calibrate position and press ‘Continue’

note: TRANSLATORS: Some calibration devices need the user to move a * dial or switch manually. We also show a picture showing them * what to do...
en: Move your calibration device to the surface position and press 'Continue'
en_GB: Move your calibration device to the surface position and press ‘Continue’

en: Enable color management for %s
en_GB: Enable colour management for %s

en: Show color profiles for %s
en_GB: Show colour profiles for %s

[ctx: Colorspace fallback]
note: TRANSLATORS: this default gray space is used for printers that * do not have additional printer profiles specified in the PPD
en: Default Gray
en_GB: Default Grey

en: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to color manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the color profile.
en_GB: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to colour manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the colour profile.

en: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Color management will be most accurate at this brightness level.
en_GB: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Colour management will be most accurate at this brightness level.

en: You can use a color profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.
en_GB: You can use a colour profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.

en: Requires writable media
en_GB: Requires writeable media

en: Unable to detect any devices that can be color managed
en_GB: Unable to detect any devices that can be colour managed

en: Calibrate the color of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers
en_GB: Calibrate the colour of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers

note: Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel
en: Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;
en_GB: Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;

note: Translator: this is the separator between hours and minutes, like in HH∶MM
en: ∶
en_GB: :

en: AM / PM
en_GB: AM/PM

en: Don't use the display
en_GB: Don’t use the display

note: #-#-#-#-#  319 (gnome-packagekit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: The group type
en: Virtualization
en_GB: Virtualisation

note: Translators: those are keywords for the mouse and touchpad control-center panel
en: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;
en_GB: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;Touchpad;

en: Export VPN connection...
en_GB: Export VPN connection…

en: Choose a PAC file...
en_GB: Choose a PAC file…

en: Don't _warn me again
en_GB: Don’t _warn me again

en: Tunneled TLS
en_GB: Tunnelled TLS

en: Loading drivers database...
en_GB: Loading drivers database…

[ctx: print job]
note: Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled)
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

[ctx: Printer Option Group]
note: Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: Translators: The CUPS server is not running (we can not connect to it).
en: Sorry! The system printing service
    doesn't seem to be available.
en_GB: Sorry! The system printing service
    doesn’t seem to be available.

en: Purge Trash & Temporary Files
en_GB: Purge Wastebasket & Temporary Files

en: Automatically purge the Trash and temporary files to help keep your computer free of unnecessary sensitive information.
en_GB: Automatically purge the Wastebasket and temporary files to help keep your computer free of unnecessary sensitive information.

en: Automatically empty _Trash
en_GB: Automatically empty _Wastebasket

en: Input methods can't be used on the login screen
en_GB: Input methods can’t be used on the login screen

[ctx: universal access, contrast]
note: The contrast scale goes from Color to None (grayscale)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Allow user to set a password when they next login
en_GB: Allow user to set a password when they next log in

en: _Verify New Password
en_GB: _Verify New password

[ctx: Password hint]
en: A password without your user name would be stronger.
en_GB: A password without your username would be stronger.

en: That login name didn't work.
    Please try again.
en_GB: That login name didn’t work.
    Please try again.

en: That login password didn't work.
    Please try again.
en_GB: That login password didn’t work.
    Please try again.

[ctx: login history week label]
note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog.
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

[ctx: login history week label]
note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog.
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

[ctx: login history week label]
note: Translators: This indicates a week label on a login history. The first %s is the first day of a week, and the second %s the last day.
en: %s - %s
en_GB: %s–%s

en: Do you want to keep %s's files?
en_GB: Do you want to keep %s’s files?

en: The username should only consist of lower and upper case letters from a-z, digits and any of characters '.', '-' and '_'
en_GB: The username should only consist of lower- and uppercase letters from a–z, digits and any of the characters ‘.’, ‘-’ and ‘_’.

note: #-#-#-#-#  101 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24". #-#-#-#-#  1116 (planner HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: this string is the date nr and month name, displayed * e.g. in the date cells in the task tree. See * libmrproject/docs/DateFormat.
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013".
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

en: To edit a shortcut, choose the "Send Keystroke" action, press the keyboard shortcut button and hold down the new keys or press Backspace to clear.
en_GB: To edit a shortcut, choose the ‘Send Keystroke’ action, press the keyboard shortcut button and hold down the new keys or press Backspace to clear.

en: Mis-click detected, restarting...
en_GB: Mis-click detected, restarting…

en: Swap colors
en_GB: Swap colours

en: Dialog is unlocked.
    Click to prevent further changes
en_GB: Dialogue is unlocked.
    Click to prevent further changes

en: Dialog is locked.
    Click to make changes
en_GB: Dialogue is locked.
    Click to make changes

en: Audio _Feedback...
en_GB: Audio _Feedback…

en: Your finger was not centered, try swiping your finger again
en_GB: Your finger was not centred, try swiping your finger again

en: Disable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Disable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Enable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Enable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialogue

en: The task name to be displayed in the control-center followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.
en_GB: The task name to be displayed in the control-centre followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.

en: if true, the control-center will close when a "Common Task" is activated.
en_GB: if true, the control-centre will close when a "Common Task" is activated.

[ctx: Sound event]
en: Window maximized
en_GB: Window maximised

[ctx: Sound event]
en: Window unmaximized
en_GB: Window unmaximised

en: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same license as GNU/Linux, the GPL.
en_GB: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same licence as GNU/Linux, the GPL.

en: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialog box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.
en_GB: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialogue box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.

en: Personalizing Dasher
en_GB: Personalising Dasher

en: Personalizing the language model
en_GB: Personalising the language model

en: Personalizing the alphabet
en_GB: Personalising the alphabet

en: Personalizing the colour scheme
en_GB: Personalising the colour scheme

en: <b>Starting And Stopping</b>
en_GB: <b>Starting and Stopping</b>

en: <b>Color Scheme</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour Scheme</b>

en: Unable to initialize speech support
en_GB: Unable to initialise speech support

en: Unable to initialize voices
en_GB: Unable to initialise voices

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

en: A flag to enable maximized mode
en_GB: A flag to enable maximised mode

en: When a module may be configured, a specific icon is displayed on the right of the corresponding line. To configure a module, simply select it and then click on the "Preferences" button on the bottom of the dialog box. Note that configuring a module is only possible when it is enabled.
en_GB: When a module may be configured, a specific icon is displayed on the right of the corresponding line. To configure a module, simply select it and then click on the Preferences button on the bottom of the dialog box. Note that configuring a module is only possible when it is enabled.

en: This module displays a small popup window on your desktop when a new track starts.
en_GB: This module displays a small pop-up window on your desktop when a new track starts.

en: Customizing the Notification
en_GB: Customising the Notification

en: You can change the title and the body of the notification to any text you want. Before displaying the popup window, fields of the form {field} are replaced by their corresponding value. Available fields are:
en_GB: You can change the title and the body of the notification to any text you want. Before displaying the pop-up window, fields of the form {field} are replaced by their corresponding value. Available fields are:

en: Show a "skip track" button
en_GB: Show a Skip Track button

note: (itstool) path: license/p
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.
en_GB: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customising settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customisations you make now may get overridden when you restore.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: When Everything Goes Wrong
en_GB: What to do if you can't restore your files.

en: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: Backing Up…
en_GB: Backing Up...

en: Not all files were successfully backed up.  See dialog for more details.
en_GB: Not all files were successfully backed up. See the dialogue for more details.

en: Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog.
en_GB: Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialogue.

en: Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog.
en_GB: Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialogue.

en: Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole measure rest.
en_GB: Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole bar rest.

en: Change Properties
en_GB: Change properties

en: Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog
en_GB: Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialogue

en: Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog
en_GB: Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialogue

en: Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window
en_GB: Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialogue window

en: Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure
en_GB: Opens a dialogue for going to a numbered measure

en: This dialog allows you to set shortcuts for commands. As there are so many commands it is best to launch the dialog from the command that you wish to change.
    (Do this by right clicking on the menu item of the command
    this dialog then comes up with the command highlighted).
    You can set single-key or two-key shortcuts, or mouse shortcuts.
    You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.
    When you are finished you can save the settings as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.
    This dialog is also where you can load such a stored command set.
en_GB: This dialogue allows you to set shortcuts for commands. As there are so many commands it is best to launch the dialogue from the command that you wish to change.
    (Do this by right clicking on the menu item of the command
    this dialogue then comes up with the command highlighted).
    You can set single-key or two-key shortcuts, or mouse shortcuts.
    You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.
    When you are finished you can save the settings as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.
    This dialogue is also where you can load such a stored command set.

en: removemeasures: received request to delete more measures                   than exist.  Junking request.
en_GB: remove measures: received request to delete more bars than exist.  Junking request.

en: Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ...
en_GB: Includes the indent before first bar, LilyPond include files ...

en: No such measure
en_GB: No such bar

en: Measure width (pixels):
en_GB: Width of bars (pixels):

en: Go to measure:
en_GB: Go to bar:

en: Opens a dialog for a new file
en_GB: Opens a dialogue for a new file

en: This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behavior from that point in the music.
en_GB: This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behaviour from that point in the music.

en: Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback.
en_GB: Pops up a dialogue to get timings for start and end of playback.

en: Comment this chord
en_GB: Give a comment for this chord

en: Main window maximized state
en_GB: Main window maximised state

en: Use the system default fonts.
en_GB: Use the system's default fonts.

en: <b>Birthdate</b>
en_GB: Birthdate

note: TODO: replace with proper
en: couldn't add photo
en_GB: Couldn't add photo

en: State...
en_GB: County...

en: Organization...
en_GB: Organisation...

en: Last Name...
en_GB: Surname...

en: Birthday...
en_GB: Birthdate...

en: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogs.
en_GB: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogues.

en: Select foreground color
en_GB: Select foreground colour

en: Select background color
en_GB: Select background colour

en: translator_credits-PLEASE_ADD_YOURSELF_HERE
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>, 
    Alan Horkan <horkana tcd ie>

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

en: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving.  Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.
en_GB: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving. Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.

en: Foreground & background colors for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colors.  The small arrows swap colors.  Double click to change colors.
en_GB: Foreground & background colours for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colours.  The small arrows swap colours.  Double click to change colours.

en: Line widths.  Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects.  Double-click to set the line width more precisely.
en_GB: Line widths. Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects. Double-click to set the line width more precisely.

en: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: Line style for new lines.  Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...
en_GB: Line style for new lines. Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...

en: Arrow style at the end of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the end of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: No allowed to write to output file %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write to output file %s

en: No allowed to write temporary files in %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write temporary files in %s

en: D_ialogs
en_GB: D_ialogues

en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

en: Select color
en_GB: Select colour

en: More colors...
en_GB: More colours...

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize/Stabilize
en: Stabilize
en_GB: Stabilise

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Signal/Sense/Recognize
en: Recognize
en_GB: Recognise

en: The condition's color
en_GB: The condition's colour

en: The receptivity's color
en_GB: The receptivity's colour

en: Operationalization
en_GB: Operationalisation

en: Arrow color
en_GB: Arrow colour

en: Seconds arrow color
en_GB: Seconds arrow colour

en: Automatically gray vertical flows:
en_GB: Automatically grey vertical flows:

en: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered gray
en_GB: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered grey

en: Industrie Confidential
en_GB: Industry Confidential

en: Defense Confidential
en_GB: Defence Confidential

en: Defense Secret
en_GB: Defence Secret

en: Subcontractors / Suppliers / Manufacturers
en_GB: Subcontractors/Suppliers/Manufacturers

en: Service Essentiel
en_GB: Service Essential

en: Cooling / Pollution
en_GB: Cooling/Pollution

en: Fonctionnal administrator
en_GB: Functional administrator

en: Technician aministrator
en_GB: Technician administrator

en: LOGICIEL
en_GB: LOGICAL

note: ********* selection menu of entity ******** ********* Label of board *********
en: Libelle
en_GB: Label

en: Comment line length
en_GB: Comments line length

note: Would like to create a state_term instead, but making the connections * is a pain
en: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    That option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead
en_GB: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    This option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead

en: @ time    set the pointer at an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)
en_GB: @ time    set the pointer to an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)

en: Data color
en_GB: Data colour

note: Found file in same dir as diagram. Found file in current dir.
en: The image file '%s' was not found in that directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead
en_GB: The image file '%s' was not found in specified directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead

en: Couldn't read color: %s
en_GB: Couldn't read colour: %s

en: No more user-definable colors - using black
en_GB: No more user-definable colours - using black

en: Color index %d too high, only 512 colors allowed. Using black instead.
en_GB: Colour index %d too high, only 512 colours allowed. Using black instead.

en: Color number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding color.
en_GB: Colour number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding colour.

en: Error reading transparent color: %s
en_GB: Error reading transparent colour: %s

en: Node center
en_GB: Node centre

en: Alarm center
en_GB: Alarm centre

en: Cellular phone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: Realizes, implements a specific interface
en_GB: Realises, implements a specific interface

en: Front End Processor
en_GB: Front End processor

en: PC Adapter Card
en_GB: PC adapter card

en: PC Router Card
en_GB: PC Router card

en: ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch
en_GB: ATM fast Gigabit Etherswitch

en: Generic Building blue
en_GB: Generic building blue

en: Generic Gateway
en_GB: Generic gateway

en: Optical Fiber
en_GB: Optical Fibre

en: PIX Firewall
en_GB: PIX firewall

en: Cellular Phone
en_GB: Mobile Phone

en: Voice-Enabled ATM Switch
en_GB: Voice-Enabled ATM switch

en: Digitizing board
en_GB: Digitising board

en: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing nominalizations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing nominalizations
en_GB: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing normalisations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing normalisations

en:         nominalizations %1.f% (%d)
en_GB:         normalisations %1.f% (%d)

en: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog
en_GB: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialogue

en: Uncategorized Album
en_GB: Uncategorised Album

en: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' check box.
en_GB: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' tick box.

en: <br/><nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>
en_GB: <br/><nobr><i>Colour Labels</i></nobr>

en: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Colour Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>

[ctx: Non-pluralized]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: Move to trash without confirmation
en_GB: Move to wastebin without confirmation

en: Open camera dialog at <path>
en_GB: Open camera dialogue at <path>

en: Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>
en_GB: Open camera dialogue for the device with Solid UDI <udi>

en: Assign Color Label "%1"
en_GB: Assign Colour Label "%1"

[ctx: @action:inmenu Pluralized]
en: Move to Trash | Move %1 Files to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 Files to Wastebin

[ctx: go to next image]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: %1: current digiKam version; %2: digiKam help:// Url; %3: digiKam homepage Url; %4: prior digiKam version; %5: prior KDE version; %6: generated list of new features; %7: generated list of important changes; --- end of comment ---]
en: <h2 style='margin-top: 0px;'>Welcome to digiKam %1</h2><p>digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.</p><p>Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk.</p><p><ul><li>digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href="%2">documentation</a></li><li>The <a href="%3">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam.</li></ul></p><p>%7</p><p>Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam %4):</p><p><ul>%5</ul></p><p>%6</p><p>We hope that you will enjoy digiKam.</p><p>Thank you,</p><p style='margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left:20px;'>The digiKam team</p>
en_GB: <h2 style='margin-top: 0px;'>Welcome to digiKam %1</h2><p>digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organise, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.</p><p>Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk.</p><p><ul><li>digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href="%2">documentation</a></li><li>The <a href="%3">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam.</li></ul></p><p>%7</p><p>Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam %4):</p><p><ul>%5</ul></p><p>%6</p><p>We hope that you will enjoy digiKam.</p><p>Thank you,</p><p style='margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left:20px;'>The digiKam team</p>

en: All channels shadow tone color picker
en_GB: All channels shadow tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels middle tone color picker
en_GB: All channels middle tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels highlight tone color picker
en_GB: All channels highlight tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>
en_GB: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximises the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>

en: <b>Normalize</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>
en_GB: <b>Normalise</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>

en: <b>Equalize</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>
en_GB: <b>Equalise</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colours across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalise works wonderfully at enhancing the contrast in an image; other times it produces terrible output. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  115  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (Color)
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

en: Color Balance...
en_GB: Colour Balance...

en: Color Space Conversion
en_GB: Colour Space Conversion

en: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / colour / pixel.

en: Performing this operation will reduce image color quality. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Performing this operation will reduce image colour quality. Do you want to continue?

en: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / colour / pixel.

en: This image is not color managed.
en_GB: This image is not colour managed.

en: Color Management is disabled...
en_GB: Colour Management is disabled...

en: Color Profile Conversion
en_GB: Colour Profile Conversion

en: Current Color Space:
en_GB: Current Colour Space:

en: Align text to center
en_GB: Align text to centre

[ctx: font color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Set here the font color to use.
en_GB: Set here the font colour to use.

en: Add a solid border around text using current text color
en_GB: Add a solid border around text using current text colour

en: Set this option to visualize the correction grid to be applied.
en_GB: Set this option to visualise the correction grid to be applied.

en: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the center.
en_GB: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the centre.

en: Coloring Tint:
en_GB: Colouring Tint:

en: Sets a custom color when re-colorizing the eyes.
en_GB: Sets a custom colour when re-colouring the eyes.

en: Set the tint level to adjust the luminosity of the new color of the pupil.
en_GB: Set the tint level to adjust the luminosity of the new colour of the pupil.

en: Reduce JPEG Artifacts
en_GB: Reduce JPEG Artefacts

en: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocused camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of colour in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>

en: This is the color effects preview
en_GB: This is the colour effects preview

en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

en: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile, and Neon effects.
en_GB: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile and Neon effects.

en: Color Effects...
en_GB: Colour Effects...

en: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose color is close to a skin tone.
en_GB: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose colour is close to a skin tone.

en: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.
en_GB: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbours. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.

en: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.
en_GB: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same colour), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centred in the original image might not be centred in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favoured side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.

en: Set width position to center.
en_GB: Set width position to centre.

en: Set height position to center.
en_GB: Set height position to centre.

en: Color and width:
en_GB: Colour and width:

en: Set here the color used to draw composition guides.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw composition guides.

[ctx: "relative path" on harddisk partition with "label"]
en: Folder "%1" on the volume labeled "%2"
en_GB: Folder "%1" on the volume labelled "%2"

en: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.
en_GB: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognised. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.

en: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.
en_GB: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.

en: Initialized and imported file suffix filter
en_GB: Initialised and imported file suffix filter

en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash.
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin.

en: These items will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These items will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: These albums will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: <p>These albums will be moved to Trash.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to Trash as well.</p>
en_GB: <p>These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to the Wastebin as well.</p>

en: Color Profile Info - %1
en_GB: Colour Profile Info - %1

en: Parallelized demosaicing
en_GB: Parallelised demosaicing

en: Database conversion canceled.
en_GB: Database conversion cancelled.

[ctx: Color Model: Grayscale]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

en: Auto Equalize
en_GB: Auto Equalise

en: Auto Normalize
en_GB: Auto Normalise

en: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>
en_GB: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasising the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>

en: Select the red color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the red colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Select the green color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the green colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Select the blue color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the blue colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Reset color channels' gains settings from the currently selected channel.
en_GB: Reset colour channels' gain settings for the currently selected channel.

en: Color Balance Tool
en_GB: Colour Balance Tool

en: Set here the cyan/red color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the cyan/red colour adjustment of the image.

en: Set here the magenta/green color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the magenta/green colour adjustment of the image.

en: Set here the yellow/blue color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the yellow/blue colour adjustment of the image.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: Set here the foreground color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the foreground colour of the border.

en: Set here the Background color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the Background colour of the border.

en: Set here the color of the main border.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the main border.

en: Set here the color of the line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the line.

en: Set here the color of the upper left area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the upper left area.

en: Set here the color of the lower right area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the lower right area.

en: Set here the color of the first line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the first line.

en: Set here the color of the second line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the second line.

en: Color FX Filter
en_GB: Colour FX Filter

en: <p>Select the effect type to apply to the image here.</p><p><b>Solarize</b>: simulates solarization of photograph.</p><p><b>Vivid</b>: simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colors.</p><p><b>Neon</b>: coloring the edges in a photograph to reproduce a fluorescent light effect.</p><p><b>Find Edges</b>: detects the edges in a photograph and their strength.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the effect type to apply to the image here.</p><p><b>Solarise</b>: simulates solarisation of photograph.</p><p><b>Vivid</b>: simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colours.</p><p><b>Neon</b>: colouring the edges in a photograph to reproduce a fluorescent light effect.</p><p><b>Find Edges</b>: detects the edges in a photograph and their strength.</p>

en: You can see here a color preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.
en_GB: You can see here a colour preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.

en: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colors and avoiding skin tones.
en_GB: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colours and avoiding skin tones.

en: Select the profile of the color space to convert to.
en_GB: Select the profile of the colour space to convert to.

en: Input color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Input colour profile "%1" not available

en: Output color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Output colour profile "%1" not available

en: Chromatic aberration is easily recognized as color fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colors.
en_GB: Chromatic aberration is easily recognised as colour fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colours.

en: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.
en_GB: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be cancelled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.

en: All lenses have a slight color tinge to them, mostly due to the anti-reflective coating. The tinge can be canceled when the respective data is known for the lens.
en_GB: All lenses have a slight colour tinge to them, mostly due to the anti-reflective coating. The tinge can be cancelled when the respective data is known for the lens.

[ctx: The colors channel]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: <b>Colors</b>: Display all color channel values at the same time.
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>: Display all colour channel values at the same time.

en: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it counter-clockwise.
en_GB: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it anti-clockwise.

en: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_temperature'>Color Temperature</a> (K):
en_GB: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_temperature'>Colour Temperature</a> (K):

en: Set here the white balance color temperature in Kelvin.
en_GB: Set here the white balance colour temperature in Kelvin.

en: Select the white balance color temperature preset to use.
en_GB: Select the white balance colour temperature preset to use.

en: neutral color temperature
en_GB: neutral colour temperature

en: Temperature tone color picker.
en_GB: Temperature tone colour picker.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set the white color balance temperature and green component.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set the white colour balance temperature and green component.

en: Set here the green component to control the magenta color cast removal level.
en_GB: Set here the green component to control the magenta colour cast removal level.

en: White Color Balance Settings File to Load
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Load

en: "%1" is not a White Color Balance settings text file.
en_GB: "%1" is not a White Colour Balance settings text file.

en: Cannot load settings from the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot load settings from the White Colour Balance text file.

en: White Color Balance Settings File to Save
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Save

en: Cannot save settings to the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot save settings to the White Colour Balance text file.

en: <p>JPEG Chroma subsampling level 
    (color is saved with less resolution than luminance):</p><p><b>None</b>=best: uses 4:4:4 ratio. Does not employ chroma subsampling at all. This preserves edges and contrasting colors, whilst adding no additional compression</p><p><b>Medium</b>: uses 4:2:2 ratio. Medium compression: reduces the color resolution by one-third with little to no visual difference</p><p><b>High</b>: use 4:1:1 ratio. High compression: suits images with soft edges but tends to alter colors</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG Chroma subsampling level 
    (colour is saved with less resolution than luminance):</p><p><b>None</b>=best: uses 4:4:4 ratio. Does not employ chroma subsampling at all. This preserves edges and contrasting colours, whilst adding no additional compression</p><p><b>Medium</b>: uses 4:2:2 ratio. Medium compression: reduces the colour resolution by one-third with little to no visual difference</p><p><b>High</b>: use 4:1:1 ratio. High compression: suits images with soft edges but tends to alter colors</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>

en: You have edited the color label of the image.  | You have edited the color label of %1 images.
en_GB[0]: You have edited the colour label of the image.
en_GB[1]: You have edited the colour label of %1 images.

en: <li>color label</li>
en_GB: <li>colour label</li>

en: Reading metadata from files. Please wait...
en_GB: Reading metadata from files. Please wait....

en: Writing metadata to files. Please wait...
en_GB: Writing metadata to files. Please wait....

en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

en: Color label:
en_GB: Colour label:

en: Open detailed progress dialog
en_GB: Open detailed progress dialogue

en: <p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone. <p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organisation can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone. <p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>

en: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organisations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>

en: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Doe." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognized and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the parentheses form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Smith." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognised and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the brackets form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>

en: Cannot start Colors Settings panel from KDE Control Center. Please check your system...
en_GB: Cannot start Colours Settings panel from KDE Control Centre. Please check your system...

en: Failed to initialize thumbnail database
en_GB: Failed to initialise thumbnail database

en: Color Label: %1
en_GB: Colour Label: %1

en: Uncalibrated color space
en_GB: Uncalibrated colour space

en: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p></li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that grey balance is preserved but colourimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colours in an image fall outside of the range of colours that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colours in the image to be adjusted so that the every colour in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colours is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colourimetric intent</b> causes any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colourimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colours in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colours be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific colour.</p></li></ul>

en: Color Space
en_GB: Colour Space

en: The color space used by the ICC profile
en_GB: The colour space used by the ICC profile

en: The ICC profile color management flags
en_GB: The ICC profile colour management flags

en: <p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p><p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>
en_GB: <p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colours that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the coloured sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the colour space of the device that is characterised by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p><p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>

en: ICC Color Profile Information
en_GB: ICC Colour Profile Information

en: GRAY
en_GB: GREY

en: Color space
en_GB: Colour space

note: #-#-#-#-#  278 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Named color
en_GB: Named colour

en: ICC color profile File to Save
en_GB: ICC colour profile File to Save

en: Switch the tags view to a custom human-readable list. To customize the tag filter list, go to the Metadata configuration panel.
en_GB: Switch the tags view to a custom human-readable list. To customise the tag filter list, go to the Metadata configuration panel.

en: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, Colour Management features will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>

en: <qt>Image Editor Settings<br/><i>Customize image editor behavior</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Image Editor Settings<br/><i>Customise image editor behaviour</i></qt>

en: <qt>Thumbbar Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customize information in tool-tips</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Thumbbar Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customise information in tool-tips</i></qt>

en: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customize default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customise default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Settings for Color Management<br/><i>Customize color management settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Settings for Colour Management<br/><i>Customise colour management settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Slide Show Settings<br/><i>Customize slideshow settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Slide Show Settings<br/><i>Customise slideshow settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customize behavior of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customise behaviour of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>

en: &Deleted items should go to the trash
en_GB: &Deleted items should go to the wastebin

en: Show camera mode and program
en_GB: Show camera mode and programme

en: Set this option to display the camera mode and program used to take the image.
en_GB: Set this option to display the camera mode and programme used to take the image.

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that you can customize your digiKam toolbars using Settings -> Configure Toolbars...?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>
en_GB: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that you can customise your digiKam toolbars using Settings -> Configure Toolbars...?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that you can Import RAW files in Image Editor which support a lots of options for advanced users?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>
en_GB: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that you can Import RAW files in the Image Editor, which supports a lot of options for advanced users?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that Image Editor support 16 bits color depth image to be able to edit RAW files in high quality?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>
en_GB: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/digikam.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    ... that Image Editor support 16 bits colour depth image to be able to edit RAW files in high quality?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>

en: Color depth (bits per channel)
en_GB: Colour depth (bits per channel)

en: Color model of the image
en_GB: Colour model of the image

en: White balance (color temperature)
en_GB: White balance (colour temperature)

en: Altitude in meters
en_GB: Altitude in metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, folderAware)
en: Folder aware numbering
en_GB: Folder-aware numbering

[ctx: @info]
en: digiKam can search for faces in your photos.<nl/> When you have identified your friends on a number of photos,<nl/> it can also recognize the people shown on your photos.
en_GB: digiKam can search for faces in your photos.<nl/> When you have identified your friends on a number of photos,<nl/> it can also recognise the people shown on your photos.

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Detect and recognize faces
en_GB: Detect and recognise faces

[ctx: @info]
en: Find all faces in your photos<nl/> and try to recognize which person is depicted
en_GB: Find all faces in your photos<nl/> and try to recognise which person is depicted

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Recognize faces
en_GB: Recognise faces

[ctx: @info]
en: Try again to recognize the people depicted<nl/> on marked but yet unconfirmed faces.
en_GB: Try again to recognise the people depicted<nl/> on marked but yet unconfirmed faces.

en: <b>Configure Open File Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Open File Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronised zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>

en: <b>Configure Preview Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Preview Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialogue, you can customise the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>

en: Set here the brush color used to draw sketch.
en_GB: Set here the brush colour used to draw sketch.

en: Color Profile Mismatch
en_GB: Colour Profile Mismatch

en: Missing Color Profile
en_GB: Missing Colour Profile

en: Image with Uncalibrated Color
en_GB: Image with Uncalibrated Colour

en: <p>This image has an <b>embedded color profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space color profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has an <b>embedded colour profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space colour profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>This image has <b>no information about the color space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has <b>no information about the colour space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>The color information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>The colour information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: Embedded Color Profile:
en_GB: Embedded Colour Profile:

en: Input Color Profile:
en_GB: Input Colour Profile:

en: Working Color Space:
en_GB: Working Colour Space:

en: Original Colors:
en_GB: Original Colours:

en: Uncorrected Colors:
en_GB: Uncorrected Colours:

en: Raw Colors:
en_GB: Raw Colours:

en: Resulting Colors:
en_GB: Resulting Colours:

en: Corrected Colors:
en_GB: Corrected Colours:

en: Convert to working color space
en_GB: Convert to working colour space

en: Assign profile and convert to working color space
en_GB: Assign profile and convert to working colour space

en: Assign and keep color profile
en_GB: Assign and keep colour profile

en: Leave the file untagged, do not color manage
en_GB: Leave the file untagged, do not colour manage

en: Which color space shall be used to interpret the colors of this image?
en_GB: Which colour space shall be used to interpret the colours of this image?

en: Current working color space
en_GB: Current working colour space

en: Please select the input color profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:
en_GB: Please select the input colour profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:

en: Assigned Color Profile:
en_GB: Assigned Colour Profile:

en: Enable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Enable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Disable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Disable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Highlight out-of-gamut colors
en_GB: Highlight out-of-gamut colours

en: Highlighting color:
en_GB: Highlighting colour:

en: Set here the color used to draw dashed guide lines.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw dashed guide lines.

en: Color-Managed View
en_GB: Colour-Managed View

en: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup.
en_GB: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No colour transformation will be applied. Please check the colour management configuration in digiKam's setup.

en: Color-Managed View is enabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is enabled.

en: Color-Managed View is disabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is disabled.

en: Color Management is not configured, so the Color-Managed View is not available.
en_GB: Colour Management is not configured, so the Colour-Managed View is not available.

en: Move to Trash without Confirmation
en_GB: Move to Wastebin without Confirmation

en: Use Color Management for Printing
en_GB: Use Colour Management for Printing

en: <p>Color Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>
en_GB: <p>Colour Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  115  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_PrintUnit) #-#-#-#-#  140 (kipiplugin_printimages)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Millimeters
en_GB: Millimetres

note: #-#-#-#-#  115  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_PrintUnit) #-#-#-#-#  140 (kipiplugin_printimages)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Centimeters
en_GB: Centimetres

en: Set here the color saturation correction.
en_GB: Set here the colour saturation correction.

en: Canceling current operation, please wait...
en_GB: Cancelling current operation, please wait...

en: Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?
en_GB: Do you want to close the dialogue and cancel the current operation?

[ctx: Custom Image Renaming]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

en: Synchronize preview from left and right panels
en_GB: Synchronise preview from left and right panels

en: Color Auto-correction
en_GB: Colour Auto-correction

en: Invert Colors
en_GB: Invert Colours

en: Set the font color to use here
en_GB: Set the font colour to use here

note: #-#-#-#-#  120 (kipiplugin_advancedslideshow)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) #-#-#-#-#  477  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/prefs_lyrics.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

en: Check this if you want a background fill behind the text
en_GB: Tick this if you want a background fill behind the text

en: Choose the color of the watermark background
en_GB: Choose the colour of the watermark background

en: Customize filenames:
en_GB: Customise filenames:

en: Digitization
en_GB: Digitisation

en: Return pictures digitized between
en_GB: Return pictures digitised between

en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

en: Color Model
en_GB: Colour Model

en: Find pictures with the color model
en_GB: Find pictures with the colour model

en: Color temperature used for white balance
en_GB: Colour temperature used for white balance

en: any color depth
en_GB: any colour depth

en: <qt>Database Settings<br/><i>Customize database settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Database Settings<br/><i>Customise database settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Album View Settings<br/><i>Customize the look of the albums list</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Album View Settings<br/><i>Customise the look of the albums list</i></qt>

en: <qt>Album Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customize information in tool-tips</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Album Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customise information in tool-tips</i></qt>

en: <qt>Image Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customize the image editor window</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Image Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customise the image editor window</i></qt>

en: <qt>Settings for Color Management<br/><i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Settings for Colour Management<br/><i>Customise the colour-management settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Light Table Settings<br/><i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Light Table Settings<br/><i>Customise tool used to compare images</i></qt>

en: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customise behaviour of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>

en: &Use theme background color
en_GB: &Use theme background colour

en: Enable this option to use the background theme color in the image editor area.
en_GB: Enable this option to use the background theme colour in the image editor area.

note: #-#-#-#-#  484 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 46 #-#-#-#-#  486 (konversation)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: &Background color:
en_GB: &Background colour:

en: Customize the background color to use in the image editor area.
en_GB: Customise the background colour to use in the image editor area.

en: &Under-exposure color:
en_GB: &Under-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.

en: &Over-exposure color:
en_GB: &Over-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.

en: Indicate exposure as pure color
en_GB: Indicate exposure as pure colour

en: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black colour matches, as all colour components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the colour components matches the condition.

en: Enable Color Management
en_GB: Enable Colour Management

en: <ul><li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li><li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: Colour Management is enabled</li><li>Unticked: Colour Management is disabled</li></ul>

en: Working Color Space
en_GB: Working Colour Space

en: <p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b>
en_GB: <p>This is the colour space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b>

en: When the profile of an image does not match the working color space
en_GB: When the profile of an image does not match the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>

en: Convert the image to the working color space
en_GB: Convert the image to the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's colour information to the working colour space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>

en: When an image has no color profile information
en_GB: When an image has no colour profile information

en: <p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has no embedded colour profile, digiKam will ask which colour space shall be used to interpret the image and to which colour space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>

en: Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)
en_GB: Assume it is using the sRGB colour space (Internet standard)

en: and convert it to the working color space
en_GB: and convert it to the working colour space

en: Assume it is using the working color space
en_GB: Assume it is using the working colour space

en: Convert it from default input color space to working space
en_GB: Convert it from default input colour space to working space

en: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors
en_GB: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colours

en: Automatic color correction
en_GB: Automatic colour correction

en: Color Managed View
en_GB: Colour Managed View

en: <p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the colour profile for your monitor here.</p>

en: Use color managed view in editor
en_GB: Use colour managed view in editor

en: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>
en_GB: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Colour Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a colour correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>

en: Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails
en_GB: Use colour managed view for previews and thumbnails

en: Default input color profile:
en_GB: Default input colour profile:

en: <p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the default colour profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behaviour above refer to this profile.</p>

en: Color Profiles Repository
en_GB: Colour Profiles Repository

en: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>
en_GB: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional colour profiles in the directory set here.</p>

en: Show Settings Dialog when Saving Image Files
en_GB: Show Settings Dialogue when Saving Image Files

en: <ul><li>Checked: A dialog where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unchecked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: A dialogue where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unticked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>

en: Synchronize panels automatically
en_GB: Synchronise panels automatically

en: Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.
en_GB: Set this option to automatically synchronise zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.

en: Fully Resynchronize again
en_GB: Fully Resynchronise again

en: <p><a href='http://nepomuk.kde.org'>Nepomuk</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p> <p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Nepomuk Semantic Desktop.</p> <p>If you have enabled writing of metadata to files, please note that changes done through Nepomuk are not automatically applied to the image's metadata when read into digiKam's database.</p>
en_GB: <p><a href='http://nepomuk.kde.org'>Nepomuk</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p> <p>Please set here if you want to synchronise the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Nepomuk Semantic Desktop.</p> <p>If you have enabled writing of metadata to files, please note that changes done through Nepomuk are not automatically applied to the image's metadata when read into digiKam's database.</p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as movie files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as movie files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: Confirm when moving items to the &trash
en_GB: Confirm when moving items to the was&tebin

[ctx: @option:radio Open raw files...]
en: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customize settings
en_GB: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customise settings

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Show the digiKam image color label, pick label, and rating at the bottom of the screen.
en_GB: Show the digiKam image colour label, pick label, and rating at the bottom of the screen.

en: Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels.
en_GB: Set this option to display the image pick, colour, rating labels.

en: Open rename-file dialog
en_GB: Open rename-file dialogue

en: left (counterclockwise)
en_GB: left (anticlockwise)

en: Cannot convert to gray scale RAW file
en_GB: Cannot convert to grey scale RAW file

en: Cannot convert to gray scale: %1
en_GB: Cannot convert to grey scale: %1

en: EXIF: digitized
en_GB: EXIF: digitised

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/kipi.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    Did you know that you can brighten up your images using the Batch Color Images plugin for increased contrast?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>
en_GB: <p>
    <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="10" align="center">
    <tr>
    <td>
    <img src="hicolor/32x32/apps/kipi.png">
    </td>
    <td>
    Did you know that you can brighten up your images using the Batch Colour Images plugin for increased contrast?
    </td>
    </tr>
    </table>
    </p>

[ctx: Image number %1]
en: Image #%1
en_GB: Image No. %1

en: Digitization date and time
en_GB: Digitisation date and time

en: Set digitization date to today
en_GB: Set digitisation date to today

en: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents.
en_GB: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitisation date and time will have the same contents.

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Creative program
en_GB: Creative programme

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Action program
en_GB: Action programme

en: Select here the program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.
en_GB: Select here the programme used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.

[ctx: metering mode]
en: Center weighted average
en_GB: Centre weighted average

en: One-chip color area
en_GB: One-chip colour area

en: Two-chip color area
en_GB: Two-chip colour area

en: Three-chip color area
en_GB: Three-chip colour area

en: Color sequential area
en_GB: Colour sequential area

en: Color sequential linear
en_GB: Colour sequential linear

en: Set here the lens focal length in millimeters used by camera to take the picture.
en_GB: Set here the lens focal length in millimetres used by camera to take the picture.

en: Digitization date
en_GB: Digitisation date

en: Digitization time
en_GB: Digitisation time

en: Metadata edit dialog
en_GB: Metadata edit dialogue

en: Set here the content's Province or State of origin.
en_GB: Set here the content's County or State of origin.

en: Operation canceled by user
en_GB: Operation cancelled by user

en: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved color-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved colour-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>

en: Color Images...
en_GB: Colour Images...

en: You can select here the border color.
en_GB: You can select here the border colour.

en: Line border color:
en_GB: Line border colour:

en: You can select here the line border color.
en_GB: You can select here the line border colour.

en: Batch Image-Color Processing
en_GB: Batch Image-Colour Processing

en: Image Coloring Options
en_GB: Image Colouring Options

[ctx: color image filter]
en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

[ctx: color image filter]
en: Gray Scales
en_GB: Grey Scales

[ctx: color image filter]
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

en: <p>Select here the color enhancement type for your images:</p><p><b>Decrease contrast</b>: reduce the image contrast. The algorithm reduces the intensity difference between the lighter and darker elements of the image.<br/><b>Depth</b>: change the color depth of the image.<br/><b>Equalize</b>: perform histogram equalization to the image.<br/><b>Fuzz</b>: merging colors within a distance, i.e. consider them to be equal.<br/><b>Gray scales</b>: convert color images to grayscale images.<br/><b>Increase contrast</b>: enhance the image contrast. The algorithm enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and darker elements of the image.<br/><b>Monochrome</b>: transform the image to black and white.<br/><b>Negate</b>: replace every pixel with its complementary color. The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. White becomes black, yellow becomes blue, etc.<br/><b>Normalize</b>: transform image to span the full range of color values. This is a contrast enhancement technique. The algorithm enhances the contrast of a colored image by adjusting the pixels color to span the entire range of colors available.<br/><b>Segment</b>: segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique.<br/><b>Trim</b>: trim an image (fuzz reverse technique). The algorithm remove edges that are the background color from the image.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select here the colour enhancement type for your images:</p><p><b>Decrease contrast</b>: reduce the image contrast. The algorithm reduces the intensity difference between the lighter and darker elements of the image.<br/><b>Depth</b>: change the colour depth of the image.<br/><b>Equalise</b>: perform histogram equalisation to the image.<br/><b>Fuzz</b>: merging colours within a distance, i.e. consider them to be equal.<br/><b>Grey scales</b>: convert colour images to greyscale images.<br/><b>Increase contrast</b>: enhance the image contrast. The algorithm enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and darker elements of the image.<br/><b>Monochrome</b>: transform the image to black and white.<br/><b>Negate</b>: replace every pixel with its complementary colour. The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. White becomes black, yellow becomes blue, etc.<br/><b>Normalise</b>: transform image to span the full range of colour values. This is a contrast enhancement technique. The algorithm enhances the contrast of a coloured image by adjusting the pixels colour to span the entire range of colours available.<br/><b>Segment</b>: segment an image by analysing the histograms of the colour components and identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique.<br/><b>Trim</b>: trim an image (fuzz reverse technique). The algorithm remove edges that are the background colour from the image.</p>

en: Color Options
en_GB: Colour Options

en: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group's file format is a good Web file format but it uses lossy data compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved color matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group's file format is a good Web file format but it uses lossy data compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved colour matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>

en: <p><b>PPM</b>: the Portable Pixel Map file format is used as an intermediate format for storing color bitmap information. PPM files may be either binary or ASCII and store pixel values up to 24 bits in size. This format generates the largest-sized text files to encode images without losing quality.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>PPM</b>: the Portable Pixel Map file format is used as an intermediate format for storing colour bitmap information. PPM files may be either binary or ASCII and store pixel values up to 24 bits in size. This format generates the largest-sized text files to encode images without losing quality.</p>

en: <p><b>TGA</b>: the TarGA image file format is one of the most widely used bitmap file formats for storage of 24 and 32 bits truecolor images.  TGA supports colormaps, alpha channel, gamma value, postage stamp image, textual information, and developer-definable data.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>TGA</b>: the TarGA image file format is one of the most widely used bitmap file formats for storage of 24 and 32 bits truecolour images.  TGA supports colourmaps, alpha channel, gamma value, postage stamp image, textual information, and developer-definable data.</p>

[ctx: image effect]
en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

en: <p>Select here the effect type for your images:</p><p><b>Adaptive threshold</b>: perform local adaptive thresholding. The algorithm selects an individual threshold for each pixel based on the range of intensity values in its local neighborhood. This allows for thresholding of an image whose global intensity histogram does not contain distinctive peaks.<br/><b>Charcoal</b>: simulate a charcoal drawing.<br/><b>Detect edges</b>: detect edges within an image.<br/><b>Emboss</b>: returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect. The algorithm convolves the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation.<br/><b>Implode</b>: implode image pixels about the center.<br/><b>Paint</b>: applies a special effect filter that simulates an oil painting.<br/><b>Shade light</b>: shines a distant light on an image to create a three-dimensional effect.<br/><b>Solarize</b>: negate all pixels above the threshold level. This algorithm produces a solarization effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process.<br/><b>Spread</b>: this is a special-effect method that randomly displaces each pixel in a block defined by the radius parameter.<br/><b>Swirl</b>: swirls the pixels about the center of the image. <br/><b>Wave</b>: creates a "ripple" effect in the image by shifting the pixels vertically along a sine wave.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select here the effect type for your images:</p><p><b>Adaptive threshold</b>: perform local adaptive thresholding. The algorithm selects an individual threshold for each pixel based on the range of intensity values in its local neighbourhood. This allows for thresholding of an image whose global intensity histogram does not contain distinctive peaks.<br/><b>Charcoal</b>: simulate a charcoal drawing.<br/><b>Detect edges</b>: detect edges within an image.<br/><b>Emboss</b>: returns a greyscale image with a three-dimensional effect. The algorithm convolves the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation.<br/><b>Implode</b>: implode image pixels about the centre.<br/><b>Paint</b>: applies a special effect filter that simulates an oil painting.<br/><b>Shade light</b>: shines a distant light on an image to create a three-dimensional effect.<br/><b>Solarise</b>: negate all pixels above the threshold level. This algorithm produces a solarisation effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process.<br/><b>Spread</b>: this is a special-effect method that randomly displaces each pixel in a block defined by the radius parameter.<br/><b>Swirl</b>: swirls the pixels about the centre of the image. <br/><b>Wave</b>: creates a "ripple" effect in the image by shifting the pixels vertically along a sine wave.</p>

en: Select here the value which represents the width of the local neighborhood.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the width of the local neighbourhood.

en: Select here the value which represents the height of the local neighborhood.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the height of the local neighbourhood.

en: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighborhood.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighbourhood.

en: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighborhood. Radius defines the radius of the convolution filter. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighbourhood. Radius defines the radius of the convolution filter. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighborhood. For reasonable results, radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the radius of the pixel neighbourhood. For reasonable results, radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the value which represents the radius of the circular neighborhood. Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color occurring in a circular region defined by the radius.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the radius of the circular neighbourhood. Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent colour occurring in a circular region defined by the radius.

en: Select here the value which represents the percent-threshold of the solarize intensity.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the percent-threshold of the solarise intensity.

en: Select here the value which represents the random pixel in a neighborhood of this extent.
en_GB: Select here the value which represents the random pixel in a neighbourhood of this extent.

en: Select here the blur radius of the Gaussian, not counting the center pixel. For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the blur operation selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the blur radius of the Gaussian, not counting the centre pixel. For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the blur operation selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the median radius of the pixel neighborhood. The algorithm applies a digital filter that improves the quality of noisy images. Each pixel is replaced by the median in a set of neighboring pixels as defined by the radius.
en_GB: Select here the median radius of the pixel neighbourhood. The algorithm applies a digital filter that improves the quality of noisy images. Each pixel is replaced by the median in a set of neighboring pixels as defined by the radius.

en: Select here the noise reduction radius value. The algorithm smooths the contours of an image while still preserving edge information. The algorithm works by replacing each pixel with its neighbor closest in value. A neighbor is defined by the radius. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the noise reduction radius value. The algorithm smooths the contours of an image while still preserving edge information. The algorithm works by replacing each pixel with its neighbour closest in value. A neighbour is defined by the radius. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the radius of the sharpen Gaussian, not counting the center pixel. For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the sharpen operation selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the radius of the sharpen Gaussian, not counting the centre pixel. For reasonable results, the radius should be larger than deviation. If you use a radius of 0 the sharpen operation selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the radius of the unsharpen Gaussian, not counting the center pixel. The algorithm convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation. For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.
en_GB: Select here the radius of the unsharpen Gaussian, not counting the centre pixel. The algorithm convolve the image with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation. For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. If you use a radius of 0 the algorithm selects a suitable radius.

en: Select here the unsharpen threshold value, as a percentage of the maximum color component value, needed to apply the difference amount.
en_GB: Select here the unsharpen threshold value, as a percentage of the maximum colour component value, needed to apply the difference amount.

en: If this box is set, the resulting image is filled up with the specified background color to the desired dimension, otherwise it is only as big as needed to fit the original image into the specified dimensions.
en_GB: If this box is set, the resulting image is filled up with the specified background colour to the desired dimension, otherwise it is only as big as needed to fit the original image into the specified dimensions.

en: You can select here the background color to be used when adapting the images' sizes.
en_GB: You can select here the background colour to be used when adapting the images' sizes.

en: If this option is enabled, all printing settings can be customized.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, all printing settings can be customised.

en: The standard photographic paper sizes in centimeters.
en_GB: The standard photographic paper sizes in centimetres.

en: If this is selected, the image will be stretched to fit the paper dimensions. Otherwise it will be centered on the canvas and the borders will get cropped to achieve the desired paper size.
en_GB: If this is selected, the image will be stretched to fit the paper dimensions. Otherwise, it will be centred on the canvas and the borders will be cropped to achieve the desired paper size.

en: The customized width of the photographic paper size in centimeters.
en_GB: The customised width of the photographic paper size in centimetres.

en: The customized height of the photographic paper size in centimeters.
en_GB: The customised height of the photographic paper size in centimetres.

en: The customized print resolution in dots per inch.
en_GB: The customised print resolution in dots per inch.

en: <p><b>Prepare to print</b>: prepare the image for photographic printing. The user can set the print resolution and the photographic paper size. The target images will be adapted to the specified dimensions (included the background size, margin size, and background color).</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Prepare to print</b>: prepare the image for photographic printing. The user can set the print resolution and the photographic paper size. The target images will be adapted to the specified dimensions (included the background size, margin size and background colour).</p>

en: Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending.
en_GB: Set automatic level selection (maximised) for pyramid blending.

en: Set the exposure contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favor well-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Set the exposure contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favour well-exposed pixels.

en: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.
en_GB: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighbouring differently coloured pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.

en: Use Color Appearance Modelling
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Modelling

en: Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be used instead. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together.
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colours. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB colour space will be used instead. The difference between using this option and default colour blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colours together.

en: <qt><p>Set here the list of your bracketed images to fuse. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>At least 2 images from the same subject must be added to the stack.</li><li>Do not mix images with different color depth.</li><li>All images must have the same dimensions.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Set here the list of your bracketed images to fuse. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>At least 2 images from the same subject must be added to the stack.</li><li>Do not mix images with different colour depth.</li><li>All images must have the same dimensions.</li></ul></qt>

en: Facebook Application Authorization
en_GB: Facebook Application Authorisation

en: Canceled by user.
en_GB: Cancelled by user.

en: &Text Color:
en_GB: &Text Colour:

en: Color of title and caption text
en_GB: Colour of title and caption text

en: &Background Color:
en_GB: &Background Colour:

en: &Frame Color:
en_GB: &Frame Colour:

en: Color of image frame, viewed icon, load bars, thumbnail arrows
en_GB: Colour of image frame, viewed icon, load bars, thumbnail arrows

en: Export canceled
en_GB: Export cancelled

en: Export was canceled.
    Do you want to delete files in %1 that have already been created?
en_GB: Export was cancelled.
    Do you want to delete files in %1 that have already been created?

en: Check if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: %1 Service Web Authorization
en_GB: %1 Service Web Authorisation

en: Filetype was not recognized
en_GB: Filetype was not recognised

en: If checked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab
en_GB: If ticked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab

en: A Plugin to synchronize pictures' metadata with a GPS device
en_GB: A Plugin to synchronise pictures' metadata with a GPS device

en: An iPod photo database could not be found on the device mounted at %1. Initialize the iPod photo database?
en_GB: An iPod photo database could not be found on the device mounted at %1. Initialise the iPod photo database?

en: Initialize iPod Photo Database?
en_GB: Initialise iPod Photo Database?

en: &Initialize
en_GB: &Initialise

en: File-type was not recognized
en_GB: File-type was not recognised

en: Tag path behavior:
en_GB: Tag path behaviour:

en: If checked, the standard classifier shipped with this KIPI plugin is used.
en_GB: If ticked, the standard classifier shipped with this KIPI plugin is used.

en: &Neighbor groups:
en_GB: &Neighbour groups:

en: <p>Some of the images could not be analyzed with the current settings, or they do not contain any red-eye at all.</p><p><b>Would you like to remove these images from the list?</b></p>
en_GB: <p>Some of the images could not be analysed with the current settings, or they do not contain any red-eye at all.</p><p><b>Would you like to remove these images from the list?</b></p>

en: If checked, a custom keyword will be applied to the image metadata.
en_GB: If ticked, a custom keyword will be applied to the image metadata.

en: <p>These settings control the handling of unprocessed images when running in test-mode. To speed up the final correction, unprocessed images can be removed from the list, so that they are not analyzed again. There are three modes to choose from:</p><p><ul><li><b>Ask the user:</b> A popup window will appear to ask for further actions.</li><li><b>Keep in file list:</b> All unprocessed images will be kept in the list.</li><li><b>Remove from file list:</b> All unprocessed images are removed after the test run.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>These settings control the handling of unprocessed images when running in test-mode. To speed up the final correction, unprocessed images can be removed from the list, so that they are not analysed again. There are three modes to choose from:</p><p><ul><li><b>Ask the user:</b> A popup window will appear to ask for further actions.</li><li><b>Keep in file list:</b> All unprocessed images will be kept in the list.</li><li><b>Remove from file list:</b> All unprocessed images are removed after the test run.</li></ul></p>

en: If checked, the user will be asked to keep or remove unprocessed images.
en_GB: If ticked, the user will be asked to keep or remove unprocessed images.

en: If checked, unprocessed images will be kept in the file list after the test-run.
en_GB: If ticked, unprocessed images will be kept in the file list after the test-run.

en: If checked, unprocessed images will be removed from the file list after the test-run.
en_GB: If ticked, unprocessed images will be removed from the file list after the test-run.

en: No Packages marked for Distribution Synchronization
en_GB: No Packages marked for Distribution Synchronisation

en: control whether color is used
en_GB: control whether colour is used

en: License     :
en_GB: Licence     :

en: License     : %s
en_GB: Licence     : %s

en: Synchronize installed packages to the latest available versions
en_GB: Synchronise installed packages to the latest available versions

en: Setting up Distribution Synchronization Process
en_GB: Setting up Distribution Synchronisation Process

note: if we decide we want to check, even though the sig failed here is where we would do that
en: GPG key signature on key %s does not match CA Key for repo: %s
en_GB: GPG key signature on key %s does not matvch CA Key for repo: %s

en: A list of plugins that are active on this dock.
en_GB: A list of plug-ins that are active on this dock.

en: Analog clock theme
en_GB: Analogue clock theme

en: Dock is 3d
en_GB: Dock is 3D

en: GMail labels to check
en_GB: Gmail labels to check

en: GMail username
en_GB: Gmail username

en: How much to shift the color of the urgent indicator. The value can be from -180 to 180.
en_GB: How much to shift the colour of the urgent indicator. The value can be from -180 to 180.

en: If false, Docky will not show hover texts for launchers (but still show for plugins).
en_GB: If false, Docky will not show hover texts for launchers (but still show for plug-ins).

en: If true, show the digital clock otherwise show the analog clock.
en_GB: If true, show the digital clock otherwise show the analogue clock.

en: If true, the dock is drawn as a 3d dock.
en_GB: If true, the dock is drawn as a 3D dock.

en: List of custom GMail labels to check in addition to the inbox.
en_GB: List of custom Gmail labels to check in addition to the inbox.

en: Plugins on this dock
en_GB: Plug-ins on this dock

en: Set the color of the Docky icon. 0 means use the GTK+ theme color.
en_GB: Set the colour of the Docky icon. 0 means use the GTK+ theme color.

en: The GMail username to check.
en_GB: The Gmail username to check.

en: The command to execute when left-clicking the Docky item or "" for default behavior (which opens the configuration dialog).
en_GB: The command to execute when left-clicking the Docky item or "" for default behavior (which opens the configuration dialogue).

en: The last time Docky checked GMail for messages.
en_GB: The last time Docky checked Gmail for messages.

en: The theme for the analog clock.
en_GB: The theme for the analogue clock.

en: Urgent indicator color shift
en_GB: Urgent indicator colour shift

en: <i>Never hides; maximized windows do not overlap the dock.</i>
en_GB: <i>Never hides; maximised windows do not overlap the dock.</i>

en: _Reset Color
en_GB: _Reset Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  991 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #-#-#-#-#  993 (metacity)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1024 (muffin)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1025 (mutter)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1026 (mutter)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #
en: Unma_ximize
en_GB: Unma_ximise

note: #-#-#-#-#  921 (LxPanel)  #-#-#-#-# Add Maximize menu item. #-#-#-#-#  991 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #-#-#-#-#  993 (metacity)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1024 (muffin)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1025 (mutter)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-
en: Ma_ximize
en_GB: Ma_ximise

note: #-#-#-#-#  991 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #-#-#-#-#  993 (metacity)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1024 (muffin)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1025 (mutter)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1026 (mutter)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #
en: Mi_nimize
en_GB: Mi_nimise

en: 24-Hour _Clock
en_GB: 24-Hour_Clock

en: Program Schedule
en_GB: Programme Schedule

en: No items in Trash
en_GB: No items in Wastebasket

en: {0} item in Trash | {0} items in Trash
en_GB[0]: {0} item in Deleted Items
en_GB[1]: {0} items in Deleted Items

en: If you choose to empty the trash, all items in it
    will be permanently lost. Please note that you
    can also delete them separately.
en_GB: If you choose to empty the Deleted Items folder, all items in it
    will be permanently lost. Please note that you
    can also delete them separately.

en: Weather data provided by and copyright The Weather Channel.  This source requires locations to be specified as US Zip Code or a unique code from the website.  To find your code, look up your forecast on their site and the code is in the URL after '/local/' and looks like AAXX0000.
en_GB: Weather data provided by and copyright The Weather Channel.  This source requires locations to be specified as US Zip Code or a unique code from the website. To find your code, look up your forecast on their site and the code is in the URL after '/local/' and looks like AAXX0000.

note: #-#-#-#-#  498 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file calibratedlg.ui line 208
en: Reset Color
en_GB: Reset Colour

en: 
    Unknows command: %s
en_GB: 
    Unknown command: %s

en: Center %s
en_GB: Centre %s

en: Reflexion axe %s
en_GB: Reflexion axis %s

en: Circle defined by its center and a point:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and a point:: %s

en: Circle defined by its center and a segment:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and a segment:: %s

en: Circle defined by its center and radius:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and radius:: %s

en: Circle: select its center and a point or its radius (number or segment)
en_GB: Circle: select its centre and a point or its radius (number or segment)

en: Central symmetry: select a geometric object and the center
en_GB: Central symmetry: select a geometric object and the centre

en: Rotation: select a geometric object, the center and an angle or a scalar
en_GB: Rotation: select a geometric object, the centre and an angle or a scalar

en: Scale: select a geometric object, the center and a scalar
en_GB: Scale: select a geometric object, the centre and a scalar

en: Select Color
en_GB: Select Colour

en: Axial symmetry of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected line is the line to transform
en_GB: Axial symmetry of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected line is the line to transform

en: Central symmetry of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to transform
en_GB: Central symmetry of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to transform

en: Circle defines by center and point, radius or segment
en_GB: Circle defines by centre and point, radius or segment

en: Custome User Interface
en_GB: Custom User Interface

en: Custome User Interface in the current view
en_GB: Custom User Interface in the current view

en: Rotation of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to rotate
en_GB: Rotation of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to rotate

en: Scale an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to transform
en_GB: Scale an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to transform

en: Translation of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected vector is the vector to translate
en_GB: Translation of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected vector is the vector to translate

en: Select the touchpad scroll method. Supported values are: 0: disabled, 1: edge scrolling, and 2: two-finger scrolling
en_GB: Select the touchpad scroll method. Supported values are: 0: disabled, 1: edge scrolling and 2: two-finger scrolling

en: New shortcut...
en_GB: New shortcut…

en: An internal error occured
en_GB: An internal error occurred

en: C_olors:
en_GB: C_olours

en: _Show...
en_GB: _Show…

[ctx: Sound event]
en: Empty trash
en_GB: Empty wastebasket

en: File %s complete in backup set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.
en_GB: File %s complete in back-up set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.

en: File %s missing in backup set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.
en_GB: File %s missing in back-up set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.

en: Synchronizing remote metadata to local cache...
en_GB: Synchronising remote metadata to local cache...

en: Unable to get free space on temp.
en_GB: Unable to get free space in temp.

en: RESTART: Impossible backup state: manifest has %d vols, remote has %d vols.
             Restart is impossible ... duplicity will clean off the last partial
             backup then restart the backup from the beginning.
en_GB: RESTART: Impossible backup state: manifest has %d vols, remote has %d vols.
             Restart is impossible ... Duplicity will clean off the last partial
             backup then restart the backup from the beginning.

en: Could not initialize backend: %s
en_GB: Could not initialise backend: %s

en: Fatal Error: No manifests found for most recent backup
en_GB: Fatal Error: No manifest found for most recent backup

en: Num volumes:
en_GB: Number of volumes:

en: Archive dir: %s
en_GB: Archive directory: %s

en: Bad interval string "%s"
    
    Intervals are specified like 2Y (2 years) or 2h30m (2.5 hours).  The
    allowed special characters are s, m, h, D, W, M, and Y.  See the man
    page for more information.
en_GB: Bad interval string "%s"
    
    Intervals are specified like 2Y (2 years) or 2h30m (2.5 hours).  The
    allowed special characters are s, m, h, D, W, M, and Y.  See the manual
    page for more information.

en: Ekiga is an application for voice over IP, IP telephony, and video conferencing, with support for many audio and video codecs.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> is an application for voice over IP, IP telephony, and video conferencing, with support for many audio and video codecs.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> is a free Voice over IP, IP Telephony and Video-Conferencing application for Linux and other Unices (e.g BSD, OpenSolaris or MacOSX). It was written by Damien Sandras and is licensed under the GNU/GPL.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> is a free Voice over IP, IP Telephony and Video-Conferencing application for Linux and other Unices (e.g. BSD, OpenSolaris or Mac OS X). It was written by Damien Sandras and is licenced under the GNU/GPL.

en: Ekiga is able to use modern Voice over IP protocols like SIP and H.323. It supports all major features defined by those protocols like <emphasis>call hold</emphasis>, <emphasis>call transfer</emphasis>, <emphasis>call forwarding</emphasis>, ... It also supports <emphasis>instant messaging</emphasis>, and <emphasis>presence</emphasis>. It also has advanced support for <emphasis>NAT traversal</emphasis>. Ekiga supports the best <emphasis>free</emphasis> audio and video codecs, and has wideband support for a superior audio quality, together with echo cancellation.
en_GB: Ekiga is able to use modern Voice over IP protocols like SIP and H.323. It supports all major features defined by those protocols like <emphasis>call hold</emphasis>, <emphasis>call transfer</emphasis>, <emphasis>call forwarding</emphasis>, etc.. It also supports <emphasis>instant messaging</emphasis>, and <emphasis>presence</emphasis>. It also has advanced support for <emphasis>NAT traversal</emphasis>. Ekiga supports the best <emphasis>free</emphasis> audio and video codecs, and has wideband support for a superior audio quality, together with echo cancellation.

en: The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is a protocol developed by the IETF MMUSIC Working Group and proposed standard for initiating, modifying, and terminating an interactive user session that involves multimedia elements such as video, voice, instant messaging, online games, and virtual reality. In November 2000, SIP was accepted as a 3GPP signaling protocol and permanent element of the IMS architecture. It is one of the leading signalling protocols for Voice over IP.
en_GB: The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is a protocol developed by the IETF MMUSIC Working Group and proposed standard for initiating, modifying, and terminating an interactive user session that involves multimedia elements such as video, voice, instant messaging, online games, and virtual reality. In November 2000, SIP was accepted as a 3GPP signalling protocol and permanent element of the IMS architecture. It is one of the leading signalling protocols for Voice over IP.

en: H.323 was originally created to provide a mechanism for transporting multimedia applications over LANs but it has rapidly evolved to address the growing needs of VoIP networks. One strength of H.323 was the relatively early availability of a set of standards, not only defining the basic call model, but in addition the supplementary services, needed to address business communication expectations. H.323 was the first VoIP standard to adopt the IETF standard RTP to transport audio and video over IP networks. H.323 is based on the ISDN Q.931 protocol and is suited for interworking scenarios between IP and ISDN, respectively between IP and QSIG. A call model, similar to the ISDN call model, eases the introduction of IP Telephony into existing networks of ISDN based PBX systems.
en_GB: H.323 was originally created to provide a mechanism for transporting multimedia applications over LANs but it has rapidly evolved to address the growing needs of VoIP networks. One strength of H.323 was the relatively early availability of a set of standards, not only defining the basic call model, but in addition the supplementary services, needed to address business communication expectations. H.323 was the first VoIP standard to adopt the IETF standard RTP to transport audio and video over IP networks. H.323 is based on the ISDN Q.931 protocol and is suited for interworking scenarios between IP and ISDN, respectively between IP and QSIG. A call model, similar to the ISDN call model, eases the introduction of IP Telephony into existing networks of ISDN-based PBX systems.

en: All settings can be changed via the preferences window at anytime.
en_GB: All settings can be changed via the preferences window at any time.

en: Throughout the entire configuration process navigation is available at the bottom of the window. You will be able to navigate through the questions using Back, Forward and Cancel. If you hit Cancel during the setup <application>Ekiga</application> will not be affected by your changes and all entered information will be discarded.
en_GB: Throughout the entire configuration process navigation is available at the bottom of the window. You will be able to navigate through the questions using <guibutton>Back</guibutton>, <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> and <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>. If you press <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> during the setup <application>Ekiga</application> will not be affected by your changes and all entered information will be discarded.

en: This page welcomes you to the Configuration Assistant. There is nothing to change or edit here. Press the 'Forward' button towards the bottom of the window to start the configuration.
en_GB: This page welcomes you to the Configuration Assistant. There is nothing to change or edit here. Press the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button towards the bottom of the window to start the configuration.

en: Just follow the link given in the dialog to get an account if you do not have one, then fill in your username and password. Please press 'Forward' after having entered all required information to continue.
en_GB: Just follow the link given in the dialogue to get an account if you do not have one, then fill in your username and password. Please press <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> after having entered all required information to continue.

en: If you want to create an account and use it to call your friends and family using regular phones at interesting rates, simply create an account using the "Get an Ekiga Call Out account" link. Once the account has been created, you will receive a login and a password by e-mail. Simply enter them in the dialog, and you are ready to call regular phones using <application>Ekiga</application>
en_GB: If you want to create an account and use it to call your friends and family using regular phones at interesting rates, simply create an account using the <guilabel>Get an Ekiga Call Out account</guilabel> link. Once the account has been created, you will receive a login and a password by e-mail. Simply enter them in the dialogue, and you are ready to call regular phones using <application>Ekiga</application>

en: With the default setup, you can simply use sip:3210444555 and choose sip.diamondcard.us to call the real phone number +3210444555, 32 is the country code, 10444555 is the number to call. We encourage you to put your favorite phone numbers in the address book.
en_GB: With the default setup, you can simply use <userinput>sip:3210444555</userinput> and choose <guilabel>sip.diamondcard.us</guilabel> to call the real phone number +3210444555, 32 is the country code, 10444555 is the number to call. We encourage you to put your favourite phone numbers in the address book.

en: Just follow the link given in the dialog to get an account if you do not have one, then fill in your username and password. Please press 'Forward' after entering all required information to continue.
en_GB: Just follow the link given in the dialogue to get an account if you do not have one, then fill in your username and password. Please press <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> after entering all required information to continue.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> supports several audio and video codecs. It includes codecs with excellent quality as well as codecs with medium to good quality. The higher the quality of a codec, the more bandwidth it requires. Moreover, video codecs can adapt their quality to the available bandwidth. This option is necessary in the initial configuration of <application>Ekiga</application> so that it chooses the optimal codec suited to your network connection and so that it adjusts the video quality settings. If your connection type is not mentioned in the list you should select the one closest to your network connection and adjust <application>Ekiga</application> manually with the preferences window (codecs section) later on.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> supports several audio and video codecs. It includes codecs with excellent quality as well as codecs with medium-to-good quality. The higher the quality of a codec, the more bandwidth it requires. Moreover, video codecs can adapt their quality to the available bandwidth. This option is necessary in the initial configuration of <application>Ekiga</application> so that it chooses the optimal codec suited to your network connection and so that it adjusts the video quality settings. If your connection type is not mentioned in the list you should select the one closest to your network connection and adjust <application>Ekiga</application> manually with the preferences window (codecs section) later on.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> requires audio devices to play and record sound. The audio output device ouputs the incoming sound stream during a call. Please select the device that your headset or speakers are connected to. The audio input device is what your microphone is connected to. These settings might be the same as the settings for the audio player if you have only one soundcard. But please note that it is also possible to record sound via another device (e.g. internal microphone in a webcam) too. This section also allows you to choose the ringing device. This device can be different from the audio output device. It allows you to hear the incoming call ringing sound event in your speakers, while having your headset connected for calls.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> requires audio devices to play and record sound. The audio output device ouputs the incoming sound stream during a call. Please select the device to which that your headset or speakers are connected. The audio input device is what your microphone is connected to. These settings might be the same as the settings for the audio player if you have only one soundcard. But please note that it is also possible to record sound via another device (e.g. internal microphone in a webcam) too. This section also allows you to choose the ringing device. This device can be different from the audio output device. It allows you to hear the incoming call ringing sound event in your speakers, while having your headset connected for calls.

en: The configuration of <application>Ekiga</application> is now completed. The last window only shows a short configuration summary of the settings you have chosen. Please verify that all these settings are correct. If something is incorrect you may use the 'Back' button in the lower right hand corner of the window to move to any page of the assistant and correct the mistake.
en_GB: The configuration of <application>Ekiga</application> is now complete. The last window only shows a short configuration summary of the settings you have chosen. Please verify that all these settings are correct. If something is incorrect you may use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the lower-right-hand corner of the window to move to any page of the assistant and correct the mistake.

en: If everything is correct please press the 'Apply' button to save the configuration. The assistant will be closed and the main Window of <application>Ekiga</application> will now appear. Remember, all settings can be changed via the preferences window at anytime.
en_GB: If everything is correct please press the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button to save the configuration. The assistant will be closed and the main Window of <application>Ekiga</application> will now appear. Remember, all settings can be changed via the preferences window at any time.

en: From computer to computer (PC-To-PC)
en_GB: From computer to computer (PC-to-PC)

en: The SIP address can be used by other users to call you. Similarly, you can use the SIP address of your friends and family to call them. You can for example use <emphasis>sip:dsandras@ekiga.net</emphasis> to call the author of Ekiga.
en_GB: The SIP address can be used by other users to call you. Similarly, you can use the SIP address of your friends and family to call them. You can for example use <userinput>sip:dsandras@ekiga.net</userinput> to call the author of <application>Ekiga</application>.

en: If you know the URI address of the party that you wish to call, you may enter that URI into the sip: input box at the top of the screen and press the Connect button; eg: sip:foo@ekiga.net and pressing the Connect button would call the user at that address.
en_GB: If you know the URI address of the party that you wish to call, you may enter that URI into the <guilabel>sip:</guilabel> input box at the top of the screen and press the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button; e.g.: <userinput>sip:foo@ekiga.net</userinput> and pressing the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button would call the user at that address.

en: From computer to real phones (PC-To-Phone)
en_GB: From computer to real phones (PC-to-Phone)

en: With the default setup, you can simply use sip:3210444555 and select sip.diamondcard.us in the list to call the real phone number +3210444555, 32 is the country code, 10444555 is the number to call.
en_GB: With the default setup, you can simply use <userinput>sip:3210444555</userinput> and select <guilabel>sip.diamondcard.us</guilabel> in the list to call the real phone number +3210444555, 32 is the country code, 10444555 is the number to call.

en: You can also dial real phone numbers from the address book. If the phone number of the contact you want to call is stored in the address book, simply select Action -&gt; Call [Ekiga Call Out] when the contact is highlighted. It will dial the phone number of the contact using the Ekiga Call Out account.
en_GB: You can also dial real phone numbers from the address book. If the phone number of the contact you want to call is stored in the address book, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Call [Ekiga Call Out]</guimenuitem></menuchoice> when the contact is highlighted. It will dial the phone number of the contact using the Ekiga Call Out account.

en: From real phone to computer (Phone-To-PC)
en_GB: From real phone to computer (Phone-to-PC)

en: <application>Ekiga</application> can be used to receive incoming calls from regular phones. To allow this, you can simply login to your PC-To-Phone account using the Tools menu as described above, and buy a phone number in the country of your choice. <application>Ekiga</application> will ring when people will call that phone number.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> can be used to receive incoming calls from regular phones. To allow this, you can simply log into your PC-to-Phone account using the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu as described above, and buy a phone number in the country of your choice. <application>Ekiga</application> will ring when people will call that phone number.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> is also able to detect other <application>Ekiga</application> users on the LAN using the Bonjour technology popularized by Apple (tm) and to display them in the roster. That supposes you have a local mDNSResponder daemon running on your computer. On Linux systems this service will usually be provided by Avahi.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> is also able to detect other <application>Ekiga</application> users on the LAN using the Bonjour technology popularised by Apple (tm) and to display them in the roster. That supposes you have a local mDNSResponder daemon running on your computer. On Linux systems this service will usually be provided by <application>Avahi</application>.

en: To add a contact to the roster, select Chat-&gt;Add Contact, and fill in the required fields. If the service managing the URI you entered for the contact is able to publish presence status, Ekiga will automatically display it.
en_GB: To add a contact to the roster, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Contact</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and fill in the required fields. If the service managing the URI you entered for the contact is able to publish presence status, <application>Ekiga</application> will automatically display it.

en: If you do not know the VoIP URI of a contact, you might try searching for him using the Ekiga.net online directory. To do so, select Chat -&gt; Address Book, and start searching using the 'Search Filter' feature.
en_GB: If you do not know the VoIP URI of a contact, you might try searching for them using the Ekiga.net online directory. To do so, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Address Book</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and start searching using the <guilabel>Search Filter</guilabel> feature.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> allows you to look for contacts using various sources like the <ulink url="http://www.novell.com/products/evolution" type="http">Novell Evolution</ulink> address book, an LDAP directory or the Ekiga.net contact directory. You can use the result of your search to start a chat, call the contact, or simply add him to your roster if you have frequent calls with him. To start looking for contacts, select Chat -&gt; Address Book in the menu. To your left there will be a list dialog showing the LDAP directories as well as a list of local Address Books. The defaults are the <application>Ekiga</application> white pages, and the personal address book from <ulink url="http://www.novell.com/products/evolution" type="http">Novell Evolution</ulink>. Support for more contact sources is possible.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> allows you to look for contacts using various sources like the <ulink url="http://www.novell.com/products/evolution" type="http">Novell Evolution</ulink> address book, an LDAP directory or the Ekiga.net contact directory. You can use the result of your search to start a chat, call the contact, or simply add them to your roster if you have frequent calls with them. To start looking for contacts, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Address Book</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. To your left there will be a list dialogue showing the LDAP directories as well as a list of local Address Books. The defaults are the <application>Ekiga</application> white pages, and the personal address book from <ulink url="http://www.novell.com/products/evolution" type="http">Novell Evolution</ulink>. Support for more contact sources is possible.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> is able to browse any LDAP directory and use any attribute as the calling URI. For example, you could have an LDAP directory in your company, with a specific attribute containing the local extensions of all your colleagues. <application>Ekiga</application> is able to use such an LDAP directory. Simply select in Address Book -&gt; Add an LDAP Address Book, and fill in the required details. You can then right-click on the contact and call him using the call attribute as VoIP URI.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> is able to browse any LDAP directory and use any attribute as the calling URI. For example, you could have an LDAP directory in your company, with a specific attribute containing the local extensions of all your colleagues. <application>Ekiga</application> is able to use such an LDAP directory. Simply select in <menuchoice><guimenu>Address Book</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add an LDAP Address Book</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and fill in the required details. You can then right-click on the contact and call them using the call attribute as VoIP URI.

en: The LDAP Address Book supports a range of settings to allow it to work with any LDAPv3 directory. It allows you to choose the attribute to use for displaying a contact's name in the address book as well as a list of attributes for callng info. E.g., if the directory uses the LDAP inetOrgPerson schema you can configure the Address Book to retrieve the homePhone, mobile, and pager attributes make those values available for calling or messaging. You can also customize a Filter Template for the default LDAP search filter, and override the default filter at any time if you need to perform a more specialized search. The browser also supports all security options for LDAP including ldaps:// (LDAP over SSL), StartTLS, and SASL authentication.
en_GB: The LDAP Address Book supports a range of settings to allow it to work with any LDAPv3 directory. It allows you to choose the attribute to use for displaying a contact's name in the address book as well as a list of attributes for callng info. E.g., if the directory uses the LDAP <literal>inetOrgPerson</literal> schema you can configure the Address Book to retrieve the <literal>homePhone</literal>, <literal>mobile</literal>, and <literal>pager</literal> attributes and make those values available for calling or messaging. You can also customise a <guilabel>Filter Template</guilabel> for the default LDAP search filter, and override the default filter at any time if you need to perform a more specialised search. The browser also supports all security options for LDAP including ldaps:// (LDAP over SSL), StartTLS, and SASL authentication.

en: To refresh the list of users for a specific address book, simply click the Find button. It will search for all users in that address book. You can contact people by double clicking on their highlighted field. You can also message them by right-clicking or by choosing the appropriate action in the Action menu of the window.
en_GB: To refresh the list of users for a specific address book, simply click the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button. It will search for all users in that address book. You can contact people by double-clicking on their highlighted field. You can also message them by right-clicking or by choosing the appropriate action in the <guimenu>Action</guimenu> menu of the window.

en: In certain cases you will want to search specifically for a person name, or his or her call URI in the <application>Ekiga</application> white pages. The address book window allows you to apply filters when searching for contacts. When searching an LDAP directory, entering a simple name in the Search Filter field will perform an LDAP Substring search using the configured Filter Template. If you need to perform a more specialized search you can enter a complete LDAP Filter string, and it will be used instead of the configured Filter Template.
en_GB: In certain cases you will want to search specifically for a person's name, or their call URI in the <application>Ekiga</application> white pages. The address book window allows you to apply filters when searching for contacts. When searching an LDAP directory, entering a simple name in the <guilabel>Search Filter</guilabel> field will perform an LDAP Substring search using the configured <guilabel>Filter Template</guilabel>. If you need to perform a more specialised search you can enter a complete LDAP Filter string, and it will be used instead of the configured <guilabel>Filter Template</guilabel>.

en: Local address books provided by Novell Evolution allow you to add new contacts, or to edit existing contacts. Each different address book allows a different set of features depending on what makes sense for the address book in question. To discover what features are possible, simply select the address book and consult the Action menu.
en_GB: Local address books provided by <application>Novell Evolution</application> allow you to add new contacts, or to edit existing contacts. Each different address book allows a different set of features depending on what makes sense for the address book in question. To discover what features are possible, simply select the address book and consult the <guimenu>Action</guimenu> menu.

en: To add a contact to one of your local address books, simply select the address book you wish to add the contact to and select Action -&gt; New Contact. The option of adding a New Contact will appear and you may now enter his name and VoIP URI as well as other settings. After complete select 'OK' and now your contact has been added. You can only add contacts to local address books. The contact parameters can be changed at any time by selecting Action -&gt; Properties when the contact is highlighted. He can also be deleted by selecting Action -&gt; Remove.
en_GB: To add a contact to one of your local address books, simply select the address book you wish to add the contact to and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Contact</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The option of adding a <guilabel>New Contact</guilabel> will appear and you may now enter their name and VoIP URI as well as other settings. When done, press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and now your contact has been added. You can only add contacts to local address books. The contact parameters can be changed at any time by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> when the contact is highlighted. They can also be deleted by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: You can also add a contact from the white pages (or any other local or remote address book) to the roster by selecting Action -&gt; Add to local roster when the contact is highlighted.
en_GB: You can also add a contact from the white pages (or any other local or remote address book) to the roster by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add to local roster</guimenuitem></menuchoice> when the contact is highlighted.

en: Finally, you can edit the groups your users belong to using the Action -&gt; Properties dialog when the contact is highlighted.
en_GB: Finally, you can edit the groups your users belong to using the <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dialogue when the contact is highlighted.

en: You can send instant messages from the roster, from the call history or from the address book. From the roster or from the call history, simply select Contact -&gt; Message in the main window when a contact is highlighted. From the address book window, simply select Action -&gt; Message when the contact is highlighted. A window pops up, enter your text message, and hit the Enter key.
en_GB: You can send instant messages from the roster, from the call history or from the address book. From the roster or from the call history, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Contact</guimenu><guimenuitem>Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the main window when a contact is highlighted. From the address book window, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Action</guimenu><guimenuitem>Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice> when the contact is highlighted. A window is displayed: enter your text message, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.

en: You can not exchange text messages with all protocols. <application>Ekiga</application> will only display the Message menu item when the protocol associated with the user permits it.
en_GB: You can not exchange text messages with all protocols. <application>Ekiga</application> will only display the <guimenuitem>Message</guimenuitem> menu item when the protocol associated with the user permits it.

en: Updating his own status
en_GB: Updating your own status

en: There are three categories of status messages : online, away and do not disturb. Each of them allows you to specify a more complete status information. Simply select Custom message in the status menu at the bottom of the main window. You can then define your extended status message that will be published using all available protocols supporting it.
en_GB: There are three categories of status messages: online, away and do not disturb. Each of them allows you to specify a more complete status information. Simply select <guilabel>Custom message</guilabel> in the status menu at the bottom of the main window. You can then define your extended status message that will be published using all available protocols supporting it.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> supports different policies for unanswered incoming calls. Per default it displays a popup window which allows you to decide whether you want to refuse or accept the request for an incoming call. If you do not answer the call in the required time, or if you are busy, or if you do not want to receive any call, <application>Ekiga</application> can forward the call to another party.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> supports different policies for unanswered incoming calls. By default it displays a popup window which allows you to decide whether you want to refuse or accept the request for an incoming call. If you do not answer the call in the required time, if you are busy, or if you do not want to receive any call, <application>Ekiga</application> can forward the call to another party.

en: Notice that you need to specify an URI where to forward calls in the preferences to be able to activate that option. Open the preferences window by choosing Edit -&gt; Preferences in the main window and select Call Options on the left. You will now see the appropriate section. It contains three checkboxes for the three cases described above. The URI of the party the calls shall be forwarded to can be configured separately in SIP Settings for SIP and accordingly in H.323 Settings for H.323.
en_GB: Notice that you need to specify an URI to which to forward calls in the preferences to be able to activate that option. Open the preferences window by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the main window and select <guilabel>Call Options</guilabel> on the left. You will now see the appropriate section. It contains three checkboxes for the three cases described above. The URI of the party the calls shall be forwarded to can be configured separately in SIP Settings for SIP and accordingly in H.323 Settings for H.323.

en: Ending a call: The communication to the remote user can be ended by selecting Chat -&gt; Hang up.
en_GB: Ending a call: The communication to the remote user can be ended by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hang up</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Holding a call: You can hold a remote party call by selecting Chat -&gt; Hold Call. This effectively pauses Video and Audio transmission; to continue transmission again you select Chat -&gt; Retrieve Call and Video and Audio Transmission will begin again.
en_GB: Holding a call: You can hold a remote party call by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hold Call</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This effectively pauses Video and Audio transmission; to continue transmission again you select <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu>Retrieve Call</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and Video and Audio Transmission will begin again.

en: Suspend Audio: This effectively prevents all Audio communication to your respective party when selecting Chat -&gt; Suspend Audio.
en_GB: Suspend Audio: This effectively prevents all Audio communication to your respective party when selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Suspend Audio</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Suspend Video: This effectively prevents all Video transmission to your respective party when selecting Chat -&gt; Suspend Video.
en_GB: Suspend Video: This effectively prevents all Video transmission to your respective party when selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Suspend Video</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Transferring the remote party: You can transfer the remote user to another user by selecting Chat -&gt; Transfer Call. It is also possible to transfer an active call by right-clicking and choosing the transfer action when a contact is highlighted in the roster, in the address book or in the call history. Double-clicking or selecting the Contact menu in the main window or the Action menu in the Address Book window and choosing the transfer action will also work.
en_GB: Transferring the remote party: You can transfer the remote user to another user by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Transfer Call</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. It is also possible to transfer an active call by right-clicking and choosing the transfer action when a contact is highlighted in the roster, in the address book or in the call history. Double-clicking or selecting the <guimenu>Contact</guimenu> menu in the main window or the <guimenu>Action</guimenu> menu in the Address Book window and choosing the transfer action will also work.

en: Your audio and video settings can be adjusted through the call panel while you are in a call. If you want to change the audio or video settings during a call, simply show the Call Panel by select View -&gt; Show Call Panel in the menu. The audio volume, but also the brightness, whiteness, color and contrast of your video input device can be changed to achieve the best quality.
en_GB: Your audio and video settings can be adjusted through the call panel while you are in a call. If you want to change the audio or video settings during a call, simply show the Call Panel by select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Call Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. The audio volume, but also the brightness, whiteness, colour and contrast of your video input device can be changed to achieve the best quality.

en: You can also change your audio and video devices during a call. Simply go in the preferences window by selecting Edit -&gt; Preferences in the menu, and adjust your devices in the appropriate section.
en_GB: You can also change your audio and video devices during a call. Simply go in the preferences window by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu, and adjust your devices in the appropriate section.

en: Placed calls keeps track of all attempts - successful or not - to call another user.
en_GB: Placed calls keeps track of all attempts – successful or not – to call another user.

en: The Call History stores information (date, duration, URI, Remote user) about all outgoing and incoming calls. They are divided into three groups - received calls, placed calls and missed calls. You can consult the call history by selecting View -&gt; Call History in the menu. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The Call History stores information (date, duration, URI, Remote user) about all outgoing and incoming calls. They are divided into three groups — received calls, placed calls and missed calls. You can consult the call history by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Call History</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. <placeholder-1/>

en: Double-clicking on a row in the Calls History will call back the selected user or transfer any active call to that user. Notice that you can also add the contact to your roster by selecting Chat -&gt; Contact -&gt; Add to local roster in the main menu when the call is highlighted.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a row in the Calls History will call back the selected user or transfer any active call to that user. Notice that you can also add the contact to your roster by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guisubmenu>Contact</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Add to local roster</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the main menu when the call is highlighted.

en: You can open the accounts window by selecting Edit -&gt; Accounts. This will open the Accounts Window. The Accounts Window will allow you to add Ekiga.net, Ekiga Call Out, SIP and H.323 accounts and to register to them. An account describes the user login and password parameters to register to SIP and H.323 services. Those <emphasis>services</emphasis> can be an Internet Telephony Service provider (like ekiga.net), or an IPBX (like CISCO, Nortel, or Asterisk).
en_GB: You can open the accounts window by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Accounts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will open the Accounts Window. The Accounts Window will allow you to add Ekiga.net, Ekiga Call Out, SIP and H.323 accounts and to register to them. An account describes the user login and password parameters to register to SIP and H.323 services. Those <emphasis>services</emphasis> can be an Internet Telephony Service provider (like ekiga.net), or an IPBX (like CISCO, Nortel, or Asterisk).

en: <emphasis>User:</emphasis> You can enter your login.
en_GB: <guilabel>User:</guilabel> You can enter your login.

en: <emphasis>Password:</emphasis> You can enter your password.
en_GB: <guilabel>Password:</guilabel> You can enter your password.

en: To add an Ekiga.net account, simply select Account -&gt; Add an Ekiga.net Account in the menu. A dialog will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To add an Ekiga.net account, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add an Ekiga.net Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. A dialogue will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>

en: <emphasis>Account ID:</emphasis> You can enter your account ID.
en_GB: <guilabel>Account ID:</guilabel> You can enter your account ID.

en: <emphasis>PIN Code:</emphasis> You can enter your PIN code.
en_GB: <guilabel>PIN Code:</guilabel> You can enter your PIN code.

en: To add an Ekiga Call Out account, simply select Account -&gt; Add an Ekiga Call Out Account in the menu. A dialog will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To add an Ekiga Call Out account, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add an Ekiga Call Out Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. A dialogue will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>

en: If you do not have an Ekiga Call Out account yet, you can subscribe for one using the 'Get an Ekiga.net Call Out account' link in the dialog. As described above, this service will allow you to call normal phones worldwide at interesting rates. Once the account has been added, you can recharge it, consult the balance history or the call history by selecting the appropriate menu item in the Account menu of the window when the account is highlighted.
en_GB: If you do not have an Ekiga Call Out account yet, you can subscribe for one using the <guilabel>Get an Ekiga.net Call Out account</guilabel> link in the dialogue. As described above, this service will allow you to call normal phones worldwide at interesting rates. Once the account has been added, you can recharge it, consult the balance history or the call history by selecting the appropriate menu item in the <guimenu>Account</guimenu> menu of the window when the account is highlighted.

en: <emphasis>Name:</emphasis> You can enter the account name.
en_GB: <guilabel>Name:</guilabel> You can enter the account name.

en: <emphasis>Registrar:</emphasis> The registrar to which you want to register. This is usually an IP address or an host name that will be given to you by your Internet Telephony Service Provider, or by your administrator if you are trying to register to a SIP IPBX.
en_GB: <guilabel>Registrar:</guilabel> The registrar with which you want to register. This is usually an IP address or an host name that will be given to you by your Internet Telephony Service Provider, or by your administrator if you are trying to register to a SIP IPBX.

en: <emphasis>Authentication User:</emphasis> If it is different from the user parameter you provided above. In that case, the user field will be used to control the outgoing identity for the account you are adding, while the login will be used during the authentication phase.
en_GB: <guilabel>Authentication User:</guilabel> If it is different from the user parameter you provided above. In that case, the user field will be used to control the outgoing identity for the account you are adding, while the login will be used during the authentication phase.

en: <emphasis>Timeout:</emphasis> The timeout after which the registration should be refreshed.
en_GB: <guilabel>Timeout:</guilabel> The timeout after which the registration should be refreshed.

en: To add a SIP account, simply select Account -&gt; Add a SIP Account in the menu. A dialog will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To add a SIP account, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add a SIP Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. A dialogue will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>

en: <emphasis>Gatekeeper:</emphasis> The gatekeeper to which you want to register. This is usually an IP address or a host name that will be given to you by your Internet Telephony Service Provider, or by your administrator if you are trying to register to an H.323 IPBX.
en_GB: <guilabel>Gatekeeper:</guilabel> The gatekeeper with which you want to register. This is usually an IP address or a host name that will be given to you by your Internet Telephony Service Provider, or by your administrator if you are trying to register to an H.323 IPBX.

en: <emphasis>Registration Timeout:</emphasis> The timeout after which the registration should be updated.
en_GB: <guilabel>Registration Timeout:</guilabel> The timeout after which the registration should be updated.

en: To add an H.323 account, simply select Account -&gt; Add an H.323 Account in the menu. A dialog will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To add an H.323 account, simply select <menuchoice><guimenu>Account</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add an H.323 Account</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu. A dialogue will appear and allow you to enter several parameters: <placeholder-1/>

en: SIP URI's
en_GB: SIP URIs

en: SIP URIs are formatted as such "sip:user@[host[:port]]"
en_GB: SIP URIs are formatted as such <literal>sip:user@[host[:port]]</literal>

en: This permits you to call the given user or extension on the specified SIP proxy: <emphasis>sip:jonita@ekiga.net</emphasis>
en_GB: This permits you to call the given user or extension on the specified SIP proxy: <userinput>sip:jonita@ekiga.net</userinput>

en: H.323 URIs are formatted as such "h323:[user@][host[:port]]"
en_GB: H.323 URIs are formatted as such <literal>h323:[user@][host[:port]]</literal>

en: Call a given host on a port different from the default port which is 1720: <emphasis>h323:seconix.com:1740</emphasis>
en_GB: Call a given host on a port different from the default port which is 1720: <userinput>h323:seconix.com:1740</userinput>

en: Call a given user using their respective alias if registered to a gatekeeper: <emphasis>h323:jonita</emphasis>
en_GB: Call a given user using their respective alias if registered to a gatekeeper: <userinput>h323:jonita</userinput>

en: Call a given phone number if you are registered to a gatekeeper for a PC-To-Phone provider, or if that user has an ENUM record associated to an H.323 URI: <emphasis>h323:003210111222</emphasis>
en_GB: Call a given phone number if you are registered to a gatekeeper for a PC-to-Phone provider, or if that user has an ENUM record associated to an H.323 URI: <userinput>h323:003210111222</userinput>

en: Call a given user using their alias through a specific gateway or proxy: <emphasis>h323:jonita@gateway.seconix.com</emphasis>
en_GB: Call a given user using their alias through a specific gateway or proxy: <userinput>h323:jonita@gateway.seconix.com</userinput>

en: Call an MCU and join a specific room: <emphasis>h323:myfriendsroom@mcu.seconix.com</emphasis>
en_GB: Call an MCU and join a specific room: <userinput>h323:myfriendsroom@mcu.seconix.com</userinput>

en: Choosing a higher framerate and a lower quality will have the same result in terms of video bandwidth as choosing a higher quality with a lower framerate. The choice depends on if you prefer using your bandwidth to transmit more lower quality images or fewer high quality images.
en_GB: Choosing a higher framerate and a lower quality will have the same result in terms of video bandwidth as choosing a higher quality with a lower framerate. The choice depends on if you prefer using your bandwidth to transmit more lower-quality images or fewer high-quality images.

en: To enable that feature on <application>Ekiga</application>, simply add the contact with his URI in the roster. If the server supports publishing presence information, <application>Ekiga</application> will automatically publish your own presence information and display the presence of contacts in your roster.
en_GB: To enable that feature on <application>Ekiga</application>, simply add the contact with their URI in the roster. If the server supports publishing presence information, <application>Ekiga</application> will automatically publish your own presence information and display the presence of contacts in your roster.

en: When you reorder the codecs, you are reordering the local capabilities table, ie the codecs you will use for sending. You will always transmit audio and video using the first codec in the corresponding table that is in common with the remote user. The remote user will transmit audio and video using the first codec in his table that is common with you.
en_GB: When you reorder the codecs, you are reordering the local capabilities table, i.e. the codecs you will use for sending. You will always transmit audio and video using the first codec in the corresponding table that is in common with the remote user. The remote user will transmit audio and video using the first codec in his table that is common with you.

en: You can adjust the delay to wait before playing the sound buffers that you have received using the jitter buffer adjustment. If there is too much packet loss, the delay required to have received all packets could be so important that it will exceed the jitter buffer. In such a case, the sound you are receiving will be of bad quality. A solution to that problem would be to increase the maximum limit of the jitter buffer to a few seconds, resulting in a big delay but in an improved voice quality. Notice that the jitter buffer will readapt itself to the lowest delay allowing for optimum transmission, and that a bad voice quality in reception is not due to a too low jitter buffer value, but to bad internet connection quality.
en_GB: You can adjust the delay to wait before playing the sound buffers that you have received using the jitter buffer adjustment. If there is too much packet loss, the delay required to have received all packets could be so important that it will exceed the jitter buffer. In such a case, the sound you are receiving will be of bad quality. A solution to that problem would be to increase the maximum limit of the jitter buffer to a few seconds, resulting in a big delay but in an improved voice quality. Notice that the jitter buffer will readapt itself to the lowest delay allowing for optimum transmission, and that a bad voice quality in reception is not due to a too low jitter buffer value, but to bad Internet connection quality.

en: The main port used to listen for incoming connections in <application>Ekiga</application> for SIP is port 5060 (UDP), while 1720 (TCP) is used by H.323. To change those ports you need to load "gconf-editor". Open gconf-editor, select apps from the left hand side menu and then select <application>Ekiga</application>, Protocols. Then select "sip" or "h323", it should give you a list in the corresponding window to your right. Select listen_port and change it to your desired value. You can also change the UDP/RTP port ranges.
en_GB: The main port used to listen for incoming connections in <application>Ekiga</application> for SIP is port 5060 (UDP), while 1720 (TCP) is used by H.323. To change those ports you need to load <command>gconf-editor</command>. Open <command>gconf-editor</command>, select <literal>apps</literal> from the left-hand side menu and then select <literal><application>Ekiga</application></literal>, <literal>Protocols</literal>. Then select <literal>sip</literal> or <literal>h323</literal>; it should give you a list in the corresponding window to your right. Select <literal>listen_port</literal> and change it to your desired value. You can also change the UDP/RTP port ranges.

en: 1. The "listen_port" value is the port <application>Ekiga</application> will use to listen for incoming connections. It is different for SIP and H.323.
en_GB: 1. The <literal>listen_port</literal> value is the port <application>Ekiga</application> will use to listen for incoming connections. It is different for SIP and H.323.

en: 2. The "udp_port_range" value is the range of UDP ports that <application>Ekiga</application> will use for SIP signalling or when registering to H.323 gatekeepers. It is also used for RTP (audio and video communication channels).
en_GB: 2. The <literal>udp_port_range</literal> value is the range of UDP ports that <application>Ekiga</application> will use for SIP signalling or when registering to H.323 gatekeepers. It is also used for RTP (audio and video communication channels).

en: 3. The "tcp_port_range" value is the range of TCP ports beside the listen_port that <application>Ekiga</application> will use for the H.245 channel with the H.323 protocol. That port range is not used by SIP. It is also not used when H.245 Tunneling is enabled, which is generally the case, except when calling old H.323 implementations like Netmeeting.
en_GB: 3. The <literal>tcp_port_range</literal> value is the range of TCP ports beside the <literal>listen_port</literal> that <application>Ekiga</application> will use for the H.245 channel with the H.323 protocol. That port range is not used by SIP. It is also not used when H.245 Tunnelling is enabled, which is generally the case, except when calling old H.323 implementations like <application>Netmeeting</application>.

en: The outbound proxy is the SIP proxy that will relay your calls. The behavior of a SIP proxy is similar to the behavior of an HTTP proxy, i.e. some entity that issues the requests on your behalf and proxies the streams.
en_GB: The outbound proxy is the SIP proxy that will relay your calls. The behaviour of a SIP proxy is similar to the behaviour of an HTTP proxy, i.e. some entity that issues the requests on your behalf and proxies the streams.

en: <application>Ekiga</application> permits a fine control of the H.323 settings in the Advanced H.323 Settings section of the preferences. You can enable H.245 Tunneling, Early H.245 and Fast Start.
en_GB: <application>Ekiga</application> permits a fine control of the H.323 settings in the <guilabel>Advanced H.323 Settings</guilabel> section of the preferences. You can enable H.245 Tunnelling, Early H.245 and Fast Start.

en: H.245 Tunneling
en_GB: H.245 Tunnelling

en: H.245 Tunneling is the encapsulation of H.245 messages within H.225/Q.931 messages (H.245 Tunneling). If you have a firewall and enable H.245 Tunneling, there is one less TCP port that you need to allow for incoming connections.
en_GB: H.245 Tunnelling is the encapsulation of H.245 messages within H.225/Q.931 messages (H.245 Tunnelling). If you have a firewall and enable H.245 Tunnelling, there is one fewer TCP port that you need to allow for incoming connections.

en: Fast Connect is a new method of call setup that bypasses some usual steps in order to make it faster. In addition to the speed improvement, Fast Connect allows the media channels to be operational before the CONNECT message is sent, which is a requirement for certain billing procedures. It was introduced in H.323 version 2.
en_GB: Fast Connect is a new method of call setup that bypasses some usual steps in order to make it faster. In addition to the speed improvement, Fast Connect allows the media channels to be operational before the <literal>CONNECT</literal> message is sent, which is a requirement for certain billing procedures. It was introduced in H.323 version 2.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: The video channel number to use (to select camera, tv or other sources)
en_GB: The video channel number to use (to select camera, TV or other sources)

en: The range of TCP ports that Ekiga will use for the H.323 H.245 channel. This port range has no effect if both participants to the conference are using H.245 Tunneling.
en_GB: The range of TCP ports that Ekiga will use for the H.323 H.245 channel. This port range has no effect if both participants to the conference are using H.245 Tunnelling.

en: Enable H.245 tunneling
en_GB: Enable H.245 tunnelling

en: This enables H.245 Tunneling mode. In H.245 Tunneling mode H.245 messages are encapsulated into the H.225 channel (port 1720). This saves one TCP connection during calls. H.245 Tunneling was introduced in H.323v2 and Netmeeting does not support it. Using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunneling can crash some versions of Netmeeting.
en_GB: This enables H.245 Tunnelling mode. In H.245 Tunnelling mode H.245 messages are encapsulated into the H.225 channel (port 1720). This saves one TCP connection during calls. H.245 Tunnelling was introduced in H.323v2 and Netmeeting does not support it. Using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunnelling can crash some versions of Netmeeting.

en: Connection will be established in Fast Start mode. Fast Start is a new way to start calls faster that was introduced in H.323v2. It is not supported by Netmeeting and using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunneling can crash some versions of Netmeeting
en_GB: Connection will be established in Fast Start mode. Fast Start is a new way to start calls faster that was introduced in H.323v2. It is not supported by Netmeeting and using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunnelling can crash some versions of Netmeeting

en: Specify the software scaling algorithm: 0: nearest neighbor, 1: nearest neighbor with box filter, 2: bilinear filtering, 3: hyperbolic filtering. Does not apply on windows systems.
en_GB: Specify the software scaling algorithm: 0: nearest neighbour, 1: nearest neighbour with box filter, 2: bilinear filtering, 3: hyperbolic filtering. Does not apply on windows systems.

en: The zoom value in percent to apply to images displayed in the main GUI (can be 50, 100, or 200)
en_GB: The zoom value in percent to apply to images displayed in the main GUI (can be 50, 100 or 200)

en: The maximum TX video bitrate in kbit/s. The video quality and the number of transmitted frames per second (depends on selected codec) will be dynamically adjusted above their minimum during calls to try to minimize the bandwidth to the given value
en_GB: The maximum TX video bitrate in Kbps. The video quality and the number of transmitted frames per second (depends on selected codec) will be dynamically adjusted above their minimum during calls to try to minimise the bandwidth to the given value

en: The maximum RX video bitrate in kbit/s. This value will be signaled to the peer endpoint that can adjust (if it supports it) its TX bitrate if it is above the signaled value
en_GB: The maximum RX video bitrate in kbit/s. This value will be signalled to the peer endpoint that can adjust (if it supports it) its TX bitrate if it is above the signalled value

en: Please fill in this form to add a new contact to ekiga's internal roster
en_GB: Please fill in this form to add a new contact to Ekiga's internal roster

en: Unauthorized
en_GB: Unauthorised

en: Does not exist anymore
en_GB: Does not exist any more

en: Error while initializing video output
en_GB: Error while initialising video output

en: There was an error opening or initializing the video output. Please verify that no other application is using the accelerated video output.
en_GB: There was an error opening or initialising the video output. Please verify that no other application is using the accelerated video output.

en: There was an error opening or initializing the video output. Please verify that you are using a color depth of 24 or 32 bits per pixel.
en_GB: There was an error opening or initialising the video output. Please verify that you are using a colour depth of 24 or 32 bits per pixel.

en: There was an error while opening the device. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it still is not accessible, please check your permissions and make sure that the appropriate driver is loaded.
en_GB: There was an error while opening the device. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it is still not accessible, please check your permissions and make sure that the appropriate driver is loaded.

en: Your driver doesn't seem to support any of the color formats supported by Ekiga.
     Please check your kernel driver documentation in order to determine which Palette is supported.
en_GB: Your driver doesn't seem to support any of the colour formats supported by Ekiga.
     Please check your kernel driver documentation in order to determine which Palette is supported.

en: Unable to open the selected audio device for recording. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it still is not accessible, please check your audio setup, the permissions and that the device is not busy.
en_GB: Unable to open the selected audio device for recording. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it is still not accessible, please check your audio setup, the permissions and that the device is not busy.

en: The selected audio device was successfully opened but it is impossible to read data from this device. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it still is not accessible, please check your audio setup.
en_GB: The selected audio device was successfully opened but it is impossible to read data from this device. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it is still not accessible, please check your audio setup.

en: Unable to open the selected audio device for playing. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it still is not accessible, please check your audio setup, the permissions and that the device is not busy.
en_GB: Unable to open the selected audio device for playing. In case it is a pluggable device it may be sufficient to reconnect it. If not, or if it is still not accessible, please check your audio setup, the permissions and that the device is not busy.

en: Lost packets: %.1f %%
    Late packets: %.1f %%
    Out of order packets: %.1f %%
    Jitter buffer: %d ms
    Codecs: %s
    Resolution: %s %s
en_GB: Lost packets: %.1f %%
    Late packets: %.1f %%
    Out-of-order packets: %.1f %%
    Jitter buffer: %d ms
    Codecs: %s
    Resolution: %s %s

en: Suspend _Audio
en_GB: Mute _Audio

en: Adjust color
en_GB: Adjust colour

en: Change the color settings of your video device
en_GB: Change the colour settings of your video device

en: _Smile...
en_GB: _Smile…

note: The toggles
en: Enable H.245 _tunneling
en_GB: Enable H.245 _tunnelling

en: Connection will be established in Fast Start mode. Fast Start is a new way to start calls faster that was introduced in H.323v2. It is not supported by Netmeeting and using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunneling can crash some versions of Netmeeting.
en_GB: Connection will be established in Fast Start mode. Fast Start is a new way to start calls faster that was introduced in H.323v2. It is not supported by Netmeeting and using both Fast Start and H.245 Tunnelling can crash some versions of Netmeeting.

en: Enable echo can_celation
en_GB: Enable echo can_cellation

en: Maximum video _bitrate (in kbits/s):
en_GB: Maximum video _bitrate (in Kbps):

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Ekiga is licensed under the GPL license and as a special exception, you have permission to link or otherwise combine this program with the programs OPAL, OpenH323 and PWLIB, and distribute the combination, without applying the requirements of the GNU GPL to the OPAL, OpenH323 and PWLIB programs, as long as you do follow the requirements of the GNU GPL for all the rest of the software thus combined.
en_GB: Ekiga is licenced under the GPL licence and as a special exception, you have permission to link or otherwise combine this program with the programs OPAL, OpenH323 and PWLIB, and distribute the combination, without applying the requirements of the GNU GPL to the OPAL, OpenH323 and PWLIB programs, as long as you do follow the requirements of the GNU GPL for all the rest of the software thus combined.

en: _Cell phone:
en_GB: _Mobile phone:

en: Are you sure you want to remove %s from the addressbook?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove %s from the address book?

en: _Remove addressbook
en_GB: _Remove address book

en: Addressbook _properties
en_GB: Address book _properties

en: Could not initialize server
en_GB: Could not initialise server

en: Book name, as shown in your dialog box
en_GB: Book name, as shown in your dialogue box

en: Authorization to see your presence
en_GB: Authorisation to see your presence

en: decide later (also close or cancel this dialog)
en_GB: decide later (also close or cancel this dialogue)

en: Add new resource-list
en_GB: Add new resource list

en: Please fill in this form to add a new contact list to ekiga's remote roster
en_GB: Please fill in this form to add a new contact list to Ekiga's remote roster

en: Writable:
en_GB: Writeable:

en: You can make calls to regular phones and cell numbers worldwide using Ekiga. To enable this, you need to do two things:
    - First buy an account at the URL below.
    - Then enter your account ID and PIN code.
    The service will work only if your account is created using the URL in this dialog.
en_GB: You can make calls to regular phones and cell numbers worldwide using Ekiga. To enable this, you need to do two things:
    - First buy an account at the URL below.
    - Then enter your account ID and PIN code.
    The service will work only if your account is created using the URL in this dialogue.

en: Enter a URI on the left, and click this button to place a call or to hangup
en_GB: Enter a URI on the left, and click this button to place a call or to hang up

en: Custom message...
en_GB: Custom message…

en: Use colons to separate left, center, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimize, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)
en_GB: Use colons to separate left, centre, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimize, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)

en: Note, when changing these values,
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.
en_GB: Note, when changing these values
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.

en: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately, and control various UI preferences for Emerald.
en_GB: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately and control various UI preferences for Emerald.

en: Fetching themes... 
    This may take time depending on 
    internet connection speed.
en_GB: Fetching themes... 
    This may take time depending on 
    Internet connection speed.

en: Here are the repositories that you can fetch Emerald Themes from. 
    Fetching themes would fetch and import themes from SVN repositories 
    You need Subversion package installed to use this feature.
en_GB: Here are the repositories that you can fetch Emerald Themes from. 
    Fetching themes would fetch and import themes from SVN repositories 
    You need the Subversion package installed to use this feature.

en: To activate Non-GPL repository please run the following in shell and accept the server certificate permanently: 
    svn ls https://svn.generation.no/emerald-themes.
en_GB: To activate Non-GPL repository please run the following in a shell and accept the server certificate permanently: 
    svn ls https://svn.generation.no/emerald-themes.

en: Everything done with customizable pixmaps!
en_GB: Everything done with customisable pixmaps!

en: Frame Base Color
en_GB: Frame Base Colour

en: (Color)
en_GB: (Colour)

en: Enable Different Maximised Colors?
en_GB: Enable Different Maximised Colours?

en: istant messaging
en_GB: instant messaging

en: And many others...
en_GB: And many others…

en: Shows <placeholder-1/> main window. Contains the titlebar, the menubar, contact list, status icon and status arrow button list.
en_GB: Shows the <placeholder-1/> main window. Contains the titlebar, the menubar, contact list, status icon and status arrow button list.

en: Allows to update the status.
en_GB: Allows you to update your status.

en: Opens the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> dialogue.

en: To use <application>Empathy</application> you need at least one account of the supported services.
en_GB: To use <application>Empathy</application> you need at least one account on the supported services.

en: If you don't already have an account and you don't have your <emphasis>user name</emphasis> and <emphasis>password</emphasis>, you need to register a new account (see <xref linkend="empathy-register-account"/>).
en_GB: If you don't already have an account and you don't have your <emphasis>username</emphasis> and <emphasis>password</emphasis>, you need to register a new account (see <xref linkend="empathy-register-account"/>).

en: You can freely register an account on any of the following services. Follow the instructions reported on each website on how to register your new account. At the end of the registration process you should have a <emphasis>user name</emphasis> (or an <emphasis>account ID</emphasis>) and a <emphasis>password</emphasis> that you will use to create the account in <application>Empathy</application>.
en_GB: You can freely register an account on any of the following services. Follow the instructions reported on each website on how to register your new account. At the end of the registration process you should have a <emphasis>username</emphasis> (or an <emphasis>account ID</emphasis>) and a <emphasis>password</emphasis> that you will use to create the account in <application>Empathy</application>.

en: For registering a <acronym>SIP</acronym> account, you can use one of the following service:
en_GB: For registering a <acronym>SIP</acronym> account, you can use one of the following services:

en: For registering a <emphasis role="strong">Jabber</emphasis> account, you can use the automatic account creation of <application>Empathy</application>. Not all Jabber service providers support the automatic creation of accounts, one service provider known to work with <application>Empathy</application> is <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jabber.org/web/Jabber.org">jabber.org</ulink>.
en_GB: For registering a <emphasis role="strong">Jabber</emphasis> account, you can use the automatic account creation of <application>Empathy</application>. Not all Jabber service providers support the automatic creation of accounts; one service provider known to work with <application>Empathy</application> is <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jabber.org/web/Jabber.org">jabber.org</ulink>.

en: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window </link> (<guilabel>Contact List</guilabel>) click on the account button or press <keycap>F4</keycap> to open the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window </link> (<guilabel>Contact List</guilabel>) click on the account button or press <keycap>F4</keycap> to open the <guilabel>Accounts</guilabel> dialogue.

en: From the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down list choose the service you wish to add an account for, then click on the <guibutton>Create</guibutton> button.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down list choose the service for which you wish to add an account, then click on the <guibutton>Create</guibutton> button.

en: If it is the first time you launch <application>Empathy</application>: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: If it is the first time you're launching <application>Empathy</application>: <placeholder-1/>

en: Fill the required fields with your <emphasis>user name</emphasis> and <emphasis>password</emphasis>. Optionally, you can modify some advanced options. For more information, see <xref linkend="empathy-advanced-options"/>.
en_GB: Fill the required fields with your <emphasis>username</emphasis> and <emphasis>password</emphasis>. Optionally, you can modify some advanced options. For more information, see <xref linkend="empathy-advanced-options"/>.

en: To enable the new account, select the <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> check-box next to the name of the account in the box on the left.
en_GB: To enable the new account, select the <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> check box next to the name of the account in the box on the left.

en: Click on the <guibutton>Import Accounts...</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>Import Accounts</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click on the <guibutton>Import Accounts...</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>Import Accounts</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Select the accounts you would like to import by clicking on the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> check-box.
en_GB: Select the accounts you would like to import by clicking on the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> check box.

en: To edit one of your accounts, i.e. to change the <emphasis>password</emphasis> or your <emphasis>user name</emphasis>, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To edit one of your accounts, i.e. to change the <emphasis>password</emphasis> or your <emphasis>username</emphasis>, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>

en: To modify the identifier of an account, how <application>Empathy</application> identifies an account, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To modify the identifier of an account – how <application>Empathy</application> identifies an account – proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>

en: Select the account you wish to disable in the box on the left of the dialog and deselect the <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> check-box.
en_GB: Select the account you wish to disable in the box on the left of the dialogue and deselect the <guilabel>Enabled</guilabel> check box.

en: Select the account you wish to disable in the box on the left of the dialog.
en_GB: Select the account you wish to disable in the box on the left of the dialogue.

en: A dialog will be shown asking for confirmation. Click on the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button to remove the account.
en_GB: A dialogue will be shown asking for confirmation. Click on the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button to remove the account.

en: To change your icon, click on the person-looking button and choose an image file.
en_GB: To change your icon, click on the person button and choose an image file.

en: Use this text box to set a name with which you can identify the running program based on where you are running it. With this option, and the <guilabel>Priority</guilabel> one, you can use your account simultaneously in two different devices. For example, if you set one device to <replaceable>desktop</replaceable> and the other one to <replaceable>mobile</replaceable>, you can connect with both of them and based on the <guilabel>Priority</guilabel> value you will receive messages on one of the two devices or both.
en_GB: Use this text box to set a name with which you can identify the running program based on where you are running it. With this option, and the <guilabel>Priority</guilabel> one, you can use your account simultaneously on two different devices. For example, if you set one device to <replaceable>desktop</replaceable> and the other one to <replaceable>mobile</replaceable>, you can connect with both of them and, based on the <guilabel>Priority</guilabel> value, you will receive messages on one of the two devices or both.

en: This can be useful if you have two devices, a main one and a portable one, and you move away from the main one bringing with you the other: you can still receive messages from your account with the portable device even if you do not disconnet from the main one.
en_GB: This can be useful if you have two devices, a main one and a portable one, and you move away from the main one bringing with you the other: you can still receive messages from your account with the portable device even if you do not disconnect from the main one.

en: Use this spin box to indicate wich device, set in the <guilabel>Resource</guilabel> text box, will receive the new messages. The higher the number, the higher the priority: you will receive the new messages on the device with the highest number.
en_GB: Use this spin box to indicate which device, set in the <guilabel>Resource</guilabel> text box, will receive the new messages. The higher the number, the higher the priority: you will receive the new messages on the device with the highest number.

en: The value of this text box identifies the language used to retrieve the room list when connecting to the Yahoo service.
en_GB: The value of this text box identifies the language used to retrieve the room list when connecting to the Yahoo! service.

en: It is advise to leave this value to <literal>UTF-8</literal>. Change it only if that charset does not cover your language.
en_GB: It is advised to leave this value as <literal>UTF-8</literal>. Change it only if that charset does not cover your language.

en: Use Yahoo Japan
en_GB: Use Yahoo! Japan

en: Use this text box to write your email.
en_GB: Use this text box to write your e-mail address.

en: You can add or remove a contact or you can edit the information of a particular contact. It is also possibile to arrange contacts in groups. You can have a group for your work contacts, one for you family contacts, and so on.
en_GB: You can add or remove a contact or you can edit the information of a particular contact. It is also possible to arrange contacts in groups. You can have a group for your work contacts, one for you family contacts, and so on.

en: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link> choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Contact...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>New Contact</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link> choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Chat</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Contact...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>New Contact</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: In the <guilabel>Identifier</guilabel> text box type the <emphasis>address</emphasis> of the contact in the form of <userinput><replaceable>user name</replaceable>@<replaceable>service
    	      domain</replaceable></userinput>.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Identifier</guilabel> text box type the <emphasis>address</emphasis> of the contact in the form of <userinput><replaceable>username</replaceable>@<replaceable>service domain</replaceable></userinput>.

en: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link>, select the contact you would like to modify and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Contact</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or right-click on it and choose <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>.
en_GB: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link>, select the contact you would like to modify and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Contact</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or right-click on it and choose <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>.

en: From the <guilabel>Edit Contact Information</guilabel> dialog, you can modify the <emphasis>alias</emphasis> and the <emphasis>group</emphasis> of the contact.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Edit Contact Information</guilabel> dialogue, you can modify the <emphasis>alias</emphasis> and the <emphasis>group</emphasis> of the contact.

en: From the <guilabel>Groups</guilabel> section, select the group, or groups, you want to add the contact to.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Groups</guilabel> section, select the group, or groups, to which you want to add the contact.

en: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link>, select one contact and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Contact</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or right-click on it and choose <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>.
en_GB: From the <link linkend="empathy-FIG-mainwindow">main window</link>, select one contact and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Contact</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or right-click on it and choose <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>.

en: Last account selected in Join Room dialog
en_GB: Last account selected in Join Room dialogue

en: Whether to show the message dialog about closing the main window with the 'x' button in the title bar.
en_GB: Whether to show the message dialogue about closing the main window with the 'x' button in the title bar.

en: Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location
en_GB: Empathy can use the mobile phone network to guess the location

en: Whether Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location.
en_GB: Whether Empathy can use the mobile phone network to guess the location.

en: You canceled the file transfer
en_GB: You cancelled the file transfer

en: The other participant canceled the file transfer
en_GB: The other participant cancelled the file transfer

en: Certificate uses an insecure cipher algorithm or is cryptographically weak
en_GB: Certificate uses an insecure cypher algorithm or is cryptographically weak

en: Loose Routing
en_GB: Loose Routeing

en: Take a picture...
en_GB: Take a picture…

en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

en: Vertical Error (meters):
en_GB: Vertical Error (metres):

en: Horizontal Error (meters):
en_GB: Horizontal Error (metres):

en: %B %e, %Y at %R UTC
en_GB: %e %B, %Y at %R UTC

en: Delete All History...
en_GB: Delete All History…

en: <span size="x-large">Loading...</span>
en_GB: <span size="x-large">Loading…</span>

en: Click to remove this status as a favorite
en_GB: Click to remove this status as a favourite

en: Click to make this status a favorite
en_GB: Click to make this status a favourite

en: Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA

en: Don't display any dialogs; do any work (eg, importing) and exit
en_GB: Don't display any dialogues; do any work (eg, importing) and exit

en: Don't display any dialogs unless there are only "People Nearby" accounts
en_GB: Don't display any dialogues unless there are only "People Nearby" accounts

en: _Edit Connection Parameters...
en_GB: _Edit Connection Parameters…

en: Don't display the contact list or any other dialogs on startup
en_GB: Don't display the contact list or any other dialogues on startup

en: Manage Favorite Rooms
en_GB: Manage Favourite Rooms

en: _Favorite Chat Room
en_GB: _Favourite Chat Room

en: Remove completed, canceled and failed file transfers from the list
en_GB: Remove completed, cancelled and failed file transfers from the list

en: Reduced location accuracy means that nothing more precise than your city, state and country will be published.  GPS coordinates will be accurate to 1 decimal place.
en_GB: Reduced location accuracy means that nothing more precise than your city, county and country will be published.  GPS coordinates will be accurate to 1 decimal place.

en: _Cellphone
en_GB: _Mobile phone

en: Update software...
en_GB: Update software…

en: _New Conversation...
en_GB: _New Conversation…

en: New _Call...
en_GB: New _Call…

en: _Add Contacts...
en_GB: _Add Contacts…

en: _Search for Contacts...
en_GB: _Search for Contacts…

en: _Join...
en_GB: _Join…

en: Join _Favorites
en_GB: Join _Favourites

en: _Manage Favorites
en_GB: _Manage Favourites

en: _Add Contact...
en_GB: _Add Contact…

en: illegal page label format "%s"
en_GB: illegal page lable format "%s"

en: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create color outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit
en_GB: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create colour outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit

en:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with gray NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed
en_GB:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with grey NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed

en:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with gray value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries
en_GB:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with grey value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries

en: couldn't find prolog "%s": %s
en_GB: couldn't find prologue "%s": %s

en: malformed color spec for ^@%s escape: %s
en_GB: malformed colour spec for ^@%s escape: %s

en: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leavy output to
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number
en_GB: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leave output on
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number

en: %s: ouf of memory
en_GB: %s: out of memory

en: Run <command>eog</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>gnome-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialog.
en_GB: Run <command>eog</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>gnome-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialogue.

en: <application>Image Viewer</application> has special support for digital camera pictures and displays EXIF metadata recorded with the image. This feature requires <systemitem class="library">libexif</systemitem> to be installed on your system. All modifications made in JPEG images are lossless. That is, saving rotated and flipped JPEG images will not recompress the image. Beside this all available metadata (like EXIF) will be preserved and updated accordingly.
en_GB: <application>Image Viewer</application> has special support for digital camera pictures and displays EXIF metadata recorded with the image. This feature requires <systemitem class="library">libexif</systemitem> to be installed on your system. All modifications made in JPEG images are lossless. That is, saving rotated and flipped JPEG images will not recompress the image. Besides this, all available metadata (like EXIF) will be preserved and updated accordingly.

en: Shows <placeholder-1/> main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar, and display area. Menubar contains File, Edit, View, and Help menus.
en_GB: Shows <placeholder-1/> the main window. This contains a titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. The menubar contains File, Edit, View and Help menus.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialogue.

en: Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialog.
en_GB: Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> and select an image file in the <application>Load Image</application> dialogue.

en: In the <guilabel>Load Image</guilabel> dialog, select the file you want to open.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Load Image</guilabel> dialogue, select the file you want to open.

en: To view all of the images in the directory fullscreen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customize the slide show, see <xref linkend="eog-prefs-slideshow"/>.
en_GB: To view all of the images in the directory fullscreen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customise the slide show, see <xref linkend="eog-prefs-slideshow"/>.

en: In this case you can also use the slideshow mode, where <application>Image Viewer</application> automatically switches to the next image in your collection. You can start a slideshow by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycap>F5</keycap>. The slideshow can be paused/continued by pressing <keycap>P</keycap>. To stop the slideshow, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> or <keycap>F5</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customize the slide show, see <xref linkend="eog-prefs-slideshow"/>.
en_GB: In this case you can also use the slideshow mode, where <application>Image Viewer</application> automatically switches to the next image in your collection. You can start a slideshow by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycap>F5</keycap>. The slideshow can be paused/continued by pressing <keycap>P</keycap>. To stop the slideshow, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> or <keycap>F5</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customise the slide show, see <xref linkend="eog-prefs-slideshow"/>.

en: To move an image to the Trash, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This moves the file to the Trash folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the trash in the same way: select them all first.
en_GB: To move an image to the wastebasket, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to the Wastebasket</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This moves the file to the wastebasket folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the wastebasket in the same way: select them all first.

en: To restore an image from the Trash, open the Trash folder in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Trash. To find out more about using the Trash, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?nautilus-trash">User Guide</ulink>.
en_GB: To restore an image from the wastebasket, open the wastebasket folder in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the wastebasket. To find out more about using the wastebasket, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?nautilus-trash">User Guide</ulink>.

en: You can also use the <keycap>Del</keycap> key to move an image to the Trash, in which case you will be asked for confirmation.
en_GB: You can also use the <keycap>Del</keycap> key to move an image to the wastebasket, in which case you will be asked for confirmation.

en: Specify the filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field in the <guilabel>Save Image</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The file is saved in the current folder by default. <application>Image Viewer</application> tries to determine the file type from the given filename suffix. If the image should be saved in another folder or the file type detection failed, expand the dialog by clicking on <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel>. This allows further folder navigation and the specification of the file type from the drop down box.
en_GB: Specify the filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field in the <guilabel>Save Image</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The file is saved in the current folder by default. <application>Image Viewer</application> tries to determine the file type from the given filename suffix. If the image should be saved in another folder or the file type detection failed, expand the dialogue by clicking on <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel>. This allows further folder navigation and the specification of the file type from the drop down box.

en: Save As dialog for multiple images
en_GB: Save As dialogue for multiple images

en: Shows Eye of GNOME <placeholder-1/> dialog when saving multiple images.
en_GB: Shows Eye of GNOME <placeholder-1/> dialogue when saving multiple images.

en: The folder in which the images will be saved is specified by the <guilabel>Destination folder</guilabel> drop-down box. Initially the folder is set to the current folder. Select <guilabel>Other...</guilabel> from the drop-down list to open a standard open folder dialog for browsing the filesystem. The resulting filename for each image is specified by <guilabel>Filename format</guilabel>. The filename schema is constructed by simple characters and special tags. The following special tags are available:
en_GB: The folder in which the images will be saved is specified by the <guilabel>Destination folder</guilabel> drop-down box. Initially the folder is set to the current folder. Select <guilabel>Other...</guilabel> from the drop-down list to open a standard open folder dialogue for browsing the filesystem. The resulting filename for each image is specified by <guilabel>Filename format</guilabel>. The filename schema is constructed by simple characters and special tags. The following special tags are available:

en: <guilabel>Filename (%f)</guilabel> - Original filename without the fileformat suffix.
en_GB: <guilabel>Filename (%f)</guilabel> - Original filename without the file format suffix.

en: The <guilabel>Options</guilabel> section allows to remove all space characters by underscores in the resulting filename if <guilabel>Replace spaces with underscores</guilabel> is checked. The <guilabel>Start counter at</guilabel> spin box determines at which number the counter starts if you use the %n tag for the file format specification.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Options</guilabel> section allows you to replace all space characters with underscores in the resulting filename if <guilabel>Replace spaces with underscores</guilabel> is checked. The <guilabel>Start counter at</guilabel> spin box determines at which number the counter starts if you use the %n tag for the file format specification.

en: The <guilabel>File Name Preview</guilabel> section of the dialog shows the resulting file name according to the above settings for an example filename from the selected images.
en_GB: The <guilabel>File Name Preview</guilabel> section of the dialog ue shows the resulting file name according to the above settings for an example filename from the selected images.

en: In the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialog you can now choose paper size and orientation. If possible also select your printer to have the page borders set correctly.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Page Setup</guilabel> dialogue you can now choose paper size and orientation. If possible also select your printer to have the page borders set correctly.

en: Maybe you don't want your image centered or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="eog-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:
en_GB: Maybe you don't want your image centered or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue (see <xref linkend="eog-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:

en: Personalizing The Toolbar
en_GB: Personalising The Toolbar

en: If you want to modify the toolbar you need to open the toolbar editor by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The following window will pop up:
en_GB: If you want to modify the toolbar you need to open the toolbar editor by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The following window will be displayed:

en: Shows Eye of GNOME toolbar editor window.
en_GB: Shows <application>Eye of GNOME</application> toolbar editor window.

en: As custom color
en_GB: As custom colour

en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify. Click on the color selector button to select a color.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid colour that you specify. Click on the colour selector button to select a colour.

en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background color of the <application>Image Viewer</application> application.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background colour of the <application>Image Viewer</application> application.

en: As custom color:
en_GB: As custom colour:

en: As custom c_olor:
en_GB: As custom c_olour:

en: Color for Transparent Areas
en_GB: Colour for Transparent Areas

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.

en: Transparency color
en_GB: Transparency colour

en: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the color which is used for indicating transparency.
en_GB: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the colour which is used for indicating transparency.

en: Use a custom background color
en_GB: Use a custom background colour

en: If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill color.
en_GB: If this is active, the colour set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill colour.

en: Trash images without asking
en_GB: Move images to the wastebasket without asking

en: If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the wastebasket. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the wastebasket and would be deleted instead.

en: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page.
en_GB: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialogue should have its own page.

en: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.
en_GB: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialogue will be moved to its own page in the dialogue. This should make the dialogue more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.

en: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on the filename.
en_GB: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writeable file format based on the filename.

en: C_enter:
en_GB: C_entre:

en: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the wastebasket?

en: A trash for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?
en_GB: A wastebasket for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?

en: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the trash? | Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the wastebasket?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the wastebasket?

en: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the wastebasket and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Couldn't access trash.
en_GB: Couldn't access wastebasket.

en: Rotate Counterc_lockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-c_lockwise

en: Move the selected image to the trash folder
en_GB: Move the selected image to the wastebasket

[ctx: action (to trash)]
en: Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebasket

en: Background color in fullscreen mode
en_GB: Background colour in fullscreen mode

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.

en: Use custom color:
en_GB: Use custom colour:

en: Hides the titlebar of maximized Eye of GNOME windows
en_GB: Hides the titlebar of maximised Eye of GNOME windows

en: Logged in successully.
en_GB: Logged in successfully.

note: #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# ex:et:ts=4:
en: C_ommand color:
en_GB: C_ommand colour:

en: _Error color:
en_GB: _Error colour:

en: Command Text Color
en_GB: Command Text Colour

en: The color used for commands.
en_GB: The colour used for commands.

en: Error Text Color
en_GB: Error Text Colour

en: The color used for errors.
en_GB: The colour used for errors.

note: Translators you should change these links to respect your locale. For instance in .nl these should be "http://www.google.nl" and "http://www.google.nl/search?q=%s"
en: http://www.google.com
en_GB: http://www.google.co.uk

note: Translators you should change these links to respect your locale. For instance in .nl these should be "http://www.google.nl" and "http://www.google.nl/search?q=%s"
en: http://www.google.com/search?q=%s&amp;ie=UTF-8&amp;oe=UTF-8
en_GB: http://www.google.co.uk/search?q=%s&amp;ie=UTF-8&amp;oe=UTF-8

en: Use own colors
en_GB: Use own colours

en: Use your own colors instead of the colors the page requests.
en_GB: Use your own colours instead of the colours the page requests.

en: Epiphany can't be used now. Initialization failed.
en_GB: Epiphany can't be used now. Initialisation failed.

en: Send an email message to “%s”
en_GB: Send an e-mail message to “%s”

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 12:34 am"
en: Today %I:%M %p
en_GB: Today %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 12:34 am"
en: Yesterday %I:%M %p
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  160 (epiphany)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 12:34 am" #-#-#-#-#  245 (giggle 0.4)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: it's a strftime format string #-#-#-#-#  1252 (rhythmbox)  #-#-#-#-#
en: %a %I:%M %p
en_GB: %a %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  160 (epiphany)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12:34 am" #-#-#-#-#  245 (giggle 0.4)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: it's a strftime format string #-#-#-#-#  1252 (rhythmbox)  #-#-#-#-#
en: %b %d %I:%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

[ctx: bookmarks]
note: Translators: this topic contains the not categorized bookmarks
en: Not Categorized
en_GB: Not Categorised

en: Import bookmarks from another browser or a bookmarks file
en_GB: Import bookmarks from another browser or from a bookmarks file

en: Deleting this topic will cause all its bookmarks to become uncategorized, unless they also belong to other topics. The bookmarks will not be deleted.
en_GB: Deleting this topic will cause all its bookmarks to become uncategorised, unless they also belong to other topics. The bookmarks will not be deleted.

en: S_end Link by Email…
en_GB: S_end Link by E-mail…

en: Web is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Web is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: The GNOME Web Browser is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: The GNOME Web Browser is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with the GNOME Web Browser; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with the GNOME Web Browser; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

en: The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and GNOME standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.
en_GB: The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and GNOME standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.

en: Shows Evince Document Viewer main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.
en_GB: Shows Evince Document Viewer main window. This contains a titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. The Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.

en: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialog, select the file you want to open.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialogue, select the file you want to open.

en: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message.
en_GB: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message.

en: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog displays all information available
en_GB: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialogue displays all information available

en: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog has the following tabbed sections:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue has the following tabbed sections:

en: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialogue where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.

en: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue.

en: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialog. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.
en_GB: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialogue. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.

en: Auto Rotate and Center
en_GB: Auto Rotate and Centre

en: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page.
en_GB: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centred within the printer page.

en: Document License
en_GB: Document Licence

en: Text License
en_GB: Text Licence

en: Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: Send current document by mail, instant message...
en_GB: Send current document by mail, instant message…

en: _Inverted Colors
en_GB: _Inverted Colours

en: Show page contents with the colors inverted
en_GB: Show page contents with the colours inverted

en: Multi file ZIPs are not supported
en_GB: Multi-file ZIPs are not supported

en: _Save a Copy...
en_GB: _Save a Copy…

en: Highlight color
en_GB: Highlight colour

en: Customize the toolbar
en_GB: Customise the toolbar

en: Select the color for tasks due today.
en_GB: Select the colour for tasks due today.

en: Select the color for overdue tasks.
en_GB: Select the colour for overdue tasks.

en: Enabling Synchronization
en_GB: Enabling Synchronisation

en: Synchronizing Information
en_GB: Synchronising Information

en: Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.
en_GB: Use the following procedure to synchronise the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

en: Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.
en_GB: Select the Organiser's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organiser field.

en: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.
en_GB: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of widescreen monitors.

en: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.
en_GB: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and E-mail, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

en: Removing an Email Address from Your Junk List
en_GB: Removing an E-mail Address from Your Junk List

en: Adding an Email Address to Your Junk List
en_GB: Adding an E-mail Address to Your Junk List

en: Subject - Trimmed
en_GB: Subject — Trimmed

en: Receiving Email
en_GB: Receiving E-mail

en: The sender's email address or the name of the sender.
en_GB: The sender's e-mail address or the name of the sender.

en: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.
en_GB: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the wastebasket.

en: Assign Color:
en_GB: Assign Colour:

en: Marks the message with a color of your choice.
en_GB: Marks the message with a colour of your choice.

en: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.
en_GB: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from e-mail messages or to perform additional message post-processing not supported by Evolution.

en: Type your email address, then press Enter.
en_GB: Type your e-mail address, then press Enter.

en: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.
en_GB: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the e-mail. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

en: Replying to Email Messages
en_GB: Replying to E-mail Messages

en: Italicizes the text.
en_GB: Italicises the text.

en: Color Selection:
en_GB: Colour Selection:

en: Default Behavior
en_GB: Default Behaviour

en: Email Custom Header
en_GB: E-mail Custom Header

en: Email Accounts
en_GB: E-mail Accounts

en: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.
en_GB: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution e-mail tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

en: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.
en_GB: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organisers.

en: Sending Email
en_GB: Sending E-mail

note: module: base
en: Miscelleanous
en_GB: Miscellaneous

en: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook.
en_GB: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging and Microsoft Outlook.

note: #-#-#-#-#  164 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a save dialog title
en: Save as vCard
en_GB: Save as vCard…

en: Save as iCalendar...
en_GB: Save as iCalendar…

en: Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.
en_GB: Choose whether you want to hide the e-mail addresses when you send a message to the list.

en: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.
en_GB: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different colour.

en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

en: An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.
en_GB: An e-mail is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

en: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.
en_GB: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organiser, and only the organiser can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organiser of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organiser, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

en: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.
en_GB: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organisation as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.

en: Email begins with
en_GB: E-mail begins with

en: This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be misspelled or your network connection could be down.
en_GB: This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be misspelt, or your network connection could be down.

en: Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on.
en_GB: Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly and that you are using a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case-sensitive; your caps lock might be on.

en: Full _Name...
en_GB: Full _Name…

en: Contact Editor - %s
en_GB: Contact Editor — %s

en: _Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:
en_GB: _Type an e-mail address or drag a contact into the list below:

en: The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you like to save the changes anyway?
en_GB: The name or e-mail of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you like to save the changes anyway?

en: The name or email address of this contact already exists
    in this folder.  Would you like to add it anyway?
en_GB: The name or e-mail address of this contact already exists
    in this folder.  Would you like to add it anyway?

en: Email 3
en_GB: E-mail 3

en: Web Site
en_GB: Website

en: 
    
    Searching for the Contacts...
en_GB: 
    
    Searching for the Contacts…

en: Other Email
en_GB: Other E-mail

en: Copy _Email Address
en_GB: Copy _E-mail Address

en: Copy the email address to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the e-mail address to the clipboard

en: _Send New Message To...
en_GB: _Send New Message To…

en: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.
en_GB: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled into it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.

en: Evolution does not support calendar reminders with
    email notifications yet, but this reminder was
    configured to send an email.  Evolution will display
    a normal reminder dialog box instead.
en_GB: Evolution does not support calendar reminders with
    e-mail notifications yet, but this reminder was
    configured to send an e-mail.  Evolution will display
    a normal reminder dialogue box instead.

en: Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?
en_GB: Would you like to send all the participants a cancellation notice?

en: If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is canceled.
en_GB: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is cancelled.

en: If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know the task has been deleted.
en_GB: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the task has been deleted.

en: Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?
en_GB: Would you like to send a cancellation notice for this memo?

en: If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know the memo has been deleted.
en_GB: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the memo has been deleted.

en: Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply.
en_GB: E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply.

en: Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this task.
en_GB: E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this task.

en: Send an email
en_GB: Send an e-mail

en: Meeting - %s
en_GB: Meeting — %s

en: Appointment - %s
en_GB: Appointment — %s

en: Assigned Task - %s
en_GB: Assigned Task — %s

en: Task - %s
en_GB: Task — %s

en: Memo - %s
en_GB: Memo — %s

en: _Attachment...
en_GB: _Attachment…

note: Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message
en: The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s
en_GB: The event could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s

note: Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message
en: The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s
en_GB: The task could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s

note: Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message
en: The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s
en_GB: The memo could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s

note: Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message
en: The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s
en_GB: The item could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s

en: Contacts...
en_GB: Contacts…

en: Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser

en: Or_ganizer:
en_GB: Or_ganiser:

en: An organizer is required.
en_GB: An organiser is required.

en: Atte_ndees...
en_GB: Atte_ndees…

en: Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser

en: Organi_zer:
en_GB: Organi_ser:

en: Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser

note: To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser <email@ofuser.com>" To Translators: It will display * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser <email@ofuser.com>"
en: Organizer: %s <%s>
en_GB: Organiser: %s <%s>

note: With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in * organizer.value.
en: Organizer: %s
en_GB: Organiser: %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  164 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  164 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

en: An organizer must be set.
en_GB: An organiser must be set.

[ctx: iCalImp]
note: Translators: Appointment's organizer
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

en: _Prioritize Message
en_GB: _Prioritise Message

en: Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Bcc field is displayed

en: Toggles whether the CC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Cc field is displayed

en:  There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause the mail to be sent without those pending attachments
en_GB:  There are a few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause the mail to be sent without those pending attachments

en: Manage your email, contacts and schedule
en_GB: Manage your e-mail, contacts and schedule

en: Email Settings
en_GB: E-mail Settings

en: Configure email accounts
en_GB: Configure e-mail accounts

en: Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted contact in the entry.
en_GB: Whether to force showing the e-mail address with the name of the autocompleted contact in the entry.

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog.
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue.

en: Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Day View

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View

en: Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Time bar

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)

en: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special colour (task-due-today-color)

en: Tasks due today color
en_GB: Tasks due today colour

en: Background color of tasks that are due today, in "#rrggbb" format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are due today, in "#rrggbb" format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight

en: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special colour (task-overdue-color)

en: Overdue tasks color
en_GB: Overdue tasks colour

en: Background color of tasks that are overdue, in "#rrggbb" format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are overdue, in "#rrggbb" format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.

en: Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer.
en_GB: Every time Evolution starts, check whether it is the default mailer.

en: Recognize links in text and replace them.
en_GB: Recognise links in text and replace them.

en: Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images.
en_GB: Recognise emoticons in text and replace them with images.

en: Spell checking color
en_GB: Spell checking colour

en: Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling.
en_GB: Underline colour for misspelt words when using inline spelling.

en: Put personalized signatures at the top of replies
en_GB: Put personalised signatures at the top of replies

en: List of localized 'Re'
en_GB: List of localised 'Re'

en: Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard "Re" prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'.
en_GB: Comma-separated list of localised 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard "Re" prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'.

en: Whether disable ellipsizing feature of folder names in side bar.
en_GB: Whether to disable ellipsizing feature of folder names in the side bar.

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders.
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders.

en: Citation highlight color
en_GB: Citation highlight colour

en: Citation highlight color.
en_GB: Citation highlight colour.

en: Load images for HTML messages over HTTP(S). Possible values are: "0" - Never load images off the net. "1" - Load images in messages from contacts. "2" - Always load images off the net.
en_GB: Load images for HTML messages over HTTP(S). Possible values are: "0" — Never load images off the net. "1" — Load images in messages from contacts. "2" — Always load images off the net.

en: This key should contain a list of XML structures specifying custom headers, and whether they are to be displayed. The format of the XML structure is &lt;header enabled&gt; - set enabled if the header is to be displayed in the mail view.
en_GB: This key should contain a list of XML structures specifying custom headers, and whether they are to be displayed. The format of the XML structure is &lt;header enabled&gt; — set enabled if the header is to be displayed in the mail view.

en: Sender email-address column in the message list
en_GB: Sender e-mail address column in the message list

en: Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.
en_GB: Show the e-mail address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in address_count.
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc to the number specified in address_count.

en: Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Number of addresses to display in To/Cc/Bcc

en: This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, beyond which a '...' is shown.
en_GB: This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, beyond which a '…' is shown.

en: Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.
en_GB: Whether to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.

en: Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately one minute after the last action invocation.
en_GB: Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen only when a 'Forward to' filter action is used and approximately one minute after the last action invocation.

en: Prompt when emptying the trash
en_GB: Prompt when emptying the wastebasket

en: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash.
en_GB: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the wastebasket.

en: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list
en_GB: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list.

en: Empty Trash folders on exit
en_GB: Empty Wastebasket folders on exit

en: Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution.
en_GB: Empty all Wastebasket folders when exiting Evolution.

en: Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit
en_GB: Minimum number of days between emptying the wastebasket on exit

en: Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days.
en_GB: Minimum time between emptying the wastebasket on exit, in days.

en: Last time Empty Trash was run
en_GB: Last time Empty Wastebasket was run

en: The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).
en_GB: The last time Empty Wastebasket was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).

en: List of Labels and their associated colors
en_GB: List of Labels and their associated colours

en: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding.
en_GB: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding.

en: Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email
en_GB: Determines whether to look up in address book for sender e-mail

en: Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for autocompletion.
en_GB: Determines whether to look up the sender e-mail in the address book. If found, it shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for autocompletion.

en: Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string in the format "headername=value".
en_GB: Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are strings in the format "headername=value".

en: Server synchronization interval
en_GB: Server synchronisation interval

en: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.
en_GB: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronised with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.

en: Skip development warning dialog
en_GB: Skip development warning dialogue

en: Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped.
en_GB: Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped.

en: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs.
en_GB: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogues.

en: List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage.
en_GB: List of paths for the folders to be synchronised to disk for offline usage.

en: GPG encrpyted
en_GB: GPG encrypted

en: S/MIME encrpyted
en_GB: S/MIME encrypted

en: _Group By...
en_GB: _Group By…

en: _Fields Shown...
en_GB: _Fields Shown…

en: Open With Other Application...
en_GB: Open With Other Application…

en: A_dd Attachment...
en_GB: A_dd Attachment…

en: Customize Current View
en_GB: Customise Current View

en: Add a C_olumn...
en_GB: Add a C_olumn…

en: Format Column_s...
en_GB: Format Column_s…

en: Custo_mize Current View...
en_GB: Custo_mise Current View…

note: Translators: description of a "popup" action
en: popup a child
en_GB: pop up a child

en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

en: Emptying trash in '%s'
en_GB: Emptying wastebasket in '%s'

en: Forwarded message - %s
en_GB: Forwarded message — %s

en: No email address provided
en_GB: No e-mail address provided

en: Missing domain in email address
en_GB: Missing domain in e-mail address

en: Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.
    
    You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.
    
    Click "Apply" to save your settings.
en_GB: Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.
    
    You are now ready to send and receive e-mail using Evolution.
    
    Click "Apply" to save your settings.

en: Use a Real Folder for _Trash:
en_GB: Use a Real Folder for _Wastebasket:

en: Please enter your name and email address below. The "optional" fields below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this information in email you send.
en_GB: Please enter your name and e-mail address below. The "optional" fields below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this information in e-mails you send.

en: Or_ganization:
en_GB: Or_ganisation:

en: Add Ne_w Signature...
en_GB: Add Ne_w Signature…

en: Looking up account details...
en_GB: Looking up account details…

en: _Add to Address Book...
en_GB: _Add to Address Book…

en: _To This Address
en_GB: _To this Address

en: Send _Reply To...
en_GB: Send _Reply To…

en: Save _Image...
en_GB: Save _Image…

en: _Copy to Folder...
en_GB: _Copy to Folder…

en: Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List...
en_GB: Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List…

en: Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients...
en_GB: Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients…

en: Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder...
en_GB: Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder…

en: Create a Filter Rule for _Subject...
en_GB: Create a Filter Rule for _Subject…

en: _Find in Message...
en_GB: _Find in Message…

en: Follow _Up...
en_GB: Follow _Up…

en: _Edit as New Message...
en_GB: _Edit as New Message…

en: _Move to Folder...
en_GB: _Move to Folder…

en: _Save as mbox...
en_GB: _Save as mbox…

en: Show the raw email source of the message
en_GB: Show the raw e-mail source of the message

en: Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List...
en_GB: Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List…

en: Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts...
en_GB: Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts…

en: Create a Search Folder from Sen_der...
en_GB: Create a Search Folder from Sen_der…

en: Create a Search Folder from S_ubject...
en_GB: Create a Search Folder from S_ubject…

en: Mark for Follo_w Up...
en_GB: Mark for Follo_w Up…

en: Show messages with all email headers
en_GB: Show messages with all e-mail headers

en: Assign Color
en_GB: Assign Colour

en: Unset Color
en_GB: Unset Colour

en: All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically filtered as junk
en_GB: All new e-mails with header that matches given content will be automatically filtered as junk

en: Color for _misspelled words:
en_GB: Colour for _misspelt words:

en: To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation before taking the following checkmarked actions:
en_GB: To help avoid e-mail accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation before taking the following checkmarked actions:

en: Empty _trash folders
en_GB: Empty wastebaske_t folders

en: _Lookup in local address book only
en_GB: _Look up in local address book only

en: _Tick this to accept the license agreement
en_GB: _Tick this to accept the licence agreement

en: _Accept License
en_GB: _Accept Licence

en: Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on.
en_GB: Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly. Remember that many passwords are case-sensitive; your caps lock might be on.

en: Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive HTML email:
    {0}
en_GB: Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive HTML e-mail:
    {0}

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with only Bcc recipients?

en: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with an invalid address?

en: The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipient was not recognised as a valid mail address:
    {0}

en: The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipients were not recognised as valid mail addresses:
    {0}

en: Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box.
en_GB: Please enter a valid e-mail address in the To: field. You can search for e-mail addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box.

en: Unable to read license file.
en_GB: Unable to read licence file.

en: Cannot read the license file "{0}", due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license.
en_GB: Cannot read the licence file "{0}", due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its licence.

en: Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?
en_GB: Synchronise folders locally for offline usage?

en: Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline usage?
en_GB: Do you want to locally synchronise the folders that are marked for offline usage?

en: Do _Not Synchronize
en_GB: Do _Not Synchronise

en: _Synchronize
en_GB: _Synchronise

note: Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name
en: Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message.
en_GB: Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate messages.

en: Co_py All Contacts To...
en_GB: Co_py All Contacts To…

en: Mo_ve All Contacts To...
en_GB: Mo_ve All Contacts To…

en: _Copy Contact To...
en_GB: _Copy Contact To…

en: _Find in Contact...
en_GB: _Find in Contact…

en: _Forward Contact...
en_GB: _Forward Contact…

en: _Move Contact To...
en_GB: _Move Contact To…

en: _New Contact...
en_GB: _New Contact…

en: New Contact _List...
en_GB: New Contact _List…

en: _Send Message to Contact...
en_GB: _Send Message to Contact…

note: Translators: This is an action label
en: _Save as vCard...
en_GB: _Save as vCard…

en: _Back up Evolution Data...
en_GB: _Back up Evolution Data…

en: R_estore Evolution Data...
en_GB: R_estore Evolution Data…

en: Check Evolution Back up
en_GB: Check Evolution Backup

en: Backing Evolution accounts and settings
en_GB: Backing up Evolution accounts and settings

en: Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)
en_GB: Backing up Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)

en: Back up complete
en_GB: Backup complete

en: Extracting files from back up
en_GB: Extracting files from backup

en: Removing temporary back up files
en_GB: Removing temporary backup files

en: Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution backs up your data.

en: Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution restores your data.

en: Close and Back up Evolution
en_GB: Close and Back Up Evolution

en: Microsoft Global Catalog
en_GB: Microsoft Global Catalogue

en: Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL
en_GB: Microsoft Global Catalogue over SSL

en: Using email address
en_GB: Using e-mail address

en: This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you.  Note that setting this to "Using email address" requires anonymous access to your LDAP server.
en_GB: This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you.  Note that setting this to "Using e-mail address" requires anonymous access to your LDAP server.

en: %u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address.
en_GB: %u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the e-mail address.

en: Cop_y to Calendar...
en_GB: Cop_y to Calendar…

en: _Delegate Meeting...
en_GB: _Delegate Meeting…

en: New All Day _Event...
en_GB: New All Day _Event…

en: Create a new all day event
en_GB: Create a new all-day event

en: _Forward as iCalendar...
en_GB: _Forward as iCalendar…

en: New _Meeting...
en_GB: New _Meeting…

en: Mo_ve to Calendar...
en_GB: Mo_ve to Calendar…

en: New _Appointment...
en_GB: New _Appointment…

en: _Schedule Meeting...
en_GB: _Schedule Meeting…

en: Conv_ert to Appointment...
en_GB: Conv_ert to Appointment…

en: _Save as iCalendar...
en_GB: _Save as iCalendar…

en: _Find in Memo...
en_GB: _Find in Memo…

en: _Find in Task...
en_GB: _Find in Task…

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date * without a year and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p

note: strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M:%S %p

en: %s through %s has canceled the following meeting:
en_GB: %s through %s has cancelled the following meeting:

en: %s has canceled the following meeting:
en_GB: %s has cancelled the following meeting:

en: %s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:
en_GB: %s through %s has cancelled the following assigned task:

en: %s has canceled the following assigned task:
en_GB: %s has cancelled the following assigned task:

en: %s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:
en_GB: %s through %s has cancelled the following shared memo:

en: %s has canceled the following shared memo:
en_GB: %s has cancelled the following shared memo:

en: Opening the calendar. Please wait...
en_GB: Opening the calendar. Please wait…

en: Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled
en_GB: Sent to calendar '%s' as cancelled

en: Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait...
en_GB: Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait…

en: Organizer has removed the delegate %s
en_GB: Organiser has removed the delegate %s

en: Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate
en_GB: Sent a cancellation notice to the delegate

en: Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate
en_GB: Could not send the cancellation notice to the delegate

en: _Copy Folder To...
en_GB: _Copy Folder To…

en: _Move Folder To...
en_GB: _Move Folder To…

en: _Subscriptions...
en_GB: _Subscriptions…

en: C_reate Search Folder From Search...
en_GB: C_reate Search Folder From Search…

en: Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?
en_GB: Do you want to make Evolution your default e-mail client?

en: Welcome to Evolution.
    
    The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, and to import files from other applications.
en_GB: Welcome to Evolution.
    
    The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your e-mail accounts, and to import files from other applications.

en: _Format as...
en_GB: _Format as…

en: _Add Attachment...
en_GB: _Add Attachment…

note: Enable Gaim Checkbox
en: _Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list
en_GB: _Synchronise contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list

note: Synchronize now button.
en: Synchronize with _buddy list now
en_GB: Synchronise with _buddy list now

en: The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}
en_GB: The file you selected does not look like a valid PNG image. Error: {0}

en: New email in Evolution
en_GB: New e-mail in Evolution

en: No writable calendar is available.
en_GB: No writeable calendar is available.

en: Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from an email you are replying to.
en_GB: Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from an e-mail you are replying to.

en: Preparing to go offline...
en_GB: Preparing to go offline…

en: Preparing to go online...
en_GB: Preparing to go online…

en: Preparing to quit...
en_GB: Preparing to quit…

en: I_mport...
en_GB: I_mport…

en: _Advanced Search...
en_GB: _Advanced Search…

en: _Edit Saved Searches...
en_GB: _Edit Saved Searches…

en: _Save Search...
en_GB: _Save Search…

en: Submit _Bug Report...
en_GB: Submit _Bug Report…

en: Define Views...
en_GB: Define Views…

en: Save Custom View...
en_GB: Save Custom View…

en: Current view is a customized view
en_GB: Current view is a customised view

note: Translators: This is used for the main window title.
en: %s - Evolution
en_GB: %s — Evolution

en: - The Evolution PIM and Email Client
en_GB: - The Evolution PIM and E-mail Client

en: Issued To Organization
en_GB: Issued To Organisation

en: Issued To Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued To Organisational Unit

en: Issued By Organization
en_GB: Issued By Organisation

en: Issued By Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued By Organisational Unit

en: Select a certificate to import...
en_GB: Select a certificate to import…

en: All email certificate files
en_GB: All e-mail certificate files

en: Email Signer Certificate
en_GB: E-mail Signer Certificate

en: Email Recipient Certificate
en_GB: E-mail Recipient Certificate

en: Organization (O)
en_GB: Organisation (O)

en: Organizational Unit (OU)
en_GB: Organisational Unit (OU)

en: You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:
en_GB: You have certificates from these organisations that identify you:

en: Backup _All
en_GB: Back Up _All

en: Trust this CA to identify _email users.
en_GB: Trust this CA to identify _e-mail users.

en: Email Certificate Trust Settings
en_GB: E-mail Certificate Trust Settings

en: Email Certificate Authority
en_GB: E-mail Certificate Authority

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday and a date. strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y

en: Permissions...
en_GB: Permissions…

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, * without seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, * without seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H:%M
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  165 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H

en: Reconnecting to LDAP server...
en_GB: Reconnecting to LDAP server…

en: Adding contact to LDAP server...
en_GB: Adding contact to LDAP server…

en: Removing contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Removing contact from LDAP server…

en: Modifying contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Modifying contact from LDAP server…

en: Receiving LDAP search results...
en_GB: Receiving LDAP search results…

en: Downloading contacts (%d)...
en_GB: Downloading contacts (%d)…

en: Loading Addressbook summary...
en_GB: Loading Addressbook summary…

note: Email fields
en: Email 1
en_GB: E-mail 1

en: Email 4
en_GB: E-mail 4

en: Organizational Unit
en_GB: Organisational Unit

en: Email List
en_GB: E-mail List

en: Operation has been canceled
en_GB: Operation has been cancelled

en: Signing is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Signing is not supported by this cypher

en: Verifying is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Verifying is not supported by this cypher

en: Encryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Encryption is not supported by this cypher

en: Decryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Decryption is not supported by this cypher

en: You may not import keys with this cipher
en_GB: You may not import keys with this cypher

en: You may not export keys with this cipher
en_GB: You may not export keys with this cypher

en: Could not open '%s':
    %s
    Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized.
en_GB: Could not open '%s':
    %s
    Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronised.

en: Resynchronizing with server
en_GB: Resynchronising with server

en: Virtual folder email provider
en_GB: Virtual folder e-mail provider

en: Could not load %s: No initialization code in module.
en_GB: Could not load %s: No initialisation code in module.

en: Invalid email address trace information:
    %s
en_GB: Invalid e-mail address trace information:
    %s

en: Server response did not contain authorization data
en_GB: Server response did not contain authorisation data

en: Server response contained incomplete authorization data
en_GB: Server response contained incomplete authorisation data

en: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognized by the implementation.
en_GB: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognised by the implementation.

en: Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder
en_GB: Cannot copy messages to the Wastebasket folder

en: Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally
en_GB: Automatically synchroni_se remote mail locally

en: Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise temporary folder %s: %s

en: Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s

en: Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s
    Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'
en_GB: Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s
    Folder may be corrupt; copy saved in '%s'

en: In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names
en_GB: In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names

en: Syntax error, command unrecognized
en_GB: Syntax error, command unrecognised

en: Extension dialog '%s' not found.
en_GB: Extension dialogue '%s' not found.

[ctx: CategoryName]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

en: Didn't find email member in JSON data
en_GB: Didn't find e-mail member in JSON data

en: Automatically synchroni_ze account locally
en_GB: Automatically synchroni_se account locally

en: Downloading contacts in %s %d%% completed...
en_GB: Downloading contacts in %s %d%% completed…

en: Syncing contacts...
en_GB: Syncing contacts…

en: Cant perform actions on the folder while in offline mode
en_GB: Can't perform actions on the folder while in offline mode

en: Subscribe to folder of other user...
en_GB: Subscribe to folder of other user…

en: Writing folder permissions, please wait...
en_GB: Writing folder permissions, please wait…

en: Edit EWS folder permissions...
en_GB: Edit EWS folder permissions…

en: Reading folder permissions, please wait...
en_GB: Reading folder permissions, please wait…

en: Choose EWS user...
en_GB: Choose EWS user…

en: Testing availability of folder '%s' of user '%s', please wait...
en_GB: Testing availability of folder '%s' of user '%s', please wait…

en: Subscribe to folder of other EWS user...
en_GB: Subscribe to folder of other EWS user…

en: C_hoose...
en_GB: C_hoose…

en: Retrieving current user permissions, please wait...
en_GB: Retrieving current user permissions, please wait…

en: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialog box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.
en_GB: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialogue box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.

en: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organizer to:
en_GB: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organiser to:

en: Message to be sent within the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent within the organisation

en: Message to be sent outside the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent outside the organisation

en: Do not reply to senders outside the organization
en_GB: Do not reply to senders outside the organisation

en: Reply only to known senders outside the organization
en_GB: Reply only to known senders outside the organisation

en: Reply to any sender outside the organization
en_GB: Reply to any sender outside the organisation

en: Failed to empty Trash: %s
en_GB: Failed to empty Wastebasket: %s

en: Failed to empty Trash
en_GB: Failed to empty Wastebasket

en: Connecting to the server, please wait...
en_GB: Connecting to the server, please wait…

en: Folder size...
en_GB: Folder size…

en: Searching remote MAPI folder structure, please wait...
en_GB: Searching remote MAPI folder structure, please wait…

en: Edit MAPI folder permissions...
en_GB: Edit MAPI folder permissions…

en: Choose MAPI user...
en_GB: Choose MAPI user…

en: Subscribe to folder of other MAPI user...
en_GB: Subscribe to folder of other MAPI user…

en: Failed to login into the server
en_GB: Failed to log in to the server

en: Cannot create more sessions, session limit was reached
en_GB: Cannot create more sessions; session limit was reached

en: MAPI is not initialized or connected
en_GB: MAPI is not initialised or connected

en: Auto check for new articles.
en_GB: Automatically check for new articles.

en: Blink status icon when new article received
en_GB: Blink status icon when a new article is received

en: Check for new articles everytime Evolution is started.
en_GB: Check for new articles every time Evolution is started.

en: Contains list of the currently setup feeds.
en_GB: Contains a list of the currently set up feeds.

en: Deleting feed entry will also remove feed folder.
en_GB: Deleting feed entry will also remove the feed folder.

en: Evolution will show artile's summary instead of article's webpage. Sumarry can also be html.
en_GB: Evolution will show the article's summary instead of the article's web page. The summary can also be HTML.

en: Feeds list
en_GB: Feed list

en: Html render
en_GB: HTML render

en: If the proxy server requires authentication. This is the password field.
en_GB: If the proxy server requires authentication, this is the password field.

en: Interval in seconds before a conection is dropped.
en_GB: Interval in seconds before a connection is dropped.

en: The port number for proxy server.
en_GB: The port number for the proxy server.

en: Type HTML Render used to display html pages.
en_GB: Type HTML Render used to display HTML pages.

en: Evolution RSS Reader Plugin.
    
    This plugin adds RSS Feeds support for evolution mail. RSS support was built upon the somewhat existing RSS support in evolution-1.4 branch. The motivation behind this was to have RSS in same place as mails, at this moment I do not see the point having a separate RSS reader since a RSS Article is like an email message.
    
    Evolution RSS can display article using summary view or HTML view. 
    
    HTML can be displayed using the following engines: gtkHTML, Apple's Webkit or Firefox/Gecko.
    
    <b>Version: evolution-rss +VERSION+</b>
    
    +URL+
en_GB: Evolution RSS Reader Plugin.
    
    This plugin adds RSS Feeds support for Evolution mail. RSS support was built upon the somewhat existing RSS support in the evolution-1.4 branch. The motivation behind this was to have RSS in same place as e-mails. At this moment I do not see the point in having a separate RSS reader since a RSS Article is like an e-mail message.
    
    Evolution RSS can display articles using summary view or HTML view. 
    
    HTML can be displayed using the following engines: GtkHTML, Apple's WebKit or Firefox/Gecko.
    
    <b>Version: evolution-rss +VERSION+</b>
    
    +URL+

en: Setup RSS
en_GB: Set up RSS

en: Setup RSS feeds
en_GB: Set up RSS feeds

en: Enter User/Pass for feed
en_GB: Enter Username and Password for feed

en: Unamed feed
en_GB: Unnamed feed

en: Note: In order to be able to use Mozilla (Firefox) or Apple Webkit 
    as renders you need firefox or webkit devel package 
    installed and evolution-rss should be recompiled to see those packages.
en_GB: Note: In order to be able to use Mozilla (Firefox) or Apple WebKit 
    as renderers you need Firefox or WebKit development packages 
    installed and evolution-rss should be recompiled to see those packages.

en: By default show article summary instead of webpage
en_GB: By default show article summary instead of web page

en: Do no update feed
en_GB: Do not update feed

en: Evolution Feeds Control
en_GB: Evolution Feed Control

en: Manage your RDF,RSS,ATOM feeds here
en_GB: Manage your RDF, RSS and Atom feeds here

en: Start minimized (to tray, if possible)
en_GB: Start minimised (to tray, if possible)

en: We don't know how to store that kind of setting:
en_GB: Error storing setting:

en: An Unknown type of setting was found!
en_GB: Error reading setting

en: The files cannot be moved to the Trash. Delete them permanently from the disk?
en_GB: The files cannot be moved to the Deleted Items folder. Delete them permanently from the disc?

en: Randomize results
en_GB: Randomise results

en: Randomize Playlist
en_GB: Randomise Playlist

en: Requires plugins providing dynamic playlists
en_GB: Requires plug-ins providing dynamic playlists

en: Rescan Collection
en_GB: Re-scan Collection

en: Plugin Archives
en_GB: Plug-in Archives

en: Uppercase first letter of all tags
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of all tags

en: Replace content on side pane double click
en_GB: Replace content on side pane double-click

en: <b>No Plugin Selected</b>
en_GB: <b>No Plug-in Selected</b>

en: Install Plugin File
en_GB: Install Plug-in File

en: Select rating of the current track
en_GB: Select rating for the current track

en: Use color theme
en_GB: Use colour theme

en: Base color:
en_GB: Base colour:

en: Base color
en_GB: Base colour

en: Show menuitem to toggle submission
en_GB: Show menu item to toggle submission

en: Text Color:
en_GB: Text Colour

en: Sets the currently playing status in Pidgin. Check the Pidgin FAQ to find out the suppported services.
en_GB: Sets the currently playing status in Pidgin. Check the Pidgin FAQ to find out the supported services.

en: A 10-band equalizer
en_GB: A 10-band equaliser

en: Plugin to fetch lyrics from lyricsfly.com
en_GB: Plug-in to fetch lyrics from lyricsfly.com

en: This plugins displays notification bubbles when a song is played/resumed/stopped, with either the song cover or a media icon to indicate the latest action.
    
    Depends: python-notify
    Recommends: notify-osd
en_GB: This plug-ins displays notification bubbles when a song is played/resumed/stopped, with either the song cover or a media icon to indicate the latest action.
    
    Depends: python-notify
    Recommends: notify-osd

en: Provides an alternative trayicon which accepts dropped files.
    
    Depends: python-eggtrayicon
en_GB: Provides an alternative tray icon which accepts dropped files.
    
    Depends: python-eggtrayicon

en: Searches Amazon for covers
    
    To be able to use this plugin, an AWS API key and secret key are required.
en_GB: Searches Amazon for covers
    
    To be able to use this plug-in, an AWS API key and secret key are required.

en: A simple plugin for testing the basic plugin system
en_GB: A simple plug-in for testing the basic plug-in system

en: Show various informations about the track currently playing.
    Depends: libwebkit >= 1.0.1, python-webkit >= 1.1.2, python-imaging (a.k.a. PIL)
en_GB: Show various information about the track currently playing.
    Depends: libwebkit >= 1.0.1, python-webkit >= 1.1.2, python-imaging (a.k.a. PIL)

en: This plugin integrates spydaap (http://launchpad.net/spydaap) into Exaile so a collection can be shared over DAAP.
en_GB: This plug-in integrates spydaap (http://launchpad.net/spydaap) into Exaile so a collection can be shared over DAAP.

en: Active item fill color
en_GB: Active item fill colour

en: Active item border color
en_GB: Active item border colour

en: Active item text color
en_GB: Active item text colour

en: Cursor item fill color
en_GB: Cursor item fill colour

en: Cursor item border color
en_GB: Cursor item border colour

en: Cursor item text color
en_GB: Cursor item text colour

note: EXO_ICON_CHOOSER_CONTEXT_OTHER
en: Uncategorized Icons
en_GB: Uncategorised Icons

en: Customize Toolbar...
en_GB: Customise Toolbar...

en: The preferred Mail Reader will be used to compose
    emails when you click on email addresses.
en_GB: The preferred Mail Reader will be used to compose
    e-mails when you click on e-mail addresses.

en: Open the Preferred Applications
    configuration dialog
en_GB: Open the Preferred Applications
    configuration dialogue

en: Selection Box Color
en_GB: Selection Box Colour

en: Home Finances Modeling
en_GB: Home Finances Modelling

en: Payment in installments
en_GB: Payment in instalments

en: Organize, enjoy, and share your photos
en_GB: Organise, enjoy, and share your photos

en: Height of the import dialog.
en_GB: Height of the import dialogue.

en: If the 'transparency' option is set, the color specified in this option will be used as the transparent color when viewing images.
en_GB: If the 'transparency' option is set, the colour specified in this option will be used as the transparent colour when viewing images.

en: Maximize the main window.
en_GB: Maximise the main window.

en: Maximize the photo viewer window.
en_GB: Maximise the photo viewer window.

en: The color to use for transparent parts.
en_GB: The colour to use for transparent parts.

en: The height dimension to use for the import dialog.
en_GB: The height dimension to use for the import dialogue.

en: The width dimension to use for the import dialog.
en_GB: The width dimension to use for the import dialogue.

en: Width of the import dialog.
en_GB: Width of the import dialogue.

en: Width of the preview image pane in the import dialog.
en_GB: Width of the preview image pane in the import dialogue.

en: _Remove From Catalog
en_GB: _Remove from Catalogue

en: The tag "{0}" is not applied to any photos. Try adding
    the tag to some photos or selecting a different tag in the
    F-Spot preference dialog.
en_GB: The tag "{0}" is not applied to any photos. Try adding
    the tag to some photos or selecting a different tag in the
    F-Spot preference dialogue.

en: The tag F-Spot is looking for does not exist. Try
    selecting a different tag in the F-Spot preference
    dialog.
en_GB: The tag F-Spot is looking for does not exist. Try
    selecting a different tag in the F-Spot preference
    dialogue.

en: Auto Color
en_GB: Auto Colour

en: Adjust Colors
en_GB: Adjust Colours

en: 4 x 3 (Book)
en_GB: 4 × 3 (Book)

en: 5 x 7 (L, 2L)
en_GB: 5 × 7 (L, 2L)

en: Select the area that needs cropping.
en_GB: Select an area to crop

en: Custom Ratios...
en_GB: Custom Ratios…

en: {0} Photo out of {1} | {0} Photos out of {1}
en_GB[0]: Photo {0} of {1}
en_GB[1]: Photos {0} of {1}

en: If you remove photos from the F-Spot catalog all tag information will be lost. The photos remain on your computer and can be imported into F-Spot again.
en_GB: If you remove photos from the F-Spot catalogue, all tag information will be lost. The photos remain on your computer and can be imported into F-Spot again.

en: _Remove from Catalog
en_GB: _Remove from Catalogue

en: Unable to rotate readonly file
en_GB: Unable to rotate read-only file

en: The photo could not be rotated because it is on a read only file system or media such as a CDROM.  Please check the permissions and try again. | {0} photos could not be rotated because they are on a read only file system or media such as a CDROM.  Please check the permissions and try again.
en_GB[0]: The photo could not be rotated because it is on a read-only file system or medium such as a CD-ROM.  Please check the permissions and try again.
en_GB[1]: {0} photos could not be rotated because they are on a read-only file system or medium such as a CD-ROM.  Please check the permissions and try again.

en: Preparing email
en_GB: Preparing e-mail

en: An error occured while processing "{0}": {1}
en_GB: An error occurred while processing "{0}": {1}

en: Remove From Search
en_GB: Remove from Search

en: Customized Range
en_GB: Customised Range

en: Choose Folder...
en_GB: Choose Folder…

en: Choose Import source...
en_GB: Choose Import source…

en: Checking this box will remove the imported photos from the camera after the import finished successfully.
    
    It is generally recommended to backup your photos before removing them from the camera. <b>Use this option at your own risk!</b>
en_GB: Ticking this box will remove the imported photos from the camera after the import finished successfully.
    
    It is generally recommended to backup your photos before removing them from the camera. <b>Use this option at your own risk!</b>

en: Importing Photos: {0} of {1}...
en_GB: Importing Photos: {0} of {1}…

en: Importing photos...
en_GB: Importing photos…

note: TODO: Using a GtkSpinner would be nicer here.
en: Searching for photos... (You can already click Import to continue)
en_GB: Searching for photos… (You can already click Import to continue)

en: Color profile for display:
en_GB: Colour profile for display:

en: Color profile for printing:
en_GB: Colour profile for printing:

en: Inside the image files when possible
    <small>Makes them accessible to other image-editing programs.</small>
en_GB: Inside the image files when possible
    <small>Makes them accessible to other image editing programs.</small>

en: Create New Tag...
en_GB: Create New Tag…

en: Edit Tag...
en_GB: Edit Tag…

en: Remove Tag From Selection | Remove Tags From Selection
en_GB[0]: Remove Tag from Selection
en_GB[1]: Remove Tags from Selection

en: Adjust _Time...
en_GB: Adjust _Time…

en: Create New _Tag...
en_GB: Create New _Tag…

en: Create _New Version...
en_GB: Create _New Version…

en: Send by _Mail...
en_GB: Send by _Mail…

en: _Edit Tag...
en_GB: _Edit Tag…

en: _Remove Tag From Selection
en_GB: _Remove Tag from Selection

en: _Select Import Rolls...
en_GB: _Select Import Rolls…

en: _Set Date Range...
en_GB: _Set Date Range…

en: _Set Rating filter...
en_GB: _Set Rating filter…

en: Select a Tag...
en_GB: Select a Tag…

en: <small><i>Enable this to allow interpolation on zoomed images. You shouldn't disable this for viewing photos, but disabling the interpolation could be usefull in icon design.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Enable this to allow interpolation on zoomed images. You shouldn't disable this for viewing photos, but disabling the interpolation could be useful in icon design.</i></small>

en: <small><i>You can choose how to display transparent parts in images. This option has no effect on photos, but setting this as check pattern or custom color could be usefull when viewing icons or other artworks with transparent parts.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>You can choose how to display transparent parts in images. This option has no effect on photos, but setting this as check pattern or custom colour could be useful when viewing icons or other artworks with transparent parts.</i></small>

en: As _custom color:
en_GB: As _custom colour:

en: Paper Size: {0} x {1} mm
en_GB: Paper Size: {0} × {1} mm

en: Photos layout
en_GB: Photo layout

en: Photos infos
en_GB: Photo information

en: Transferring picture "{0}" To CD
en_GB: Transferring picture "{0}" to CD

en: Waiting for authorization
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation

en: F-Spot will now launch your browser so that you can enable the permission you just selected.
    
    Once you are directed by Facebook to return to this application, click "Ok" below.
en_GB: F-Spot will now launch your browser so that you can enable the permission you just selected.
    
    Once you are directed by Facebook to return to this application, click "OK" below.

en: Error Uploading To Facebook: {0}
en_GB: Error Uploading to Facebook: {0}

en: F-Spot will now launch your browser so that you can log into Facebook.
    
    Once you are directed by Facebook to return to this application, click "Ok" below.  F-Spot will cache your session in gnome-keyring, if possible, and re-use it on future Facebook exports.
en_GB: F-Spot will now launch your browser so that you can log into Facebook.
    
    Once you are directed by Facebook to return to this application, click "OK" below.  F-Spot will cache your session in gnome-keyring, if possible, and re-use it for future Facebook exports.

en: Authorizing Session
en_GB: Authorising Session

en: Session established, fetching user info...
en_GB: Session established, fetching user info…

en: Session established, fetching friend list...
en_GB: Session established, fetching friend list…

en: Session established, fetching friend details...
en_GB: Session established, fetching friend details…

en: Session established, fetching photo albums...
en_GB: Session established, fetching photo albums…

en: Authorize
en_GB: Authorise

en: Return to this window after you have finished the authorization process on {0} and click the "Complete Authorization" button below
en_GB: Return to this window after you have finished the authorisation process on {0} and click the "Complete Authorisation" button below

en: Complete Authorization
en_GB: Complete Authorisation

en: Checking credentials...
en_GB: Checking credentials…

en: Error Uploading To {0}: {1}
en_GB: Error Uploading to {0}: {1}

en: F-Spot needs your authorization in order to upload photos to your {0} account. Press the "Authorize" button to open a web browser and give F-Spot the authorization.
en_GB: F-Spot needs your authorisation in order to upload photos to your {0} account. Press the "Authorise" button to open a web browser and give F-Spot the authorisation.

en: Exporting "{0}"...
en_GB: Exporting "{0}"…

en: Transferring...
en_GB: Transferring…

en: {0} of approx. {1}
en_GB: {0} of approximately {1}

en: Error Uploading To Gallery: {0}
en_GB: Error Uploading to Gallery: {0}

en: A trust error occured while attempting to access
en_GB: A trust error occurred while attempting to access

en: In order to detect duplicates on pictures you imported before 0.5.0, F-Spot needs to analyze your image collection. This is not done by default as it's time consuming. You can Start or Pause this update process using this dialog.
en_GB: In order to detect duplicates on pictures you imported before 0.5.0, F-Spot needs to analyse your image collection. This is not done by default as it's time consuming. You can Start or Pause this update process using this dialogue.

en: You currently have {0} photos needing md5 calculation, and {1} pending jobs
en_GB: You currently have {0} photos needing MD5 calculation, and {1} pending jobs

en: Processing images...
en_GB: Processing images…

en: <small><i>Choose the location of the database you want to import from</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Choose the location of the database from which you want to import</i></small>

en: <small><i>Choose what to import from the selected db.
    "New Rolls Only" is the smart option that will avoid re-importing photos you could have imported during a previous operation.
    "A Single Import Roll" let you choose which roll you want to merge back.
    "Everything" will import everything, creating duplicates if you already imported from that database.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Choose what to import from the selected database.
    "New Rolls Only" is the smart option that will avoid re-importing photos you could have imported during a previous operation.
    "A Single Import Roll" let you choose which roll you want to merge back.
    "Everything" will import everything, creating duplicates if you already imported from that database.</i></small>

en: <small><i>Copy the images locally or keep them where they are. If you chose the later, be sure that this location will stay accessible from f-spot.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Copy the images locally or keep them where they are. If you chose the latter, be sure that this location will stay accessible from F-Spot.</i></small>

en: _Repositories...
en_GB: _Repositories…

en: _Uninstall...
en_GB: _Uninstall…

en: This proxy can for example be used to traverse firewalls.
en_GB: This proxy can, for example, be used to traverse firewalls.

en: Server informations
en_GB: Server information

en: Fetching databases information...
en_GB: Fetching database information...

en: Authorization failure on %s@%s%s
en_GB: Authorisation failure on %s@%s%s

en:  (previously authorized)
en_GB:  (previously authorised)

en: The attempt to get authorization failed.
    Since we have already succeeded in getting authorization for this
    connection, this is probably another failure mode (such as busy server)
    that fetchmail cannot distinguish because the server didn't send a useful
    error message.
en_GB: The attempt to get authorisation failed.
    Since we have already succeeded in getting authorization for this
    connection, this is probably another failure mode (such as busy server)
    that fetchmail cannot distinguish because the server didn't send a useful
    error message.

en: The attempt to get authorization failed.
    This probably means your password is invalid, but some servers have
    other failure modes that fetchmail cannot distinguish from this
    because they don't send useful error messages on login failure.
    
    The fetchmail daemon will continue running and attempt to connect
    at each cycle.  No future notifications will be sent until service
    is restored.
en_GB: The attempt to get authorisation failed.
    This probably means your password is invalid, but some servers have
    other failure modes that fetchmail cannot distinguish from this
    because they don't send useful error messages on login failure.
    
    The fetchmail daemon will continue running and attempt to connect
    at each cycle.  No future notifications will be sent until service
    is restored.

en: Authorization OK on %s@%s
en_GB: Authorisation OK on %s@%s

en: client/server synchronization
en_GB: client/server synchronisation

en: Issuer Organization: %s
en_GB: Issuer Organisation: %s

en: Warning: Issuer Organization Name too long (possibly truncated).
en_GB: Warning: Issuer Organsation Name too long (possibly truncated).

en: Unknown Organization
en_GB: Unknown Organisation

en: List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated with the file type.
en_GB: List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialogue and not associated with the file type.

en: Extract To...
en_GB: Extract To…

en: Compress...
en_GB: Compress…

en: File format not recognized
en_GB: File format not recognised

en: Add a _Folder...
en_GB: Add a _Folder…

en: _Extract...
en_GB: _Extract…

en: Pass_word...
en_GB: Pass_word…

en: Authorization failed.
en_GB: Authorisation failed.

en: To play Five or More one must align colored pieces as the board gets filled with randomly placed pieces. When five or more pieces of the same color get lined up, they disappear. The game ends when the board gets filled up all the way.
en_GB: To play Five or More one must align coloured pieces as the board gets filled with randomly placed pieces. When five or more pieces of the same colour get lined up, they disappear. The game ends when the board gets filled up all the way.

en: 2000-2002
en_GB: 2000–2002

en: <application>Five or More</application>, is the Gnome port of the once popular Windows game called <application>Color Lines</application> The game's objective is to align as often as possible five or more objects of the same color and shape causing them to disappear. Play as long as possible, and be #1 in the High Scores.
en_GB: <application>Five or More</application>, is the Gnome port of the once popular Windows game called <application>Colour Lines</application> The game's objective is to align as often as possible five or more objects of the same colour and shape causing them to disappear. Play as long as possible, and be #1 in the High Scores.

en: Playing <application>Five or More</application> is easy. At startup, you find yourself with five objects randomly positioned on the board. Each turn, you are allowed to move one object. You can move it anywhere on the board as long as there is a clear path. Afterward, the computer drops more objects at random positions (the exact number depends on the size of the game). You can preview the next objects to be dropped in the upper right corner of the game's window. If you manage to align five objects of the same shape and color, they disappear and you are given an extra move before more objects drop.
en_GB: Playing <application>Five or More</application> is easy. At startup, you find yourself with five objects randomly positioned on the board. Each turn, you are allowed to move one object. You can move it anywhere on the board as long as there is a clear path. Afterward, the computer drops more objects at random positions (the exact number depends on the size of the game). You can preview the next objects to be dropped in the upper right corner of the game's window. If you manage to align five objects of the same shape and colour, they disappear and you are given an extra move before more objects drop.

en: Instead of using the mouse you can use the keyboard to play <application>Five or More</application>. To use the keyboard, hit an arrow key and a cursor will appear near the center of the board. The arrow keys will move the cursor. When the cursor is over the object you want to move, use the spacebar to select it. Then shift the cursor to the object's destination and hit the space bar again to move the object.
en_GB: Instead of using the mouse you can use the keyboard to play <application>Five or More</application>. To use the keyboard, hit an arrow key and a cursor will appear near the centre of the board. The arrow keys will move the cursor. When the cursor is over the object you want to move, use the spacebar to select it. Then shift the cursor to the object's destination and hit the space bar again to move the object.

en: Customizing the Game
en_GB: Customising the Game

en: You can configure <application>Five or More</application> by clicking on <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applications <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. The following <interface>dialog</interface> will appear:
en_GB: You can configure <application>Five or More</application> by clicking on <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applications <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. The following <interface>dialogue</interface> will appear:

note: ==== End of Figure ====
en: You can select different object styles and background colors in the <guimenu>Themes</guimenu> section. If you find it difficult distinguishing the colours, try the shapes theme.
en_GB: You can select different object styles and background colours in the <guimenu>Themes</guimenu> section. If you find it difficult distinguishing the colours, try the shapes theme.

en: Each theme consists of a single PNG image file. This image consists of an array of seven rows, corresponding to the different object colors/shapes, and four columns, each of which is a frame in the animation of the object. The actual size of the image is irrelevant, it will be rescaled, but the sub-images must form a four by seven grid to get the correct effect. When using SVG remember that the image size is the page size, if your grid does not fill the page try shrinking the page size. Use an existing theme as a guide.
en_GB: Each theme consists of a single PNG image file. This image consists of an array of seven rows, corresponding to the different object colours/shapes, and four columns, each of which is a frame in the animation of the object. The actual size of the image is irrelevant, it will be rescaled, but the sub-images must form a four by seven grid to get the correct effect. When using SVG remember that the image size is the page size, if your grid does not fill the page try shrinking the page size. Use an existing theme as a guide.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink url="http://www.fsf.org" type="http">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink url="http://www.fsf.org" type="http">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: true if the window is maximized
en_GB: true if the window is maximised

en: _Number of colors:
en_GB: _Number of colours:

en: Shapes and Colors
en_GB: Shapes and Colours

note: Translators: "telepathy-logger" is the name of an application, * and should not be translated.
en: Failed to change favorite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.

en: Failed to change favorite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a contact identifier.
en: Failed to change favorite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.

note: Translators: the first parameter is the unknown key that * was received with the details params, and the second * identifies the persona store.
en: Unrecognized parameter '%s' passed to persona store '%s'.
en_GB: Unrecognised parameter '%s' passed to persona store '%s'.

en: Favorite status is not writeable on this contact.
en_GB: Favourite status is not writeable on this contact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a filename.
en: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognized.
en_GB: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognised.

note: Translators: both parameters are identifiers for backends.
en: Unrecognized source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.
en_GB: Unrecognised source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.

en: Additional arguments for autotrace program:
en_GB: Additional arguements for autotrace program:

en: Mathematical centerline
en_GB: Mathematical centreline

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Brings up a dialog which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.
en_GB: Brings up a dialogue which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.

en: Point Color
en_GB: Point Colour

en: The color of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour of an on-curve point

en: First Point Color
en_GB: First Point Colour

en: The color of the point which is the start of a contour
en_GB: The colour of the point which is the start of a contour

en: Selected Point Color
en_GB: Selected Point Colour

en: The color of a selected point
en_GB: The colour of a selected point

en: Extrema Point Color
en_GB: Extrema Point Colour

en: The color used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)

en: Point of Inflection Color
en_GB: Point of Inflection Colour

en: The color used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)

en: Almost H/V Color
en_GB: Almost H/V Colour

en: The color used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points
en_GB: The colour used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points

en: Next CP Color
en_GB: Next CP Colour

en: The color used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point

en: Prev CP Color
en_GB: Prev CP Colour

en: The color used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point

en: Selected CP Color
en_GB: Selected CP Colour

en: The color used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point

en: Coordinate Line Color
en_GB: Coordinate Line Colour

en: Italic Coord. Color
en_GB: Italic Coord. Colour

en: Metrics Label Color
en_GB: Metrics Label Colour

en: Hint Label Color
en_GB: Hint Label Colour

en: Blue Values Color
en_GB: Blue Values Colour

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary

en: Family Blue Color
en_GB: Family Blue Colour

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary

en: Diagonal Hint Color
en_GB: Diagonal Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw diagonal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw diagonal hints

en: Horiz. Hint Color
en_GB: Horiz. Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw horizontal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw horizontal hints

en: Vert. Hint Color
en_GB: Vert. Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw vertical hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw vertical hints

en: HFlex Hint Color
en_GB: HFlex Hint Colour

en: VFlex Hint Color
en_GB: VFlex Hint Colour

en: Conflict Hint Color
en_GB: Conflict Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw a hint which conflicts with another
en_GB: The colour used to draw a hint which conflicts with another

en: HHint Active Color
en_GB: HHint Active Colour

en: The color used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: VHint Active Color
en_GB: VHint Active Colour

en: The color used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: Width Color
en_GB: Width Colour

en: The color of the line marking the advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width

en: Selected Width Color
en_GB: Selected Width Colour

en: The color of the line marking the advance width when it is selected
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width when it is selected

en: Grid Fit Width Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Width Colour

en: The color of the line marking the grid-fit advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the grid-fit advance width

en: Ligature Caret Color
en_GB: Ligature Caret Colour

en: The color of the line(s) marking ligature carets
en_GB: The colour of the line(s) marking ligature carets

en: Anchor Color
en_GB: Anchor Colour

en: The color of anchor stars
en_GB: The colour of anchor stars

en: Anchored Line Color
en_GB: Anchored Line Colour

en: The color of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup
en_GB: The colour of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup

en: Template Color
en_GB: Template Colour

en: Old Outline Color
en_GB: Old Outline Colour

en: Original Color
en_GB: Original Colour

en: Guide Layer Color
en_GB: Guide Layer Colour

en: Grid Fit Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Colour

en: The color of grid-fit outlines
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit outlines

en: Inactive Layer Color
en_GB: Inactive Layer Colour

en: The color of outlines in inactive layers
en_GB: The colour of outlines in inactive layers

en: Active Layer Color
en_GB: Active Layer Colour

en: The color of outlines in the active layer
en_GB: The colour of outlines in the active layer

en: Clip Path Color
en_GB: Clip Path Colour

en: The color of the clip path
en_GB: The colour of the clip path

en: Background Image Color
en_GB: Background Image Colour

en: The color used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut
en_GB: The colour used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut

en: The color used to fill the outline if that mode is active
en_GB: The colour used to fill the outline if that mode is active

en: Trace Color
en_GB: Trace Colour

en: Raster Color
en_GB: Raster Colour

en: The color of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks

en: Raster New Color
en_GB: Raster New Colour

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: Raster Old Color
en_GB: Raster Old Colour

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: Raster Grid Color
en_GB: Raster Grid Colour

en: Raster Dark Color
en_GB: Raster Dark Colour

en: When debugging in grey-scale this is the color of a raster block which is fully convered
en_GB: When debugging in grey-scale this is the colour of a raster block which is fully convered

en: Center Bet_ween Control Points
en_GB: Centre Bet_ween Control Points

en: _Center in Width
en_GB: _Centre in Width

en: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialog to close, is that what you want?
en_GB: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialogue to close, is that what you want?

en: This index is much larger than the closest neighbor
en_GB: This index is much larger than the closest neighbour

en: Bad template, unrecognized format
en_GB: Bad template, unrecognised format

en: Center Out
en_GB: Centre Out

en: _Miter
en_GB: _Mitre

en: Bad color on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.
en_GB: Bad colour on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.

en:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its center whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.
en_GB:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its centre whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.

en: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the color change happening along
    the line drawn in the view
en_GB: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the colour change happening along
    the line drawn in the view

en: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the color change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.
en_GB: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the colour change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.

en: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the color at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients
en_GB: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the colour at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients

en: Specify the color (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The color is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB color.
en_GB: Specify the colour (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The colour is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB colour.

en: Bad Color
en_GB: Bad Colour

en: Any other command with all its arguments.
    The command must expect to deal with a PostScript
    file which it will find by reading its standard input.
en_GB: Any other command with all its arguements.
    The command must expect to deal with a PostScript
    file which it will find by reading its standard input.

en: Normal/Off-Center
en_GB: Normal/Off-Centre

en: Oblique/Off-Center
en_GB: Oblique/Off-Centre

en: License URL
en_GB: Licence URL

en: You should read the OFL and its FAQ 
    at http://scripts.sil.org/OFL.
    If you are not very familiar with English,
    please check if there is a translation of the 
    FAQ or an unofficial translation of the license 
    in your mother tongue or preferred language. 
    
    Fontforge does not know about your email or URL,
    you will need to add them manually. 
    Please fill in the copyright notice in the license
    header along with any Reserved Font Name(s).
    If you are branching from an existing font make sure
    you have the right to do so and remember to add your
    additional copyright notice along with any Reserved Font Name(s).
en_GB: You should read the OFL and its FAQ 
    at http://scripts.sil.org/OFL.
    If you are not very familiar with English,
    please check if there is a translation of the 
    FAQ or an unofficial translation of the licence 
    in your mother tongue or preferred language. 
    
    Fontforge does not know about your email or URL,
    you will need to add them manually. 
    Please fill in the copyright notice in the licence
    header along with any Reserved Font Name(s).
    If you are branching from an existing font make sure
    you have the right to do so and remember to add your
    additional copyright notice along with any Reserved Font Name(s).

en: (Adobe now considers XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)
en_GB: (Adobe now consider XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)

en: Allow editing of multiple colors and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.
en_GB: Allow editing of multiple colours and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.

en: Histogram Dialog
en_GB: Histogram Dialogue

en: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviors are permitted on
    both the document and the font.
en_GB: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviours are permitted on
    both the document and the font.

en: The SIL Open Font License (OFL) is designed for free/libre/open font projects.
    Most other FLOSS licenses are designed for conventional software and are problematic for fonts.
    The OFL is a community-approved license and is well-suited for releasing fonts to be freely 
    used, studied, copied, modified, embedded, merged and distributed while maintaining artistic integrity.
    You are encouraged you to use it if you can.
    
    For more details about the OFL - and the corresponding FAQ - see http://scripts.sil.org/OFL 
    
    Simply press this button to add the OFL metadata to your font.
en_GB: The SIL Open Font Licence (OFL) is designed for free/libre/open font projects.
    Most other FLOSS licences are designed for conventional software and are problematic for fonts.
    The OFL is a community-approved licence and is well-suited for releasing fonts to be freely 
    used, studied, copied, modified, embedded, merged and distributed while maintaining artistic integrity.
    You are encouraged you to use it if you can.
    
    For more details about the OFL - and the corresponding FAQ - see http://scripts.sil.org/OFL 
    
    Simply press this button to add the OFL metadata to your font.

en: 
    Click here to go to http://scripts.sil.org/OFL 
    to get all the details about the Open Font License 
    and to read the corresponding FAQ.
en_GB: 
    Click here to go to http://scripts.sil.org/OFL 
    to get all the details about the Open Font Licence 
    and to read the corresponding FAQ.

en: Select by _Color
en_GB: Select by _Colour

en: Set _Color
en_GB: Set _Colour

en: _License...
en_GB: _Licence...

en: Selected BG Color
en_GB: Selected BG Colour

en: Color used to draw the background of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the background of selected glyphs

en: Selected FG Color
en_GB: Selected FG Colour

en: Color used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs

en: Changed Color
en_GB: Changed Colour

en: Color used to mark a changed glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark a changed glyph

en: Background color for the drawing area of all views
en_GB: Background colour for the drawing area of all views

en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Color used to draw the advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the advance width line of a glyph

en: Color used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph

en: Kern Line Color
en_GB: Kern Line Colour

en: Color used to draw the kerning line
en_GB: Colour used to draw the kerning line

en: Side Bearing Color
en_GB: Side Bearing Colour

en: Color used to draw the left side bearing
en_GB: Colour used to draw the left side bearing

en: Color used to mark the selected glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark the selected glyph

en: Center of Selection
en_GB: Centre of Selection

en: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Center of selection"
    nor "Last Press".
en_GB: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Centre of selection"
    nor "Last Press".

en: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disasterous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behavior off -- but be careful!
en_GB: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disasterous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behaviour off -- but be careful!

en: AccentCenterLowest
en_GB: AccentCentreLowest

en: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge center them based on their full width, or
    should it just center based on the lowest point
    of the accent.
en_GB: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge centre them based on their full width, or
    should it just centre based on the lowest point
    of the accent.

en: CharCenterHighest
en_GB: CharCentreHighest

en: When centering an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centered on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?
en_GB: When centreing an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centred on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?

en: Extra arguments for configuring the autotrace program
    (either autotrace or potrace)
en_GB: Extra arguements for configuring the autotrace program
    (either autotrace or potrace)

en: Ask the user for autotrace arguments each time autotrace is invoked
en_GB: Ask the user for autotrace arguements each time autotrace is invoked

en: RecognizePUANames
en_GB: RecognisePUANames

en: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behavior is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.
en_GB: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behaviour is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.

en: electronic end user license table
en_GB: electronic end user licence table

en: No argument to operator
en_GB: No arguement to operator

en: No argument to operator %d in private dict
en_GB: No arguement to operator %d in private dict

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated

en: Prefs_App|to alter that behavior you may set an environment
en_GB: to alter that behaviour you may set an environment

en: Prefs_App|FontForge recognizes BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.
en_GB: FontForge recognises BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.

en: Fourth argument of imagemask must be a 6-element transformation matrix.
en_GB: Fourth arguement of imagemask must be a 6-element transformation matrix.

en: Third argument of imagemask must be a boolean.
en_GB: Third arguement of imagemask must be a boolean.

en: First and second arguments of imagemask must be integers.
en_GB: First and second arguements of imagemask must be integers.

en: Width or height arguments to imagemask contain invalid values
    (either negative or they require more data than provided).
en_GB: Width or height arguements to imagemask contain invalid values
    (either negative or they require more data than provided).

en: Multiple master subroutine called with the wrong number of arguments in %s.
en_GB: Multiple master subroutine called with the wrong number of arguements in %s.

en: Save Colors
en_GB: Save Colours

en: Save glyph colors in the PfEd table
en_GB: Save glyph colours in the PfEd table

en: The FONTLOG is a text file containing pertinent information
    about the font including such things as its change history.
    The SIL Open Font License highly recommends its use.
    
    If your font contains a FONTLOG (see the Element->Font Info)
    and you check this box, then the internal FONTLOG will be
    written to the file "FONTLOG.txt" in the same directory
    as the font itself.
en_GB: The FONTLOG is a text file containing pertinent information
    about the font including such things as its change history.
    The SIL Open Font Licence highly recommends its use.
    
    If your font contains a FONTLOG (see the Element->Font Info)
    and you check this box, then the internal FONTLOG will be
    written to the file "FONTLOG.txt" in the same directory
    as the font itself.

en: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: Allows you to select optional behavior when generating the font
en_GB: Allows you to select optional behaviour when generating the font

en: Once you have a final version of your font
    and if your font is licensed under the Open
    Font License, then you might consider uploading
    it to the Open Font Library. This is a website
    of Free/Libre fonts.
    
    You must have previously registered with OFLib
    and have a valid username/password there.
    
    Obviously you must be connected to the internet
    for this to work.
en_GB: Once you have a final version of your font
    and if your font is licenced under the Open
    Font Licence, then you might consider uploading
    it to the Open Font Library. This is a website
    of Free/Libre fonts.
    
    You must have previously registered with OFLib
    and have a valid username/password there.
    
    Obviously you must be connected to the internet
    for this to work.

en: The SIL Open Font License
    Please see http://scripts.sil.org/OFL
en_GB: The SIL Open Font Licence
    Please see http://scripts.sil.org/OFL

en: Upload License
en_GB: Upload Licence

en: Upload the license (as found in the list of truetype names)
en_GB: Upload the licence (as found in the list of truetype names)

en: Retain current advance width, center glyph within that width
en_GB: Retain current advance width, centre glyph within that width

en: The %1$s in the search dialog contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?
en_GB: The %1$s in the search dialogue contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?

en: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    License). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?
en_GB: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    Licence). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?

en: Bad hex color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad hex colour spec: %s

en: Bad RGB color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad RGB colour spec: %s

en: Failed to parse color %s
en_GB: Failed to parse colour %s

en: The tiles should be centered on the path
en_GB: The tiles should be centred on the path

en: Bad glyph range specified in color subtable of PfEd table
en_GB: Bad glyph range specified in colour subtable of PfEd table

note: CCW means counter clockwise
en: Rotate _90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate _90° ACW

en: The object of Four-in-a-Row is to place four pieces in a vertical, horizontal, or diagonal row while the opponent tries to block and make his/her own row of four. Four-in-a-Row can be played against another human or the computer.
en_GB: The object of Four-in-a-Row is to place four pieces in a vertical, horizontal, or diagonal row while the opponent tries to block and make his orher own row of four. Four-in-a-Row can be played against another human or the computer.

en: 2001-2002
en_GB: 2001–2002

en: <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> is included in the <filename>GNOME-games</filename> package, which is part of the GNOME desktop environment. This document describes version 2.8 of <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>.
en_GB: <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> is included in the gnome-games package, which is part of the GNOME desktop environment. This document describes version 2.8 of <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>.

en: To change the game's settings, select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This opens the <interface>Preferences Dialog</interface>.
en_GB: To change the game's settings, select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This opens the <interface>Preferences Dialogue</interface>.

en: These two columns tell <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> who's playing and, if it is the computer, how hard they play. To play against a friend, select Human for both Player One and Player Two.
en_GB: These two columns tell <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> who's playing and, if it is the computer, how well they play. To play against a friend, select <guilabel>Human</guilabel> for both <guilabel>Player One</guilabel> and <guilabel>Player Two</guilabel>.

en: This section's included in case you'd like to make your own themes for <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>. It assumes you're familiar with basic text editing, graphics software and the command line.
en_GB: This section is included in case you'd like to make your own themes for <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>. It assumes you're familiar with basic text editing, graphics software and the command line.

en: The last step is to put your image(s) where <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> can find them. You could put them in Four-in-a-row's install directory (which will depend on your particular system), but your home directory's probably a better idea.
en_GB: The last step is to put your image or images where <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> can find them. You could put them in <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>'s install directory (which will depend on your particular system), but your home directory is probably a better idea.

en: If you start <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> from the command line, it'll give you clues about any problems it has with your new theme. If it has none, you'll find your new theme listed the <interface>Preferences Dialog</interface>.
en_GB: If you start <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> from the command line, it'll give you clues about any problems it has with your new theme. If it has none, you'll find your new theme listed the <interface>Preferences Dialogue</interface>.

en: Four-in-a-Row support networked multiplayer games which is provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to a Four-in-a-Row server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.
en_GB: <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> supports networked multiplayer games which are provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to a <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.

en: To start the multiplayer game of Four-in-a-Row, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the Four-in-a-Row menu.
en_GB: To start the multiplayer game of <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> menu.

en: Connecting to a Four-in-a-Row network server
en_GB: Connecting to a <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> network server

en: The Four-in-a-Row connection dialog is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialog allows you to select a server to connect to, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.
en_GB: The <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> connection dialogue is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialogue allows you to select a server to which to connect, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.

en: The <guimenuitem>Guest Login</guimenuitem> option should be selected if you want an anonymous guest account. If you want to create a new login account, then select the <guimenuitem>First-time Login</guimenuitem> option, with the username, password and email of your choice. If you have already created your account, you can connect by selecting the <guimenuitem>Normal Login</guimenuitem> option, and enter the username and password that you have chosen.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Guest Login</guilabel> option should be selected if you want an anonymous guest account. If you want to create a new login account, then select the <guilabel>First-time Login</guilabel> option, with the username, password and e-mail address of your choice. If you have already created your account, you can connect by selecting the <guilabel>Normal Login</guilabel> option, and enter the username and password that you have chosen.

en: To connect to a server, click on the <guimenuitem>Connect</guimenuitem> button.
en_GB: To connect to a server, click on the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button.

en: The Four-in-a-Row network connection dialog.
en_GB: The <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> network connection dialogue.

en: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of Four-in-a-Row, select the Four-in-a-Row room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the Launch button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.
en_GB: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of <application>Four-in-a-Row</application>, select the <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the <guibutton>Launch</guibutton> button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.

en: This Four-in-a-Row network dialog allows you to join a game room to find other players.
en_GB: This <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> network dialogue allows you to join a game room to find other players.

en: When creating a new table for Four-in-a-Row games, a preference dialog is displayed which allows you to customize the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, then no more players are allowed to join that game table.
en_GB: When creating a new table for <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> games, a preference dialogue is displayed which allows you to customise the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, then no more players are allowed to join that game table.

en: Playing multiplayer Four-in-a-Row games
en_GB: Playing multiplayer <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> games

en: Multiplayer Four-in-a-Row games have pretty much the same rules as normal Four-in-a-Row games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.
en_GB: Multiplayer <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> games have pretty much the same rules as normal <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.

en: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive Four-in-a-Row multiplayer!
en_GB: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive <application>Four-in-a-Row</application> multiplayer!

en: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turn and expect you to honor your alliance with us and do likewise! | *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turns and expect you to honor your alliance with us and do likewise!
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turn and expect you to honour your alliance with us and do likewise!
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turns and expect you to honour your alliance with us and do likewise!

en: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming! | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise. | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.

en: *%s (AI)* Dishonored one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Dishonoured one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!

en: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbor, may we suggest more peaceful relations?
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbour, may we suggest more peaceful relations?

en: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honor our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honour our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!

en: The citizen governor can't fulfill the requirements for %s. Passing back control.
en_GB: The citizen governor can't fulfil the requirements for %s. Passing back control.

en: The citizen governor has gotten confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.
en_GB: The citizen governor has got itself confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.

en: No real audio subsystem managed to initialize!
en_GB: No real audio subsystem managed to initialise!

en: defense
en_GB: defence

en: Unrecognized option: "%s"
en_GB: Unrecognised option: "%s"

note: TRANS: "text" or "background".
en: Select the %s color
en_GB: Select the %s colour

en: Color (Ctrl-C)
en_GB: Colour (Ctrl-C)

en: Select the text color
en_GB: Select the text colour

en: Select the background color
en_GB: Select the background colour

en: Defense:
en_GB: Defence:

en: Move/Defense:
en_GB: Move/Defence:

en: C_ivilization
en_GB: C_ivilisation

en: _Center View
en_GB: _Centre View

en: Select a color
en_GB: Select a colour

en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

en: See file COPYING distributed with freeciv for full license text.
en_GB: See file COPYING distributed with freeciv for full licence text.

en: Terrain Defense Bonus: +%d%%
en_GB: Terrain Defence Bonus: +%d%%

en: Unable to initialize SDL library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL library: %s

en: Unable to initialize SDL_ttf library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL_ttf library: %s

en: Initializing Client
en_GB: Initialising Client

en: The Greatest Civilizations in the world.
en_GB: The Greatest Civilisations in the world.

en: Only color displays are supported for now...
en_GB: Only colour displays are supported for now...

en: Center View
en_GB: Centre View

en: Build Railroad
en_GB: Build Railway

en: 
    Railroad           %3d
en_GB: 
    Railway            %3d

en: Applies only to city centers.
en_GB: Applies only to city centres.

note: TRANS: continue list, in case comma is not the separator of choice.
en: ?clistmore:, %s
en_GB: , %s

en:   * Does not get defense bonuses from terrain.
en_GB:   * Does not get defence bonuses from terrain.

en: * Can build roads and railroads.
en_GB: * Can build roads and railways.

en: * Gets double defense against units specified as 'mounted'.
en_GB: * Gets double defence against units specified as 'mounted'.

en: * Gets quintuple defense against missiles and aircraft.
en_GB: * Gets quintuple defence against missiles and aircraft.

note: TRANS: %s is list of units separated by "and".
en: * Allows %s to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: * Allows %s to upgrade roads to railways.

note: TRANS: %s is a list of unit classes separated by "and".
en: * Can be traveled by %s units.
en_GB: * Can be travelled by %s units.

en:   * Such units get a %d%% defense bonus on this tile.
en_GB:   * Such units get a %d%% defence bonus on this tile.

en:   * Diplomatic units get a 25% defense bonus in diplomatic fights.
en_GB:   * Diplomatic units get a 25% defence bonus in diplomatic fights.

note: TRANS: %d should always be greater than 2.
en: * When you have %d cities, the first unhappy citizen will appear in each city due to civilization size.
en_GB: * When you have %d cities, the first unhappy citizen will appear in each city due to civilisation size.

note: TRANS: %d should always be greater than 2.
en: * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilization size, for each %d additional cities another unhappy citizen will appear.
en_GB: * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilisation size, for each %d additional cities another unhappy citizen will appear.

en: Draw the roads and the railroads
en_GB: Draw the roads and the railways

en: Setting this option will draw the roads and the railroads on the map.
en_GB: Setting this option will draw the roads and the railways on the map.

en: Solid unit background color
en_GB: Solid unit background colour

en: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background color instead of the flag backdrop.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background colour instead of the flag backdrop.

en: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behavior of the "bell" event by editing the message options.
en_GB: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behaviour of the "bell" event by editing the message options.

en: Mapview recentering time (milliseconds)
en_GB: Mapview recentring time (milliseconds)

en: When the map view is recentered, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.
en_GB: When the map view is recentred, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.

en: Color to highlight your player/user name
en_GB: Colour to highlight your player/user name

en: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this color as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.
en_GB: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this colour as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.

en: Auto center on units
en_GB: Auto centre on units

en: Set this option to have the active unit centered automatically when the unit focus changes.
en_GB: Set this option to have the active unit centred automatically when the unit focus changes.

en: Auto center on combat
en_GB: Auto centre on combat

en: Set this option to have any combat be centered automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.
en_GB: Set this option to have any combat be centred automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.

en: Auto center on new turn
en_GB: Auto centre on new turn

en: Set this option to have the client automatically recenter the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.
en_GB: Set this option to have the client automatically recentre the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.

en: Center map when popup city
en_GB: Centre map when popup city

en: Setting this option makes the mapview center on a city when its city dialog is popped up.
en_GB: Setting this option makes the mapview centre on a city when its city dialog is popped up.

en: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colors in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.
en_GB: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colours in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.

en: Use color cursors
en_GB: Use colour cursors

note: TRANS: "Vote" as a process
en: Vote canceled
en_GB: Vote cancelled

note: TRANS: This is help for a server command, so keywords like * "define" in the first column are server keywords that must not * be translated. Do not translate keywords in single quotes, but * strings in <angle brackets> should be translated.
en: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colors
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'
en_GB: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colours
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'

en: City center tile
en_GB: City centre tile

en: 'Cause civilization should be free!
en_GB: 'Cause civilisation should be free!

en: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.  Also, damaged units which stay in town for one full turn without moving are completely restored.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.  Also, damaged units which stay in town for one full turn without moving are completely restored.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city against land, sea, and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against non-helicopter airborne units as well as Artillery.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city against land, sea, and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against non-helicopter airborne units as well as Artillery.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Neutralizes the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.
en_GB: Neutralises the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government.  Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism.  The cost of inciting a revolt in a city also depends upon the city's distance from the capital (under all forms of government).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government.  Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism.  The cost of inciting a revolt in a city also depends upon the city's distance from the capital (under all forms of government).

en: Recycling Center
en_GB: Recycling Centre

en: Building a Recycling Center reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.
en_GB: Building a Recycling Centre reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.

en: SDI Defense
en_GB: SDI Defence

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit attacking a city with SDI Defense, or attacking a unit (or deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit attacking a city with SDI Defence, or attacking a unit (or deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.

en: The civilization which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.
en_GB: The civilisation which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.

en: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilization, and without the transition period of Anarchy.
en_GB: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilisation, and without the transition period of Anarchy.

en: Shakespeare's Theater
en_GB: Shakespeare's Theatre

en: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognizable government. Citizens are disorganized and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.
en_GB: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognisable government. Citizens are disorganised and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.

en: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilizations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.
en_GB: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilisations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.

note: TRANS: The fifth letter in "Cortes" should be TRANS: U+00E9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 233. TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilizations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortes in 1521.
en_GB: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilisations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortes in 1521.

en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilizations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanized, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.
en_GB: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilisations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanised, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.

en: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilization lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.
en_GB: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilisation lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.

en: Industrialization
en_GB: Industrialisation

en: Labor Union
en_GB: Labour Union

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units.

en: The Phalanx is armored infantry, suitable for defending your cities.
en_GB: The Phalanx is armoured infantry, suitable for defending your cities.

en: Mechanized Infantry; this unit has the strongest defense strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: Mechanised Infantry; this unit has the strongest defence strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: Knights are mounted and heavily armored warriors.
en_GB: Knights are mounted and heavily armoured warriors.

en: Armors are motorized war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.
en_GB: Armours are motorised war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.

en: Bombers are specialized airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.
en_GB: Bombers are specialised airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.

en: The Ironclad is an armored ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.
en_GB: The Ironclad is an armoured ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.

en: Traveling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defense if caught off guard.
en_GB: Travelling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defence if caught off guard.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorized to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.
en_GB: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorised to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.

en: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilization owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilisation owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.

en:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilization that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilisation that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.

en: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.  Also, damaged land units which stay in town for one full turn without moving are completely restored.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.  Also, damaged land units which stay in town for one full turn without moving are completely restored.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Coastal Defense
en_GB: Coastal Defence

en: Increases the defense strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.
en_GB: Increases the defence strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.

en: Harbor
en_GB: Harbour

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Doubles the defense of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).
en_GB: Doubles the defence of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit attacking a city with SDI Defense, or attacking a unit (or deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defense for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit attacking a city with SDI Defence, or attacking a unit (or deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defence for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.

en: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railroads.
en_GB: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railways.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

note: #-#-#-#-#  484 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/kohighlightingtabbase.ui line 102
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

en: This is not a normal improvement.  Instead, setting a city's production to Capitalization means its shield production is converted to tax output (money).
en_GB: This is not a normal improvement.  Instead, setting a city's production to Capitalisation means its shield production is converted to tax output (money).

en: Fundamentalism is a form of government organized around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.
en_GB: Fundamentalism is a form of government organised around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorized the ancient civilized peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonized much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilization.
en_GB: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorised the ancient civilised peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonised much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilisation.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: Since the dawn of civilization, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.
en_GB: Since the dawn of civilisation, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.

en: Miniaturization
en_GB: Miniaturisation

en: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilization: you get an immediate advance.
en_GB: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilisation: you get an immediate advance.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defense factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally); movement along a River costs only 1/3 of a movement point.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defence factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally); movement along a River costs only 1/3 of a movement point.

en: Roads and railroads can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology.
en_GB: Roads and railways can only be built on River tiles if your civilisation has learned Bridge Building technology.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.

en: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defense.
en_GB: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defence.

en: The Mechanized Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: The Mechanised Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which units can see further afield.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which units can see further afield.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an airplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.
en_GB: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an aeroplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.

en: Allows a city to grow larger than size 8 and reduces the chance of plague within the city. After Industrialization is researched this effect of the Aqueduct is reduced.
en_GB: Allows a city to grow larger than size 8 and reduces the chance of plague within the city. After Industrialisation is researched this effect of the Aqueduct is reduced.

en: In a Genetic Laboratory medicaments can be researched. The possibility for plagues within the city is reduced.
    A Genetic Laboratory allows the genetic optimization of plants and animals. The food output is increased by 25% if the city size exceeds 20.
en_GB: In a Genetic Laboratory medicaments can be researched. The possibility for plagues within the city is reduced.
    A Genetic Laboratory allows the genetic optimisation of plants and animals. The food output is increased by 25% if the city size exceeds 20.

en: Movement/Defense:
en_GB: Movement/Defence:

en: Darn
en_GB: Rats

en: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilization. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbors to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BC -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.
en_GB: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilisation. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbours to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BC -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.

en:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilization is destroyed.
en_GB:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilisation is destroyed.

en:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilization whose craft reaches the system wins.
en_GB:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilisation whose craft reaches the system wins.

en:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end in the year 2000 AD if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilizations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.
en_GB:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end in the year 2000 AD if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilisations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.

en:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilization develops units with a greater defense strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defense.  The units most often used for defense are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.
en_GB:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilisation develops units with a greater defence strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defence.  The units most often used for defence are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.

en:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilization's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.
en_GB:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilisation's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.

en:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defense later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.
en_GB:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defence later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.

en:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilization in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximize growth, trade and production.
en_GB:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilisation in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximise growth, trade and production.

en:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximize food production.
en_GB:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximise food production.

en:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labeled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.
en_GB:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labelled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.

en:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defense...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete by the development of certain advances.
en_GB:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defence...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete by the development of certain advances.

en:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:
en_GB:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTISE, PRACTISE, PRACTISE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:

en: Terrain serves three roles: the theater upon which your units battle rival civilizations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.
en_GB: Terrain serves three roles: the theatre upon which your units battle rival civilisations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.

en: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a land unit is attacked, its defense strength is multiplied by the defense factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. See the help section on Combat for further details.
en_GB: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a land unit is attacked, its defence strength is multiplied by the defence factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. See the help section on Combat for further details.

en: It is possible for your units to change the terrain and hence its effects; see the section on Terrain Alterations for more details. City centers (the tile a city is on) get some of these benefits for free; see the section on Cities for more detail.
en_GB: It is possible for your units to change the terrain and hence its effects; see the section on Terrain Alterations for more details. City centres (the tile a city is on) get some of these benefits for free; see the section on Cities for more detail.

en:  - Engineers can perform a much wider range of transformations on almost any type of terrain by issuing the "transform" order. In some rulesets, Engineers on board sea-going vessels can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to ocean, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. (Units will move to safe neighboring tiles when the transformation takes place, if possible.)
en_GB:  - Engineers can perform a much wider range of transformations on almost any type of terrain by issuing the "transform" order. In some rulesets, Engineers on board sea-going vessels can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to ocean, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. (Units will move to safe neighbouring tiles when the transformation takes place, if possible.)

en: Roads can be built on any land tile, even if there are other improvements on that tile. (To build a road on a River tile, though, you must know Bridge Building.) With the appropriate advance, roads may later be upgraded to railroads. Roads and railroads allow your units to move more quickly, and they increase the resources produced in cities.
en_GB: Roads can be built on any land tile, even if there are other improvements on that tile. (To build a road on a River tile, though, you must know Bridge Building.) With the appropriate advance, roads may later be upgraded to railways. Roads and railways allow your units to move more quickly, and they increase the resources produced in cities.

en:  - Units expend no movement points when moving along a railroad. You may ride a railroad indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB:  - Units expend no movement points when moving along a railway. You may ride a railway indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en:  - A road may increase the trade resources produced by some types of terrain. This effect is retained when a road is upgraded to a railroad.
en_GB:  - A road may increase the trade resources produced by some types of terrain. This effect is retained when a road is upgraded to a railway.

en:  - A railroad additionally increases the shield resources produced by a tile by 50%. (Depending on server options, railroads may also increase food and trade resources, or may increase shield resources by an amount other than 50%.)
en_GB:  - A railway additionally increases the shield resources produced by a tile by 50%. (Depending on server options, railways may also increase food and trade resources, or may increase shield resources by an amount other than 50%.)

en:  - farmland
     - irrigation
     - mining
     - a base (fortress, airbase, ...)
     - a railroad
     - a road
en_GB:  - farmland
     - irrigation
     - mining
     - a base (fortress, airbase, ...)
     - a railway
     - a road

en: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilization is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.
en_GB: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilisation is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.

en: You must choose a single ratio for your civilization by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.
en_GB: You must choose a single ratio for your civilisation by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.

en: Besides working terrain gifted with rare commodities, or with access to waterways and roads, you can increase trade by establishing trade routes between cities. In the default ruleset, you accomplish this by producing a Caravan or Freight unit, sending them to another city at least nine tiles away or belonging to a different civilization, and issuing the "make trade route" command. (The minimum distance can be changed with the 'trademindist' server option.)
en_GB: Besides working terrain gifted with rare commodities, or with access to waterways and roads, you can increase trade by establishing trade routes between cities. In the default ruleset, you accomplish this by producing a Caravan or Freight unit, sending them to another city at least nine tiles away or belonging to a different civilisation, and issuing the "make trade route" command. (The minimum distance can be changed with the 'trademindist' server option.)

en: The origin civilization of the unit gains immediate revenue in gold and science from selling its trade goods at the destination city. The initial revenue depends on the trade already produced by the two cities involved and their distance apart. Some advances make transportation easier and reduce this one-time revenue.
en_GB: The origin civilisation of the unit gains immediate revenue in gold and science from selling its trade goods at the destination city. The initial revenue depends on the trade already produced by the two cities involved and their distance apart. Some advances make transportation easier and reduce this one-time revenue.

en: Also, an ongoing trade route is established that benefits both its origin and destination equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them; it is doubled if the cities are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilizations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilization of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.
en_GB: Also, an ongoing trade route is established that benefits both its origin and destination equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them; it is doubled if the cities are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilisations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilisation of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.

en: (If a trade route already exists between two cities, the origin civilization can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)
en_GB: (If a trade route already exists between two cities, the origin civilisation can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)

en: The number of trade routes per city is limited to four. If you attempt to establish more routes, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is canceled if it would be less than the new route.
en_GB: The number of trade routes per city is limited to four. If you attempt to establish more routes, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is cancelled if it would be less than the new route.

en: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channeling them toward expansion, technological progress, and warfare.
en_GB: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channelling them towards expansion, technological progress, and warfare.

en: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the default ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city center tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.
en_GB: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the default ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city centre tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.

en: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighboring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Workers, Settlers, and Engineers could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.
en_GB: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighbouring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Workers, Settlers, and Engineers could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.

en: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and improvements like roads, irrigation, and mines. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city center -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. In the default ruleset, the city's tile always produces at least one food point and at least one production point regardless of terrain. It also gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in), but this may not be used as a basis for irrigating other tiles; for that, an irrigation system must be explicitly built on the tile (which will be of no further benefit to the city itself). Similarly, with sufficient technology and improvements, the city center automatically gets any bonus associated with Farmland. City centers are also automatically developed with roads and, when technology has made them available, railroads (because cities come with transportation built-in).
en_GB: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and improvements like roads, irrigation, and mines. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city centre -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. In the default ruleset, the city's tile always produces at least one food point and at least one production point regardless of terrain. It also gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in), but this may not be used as a basis for irrigating other tiles; for that, an irrigation system must be explicitly built on the tile (which will be of no further benefit to the city itself). Similarly, with sufficient technology and improvements, the city centre automatically gets any bonus associated with Farmland. City centres are also automatically developed with roads and, when technology has made them available, railways (because cities come with transportation built-in).

en: Clicking on the city center tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.
en_GB: Clicking on the city centre tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.

en: Pollution can plague large cities, especially as your civilization becomes more industrialized. The chance of pollution appearing around a city depends on the sum of its population, aggravated by several technology advances, and its production point output. When this sum exceeds 20, the excess is the percent chance of pollution appearing each turn; this percentage is shown in the city dialog. (This chance of pollution also affects the risk of plague, if enabled in the ruleset; see the section on Plague.)
en_GB: Pollution can plague large cities, especially as your civilisation becomes more industrialised. The chance of pollution appearing around a city depends on the sum of its population, aggravated by several technology advances, and its production point output. When this sum exceeds 20, the excess is the percent chance of pollution appearing each turn; this percentage is shown in the city dialog. (This chance of pollution also affects the risk of plague, if enabled in the ruleset; see the section on Plague.)

en: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilization. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the default ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.
en_GB: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilisation. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the default ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.

en: Units both offer mobility to your civilization and supply the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defense and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.
en_GB: Units both offer mobility to your civilisation and supply the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defence and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.

en: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defense strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.
en_GB: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defence strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.

en:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defense factor of the terrain it occupies.
en_GB:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defence factor of the terrain it occupies.

en:  - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defense is quintupled.
en_GB:  - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defence is quintupled.

en:  - An SDI Defense doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.
en_GB:  - An SDI Defence doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.

en:  - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defense, the defender's strength is doubled.
en_GB:  - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defence, the defender's strength is doubled.

en: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level.  In the default ruleset, if the winner's civilization has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half.
en_GB: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level.  In the default ruleset, if the winner's civilisation has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half.

en: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favor a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.
en_GB: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favour a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.

en: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defense.
en_GB: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defence.

en: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defense factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defense doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.
en_GB: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defence factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defence doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.

en: In this case, the odds greatly favor the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.
en_GB: In this case, the odds greatly favour the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.

en: Your civilization starts out under a Despotism.  As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution.  This will cause your civilization to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.
en_GB: Your civilisation starts out under a Despotism.  As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution.  This will cause your civilisation to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.

en: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy.  When conquering other civilizations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.
en_GB: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy.  When conquering other civilisations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.

en: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilization to develop new military units and city improvements.
en_GB: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilisation to develop new military units and city improvements.

en: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilizations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; you can steal advances with Diplomats and Spies; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.
en_GB: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilisations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; you can steal advances with Diplomats and Spies; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.

en: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the default), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilization will forget a random advance, requiring it to be researched again.
en_GB: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the default), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilisation will forget a random advance, requiring it to be researched again.

en: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilizations.  If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this option to be off as a server option.)
en_GB: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilisations.  If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this option to be off as a server option.)

en: If the capital of a civilization is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!
en_GB: If the capital of a civilisation is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!

en: TIP:  If an enemy civilization has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier.  The only other option is to capture their capital.
en_GB: TIP:  If an enemy civilisation has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier.  The only other option is to capture their capital.

note: TRANS: This text mentions the names of some client options. These names ;  * are separately translated elsewhere; they should match!
en: Unit Orders:
    ============
      a: (a)uto-settler  (settler/worker units)
      b: (b)uild city  (settler units)
      b: help (b)uild wonder  (caravan units)
      B: go to and (B)uild city on target tile  (settler units)
      d: (d)iplomat/spy actions  (diplomat/spy units)
      D: (D)isband unit
      e: build airbas(e)  (airbase units)
      f: (f)ortify unit  (military units)
      f: build (f)ortress  (settler/worker units)
      g: (g)o to tile  (then left-click mouse to select target tile)
      g: add a (g)o-to waypoint  (when in go-to mode)
      G: return unit to nearest friendly city
      h: set unit's (h)omecity  (to city on current tile)
      i: build (i)rrigation or convert terrain  (settler/worker units)
      I: connect current and target tile with (I)rrigation
      I: set an (I)rrigation waypoint  (when connecting with irrigation)
      l: (l)oad unit on transporter
      L: connect current and target tile with rai(L)
      L: set a rai(L) waypoint  (when connecting with rail)
      m: build (m)ine or convert terrain  (settler/worker units)
      n: clean (n)uclear fallout
      N: explode (N)uclear
      o: transf(o)rm terrain  (engineer unit)
      O: c(O)nvert to another kind of unit
      p: clean (p)ollution  (settler/worker units)
      p: drop (p)aratrooper  (paratroop units)
      P: (P)illage  (destroy terrain alteration)
      q: patrol with unit  (then left-click mouse to select other endpoint)
      q: add a patrol waypoint  (when in patrol mode)
      r: build (r)oad/railroad  (settler/worker units)
      r: establish trade (r)oute  (caravan units)
      R: connect current and target tile with (R)oad
      R: set a (R)oad waypoint  (when connecting with road)
      s: (s)entry unit
      S: un(S)entry all units on tile
      t: unit go (t)o/airlift to city
      T: unload all units from (T)ransporter
      u: (u)nload unit from transporter
      U: (U)pgrade unit
      x: unit auto e(x)plore
en_GB: Unit Orders:
    ============
      a: (a)uto-settler  (settler/worker units)
      b: (b)uild city  (settler units)
      b: help (b)uild wonder  (caravan units)
      B: go to and (B)uild city on target tile  (settler units)
      d: (d)iplomat/spy actions  (diplomat/spy units)
      D: (D)isband unit
      e: build airbas(e)  (airbase units)
      f: (f)ortify unit  (military units)
      f: build (f)ortress  (settler/worker units)
      g: (g)o to tile  (then left-click mouse to select target tile)
      g: add a (g)o-to waypoint  (when in go-to mode)
      G: return unit to nearest friendly city
      h: set unit's (h)omecity  (to city on current tile)
      i: build (i)rrigation or convert terrain  (settler/worker units)
      I: connect current and target tile with (I)rrigation
      I: set an (I)rrigation waypoint  (when connecting with irrigation)
      l: (l)oad unit on transporter
      L: connect current and target tile with rai(L)
      L: set a rai(L) waypoint  (when connecting with rail)
      m: build (m)ine or convert terrain  (settler/worker units)
      n: clean (n)uclear fallout
      N: explode (N)uclear
      o: transf(o)rm terrain  (engineer unit)
      O: c(O)nvert to another kind of unit
      p: clean (p)ollution  (settler/worker units)
      p: drop (p)aratrooper  (paratroop units)
      P: (P)illage  (destroy terrain alteration)
      q: patrol with unit  (then left-click mouse to select other endpoint)
      q: add a patrol waypoint  (when in patrol mode)
      r: build (r)oad/railway  (settler/worker units)
      r: establish trade (r)oute  (caravan units)
      R: connect current and target tile with (R)oad
      R: set a (R)oad waypoint  (when connecting with road)
      s: (s)entry unit
      S: un(S)entry all units on tile
      t: unit go (t)o/airlift to city
      T: unload all units from (T)ransporter
      u: (u)nload unit from transporter
      U: (U)pgrade unit
      x: unit auto e(x)plore

en: Main Map (Keys):
    ================
      c: (c)enter view on active unit
        Shift-home: center view on capital
      Shift-arrows: scroll map
    
      Ctrl-B: show/hide national borders
      Ctrl-D: show/hide city trade routes
      Ctrl-G: show/hide map grid lines
      Ctrl-N: show/hide city names
      Ctrl-P: show/hide city production
      Ctrl-R: show/hide city growth
      Ctrl-W: show/hide city output
      Ctrl-Y: show/hide city outlines
en_GB: Main Map (Keys):
    ================
      c: (c)entre view on active unit
        Shift-home: centre view on capital
      Shift-arrows: scroll map
    
      Ctrl-B: show/hide national borders
      Ctrl-D: show/hide city trade routes
      Ctrl-G: show/hide map grid lines
      Ctrl-N: show/hide city names
      Ctrl-P: show/hide city production
      Ctrl-R: show/hide city growth
      Ctrl-W: show/hide city output
      Ctrl-Y: show/hide city outlines

en: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Center-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Center tile in view
      Ctrl-center-click:             Wake up sentried units
en_GB: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Centre-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Centre tile in view
      Ctrl-centre-click:             Wake up sentried units

en: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfill, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfill its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.
en_GB: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfil, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfil its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.

en: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colors, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.
en_GB: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colours, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.

en: * Getting colors:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the color in the toolbar over the entry)
    The color start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a color name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]color[/c]' will display the word 'color' in blue on a yellow background.
en_GB: * Getting colours:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the colour in the toolbar over the entry)
    The colour start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a colour name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]colour[/c]' will display the word 'colour' in blue on a yellow background.

en: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localization is already in progress for your language:
en_GB: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localisation is already in progress for your language:

en: If you would like to add a localization (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:
en_GB: If you would like to add a localisation (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:

en: Amphitheater
en_GB: Amphitheatre

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

en: Improves the effect of Amphitheaters.
en_GB: Improves the effect of Amphitheatres.

en: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognized republic.
en_GB: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognised republic.

en: Aland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Aland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Aland's special and demilitarized status is protected by international law.
en_GB: Aland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Aland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Aland's special and demilitarised status is protected by international law.

en: The Amazigh civilization is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.
en_GB: The Amazigh civilisation is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.

en: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonized by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.
en_GB: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonised by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.

en: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilization in the Andes, their heirs reorganized into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.
en_GB: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilisation in the Andes, their heirs reorganised into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.

en: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial center. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.
en_GB: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial centre. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.

en: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lays right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.
en_GB: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lies right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.

en: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterized by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.
en_GB: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterised by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.

en: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonized by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.
en_GB: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonised by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.

en: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the center of Buddhism in Russia.
en_GB: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the centre of Buddhism in Russia.

en: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonized by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a center of the world's entertainment and technology industries.
en_GB: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonised by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a centre of the world's entertainment and technology industries.

en: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonized by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.
en_GB: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonised by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.

en: The Canaris were a Pre-Columbian civilization in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Canari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Canaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Canaris formed a loose confederation with their main political center in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.
en_GB: The Canaris were a Pre-Columbian civilisation in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Canari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Canaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Canaris formed a loose confederation with their main political centre in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.

en: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major center for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.
en_GB: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major centre for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.

en: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighboring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.
en_GB: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighbouring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.

note: TRANS: The second and seventh letter in "Wladyslaw" should be TRANS: U+0142 LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE if available in TRANS: your charset. TRANS: The first letter in "Zeligowski" should be TRANS: U+017B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE if available in
en: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptized with the name Wladyslaw. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonization of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Zeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.
en_GB: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptised with the name Wladyslaw. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonisation of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Zeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.

note: TRANS: The last letter in "Habre" should be TRANS: U+00E9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 00E9.
en: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonized by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habre led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.
en_GB: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonised by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habre led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.

en: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighboring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.
en_GB: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighbouring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.

en: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveler Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.
en_GB: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveller Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.

en: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterized by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.
en_GB: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterised by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."

en: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbors, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.
en_GB: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbours, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".

en: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centered in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.
en_GB: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centred in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.

en: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organized by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.
en_GB: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organised by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.

en: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetized economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.
en_GB: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetised economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.

en: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural center in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.
en_GB: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural centre in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.

en: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organized in a military manner.
en_GB: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organised in a military manner.

en: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilization, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilization. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.
en_GB: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilisation, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilisation. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.

en: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularization of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonization in South America and Africa.
en_GB: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularisation of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonisation in South America and Africa.

en: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighboring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.
en_GB: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighbouring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.

en: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilizations.
en_GB: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilisations.

en: Elam was an ancient civilization located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilization was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.
en_GB: Elam was an ancient civilisation located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilisation was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.

en: The Etruscans were an ancient civilization in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilization started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilization owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.
en_GB: The Etruscans were an ancient civilisation in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilisation started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilisation owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.

en: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterized by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.
en_GB: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterised by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.

en: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognize the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognize the independence of the United States of America.
en_GB: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognise the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognise the independence of the United States of America.

en: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonization. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.
en_GB: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonisation. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.

en: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralized and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.
en_GB: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralised and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.

en: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalized. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.
en_GB: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalised. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.

note: TRANS: The second letter in "Sekou" and last in "Toure" should be TRANS: U+00E9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 00E9.
en: Guinea declared independence from France in 1958. Its first president Ahmed Sekou Toure continued to rule the country until his death in 1984. Guinea is not to be confused with neighboring Guinea-Bissau.
en_GB: Guinea declared independence from France in 1958. Its first president Ahmed Sekou Toure continued to rule the country until his death in 1984. Guinea is not to be confused with neighbouring Guinea-Bissau.

en: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonized by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.
en_GB: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonised by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.

en: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanized during the following centuries.
en_GB: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanised during the following centuries.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilization to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.
en_GB: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilisation to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.

en: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonized by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.
en_GB: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonised by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.

en: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonization and a conversion to Islam fueled in large part by anti-European sentiment.
en_GB: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonisation and a conversion to Islam fuelled in large part by anti-European sentiment.

en: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilizations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.
en_GB: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilisations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.

en: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianized distributions of Linux operating system.
en_GB: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianised distributions of Linux operating system.

en: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanized, centralized, and militarized state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.
en_GB: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanised, centralised, and militarised state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.

en: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonization attempts in the New World.
en_GB: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonisation attempts in the New World.

en: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognized.
en_GB: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognised.

en: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist center and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.
en_GB: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist centre and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.

en: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalization and a gradual return to private enterprise started.
en_GB: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalisation and a gradual return to private enterprise started.

en: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilization. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.
en_GB: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilisation. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.

en: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenization as a result of deportation actions organized by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.
en_GB: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenisation as a result of deportation actions organised by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.

en: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterized by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organized themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.
en_GB: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterised by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organised themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.

en: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbors, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanized after the annexation of their land by Rome.
en_GB: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbours, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanised after the annexation of their land by Rome.

en: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilization in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.
en_GB: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilisation in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.

en: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centered in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.
en_GB: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centred in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.

en: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the center of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.
en_GB: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the centre of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.

en: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamized from the 11th century onwards. Colonized by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.
en_GB: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamised from the 11th century onwards. Colonised by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilization. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.
en_GB: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilisation. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.

note: TRANS: The first letter in "Nuu" should be TRANS: U+00D1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 241.
en: The Mixtecs or Nuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilizations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.
en_GB: The Mixtecs or Nuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilisations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.

en: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonizations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonization process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognized by any country.
en_GB: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonisations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonisation process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognised by any country.

en: With only two square kilometers, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.
en_GB: With only two square kilometres, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.

en: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose center was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.
en_GB: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose centre was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.

en: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonizers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centers and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.
en_GB: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonisers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centres and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.

en: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterized by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.
en_GB: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterised by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.

en: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbor, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centered on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.
en_GB: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbour, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centred on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.

en: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognized as 7 tribes.
en_GB: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognised as 7 tribes.

en: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanized by the Teutonic Order.
en_GB: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanised by the Teutonic Order.

en: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognized Republic of South Ossetia.
en_GB: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognised Republic of South Ossetia.

note: TRANS: The second and fifth letters in "Hnahnu" should be TRANS: U+00F1 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 241. TRANS: The third letter in "Hnahnu" should be TRANS: U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS if available in TRANS:
en: The Otomi are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilizations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hnahnu. With more than half a million people the Otomi are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.
en_GB: The Otomi are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilisations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hnahnu. With more than half a million people the Otomi are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.

en: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighboring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.
en_GB: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighbouring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.

en: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonized by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.
en_GB: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonised by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.

en: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonized by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.
en_GB: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonised by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.

en: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honor known as Pashtunwali.
en_GB: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honour known as Pashtunwali.

en: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilization. It is still today a major center of indigenous South American culture.
en_GB: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilisation. It is still today a major centre of indigenous South American culture.

en: Phoenicia was an ancient civilization, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.
en_GB: Phoenicia was an ancient civilisation, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.

en: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenization.
en_GB: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenisation.

en: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticized pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.
en_GB: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticised pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.

en: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendor under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.
en_GB: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendour under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.

en: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilization was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.
en_GB: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilisation was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilizations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilization spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.
en_GB: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilisations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilisation spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.

en: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organized by taking votes.
en_GB: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organised by taking votes.

en: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centered in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.
en_GB: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centred in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.

en: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanized. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.
en_GB: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanised. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.

en: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonized by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.
en_GB: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonised by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.

en: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilization in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.
en_GB: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilisation in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.

en: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centered in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.
en_GB: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centred in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.

en: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilized Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.
en_GB: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilised Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.

en: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbors.
en_GB: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbours.

en: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratization of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.
en_GB: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratisation of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.

en: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilized Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.
en_GB: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilised Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.

en: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognized state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognized.
en_GB: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognised state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognised.

en: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonized by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.
en_GB: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonised by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centered on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.
en_GB: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centred on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.

en: Dutch settlers began colonizing southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the color of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.
en_GB: Dutch settlers began colonising southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the colour of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.

en: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modeled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.
en_GB: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modelled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.

en: The area around Aden was colonized by the British in 1839. South Yemen declared independence in 1967 and joined the communist bloc. It was united with North Yemen in 1990.
en_GB: The area around Aden was colonised by the British in 1839. South Yemen declared independence in 1967 and joined the communist bloc. It was united with North Yemen in 1990.

en: Sri Vijaya was an empire centered on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.
en_GB: Sri Vijaya was an empire centred on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.

en: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonized by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.
en_GB: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonised by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.

en: The Swazi are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilized the southern frontier with the Zulus.
en_GB: The Swazis are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilised the southern frontier with the Zulus.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianized and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.
en_GB: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianised and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbors to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.
en_GB: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbours to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.

en: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organization grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.
en_GB: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organisation grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.

en: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularized and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.
en_GB: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularised and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.

en: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognized by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.
en_GB: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognised by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.

en: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianized, while the imperial administration and military organization displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.
en_GB: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianised, while the imperial administration and military organisation displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.

en: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilization that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilization to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilization.
en_GB: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilisation that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilisation to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilisation.

en: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonization.
en_GB: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonisation.

en: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognized by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.
en_GB: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognised by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.

en: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonized by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbors. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.
en_GB: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonised by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbours. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.

en: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organization they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.
en_GB: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organisation they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.

en: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognizes the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.
en_GB: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognises the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.

note: TRANS: Legend for nation in "core" set
en: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularized by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defense of Gallipoli.
en_GB: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularised by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defence of Gallipoli.

en: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilization. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.
en_GB: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilisation. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.

en: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanization or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.
en_GB: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanisation or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.

en: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanized.
en_GB: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanised.

en: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonized, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonizers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.
en_GB: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonised, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonisers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.

en: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognized by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanized Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.
en_GB: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognised by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanised Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.

en: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialize and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labor union activity.
en_GB: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialise and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labour union activity.

en: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorize villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.
en_GB: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorise villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.

en: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanization and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.
en_GB: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanisation and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.

en: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilizations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.
en_GB: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilisations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.

en: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonized by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.
en_GB: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonised by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.

en: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading center since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.
en_GB: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading centre since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.

note: TRANS: The last letter in "Binniza", the fourth letter in TRANS: "Alban" and and the third letter in "Juarez" should be TRANS: U+00E1 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE if available in TRANS: your charset. In ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin 1) this is 00E1.
en: The Zapotecs or Binniza live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilizations. The most notable Zapotec center, Monte Alban, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juarez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.
en_GB: The Zapotecs or Binniza live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilisations. The most notable Zapotec centre, Monte Alban, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juarez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.

en: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilization from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.
en_GB: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilisation from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.

en: Welcome to Freeciv.  You lead a civilization.  Your
    task is to conquer the world!  You should start by
    exploring the land around you with your explorer,
    and using your settlers to find a good place to build
    a city.  Use the number pad to move units around.
en_GB: Welcome to Freeciv.  You lead a civilisation.  Your
    task is to conquer the world!  You should start by
    exploring the land around you with your explorer,
    and using your settlers to find a good place to build
    a city.  Use the number pad to move units around.

en: Now you have built your first city.  The city window should have
    opened automatically; if not click on the city to open it.  Cities are
    a fundamental concept in Freeciv, so you should familiarize yourself
    with them by playing around in the window.  See the help menu for more.
    
    You probably want to build some settlers first, so as to expand your
    civilization further.  Click on the production tab, then click on the
    settler unit from the list of possible productions, then click on the
    Change button to begin building it.  When you are done, close the city
    dialog.  If all goes well the city should display the settler
    production on the map view.
en_GB: Now you have built your first city.  The city window should have
    opened automatically; if not click on the city to open it.  Cities are
    a fundamental concept in Freeciv, so you should familiarise yourself
    with them by playing around in the window.  See the help menu for more.
    
    You probably want to build some settlers first, so as to expand your
    civilisation further.  Click on the production tab, then click on the
    settler unit from the list of possible productions, then click on the
    Change button to begin building it.  When you are done, close the city
    dialog.  If all goes well the city should display the settler
    production on the map view.

en: You have built your third city!  Your civilization seems to be
    thriving.  It might be time to think about a military.  Pick one of
    the cities that has a high production, and convert it into a military
    base. Build a Barracks there first, then start work on a military
    unit.  Pick the best unit you have available - at the beginning of
    the game, Warriors will be the only choice, but soon you will have 
    plenty of options.
    
    This might also be a good time to use the worklist feature of the
    city dialog production report.  Click on Barracks, then click Change
    to begin building them.  Then double-click on a military unit to
    append it to the worklist.  As soon as the Barracks are complete the
    city will automatically switch over to producing the unit.
en_GB: You have built your third city!  Your civilisation seems to be
    thriving.  It might be time to think about a military.  Pick one of
    the cities that has a high production, and convert it into a military
    base. Build a Barracks there first, then start work on a military
    unit.  Pick the best unit you have available - at the beginning of
    the game, Warriors will be the only choice, but soon you will have 
    plenty of options.
    
    This might also be a good time to use the worklist feature of the
    city dialog production report.  Click on Barracks, then click Change
    to begin building them.  Then double-click on a military unit to
    append it to the worklist.  As soon as the Barracks are complete the
    city will automatically switch over to producing the unit.

en: Another city!  You are really getting the hang of this.  You
    probably have a pretty good idea what to do with new cities by
    now.  Take a moment to look at the bar below the city on the map
    view.  This display shows some useful information about the city.
    The flag and background color indicate what civilization the city
    belongs to (this will be useful when you meet other civilizations).
    The top row of the bar also shows the name and size of the city, and
    will show one or more stars to indicate if there are units in the
    city.  The bottom row shows what the city is building, and how long it
    will take; it also shows how long the city will take to grow to the
    next largest size.
en_GB: Another city!  You are really getting the hang of this.  You
    probably have a pretty good idea what to do with new cities by
    now.  Take a moment to look at the bar below the city on the map
    view.  This display shows some useful information about the city.
    The flag and background colour indicate what civilisation the city
    belongs to (this will be useful when you meet other civilisations).
    The top row of the bar also shows the name and size of the city, and
    will show one or more stars to indicate if there are units in the
    city.  The bottom row shows what the city is building, and how long it
    will take; it also shows how long the city will take to grow to the
    next largest size.

en: Your city has grown again!  Now with three citizens you have
    a fair amount of choice over where the city should focus its
    resources.  A city with three citizens gets to work three
    different tiles, in addition to its center tile which is worked
    for free.  In the city dialog, the map shows which tiles are worked
    and how much food, shields, and trade each provides.  Food is used
    to grow your city, shields are used for production of buildings
    and units, while trade provides taxable revenue that can be
    turned into science research, gold, or luxuries.
    
    Click on a worked tile to remove the citizen from that tile.  Then
    click on an unworked tile to place a citizen there.  You may place
    up to three citizens on tiles, of course.  The remaining citizens are
    all specialists - right now they are all entertainers which provide
    only luxuries (which will not be useful until later).
en_GB: Your city has grown again!  Now with three citizens you have
    a fair amount of choice over where the city should focus its
    resources.  A city with three citizens gets to work three
    different tiles, in addition to its centre tile which is worked
    for free.  In the city dialog, the map shows which tiles are worked
    and how much food, shields, and trade each provides.  Food is used
    to grow your city, shields are used for production of buildings
    and units, while trade provides taxable revenue that can be
    turned into science research, gold, or luxuries.
    
    Click on a worked tile to remove the citizen from that tile.  Then
    click on an unworked tile to place a worker there.  You may place
    up to three citizens on tiles, of course.  The remaining citizens are
    all specialists - right now they are all entertainers which provide
    only luxuries (which will not be useful until later).

en: You have built a settler unit.  Settlers are best used to build 
    new cities, so as to expand your civilization.  Move your settler
    away from your existing cities to find a spot for a new city.  When
    you have picked a spot press B to build the city.
    
    Again, cities are best built on open ground near water.  Grassland
    and plains provide food for the city.  Forests and hills provide
    the resources (shields) needed for building things.  Rivers and ocean
    give trade bonuses that provide civilization-wide benefits.  Desert,
    tundra, and mountains generally provide little output and are not
    of much use to small cities.  See the help on Terrain for more
    information about terrain specs.
en_GB: You have built a settler unit.  Settlers are best used to build 
    new cities, so as to expand your civilisation.  Move your settler
    away from your existing cities to find a spot for a new city.  When
    you have picked a spot press B to build the city.
    
    Again, cities are best built on open ground near water.  Grassland
    and plains provide food for the city.  Forests and hills provide
    the resources (shields) needed for building things.  Rivers and ocean
    give trade bonuses that provide civilisation-wide benefits.  Desert,
    tundra, and mountains generally provide little output and are not
    of much use to small cities.  See the help on Terrain for more
    information about terrain specs.

en: You have built your first military unit!  Military units have two
    basic purposes: attack and defense.  Each unit has an attack strength
    and a defense strength.  While a Warriors is a measly 1/1, a Phalanx
    is a much stronger defender with 2 defense (1/2).  A Catapult is a good
    attacking unit because it has 6 attack (6/1).
    
    Usually it is a good idea to keep one or two defenders in each city.
    Important cities like your capital may deserve extra protection.  Units
    built in one city may be sent to another city to defend (press the G
    key to enter goto mode to move units easily over distances).  If you
    are at war, however, you may wish to move your unit toward an enemy
    city to attack.  Be careful not to lose it though!
en_GB: You have built your first military unit!  Military units have two
    basic purposes: attack and defence.  Each unit has an attack strength
    and a defence strength.  While a Warriors is a measly 1/1, a Phalanx
    is a much stronger defender with 2 defence (1/2).  A Catapult is a good
    attacking unit because it has 6 attack (6/1).
    
    Usually it is a good idea to keep one or two defenders in each city.
    Important cities like your capital may deserve extra protection.  Units
    built in one city may be sent to another city to defend (press the G
    key to enter goto mode to move units easily over distances).  If you
    are at war, however, you may wish to move your unit toward an enemy
    city to attack.  Be careful not to lose it though!

en: You have successfully completed research into The Republic.  This
    technology is particularly useful because it allows a new form of
    government.  The government your civilization follows is very
    important in determining your development.  In the beginning you
    started as a Despotism, a very inefficient form of government.  Later
    government options will give you some choice of whether your
    civilization is to be a peaceful trading nation or a conquering
    juggernaut.  Each has advantages.
    
    For now, you probably want to switch straight into Republic.  In the
    Civilization menu, go to the Government submenu and choose
    Republic.  Yes you want a revolution!  Changing governments means
    going through a few turns of anarchy, so it is not without cost.
    However Republic is a substantially better form of government
    than Despotism so the investment will soon pay off.
en_GB: You have successfully completed research into The Republic.  This
    technology is particularly useful because it allows a new form of
    government.  The government your civilisation follows is very
    important in determining your development.  In the beginning you
    started as a Despotism, a very inefficient form of government.  Later
    government options will give you some choice of whether your
    civilisation is to be a peaceful trading nation or a conquering
    juggernaut.  Each has advantages.
    
    For now, you probably want to switch straight into Republic.  In the
    Civilisation menu, go to the Government submenu and choose
    Republic.  Yes you want a revolution!  Changing governments means
    going through a few turns of anarchy, so it is not without cost.
    However Republic is a substantially better form of government
    than Despotism so the investment will soon pay off.

en: Your unit has found a Hut.  These are small villages scattered across
    the landscape.  When a unit enters one, several things may happen.  The
    most likely outcome is that you will find resources worth a small
    amount of gold.  However it is also possible to find technologies or
    mercenary units inside a hut.  Some huts contain native settlers
    that will join your civilization and bring a new city into your
    empire.  Finally, some huts contain barbarians which will kill your
    unit instantly.  On average, it is beneficial to search out and enter
    any huts you find as soon as possible.
en_GB: Your unit has found a Hut.  These are small villages scattered across
    the landscape.  When a unit enters one, several things may happen.  The
    most likely outcome is that you will find resources worth a small
    amount of gold.  However it is also possible to find technologies or
    mercenary units inside a hut.  Some huts contain native settlers
    that will join your civilisation and bring a new city into your
    empire.  Finally, some huts contain barbarians which will kill your
    unit instantly.  On average, it is beneficial to search out and enter
    any huts you find as soon as possible.

en: Defense bonus
en_GB: Defence bonus

en: Workers spontaneously gather and upgrade %s with railroads.
en_GB: Workers spontaneously gather and upgrade %s with railways.

en: Celebrations in your honor in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations in your honour in %s.

en: Celebrations canceled in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations cancelled in %s.

en: Show a list of:
     - the player colors,
     - connections to the server,
     - all player delegations,
     - your ignore list,
     - the list of defined map images,
     - the list of the players in the game,
     - the available scenarios,
     - the teams of players or
     - the running votes.
    The argument may be abbreviated, and defaults to 'players' if absent.
en_GB: Show a list of:
     - the player colours,
     - connections to the server,
     - all player delegations,
     - your ignore list,
     - the list of defined map images,
     - the list of the players in the game,
     - the available scenarios,
     - the teams of players or
     - the running votes.
    The argument may be abbreviated, and defaults to 'players' if absent.

en: If there is none, become the game organizer with increased permissions.
en_GB: If there is none, become the game organiser with increased permissions.

note: TRANS: translate text between <>
en: playercolor <player-name> <color>
    playercolor <player-name> reset
en_GB: playercolor <player-name> <colour>
    playercolor <player-name> reset

en: Define the color of a player.
en_GB: Define the colour of a player.

en: This command sets the color of a specific player, overriding any color assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The color is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue color components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The color definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's color can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colors have been assigned, this command changes the player color in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colors, use 'list colors'.
en_GB: This command sets the colour of a specific player, overriding any colour assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The colour is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue colour components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The colour definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's colour can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colours have been assigned, this command changes the player colour in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colours, use 'list colors'.

en: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty cancelled!

en: %s canceled the meeting!
en_GB: %s cancelled the meeting!

en: Meeting with %s canceled.
en_GB: Meeting with %s cancelled.

en:  *** Edit mode canceled by %s. ***
en_GB:  *** Edit mode cancelled by %s. ***

en: The server appears to have gotten into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.
en_GB: The server appears to have got itself into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.

en: New hope sweeps like fire through the country as the discovery of railroad is announced.
en_GB: New hope sweeps like fire through the country as the discovery of railways is announced.

en: The people are pleased to hear that your scientists finally know about railroads.
en_GB: The people are pleased to hear that your scientists finally know about railways.

en: Workers spontaneously gather and upgrade all cities with railroads.
en_GB: Workers spontaneously gather and upgrade all cities with railways.

en:  %s canceled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.
en_GB:  %s cancelled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.

en: no color
en_GB: no colour

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most MILITARIZED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most MILITARISED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilisations in the World.

en: Traveler's Report:
en_GB: Traveller's Report:

note: TRANS: do not edit the ugly ASCII art
en: Freeciv maps are always two-dimensional. They may wrap at the north-south and east-west directions to form a flat map, a cylinder, or a torus (donut). Individual tiles may be rectangular or hexagonal, with either a classic or isometric alignment - this should be set based on the tileset being used.
    Classic rectangular:       Isometric rectangular:
          _________               /\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
         |_|_|_|_|_|             \/\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
                                 \/\/\/\/\/
    Hex tiles:                 Iso-hex:
      /\/\/\/\/\/\               _   _   _   _   _
      | | | | | | |             / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
      \/\/\/\/\/\/\             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
       | | | | | | |            / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
       \/\/\/\/\/\/             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
en_GB: Freeciv maps are always two-dimensional. They may wrap at the north-south and east-west directions to form a flat map, a cylinder, or a torus (doughnut). Individual tiles may be rectangular or hexagonal, with either a classic or isometric alignment - this should be set based on the tileset being used.
    Classic rectangular:       Isometric rectangular:
          _________               /\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
         |_|_|_|_|_|             \/\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
                                 \/\/\/\/\/
    Hex tiles:                 Iso-hex:
      /\/\/\/\/\/\               _   _   _   _   _
      | | | | | | |             / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
      \/\/\/\/\/\/\             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
       | | | | | | |            / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
       \/\/\/\/\/\/             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/

en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. There must be at least one city founder in the string. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        d   = Ok defense unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defense unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. There must be at least one city founder in the string. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        d   = Ok defence unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defence unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)

en: If you give an invention via a treaty, this setting defines the chance that the invention is lost for your civilization during the transfer.
en_GB: If you give an invention via a treaty, this setting defines the chance that the invention is lost for your civilisation during the transfer.

en: In order for two cities in the same civilization to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.
en_GB: In order for two cities in the same civilisation to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.

en: How to pick player colors
en_GB: How to pick player colours

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes are also translated * separately (they must match!). The strings between single quotes * are setting names and shouldn't be translated. The strings * between parentheses and in uppercase must not be translated.
en: This setting determines how player colors are chosen. Player colors are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colors are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colors are assigned to invididual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colors can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colors. Any players for which no color is set when the game starts get a random color from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colors are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same color.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colors can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.
en_GB: This setting determines how player colours are chosen. Player colours are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colours are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colours are assigned to invididual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colours can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colours. Any players for which no colour is set when the game starts get a random colour from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colours are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same colour.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colours can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.

note: TRANS: the strings in double quotes are server command names * and should not be translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilization (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilisation (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes should be * translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalization is.
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalisation is.

en: Anyone can now become game organizer '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.
en_GB: Anyone can now become game organiser '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.

en: Someone else is already game organizer.
en_GB: Someone else is already game organiser.

en: Connection %s has opted to become the game organizer.
en_GB: Connection %s has opted to become the game organiser.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: %s has canceled the vote "%s" (number %d).
en_GB: %s has cancelled the vote "%s" (number %d).

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been canceled.
en_GB: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been cancelled.

en: Can only set player color prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.
en_GB: Can only set player colour prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.

en: Can only unset player color before game starts.
en_GB: Can only unset player colour before game starts.

en: Invalid player color definition. See '/help playercolor'.
en_GB: Invalid player colour definition. See '/help playercolor'.

note: TRANS: "... [c0ffee] for Caesar ... to Hammurabi."
en: Warning: new color [%s] for %s is identical to %s.
en_GB: Warning: new colour [%s] for %s is identical to %s.

en: Color of player %s set to [%s].
en_GB: Colour of player %s set to [%s].

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote canceled your previous vote.
en_GB: Your new vote cancelled your previous vote.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognized.
en_GB: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognised.

en: Settings re-initialized.
en_GB: Settings re-initialised.

en: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be canceled.
en_GB: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be cancelled.

en: Your delegated control of player '%s' was canceled.
en_GB: Your delegated control of player '%s' was cancelled.

en: Delegation of '%s' canceled.
en_GB: Delegation of '%s' cancelled.

en: Map color test images saved.
en_GB: Map colour test images saved.

en: List of player colors:
en_GB: List of player colours:

en: Great scientists from all the world join your civilization: you get an immediate advance.
en_GB: Great scientists from all the world join your civilisation: you get an immediate advance.

en: Your %s was shot down by SDI defenses, what a waste.
en_GB: Your %s was shot down by SDI defences, what a waste.

en: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defense.
en_GB: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defence.

en: Trade route between %s and %s canceled.
en_GB: Trade route between %s and %s cancelled.

en: Sorry, the %s canceled the trade route from %s to your city %s.
en_GB: Sorry, the %s cancelled the trade route from %s to your city %s.

note: TRANS: Describing a new vote that can pass only if the * given percentage of players votes 'yes'.
en: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favor).
en_GB: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favour).

en: A Flickr remote organizer for GNOME
en_GB: A Flickr remote organiser for GNOME

en: Press the button to start using %s once you've authorized it in your flickr account.
en_GB: Press the button to start using %s once you've authorised it in your flickr account.

en: Authorization failed.
    Please try again
en_GB: Authorisation failed.
    Please try again

en: Error
    %s is not properly authorized to upload pictures to flickr.
    Please re-authorize it
en_GB: Error
    %s is not properly authorised to upload pictures to flickr.
    Please re-authorise it

en: Authorization successfully completed!
en_GB: Authorisation successfully completed!

en: You need to properly authorize %s before uploading any pictures to flickr.
    Please re-authorize it.
en_GB: You need to properly authorise %s before uploading any pictures to flickr.
    Please re-authorise it.

note: Authorize menu item
en: Authorize _frogr
en_GB: Authorise _frogr

en: This version of EncFS doesn't support filesystems created before 2004-08-13
en_GB: This version of EncFS doesn't support filesystems created before 13/08/2004

en: The following cipher algorithms are available:
en_GB: The following cypher algorithms are available:

en: Please select a key size in bits.  The cipher you have chosen
    supports sizes from %i to %i bits in increments of %i bits.
    For example:
en_GB: Please select a key size in bits. The cypher you have chosen
    supports sizes from %i to %i bits in increments of %i bits.
    For example:

en: Select a block size in bytes.  The cipher you have chosen
    supports sizes from %i to %i bytes in increments of %i.
    Or just hit enter for the default (%i bytes)
en_GB: Select a block size in bytes. The cypher you have chosen
    supports sizes from %i to %i bytes in increments of %i.
    Alternatively, just press enter for the default (%i bytes)

en: Add random bytes to each block header?
    This adds a performance penalty, but ensures that blocks
    have different authentication codes.  Note that you can
    have the same benefits by enabling per-file initialization
    vectors, which does not come with as great of performance
    penalty. 
    Select a number of bytes, from 0 (no random bytes) to 8:
en_GB: Add random bytes to each block header?
    This adds a performance penalty, but ensures that blocks
    have different authentication codes. Note that you can
    have the same benefits by enabling per-file initialisation
    vectors, which does not come with as great a performance
    penalty. 
    Select a number of bytes, from 0 (no random bytes) to 8:

en: Sorry, unable to locate cipher for predefined configuration...
    Falling through to Manual configuration mode.
en_GB: Sorry, unable to locate cypher for predefined configuration...
    Falling through to Manual configuration mode.

en: Unable to instanciate cipher %s, key size %i, block size %i
en_GB: Unable to instantiate cypher %s, key size %i, block size %i

en: Configuration finished.  The filesystem to be created has
    the following properties:
en_GB: Configuration finished. The filesystem to be created has
    the following properties:

en: The external initialization-vector chaining option has been
    enabled.  This option disables the use of hard links on the
    filesystem. Without hard links, some programs may not work.
    The programs 'mutt' and 'procmail' are known to fail.  For
    more information, please see the encfs mailing list.
    If you would like to choose another configuration setting,
    please press CTRL-C now to abort and start over.
en_GB: The external initialisation-vector chaining option has been
    enabled. This option disables the use of hard links on the
    filesystem. Without hard links, some programs may not work.
    The programs 'mutt' and 'procmail' are known to fail. For
    more information, please see the encfs mailing list.
    If you would like to choose another configuration setting,
    please press CTRL-C now to abort and start again.

en: Now you will need to enter a password for your filesystem.
    You will need to remember this password, as there is absolutely
    no recovery mechanism.  However, the password can be changed
    later using encfsctl.
en_GB: Now you will need to enter a password for your filesystem.
    You will need to remember this password, as there is absolutely
    no recovery mechanism. However, the password can be changed
    later using encfsctl.

en: Filesystem cipher: "%s", version %i:%i:%i
en_GB: Filesystem cypher: "%s", version %i:%i:%i

en: Unable to find cipher %s, version %i:%i:%i
en_GB: Unable to find cypher %s, version %i:%i:%i

en: The requested cipher interface is not available
en_GB: The requested cypher interface is not available

en: 8 byte block cipher
en_GB: 8 byte block cypher

en:   -- encodes a filename and print result
en_GB:   -- encodes a filename and prints result

en: Unable to initialize encrypted filesystem - check path.
en_GB: Unable to initialise encrypted filesystem - check path.

en: Unable to find specified cipher "%s"
en_GB: Unable to find specified cypher "%s"

en:   -v, --verbose		verbose: output encfs debug messages
      -i, --idle=MINUTES	Auto unmount after period of inactivity
      --anykey		Do not verify correct key is being used
      --forcedecode		decode data even if an error is detected
    			(for filesystems using MAC block headers)
en_GB:   -v, --verbose		verbose: output encfs debug messages
      -i, --idle=MINUTES	Auto dismount after period of inactivity
      --anykey		Do not verify that correct key is being used
      --forcedecode		decode data even if an error is detected
    			(for filesystems using MAC block headers)

en: For more information, see the man page encfs(1)
en_GB: For more information, see the main page encfs(1)

en: Note: requested single-threaded mode, but an idle
    timeout was specified.  The filesystem will operate
    single-threaded, but threads will still be used to
    implement idle checking.
en_GB: Note: requested single-threaded mode, but an idle
    timeout was specified. The filesystem will operate
    single-threaded, but threads will still be used to
    implement idle checking.

en: fuse failed.  Common problems:
     - fuse kernel module not installed (modprobe fuse)
     - invalid options -- see usage message
en_GB: fuse failed. Common problems:
    - fuse kernel module not installed (modprobe fuse)
    - invalid options -- see usage message

en: Unmounting filesystem %s due to inactivity
en_GB: Dismounting filesystem %s due to inactivity

en: If the problem persists, please copy the installation log which is located at %s and attach it (as install.log.zip) to a new forum topic in the %sG2 support forum%s or, if possible, just add a link to the install.log in the forum topic such that the support staff can analyze it if necessary.
en_GB: If the problem persists, please copy the installation log which is located at %s and attach it (as install.log.zip) to a new forum topic in the %sG2 support forum%s or, if possible, just add a link to the install.log in the forum topic such that the support staff can analyse it if necessary.

en: Discard archive contents recognized as folder metadata
en_GB: Discard archive contents recognised as folder metadata

en: Color Packs
en_GB: Colour Packs

en: Select different color palettes for themes
en_GB: Select different colour palettes for themes

en: Synchronizing Language Packs
en_GB: Synchronising Language Packs

en: Color Pack
en_GB: Colour Pack

en: Optimize database
en_GB: Optimise database

en: Database optimized successfully
en_GB: Database optimised successfully

en: Before you can proceed, please insure the following directories and sub-directories are writable, so that Gallery can install plugins for you:
en_GB: Before you can proceed, please ensure the following directories and sub-directories are writable, so that Gallery can install plugins for you:

en: Please click on the link below to go to 'Download Plugin List' and choose 'Update Plugin List' to get the latest language package information.
en_GB: Please click on the link below to go to "Download Plugin List" and choose "Update Plugin List" to get the latest language package information.

en: For optimal performance, Gallery caches all templates.  If you would like to %scustomize your template files%s, you should disable template caching temporarily so that changes take effect immediately without clearing the template cache.
en_GB: For optimal performance, Gallery caches all templates.  If you would like to %scustomise your template files%s, you should disable template caching temporarily so that changes take effect immediately without clearing the template cache.

en: You can also use the %scolor name%s for example: %sYour Text%s
en_GB: You can also use the %scolour name%s for example: %sYour Text%s

en: There is no request which matches the username and authorization provided. Request a new authorization from the %slost password page%s.
en_GB: There is no request which matches the username and authorization provided. Request a new authorization from the %slost password page%s

en: Inter Color Profile
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile

en: Subsec Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Subsec Time (Digitised)

note: #-#-#-#-#  221 (Gammu-manual 1.31.91)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Localization of strings.
en_GB: Localisation of strings.

en: Transfer was canceled by phone, maybe you pressed cancel on phone.
en_GB: Transfer was cancelled by phone, maybe you pressed cancel on phone.

en:  (Text: email address)
en_GB:  (Text: e-mail address)

en: Favorite messaging number
en_GB: Favourite messaging number

en: Home email
en_GB: Home e-mail

en: Work email
en_GB: Work e-mail

en: Email address 2
en_GB: E-mail address 2

en: Disables email indicator
en_GB: Disables e-mail indicator

en: Enables email indicator
en_GB: Enables e-mail indicator

en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

en: Liter
en_GB: Litre

en: Specializes in skin diseases
en_GB: Specialises in skin diseases

en: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsic good.
en_GB: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsically good.

en: Theater
en_GB: Theatre

en: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracized' person?
en_GB: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracised' person?

en: eyebrow / eye | mustache
en_GB: eyebrow / eye | moustache

en: pediatrics / children | numismatics
en_GB: paediatrics / children | numismatics

en: track | railway | rails | railroad
en_GB: track | railway | rails

en:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomized.
en_GB:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomised.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: _Install Add-ins...
en_GB: _Install Add-ins…

en: Play games that challenge your short term memory
en_GB: Play games that challenge your short-term memory

en: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challeging yourself.
en_GB: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challenging yourself.

en: Play on a daily basis, you will notice progress soon.
en_GB: Play on a daily basis; you will notice progress soon.

en: Memorize the objects below in the given time
en_GB: Memorise the objects below in the given time

en: Get ready to memorize the next objects...
en_GB: Get ready to memorise the next objects…

en: We have a {0} meter piece of fabric. | We have a {0} meters piece of fabric.
en_GB[0]: We have a {0} metre piece of fabric.
en_GB[1]: We have a {0} metres piece of fabric.

en: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces? | A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces?
en_GB[0]: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 metre of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?
en_GB[1]: A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?

en: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces. | With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces.
en_GB[0]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.
en_GB[1]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.

en: What percentage of the figure is colored?
en_GB: What percentage of the figure is coloured?

en: In the last figure, in how many regions is the circle divided into when all dots are connected?
en_GB: In the last figure, into how many regions is the circle divided when all dots are connected?

en: In all circles the color slices follow the same order except for this one.
en_GB: In all circles the colour slices follow the same order except for this one.

en: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
en_GB: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated anticlockwise 90 degrees.

en: Move the first line to the seventh; move the two circles of the second line to third; and move first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.
en_GB: Move the first line to the seventh, move the two circles of the second line to third and move the first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.

en: The next sequence follows a logic. What number should replace the question mark?
en_GB: The next sequence follows a pattern. What number should replace the question mark?

en: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetical.
en_GB: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetic.

en: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.
en_GB: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half-way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.

en: John's shop had sales of {0} monetary unit. This was an increase of {1}% over last month. What were last month sales? | John's shop had sales of {0} monetary units. This was an increase of {1}% over last month. What were last month sales?
en_GB[0]: John's shop had sales of {0} monetary unit. This was an increase of {1}% over last month. What were last month's sales?
en_GB[1]: John's shop had sales of {0} monetary units. This was an increase of {1}% over last month. What were last month's sales?

en: Some artist are not ill
en_GB: Some artists are not ill

note: TimeNow Puzzle. Translators: {0} is used to check the hour answered by the user. Use the right time format specification for your culture Explanation of the date and time format specifications can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.globalization.datetimeformatinfo.aspx For
en: {0:h tt}
en_GB: {0:%H tt}

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour). You must localize this using the right unit of speed for your locale - The translated string should not use more characters than the original sentence
en: A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train? | A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[0]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[1]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour) and miles must be localized this using the right unit of speed for your locale
en: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart? | Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} miles apart?
en_GB[0]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart?
en_GB[1]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart?

en: Colored figures
en_GB: Coloured figures

en: Colored text
en_GB: Coloured text

en: What was the color of the text that said '{0}'?
en_GB: What was the colour of the text that said '{0}'?

note: Translators: {0} is the name of the color. The color name is always singular
en: How many dots of {0} color were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.
en_GB: How many dots of {0} colour were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.

en: Memorize facts
en_GB: Memorise facts

en: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use gasoline and the remainder use electricity.
en_GB: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use petrol and the remainder use electricity.

en: What percentage of Shiny Cars use gasoline?
en_GB: What percentage of Shiny Cars use petrol?

en: Memorize figures and text
en_GB: Memorise figures and text

en: Memorize figures
en_GB: Memorise figures

en: Memorize indications
en_GB: Memorise indications

en: Memorize numbers
en_GB: Memorise numbers

en: Memorize words
en_GB: Memorise words

en: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible? | There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[0]: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[1]: There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecast are possible?

en: Skip games that use colors
en_GB: Skip games that use colours

en: Skip games that use colors (for colorblind users)
en_GB: Skip games that use colours (for colourblind users)

en: Time in seconds to memorize the challenge:
en_GB: Time in seconds to memorise the challenge:

en: Custom Game Selection...
en_GB: Custom Game Selection…

en: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing...
en_GB: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing…

en: - In the 'Boards' section you can change the list of activities. Just untoggle them in the treeview. You can change the language used for reading, for example, then the language used for saying the names of colors.
    - You can save multiple configurations, and switch between them easily. In the 'Profile' section add a profile, then in the 'Board' section select the profile in the combobox, then select the boards you want to be active. You can add multiple profiles, with different lists of boards, and different languages. You set the default profile in the 'Profile' section, by choosing the profile you want, then clicking on the 'Default' button. You can also choose a profile from the command line.
    - You can add users, classes and for each class, you can create groups of users. Note that you can import users from a comma-separated file. Assign one or more groups to a profile, after which those new logins will appear after restarting GCompris. Being able to identify individual children in GCompris means we can provide individual reports. It also recognizes the children as individuals; they can learn to type in and recognize their own usernames (login is configurable).
en_GB: - In the 'Boards' section you can change the list of activities. Just untoggle them in the treeview. You can change the language used for reading, for example, then the language used for saying the names of colours.
    - You can save multiple configurations, and switch between them easily. In the 'Profile' section add a profile, then in the 'Board' section select the profile in the combobox, then select the boards you want to be active. You can add multiple profiles, with different lists of boards, and different languages. You set the default profile in the 'Profile' section, by choosing the profile you want, then clicking on the 'Default' button. You can also choose a profile from the command line.
    - You can add users, classes. For each class, you can create groups of users. Note that you can import users from a comma-separated file. Assign one or more groups to a profile, after which those new logins will appear after restarting GCompris. Being able to identify individual children in GCompris means we can provide individual reports. It also recognises the children as individuals; they can learn to type in and recognise their own usernames (login is configurable).

en: Advanced colors
en_GB: Advanced colours

en: Click on the correct color
en_GB: Click on the correct colour

en: Click on the correct colored box.
en_GB: Click on the correct coloured box.

en: Learn to recognize unusual colors.
en_GB: Learn to recognise unusual colours.

en: Practice the multiplication operation
en_GB: Practise the multiplication operation

en: Go to Algebra activities
en_GB: Go to Maths activities

en: In a limited time, find the sum of of two numbers. Introduction to simple in-line addition.
en_GB: In a limited time, find the sum of two numbers. Introduction to simple in-line addition.

en: Practice the addition operation
en_GB: Practise the addition operation

en: Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers
en_GB: Simple addition. Can recognise written numbers

en: Select a drawing tool on the left, and a color down the bottom. Then click and drag in the white area to create a new shape. Once you've completed a drawing, you can take a snapshot of it with the 'camera' button. This creates a new image with the same content, a copy of your image. You can then edit it by moving objects a little bit or adding/deleting objects. When you create several drawings and then click on the 'film' button, you will see all your images in a continuous slide-show (an infinite loop pattern). You can also change the viewing speed in this mode. In viewing mode, click on the 'drawing' button to return to drawing mode. You can then edit each image in your animation, by using the image selector in the bottom-left corner of the screen. You can also save and reload your animations with the 'floppy disk' and 'folder' buttons.
en_GB: Select a drawing tool on the left, and a colour down the bottom. Then click and drag in the white area to create a new shape. Once you've completed a drawing, you can take a snapshot of it with the 'camera' button. This creates a new image with the same content, a copy of your image. You can then edit it by moving objects a little bit or adding/deleting objects. When you create several drawings and then click on the 'film' button, you will see all your images in a continuous slide-show (an infinite loop pattern). You can also change the viewing speed in this mode. In viewing mode, click on the 'drawing' button to return to drawing mode. You can then edit each image in your animation, by using the image selector in the bottom-left corner of the screen. You can also save and reload your animations with the 'floppy disk' and 'folder' buttons.

en: At the beginning of the game four seeds are placed in each house. Players take turns moving the seeds. In each turn, a player chooses one of the six houses under his or her control. The player removes all seeds from this house, and distributes them, dropping one in each house counter-clockwise from the original house, in a process called sowing. Seeds are not distributed into the end scoring houses, nor into the house drawn from. That is, the starting house is left empty; if it contained 12 seeds, it is skipped, and the twelfth seed is placed in the next house. After a turn, if the last seed was placed into an opponent's house and brought its total to two or three, all the seeds in that house are captured and placed in the player's scoring house (or set aside if the board has no scoring houses). If the previous-to-last seed also brought the total seeds in an opponent's house to two or three, these are captured as well, and so on. However, if a move would capture all an opponent's seeds, the capture is forfeited, and the seeds are instead left on the board, since this would prevent the opponent from continuing the game. The proscription against capturing all an opponent's seeds is related to a more general idea, that one ought to make a move that allows the opponent to continue playing. If an opponent's houses are all empty, the current player must make a move that gives the opponent seeds. If no such move is possible, the current player captures all seeds in his/her own territory, ending the game. (Source Wikipedia &lt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oware&gt;)
en_GB: At the beginning of the game four seeds are placed in each house. Players take turns moving the seeds. In each turn, a player chooses one of the six houses under his or her control. The player removes all seeds from this house, and distributes them, dropping one in each house anti-clockwise from the original house, in a process called sowing. Seeds are not distributed into the end scoring houses, nor into the house drawn from. That is, the starting house is left empty; if it contained 12 seeds, it is skipped, and the twelfth seed is placed in the next house. After a turn, if the last seed was placed into an opponent's house and brought its total to two or three, all the seeds in that house are captured and placed in the player's scoring house (or set aside if the board has no scoring houses). If the previous-to-last seed also brought the total seeds in an opponent's house to two or three, these are captured as well, and so on. However, if a move would capture all an opponent's seeds, the capture is forfeited, and the seeds are instead left on the board, since this would prevent the opponent from continuing the game. The proscription against capturing all an opponent's seeds is related to a more general idea, that one ought to make a move that allows the opponent to continue playing. If an opponent's houses are all empty, the current player must make a move that gives the opponent seeds. If no such move is possible, the current player captures all seeds in his/her own territory, ending the game. (Source Wikipedia &lt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oware&gt;)

en: Motor coordination. Conceptual matching.
en_GB: Motor co-ordination. Conceptual matching.

en: Lock with colored shapes.
en_GB: Lock with coloured shapes.

en: Practice chess
en_GB: Practise chess

en: Drag and Drop the items to organize the story
en_GB: Drag and Drop the items to organise the story

en: Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in &lt;http://www.wikipedia.org&gt;.
en_GB: The Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of transportation are based on those found in &lt;http://www.wikipedia.org&gt;.

en: Click on the right color
en_GB: Click on the right colour

en: This board teaches you to recognize different colors. When you hear the name of the color, click on the duck wearing it.
en_GB: This board teaches you to recognise different colours. When you hear the name of the colour, click on the duck wearing it.

en: Colors based activities.
en_GB: Colours based activities.

en: Go to Color activities
en_GB: Go to Colour activities

en: Motor-coordination
en_GB: Motor co-ordination

en: Colors, sounds, memory...
en_GB: Colours, sounds, memory...

en: Select a drawing tool on the left, and a color down the bottom, then click and drag in the white area to create a new shape. To save time, you can click with the middle mouse button to delete an object.
en_GB: Select a drawing tool on the left, and a colour down the bottom, then click and drag in the white area to create a new shape. To save time, you can click with the middle mouse button to delete an object.

en: Draw the picture by clicking on each numbers in the right order.
en_GB: Draw the picture by clicking on each of the numbers in the right order.

en: First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the bottom right area. Enter the answer with the keyboard and press the OK button or the 'Enter' key.
en_GB: First, properly organise the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the bottom right area. Enter the answer with the keyboard and press the OK button or the 'Enter' key.

en: Animal pictures are taken from the Animal Photography Page of Ralf Schmode (&lt;http://schmode.net/&gt;) and from LE BERRE Daniel. These people kindly gave GCompris the authorization to include their pictures. Thanks a lot, both of you.
en_GB: Animal pictures are taken from the Animal Photography Page of Ralf Schmode (&lt;http://schmode.net/&gt;) and from LE BERRE Daniel. These people kindly gave GCompris the authorisation to include their pictures. Thanks a lot, both of you.

en: Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become redder as you get closer.
en_GB: Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become more red as you get closer.

en: truck
en_GB: lorry

en: Listen to the sound sequence played, and repeat it by clicking on the elements. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button.
en_GB: Listen to the sound sequence played and repeat it by clicking on the elements. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button.

en: Practise adding up, until all the cards are gone.
en_GB: Practice adding up, until all the cards are gone.

en: Practise division, until all the cards are gone.
en_GB: Practice division, until all the cards are gone.

en: Practise subtraction, until all the cards are gone.
en_GB: Practice subtraction, until all the cards are gone.

en: Practise multiplication, until all the cards are gone.
en_GB: Practice multiplication, until all the cards are gone.

en: Practise multiplication until all the cards are gone.
en_GB: Practice multiplication until all the cards are gone.

en: An object is displayed in the main area, and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word.
en_GB: An object is displayed in the main area and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word.

en: Practice money usage
en_GB: Practise money usage

en: You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price.
en_GB: You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed and you must first calculate the total price.

en: Practice money usage including cents
en_GB: Practise money usage including cents

en: An empty python activity to use as a starting point
en_GB: An empty Python activity to use as a starting point

en: Thanks to Guido van Rossum and the python team for this powerful language!
en_GB: Thanks to Guido van Rossum and the python team for this powerfull language!

en: Click on the correct colored object.
en_GB: Click on the correct coloured object.

en: Click on the matching color
en_GB: Click on the matching colour

en: Read the names of colors
en_GB: Read the names of colours

en: This board teaches basic colors.
en_GB: This board teaches basic colours.

en: For the first level with colored symbols, drag symbols on the left to their target position. For the higher levels, click on an empty square to give it the keyboard focus. Then enter a possible letter or number. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data.
en_GB: For the first level with coloured symbols, drag symbols on the left to their target position. For the higher levels, click on an empty square to give it the keyboard focus. Then enter a possible letter or number. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data.

en: Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button in the control bar. In the lower levels, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. You can use the right mouse button to flip the colors in the opposite order.
en_GB: Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button in the control bar. At the lower level, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. You can use the right mouse button to flip the colours in the opposite order.

en: Practice addition with a target game
en_GB: Practise addition with a target game

en: In this wordprocessor you can type the text you want, save and get it back later. You can add some style to your text by using the buttons on the left. The first 4 buttons let you select the style of the line on which your insert cursor is. The 2 others buttons with multiple choices let you select from a predefined document and color theme.
en_GB: In this wordprocessor you can type the text you want, save and get it back later. You can add some style to your text by using the buttons on the left. The first 4 buttons let you select the style of the line on which your insert cursor is. The 2 others buttons with multiple choices let you select from a predefined document and colour theme.

en: Learn how to enter text in a wordprocessor. This wordprocessor is special in that it enforces the use of styles. This way, the children will understand their benefit when moving to more feature full wordprocessor like OpenOffice.org.
en_GB: Learn how to enter text in a wordprocessor. This wordprocessor is special in that it enforces the use of styles. This way, the children will understand their benefit when moving to more feature rich wordprocessor like OpenOffice.org.

note: Set here the way to display money. Change only the money sign, and it's place, always keep %.2f, it will be replaced by 0,34 if decimal is ',' in your locale
en: $ %.2f
en_GB: £ %.2f

en: $ %.0f
en_GB: £ %.0f

en: Special board that embeds python into GCompris.
en_GB: Special board that embeds Python into GCompris.

en: It is now possible to develop GCompris activities in C or in Python.
    Thanks to Olivier Samys who makes this possible.
en_GB: It is now possible to develop GCompris activities in C or in Python.
    Thanks to Olivier Samys who made this possible.

note: combo box
en: Color of the line
en_GB: Colour of the line

en: Wind speed = %d
    kilometers/hour
en_GB: Wind speed = %d
    kilometres/hour

en: Distance to target = %d meters
en_GB: Distance to target = %d metres

en: English (United State)
en_GB: English (United States)

en: Exit it and report
    the problem to the authors.
en_GB: Exit it and report
    the problem to the authors

en: run GCompris with the default gnome cursor.
en_GB: run GCompris with the default GNOME cursor.

en: Run GCompris with local menu (e.g -l /reading will let you play only activities in the reading directory, -l /strategy/connect4 only the connect4 activity). Use '-l list' to list all the availaible activities and their descriptions.
en_GB: Run GCompris with local menu (e.g -l /reading will let you play only activities in the reading directory, -l /strategy/connect4 only the connect4 activity). Use '-l list' to list all the available activities and their descriptions.

en: Disable the config button
en_GB: Disable the configuration button

en: Only when --server is provided, disable check for local resource first. Data are always taken from the web server.
en_GB: Only when --server is provided, disable check for local resource first. Data is always taken from the web server.

en: GCompris is free software released under the GPL License. In order to support its development, the Windows version provides only %d of the %d activities. You can get the full version for a small fee at
    <http://gcompris.net>
    The GNU/Linux version does not have this restriction. Note that GCompris is being developed to free schools from monopolistic software vendors. If you also believe that we should teach freedom to children, please consider using GNU/Linux. Get more information at FSF:
    <http://www.fsf.org/philosophy>
en_GB: GCompris is free software released under the GPL Licence. In order to support its development, the Windows version provides only %d of the %d activities. You can get the full version for a small fee at
    <http://gcompris.net>
    The GNU/Linux version does not have this restriction. Note that GCompris is being developed to free schools from monopolistic software vendors. If you also believe that we should teach freedom to children, please consider using GNU/Linux. Get more information at FSF:
    <http://www.fsf.org/philosophy>

en: Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs
en_GB: <application>Configuration Editor</application> can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogues.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.
en_GB: Shows <application>Configuration Editor</application> window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.

note: REMARK
en: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.
en_GB: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.

en: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.
en_GB: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialogue provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialogue to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.

en: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.
en_GB: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.

en: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.
en_GB: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a separate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.

en: Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the Configuration Editor

en: Email Protection
en_GB: E-mail Protection

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#11 module: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#11 module: %s

en: Couldn't initialize registered PKCS#11 modules: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise registered PKCS#11 modules: %s

en: Key encipherment
en_GB: Key encypherment

en: Data encipherment
en_GB: Data encypherment

en: Import is in progress...
en_GB: Import is in progress…

en: Unrecognized or unsupported data.
en_GB: Unrecognised or unsupported data.

en: Unrecognized or unavailable attributes for key
en_GB: Unrecognised or unavailable attributes for key

en: [file...]
en_GB: [file…]

en: Your favorite editor
en_GB: Your favourite editor

en: Warning: Control not initialized as an array in Desklet.
en_GB: Warning: Control not initialised as an array in Desklet.

en: Font color #%i:
en_GB: Font colour #%i:

en: Font color #%i used in the labels
en_GB: Font colour #%i used in the labels

en: The property <b>%(property)s</b> of element <b>%(tag)s</b> is not writable.
en_GB: The property <b>%(property)s</b> of element <b>%(tag)s</b> is not writeable.

en: Couldn't recognize the image file format for file '%s'
en_GB: Couldn't recognise the image file format for file '%s'

en: Unrecognized image file format
en_GB: Unrecognised image file format

en: GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local colormap.
en_GB: GIF image has no global colourmap, and a frame inside it has no local colourmap.

en: Couldn't allocate memory for color profile
en_GB: Couldn't allocate memory for colour profile

en: Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)
en_GB: Unsupported JPEG colour space (%s)

en: Color profile has invalid length %d.
en_GB: Colour profile has invalid length %d.

en: PNM file is not in a recognized PNM subformat
en_GB: PNM file is not in a recognised PNM subformat

en: Maximum color value in PNM file is 0
en_GB: Maximum colour value in PNM file is 0

en: Maximum color value in PNM file is too large
en_GB: Maximum colour value in PNM file is too large

en: Cannot allocate colormap structure
en_GB: Cannot allocate colourmap structure

en: Cannot allocate colormap entries
en_GB: Cannot allocate colourmap entries

en: Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries
en_GB: Unexpected bitdepth for colourmap entries

en: XPM file has invalid number of colors
en_GB: XPM file has invalid number of colours

en: Cannot read XPM colormap
en_GB: Cannot read XPM colourmap

en: FreeDesktop - The organization providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.
en_GB: FreeDesktop - The organisation providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.

en: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customize how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialized. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialization.
en_GB: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customise how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialised. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialisation.

en: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorization before accepting the shutdown or restart request.
en_GB: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorisation before accepting the shutdown or restart request.

en: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably most systems.
en_GB: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably on most systems.

en: GDM can also be configured to honor INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.
en_GB: GDM can also be configured to honour INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.

en: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialog of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.
en_GB: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialogue of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.

en: The GDM User And Group
en_GB: The GDM User and Group

en: For security reasons a dedicated user and group id are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privilege.
en_GB: For security reasons a dedicated user and group ID are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privileges.

en: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as ssh, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)
en_GB: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as SSH, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)

en: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initializes the session.
en_GB: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initialises the session.

en: X server authorization files are stored in a newly created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at start up. These files contain a is used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unqiue for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.
en_GB: X server authorisation files are stored in a newly-created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at startup. These files are used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unique for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.

en: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use ssh for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be prefered over GDM's XDMCP features.
en_GB: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use SSH for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be preferred over GDM's XDMCP features.

en: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and thus keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the wire in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.
en_GB: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the network in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.

en: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add
en_GB: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example, to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add

en: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP then a webserver.
en_GB: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP than a web server.

en: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course) on your firewall. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.
en_GB: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are the TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.

en: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorization is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorization.
en_GB: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorisation is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorisation.

en: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialization required.
en_GB: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialisation required.

en: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might setup the user's $HOME directory if needed.
en_GB: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might set up the user's $HOME directory if needed.

en: After the user session has been initialized, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen after the session has been initialized. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.
en_GB: After the user session has been initialised, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen after the session has been initialised. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.

en: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.
en_GB: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the Metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.

en: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined multicast group.
en_GB: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined the multicast group.

en: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to login immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.
en_GB: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to log in immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.

en: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customized message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of it's output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.
en_GB: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customised message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of its output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.

en: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected languages are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected languages are easier to select.

en: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.

en: Controls whether compiz is used as the window manager instead of metacity.
en_GB: Controls whether Compiz is used as the window manager instead of Metacity.

en: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognize these.
en_GB: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognise these.

en: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognized by GDM.
en_GB: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognised by GDM.

en: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalization, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.
en_GB: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalisation, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.

note: <para> TODO - any other tips we should add?  Might be useful to highlight any common D-Bus configuration issues? </para>
en: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an email to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.
en_GB: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an e-mail to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.

en: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or email, please only include the GDM related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).
en_GB: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or e-mail, please only include the GDM-related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).

en: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialog when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.
en_GB: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialogue when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: GNOME On-Screen Keyboard
en_GB: GNOME On-screen Keyboard

en: The text to use in the label if the user hasn't picked an item yet
en_GB: The text to use in the label if the user hasn't yet picked an item

note: #-#-#-#-#  973 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display the date. Replace %e with %d if, when * the day of the month as a decimal number is a single digit, * it should begin with a 0 in your locale (e.g. "May 01" * instead of "May  
en: %a %b %e
en_GB: %a %e %b

en: Pick Background Color
en_GB: Pick Background Colour

en: Shows a confirmation dialog on exit
en_GB: Shows a confirmation dialogue on exit

en: Use Windows File Open/Save dialogs
en_GB: Use Windows File Open/Save dialogues

en: Defines whether to use the native Windows File Open/Save dialogs or whether to use the GTK default dialogs
en_GB: Defines whether to use the native Windows File Open/Save dialogues or whether to use the GTK default dialogues

en: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogs
en_GB: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogues

en: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialog and there is no selection
en_GB: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialogue and there is no selection

en: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialog.
en_GB: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialogue.

en: Customize Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Toolbar

en: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behavior is used.
en_GB: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behaviour is used.

en: Parenthesis ( )
en_GB: Brackets ( )

en: Auto-close parenthesis when typing an opening one
en_GB: Auto-close brackets when typing an opening one

en: Invert syntax highlighting colors
en_GB: Invert syntax highlighting colours

en: Invert all colors, by default using white text on a black background
en_GB: Invert all colours, by default using white text on a black background

en: Sets the color of the long line marker
en_GB: Sets the colour of the long line marker

en: Color Chooser
en_GB: Colour Chooser

en: The background color of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the color set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)
en_GB: The background colour of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the colour set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)

en: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favorite browser
en_GB: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favourite browser

en: email address of the developer
en_GB: e-mail address of the developer

en: Sets the foreground color of the text in the terminal widget
en_GB: Sets the foreground colour of the text in the terminal widget

en: Space separated list of file patterns used for the find in files dialog (e.g. *.c *.h)
en_GB: Space separated list of file patterns used for the find in files dialogue (e.g. *.c *.h)

en: _Color Schemes
en_GB: _Colour Schemes

en: _Color Chooser
en_GB: _Colour Chooser

en: License text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.
en_GB: Licence text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.

en: Note: Item 2 opens a dialog and appends the response to the command.
en_GB: Note: Item 2 opens a dialogue and appends the response to the command.

en: Navigate forward a location
en_GB: Navigate forwards a location

en: Show Color Chooser
en_GB: Show Colour Chooser

en: Please set a print command in the preferences dialog first.
en_GB: Please set a print command in the preferences dialogue first.

note: close window checkbox
en: Close _dialog
en_GB: Close _dialogue

en: Disable this option to keep the dialog open
en_GB: Disable this option to keep the dialogue open

en: Open a color chooser dialog, to interactively pick colors from a palette
en_GB: Open a colour chooser dialogue, to interactively pick colours from a palette

en: Show the preferences dialog
en_GB: Show the preferences dialogue

note: / Verbose datetime format for 12-hour time, i.e. November 8, 2010 8:42 am / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-l:%M %P
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %-l:%M %P

[ctx: Default full date]
note: / Verbose datetime format for the locale default (full month, day and time) / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-l:%M %P
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %-l:%M %P

note: / Format for the datetime that a message being replied to was received / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %-l:%M %p
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %-l:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  233 (geary-0.4.1)  #-#-#-#-# / Date format for dates within the current year, i.e. Nov 8 / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %b %-e
en_GB: %-e %b

en: Are you sure you want to open "%s"?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to open '%s'?

note: / "Normalization" can also be called "synchronization"
en: Log folder normalization
en_GB: Log folder normalisation

en: Log network deserialization
en_GB: Log network deserialisation

note: / Serialization is how commands and responses are converted into a stream of bytes for / network transmission
en: Log network serialization
en_GB: Log network serialisation

en: Please enter your email password
en_GB: Please enter your e-mail password

en: Send and receive email
en_GB: Send and receive e-mail

en: There was an error opening the local mail database for this account. This is possibly due to corruption of the database file in this directory:
    
    %s
    
    Geary can rebuild the database and re-synchronize with the server or exit.
    
    Rebuilding the database will destroy all local email and its attachments. <b>The mail on the your server will not be affected.</b>
en_GB: There was an error opening the local mail database for this account. This is possibly due to corruption of the database file in this directory:
    
    %s
    
    Geary can rebuild the database and re-synchronise with the server or exit.
    
    Rebuilding the database will destroy all local email and its attachments. <b>The mail on the your server will not be affected.</b>

en: Unable to login to email server
en_GB: Unable to log-in to e-mail server

en: Unrecognized command line option "%s"
en_GB: Unrecognised command line option '%s'

en: Could not allocate the color %s!
en_GB: Could not allocate the colour %s!

en: Could not allocate display color %i!
en_GB: Could not allocate display colour %i!

en: Could not allocate outline color %i!
en_GB: Could not allocate outline colour %i!

en: Tried to get an invalid color: %d
en_GB: Tried to get an invalid colour: %d

en: Tried to get an invalid outline color: %d
en_GB: Tried to get an invalid outline colour: %d

en: Color Edit
en_GB: Colour Edit

en: Object color:
en_GB: Object colour:

en: Wrote color image to [%s] [%d x %d]
en_GB: Wrote colour image to [%s] [%d x %d]

en: _Dark color scheme
en_GB: _Dark colour scheme

en: _Light color scheme
en_GB: _Light colour scheme

en: D_ocumentation...
en_GB: D_ocumentation

en: gEDA Docu_mentation...
en_GB: gEDA Docu_mentation

en: gschem _FAQ...
en_GB: gschem _FAQ

en: Component D_ocumentation...
en_GB: Component D_ocumentation

en: _Hotkeys...
en_GB: _Hotkeys

en: Cannot find file %s: %s
en_GB: Cannot find file: %s: %s

en: Found an invalid color [ %s ]
en_GB: Found an invalid colour [ %s ]

en: Setting color to default color
en_GB: Setting colour to default colour

en: Color index out of range
en_GB: Colour index out of range

en: Color map entry must be a two-element list
en_GB: Colour map entry must be a two-element list

en: Index in color map entry must be an integer
en_GB: Index in colour map entry must be an integer

en: Value in color map entry must be #f or a string
en_GB: Value in colour map entry must be #f or a string

en: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text.
en_GB: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text.

en: Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: [FILE...] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]
en_GB: [FILE…] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]

en: The selected color scheme cannot be installed.
en_GB: The selected colour scheme cannot be installed.

en: Color Scheme Files
en_GB: Colour Scheme Files

en: Could not remove color scheme "%s".
en_GB: Could not remove colour scheme "%s".

en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

en: Font & Colors
en_GB: Font & Colours

en: Capitalize the first letter of each selected word
en_GB: Capitalise the first letter of each selected word

en: Analyzes the current document and reports the number of words, lines, characters and non-space characters in it.
en_GB: Analyses the current document and reports the number of words, lines, characters and non-space characters in it.

en: Manage _External Tools...
en_GB: Manage _External Tools…

en: Cannot move file to trash, do you
    want to delete permanently?
en_GB: Cannot move file to the wastebasket, do you
    want to delete permanently?

en: The file "%s" cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The file "%s" cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: The selected files cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The selected files cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: Move selected file or folder to trash
en_GB: Move selected file or folder to the wastebasket.

en: Command Color Text
en_GB: Command Colour Text

en: The command color text
en_GB: The command colour text

en: Error Color Text
en_GB: Error Colour Text

en: The error color text
en_GB: The error colour text

en: Add a new snippet...
en_GB: Add a new snippet…

en: Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time, execution aborted.
en_GB: Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time; execution aborted.

en: Manage _Snippets...
en_GB: Manage _Snippets…

en: _Spelling Suggestions...
en_GB: _Spelling Suggestions…

en: _Check Spelling...
en_GB: _Check Spelling…

en: Set _Language...
en_GB: Set _Language…

en: No misspelled words
en_GB: No misspelt words

en: Misspelled word:
en_GB: Misspelt word:

en: In_sert Date and Time...
en_GB: In_sert Date and Time…

en: When inserting date/time...
en_GB: When inserting date/time…

en: Cannot initialize preferences manager.
en_GB: Cannot initialise preferences manager.

en: _Incremental Search...
en_GB: _Incremental Search…

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Background color (deprecated)
en_GB: Background colour (deprecated)

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Center (deprecated)
en_GB: Centre (deprecated)

en: Checked (state)
en_GB: Ticked (state)

en: Color of selected links
en_GB: Colour of selected links

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color of selected links (deprecated)
en_GB: Colour of selected links (deprecated)

en: Frameborder
en_GB: Frame border

en: Framespacing
en_GB: Frame spacing

en: Generic metainformation
en_GB: Generic meta-information

en: HTML - Special Characters
en_GB: HTML — Special Characters

en: HTML - Tags
en_GB: HTML — Tags

en: Link color
en_GB: Link colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Link colour (deprecated)

en: Target - Blank
en_GB: Target — Blank

en: Target - Parent
en_GB: Target — Parent

en: Target - Self
en_GB: Target — Self

en: Target - Top
en_GB: Target — Top

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Text color (deprecated)
en_GB: Text colour (deprecated)

en: Visited link color
en_GB: Visited link colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  239 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  983 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Visited link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Visited link colour (deprecated)

en: XHTML 1.0 - Tags
en_GB: XHTML 1.0 — Tags

en: Latex - Tags
en_GB: Latex — Tags

en: XSLT - Axes
en_GB: XSLT — Axes

en: XSLT - Elements
en_GB: XSLT — Elements

en: XSLT - Functions
en_GB: XSLT — Functions

en: XUL - Tags
en_GB: XUL — Tags

en: Configure insert date/time plugin...
en_GB: Configure insert date/time plugin…

en: The default user hue part of the color to identify the user by.
en_GB: The default user hue part of the colour to identify the user by.

en: Select User Color
en_GB: Select User Colour

en: Synchronizing document
en_GB: Synchronising document

en: Please wait while the shared document is being synchronized
en_GB: Please wait while the shared document is being synchronised

en: Clear _Collaboration Colors
en_GB: Clear _Collaboration Colours

en: Clear collaboration user colors
en_GB: Clear collaboration user colours

en: Pick a color from a dialog and insert its hexadecimal representation.
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue and insert its hexadecimal representation.

en: Pick _Color...
en_GB: Pick _Colour…

en: Pick a color from a dialog
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue

en: Pick Color
en_GB: Pick Colour

en: Added edit point...
en_GB: Added edit point…

en: Column Mode...
en_GB: Column Mode…

en: Removed edit point...
en_GB: Removed edit point…

en: Cancelled column mode...
en_GB: Cancelled column mode…

en: _Manage saved sessions...
en_GB: _Manage saved sessions…

en: Synchronize between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.
en_GB: Synchronise between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.

en: Default color of text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal

en: Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Default color of terminal background
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background

en: Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"
en_GB: Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"

en: Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget
en_GB: Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget

en: If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user.
en_GB: If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user.

en: Given two factorizations, give the factorization of the product, see Factorize
en_GB: Given two factorisations, give the factorisation of the product, see Factorise

en: Attempt fermat factorization of n into (t-s)*(t+s), returns t and s as a vector if possible, null otherwise
en_GB: Attempt fermat factorisation of n into (t-s)*(t+s), returns t and s as a vector if possible, null otherwise

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: Find discrete log of n base b in F_q where q is a prime using the Silver-Pohlig-Hellman algoritm, given f being the factorization of q-1
en_GB: Find discrete log of n base b in F_q where q is a prime using the Silver-Pohlig-Hellman algoritm, given f being the factorisation of q-1

en: ERROR: Probably corrupt stack!
en_GB: ERROR: Probably corrupted stack!

en: ERROR: Can't execute more things at once!
en_GB: ERROR: Can't execute anymore things at once!

en: Cannot compare non value or bool only matrixes
en_GB: Cannot compare non value or bool only matrices

en: Can't add/subtract two matricies of different sizes
en_GB: Can't add/subtract two matrices of different sizes

en: Can't do element by element operations on two matricies of different sizes
en_GB: Can't do element by element operations on two matrices of different sizes

en: Can't multiply matricies of wrong sizes
en_GB: Can't multiply matrices of wrong sizes

en: Unevaluatable function type encountered!
en_GB: Encountered function type that can't be evaulated!

en: Variable 'i' used uninitialized.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).
en_GB: Variable 'i' used uninitialised.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised

en: Cannot compare matrixes
en_GB: Cannot compare matrices

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised

en: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater than %d)
en_GB: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater then %d)

en: Index works only on matricies
en_GB: Index works only on matrices

en: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public License for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Cannot apply function to two differently sized matrixes
en_GB: Cannot apply function to two differently sized matrices

en: %s: argument must be greater than 2
en_GB: %s: argument must be greater then 2

en: Calculates the tan function
en_GB: Calculates the tangent function

en: Calculates the arctan function
en_GB: Calculates the arctangent function

en: Use the Miller-Rabin primality test on n with enough bases that assuming the Generalized Reimann Hypothesis the result is deterministic
en_GB: Use the Miller-Rabin primality test on n with enough bases that assuming the Generalised Reimann Hypothesis the result is deterministic

en: Return factorization of a number as a matrix
en_GB: Return factorisation of a number as a matrix

en: Check if a matrix is nonnegative, that is if each element is nonnegative
en_GB: Check if a matrix is non-negative, that is if each element is non-negative

en: Genius %s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For license details type `warranty'.
    For help type 'manual' or 'help'.%s
en_GB: Genius %s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For licence details type `warranty'.
    For help type 'manual' or 'help'.%s

note: parent
en: Command 'xdg-open' is not found.  Cannot open help.
en_GB: Command 'xdg-open' was not found.  Cannot open help.

en: The Gnome calculator style edition of the Genius Mathematical Tool.
en_GB: The GNOME calculator style edition of the Genius Mathematical Tool.

en: Display errors in a dialog
en_GB: Display errors in a dialogue

en: Display information messages in a dialog
en_GB: Display information messages in a dialogue

en: Save new programs by "Save As.." first!
en_GB: Save new programs with "Save As.." first!

en: Readline helper died, weird.  Trying to recover, things may be odd.
en_GB: Readline helper died. Trying to recover, but things may be odd.

note: parent
en: Cannot find the library file, genius installation may be incorrect
en_GB: Cannot find the library file, Genius installation may be incorrect

en: %sGenius %s%s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For license details type `%swarranty%s'.
    For help type '%smanual%s' or '%shelp%s'.%s
en_GB: %sGenius %s%s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For licence details type `%swarranty%s'.
    For help type '%smanual%s' or '%shelp%s'.%s

en: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom by mouse again, close this window.
en_GB: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom with the mouse again, close this window.

note: Normalize the arrow length?
en: _Normalize arrow length (do not show size)
en_GB: _Normalise arrow length (do not show size)

en: %s: No color specified
en_GB: %s: No colour specified

en: %s: Color must be a string
en_GB: %s: Colour must be a string

en: Clear all the slopefield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the slope field solutions

en: Clear all the vectorfield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the vector field solutions

en: Normalize vectorfields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.
en_GB: Normalise vector fields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.

en: If to draw legends or not on line plots.
en_GB: Whether to draw legends on line plots.

en: Can't initialize plugin!
en_GB: Can't initialise plugin!

en: %s: argument number %d not a nonnegative integer
en_GB: %s: argument number %d not a non-negative integer

en: Preserve file times of transfered files
en_GB: Preserve file times of transferred files

en: The color of the commands that are sent to the server
en_GB: The colour of the commands that are sent to the server

en: The color of the commands that are received from the server
en_GB: The colour of the commands that are received from the server

en: The color of the error messages
en_GB: The colour of the error messages

en: The color of the rest of the log messages
en_GB: The colour of the rest of the log messages

en: There was an error initializing a SSH connection with the remote server. The error message from the remote server follows:
en_GB: There was an error initialising a SSH connection with the remote server. The error message from the remote server follows:

en: Cannot initialize the OpenSSL library
en_GB: Cannot initialise the OpenSSL library

en: Error: SSL engine was not initialized
en_GB: Error: SSL engine was not initialised

en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

en: Operation canceled...you must enter a string
en_GB: Operation cancelled...you must enter a string

en: Change Filespec: Operation canceled...you must enter a string
en_GB: Change Filespec: Operation cancelled...you must enter a string

en: Cannot find the license agreement file COPYING. Please make sure it is in either %s or in %s
en_GB: Cannot find the licence agreement file COPYING. Please make sure it is in either %s or in %s

en: Connect to the site specified in the host entry. If the host entry is blank, then a dialog is presented that will allow you to enter a URL.
en_GB: Connect to the site specified in the host entry. If the host entry is blank, then a dialogue is presented that will allow you to enter a URL.

en: Edit: You must specify an editor in the options dialog
en_GB: Edit: You must specify an editor in the options dialogue

en: GGZ Gaming Zone help needs a browser to be configured.
    The configuration dialog will be invoked now.
en_GB: GGZ Gaming Zone help needs a browser to be configured.
    The configuration dialogue will be invoked now.

en: Inline game help is not implemented yet. Help
    is on our website. If
    you would like to help head over to
    http://www.ggzgamingzone.org/
en_GB: In line game help is not implemented yet. Help
    is on our website. If
    you would like to help head over to
    http://www.ggzgamingzone.org/

en: There is no string to search for!
en_GB: There is no string for which to search!

en: End Of File reached
en_GB: End of file reached

en: Beginning Of File reached
en_GB: Beginning of file reached

en: There is no active document to move the cursor in!
en_GB: There is no active document in which to move the cursor!

en: The specified offset is beyond the  file boundaries!
en_GB: The specified offset is beyond the file boundaries!

en: Can not position cursor beyond the End Of File!
en_GB: Can not position cursor beyond the end of the file!

en: End Of File reached!
en_GB: End of file reached!

en: There is no active document to replace data in!
en_GB: There is no active document in which to replace data!

en: Save As _HTML...
en_GB: Save As _HTML…

en: _Goto Byte...
en_GB: _Goto Byte…

en: Open base conversion dialog
en_GB: Open base conversion dialogue

en: Type Conversion _Dialog
en_GB: Type Conversion _Dialogue

en: Show the type conversion dialog in the edit window
en_GB: Show the type conversion dialogue in the edit window

en: Saving to HTML...
en_GB: Saving to HTML…

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: Click to add mapping...
en_GB: Click to add mapping…

en: Double click to add remote...
en_GB: Double click to add remote…

en: Show A_ll...
en_GB: Show A_ll…

en: GIMP is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GIMP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GIMP.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
en_GB: GIMP is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GIMP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GIMP.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

en: Show license information and exit
en_GB: Show licence information and exit

en: Send messages to console instead of using a dialog
en_GB: Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue

en: GIMP could not initialize the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.
en_GB: GIMP could not initialise the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.

en: GIMP output. You can minimize this window, but don't close it.
en_GB: GIMP output. You can minimise this window, but don't close it.

en: Colormap
en_GB: Colourmap

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Edit the channel's name, color and opacity
en_GB: Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity

en: Edit Channel Color
en_GB: Edit Channel Colour

en: New Channel Color
en_GB: New Channel Colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Colormap Menu
en_GB: Colourmap Menu

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour...

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Edit this color
en_GB: Edit this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from FG
en_GB: _Add Colour from FG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current foreground color
en_GB: Add current foreground colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from BG
en_GB: _Add Colour from BG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current background color
en_GB: Add current background colour

en: Edit colormap entry #%d
en_GB: Edit colourmap entry #%d

en: Edit Colormap Entry
en_GB: Edit Colourmap Entry

[ctx: context-action]
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: _Default Colors
en_GB: _Default Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Set foreground color to black, background color to white
en_GB: Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white

[ctx: context-action]
en: S_wap Colors
en_GB: S_wap Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Exchange foreground and background colors
en_GB: Exchange foreground and background colours

[ctx: cursor-info-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the tool options dialog
en_GB: Open the tool options dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the device status dialog
en_GB: Open the device status dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the layers dialog
en_GB: Open the layers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the channels dialog
en_GB: Open the channels dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the paths dialog
en_GB: Open the paths dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Color_map
en_GB: Colour_map

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the colormap dialog
en_GB: Open the colourmap dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the histogram dialog
en_GB: Open the histogram dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the display navigation dialog
en_GB: Open the display navigation dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the undo history dialog
en_GB: Open the undo history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the pointer information dialog
en_GB: Open the pointer information dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the sample points dialog
en_GB: Open the sample points dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Colo_rs
en_GB: Colou_rs

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the FG/BG color dialog
en_GB: Open the FG/BG colour dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the brushes dialog
en_GB: Open the brushes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open paint dynamics dialog
en_GB: Open paint dynamics dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the patterns dialog
en_GB: Open the patterns dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the gradients dialog
en_GB: Open the gradients dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the palettes dialog
en_GB: Open the palettes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open tool presets dialog
en_GB: Open tool presets dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the fonts dialog
en_GB: Open the fonts dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the named buffers dialog
en_GB: Open the named buffers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the images dialog
en_GB: Open the images dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the document history dialog
en_GB: Open the document history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the image templates dialog
en_GB: Open the image templates dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the preferences dialog
en_GB: Open the preferences dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the module manager dialog
en_GB: Open the module manager dialogue

[ctx: dockable-action]
en: Dialogs Menu
en_GB: Dialogues Menu

[ctx: documents-action]
en: File Open _Dialog
en_GB: File Open _Dialogue

[ctx: documents-action]
en: Open image dialog
en_GB: Open image dialogue

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: _Equalize
en_GB: _Equalise

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: Invert the colors
en_GB: Invert the colours

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

en: Equalize does not operate on indexed layers.
en_GB: Equalise does not operate on indexed layers.

en: White Balance operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers.

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with _FG Color
en_GB: Fill with _FG Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the foreground colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with B_G Color
en_GB: Fill with B_G Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the background color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the background colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Left Color Type
en_GB: Left Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Load Left Color From
en_GB: _Load Left Colour From

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Save Left Color To
en_GB: _Save Left Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Right Color Type
en_GB: Right Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Load Right Color Fr_om
en_GB: Load Right Colour Fr_om

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Sa_ve Right Color To
en_GB: Sa_ve Right Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: L_eft Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: L_eft Endpoint's Colour...

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: R_ight Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: R_ight Endpoint's Colour...

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors
en_GB: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colours

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint
en_GB: _Left Neighbour's Right Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint
en_GB: _Right Neighbour's Left Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: F_oreground Color
en_GB: F_oreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: Fo_reground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: Fo_reground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: B_ackground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: B_ackground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-coloring]
en: HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)
en_GB: HSV (_anti-clockwise hue)

en: Coloring _Type for Segment
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Segment

en: Re-_center Segment's Midpoint
en_GB: Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint

en: Coloring _Type for Selection
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Selection

en: Re-_center Midpoints in Selection
en_GB: Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection

en: Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Left Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour

en: Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Right Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to the RGB colorspace
en_GB: Convert the image to the RGB colourspace

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Grayscale
en_GB: _Greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to grayscale
en_GB: Convert the image to greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to indexed colors
en_GB: Convert the image to indexed colours

[ctx: image-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour...

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Delete Color
en_GB: _Delete Colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _FG
en_GB: New Colour from _FG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the foreground color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the foreground colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _BG
en_GB: New Colour from _BG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the background color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the background colour

en: Edit Palette Color
en_GB: Edit Palette Colour

en: Edit Color Palette Entry
en_GB: Edit Colour Palette Entry

[ctx: plug-in-action]
en: Show the last used plug-in dialog again
en_GB: Show the last used plug-in dialogue again

[ctx: quick-mask-action]
en: _Configure Color and Opacity...
en_GB: _Configure Colour and Opacity...

en: Edit Quick Mask Color
en_GB: Edit Quick Mask Colour

[ctx: sample-points-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: select-action]
en: Remove fuzziness from the selection
en_GB: Remove fuzzyness from the selection

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _Color Tools
en_GB: _Colour Tools

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _By Color
en_GB: _By Colour

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select regions with similar colours

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Padding Color
en_GB: _Padding Colour

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display the image's color sample points
en_GB: Display the image's colour sample points

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the current theme's background color
en_GB: Use the current theme's background colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Light Check Color
en_GB: _Light Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the light check color
en_GB: Use the light check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Dark Check Color
en_GB: _Dark Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the dark check color
en_GB: Use the dark check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Select _Custom Color...
en_GB: Select _Custom Colour...

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use an arbitrary color
en_GB: Use an arbitrary colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences
en_GB: Reset padding colour to what's configured in preferences

en: Set Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Canvas Padding Colour

en: Set Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour

[ctx: windows-action]
en: _Dockable Dialogs
en_GB: _Dockable Dialogues

[ctx: windows-action]
en: When enabled docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows.
en_GB: When enabled docks and other dialogues are hidden, leaving only image windows.

[ctx: layer-mode-effects]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: layer-mode-effects]
en: Color erase
en_GB: Colour erase

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Light check color
en_GB: Light check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Dark check color
en_GB: Dark check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

en: Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom color.
en_GB: Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom colour.

en: How to handle embedded color profiles when opening a file.
en_GB: How to handle embedded colour profiles when opening a file.

en: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialog are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.
en_GB: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialogue are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.

en: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogs.
en_GB: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogues.

en: Sets the default quick mask color.
en_GB: Sets the default quick mask colour.

en: Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions.
en_GB: Remember the current tool, pattern, colour and brush across GIMP sessions.

en: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits.
en_GB: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits.

en: When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.
en_GB: When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.

en: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog.
en_GB: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue.

en: The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.
en_GB: The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.

en: Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox.
en_GB: Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox.

en: Sets the size of the checkerboard used to display transparency.
en_GB: Sets the size of the chequerboard used to display transparency.

[ctx: convert-dither-type]
en: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)
en_GB: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced colour bleeding)

[ctx: convert-palette-type]
en: Use web-optimized palette
en_GB: Use web-optimised palette

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: fill-style]
en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

[ctx: join-style]
en: Miter
en_GB: Mitre

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Channel color
en_GB: Channel colour

[ctx: dynamics-output-type]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

en: FG to BG (HSV counter-clockwise)
en_GB: FG to BG (HSV anti-clockwise)

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the * C in it according to the name of the po file used for * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, * that would be "tags-locale:lt".
en: tags-locale:C
en_GB: tips-locale:en_GB

en: Initialization
en_GB: Initialisation

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Channel Color
en_GB: Set Channel Colour

en: You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuation in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

en: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Colorize
en_GB: Colourise

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

en: The foreground color of the grid.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the grid.

en: The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.
en_GB: The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.

en: Colormap of Image #%d (%s)
en_GB: Colourmap of Image #%d (%s)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Colormap
en_GB: Set Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Change Colormap entry
en_GB: Change Colourmap entry

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Add Color to Colormap
en_GB: Add Colour to Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Convert Image to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert Image to Greyscale

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)

en: Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.
    GIMP Patterns must be GRAY or RGB.
en_GB: Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.
    GIMP Patterns must be GREY or RGB.

en: Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point.
en_GB: Convert a mitred join to a bevelled join if the mitre would extend to a distance of more than mitre-limit * line-width from the actual join point.

[ctx: unit-singular]
en: millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: unit-plural]
en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

en: Initialize from _selection
en_GB: Initialise from _selection

en: Convert Image to Indexed Colors
en_GB: Convert Image to Indexed Colours

en: _Maximum number of colors:
en_GB: _Maximum number of colours:

en: _Remove unused colors from colormap
en_GB: _Remove unused colours from colourmap

en: Color _dithering:
en_GB: Colour _dithering:

en: Converting to indexed colors
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours

en: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors.
en_GB: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours.

en: FG/BG Color
en_GB: FG/BG Colour

en: You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.

en: You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.

en: Saving canceled
en_GB: Saving cancelled

en: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: Color Profile
en_GB: Colour Profile

en: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: Initialize Layer Mask to:
en_GB: Initialise Layer Mask to:

note: #-#-#-#-#  246 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# The edge behavior frame
en: Edge Behavior
en_GB: Edge Behaviour

en: Fill with _background color
en_GB: Fill with _background colour

en: N_umber of colors:
en_GB: N_umber of colours:

en: The selected source contains no colors.
en_GB: The selected source contains no colours.

en: Custom p_adding color:
en_GB: Custom p_adding colour:

en: Select Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour

en: Show _foreground & background color
en_GB: Show _foreground & background colour

en: Set the default Quick Mask color
en_GB: Set the default Quick Mask colour

en: Quick Mask color:
en_GB: Quick Mask colour:

note: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en_GB: Zoom & Resize Behaviour

en: Select RGB Color Profile
en_GB: Select RGB Colour Profile

en: Select CMYK Color Profile
en_GB: Select CMYK Colour Profile

en: Select Monitor Color Profile
en_GB: Select Monitor Colour Profile

en: Select Printer Color Profile
en_GB: Select Printer Colour Profile

en: Mark out of gamut colors
en_GB: Mark out of gamut colours

en: Select Warning Color
en_GB: Select Warning Colour

en: Indexed color layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only.
en_GB: Indexed colour layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only.

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to look for in the gimp-tips.xml file. Please translate the C in it according to the name of the po file used for gimp-tips.xml. E.g. for the german translation, that would be "tips-locale:de".
en: tips-locale:C
en_GB: tips-locale:en_GB

[ctx: guides-type]
en: Center lines
en_GB: Centre lines

en: Color Display Filters
en_GB: Colour Display Filters

en: Configure Color Display Filters
en_GB: Configure Colour Display Filters

en: Color management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Colour management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Fill with plain color
en_GB: Fill with plain colour

en: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color
en_GB: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain colour

en: Initializing Plug-ins
en_GB: Initialising Plug-ins

en: Plug-In missing (%s)
en_GB: Plug-in missing (%s)

en: Align center of target
en_GB: Align centre of target

en: Distribute horizontal centers of targets
en_GB: Distribute horizontal centres of targets

en: Distribute vertical centers of targets
en_GB: Distribute vertical centres of targets

en: Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient
en_GB: Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient

en: Maximum color difference
en_GB: Maximum colour difference

en: Criterion used for determining color similarity
en_GB: Criterion used for determining colour similarity

en: Fill similar colors
en_GB: Fill similar colours

en: Finding Similar Colors
en_GB: Finding Similar Colours

en: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern
en_GB: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern

en: Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours

en: _By Color Select
en_GB: _By Colour Select

[ctx: command]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Color Balance Tool: Adjust color distribution
en_GB: Colour Balance Tool: Adjust colour distribution

en: Color _Balance...
en_GB: Colour _Balance...

en: Adjust Color Balance
en_GB: Adjust Colour Balance

en: Import Color Balance Settings
en_GB: Import Colour Balance Settings

en: Export Color Balance Settings
en_GB: Export Colour Balance Settings

en: Color Balance operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: Colour Balance operates only on RGB colour layers.

en: Adjust Color Levels
en_GB: Adjust Colour Levels

en: Colorize Tool: Colorize the image
en_GB: Colourise Tool: Colourise the image

en: Colori_ze...
en_GB: Colouri_se...

en: Colorize the Image
en_GB: Colourise the Image

en: Import Colorize Settings
en_GB: Import Colourise Settings

en: Export Colorize Settings
en_GB: Export Colourise Settings

en: Colorize operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: Colourise operates only on RGB colour layers.

en: Color Picker Average Radius
en_GB: Colour Picker Average Radius

en: Use accumulated color value from all composited visible layers
en_GB: Use accumulated colour value from all composited visible layers

en: Choose what color picker will do
en_GB: Choose what colour picker will do

en: Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view picked colour values in various colour models

en: Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels
en_GB: Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels

en: C_olor Picker
en_GB: C_olour Picker

en: Click in any image to view its color
en_GB: Click in any image to view its colour

en: Click in any image to pick the foreground color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the foreground colour

en: Click in any image to pick the background color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the background colour

en: Click in any image to add the color to the palette
en_GB: Click in any image to add the colour to the palette

en: Color Picker Information
en_GB: Colour Picker Information

en: Curves Tool: Adjust color curves
en_GB: Curves Tool: Adjust colour curves

en: Adjust Color Curves
en_GB: Adjust Colour Curves

en: Desaturate Tool: Turn colors into shades of gray
en_GB: Desaturate Tool: Turn colours into shades of grey

en: Desaturate (Remove Colors)
en_GB: Desaturate (Remove Colours)

en: Choose shade of gray based on:
en_GB: Choose shade of grey based on:

en: %s to pick a background color
en_GB: %s to pick a background colour

en: Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from selection
en_GB: Paint over areas to mark colour values for inclusion or exclusion from selection

en: Color of selection preview mask
en_GB: Colour of selection preview mask

en: Preview color:
en_GB: Preview colour:

note: granularity
en: Color Sensitivity
en_GB: Colour Sensitivity

en: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color
en_GB: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour

en: Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation, and lightness
en_GB: Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation and lightness

en: Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB colour layers.

en: Adjust all colors
en_GB: Adjust all colours

en: Select Primary Color to Adjust
en_GB: Select Primary Colour to Adjust

en: Adjust Selected Color
en_GB: Adjust Selected Colour

en: R_eset Color
en_GB: R_eset Colour

en: Levels Tool: Adjust color levels
en_GB: Levels Tool: Adjust colour levels

en: Pick gray point
en_GB: Pick grey point

en: Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view details about measurements

en: Move Tool: Move layers, selections, and other objects
en_GB: Move Tool: Move layers, selections and other objects

en: %s to pick a color
en_GB: %s to pick a colour

en: Posterize Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colors
en_GB: Posterise Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colours

en: _Posterize...
en_GB: _Posterise...

en: Posterize (Reduce Number of Colors)
en_GB: Posterise (Reduce Number of Colours)

en: Posterize does not operate on indexed layers.
en_GB: Posterise does not operate on indexed layers.

en: Posterize _levels:
en_GB: Posterise _levels:

en: Expand selection from center outwards
en_GB: Expand selection from centre outwards

en: Expand from center
en_GB: Expand from centre

en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

en: Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold
en_GB: Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold

en: Automatically adjust to optimal binarization threshold
en_GB: Automatically adjust to optimal binarisation threshold

en: Add the current color to the color history
en_GB: Add the current colour to the colour history

en: Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS color names.
en_GB: Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS colour names.

en: Color index:
en_GB: Colour index:

en: Only indexed images have a colormap.
en_GB: Only indexed images have a colourmap.

en: When enabled the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on.
en_GB: When enabled the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working on.

en: Foreground color set to:
en_GB: Foreground colour set to:

en: Background color set to:
en_GB: Background colour set to:

en: Change grid foreground color
en_GB: Change grid foreground colour

en: _Foreground color:
en_GB: _Foreground colour:

en: Change grid background color
en_GB: Change grid background colour

en: Color space:
en_GB: Colour space:

en: You can drop dockable dialogs here
en_GB: You can drop dockable dialogues here

en: ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)
en_GB: ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)

en: Add settings to favorites
en_GB: Add settings to favourites

en: Add Settings to Favorites
en_GB: Add Settings to Favourites

en: _Miter limit:
en_GB: _Mitre limit:

en: Color _space:
en_GB: Colour _space:

en: Change color of selected text
en_GB: Change colour of selected text

en: Foreground & background colors.
    The black and white squares reset colors.
    The arrows swap colors.
    Click to open the color selection dialog.
en_GB: Foreground & background colours.
    The black and white squares reset colours.
    The arrows swap colours.
    Click to open the colour selection dialogue.

en: Change Foreground Color
en_GB: Change Foreground Colour

en: Change Background Color
en_GB: Change Background Colour

en: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialog.
en_GB: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialogue.

en: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialog.
en_GB: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialogue.

en: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialog.
en_GB: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialogue.

en: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialog.
en_GB: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialogue.

en: Open the brush selection dialog
en_GB: Open the brush selection dialogue

en: Open the dynamics selection dialog
en_GB: Open the dynamics selection dialogue

en: Open the pattern selection dialog
en_GB: Open the pattern selection dialogue

en: Open the gradient selection dialog
en_GB: Open the gradient selection dialogue

en: Open the palette selection dialog
en_GB: Open the palette selection dialogue

en: Open the font selection dialog
en_GB: Open the font selection dialogue

[ctx: color-pick-mode]
en: Set foreground color
en_GB: Set foreground colour

[ctx: color-pick-mode]
en: Set background color
en_GB: Set background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  252 (gimp CVS)  #-#-#-#-# the frame
en: Select By Color
en_GB: Select By Colour

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale images

en: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images

en: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or greyscale images

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale or indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale or indexed images

[ctx: add-mask-type]
en: _Grayscale copy of layer
en_GB: _Greyscale copy of layer

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: FG color fill
en_GB: FG colour fill

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: BG color fill
en_GB: BG colour fill

[ctx: channel-type]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: check-type]
en: Gray only
en_GB: Grey only

[ctx: gradient-type]
en: Spiral (ccw)
en_GB: Spiral (acw)

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: RGB color
en_GB: RGB colour

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Indexed color
en_GB: Indexed colour

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale-alpha
en_GB: Greyscale-alpha

[ctx: text-justification]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

note: * * SECTION: gimpcolorconfig * @title: GimpColorConfig * @short_description: Color management settings. * Color management settings.
en: Mode of operation for color management.
en_GB: Mode of operation for colour management.

en: The color profile of your (primary) monitor.
en_GB: The colour profile of your (primary) monitor.

en: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.
en_GB: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.

en: The default RGB working space color profile.
en_GB: The default RGB working space colour profile.

en: The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.
en_GB: The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.

en: The color profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof).
en_GB: The colour profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof).

en: Sets how colors are mapped for your display.
en_GB: Sets how colours are mapped for your display.

en: Sets how colors are converted from RGB working space to the print simulation device.
en_GB: Sets how colours are converted from RGB working space to the print simulation device.

en: When enabled, the print simulation will mark colors which can not be represented in the target color space.
en_GB: When enabled, the print simulation will mark colours which can not be represented in the target colour space.

en: The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut.
en_GB: The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut.

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: No color management
en_GB: No colour management

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: Color managed display
en_GB: Colour managed display

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Relative colorimetric
en_GB: Relative colourimetric

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute colourimetric

en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

en: Select color profile from disk...
en_GB: Select colour profile from disk...

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color.
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour.

en: _Randomize
en_GB: _Randomise

en: CMYK color selector (using color profile)
en_GB: CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)

en: CMYK color selector
en_GB: CMYK colour selector

en: The percentage of black to pull out of the colored inks.
en_GB: The percentage of black to pull out of the coloured inks.

en: Watercolor style color selector
en_GB: Watercolour style colour selector

en: HSV color wheel
en_GB: HSV colour wheel

en: Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)
en_GB: Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)

en: Color Deficient Vision
en_GB: Colour Deficient Vision

en: Color _deficiency type:
en_GB: Colour _deficiency type:

en: Color management display filter using ICC color profiles
en_GB: Colour management display filter using ICC colour profiles

en: This filter takes its configuration from the Color Management section in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: This filter takes its configuration from the Colour Management section in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Color proof filter using ICC color profile
en_GB: Colour proof filter using ICC colour profile

en: Color Proof
en_GB: Colour Proof

en: Choose an ICC Color Profile
en_GB: Choose an ICC Colour Profile

note: * Gray: Operation-Mode *
en: Gray Mode
en_GB: Grey Mode

note: * Gray: What is gray? *
en: Gray Threshold
en_GB: Grey Threshold

en: Rotate Colors
en_GB: Rotate Colours

en: Gray Options
en_GB: Grey Options

en: Switch to C/Clockwise
en_GB: Switch to Anticlockwise

en: Replace a range of colors with another
en_GB: Replace a range of colours with another

en: _Rotate Colors...
en_GB: _Rotate Colours...

en: Rotating the colors
en_GB: Rotating the colours

en: Alter colors in various psychedelic ways
en_GB: Alter colours in various psychedelic ways

en: _RGB color model
en_GB: _RGB colour model

en: _HSL color model
en_GB: _HSL colour model

en: Optimize (for _GIF)
en_GB: Optimise (for _GIF)

en: _Optimize (Difference)
en_GB: _Optimise (Difference)

en: Remove optimization to make editing easier
en_GB: Remove optimisation to make editing easier

en: _Unoptimize
en_GB: _Unoptimise

en: Unoptimizing animation
en_GB: Unoptimising animation

en: Optimizing animation
en_GB: Optimising animation

en: Detach the animation from the dialog window
en_GB: Detach the animation from the dialogue window

en: Blur neighboring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas
en_GB: Blur neighbouring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas

en: Cannot operate on indexed color images.
en_GB: Cannot operate on indexed colour images.

en: Blur Center
en_GB: Blur Centre

en: Set foreground to the average color of the image border
en_GB: Set foreground to the average colour of the image border

en: Alter colors by mixing RGB Channels
en_GB: Alter colours by mixing RGB Channels

en: Create a checkerboard pattern
en_GB: Create a chequerboard pattern

en: _Checkerboard...
en_GB: _Chequerboard...

en: Adding checkerboard
en_GB: Adding chequerboard

en: Analyze the set of colors in the image
en_GB: Analyse the set of colours in the image

en: Colorcube A_nalysis...
en_GB: Colourcube A_nalysis...

en: Colorcube Analysis
en_GB: Colourcube Analysis

en: No colors
en_GB: No colours

en: Only one unique color
en_GB: Only one unique colour

en: Number of unique colors: %d
en_GB: Number of unique colours: %d

en: Stretch color saturation to cover maximum possible range
en_GB: Stretch colour saturation to cover maximum possible range

en: _Color Enhance
en_GB: _Colour Enhance

en: Color Enhance
en_GB: Colour Enhance

en: Swap one color with another
en_GB: Swap one colour with another

en: _Color Exchange...
en_GB: _Colour Exchange...

en: Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick "From Color"
en_GB: Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick "From Colour"

en: Convert a specified color to transparency
en_GB: Convert a specified colour to transparency

en: Color to _Alpha...
en_GB: Colour to _Alpha...

en: Removing color
en_GB: Removing colour

en: Replace all colors with shades of a specified color
en_GB: Replace all colours with shades of a specified colour

en: Colorif_y...
en_GB: Colourif_y...

en: Colorifying
en_GB: Colourifying

en: Custom color:
en_GB: Custom colour:

en: Rearrange the colormap
en_GB: Rearrange the colourmap

en: R_earrange Colormap...
en_GB: R_earrange Colourmap...

en: Swap two colors in the colormap
en_GB: Swap two colours in the colourmap

en: _Swap Colors
en_GB: _Swap Colours

en: Rearranging the colormap
en_GB: Rearranging the colourmap

en: Rearrange Colormap
en_GB: Rearrange Colourmap

en: Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap.  The numbers shown are the original indices.  Right-click for a menu with sort options.
en_GB: Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colourmap.  The numbers shown are the original indices.  Right-click for a menu with sort options.

en: Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels
en_GB: Create an image using multiple grey images as colour channels

en: Image is not a gray image (bpp=%d)
en_GB: Image is not a grey image (bpp=%d)

en: Color _model:
en_GB: Colour _model:

en: Normalizing
en_GB: Normalising

en: _Use background color
en_GB: _Use background colour

en: Decompose an image into separate colorspace components
en_GB: Decompose an image into separate colourspace components

en: _Foreground as registration color
en_GB: _Foreground as registration colour

en: Pixels in the foreground color will appear black in all output images.  This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.
en_GB: Pixels in the foreground colour will appear black in all output images.  This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.

en: Po_larization:
en_GB: Po_larisation:

en: '%s': illegal number of colors: %u
en_GB: '%s': illegal number of colours: %u

en: GIMP brushes are either GRAYSCALE or RGBA
en_GB: GIMP brushes are either GREYSCALE or RGBA

en: Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Saving as opaque.
en_GB: Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Saving as opaque.

en: Cannot save RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first.
en_GB: Cannot save RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or greyscale first.

en: If checked GTM will output a full HTML document with <HTML>, <BODY>, etc. tags instead of just the table html.
en_GB: If ticked GTM will output a full HTML document with <HTML>, <BODY>, etc. tags instead of just the table html.

en: Checking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags and the cellcontent.  This is only necessary for pixel level positioning control.
en_GB: Ticking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags and the cell content.  This is only necessary for pixel level positioning control.

en: Check if you would like to have the table captioned.
en_GB: Tick if you would like to have the table captioned.

en: The image '%s' is in grayscale but does not contain any gray component.
en_GB: The image '%s' is in greyscale but does not contain any grey component.

en: The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ color space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.
en_GB: The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ colour space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.

en: The image '%s' is in the CIELAB color space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.
en_GB: The image '%s' is in the CIELAB colour space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.

en: The image '%s' is in the YCbCr color space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.
en_GB: The image '%s' is in the YCbCr colour space, but there is no code in place to convert it to RGB.

en: The image '%s' is in an unknown color space.
en_GB: The image '%s' is in an unknown colour space.

en: An error occured while creating the PDF file:
    %s
    Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't read only!
en_GB: An error occurred while creating the PDF file:
    %s
    Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't read only!

en: Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'.
en_GB: Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'.

en: _Millimeter
en_GB: _Millimetre

en: Could not read color entries from '%s'
en_GB: Could not read colour entries from '%s'

en: Save _color values from transparent pixels
en_GB: Save _colour values from transparent pixels

note: The image is not black-and-white.
en: The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two colors.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.
en_GB: The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two colours.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.

en: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Uncheck if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.
en_GB: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Untick if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.

en: The part of license information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed.
en_GB: The part of licence information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed.

en: Enter license information.
en_GB: Enter licence information.

en: _License:
en_GB: _Licence:

en: This plug-in can only handle RGBA image files with 8bit color depth.
en_GB: This plug-in can only handle RGBA image format with 8bit colour depth.

en: Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose width or height is more than %ipx.
    It will clutter the screen in some environments.
en_GB: Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames which width or height is more than %ipx.
    It will clutter the screen in some environments.

en: Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.
    You can satisfy it by checking "Replace the size of all frames..." in the save dialog, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings.
en_GB: Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.
    You can satisfy it by ticking "Replace the size of all frame..." in the save dialogue, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings.

en: Error during writing indexed/gray image
en_GB: Error during writing indexed/grey image

note: Film color
en: Select Film Color
en_GB: Select Film Colour

en: Interactively modify the image colors
en_GB: Interactively modify the image colours

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active palette
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active palette

note: attach color selectors
en: Horizontal Color
en_GB: Horizontal Colour

en: Intersection Color
en_GB: Intersection Colour

en: S_wirl CCW
en_GB: S_wirl ACW

en: Set a color profile on the image
en_GB: Set a colour profile on the image

en: _Assign Color Profile...
en_GB: _Assign Colour Profile...

en: Apply a color profile on the image
en_GB: Apply a colour profile on the image

en: _Convert to Color Profile...
en_GB: _Convert to Colour Profile...

en: Image Color Profile Information
en_GB: Image Colour Profile Information

en: Color Profile Information
en_GB: Colour Profile Information

en: Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space.

en: Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: The image '%s' has an embedded color profile:
en_GB: The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile:

en: Convert to ICC Color Profile
en_GB: Convert to ICC Colour Profile

en: Assign ICC Color Profile
en_GB: Assign ICC Colour Profile

en: Current Color Profile
en_GB: Current Colour Profile

en: Destination profile is not for RGB color space.
en_GB: Destination profile is not for RGB colour space.

en: _Set surroundings to background color
en_GB: _Set surroundings to background colour

en: Center of Flare Effect
en_GB: Centre of Flare Effect

en: Send the image by email
en_GB: Send the image by e-mail

en: Reduce image to pure red, green, and blue
en_GB: Reduce image to pure red, green and blue

en: Color _variation:
en_GB: Colour _variation:

en: Co_lor averaging
en_GB: Co_lour averaging

en: Randomize hue/saturation/value independently
en_GB: Randomise hue/saturation/value independently

en: Completely randomize a fraction of pixels
en_GB: Completely randomise a fraction of pixels

en: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors
en_GB: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours

en: R_andomization (%):
en_GB: R_andomisation (%):

en: Distort colors by random amounts
en_GB: Distort colours by random amounts

en: _Gray:
en_GB: _Grey:

en: Supernova Color Picker
en_GB: Supernova Colour Picker

en: Center of Nova
en_GB: Centre of Nova

en: Smear colors to simulate an oil painting
en_GB: Smear colours to simulate an oil painting

en: Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine
en_GB: Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine

en: Simplify image into an array of solid-colored squares
en_GB: Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured squares

en: _Pixelize...
en_GB: _Pixelise...

en: Pixelizing
en_GB: Pixelising

en: If checked the mapping will begin at the right side, as opposed to beginning at the left.
en_GB: If ticked the mapping will begin at the right side, as opposed to beginning at the left.

en: If unchecked the mapping will put the bottom row in the middle and the top row on the outside.  If checked it will be the opposite.
en_GB: If unticked the mapping will put the bottom row in the middle and the top row on the outside.  If ticked it will be the opposite.

en: If unchecked the image will be circularly mapped onto a rectangle.  If checked the image will be mapped onto a circle.
en_GB: If unticked the image will be circularly mapped onto a rectangle.  If ticked the image will be mapped onto a circle.

en: Threshold for the red eye color to remove.
en_GB: Threshold for the red eye colour to remove.

en: Colorize image using a sample image as a guide
en_GB: Colourize image using a sample image as a guide

en: _Sample Colorize...
en_GB: _Sample Colourise...

en: Get _Sample Colors
en_GB: Get _Sample Colours

note: check button
en: Show color
en_GB: Show colour

note: check button
en: Use subcolors
en_GB: Use subcolours

en: Sample analyze
en_GB: Sample analyse

en: Remap colorized
en_GB: Remap colourised

en: Replace partial transparency with the current background color
en_GB: Replace partial transparency with the current background colour

en: First color
en_GB: First colour

en: Second color
en_GB: Second colour

en: F_irst color:
en_GB: F_irst colour:

en: S_econd color:
en_GB: S_econd colour:

en: Co_lors
en_GB: Co_lours

en: Derive a smooth color palette from the image
en_GB: Derive a smooth colour palette from the image

en: _Natural color
en_GB: _Natural colour

en: _Foreground color
en_GB: _Foreground colour

en: _Background color
en_GB: _Background colour

en: Use the color of the image
en_GB: Use the colour of the image

en: Use the foreground color
en_GB: Use the foreground colour

en: Use the background color
en_GB: Use the background colour

en: Coloring transparency
en_GB: Colouring transparency

en: C_entering
en_GB: C_entring

en: Fo_reground color
en_GB: Fo_reground colour

en: Bac_kground color
en_GB: Bac_kground colour

en: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is checked.
en_GB: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is ticked.

en: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimeters).
en_GB: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimetres).

en: Propagate certain colors to neighboring pixels
en_GB: Propagate certain colours to neighbouring pixels

en: Bad colormap
en_GB: Bad colourmap

en: Unrecognized or invalid BMP compression format.
en_GB: Unrecognised or invalid BMP compression format.

en: _Do not write color space information
en_GB: _Do not write colour space information

en: Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Enabling this option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file.
en_GB: Some applications can not read BMP images that include colour space information. GIMP writes colour space information by default. Enabling this option will cause GIMP to not write colour space information to the file.

en: Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GRAY images.
en_GB: Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GREY images.

en: _Optimize
en_GB: _Optimise

en: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantization tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.
en_GB: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantisation tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.

en: Unsupported color mode: %s
en_GB: Unsupported colour mode: %s

en: Could not initialize libcurl
en_GB: Could not initialise libcurl

en: Color_map:
en_GB: Colour_map:

note: Color Function frame
en: Color Function
en_GB: Colour Function

en: Color fill
en_GB: Colour fill

en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

en: Co_lor
en_GB: Co_lour

en: C_enter of brush
en_GB: C_entre of brush

en: Color _noise:
en_GB: Colour _noise:

en: Save _background color
en_GB: Save _background colour

en: Save color _values from transparent pixels
en_GB: Save colour _values from transparent pixels

en: Re_center
en_GB: Re_centre

en: Recompute Center
en_GB: Recompute Centre

en: Released under the GNU General Public License
en_GB: Released under the GNU General Public Licence

en: Center _x:
en_GB: Centre _x:

en: Center _y:
en_GB: Centre _y:

en: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.
en_GB: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.

en: Select lightsource color
en_GB: Select lightsource colour

en: Lightsource color:
en_GB: Lightsource colour:

en: Foreground / background colors
en_GB: Foreground / background colours

en: Center the image vertically on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image vertically on the paper

en: Center the image horizontally on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image horizontally on the paper

en: Adjust color balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm
en_GB: Adjust colour balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm

en: Python-Fu Color Selection
en_GB: Python-Fu Colour Selection

en: Saving as colored XHTML
en_GB: Saving as coloured XHTML

en: Save as colored XHTML
en_GB: Save as coloured XHTML

en: Colored XHTML
en_GB: Coloured XHTML

en: _Fog color
en_GB: _Fog colour

en: Offset the colors in a palette
en_GB: Offset the colours in a palette

en: Sort the colors in a palette
en_GB: Sort the colours in a palette

en: Color _model
en_GB: Colour _model

en: Create a repeating gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a repeating gradient using colours from the palette

en: Create a gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a gradient using colours from the palette

en: Script-Fu Color Selection
en_GB: Script-Fu Colour Selection

en: You can not use "Refresh Scripts" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open.  Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again.
en_GB: You can not use "Refresh Scripts" while a Script-Fu dialogue box is open.  Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again.

en: Delta value on color
en_GB: Delta value on colour

en: Glow color
en_GB: Glow colour

en: Add a gradient effect, a drop shadow, and a background to the selected region (or alpha)
en_GB: Add a gradient effect, a drop shadow and a background to the selected region (or alpha)

en: Create a plain text logo with a gradient effect, a drop shadow, and a background
en_GB: Create a plain text logo with a gradient effect, a drop shadow and a background

en: Lower-right color
en_GB: Lower-right colour

en: Upper-left color
en_GB: Upper-left colour

en: Add blended backgrounds, highlights, and shadows to the selected region (or alpha)
en_GB: Add blended backgrounds, highlights and shadows to the selected region (or alpha)

en: Create a logo with blended backgrounds, highlights, and shadows
en_GB: Create a logo with blended backgrounds, highlights and shadows

en: Chalk color
en_GB: Chalk colour

en: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (grayscale) stencil
en_GB: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (greyscale) stencil

en: Outline color
en_GB: Outline colour

en: Active colors
en_GB: Active colours

en: _Color scheme
en_GB: _Colour scheme

en: How to Use _Dialogs
en_GB: How to Use _Dialogues

en: Add gradients, patterns, shadows, and bump maps to the selected region (or alpha)
en_GB: Add gradients, patterns, shadows and bump maps to the selected region (or alpha)

en: Create a logo with gradients, patterns, shadows, and bump maps
en_GB: Create a logo with gradients, patterns, shadows and bump maps

en: Create a logo with a shiny look and beveled edges
en_GB: Create a logo with a shiny look and bevelled edges

en: Create a logo in a two-color, scribbled text style
en_GB: Create a logo in a two-colour, scribbled text style

en: Frame color
en_GB: Frame colour

en: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its center using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its centre using the foreground colour

en: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the color entry name as their class name, and the color itself as the color attribute
en_GB: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the colour entry name as their class name, and the colour itself as the colour attribute

en: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => colour)

en: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: colour)

en: Write all the colors in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)
en_GB: Write all the colours in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)

en: Lower color
en_GB: Lower colour

en: Lower color (active)
en_GB: Lower colour (active)

en: Text color (active)
en_GB: Text colour (active)

en: Upper color
en_GB: Upper colour

en: Upper color (active)
en_GB: Upper colour (active)

en: Edge behavior
en_GB: Edge behaviour

en: Change the colormap of an image to the colors in a specified palette.
en_GB: Change the colourmap of an image to the colours in a specified palette.

en: Se_t Colormap...
en_GB: Se_t Colourmap...

en: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes, and labels to an image
en_GB: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes and labels to an image

en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

en: Index to n colors (0 = remain RGB)
en_GB: Index to n colours (0 = remain RGB)

en: Add Spirographs, Epitrochoids, and Lissajous Curves to the current layer
en_GB: Add Spirographs, Epitrochoids and Lissajous Curves to the current layer

en: Color method
en_GB: Colour method

en: Create a logo using a rock-like texture, a nova glow, and shadow
en_GB: Create a logo using a rock-like texture, a nova glow and shadow

en: Create a textured logo with highlights, shadows, and a mosaic background
en_GB: Create a textured logo with highlights, shadows and a mosaic background

en: Fill the selected region (or alpha) with a texture and add highlights, shadows, and a mosaic background
en_GB: Fill the selected region (or alpha) with a texture and add highlights, shadows and a mosaic background

en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

en: GIMP uses layers to let you organize your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.
en_GB: GIMP uses layers to let you organise your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.

en: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialog.
en_GB: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: If a layer's name in the Layers dialog is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.
en_GB: If a layer's name in the Layers dialogue is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.

en: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a grayed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).
en_GB: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a greyed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).

en: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a color from the toolbox or from a color palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that color.
en_GB: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a colour from the toolbox or from a colour palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that colour.

en: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialog and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.
en_GB: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialogue and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.

en: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the &quot;New Layer&quot; or the &quot;Anchor Layer&quot; button in the Layers dialog, or use the menus to do the same.
en_GB: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the &quot;New Layer&quot; or the &quot;Anchor Layer&quot; button in the Layers dialogue, or use the menus to do the same.

en: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialog allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.
en_GB: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialogue allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.

en: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialog, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.
en_GB: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialogue, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.

en: After you enabled &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; in the Preferences dialog, you can reassign shortcut keys. Do so by bringing up the menu, selecting a menu item, and pressing the desired key combination. If &quot;Save Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; is enabled, the key bindings are saved when you exit GIMP. You should probably disable &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; afterwards, to prevent accidentally assigning/reassigning shortcuts.
en_GB: After you enabled &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; in the Preferences dialogue, you can reassign shortcut keys. Do so by bringing up the menu, selecting a menu item and pressing the desired key combination. If &quot;Save Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; is enabled, the key bindings are saved when you exit GIMP. You should probably disable &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; afterwards, to prevent accidentally assigning/reassigning shortcuts.

en: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogs.
en_GB: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogues.

en: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialog to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.
en_GB: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialogue to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles viewing the mask directly.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles viewing the mask directly.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background color instead of the foreground color. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background color instead of the foreground color.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background colour instead of the foreground colour. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background colour instead of the foreground colour.

en: If some of your scanned photos do not look colorful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the &quot;Auto&quot; button in the Levels tool (Colors→Levels). If there are any color casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colors→Curves).
en_GB: If some of your scanned photos do not look colourful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the &quot;Auto&quot; button in the Levels tool (Colours→Levels). If there are any colour casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colours→Curves).

en: Do you want to create a videoindex file ?
    
    If you want GIMP-GAP to create videoindex files automatically
    when recommanded, whithout showing up this dialog again
    then you should add the following line to
    your gimprc file:
    %s
en_GB: Do you want to create a videoindex file ?
    
    If you want GIMP-GAP to create videoindex files automatically
    when recommanded, without showing this dialogue again
    then you should add the following line to
    your gimprc file:
    %s

en: WARNING:
    random positioning is not possible for this video.
    creating a video index is NOT recommanded
    (would not work)
en_GB: WARNING:
    random positioning is not possible for this video.
    creating a video index is not recommanded
    (would not work)

en: TIP:
    creating a video index on this video is recommanded.
    This will enable fast and random frame access.
    but requires one initial full scann.
    (this will take a while).
en_GB: TIP:
    creating a video index on this video is recommended.
    This will enable fast and random frame access.
    but requires one initial full scan
    (which will take a while).

en: INFO:
    native fast and exact random positioning works for this video.
    video index is not required, and should be cancelled.
en_GB: INFO:
    native fast and exact random positioning works for this video.
    A video index is not required, and should be cancelled.

note: the keycolor label keycolor label
en: Keycolor:
en_GB: Keycolour:

note: the keycolor button
en: Bluebox Color Picker
en_GB: Bluebox Colour Picker

note: lower/upper step, page digits constrain lower/upper unconstrained
en: Sharp pixel selection by color with 0.0. Values greater than 0 give the selection more or less variable alpha value, depending on disparity with the key color.
en_GB: Sharp pixel selection by colour with 0.0. Values greater than 0 give the selection more or less variable alpha value, depending on disparity with the key colour.

en: Apply thresholds in the RGB colormodel
en_GB: Apply thresholds in the RGB colourmodel

en: Apply thresholds in the HSV colormodel
en_GB: Apply thresholds in the HSV colourmodel

note: lower/upper step, page digits constrain lowr/upper unconstrained
en: Common color threshold
en_GB: Common colour threshold

en: Jpeg Optimize:
en_GB: Jpeg Optimise:

en: optimization factor(is ignored when other formats are used)
en_GB: optimisation factor (is ignored when other formats are used)

en: Smooth factor(is ignored when other formats are used)
en_GB: Smooth factor (is ignored when other formats are used)

en: Enable progressive jpeg encoding(is ignored when other formats are used)
en_GB: Enable progressive jpeg encoding (is ignored when other formats are used)

en: Enable baseline jpeg encoding(is ignored when other formats are used)
en_GB: Enable baseline jpeg encoding (is ignored when other formats are used)

en: videofile %s not existent
en_GB: videofile %s non-existent

en: Color erase
en_GB: Colour erase

note: the nubner of ShapePoints label
en: ShapePoints:
en_GB: Shape Points:

note: the pointcolor colorbutton
en: Pointcolor
en_GB: Pointcolour

en: Set color for the morph workpoints
en_GB: Set colour for the morph workpoints

note: the currentcolor colorbutton
en: Current Pointcolor
en_GB: Current Pointcolour

en: Set color for the current morph workpoint
en_GB: Set colour for the current morph workpoint

note: label text scalesize spinsize initial value lower, upper step, page digits constrain lower, upper (unconstrained)
en: Source and target frames step synchronized at value 1.0. A value of 0.5 will step the source half time slower. One source step is done only at every 2nd target frame.
en_GB: Source and target frames step synchronised at value 1.0. A value of 0.5 will step the source half time slower. One source step is done only at every 2nd target frame.

en: Apply the bluebox filter on the moving object(s). The bluebox filter makes the keycolor transparent.
en_GB: Apply the bluebox filter on the moving object(s). The bluebox filter makes the keycolour transparent.

note: keycolor button
en: Move Path Bluebox Keycolor
en_GB: Move Path Bluebox Keycolour

en: Open dialog window to set parameters and keycolor for the bluebox filter
en_GB: Open dialogue window to set parameters and keycolour for the bluebox filter

en: Reset all controlpoints to default values but dont change the path (X/Y values). Hold down the shift key to copy settings of point1 into all other points. Holding down the ctrl key spreads a mix of the settings of point1 and the last point into the other points inbetween.
en_GB: Reset all controlpoints to default values but dont change the path (X/Y values). Hold down the shift key to copy settings of point1 into all other points. Holding down the ctrl key spreads a mix of the settings of point1 and the last point into the other points in between.

en: Pathline Color Picker
en_GB: Pathline Colour Picker

en: Select the color that is used to draw pathlines in the preview
en_GB: Select the colour that is used to draw pathlines in the preview

en: Search algorithmus used for P-frames
en_GB: Search algorithms used for P-frames

en: Search algorithmus used for B-frames
en_GB: Search algorithms used for B-frames

en: For the thumbnail update you have to select
    a thumbnail filesize other than 'No Thumbnails'
    in the environment section of the preferences dialog
en_GB: For the thumbnail update you have to select
    a thumbnail filesize other than 'No Thumbnails'
    in the environment section of the preferences dialogue

en: reference stepsize where -1 is previous frame, +1 is next frame. (stepsequence is built together with reference mode parameter)
en_GB: reference step size where -1 is previous frame, +1 is next frame. (step sequence is built together with reference mode parameter)

en: ON: Resample the copy at specified samplerate.
    OFF: Use original samplerate
en_GB: ON: Resample the copy at specified sample rate.
    OFF: Use original sample rate

note: Audio Samplerate the Samplerate label
en: Samplerate:
en_GB: Sample rate:

en: Failure to start the wavplay server is fatal.
    Please check the executability of the 'wavplay' command.
    If you have installed the wavplay executeable somewhere
    you can set the Environmentvariable WAVPLAYPATH before gimp startup
en_GB: Failure to start the wavplay server is fatal.
    Please check the executability of the 'wavplay' command.
    If you have installed the wavplay executable somewhere
    you can set the environment variable WAVPLAYPATH before gimp startup

en: No audiosupport available
    the audioserver executable file '%s' was not found.
    If you have installed '%s'
    you should add the installation dir to your PATH
    or set environment variable %s to the name of the executable
    before you start GIMP
en_GB: No audio support available
    the audio server executable file '%s' was not found.
    If you have installed '%s'
    you should add the installation dir to your PATH
    or set the environment variable %s to the name of the executable
    before you start GIMP

en: extracted audio is up to date
en_GB: extracted audio is up-to-date

en: ERROR: The external program for audioconversion is not executable.
    Filename: '%s'
en_GB: ERROR: The external program for audio conversion is not executable.
    Filename: '%s'

en: extern audioconverter FAILED
en_GB: external audioconverter FAILED

en: Player frame cache maximum size in MB. Value 0 turns the cache off.
en_GB: Player frame cache maximum size in MB. Value 0 turns the cache off

en: Add range to cliplist
en_GB: Add range to clip list

en: Add inverse range to cliplist
en_GB: Add inverse range to clip list

en: Remove unused or double colors (ignored if palette type is not custom)
en_GB: Remove unused or double colours (ignored if palette type is not custom)

en: Number of resulting colors (ignored if palette type is not generate optimal palette)
en_GB: Number of resulting colours (ignored if palette type is not generate optimal palette)

en: Convert to Gray
en_GB: Convert to Grey

en: Imagetype:
en_GB: Image type:

en: Convert to another imagetype, or keep imagetype as it is. Most fileformats can't handle all types and may require a conversion.Example: GIF can not handle RGB and requires convert to indexed imagetype.
en_GB: Convert to another image type, or keep image type as it is. Most file formats can't handle all types and may require a conversion.  Example: GIF can not handle RGB and requires conversion to indexed image type.

en: Flatten all resulting frames. Most fileformats can not handle multiple layers and need flattened frames (flattening does melt down all layers to one composite layer).Example: JPEG can not handle multiple layers and requires flattened frames.
en_GB: Flatten all resulting frames. Most file formats can not handle multiple layers and need flattened frames (flattening does melt down all layers to one composite layer).  Example: JPEG can not handle multiple layers and requires flattened frames.

en: Resulting layer size is the frame size and transparent parts are filled with the background color
en_GB: Resulting layer size is the frame size and transparent parts are filled with the background colour

en: You are using INDEXED frames. please note that the result will be an RGB image
en_GB: You are using INDEXED frames. Please note that the result will be an RGB image

note: the center offsetX button
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontal

note: the center offsetY button
en: Center Vertical
en_GB: Centre Vertical

en: Extension of resulting frames. The extension is also used to define fileformat.
en_GB: Extension of resulting frames. The extension is also used to define file format.

en: ON: Remove alpha channel in resulting frames. Transparent parts are filled with the background color.
    OFF: Layers in the resulting frames keep their alpha channel.
en_GB: ON: Remove alpha channel in resulting frames. Transparent parts are filled with the background colour.
    OFF: Layers in the resulting frames keep their alpha channel.

en: move horizontal value for the first handled frame  where 0.0 is centered, 100.0 is outside right, -100.0 is outside left)
en_GB: move horizontal value for the first handled frame  where 0.0 is centred, 100.0 is outside right, -100.0 is outside left)

en: move horizontal value for the last handled frame  where 0.0 is centered, 100.0 is outside right, -100.0 is outside left)
en_GB: move horizontal value for the last handled frame  where 0.0 is centred, 100.0 is outside right, -100.0 is outside left)

en: move vertical value for the first handled frame  where 0.0 is centered, 100.0 is outside at bottom, -100.0 is outside at top)
en_GB: move vertical value for the first handled frame  where 0.0 is centred, 100.0 is outside at bottom, -100.0 is outside at top)

en: move vertical value for the last handled frame  where 0.0 is centered, 100.0 is outside at bottom, -100.0 is outside at top)
en_GB: move vertical value for the last handled frame  where 0.0 is centred, 100.0 is outside at bottom, -100.0 is outside at top)

en: Load Cliplist
en_GB: Load Clip List

en: Global Layout Properties dialog already open
en_GB: Global Layout Properties dialogue already open

en: ON: player shows clips transformed to aspect setting from the Storyboard properties.OFF: player shows clips according to their original pixel sizes
en_GB: ON: player shows clips transformed to aspect setting from the Storyboard properties.
    OFF: player shows clips according to their original pixel sizes

note: the clp_frame
en: Cliplist
en_GB: Clip list

en: Unsaved cliplist changes '%s'
en_GB: Unsaved clip list changes '%s'

en: Show Section properites window
en_GB: Show Section properties window

en: Play selected clips
    SHIFT: Playback all clips of current track.
    CTRL: Play composite video (all tracks)
en_GB: Play selected clips
    SHIFT: Play back all clips of current track.
    CTRL: Play composite video (all tracks)

en: Top rownumber
en_GB: Top row number

en: Original tone track was created with warnings.
    The storyboard %s
    has movie clips with framerate %.4f. that is different from the master framerate %.4f.
    The generated audio is NOT synchronized with the video.
en_GB: Original tone track was created with warnings.
    The storyboard %s
    has movie clips with framerate %.4f. that is different from the master framerate %.4f.
    The generated audio is NOT synchronised with the video.

en: ON: video track1 is Foregrond (on top). OFF: video track 1 is on Background.
en_GB: ON: video track1 is Foreground (on top). OFF: video track 1 is on Background.

note: pixel
en: Format string for area replacement in movie clips. (e.g automatic logo insert)this string shall contain \%s as placeholder for the basename of a videoclip and optional \%06d as placeholder for the framenumber.
en_GB: Format string for area replacement in movie clips (e.g automatic logo insert). This string shall contain \%s as placeholder for the basename of a videoclip and optional \%06d as placeholder for the framenumber.

en: Error: the mask name:  "%s" is already in use
    please enter another name.
en_GB: Error: the mask name:  "%s" is already in use.
    Please enter another name.

en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

note: lower/upper step, page digits constrain lower/upper unconstrained
en: number of loops (how often to play the framerange)
en_GB: number of loops (how often to play the frame range)

note: lower/upper step, page digits constrain lower/upper unconstrained
en: Stepsize density. Use 1.0 for normal 1:1 frame by frame steps. a value of 0.5 shows each input frame 2 times. a value of 2.0 shows only every 2nd input frame
en_GB: Stepsize density. Use 1.0 for normal 1:1 frame by frame steps. A value of 0.5 shows each input frame 2 times. A value of 2.0 shows only every second input frame

en: filter macro to be performed when frames of this clips are rendered. A 2nd macrofile is implicite referenced by naming convetion via the keyword .VARYING (as suffix or before the extension)
en_GB: filter macro to be performed when frames of this clips are rendered. A second macrofile is implicitly referenced by naming convention via the keyword .VARYING (as suffix or before the extension)

en: analyze line %d (out of %d)
en_GB: analyse line %d (out of %d)

en: Clips in the Mask section have global scope in all other sections,  and can be attached as (animated) masks to clips in all other  sections to add transparency. white pixels in the mask keep the full opacity black pixels makes the pixel fully transparent, all other colors in the mask result in more or less transparency depending on their brightness.
en_GB: Clips in the Mask section have global scope in all other sections, and can be attached as (animated) masks to clips in all other sections to add transparency. White pixels in the mask keep the full opacity, black pixels makes the pixel fully transparent, all other colours in the mask result in more or less transparency depending on their brightness.

en: sub sections are some kind of repository. Rendering of clips in sub sections depends on  corresponding references in the MAIN section via clip type SECTION
en_GB: sub sections are some kind of repository. Rendering of clips in sub sections depends on corresponding references in the MAIN section via clip type SECTION

note: the graymask checkbutton
en: graymask
en_GB: greymask

en: On: extract grayscale mask (generated by bluebox)
    Off: extract color frames 1.1
en_GB: On: extract greyscale mask (generated by bluebox)
    Off: extract colour frames 1.1

en: Create video index. Requires unconditional full scann of all frames.Native seek is enabled only in case all timecodes are OK.
en_GB: Create video index. Requires unconditional full scan of all frames. Native seek is enabled only in case all timecodes are OK.

en: Name of a videofile to create a videoindex for. You also can enter the name of a textfile containing a list of videofile names (one name per line) to create all videoindexes at once. a video index enables fast and exact positioning in the videofile.
en_GB: Name of a videofile for which to create a videoindex. You also can enter the name of a textfile containing a list of videofile names (one name per line) to create all videoindexes at once. A video index enables fast and exact positioning in the videofile.

en: stop scann after percentage reached and no unplausible timecode was detected so far (only relevant in smart mode)
en_GB: stop scan after percentage reached and no implausible timecode was detected so far (only relevant in smart mode)

en: Load color curve from file
en_GB: Load colour curve from file

en: Load curve from a GIMP curve file (that was saved with the GIMP's color curve tool)
en_GB: Load curve from a GIMP curve file (that was saved with the GIMP's colour curve tool)

note: Menu names
en: <Image>/Video/Layer/Colors/
en_GB: <Image>/Video/Layer/Colours/

note: The dialog1 and main vbox
en: Color Levels
en_GB: Colour Levels

note: the frame
en: Color Levels  Adjustments
en_GB: Colour Levels  Adjustments

en: Storyboardfiles are textfiles that are used to
    assemble a video from a list of single images,
    frameranges, videoclips, gif animations or audiofiles.
    the frames are organized in tracks,
    and allow fade, scale and move
    operations between the tracks.
    (see STORYBOARD_FILE_DOC.txt for details)
en_GB: Storyboardfiles are textfiles that are used to
    assemble a video from a list of single images,
    frameranges, videoclips, gif animations or audiofiles.
    the frames are organised in tracks,
    and allow fade, scale and move
    operations between the tracks.
    (see STORYBOARD_FILE_DOC.txt for details)

en: optional save each composite multilayer frame to XCF file, before flattening and executing macro
en_GB: optionally save each composite multilayer frame to XCF file, before flattening and executing macro

en: This plugin is the master dialog for video + audio encoding
en_GB: This plugin is the master dialogue for video + audio encoding

en: The compression setting of the encoded PNG frames (9=best compression0=fastest)
en_GB: The compression setting of the encoded PNG frames (9=best compression, 0=fastest)

note: the xvid max_quantizer label
en: Max Quantizer:
en_GB: Max Quantiser:

en: upper limit for quantize Range 1 == BEST Quality
en_GB: upper limit for quantise Range 1 == BEST Quality

note: the xvid min_quantizer label
en: Min Quantizer:
en_GB: Min Quantiser:

en: lower limit for quantize Range 1 == BEST Quality
en_GB: lower limit for quantise Range 1 == BEST Quality

en: XVID codec algoritm presets where 0==low quality(fast) 6==best(slow)
en_GB: XVID codec algorithm presets where 0==low quality(fast) 6==best(slow)

en: This plugin handles video encoding for the AVI videoformat. the (optional) audiodata must be a raw datafile(s) or .wav (RIFF WAVEfmt ) file(s) .wav files can be mono (1) or stereo (2channels) audiodata must be 16bit uncompressed. IMPORTANT:  you should first call "
en_GB: This plugin handles video encoding for the AVI videoformat. The (optional) audiodata must be a raw datafile(s) or .wav (RIFF WAVEfmt ) file(s). .wav files can be mono (1), or stereo (2 channels) and audiodata must be 16-bit uncompressed. IMPORTANT:  you should first call "

en: Selected Fileformat : [%s] %s
    Recommanded Video CODEC : %s
    Recommanded Audio CODEC : %s
    Extension(s): %s %s
en_GB: Selected Fileformat : [%s] %s
    Recommended Video CODEC : %s
    Recommended Audio CODEC : %s
    Extension(s): %s %s

en: Use rate distortion optimization for qp selection
en_GB: Use rate distortion optimisation for qp selection

en: Use rate distortion optimization for cbp
en_GB: Use rate distortion optimisation for cbp

en: Normalize adaptive quantization
en_GB: Normalize adaptive quantisation

en: Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks
en_GB: Allow non-spec-compliant speedup tricks

en: allow B-frames to be used as references for predicting.(for H264 codec)
en_GB: allow B-frames to be used as references for predicting (for H264 codec).

en: B-frame rate-distortion optimization
en_GB: B-frame rate-distortion optimisation

en: high profile 8x8 transform (for H264 codec)
en_GB: high profile 8×8 transform (for H264 codec)

en: Use MPEG-2 nonlinear quantizer
en_GB: Use MPEG-2 nonlinear quantiser

note: the use_gray checkbutton
en: Use Gray
en_GB: Use Grey

en: Only encode grayscale
en_GB: Only encode greyscale

en: This plugin sets ffmpeg specific video encoding parameters. Non-interactive callers must provide a parameterfile, Interactive calls provide a dialog window to specify and optionally save the parameters.
en_GB: This plugin sets ffmpeg specific video encoding parameters. Non-interactive callers must provide a parameterfile, Interactive calls provide a dialogue window to specify and optionally save the parameters.

en: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialog which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialogue which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.

en: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialogue window

en: The figure above shows the <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialog window. The list shows the units of measurement which are currently defined. You can click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button to create a new measurement unit, as described below.
en_GB: The figure above shows the <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialogue window. The list shows the units of measurement which are currently defined. You can click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button to create a new measurement unit, as described below.

en: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimeters).
en_GB: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimetres).

en: The <quote>New Unit</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Unit</quote> dialogue

en: You can display the dialog shown above by clicking on either the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button on the <guimenuitem>Unit Editor</guimenuitem> dialog. The input fields on the dialog are described above.
en_GB: You can display the dialogue shown above by clicking on either the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button on the <guimenuitem>Unit Editor</guimenuitem> dialogue. The input fields on the dialogue are described above.

en: If you click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button, most input fields are empty. If you click on the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button, the values initially displayed in the input fields of the dialog are the values of the unit you have currently selected in the <guilabel>Unit&nbsp;Editor</guilabel> dialog. You can then edit the values to create your new unit.
en_GB: If you click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button, most input fields are empty. If you click on the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button, the values initially displayed in the input fields of the dialogue are the values of the unit you have currently selected in the <guilabel>Unit&nbsp;Editor</guilabel> dialogue. You can then edit the values to create your new unit.

en: If you have made drawing or editing changes to the image which you don't want to keep, the <guimenu>Undo</guimenu> command allows you to undo the last change and return the image to its previous state. Almost anything you do to an image can be undone in this way (with the exception of scripts, which deactivate this function). Further Undo operations may be performed, depending upon the number of Undo levels configured in the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-environment">Environment</link> page of the Preferences Dialog. See the section on <link linkend="gimp-concepts-undo">Undoing</link> for more information about <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s very sophisticated <quote>Undo</quote> functions.
en_GB: If you have made drawing or editing changes to the image which you don't want to keep, the <guimenu>Undo</guimenu> command allows you to undo the last change and return the image to its previous state. Almost anything you do to an image can be undone in this way (with the exception of scripts, which deactivate this function). Further Undo operations may be performed, depending upon the number of Undo levels configured in the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-environment">Environment</link> page of the Preferences dialogue. See the section on <link linkend="gimp-concepts-undo">Undoing</link> for more information about <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s very sophisticated <quote>Undo</quote> functions.

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialog.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.

en: The <quote>Clear undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.
en_GB: The <quote>Clear Undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.

en: The <guimenuitem>Stroke Selection</guimenuitem> command strokes a selection in the image. There are two ways you can stroke the selection, either by using a paint tool or without using one. This means that the selection border, which is emphasized in the image with a dotted line, can be drawn with a stroke. There are various options which you can use to specify how this stroke should look.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Stroke Selection</guimenuitem> command strokes a selection in the image. There are two ways you can stroke the selection, either by using a paint tool or without using one. This means that the selection border, which is emphasised in the image with a dotted line, can be drawn with a stroke. There are various options which you can use to specify how this stroke should look.

en: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialogue

en: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialog box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.
en_GB: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialogue box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.

en: You can also access it by clicking on the button with the same name in the <link linkend="gimp-path-dialog">Path dialog</link>.
en_GB: You can also access it by clicking on the button with the same name in the <link linkend="gimp-path-dialog">Path dialogue</link>.

en: Description of the Dialog Window
en_GB: Description of the Dialogue Window

en: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialogue window

en: The <guilabel>Choose Stroke Style</guilabel> dialog box allows you to choose between stroking the path with the options you specify or stroking it with a paint tool. If you stroke the path with a paint tool, the current paint tool options are used to draw the stroke.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Choose Stroke Style</guilabel> dialogue box allows you to choose between stroking the path with the options you specify or stroking it with a paint tool. If you stroke the path with a paint tool, the current paint tool options are used to draw the stroke.

en: The stroke is drawn with the current foreground color, set in the Toolbox. By clicking on the triangle next to <guilabel>Line Style</guilabel> however, the dialog expands and you can set several additional options:
en_GB: The stroke is drawn with the current foreground colour set in the Toolbox. By clicking on the triangle next to <guilabel>Line Style</guilabel> however, the dialogue expands and you can set several additional options:

en: Solid color / Pattern
en_GB: Solid colour / Pattern

en: You can choose whether the line is drawn in the <emphasis>Solid</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Pattern</emphasis> style. Here, Solid and Pattern are distinct from the dash pattern. If you select a Solid line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn in the foreground color set in the Toolbox. If you select a Patterned line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn with the pattern set in the Toolbox. If you select a line with a dash pattern, the color or pattern is still determined by the foreground color or pattern set in the Toolbox. That is, if you select a marbled pattern and Patterned, dashed lines, the dashes are drawn in the marbled pattern
en_GB: You can choose whether the line is drawn in the <emphasis>Solid</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Pattern</emphasis> style. Here, Solid and Pattern are distinct from the dash pattern. If you select a Solid line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn in the foreground colour set in the Toolbox. If you select a Patterned line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn with the pattern set in the Toolbox. If you select a line with a dash pattern, the colour or pattern is still determined by the foreground colour or pattern set in the Toolbox. That is, if you select a marbled pattern and Patterned, dashed lines, the dashes are drawn in the marbled pattern

en: <guilabel>Dash Pattern</guilabel> : On the pixel level, a dashed line is drawn as a series of tiny boxes. You can modify the pattern of these boxes. The black area with thin vertical lines represents the pixels of the dash. If you click on a black pixel, you remove it from the dash. If you click on a white pixel, you add it to the dash. The gray areas indicate how the pattern will be repeated when a dashed line is drawn.
en_GB: <guilabel>Dash Pattern</guilabel> : On the pixel level, a dashed line is drawn as a series of tiny boxes. You can modify the pattern of these boxes. The black area with thin vertical lines represents the pixels of the dash. If you click on a black pixel, you remove it from the dash. If you click on a white pixel, you add it to the dash. The grey areas indicate how the pattern will be repeated when a dashed line is drawn.

en: You can select a paint tool to use to draw the stroke from the drop-down box. If you do that, the currently-selected options of the paint tool are used, rather than the settings in the dialog.
en_GB: You can select a paint tool to use to draw the stroke from the drop-down box. If you do that, the currently-selected options of the paint tool are used, rather than the settings in the dialogue.

en: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialog.
en_GB: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialogue.

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>.

en: This command displays the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-dialog">Preferences dialog</link>, which lets you alter a variety of settings that affect the look, feel, and performance of the <acronym>GIMP</acronym>.
en_GB: This command displays the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-dialog">Preferences dialogue</link>, which lets you alter a variety of settings that affect the look, feel, and performance of the <acronym>GIMP</acronym>.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers Dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: If there is an existing selection on the canvas, it is used to align the pasted data. If there is already a selection, the data is pasted using the selection as a center point. If you want the selection to be used as a clipping region for the pasted data, you should use the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command.
en_GB: If there is an existing selection on the canvas, it is used to align the pasted data. If there is already a selection, the data is pasted using the selection as a centre point. If you want the selection to be used as a clipping region for the pasted data, you should use the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste Into</guimenuitem> command acts in a similar way to the <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command. The primary difference becomes apparent if there is a selection within the canvas. Unlike the <quote>Paste</quote> command, which simply centers the pasted image data over the selection and replaces the selection with its own, <quote>Paste Into</quote> clips the pasted image data by the existing selection. The new selection can be moved as usual, but it is always clipped by the original selection area.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste Into</guimenuitem> command acts in a similar way to the <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command. The primary difference becomes apparent if there is a selection within the canvas. Unlike the <quote>Paste</quote> command, which simply centres the pasted image data over the selection and replaces the selection with its own, <quote>Paste Into</quote> clips the pasted image data by the existing selection. The new selection can be moved as usual, but it is always clipped by the original selection area.

en: If no selection exists, the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command places the data from the Clipboard into the center of the canvas, as the <quote>Paste</quote> command does.
en_GB: If no selection exists, the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command places the data from the Clipboard into the centre of the canvas, as the <quote>Paste</quote> command does.

en: This command opens a dialog window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Pattern</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Pattern</quote> dialogue

en: <guilabel>Pattern name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the Pattern Dialog.
en_GB: <guilabel>Pattern name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the Pattern dialogue.

en: This command opens a dialog window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Brush</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Brush</quote> dialogue

en: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> Dialog.
en_GB: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> dialogue.

en: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colors and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.
en_GB: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colours and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.

en: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> Dialog
en_GB: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue

en: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue window

en: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">color selectors</link> to select the foreground or background color. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:
en_GB: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">colour selectors</link> to select the foreground or background colour. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:

en: Loaded modules example: Color selector modules
en_GB: Loaded modules example: Colour selector modules

en: Color selector modules loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules loaded

en: Color selector modules not loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules not loaded

en: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialogue.

en: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern Dialog</link>.
en_GB: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern dialogue</link>.

en: Fill with FG Color
en_GB: Fill with FG Colour

en: Fill with foreground color
en_GB: Fill with foreground colour

en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid color shown in the foreground part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid colour shown in the foreground part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with FG Color</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
en_GB: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with FG Colour</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground colour.

en: Fill with background color
en_GB: Fill with background colour

en: Fill with Background color
en_GB: Fill with Background colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid color shown in the Background part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid colour shown in the Background part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with BG Color</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
en_GB: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with BG Colour</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background colour.

en: This command is usually grayed out. It becomes active if you use the Fill function or the Blend tool, or if you apply some filters.
en_GB: This command is usually greyed out. It becomes active if you use the Fill function or the Blend tool, or if you apply some filters.

en: This command brings up a dialog window:
en_GB: This command brings up a dialogue window:

en: The <quote>Fade</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>Fade</quote> dialogue

en: This slider value is initially set to the opacity of the color you used with the Fill or Blend tool, which corresponds to the current state. Lowering the opacity to 0 changes the drawable to its previous state. Intermediate values produce a mixture of the two according to the mode you have chosen. The effect of this setting is visible in real time in the image, but you have to click on the <guibutton>Fade</guibutton> button to validate it.
en_GB: This slider value is initially set to the opacity of the colour you used with the Fill or Blend tool, which corresponds to the current state. Lowering the opacity to 0 changes the drawable to its previous state. Intermediate values produce a mixture of the two according to the mode you have chosen. The effect of this setting is visible in real time in the image, but you have to click on the <guibutton>Fade</guibutton> button to validate it.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background color, otherwise.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background colour, otherwise.

en: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original color to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background color.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original colour to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background colour.

en: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialog</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.
en_GB: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialogue</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste Named</guimenuitem> command simply brings up the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialog</link>. By selecting one of the listed buffers, and pressing one of the buttons at the bottom, you can either <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste">Paste Buffer</link>, <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-into">Paste Buffer Into</link>, or <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-as-new">Paste Buffer as New</link>.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste Named</guimenuitem> command simply brings up the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialogue</link>. By selecting one of the listed buffers, and pressing one of the buttons at the bottom, you can either <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste">Paste Buffer</link>, <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-into">Paste Buffer Into</link>, or <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-as-new">Paste Buffer as New</link>.

en: Setting that indicates when an inactive lane should be collapsed. Valid values are 0 - 4, where 0 indicates 'early' and 4 indicates 'late'.
en_GB: Setting that indicates when an inactive lane should be collapsed. Valid values are 0–4, where 0 indicates 'early' and 4 indicates 'late'.

en: Your user name or email could not be retrieved for use in the sign off message
en_GB: Your user name or e-mail address could not be retrieved for use in the sign off message

en: Merge/rebase local branch <%s> with/on local branch <%s>
en_GB: Merge/Rebase local branch <%s> with/on local branch <%s>

en: Merge/rebase local branch <%s> with/on remote branch <%s>
en_GB: Merge/Rebase local branch <%s> with/on remote branch <%s>

en: Loading %d revisions...
en_GB: Loading %d revisions…

en: gitg is a git repository viewer for gtk+/GNOME
en_GB: gitg is a git repository viewer for GTK+/GNOME

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

en: Checkout working copy
en_GB: Check out working copy

en: Failed to checkout local branch <%s>
en_GB: Failed to check out local branch <%s>

en: Failed to checkout remote branch <%s> to local branch <%s>
en_GB: Failed to check out remote branch <%s> to local branch <%s>

en: Failed to checkout tag <%s> to local branch <%s>
en_GB: Failed to check out tag <%s> to local branch <%s>

en: Failed to checkout previously checked out branch
en_GB: Failed to check out previously checked out branch

en: Apply stash to...
en_GB: Apply stash to…

en: Checkout branch
en_GB: Check out branch

en: Merge branch with...
en_GB: Merge branch with…

en: Push branch to...
en_GB: Push branch to…

en: Rebase branch onto...
en_GB: Rebase branch onto…

en: Default Color
en_GB: Default Colour

en: Slate Gray
en_GB: Slate Grey

en: 10% Gray
en_GB: 10% Grey

en: 25% Gray
en_GB: 25% Grey

en: 40% Gray
en_GB: 40% Grey

en: 50% Gray
en_GB: 50% Grey

en: 60% Gray
en_GB: 60% Grey

en: Custom Color #%u
en_GB: Custom Colour #%u

en: Align horizontal center
en_GB: Align horizontal centre

en: Align vertical center
en_GB: Align vertical centre

en: Center horizontally
en_GB: Centre horizontally

en: Center vertically
en_GB: Centre vertically

en: Customize Main Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Main Toolbar

en: Customize Drawing Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Drawing Toolbar

en: Customize Properties Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Properties Toolbar

en: Template _Designer...
en_GB: Template _Designer…

en: Rotate object 90 degrees counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate object 90 degrees anti-clockwise

en: Align objects to horizontal centers
en_GB: Align objects to horizontal centres

en: Align objects to vertical centers
en_GB: Align objects to vertical centres

en: Center objects to horizontal label center
en_GB: Centre objects to horizontal label centre

en: Center objects to vertical label center
en_GB: Centre objects to vertical label centre

en: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Select locale specific behavior.
en_GB: Select locale specific behaviour.

en: Center align
en_GB: Centre align

en: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialog will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.
en_GB: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialogue will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.

en: Default text color.
en_GB: Default text colour.

en: The default color of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default colour of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default line color.
en_GB: Default line colour.

en: The default line color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default line colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default fill color.
en_GB: Default fill colour.

en: The default fill color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default fill colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Recent colors.
en_GB: Recent colours.

en: Recently created custom colors.
en_GB: Recently created custom colours.

en: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialog labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.
en_GB: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialogue labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.

en: The statusbar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.

en: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: To Organize Widgets In Your Project
en_GB: To Organise Widgets In Your Project

en: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organize widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:
en_GB: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organise widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:

en: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localized.
en_GB: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localised.

en: Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 
    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the 
    License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the 
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 
    along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software 
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, 
    MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as 
    published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the 
    Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the 
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence 
    along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software 
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, 
    MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Unrecognized types
en_GB: Unrecognised types

en: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognized types
en_GB: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognised types

en: Remove the selected catalog search path
en_GB: Remove the selected catalogue search path

en: Add a new catalog search path
en_GB: Add a new catalogue search path

en: Extra catalog paths
en_GB: Extra catalogue paths

en: Select a catalog search path
en_GB: Select a catalogue search path

en: A GDK color value
en_GB: A GDK colour value

en: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s
en_GB: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s

en: Object %s has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object %s has unrecognised type %s

en: Unable to copy unrecognized widget type.
en_GB: Unable to copy unrecognised widget type.

en: Unable to cut unrecognized widget type
en_GB: Unable to cut unrecognised widget type

en: The project this properties dialog was created for
en_GB: The project this properties dialogue was created for

en: The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by
en_GB: The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by

en: Wether the widget is visible or not
en_GB: Whether the widget is visible or not

en: Object has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object has unrecognised type %s

en: Setting License type of %s
en_GB: Setting Licence type of %s

[ctx: textattr]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Underline Color
en_GB: Underline Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Strikethrough Color
en_GB: Strikethrough Colour

en: Setting %s to use a primary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a primary icon from a filename

en: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from a filename

en: Cannot add a toplevel window to a containter.
en_GB: Cannot add a toplevel window to a container.

en: Page Setup Dialog
en_GB: Page Setup Dialogue

en: Check Box
en_GB: Tick Box

en: Document Email
en_GB: Document E-mail

en: Labeled By
en_GB: Labelled By

en: Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects
en_GB: Indicates an object is labelled by one or more target objects

en: Always Center
en_GB: Always Centre

en: Center on Parent
en_GB: Centre on Parent

en: The pango attributes for this label
en_GB: The Pango attributes for this label

en: The response ID of this button in a dialog
en_GB: The response ID of this button in a dialogue

en: Color Button
en_GB: Colour Button

en: Dialog Box
en_GB: Dialogue Box

note: #-#-#-#-#  257 (glade3)  #-#-#-#-# NOT AVAILABLES ON WIN32 <glade-widget-class name="GtkPlug" generic-name="plug" _title="Plug"/> <glade-widget-class name="GtkSocket" generic-name="socket" _title="Socket"/> #-#-#-#-#  260 (glade3)  #-#-#-#-#
en: About Dialog
en_GB: About Dialogue

en: File Chooser Dialog
en_GB: File Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Selection Dialog
en_GB: Font Selection Dialogue

en: Application Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Application Chooser Dialogue

en: Message Dialog
en_GB: Message Dialogue

en: Color Chooser Widget
en_GB: Colour Chooser Widget

en: Color Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Colour Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Font Chooser Dialogue

en: Recent Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Recent Chooser Dialogue

en: Cell Background Color name column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour name column

en: Cell Background Color column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour column

en: Background Color Name column
en_GB: Background Colour Name column

en: Background Color column
en_GB: Background Colour column

en: Foreground Color Name column
en_GB: Foreground Colour Name column

en: Foreground Color column
en_GB: Foreground Colour column

en: Ultra Condensed
en_GB: Ultra-Condensed

en: Semi Condensed
en_GB: Semi-Condensed

en: Semi Expanded
en_GB: Semi-Expanded

en: Ultra Expanded
en_GB: Ultra-Expanded

en: Gtk
en_GB: GTK+

en: Forth Mouse Button
en_GB: Fourth Mouse Button

en: License Text
en_GB: Licence Text

en: License and Copyright
en_GB: Licence and Copyright

en: Message Dialog Attributes
en_GB: Message Dialogue Attributes

en: Ellipsize Text:
en_GB: Ellipsise Text:

en: Invisible Char Set
en_GB: Invisible Character Set

en: This property is only for use in dialog action buttons
en_GB: This property is only for use in dialogue action buttons

en: Specialized Widgets
en_GB: Specialised Widgets

en: Input Dialog
en_GB: Input Dialogue

en: Contents Background Color
en_GB: Contents Background Colour

en: Logo Background Color
en_GB: Logo Background Colour

en: Title Foreground Color
en_GB: Title Foreground Colour

en: Wrap License:
en_GB: Wrap Licence:

en: If the license text should be wrapped
en_GB: If the licence text should be wrapped

en: Back. Color:
en_GB: Back. Colour:

en: Color Chooser Button
en_GB: Colour Chooser Button

en: New dialog
en_GB: New dialogue

en: If the dialog has a horizontal separator above the buttons
en_GB: If the dialogue has a horizontal separator above the buttons

en: The window title of the file chooser dialog
en_GB: The window title of the file chooser dialogue

en: Whether a confirmation dialog will be displayed if a file will be overwritten
en_GB: Whether a confirmation dialogue will be displayed if a file will be overwritten

en: File Selection Dialog
en_GB: File Selection Dialogue

en: The title of the font selection dialog
en_GB: The title of the font selection dialogue

note: gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (combo), TRUE, TRUE);
en: Ellipsize:
en_GB: Ellipsise:

en: If the preview is color or grayscale
en_GB: If the preview is colour or greyscale

en: You can't paste into windows or dialogs.
en_GB: You can't paste into windows or dialogues.

en: Only buttons can be pasted into a dialog action area.
en_GB: Only buttons can be pasted into a dialogue action area.

en: The project directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The project directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The source directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The source directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The pixmaps directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The pixmaps directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The pixmap directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The pixmap directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: Database error dialog
en_GB: Database error dialogue

en: Text inside the gray bar
en_GB: Text inside the grey bar

en: Gray Bar
en_GB: Grey Bar

en: Database login dialog
en_GB: Database login dialogue

en: Gnome About Dialog
en_GB: Gnome About Dialogue

en: Gnome Color Picker
en_GB: Gnome Colour Picker

en: If the dialog closes when any button is clicked
en_GB: If the dialogue closes when any button is clicked

en: If the dialog is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed
en_GB: If the dialogue is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed

en: Gnome Dialog Box
en_GB: Gnome Dialogue Box

en: Title Color:
en_GB: Title Colour:

en: The color of the title text
en_GB: The colour of the title text

en: The color of the main text
en_GB: The colour of the main text

en: The background color of the page
en_GB: The background colour of the page

en: Logo Back. Color:
en_GB: Logo Back. Colour:

en: The background color around the logo
en_GB: The background colour around the logo

en: Text Box Color:
en_GB: Text Box Colour

en: The background color of the main text area
en_GB: The background colour of the main text area

en: Contents Back. Color:
en_GB: Contents Back. Colour:

en: The background color around the title
en_GB: The background colour around the title

en: The title of the file selection dialog
en_GB: The title of the file selection dialogue

en: If the file selection dialog should be modal
en_GB: If the file selection dialogue should be modal

en: Property Dialog Box
en_GB: Property Dialogue Box

en: If the widget can be the default action in a dialog
en_GB: If the widget can be the default action in a dialogue

en: If the widget is the default action in the dialog
en_GB: If the widget is the default action in the dialogue

en: You need to select a color or background to copy
en_GB: You need to select a colour or background to copy

en: You need to copy a color or background pixmap first
en_GB: You need to copy a colour or background pixmap first

en: You need to select a color to paste into
en_GB: You need to select a colour to paste into

en: The filename must be set in the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The filename must be set in the Project Options dialogue.

en: Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Invalid object, not initialized
en_GB: Invalid object, not initialised

en: Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is malformed
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the port attribute is malformed

en: Error in address '%s' - the family attribute is malformed
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the family attribute is malformed

en: Error in address '%s' - the unix transport requires exactly one of the keys 'path' or 'abstract' to be set
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the Unix transport requires exactly one of the keys 'path' or 'abstract' to be set

en: Error in address '%s' - the host attribute is missing or malformed
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the host attribute is missing or malformed

en: Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is missing or malformed
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the port attribute is missing or malformed

en: Error in address '%s' - the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed
en_GB: Error in address '%s': the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed

en: Error reading from nonce file '%s', expected 16 bytes, got %d
en_GB: Error reading from nonce file '%s': expected 16 bytes, got %d

en: Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment variable - unknown value '%s'
en_GB: Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment variable: unknown value '%s'

en: Didn't find cookie with id %d in the keyring at '%s'
en_GB: Didn't find cookie with ID %d in the keyring at '%s'

en: Property '%s' is not writable
en_GB: Property '%s' is not writeable

en: Error deserializing GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format
en_GB: Error deserialising GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format

en: Cannot deserialize message:
en_GB: Cannot deserialise message:

en: Error serializing GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format
en_GB: Error serialising GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format

en: Cannot serialize message:
en_GB: Cannot serialise message:

en: Trash not supported
en_GB: Wastebasket not supported

en: Error trashing file: %s
en_GB: Error moving file to wastebasket: %s

en: Unable to create trash dir %s: %s
en_GB: Unable to create wastebasket dir %s: %s

en: Unable to find toplevel directory for trash
en_GB: Unable to find toplevel directory for wastebasket

en: Unable to find or create trash directory
en_GB: Unable to find or create wastebasket directory

en: Unable to create trashing info file: %s
en_GB: Unable to create wastebasket info file: %s

en: Unable to trash file: %s
en_GB: Unable to move file to the wastebasket: %s

en: Usage:
      gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS...]
    
    Commands:
      help                      Show this information
      sections                  List resource sections
      list                      List resources
      details                   List resources with details
      extract                   Extract a resource
    
    Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.
en_GB: Usage:
      gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS…]
    
    Commands:
      help                      Show this information
      sections                  List resource sections
      list                      List resources
      details                   List resources with details
      extract                   Extract a resource
    
    Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.

en: Usage:
      gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] COMMAND [ARGS...]
    
    Commands:
      help                      Show this information
      list-schemas              List installed schemas
      list-relocatable-schemas  List relocatable schemas
      list-keys                 List keys in a schema
      list-children             List children of a schema
      list-recursively          List keys and values, recursively
      range                     Queries the range of a key
      get                       Get the value of a key
      set                       Set the value of a key
      reset                     Reset the value of a key
      reset-recursively         Reset all values in a given schema
      writable                  Check if a key is writable
      monitor                   Watch for changes
    
    Use 'gsettings help COMMAND' to get detailed help.
en_GB: Usage:
      gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] COMMAND [ARGS…]
    
    Commands:
      help                      Show this information
      list-schemas              List installed schemas
      list-relocatable-schemas  List relocatable schemas
      list-keys                 List keys in a schema
      list-children             List children of a schema
      list-recursively          List keys and values, recursively
      range                     Queries the range of a key
      get                       Get the value of a key
      set                       Set the value of a key
      reset                     Reset the value of a key
      reset-recursively         Reset all values in a given schema
      writable                  Check if a key is writable
      monitor                   Watch for changes
    
    Use 'gsettings help COMMAND' to get detailed help.

en: Invalid socket, not initialized
en_GB: Invalid socket, not initialised

en: Invalid socket, initialization failed due to: %s
en_GB: Invalid socket, initialisation failed due to: %s

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date and the time
en: %a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y
en_GB: %a %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date
en: %m/%d/%y
en_GB: %d/%m/%y

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing 12 hour time
en: %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %l:%M:%S %P

en: Invalid UTF-8 encoded text in name - not valid '%s'
en_GB: Invalid UTF-8 encoded text in name — not valid '%s'

en: Failed to parse '%-.*s', which should have been a digit inside a character reference (&#234; for example) - perhaps the digit is too large
en_GB: Failed to parse '%-.*s', which should have been a digit inside a character reference (&#234; for example) — perhaps the digit is too large

en: Character reference did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand as &amp;
en_GB: Character reference did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand character without intending to start an entity — escape ampersand as &amp;

en: Entity did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand as &amp;
en_GB: Entity did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand character without intending to start an entity — escape ampersand as &amp;

en: Odd character '%s', expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag '%s'
en_GB: Odd character '%s': expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag '%s'

en: Document ended unexpectedly with elements still open - '%s' was the last element opened
en_GB: Document ended unexpectedly with elements still open — '%s' was the last element opened

en: unrecognized character following \
en_GB: unrecognised character following \

en: unrecognized character after (? or (?-
en_GB: unrecognised character after (? or (?-

en: unrecognized character after (?<
en_GB: unrecognised character after (?<

en: character value in \x{...} sequence is too large
en_GB: character value in \x{…} sequence is too large

en: unrecognized character after (?P
en_GB: unrecognised character after (?P

en: (*VERB) not recognized
en_GB: (*VERB) not recognised

en: Error while optimizing regular expression %s: %s
en_GB: Error while optimising regular expression %s: %s

en: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?
en_GB: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognised!?

en: Do not use existing catalog, force new output file
en_GB: Do not use existing catalogue, force new output file

en: Generate message catalog.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.
en_GB: Generate message catalogue.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.

en: Level 2 not synchronized
en_GB: Level 2 not synchronised

en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

en: Unrecognized variable `%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised variable `%s'

en: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialization error.
en_GB: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialisation error.

en: while opening old catalog file
en_GB: while opening old catalogue file

en: You can see the list of existing tables by choosing <literal>Table</literal> from the <literal>Navigate</literal> menu. You will also see this window after connecting to a database server, after creating a new document. To create a new table, click the <literal>Add</literal> button and enter the name for the new table. This name should not contain any spaces or special characters. Glom will suggest a human-readable title for this table. <literal>Operators</literal> will see this title instead of the actual table name. You can also marka a tables as <literal>hidden</literal> from Operators. For instance, Operators should see "Invoice Lines" as related records from the "Invoices" table, but they should never be able to navigate directly to the "Invoice Lines" table.
en_GB: You can see the list of existing tables by choosing <literal>Table</literal> from the <literal>Navigate</literal> menu. You will also see this window after connecting to a database server, after creating a new document. To create a new table, click the <literal>Add</literal> button and enter the name for the new table. This name should not contain any spaces or special characters. Glom will suggest a human-readable title for this table. <literal>Operators</literal> will see this title instead of the actual table name. You can also mark tables as <literal>hidden</literal> from Operators. For instance, Operators should see "Invoice Lines" as related records from the "Invoices" table, but they should never be able to navigate directly to the "Invoice Lines" table.

en: Dialog: New database
en_GB: Dialogue: New database

en: Dialog: Create database
en_GB: Dialogue: Create database

en: Dialog: Connection
en_GB: Dialogue: Connection

en: This dialog requests a user name and password for connection to a database server. This is usually not the same username and password combination with which you log in to your system. All Glom systems require a database server on which the actual data will be stored. If the database server is not running on your local computer ("localhost"), then you must also provide its network hostname, such as "glomserver.openismus.com", though your hostname will be different.
en_GB: This dialogue requests a user name and password for connection to a database server. This is usually not the same username and password combination with which you log in to your system. All Glom systems require a database server on which the actual data will be stored. If the database server is not running on your local computer ("localhost"), then you must also provide its network hostname, such as "glomserver.openismus.com", though your hostname will be different.

en: Dialog: Connection Error
en_GB: Dialogue: Connection Error

en: This dialog is shown when Glom could not connect to the specified database server. Either the database server is not running at the specified hostname, or the user name and password were not accepted by the database server. See the <link linkend="dialog_connection">Connection Dialog</link> section for more details.
en_GB: This dialogue is shown when Glom could not connect to the specified database server. Either the database server is not running at the specified hostname, or the user name and password were not accepted by the database server. See the <link linkend="dialog_connection">Connection Dialogue</link> section for more details.

en: Dialog: Database preferences
en_GB: Dialogue: Database preferences

en: Dialog: Change language
en_GB: Dialogue: Change language

en: Dialog: Notebook
en_GB: Dialogue: Notebook

en: Dialog: Data invalid format
en_GB: Dialogue: Data invalid format

en: Dialog: Relationship overview
en_GB: Dialogue: Relationship overview

en: Dialog: Group by sort fields
en_GB: Dialogue: Group by sort fields

en: Dialog: Group by secondary fields
en_GB: Dialogue: Group by secondary fields

en: Dialog: New group
en_GB: Dialogue: New group

en: Dialog: Choose user
en_GB: Dialogue: Choose user

en: Dialog: User
en_GB: Dialogue: User

en: Dialog: Translation identify original
en_GB: Dialogue: Translation identify original

en: Dialog: Translation copy
en_GB: Dialogue: Translation copy

en: Dialog: Choose Date
en_GB: Dialogue: Choose Date

en: Help with the application
en_GB: Help·with·the·application

en: Initializing Database Data
en_GB: Initialising Database Data

en: Generating the report...
en_GB: Generating the report…

note: Note to translators: If you see this error in the terminal at startup then you need to translate the %x elsewhere.
en: ERROR: sanity_check_date_text_representation_uses_4_digit_year(): Sanity check failed: Glom does not seem to use 4 digits to display years in a date's text representation, in this locale. Defaulting to dd/mm/yyyy though this might be incorrect for your locale. This needs attention from a translator. Please file a bug - see http://www.glom.org
en_GB: ERROR: sanity_check_date_text_representation_uses_4_digit_year(): Sanity check failed: Glom does not seem to use 4 digits to display years in a date's text representation, in this locale. Defaulting to dd/mm/yyyy though this might be incorrect for your locale. This needs attention from a translator. Please file a bug — see http://www.glom.org

en: Zip Code
en_GB: Postcode

en: You seem to be running Glom as a user with administrator privileges. Glom may not be run with such privileges for security reasons.
    Please login to your system as a normal user.
en_GB: You seem to be running Glom as a user with administrator privileges. Glom may not be run with such privileges for security reasons.
    Please log into your system as a normal user.

note: Warn the user:
en: You seem to be running Glom as root. Glom may not be run as root.
    Please login to your system as a normal user.
en_GB: You seem to be running Glom as root. Glom may not be run as root.
    Please log into your system as a normal user.

note: Give it access to the document.
en: Group By - Secondary Fields
en_GB: Group By — Secondary Fields

en: bla.blub - Import from CSV
en_GB: bla.blub — Import from CSV

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Test Translation</span>
    
    Choose a language to use temporarily to test the translations. These translations are normally used automatically when the application is started on a computer that uses the language.
    
    Note that the standard parts of the Glom user interface, such as menus and dialog windows, will only be translated when you start Glom on a computer that uses that language.
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Test Translation</span>
    
    Choose a language to use temporarily to test the translations. These translations are normally used automatically when the application is started on a computer that uses the language.
    
    Note that the standard parts of the Glom user interface, such as menus and dialogue windows, will only be translated when you start Glom on a computer that uses that language.

en: Zip/Postal Code:
en_GB: Postcode

en: State/County:
en_GB: County:

en: Group By - Sort Fields
en_GB: Group By — Sort Fields

en: Line Color:
en_GB: Line Colour:

en: Alternative Color for Negative Values
en_GB: Alternative Colour for Negative Values

en: Click this check box to use a different foreground color to display negative values.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a different foreground colour to display negative values.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard font.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard font.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard foreground color.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard foreground colour.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard background color.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard background colour.

en: When this is checked the table's title will be shown at the top of the report in addition to the report title.
en_GB: When this is ticked the table's title will be shown at the top of the report in addition to the report title.

note: TRANS: %s is the user login
en: %s associates a computer and a license
en_GB: %s associates a computer and a licence

en: An addressable network is a network defined on an equipment
en_GB: An addressable network is a network defined on a piece of equipment

en: No plugin installed
en_GB: No plug-in installed

en: Failed to setup libmpd
en_GB: Failed to set up libmpd

en: A new metadata plugin was added, gmpc has purged all failed hits from the cache
en_GB: A new metadata plug-in was added, gmpc has purged all failed hits from the cache

en: MPD Reported the following error
en_GB: MPD reported the following error

en: Start the program in full screen
en_GB: Start the programme in full screen

en: Show program version and revision
en_GB: Show programme version and revision

en: Don't load the plugins
en_GB: Don't load the plug-ins

en: Volume (+-)<level>
en_GB: Volume (+-) <level>

note: Add all from album
en: All from album
en_GB: Add all from album

note: Add all from artist
en: All from artist
en_GB: Add all from artist

note: Add all from genre
en: All from genre
en_GB: Add all from genre

en: Warning: unrecognized action "%s" in rcfile %s, line %d
en_GB: Warning: unrecognised action "%s" in rcfile %s, line %d

en: Initializing module: "%s" from %s
en_GB: Initialising module: "%s" from %s

en: Initializing module: "%s"
en_GB: Initialising module: "%s"

en: Couldn't initialize ltdl: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise ltdl: %s

en: Couldn't initialize EGL Device!
en_GB: Couldn't initialise EGL Device!

en: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialized FFmpeg codec %d (%s)
en_GB: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialised FFmpeg codec %d (%s)

en: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialized FFmpeg codec %d (%s) for flash codec %d (%s)
en_GB: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialised FFmpeg codec %d (%s) for flash codec %d (%s)

en: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialized FFmpeg codec %s (%d)
en_GB: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: initialised FFmpeg codec %s (%d)

en: AudioDecoderFfmpeg can't initialize MP3 parser
en_GB: AudioDecoderFfmpeg can't initialise MP3 parser

en: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: avcodec_open failed to initialize FFmpeg codec %s (%d)
en_GB: AudioDecoderFfmpeg: avcodec_open failed to initialise FFmpeg codec %s (%d)

en: AudioDecoder: initialized FFMPEG codec %s (%d)
en_GB: AudioDecoder: initialised FFMPEG codec %s (%d)

en: libavcodec failed to initialize FFMPEG codec %s (%d)
en_GB: libavcodec failed to initialise FFMPEG codec %s (%d)

en: VideoDecoder: initialized FFMPEG codec %s (%d)
en_GB: VideoDecoder: initialised FFMPEG codec %s (%d)

en: AudioDecoderSpeex: state initialization failed.
en_GB: AudioDecoderSpeex: state initialisation failed.

en: AudioDecoderSpeex: initialization failed.
en_GB: AudioDecoderSpeex: initialisation failed.

en: AudioDecoderSimple: initialized flash codec %s (%d)
en_GB: AudioDecoderSimple: initialised flash codec %s (%d)

en: serialization of as_value of type %d
en_GB: serialisation of as_value of type %d

en: Native class %s is not an object after initialization (%s)
en_GB: Native class %s is not an object after initialisation (%s)

en: Native class %s is not found after initialization
en_GB: Native class %s is not found after initialisation

en:   hasColor
en_GB:   hasColour

en: inflateWrapper(): no end of zstream found within swf tag boundaries
en_GB: inflateWrapper(): no end of zstream found within SWF tag boundaries

en: Device font provider was not initialized, can't get unitsPerEM
en_GB: Device font provider was not initialised, can't get unitsPerEM

en: Could not serialize NetConnection.call argument %d
en_GB: Could not serialise NetConnection.call argument %d

en: Point.normalize(%s): %s
en_GB: Point.normalise(%s): %s

en: ColorTransform(%s): not enough arguments (need 8). Constructing with default values
en_GB: ColourTransform(%s): not enough arguments (need 8). Constructing with default values

en: ColorTransform(%s): discarding extra arguments
en_GB: ColourTransform(%s): discarding extra arguments

en: Failed to construct flash.geom.ColorTransform!
en_GB: Failed to construct flash.geom.ColourTransform!

en: Transform.colorTransform(%s): extra arguments discarded
en_GB: Transform.colourTransform(%s): extra arguments discarded

en: Transform.colorTransform(%s): argument is not an object
en_GB: Transform.colourTransform(%s): argument is not an object

en: Transform.colorTransform(%s): argument is not a ColorTransform
en_GB: Transform.colourTransform(%s): argument is not a ColourTransform

en: No MediaParser initialized, can't start an external sound
en_GB: No MediaParser initialised, can't start an external sound

en: %s.beginGradientFill(%s): colors, alphas and ratios args don't have same length
en_GB: %s.beginGradientFill(%s): colours, alphas and ratios args don't have same length

en: Problems serializing an object's member %s=%s
en_GB: Problems serialising an object's member %s=%s

en: XMLSocket.send(): socket not initialized
en_GB: XMLSocket.send(): socket not initialised

en: AsBroadcaster.initialize() requires one argument, none given
en_GB: AsBroadcaster.initialise() requires one argument, none given

en: AsBroadcaster.initialize(%s): first arg is not an object
en_GB: AsBroadcaster.initialise(%s): first arg is not an object

en: AsBroadcaster.initialize(%s): first arg is an object but doesn't cast to one (dangling DisplayObject ref?)
en_GB: AsBroadcaster.initialise(%s): first arg is an object but doesn't cast to one (dangling DisplayObject ref?)

en: Color.setRGB() : missing argument
en_GB: Colour.setRGB() : missing argument

en: Color.setTransform() : missing argument
en_GB: Colour.setTransform() : missing argument

en: Color.setTransform(%s) : first argument doesn't cast to an object
en_GB: Colour.setTransform(%s) : first argument doesn't cast to an object

en: Unexpected value '%s' in TextField font color attribute
en_GB: Unexpected value '%s' in TextField font colour attribute

en: Attempt to perform initialized for a character %s that does not exist (either not exported or not defined)
en_GB: Attempt to perform initialised for a character %s that does not exist (either not exported or not defined)

en: Problems serializing an object's member
en_GB: Problems serialising an object's member

en: Problems serializing strict array member %d=%s
en_GB: Problems serialising strict array member %d=%s

en: Could not serialize object
en_GB: Could not serialise object

en:   color: %s
en_GB:   colour: %s

en:    ColorMatrixFilter:
en_GB:    ColourMatrixFilter:

en: SWFMovieDefinition::read(): unable to read zipped SWF data; gnash was compiled without zlib support
en_GB: SWFMovieDefinition::read(): unable to read zipped SWF data; Gnash was compiled without zlib support

en: Time exceeded (%1% secs) while attempting to catch up to streaming sound. Give up on synchronization?
en_GB: Time exceeded (%1% secs) while attempting to catch up to streaming sound. Give up on synchronisation?

en: ABC: Out of bounds method for initializer.
en_GB: ABC: Out of bounds method for initialiser.

en: Attempt to initialize read-only property '%s' on object '%p' twice
en_GB: Attempt to initialise read-only property '%s' on object '%p' twice

en: Couldn't initialize EGL device!
en_GB: Couldn't initialise EGL Device!

en: eglInitialize() failed (error %s)
en_GB: eglInitialise() failed (error %s)

en: Initializing EGL for OpenGLES2
en_GB: Initialising EGL for OpenGLES2

en: Initializing EGL for OpenGLES1
en_GB: Initialising EGL for OpenGLES1

en: eglBindAPI() failed to retrive the number of configs (error %s)
en_GB: eglBindAPI() failed to retrieve the number of configs (error %s)

en: Initializing EGL for OpenVG
en_GB: Initialising EGL for OpenVG

en: Initializing EGL Surface
en_GB: Initialising EGL Surface

en: User Mode Input device not initialized yet!
en_GB: User Mode Input device not initialised yet!

en: Couldn't initialize RAWFB device!
en_GB: Couldn't initialise RAWFB device!

en: LUT8: Setting up colormap
en_GB: LUT8: Setting up colourmap

en: LUT8: Error setting colormap: %s
en_GB: LUT8: Error setting colourmap: %s

en: Signaled fbe to reload it's colormap.
en_GB: Signaled fbe to reload it's colourmap.

en: Couldn't initialize DirectFB device!
en_GB: Couldn't initialise DirectFB device!

en: Couldn't initialize X11 device!
en_GB: Couldn't initialise X11 device!

en: Initialized Plugin: "%s": %s
en_GB: Initialised Plugin: "%s": %s

en: EGL: initialize ok
en_GB: EGL: initialise ok

en: No Device layer initialized yet!
en_GB: No Device layer initialised yet!

en: Can't update stage matrix till VM is initialized
en_GB: Can't update stage matrix till VM is initialised

en: This gui didn't override 'yesno', assuming 'yes' answer to question: %s
en_GB: This GUI didn't override 'yesno', assuming 'yes' answer to question: %s

en: eglGetConfigs() failed to retrive the configs (error %s)
en_GB: eglGetConfigs() failed to retrieve the configs (error %s)

en: Failed to initialize X threading support
en_GB: Failed to initialise X threading support

en: Couldn't initialize database
en_GB: Couldn't initialise database

en: Lady Bird
en_GB: Ladybird

en: Click to select device...
en_GB: Click to select device…

en: Searching for devices...
en_GB: Searching for devices…

note: translators: * This is in a test plugin, please make sure you add the "(test)" part, * or leave untranslated
en: Access the Internet using your cell phone (test)
en_GB: Access the Internet using your mobile phone (test)

en: Browse files...
en_GB: Browse files…

en: Authorization request from '%s'
en_GB: Authorisation request from '%s'

en: Check authorization
en_GB: Check authorisation

en: Send files to device...
en_GB: Send files to device…

en: Set up new device...
en_GB: Set up new device…

note: translators: * The '%s' is the device name, for example: * Connecting to 'Sony Bluetooth Headset'...
en: Connecting to '%s'...
en_GB: Connecting to '%s'…

note: translators: * The '%s' is the device name, for example: * Please wait while finishing setup on 'Sony Bluetooth Headset'...
en: Please wait while finishing setup on device '%s'...
en_GB: Please wait while finishing setup on device '%s'…

en: PIN _options...
en_GB: PIN _options…

en: Window maximized
en_GB: Window maximised

en: Check virtualization capabilities
en_GB: Check virtualisation capabilities

note: A 'broker' is a virtual-machine manager (could be local or remote). Currently libvirt is the only one supported.
en: URI to display, broker or installer media
en_GB: URI to display, broker or installer medium

en: Virtualizer
en_GB: Virtualiser

note: FIXME: add proper UI & docs
en: • The CPU is capable of virtualization: %s
en_GB: • The CPU is capable of virtualisation: %s

en: Downloading device drivers...
en_GB: Downloading device drivers…

en: Analyzing...
en_GB: Analysing…

en: Failed to analyze installer media. Corrupted or incomplete media?
en_GB: Failed to analyse installer medium. Corrupted or incomplete medium?

en: Insert operating system installation media or select a source below
en_GB: Insert operating system installation medium or select a source below

en: Virtualization extensions are unavailable on your system. Expect this box to be extremely slow. If your system is recent enough (made in or after 2008), these extensions are probably available on your system and you may need to enable them in your system's BIOS setup.
en_GB: Virtualisation extensions are unavailable on your system. Expect this box to be extremely slow. If your system is recent enough (made in or after 2008), these extensions are probably available on your system and you may need to enable them in your system's BIOS setup.

note: Accessible name for the factorize button
en: Factorize
en_GB: Factorise

note: The license this software is under (GPL2+)
en: Gcalctool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    Gcalctool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with Gcalctool; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
en_GB: Gcalctool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    Gcalctool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with Gcalctool; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

note: Tooltip for the factor button
en: Factorize [Ctrl+F]
en_GB: Factorise [Ctrl+F]

note: Tooltip for the double declining depreciation button
en: Double Declining Depreciation
en_GB: Double-Declining Depreciation

note: Tooltip for the sum of the years digits depreciation button
en: Sum of the Years Digits Depreciation
en_GB: Sum-of-the-Years' Digits Depreciation

note: Tooltip for the straight line depreciation button
en: Straight Line Depreciation
en_GB: Straight-Line Depreciation

note: Error displayed when trying to factorize a non-integer value
en: Need an integer to factorize
en_GB: Need an integer to factorise

en: Kilometers
en_GB: Kilometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: kilometer,kilometers,km,kms
en_GB: kilometre,kilometres,km,kms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: meter,meters,m
en_GB: metre,metres,m

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms
en_GB: centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: millimeter,millimeters,mm
en_GB: millimetre,millimetres,mm

en: Micrometers
en_GB: Micrometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: micrometer,micrometers,um
en_GB: micrometre,micrometres,um

en: Nanometers
en_GB: Nanometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: nanometer,nanometers,nm
en_GB: nanometre,nanometres,nm

en: Square Meters
en_GB: Square Metres

en: Square Centimeters
en_GB: Square Centimetres

en: Square Millimeters
en_GB: Square Millimetres

en: Cubic Meters
en_GB: Cubic Metres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: microsecond,microseconds,us,μs
en_GB: microsecond,microseconds,us,µs

en: glChess is a game for playing the classic board game of chess, in which two players simulate a battle by capturing the opponents pieces and ultimately the king. It can be played in 2D or 3D mode, full screen or in a window.
en_GB: <application>glChess</application> is a game for playing the classic board game of chess, in which two players simulate a battle by capturing the opponent's pieces and ultimately the king. It can be played in 2D or 3D mode, full screen or in a window.

en: 2006-2008
en_GB: 2006–2008

en: Chess is a two-player strategy board game. <application>glChess</application> is a 2D/3D chess game, where games can be played between a combination of human and computer players. glChess detects known third party chess engines for computer players. The game was originally developed by Robert Ancell, now the game is included in gnome-games.
en_GB: Chess is a two-player strategy board game. <application>glChess</application> is a 2D/3D chess game, where games can be played between a combination of human and computer players. glChess detects known third-party chess engines for computer players. The game was originally developed by Robert Ancell; now the game is included in gnome-games.

en: <application>glChess</application> is written in Python and uses GTK+ and Cairo to render the chess board. 3D support is optionally available using OpenGl, using the Python OpenGL and GtkGLExt libraries. As with most modern 3D programs hardware acceleration is recommended but it should run OK in software. glChess is bundled with GNU Chess as the default chess AI. glChess can be played in network mode against other players on the Internet.
en_GB: <application>glChess</application> is written in Python and uses GTK+ and Cairo to render the chess board. 3D support is optionally available using OpenGL, using the Python OpenGL and GtkGLExt libraries. As with most modern 3D programs hardware acceleration is recommended but it should run OK in software. <application>glChess</application> is bundled with GNU Chess as the default chess AI. <application>glChess</application> can be played in network mode against other players on the Internet.

en: Chess is played on a square chessboard, consisting of 64 squares of alternating color. Each player begins the game with sixteen pieces: one king, one queen, two rooks, two knights, two bishops, and eight pawns. One player controls the white pieces and the other player controls the black pieces; the player that controls white is the first to move. The players take turns moving pieces; certain moves involve a "capturing" of an opponent's piece, removing it from the chessboard. The object of the game is to checkmate the opponent's king. This occurs when the king is under immediate attack (in check) and there is no way to remove it from attack on the next move. Theoreticians have developed extensive chess strategies and tactics since the game's inception.
en_GB: Chess is played on a square chessboard, consisting of 64 squares of alternating colour. Each player begins the game with sixteen pieces: one king, one queen, two rooks, two knights, two bishops, and eight pawns. One player controls the white pieces and the other player controls the black pieces; the player that controls white is the first to move. The players take turns moving pieces; certain moves involve a "capturing" of an opponent's piece, removing it from the chessboard. The object of the game is to checkmate the opponent's king. This occurs when the king is under immediate attack (in check) and there is no way to remove it from attack on the next move. Theoreticians have developed extensive chess strategies and tactics since the game's inception.

en: The current form of the game emerged in South Europe in the second half of the 15th century after evolving from similar, much older games of Asian origin. Chess is one of the world's most popular board games. The tradition of competitive chess began in the 16th century. The first official World Chess Champion, Wilhelm Steinitz, claimed his title in 1886; his modern equivalent, Vladimir Kramnik, is the 14th Champion in the lineage. There are also biennial world team events called Chess Olympiads. Since the 20th century, two international organizations, the World Chess Federation and the International Correspondence Chess Federation have organized and overseen the top chess competitions and international titles.
en_GB: The current form of the game emerged in South Europe in the second half of the 15th century after evolving from similar, much older games of Asian origin. Chess is one of the world's most popular board games. The tradition of competitive chess began in the 16th century. The first official World Chess Champion, Wilhelm Steinitz, claimed his title in 1886; his modern equivalent, Vladimir Kramnik, is the 14th Champion in the lineage. There are also biennial world team events called Chess Olympiads. Since the 20th century, two international organisations, the World Chess Federation and the International Correspondence Chess Federation have organised and overseen the top chess competitions and international titles.

en: Starting glChess displays the main game window as shown below. The game is played by moving chess pieces using the mouse. Each player alternates to move a piece in the appropriate colour, from one board position to another valid board position. The main game window is organized in three main areas: In the top menu and toolbar area, most common game actions can be made. The chess board is in the middle of the window, where the game is played by moving chess pieces using the mouse. Finally, the game history panel is shown at the bottom, where information about the game history, the remaining move time and buttons for showing previous or next moves are available.
en_GB: Starting <application>glChess</application> displays the main game window as shown below. The game is played by moving chess pieces using the mouse. Each player alternates to move a piece in the appropriate colour, from one board position to another valid board position. The main game window is organised in three main areas: In the top menu and toolbar area, most common game actions can be made. The chess board is in the middle of the window, where the game is played by moving chess pieces using the mouse. Finally, the game history panel is shown at the bottom, where information about the game history, the remaining move time and buttons for showing previous or next moves are available.

en: To start a new game, press the <guibutton>New Game</guibutton> buttton on the toolbar. The new game dialog is then shown, which allows you to setup a new game with the settings of your choice. In the <interface>game properties</interface> section, the game name and time-limit for each player's move is set. In the <interface>players</interface> section, it is possible to setup the number of human and AI players. If you have installed any supported chess engines as AI players, these will be displayed in the list of available players. Finally, the difficulty setting of the AI players is set in the <interface>difficulty</interface> section.
en_GB: To start a new game, press the <guibutton>New Game</guibutton> button on the toolbar. The new game dialogue is then shown, which allows you to setup a new game with the settings of your choice. In the <interface>game properties</interface> section, the game name and time limit for each player's move is set. In the <interface>players</interface> section, it is possible to setup the number of human and AI players. If you have installed any supported chess engines as AI players, these will be displayed in the list of available players. Finally, the difficulty setting of the AI players is set in the <interface>difficulty</interface> section.

en: Start new game dialog
en_GB: Start new game dialogue

en: Start new game dialog for glChess.
en_GB: Start new game dialogue for <application>glChess</application>.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+N</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a new game of <application>Chess</application>.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a new game of <application>Chess</application>.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+O</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Loads a previously saved game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Loads a previously saved game.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+S</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Saves the current game of chess.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Saves the current game of chess.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Save AS</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Saves the current game of chess with a new filename.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Saves the current game of chess with a new filename.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+L</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a network multiplayer game using GGZ Gaming Zone.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a network multiplayer game using GGZ Gaming Zone.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+Q</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Ends the game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Ends the game.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>F11</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Fullscreen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Shows the game window in fullscreen mode.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F11</keycap></shortcut><guimenuitem>Fullscreen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Shows the game window in fullscreen mode.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Show Logs</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Show logs for debugging glChess and the active chess AI engines.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Show Logs</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Show logs for debugging <application>glChess</application> and the active chess AI engines.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>F1</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Display this manual.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F1</keycap></shortcut><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Display this manual.

en: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> This opens the <interface>About</interface> dialog which shows basic information about <application>glChess</application>, such as the author's name, the version number of the game.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> This opens the <interface>About</interface> dialogue which shows basic information about <application>glChess</application>, such as the author's name, the version number of the game.

note: The reference for this chapter is http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chess
en: Chess is played on a square board of eight rows (called ranks and denoted with numbers 1 to 8) and eight columns (called files and denoted with letters a to h) of squares. The colors of the sixty-four squares alternate between light and dark, and are referred to as "light squares" and "dark squares". The chessboard is placed so that each player has a white square in the near right hand corner, and the pieces are set out as shown in the diagram, with each queen on a square that matches its color.
en_GB: Chess is played on a square board of eight rows (called ranks and denoted with numbers 1 to 8) and eight columns (called files and denoted with letters a to h) of squares. The colours of the sixty-four squares alternate between light and dark, and are referred to as "light squares" and "dark squares". The chessboard is placed so that each player has a white square in the near right hand corner, and the pieces are set out as shown in the diagram, with each queen on a square that matches its colour.

en: Each player begins the game with sixteen pieces: each player's pieces comprise one king, one queen, two rooks, two bishops, two knights and eight pawns. One player, referred to as White, controls the white pieces and the other player, Black, controls the black pieces; White is always the first player to move. The colors are chosen either by a friendly agreement, by a game of chance or by a tournament director. The players alternate moving one piece at a time (with the exception of castling, when two pieces are moved at the same time). Pieces are moved to either an unoccupied square, or one occupied by an opponent's piece, capturing it and removing it from play. With one exception (en passant), all pieces capture opponent's pieces by moving to the square that the opponent's piece occupies.
en_GB: Each player begins the game with sixteen pieces: each player's pieces comprise one king, one queen, two rooks, two bishops, two knights and eight pawns. One player, referred to as White, controls the white pieces and the other player, Black, controls the black pieces; White is always the first player to move. The colours are chosen either by a friendly agreement, by a game of chance or by a tournament director. The players alternate moving one piece at a time (with the exception of castling, when two pieces are moved at the same time). Pieces are moved to either an unoccupied square, or one occupied by an opponent's piece, capturing it and removing it from play. With one exception (en passant), all pieces capture opponent's pieces by moving to the square that the opponent's piece occupies.

en: The king can move only one square horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Once in the game, each king is allowed to make a special double move, to castle. Castling consists of moving the king two squares towards a rook, then moving the rook onto the square over which the king crossed. Castling is only permissible if all of the following conditions hold:
en_GB: The king can move only one square horizontally, vertically or diagonally. Once in the game, each king is allowed to make a special double move, to castle. Castling consists of moving the king two squares towards a rook, then moving the rook onto the square over which the king crossed. Castling is only permissible if all of the following conditions hold:

en: The bishop moves any number of vacant squares in any direction diagonally. Note that a bishop never changes square color, therefore players speak about "light-squared" or "dark-squared" bishops.
en_GB: The bishop moves any number of vacant squares in any direction diagonally. Note that a bishop never changes square colour, therefore players speak about "light-squared" or "dark-squared" bishops.

en: The queen can move any number of vacant squares diagonally, horizontally, or vertically.
en_GB: The queen can move any number of vacant squares diagonally, horizontally or vertically.

en: The knight can jump over occupied squares and moves two spaces horizontally and one space vertically or vice versa, making an "L" shape. A knight in the middle of the board has eight squares to which it can move. Note that every time a knight moves, it changes square color.
en_GB: The knight can jump over occupied squares and moves two spaces horizontally and one space vertically or vice-versa, making an "L" shape. A knight in the middle of the board has eight squares to which it can move. Note that every time a knight moves, it changes square colour.

en: Pawns have the most complex rules of movement: A pawn can move forward one square, if that square is unoccupied. If it has not moved yet, the pawn has the option of moving two squares forward, if both squares in front of the pawn are unoccupied. A pawn cannot move backward. When such an initial two square advance is made that puts that pawn horizontally adjacent to an opponent's pawn, the opponent's pawn can capture that pawn "en passant" as if it moved forward only one square rather than two, but only on the immediately subsequent move. Pawns are the only pieces that capture differently than they move. They can capture an enemy piece on either of the two spaces adjacent to the space in front of them (i.e., the two squares diagonally in front of them), but cannot move to these spaces if they are vacant. If a pawn advances all the way to its eighth rank, it is then promoted (converted) to a queen, rook, bishop, or knight of the same color. In practice, the pawn is almost always promoted to a queen.
en_GB: Pawns have the most complex rules of movement: A pawn can move forward one square, if that square is unoccupied. If it has not moved yet, the pawn has the option of moving two squares forward, if both squares in front of the pawn are unoccupied. A pawn cannot move backward. When such an initial two square advance is made that puts that pawn horizontally adjacent to an opponent's pawn, the opponent's pawn can capture that pawn "en passant" as if it moved forward only one square rather than two, but only on the immediately subsequent move. Pawns are the only pieces that capture differently than they move. They can capture an enemy piece on either of the two spaces adjacent to the space in front of them (i.e., the two squares diagonally in front of them), but cannot move to these spaces if they are vacant. If a pawn advances all the way to its eighth rank, it is then promoted (converted) to a queen, rook, bishop, or knight of the same colour. In practice, the pawn is almost always promoted to a queen.

en: Games can be played with a time-limit by setting a move time when creating a new game. In timed games each player has a certain amount of time available for deciding which moves to make, and the time remaining for each player decreases only when it is their turn to move.
en_GB: Games can be played with a time limit by setting a move time when creating a new game. In timed games each player has a certain amount of time available for deciding which moves to make, and the time remaining for each player decreases only when it is their turn to move.

en: This preference dialog allows you to modify board orientation, move format and promotion type.
en_GB: This preference dialogue allows you to modify board orientation, move format and promotion type.

en: Game preferences dialog for glChess
en_GB: Game preferences dialogue for <application>glChess</application>

en: Game preferences dialog for glChes.
en_GB: Game preferences dialogue for <application>glChess</application>.

en: This preference dialog allows you to modify the look and feel of glChess.
en_GB: This preference dialogue allows you to modify the look and feel of <application>glChess</application>.

en: View preferences dialog for glChess
en_GB: View preferences dialogue for <application>glChess</application>

en: View preferences dialog for glChess.
en_GB: View preferences dialogue for <application>glChess</application>.

en: glChess should be able to use any Chess Engine Communication Protocol or Universal Chess Interface compatible chess engines, including these chess engines:
en_GB: <application>glChess</application> should be able to use any Chess Engine Communication Protocol or Universal Chess Interface compatible chess engines, including these chess engines:

en: There are no documented bugs or limitations in glChess. To find areas where you can help improve glChess, please refer to the TODO file which is distributed with the game.
en_GB: There are no documented bugs or limitations in <application>glChess</application>. To find areas where you can help improve <application>glChess</application>, please refer to the <filename>TODO</filename> file which is distributed with the game.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: Color Calibration
en_GB: Colour Calibration

en: Use the color sensor to sample spot colors
en_GB: Use the colour sensor to sample spot colours

note: This refers to the amount of ambient light on the sensor
en: Color Temperature:
en_GB: Colour Temperature:

note: This is the title to a combobox that switches the RGB conversion between different colorspaces such as Adobe RGB and sRGB
en: Colorspace:
en_GB: Colourspace:

en: Color Profile Viewer
en_GB: Colour Profile Viewer

en: Inspect and compare installed color profiles
en_GB: Inspect and compare installed colour profiles

en: Named colors are specific colors that are defined in the profile
en_GB: Named colours are specific colours that are defined in the profile

en: Named Colors
en_GB: Named Colours

en: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending colored and gray patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.
en_GB: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending coloured and grey patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.

en: Reading the patches using the color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Reading the patches using the colour measuring instrument.

en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this screen.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this screen.

en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this device.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this device.

en: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your colour measuring instrument.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name for libcanberra
en: GNOME Color Manager
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager

en: Failed to read the color sample correctly.
en_GB: Failed to read the colour sample correctly.

en: The device could not measure the color spot correctly.
en_GB: The device could not measure the colour spot correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, just follow the hardware instructions
en: Place the colorimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.
en_GB: Place the colourimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, the sensor has to be above the line
en: Ensure the center of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.
en_GB: Ensure the centre of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device, and there's an example image
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square like the image below.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square like the image below.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the final summary
en: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control center</a>.
en_GB: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control centre</a>.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, bullet item
en: Configure your display with custom color settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.
en_GB: Configure your display with custom colour settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, addition to bullet item
en: If custom color is not available then use a 6500K color temperature.
en_GB: If custom colour is not available then use a 6500K colour temperature.

en: These tools are required to build color profiles for devices.
en_GB: These tools are required to build colour profiles for devices.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Common color target files are not installed on this computer.
en_GB: Common colour target files are not installed on this computer.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Color target files are needed to convert the image to a color profile.
en_GB: Colour target files are needed to convert the image to a colour profile.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, preface
en: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and color correction profiles have not been applied.
en_GB: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and colour correction profiles have not been applied.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is intro page text
en: Higher quality calibration requires many color samples and more time.
en_GB: Higher quality calibration requires many colour samples and more time.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the message body for the chart selection
en: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in color matching but requires more time for reading the color patches.
en_GB: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in colour matching but requires more time for reading the colour patches.

en: Color profile is already imported
en_GB: Colour profile is already imported

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import display color profile?
en_GB: Import display colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import device color profile?
en_GB: Import device colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import named color profile?
en_GB: Import named colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import color profile?
en_GB: Import colour profile?

en: No colorimeter is attached.
en_GB: No colourimeter is attached.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is displayed the user has not got suitable hardware
en: The attached colorimeter is not capable of reading a spot color.
en_GB: The attached colourimeter is not capable of reading a spot colour.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is when there are no profiles that can be used; * the search term is either "RGB" or "CMYK"
en: No %s color spaces available
en_GB: No %s colour spaces available

note: TRANSLATORS: tool that is used to pick colors
en: GNOME Color Manager Color Picker
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager Colour Picker

note: TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Colorspace conversion
en_GB: Colourspace conversion

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis contains significant amounts of color
en_GB: The grey axis contains significant amounts of colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis is non-monotonic
en_GB: The grey axis is non-monotonic

en: Color management
en_GB: Colour management

en: This is an example plugin that is mostly useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers
en_GB: This is an example plugin that is most useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers

en: S_ynchronize Directories
en_GB: S_ynchronise Directories

en: Edit Colors...
en_GB: Edit Colours...

en: Respect theme colors
en_GB: Respect theme colours

note: LS_COLORS
en: Colorize files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable
en_GB: Colorise files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable

en: Other favorite apps
en_GB: Other favourite apps

en: Organization that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.
en_GB: Organisation that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.

en: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: The colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: Date and Time (digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (digitised)

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is metres.

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is metres.

en: Inter Color Profile.
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile.

en: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitizer or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitiser or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: Indicates the color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: Indicates the colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colorspace is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.
en_GB: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.

en: The distance to the subject, given in meters.
en_GB: The distance to the subject, given in metres.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.

en: Subsec Time Digitized
en_GB: Subsec Time Digitised

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Color Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix co-efficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Colour Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: Last access datetime.
en_GB: Last access date time.

en: Last modified datetime.
en_GB: Last modified date and time.

en: Equalization
en_GB: Equalisation

en: Equalization.
en_GB: Equalisation.

en: Equalization 2
en_GB: Equalisation 2

en: Synchronized lyric.
en_GB: Synchronised lyric.

en: Synchronized Tempo
en_GB: Synchronised Tempo

en: Synchronized tempo codes.
en_GB: Synchronised tempo codes.

en: Unsynchronized Lyrics
en_GB: Unsynchronised Lyrics

en: Unsynchronized lyric.
en_GB: Unsynchronised lyric.

en: Datetime image was originally created.
en_GB: Date and time image was originally created.

en: The person or organization which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).
en_GB: The person or organisation which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).

en: Contains rasterized object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.
en_GB: Contains rasterised object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.

en: Organization producing the track.
en_GB: Organisation producing the track.

en: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Center to add one.
en_GB: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Centre to add one.

en: No contact with email address %s found
en_GB: No contact with e-mail address %s found

en: Show contact with this email address
en_GB: Show contact with this e-mail address

en: Add detail...
en_GB: Add detail…

en: Select email address
en_GB: Select e-mail address

en: Add/Remove Linked Contacts...
en_GB: Add/Remove Linked Contacts…

en: State/Province
en_GB: County

en: Zip/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode. The character between %R and %S is U+2236 RATIO
en: %a %b %e, %R∶%S
en_GB: %a %e %b, %R:%S

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date used for AM/PM. The Unicode characters are U+2236 RATIO and U+2009 THIN SPACE
en: %a %b %e, %l∶%M∶%S %p
en_GB: %a %e %b, %l:%M:%S %p

en: %a %b %e, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %a %e %b, %l:%M %p

note: Translators: This is a time format with day used for AM/PM. The Unicode characters are U+2236 RATIO and U+2009 THIN SPACE
en: %a %l∶%M∶%S %p
en_GB: %a %l:%M:%S %p

en: %a %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %a %l:%M %p

en: 2006/September/19
en_GB: 19th September 2006

en: 2006/September/18
en_GB: 18th September 2006

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: Creating a perfect application is a wonderful feeling. Whether large or small, you want the desktop to recognize your application and for them to interact appropriately. With multiple desktops currently available, it is best for your application to be able to integrate itself in as many of them as possible. Even though no official rules have been adopted, there is a set of specifications available at <emphasis>freedesktop.org</emphasis>.
en_GB: Creating a perfect application is a wonderful feeling. Whether large or small, you want the desktop to recognise your application and for them to interact appropriately. With multiple desktops currently available, it is best for your application to be able to integrate itself in as many of them as possible. Even though no official rules have been adopted, there is a set of specifications available at <emphasis>freedesktop.org</emphasis>.

en: Unlike in Windows or MacOS, in GNOME the users menus are automatically constructed from the list of registered applications. Each published application specifies a set of categories to which it belongs, and the systems menu configuration sorts and arranges them. This mechanism follows the freedesktop.org desktop entry and menu standards.
en_GB: Unlike in Windows or Mac OS, in GNOME the user's menus are automatically constructed from the list of registered applications. Each published application specifies a set of categories to which it belongs, and the systems menu configuration sorts and arranges them. This mechanism follows the freedesktop.org desktop entry and menu standards.

en: In GNOME and other freedesktop.org-compliant desktops, an application gets registered into the desktop's menus through a <firstterm>desktop entry</firstterm>, which is a text file with <filename>.desktop</filename> extension. This desktop file contains a listing of the configurations for your application. The desktop takes the information in this file and uses it to:
en_GB: In GNOME and other freedesktop.org-compliant desktops, an application gets registered into the desktop's menus through a <firstterm>desktop entry</firstterm>, which is a text file with the <filename>.desktop</filename> extension. This desktop file contains a listing of the configurations for your application. The desktop takes the information in this file and uses it to:

en: list the application in the <application>Run Application...</application> dialog
en_GB: list the application in the <application>Run Application</application> dialogue

en: recognize the MIME types it supports for opening files.
en_GB: recognise the MIME types it supports for opening files.

en: Note that the <literal>~/.local/share/applications</literal> location is not monitored by versions of GNOME prior to version 2.10 or on Fedora Core Linux, prior to version 2.8. These versions of GNOME follow the now-deprecated vfolder standard, and so desktop files must be installed to <literal>~/.gnome2/vfolders/applications</literal>. This location is not supported by GNOME 2.8 on Fedora Core nor on upstream GNOME 2.10 so for maximum compatibility with deployed desktops, put the file in both locations.
en_GB: Note that the <filename class="directory">~/.local/share/applications</filename> location is not monitored by versions of GNOME prior to version 2.10 or on Fedora Core Linux, prior to version 2.8. These versions of GNOME follow the now-deprecated vfolder standard, and so desktop files must be installed to <filename class="directory">~/.gnome2/vfolders/applications</filename>. This location is not supported by GNOME 2.8 on Fedora Core nor on upstream GNOME 2.10 so for maximum compatibility with deployed desktops, put the file in both locations.

en: Place this file in the <literal>/usr/share/applications</literal> directory so that it is accessible by everyone, or in <literal>~/.local/share/applications</literal> if you only wish to make it accessible to a single user. Which is used should depend on whether your application is installed systemwide or into a user's home directory. GNOME monitors these directories for changes, so simply copying the file to the right location is enough to register it with the desktop. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: Place this file in the <filename class="directory">/usr/share/applications</filename> directory so that it is accessible by everyone, or in <filename class="directory">~/.local/share/applications</filename> if you only wish to make it accessible to a single user. Which is used should depend on whether your application is installed systemwide or into a user's home directory. GNOME monitors these directories for changes, so simply copying the file to the right location is enough to register it with the desktop. <placeholder-1/>

en: However, the keys are case sensitive. <command>Type=Application</command> is not the same as <command>type=Application</command> or <command>TYPE=Application</command>.
en_GB: However, the keys are case-sensitive. <command>Type=Application</command> is not the same as <command>type=Application</command> or <command>TYPE=Application</command>.

en: Line by line explanation
en_GB: Line-by-line explanation

en: The first line of every desktop file and the section header to identify the block of key value pairs associated with the desktop. Necessary for the desktop to recognize the file correctly.
en_GB: The first line of every desktop file and the section header to identify the block of key value pairs associated with the desktop. Necessary for the desktop to recognise the file correctly.

en: Describes whether application should run in a terminal.
en_GB: Describes whether the application should run in a terminal.

en: To create localized names and comments, additional lines for each locale need to be added. For example, to add a Swedish version of the comment, add the following line:
en_GB: To create localised names and comments, additional lines for each locale need to be added. For example, to add a Swedish version of the comment, add the following line:

en: The desktop looks for icons in the selected theme directory of <filename>/usr/share/icons/</filename>. Application icons should be available at least at a resolution of 48x48 pixels. Place the icon in <filename>/usr/share/icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/</filename>. This is the directory the desktop looks in if there is no icon for your application in the selected theme. If you have themed icons, put them in the appropriate directories.
en_GB: The desktop looks for icons in the selected theme directory of <filename class="directory">/usr/share/icons/</filename>. Application icons should be available at least at a resolution of 48x48 pixels. Place the icon in <filename class="directory">/usr/share/icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/</filename>. This is the directory the desktop looks in if there is no icon for your application in the selected theme. If you have themed icons, put them in the appropriate directories.

en: To better visually integrate with the GNOME desktop, while keeping your application look native when run under KDE, Windows XP or Mac OS X, follow the <ulink url="http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Icon_Theme_Guidelines">Tango Style guidelines</ulink> when creating your artwork. The document explains various aspects of icon design, including colors, lighting and sizes. Some typical workflow and video tutorials are also provided.
en_GB: To better visually integrate with the GNOME desktop, while keeping your application look native when run under KDE, Windows XP or Mac OS X, follow the <ulink url="http://tango.freedesktop.org/Tango_Icon_Theme_Guidelines">Tango Style guidelines</ulink> when creating your artwork. The document explains various aspects of icon design, including colours, lighting and sizes. Some typical workflow and video tutorials are also provided.

en: Additional Mime types can be added by separating the different types with semicolons.
en_GB: Additional MIME types can be added by separating the different types with semicolons.

en: The system already knows of a large number of MIME types. However, if you are creating one of your own, you need to register your MIME type into the MIME database. In the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages/</filename> directory, create an <acronym>XML</acronym> file with the format as shown in <xref linkend="ex-mime-xml"/>.
en_GB: The system already knows of a large number of MIME types. However, if you are creating one of your own, you need to register your MIME type with the MIME database. In the <filename class="directory">/usr/share/mime/packages/</filename> directory, create an <acronym>XML</acronym> file with the format as shown in <xref linkend="ex-mime-xml"/>.

en: Although the fields shown in <xref linkend="desktop-files"/> provide enough information for the desktop to recognize your application, there are other fields that may be useful for your particular case. One of these fields is <firstterm>startup notification</firstterm>.
en_GB: Although the fields shown in <xref linkend="desktop-files"/> provide enough information for the desktop to recognise your application, there are other fields that may be useful for your particular case. One of these fields is <firstterm>startup notification</firstterm>.

en: Regardless of toolkit, there is one type of application where you would have to manually handle feedback. Applications with remoting capabilities (where you tell an existing process to open a new window instead of starting a new process) cannot use the built-in mechanism. The value of the DESKTOP_LAUNCH_ID environment has to be passed by your application and have it notify the launching system of your new window. If you are using <application>GTK+</application>, the documentation for <function>gdk_notify_startup_complete()</function> has a bit more information.
en_GB: Regardless of toolkit, there is one type of application where you would have to manually handle feedback. Applications with remoting capabilities (where you tell an existing process to open a new window instead of starting a new process) cannot use the built-in mechanism. The value of the <envar>DESKTOP_LAUNCH_ID</envar> environment has to be passed by your application and have it notify the launching system of your new window. If you are using <application>GTK+</application>, the documentation for <function>gdk_notify_startup_complete()</function> has a bit more information.

en: The GNOME file manager, Nautilus, can display little thumbnails tailored for each file instead of generic icons in its file lists. For example, a word processor document can be made to appear as a little version of the first page in the document. This is useful because users can see a small representation of the visible data in their files, which may aid in recalling what file they are looking for. You can make your application create these thumbnails with a few simple steps.
en_GB: The GNOME file manager, <application>Nautilus</application>, can display little thumbnails tailored for each file instead of generic icons in its file lists. For example, a word processor document can be made to appear as a little version of the first page in the document. This is useful because users can see a small representation of the visible data in their files, which may aid in recalling what file they are looking for. You can make your application create these thumbnails with a few simple steps.

en: Type: boolean. Determines whether this thumbnailer will be run. You can enable or disable each individual thumbnailer. When you install a new thumbnailer, you should of course make this key's value be <symbol>true</symbol>.
en_GB: Type: boolean. Determines whether this thumbnailer will be run. You can enable or disable individual thumbnailers. When you install a new thumbnailer, you should of course make this key's value be <symbol>true</symbol>.

en: That is, each MIME type requires two GConf keys (<literal>enable</literal> and <literal>command</literal>) under the same path. The path name can be derived from the MIME type name by substituting a "<literal>/</literal>" with "<literal>@</literal>". For example, a thumbnailer for <literal>image/x-my-format</literal> would need two keys: <literal>/desktop/gnome/thumbnailers/image@x-my-format/enable</literal> and <literal>/desktop/gnome/thumbnailers/image@x-my-format/command</literal>.
en_GB: That is, each MIME type requires two GConf keys (<literal>enable</literal> and <literal>command</literal>) under the same path. The path name can be derived from the MIME type name by substituting a "<literal>/</literal>" with "<literal>@</literal>". For example, a thumbnailer for <literal>image/x-my-format</literal> would need two keys: <literal>/desktop/gnome/thumbnailers/<replaceable>image@x-my-format</replaceable>/enable</literal> and <literal>/desktop/gnome/thumbnailers/<replaceable>image@x-my-format</replaceable>/command</literal>.

en: Otherwise, an error dialog will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.
en_GB: Otherwise, an error dialogue will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.

en: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Shows the Add Source dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Add Source dialogue.

en: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialogue.

en: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Searching for '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for '%s'…

en: %s - Dictionary
en_GB: %s — Dictionary

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.

en: Check this box to see the passphrases entered above
en_GB: Tick this box to see the passphrases entered above

en: Agressive spin-down may wear out the drive faster than anticipated. Please check the “Start/Stop Count” SMART attribute from time to time
en_GB: Aggressive spin-down may wear out the drive faster than anticipated. Please check the “Start/Stop Count” SMART attribute from time to time

en: If checked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]
en_GB: If ticked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]

en: Require additional authori_zation to unlock
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to unlock

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If checked, additional authorisation is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: Require additional authori_zation to mount
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to mount

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If checked, additional authorisation is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: If checked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want the underlying disk image to be modified
en_GB: If ticked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want the underlying disk image to be modified

en: Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads
en_GB: Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads.

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Time
en_GB: Spin Up Time

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Retry Count
en_GB: Spin Up Retry Count

en: Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from reallocated sectors to a spare area
en_GB: Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from reallocated sectors to a spare area.

en: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector, it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt
en_GB: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector; it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt.

en: The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem
en_GB: The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem.

en: Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations, like reading, recording, positioning of heads, etc
en_GB: Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations like reading, recording, positioning of heads, etc.

note: Translators: Used in the treeview for the pretty/interpreted value of an attribute * for a temperature-based unit - first %f is the temperature in degrees Celcius, second %f * is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit Translators: Used to format a temperature. * The first %f is the temperature in deg
en: %.0f° C / %.0f° F
en_GB: %.0f° C/%.0f° F

note: Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value
en: Normalized
en_GB: Normalised

note: Translators: warning used for erasure of multiple disks
en: All data on the selected disks will be lost but may still be recoverable by data recovery services
en_GB: All data on the disk will be lost but may still be recoverable by data recovery services

en: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be canceled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks
en_GB: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be cancelled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks

en: Error determing size of file
en_GB: Error determining size of file

en: No Media
en_GB: No Medium

en: If checked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified
en_GB: If ticked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified

en: Error ejecting media
en_GB: Error ejecting medium

en: Error canceling job
en_GB: Error cancelling job

en: <span size="large"><b>Updated plugins are available!</b></span>
en_GB: <span size="large"><b>Updated plug-ins are available!</b></span>

en: <b>First-launch Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>First-launch Behaviour</b>

en: PluginConfigurationWindow
en_GB: Plug-inConfigurationWindow

en: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plugin name here</span>
en_GB: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plug-in name here</span>

en: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plugin for that!</span></b>
en_GB: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plug-in for that!</span></b>

en: A Do plugin for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?
en_GB: A Do plug-in for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?

en: Don't ask me about Do plugins again.
en_GB: Don't ask me about Do plug-ins again.

en: What does the {0} plugin do?
en_GB: What does the {0} plug-in do?

en: Compose a new email to a friend.
en_GB: Compose a new e-mail to a friend.

en: Community Plugins
en_GB: Community Plug-ins

en: All Plugins
en_GB: All Plug-ins

en: Official Plugins
en_GB: Official Plug-ins

en:  is not a valid plugin file.
en_GB:  is not a valid plug-in file.

en:  are not valid plugin files.
en_GB:  are not valid plug-in files.

en: Adjust Do's settings, manage plugins, etc.
en_GB: Adjust Do's settings, manage plug-ins, etc.

en: Organizes your del.icio.bookmarks by tag
en_GB: Organises your del.icio.bookmarks by tag

note: #-#-#-#-#  1274 (simple-scan)  #-#-#-#-# Button to submit authorization dialog
en: _Authorize
en_GB: _Authorise

en: An error occurred connecting to google, are your credentials valid?
en_GB: An error occurred connecting to Google, are your credentials valid?

en: Uncomplete
en_GB: Incomplete

note: #-#-#-#-#  289 (gnome-doc-utils)  #-#-#-#-# This is used as the final separator in an inline list of three or more elements.  The string ", " will be used to separate all but the last pair of elements.  Using these two strings, a list of names would be formatted as "Tom, Dick, and Harry". #-#-#-#-# 
en: , and
en_GB:  and

[ctx: Dialog Title]
note: Translators: "Organize" refers to documents in this context
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

[ctx: Toolbar button tooltip]
note: Translators: "Organize" refers to documents in this context
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

note: Editable text in entry field
en: Enter an email address
en_GB: Enter an e-mail address

en: An error occured while adding the group
en_GB: An error occurred while adding the group

en: An error occured while removing the group
en_GB: An error occurred while removing the group

en: DVB Control Center
en_GB: DVB Control Centre

en: Choose a device group and channel on the left to view the program guide
en_GB: Choose a device group and channel on the left to view the programme guide

en: Refresh program guide
en_GB: Refresh programme guide

en: Display informations about the program
en_GB: Display information about the programme

en: Adapter: %d, Frontend: %d
en_GB: Adaptor: %d, Frontend: %d

en: Go to the control center if you want to alter the settings of already configured devices.
en_GB: Go to the control centre if you want to alter the settings of already configured devices.

en: An error occured while retrieving devices.
en_GB: An error occurred while retrieving devices.

en: Unsupported adapter
en_GB: Unsupported adaptor

en: An error occured while trying to setup the device.
en_GB: An error occurred while trying to setup the device.

en: The generated channels file can be used to configure your devices in the control center.
en_GB: The generated channels file can be used to configure your devices in the control centre.

en: Program Guide
en_GB: Programme Guide

en: _Program Guide
en_GB: _Programme Guide

en: Digital TV Control Center
en_GB: Digital TV Control Centre

en: Schedule recordings and browse program guide
en_GB: Schedule recordings and browse programme guide

en: License Agreements
en_GB: Licence Agreements

en: Adding accounts will allow you to transparently connect to your online photos, contacts, mail, and more.
en_GB: Adding accounts will allow you to transparently connect to your online photos, contacts, mail and more.

en: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s…

en: waiting for lock %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock %s…

en: Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE
en_GB: lars.rydlinge@hig.se

en: 13 August 2002
en_GB: 13th August 2002

en: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE</email>).
en_GB: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>lars.rydlinge@hig.se</email>).

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the Applications menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: When you start <application><application>Klotski</application></application>, the following window is displayed.
en_GB: When you start <application>Klotski</application>, the following window is displayed.

en: Use the <guimenu>Game menu</guimenu> to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem>and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allows you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu>, and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.
en_GB: Use the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allow you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu> and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.

en: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Centimeter
en_GB: Centimetre

note: TRANSLATORS NOTE: Date format used when showing scores in games. * Please refer to manpage of strftime(3) for complete reference.
en: %a %b %d %T %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b %T %Y

en: <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, or Mahjongg for short, is a solitaire (one player) version of the classic Eastern tile game, Mahjongg. It has all the functionality you expect from a tile or card game. You can change the type of tiles, the background, and the difficulty level, among other things, in the <link linkend="prefs">Preferences</link> dialog. Other features, like the <link linkend="pause"><guibutton>Pause </guibutton> button</link>, make the game more competitive when you play against the clock. This document describes <application>Mahjongg</application>.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, or Mahjongg for short, is a solitaire (one player) version of the classic Eastern tile game, Mahjongg. It has all the functionality you expect from a tile or card game. You can change the type of tiles, the background, and the difficulty level, among other things, in the <link linkend="prefs">Preferences</link> dialogue. Other features, like the <link linkend="pause"><guibutton>Pause</guibutton> button</link>, make the game more competitive when you play against the clock. This document describes <application>Mahjongg</application>.

en: Mahjongg's origins are not fully known, but many theories have been put forth. One such theory says that Noah played Mahjongg on the ark because the East hand is dominant, presumably the direction the rains came, in the flood. Another theory says that the Chinese philosopher, Confucius, made the game. The three <quote>Cardinal</quote> tiles have the same names as his three Cardinal virtues, Chung (middle) the Red, Fa (prosperity) the Green, and Po (white) the White, cooresponding with Benevolence, Sincerity, and Filial Piety. Still another theory says that Mahjongg is derived from other Chinese games. <quote>Ya Pei</quote> is played with 32 cards made of wood or ivory and have the same oblong shape as present day Mahjongg tiles. <quote>Ma Tiae</quote> is played with 40 paper cards, similar in appearance, numbering 1 to 9 in four different suits along with the flower cards. It has been suggested that two brothers made the game, around 1850 A.D., from a combination of these two games.
en_GB: Mahjongg's origins are not fully known, but many theories have been put forth. One such theory says that Noah played Mahjongg on the ark because the East hand is dominant, presumably the direction the rains came, in the flood. Another theory says that the Chinese philosopher, Confucius, made the game. The three <quote>Cardinal</quote> tiles have the same names as his three Cardinal virtues, Chung (middle) the Red, Fa (prosperity) the Green, and Po (white) the White, corresponding with Benevolence, Sincerity, and Filial Piety. Still another theory says that Mahjongg is derived from other Chinese games. <quote>Ya Pei</quote> is played with 32 cards made of wood or ivory and have the same oblong shape as present day Mahjongg tiles. <quote>Ma Tiae</quote> is played with 40 paper cards, similar in appearance, numbering 1 to 9 in four different suits along with the flower cards. It has been suggested that two brothers made the game, around 1850 A.D., from a combination of these two games.

en: In the early 1900's Mahjongg was introduced into English clubs in Shanghai. Mr. Babcock started the importation of Mahjongg tiles to the Western world. He stripped down the rules to the very basics and even put Arabic numerals on the tiles. 1923 was the height of the Mahjongg craze with major gaming companies, like Parker Bros., Milton Bradley, and United States Playing Card, importing Mahjongg tile sets by the thousands.
en_GB: In the early 1900s Mahjongg was introduced into English clubs in Shanghai. Mr. Babcock started the importation of Mahjongg tiles to the Western world. He stripped down the rules to the very basics and even put Arabic numerals on the tiles. 1923 was the height of the Mahjongg craze with major gaming companies, like Parker Bros., Milton Bradley, and United States Playing Card, importing Mahjongg tile sets by the thousands.

en: Many different rules sprang up and in 1924 the Standardization Committee of the American Official Laws of Mah-Jongg was formed to write a rule book. Still today many clubs play by different rules and sometimes even add flower or joker tiles. Players of the computer version are becoming intrigued with the beauty and detail of the hand crafted sets of the 1920's and 1930's and are searching antique shops and flea markets for sets of their own. Many new players are being introduced to the game solely through the solitaire version and are slowly realizing the intrigue and challenge that the traditional game offers. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: Many different rules sprang up and in 1924 the Standardisation Committee of the American Official Laws of Mah-Jongg was formed to write a rule book. Still today many clubs play by different rules and sometimes even add flower or joker tiles. Players of the computer version are becoming intrigued with the beauty and detail of the hand crafted sets of the 1920s and 1930s and are searching antique shops and flea markets for sets of their own. Many new players are being introduced to the game solely through the solitaire version and are slowly realising the intrigue and challenge that the traditional game offers. <placeholder-1/>

en: You start with five levels of tiles which are stacked so some are covered up by the tiles on top. The harder the level you set in the <link linkend="prefs"><interface>Preferences</interface> dialog</link>, the more tiles are covered when the game starts. The object of <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application> is to remove all the tiles from the game. To remove tiles you have to find matching pairs which look alike. A matching tile will usually have the same number of buttons or markings on it or will look similar to each other.
en_GB: You start with five levels of tiles which are stacked so some are covered up by the tiles on top. The harder the level you set in the <link linkend="prefs"><interface>Preferences</interface> dialogue</link>, the more tiles are covered when the game starts. The object of <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application> is to remove all the tiles from the game. To remove tiles you have to find matching pairs which look alike. A matching tile will usually have the same number of buttons or markings on it or will look similar to each other.

en: As an example, the highlighted tile, in the <link linkend="mahjongg-fig"> figure below</link>, has six buttons. The matching tile is the one which also has six buttons. The tile is on the right-hand end of the third row from the bottom and there is another near the top of the fourth row from the bottom. If you want to match the tile on the top level, you need to look for the tile with the same green bamboo symbols. Do you see a matching tile yet? There are three tiles, which are visible, that match the tile on the top level. Two are to the left and the lower right. The thrid one is on the top row, but you can't remove that tile yet because the tile isn't on the outside of the stack of tiles. Later I'll explain more fully which tiles can be removed and which tiles can't be removed even though they match. I'll let you find the other two matching tiles, which are visible, on your own.
en_GB: As an example, the highlighted tile, in the <link linkend="mahjongg-fig"> figure below</link>, has six buttons. The matching tile is the one which also has six buttons. The tile is on the right-hand end of the third row from the bottom and there is another near the top of the fourth row from the bottom. If you want to match the tile on the top level, you need to look for the tile with the same green bamboo symbols. Do you see a matching tile yet? There are three tiles, which are visible, that match the tile on the top level. Two are to the left and the lower right. The third one is on the top row, but you can't remove that tile yet because the tile isn't on the outside of the stack of tiles. Later it will be explained more fully which tiles can be removed and which tiles can't be removed even though they match. You can find the other two matching tiles, which are visible, on your own.

en: If you can't match any more tiles, a dialog will appear telling you no more tiles can be matched and giving you the option of shuffling the tiles or undoing your last move (although you may have to undo many more moves to find your mistake).
en_GB: If you can't match any more tiles, a dialogue will appear telling you no more tiles can be matched and giving you the option of shuffling the tiles or undoing your last move (although you may have to undo many more moves to find your mistake).

en: Information Dialog
en_GB: Information Dialogue

en: Information Dialog.
en_GB: Information Dialogue.

en: The <interface>toolbar</interface> can be moved around the <interface>desktop</interface>. If you click on the far left side of it, you will be able to drag it any place on the <interface>desktop</interface> you wish. The <interface>toolbar</interface> also snaps into place at the top and left side of the <interface>Main Window </interface> in <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, but the default place the toolbar is located, and the best in my opinion, is under the <interface>menubar</interface>.
en_GB: The <interface>toolbar</interface> can be moved around the <interface>desktop</interface>. If you click on the far left side of it, you will be able to drag it any place on the <interface>desktop</interface> you wish. The <interface>toolbar</interface> also snaps into place at the top and left side of the <interface>Main Window </interface> in <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, but the default place the toolbar is located is under the <interface>menubar</interface>.

en: This button pauses the game. When the game is paused, the clock, at the bottom right corner of the <interface>Main Window</interface>, stops and you cannot see any of the tile's faces.
en_GB: This button pauses the game. When the game is paused the clock, at the bottom-right corner of the <interface>Main Window</interface>, stops and you cannot see any of the tiles' faces.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-N</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item starts a new game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item starts a new game.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-Z</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Undo move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item takes back two tiles you removed until you reach the beginning of the game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Undo move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item takes back two tiles you removed until you reach the beginning of the game.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-R</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Redo move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item replays your previous move the <guibutton>Undo</guibutton> button took back. When you reach the state you started undoing the message <quote>No more redo!</quote> appears at the bottom left corner of the <interface>Main Window</interface>.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Redo move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item replays your previous move the <guibutton>Undo</guibutton> button took back. When you reach the state you started undoing the message <quote>No more redo!</quote> appears at the bottom-left corner of the <interface>Main Window</interface>.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Scores</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item brings up a dialog showing you the ten best scores. The dialog has the scores identified by user name and the time it took to complete the game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Scores</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item brings up a dialogue showing you the ten best scores. The dialogue has the scores identified by username and the time it took to complete the game.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-Q</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item allows you to quit the game.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item allows you to quit the game.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item determines whether the <link linkend="toolbar"><interface>toolbar</interface></link> is shown or not. If the item is checked, the <interface>toolbar</interface> is shown in the last place you put it. If the item is unchecked, the <interface>toolbar</interface> is not shown.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item determines whether the <link linkend="toolbar"><interface>toolbar</interface></link> is shown. If the item is checked, the <interface>toolbar</interface> is shown in the last place you put it. If the item is unchecked, the <interface>toolbar</interface> is not shown.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item brings up the <link linkend="prefs">Preferences </link> dialog.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item brings up the <link linkend="prefs">Preferences </link> dialogue.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>F1</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item shows this manual.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F1</keycap></shortcut><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item shows this manual.

en: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item gives you some basic information about <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, such as the author's names and the application version number.
en_GB: <menuchoice><guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — This item gives you some basic information about <application>GNOME Mahjongg</application>, such as the authors' names and the application version number.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1067 (openobject-server)  #-#-#-#-# module: base
en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

en: To change the application's settings, select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This opens the <link linkend="preferences-fig"><interface>Preferences </interface> dialog</link>.
en_GB: To change the application's settings, select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This opens the <link linkend="preferences-fig"><interface>Preferences </interface> dialogue</link>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  300 (mahjongg)  #-#-#-#-# ALAN: looks correct like version 2.10 to me
en: Preferences Dialog
en_GB: Preferences Dialogue

en: Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Preferences dialogue.

en: The properties in the <interface>Preferences</interface> dialog are:
en_GB: The properties in the <interface>Preferences</interface> dialogue are:

en: <guilabel>Background Color:</guilabel> — Change the color of the background by bringing up a <interface> color picker</interface> to let you select a new color.
en_GB: <guilabel>Background Colour:</guilabel> — Change the colour of the background by bringing up a <interface>colour picker</interface> to let you select a new colour.

en: Maps gives you quick access to maps all across the world. It allows you to quickly find the place you're looking for by searching for a city or street, or locate a place to meet a friend.
en_GB: Maps gives you quick access to maps all across the world. It allows you to quickly find the place you’re looking for by searching for a city or street, or locate a place to meet a friend.

en: <li>Search for country, region, city or street.</li> <li>Search for specific types of locations, such as "Pubs near Main Street, Boston" or "WiFi Access near Alexanderplatz, Berlin"</li>
en_GB: <li>Search for country, region, city or street.</li> <li>Search for specific types of locations, such as “Pubs near Main Street, Boston” or “Wi-Fi Access near Alexanderplatz, Berlin”</li>

en: Last known location (latitude and longitude in degrees) and accuracy (in meters).
en_GB: Last known location (latitude and longitude in degrees) and accuracy (in metres).

en: Last known location was set manually by user.
en_GB: Whether the last known location was set manually by the user.

en: What's here?
en_GB: What’s here?

en: I'm here!
en_GB: I’m here!

en: To play a sound file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select a sound file in the <guilabel>Open a file</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. <application>Sound Recorder</application> displays the duration of the file in minutes and seconds below the progress bar. To play the file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Control</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The progress indicator moves along the progress bar as the sound file is playing.
en_GB: To play a sound file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select a sound file in the <guilabel>Open a file</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. <application>Sound Recorder</application> displays the duration of the file in minutes and seconds below the progress bar. To play the file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Control</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The progress indicator moves along the progress bar as the sound file is playing.

en: Updated to Docbook 4.1.2, for GNOME 2.0
en_GB: Updated to DocBook 4.1.2 for GNOME 2.0

en: This was the original release, for GNOME 1.2
en_GB: This was the original release for GNOME 1.2

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Volume Control application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: To Start GNOME Volume Control
en_GB: To Start <application>GNOME Volume Control</application>

en: When You Start GNOME Volume Control
en_GB: When You Start <application>GNOME Volume Control</application>

en: GNOME Volume Control Window
en_GB: <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> Window

en: Shows Volume Control main window.
en_GB: Shows <application>Volume Control</application> main window.

en: To lock the left and right mixer channels together, select the <guilabel>Lock</guilabel> option for that mixer. When you lock the mixer channels, <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> synchronizes both faders.
en_GB: To lock the left and right mixer channels together, select the <guilabel>Lock</guilabel> option for that mixer. When you lock the mixer channels, <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> synchronises both faders.

en: <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> populates the <guilabel>Gnome Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialog dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Volume Control</application> populates the <application>GNOME Volume Control Preferences</application> dialogue dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gstreamer Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>GStreamer Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Shows GStreamer Properties main window. Contains menubar, toolbar, drop-down menus for the input and output audio options.
en_GB: Shows the <application>GStreamer Properties</application> main window. Contains menubar, toolbar, and drop-down menus for the input and output audio options.

en: The GStreamer properties capplet offers four drop down menus spread over two tabs. There are two drop-menues for audio and two for video. These choices set the default for most GNOME applications for output and input of Sound and Video.
en_GB: The <application>GStreamer Properties</application> capplet offers four drop-down menus spread over two tabs. There are two drop-down menus for audio and two for video. These choices set the default for most GNOME applications for sound and video input and output.

en: Looking at the screen for setting audio options you notice that the two sections says are called Default Sink and Default Source. These are terms used in the GStreamer framework that GNOME uses to describe where data is sent and where it comes from. The Default sink is in other words where GNOME apps should output their sound, while Default source is where the sound comes from.
en_GB: Looking at the screen for setting audio options you notice that the two sections says are called <guilabel>Default Sink</guilabel> and <guilabel>Default Source</guilabel>. These are terms used in the GStreamer framework that GNOME uses to describe where data is sent and where it comes from. The default sink is, in other words, where GNOME applications should output their sound, while the default source is where the sound comes from.

en: The reason you might want to alter these settings is because under Unix there are many different audio systems and sound server which you might want to output to. For for instance on Linux popular alternatives are the OSS sound system, the ALSA sound system, the ESD sound server and the ARTSd sound server.
en_GB: The reason you might want to alter these settings is because under Unix there are many different audio systems and sound servers, to which you might want to output. For instance, on Linux popular alternatives are: the OSS sound system, the ALSA sound system, the ESD sound server and the ARTSd sound server.

en: For instance if you wish that your GNOME applcations output their sound to the ESD sound server you set the Default Sink to use ESD. And if you wish that your GNOME applications which has sound recording capabilities use the OSS sound system to do this you choose OSS as the Default Source.
en_GB: For instance, if you wish that your GNOME applications output their sound to the ESD sound server you set the <guilabel>Default Sink</guilabel> to use ESD. If you wish that your GNOME applications which have sound recording capabilities use the OSS sound system, choose OSS as the <guilabel>Default Source</guilabel>.

en: As mentioned elsewhere in this user guide. These setting are meant for as a tool for advanced users who have specialized need. As an ordinary user you should not need to set these as the vendor of your distribution of Linux or Unix should have set them for you and sensible defaults.
en_GB: As mentioned elsewhere in this user guide, these settings are meant as a tool for advanced users who have specialised needs. As an ordinary user you should not need to set these, as the vendor of your distribution of Linux or Unix should have set them for you with sensible defaults.

en: front center
en_GB: front centre

en: OSS - Open Sound System Version 4
en_GB: OSS — Open Sound System Version 4

en: The file "%s" is missing. This indicates that the application is installed incorrectly, so the dialog can't be displayed.
en_GB: The file "%s" is missing. This indicates that the application is installed incorrectly, so the dialogue can't be displayed.

en: Recording...
en_GB: Recording…

en: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behavior
en_GB: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behaviour

en: Gtktalog Catalogue
en_GB: Gtktalog Catalogueue

en: Literate haskell source code
en_GB: Litreate haskell source code

en: Software license terms
en_GB: Software licence terms

en: Mines is GNOME's take on the popular logic puzzle minesweeper, which includes avoiding mines while receiving clues for the location of the mines.
en_GB: <application>Mines</application> is GNOME's take on the popular logic puzzle minesweeper, which includes avoiding mines while receiving clues for the location of the mines.

en: This document is dual-licensed. You may either distribute and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink>, which the <link linkend="license">program is licensed</link> under, or you can distribute it under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License. A copy of this follows.
en_GB: This document is dual-licenced. You may either distribute and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public Licence</ulink>, under which the <link linkend="license">program is licenced</link>, or you can distribute it under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence. A copy of this follows.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Mines</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org">GNOME bug reporting database.</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Mines</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org">GNOME bug reporting database</ulink>.

en: <application><application>Mines</application></application> is a puzzle game where you locate mines floating in an ocean using only your brain and a little bit of luck.
en_GB: <application>Mines</application> is a puzzle game where you locate mines floating in an ocean using only your brain and a little bit of luck.

en: The time you have taken is displayed on the bottom right of the window. Beside it, on the left, is a count of the number of mines you have cleared and the total number hidden on the board.
en_GB: The time you have taken is displayed on the bottom-right of the window. Beside it, on the left, is a count of the number of mines you have cleared and the total number hidden on the board.

en: If you left click on a mine, or auto-clear a square with a mine in it you lose. To help prevent accidents, you aren't allowed to auto-clear around a square unless the number of marked mines equals the number given in the square.
en_GB: If you left-click on a mine, or auto-clear a square with a mine in it you lose. To help prevent accidents, you aren't allowed to auto-clear around a square unless the number of marked mines equals the number given in the square.

en: Left click on an un-revealed square.
en_GB: Left-click on an un-revealed square.

en: Left click in a revealed square.
en_GB: Left-click in a revealed square.

en: Right click on an un-revealed square.
en_GB: Right-click on an un-revealed square.

en: By choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu you can change the size of the games. Larger sizes obviously take longer and require more concentration. Smaller games are more frantic. We provide Small, Medium, Large and Custom sizes.
en_GB: By choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu you can change the size of the games. Larger sizes obviously take longer and require more concentration. Smaller games are more frantic. We provide <guilabel>Small</guilabel>, <guilabel>Medium</guilabel>, <guilabel>Large</guilabel> and <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> sizes.

en: The preferences dialog.
en_GB: The preferences dialogue.

en: On the right hand side of the dialog there are three parameters for controlling the custom size. Horizontal and Vertical are the width and height of the desired grid in squares. The number of mines is - obviously - the number of mines you need to find. If this number is set too high or too low then the game becomes very easy. The number of mines is limited to slightly less than the total number of squares.
en_GB: On the right-hand side of the dialogue there are three parameters for controlling the custom size. Horizontal and Vertical are the width and height of the desired grid in squares. The number of mines is – obviously – the number of mines you need to find. If this number is set too high or too low then the game becomes very easy. The number of mines is limited to slightly less than the total number of squares.

en: There is a check-box in the properties dialog entitled Use "I'm not sure" flags. If you enable this then, when right-clicking on a square, it cycles between the normal flags used to mark the square as mined, a flag with a question mark on it and no flag. This new flag is to help you with your reasoning, to mark mines you think might be a mine but aren't sure about. These flags have no effect on the game; you still have to use the appropriate number of red marker flags to be able to clear around a numbered square.
en_GB: There is a checkbox in the properties dialogue entitled <guilabel>Use "I'm not sure" flags</guilabel>. If you enable this then, when right-clicking on a square, it cycles between the normal flags used to mark the square as mined, a flag with a question mark on it and no flag. This new flag is to help you with your reasoning, to mark mines you think might be a mine but aren't sure about. These flags have no effect on the game; you still have to use the appropriate number of red marker flags to be able to clear around a numbered square.

en: The other check-box in the properties dialog is entitled Use "Too many flags" warning. This feature will show you a warning when you have placed too many flags. This is disabled by default, as it provides so much hint that it could be considered "cheating".
en_GB: The other checkbox in the properties dialogue is entitled <guilabel>Use "Too many flags" warning</guilabel>. This feature will show you a warning when you have placed too many flags. This is disabled by default, as it provides so much of a hint that it could be considered "cheating".

en: If you get stuck - it is reasonably common to end up with two options that you can't logically resolve - then you can either guess, or ask for a hint. When you choose <guimenuitem>Hint</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu a single square is revealed (plus surrounding squares if it is blank). The choice of square is random, but should be helpful. There is 10 second penalty added to your time whenever you use a hint.
en_GB: If you get stuck – it is reasonably common to end up with two options that you can't logically resolve – then you can either guess, or ask for a hint. When you choose <guimenuitem>Hint</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu a single square is revealed (plus surrounding squares if it is blank). The choice of square is random, but should be helpful. There is 10 second penalty added to your time whenever you use a hint.

en: If your score is in the top ten you will be shown the list of top scores and have an opportunity to change the name recorded in the high score table. You can also review the scores later by choosing <guimenuitem>Scores</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. The drop-down menu at the top of the dialog lets you look at the scores for other board sizes.
en_GB: If your score is in the top ten you will be shown the list of top scores and have an opportunity to change the name recorded in the high score table. You can also review the scores later by choosing <guimenuitem>Scores</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. The drop-down menu at the top of the dialogue lets you look at the scores for other board sizes.

en: The high scores dialog.
en_GB: The high scores dialogue.

en: The game can be paused automatically when you start using another window, or paused by choosing <guimenuitem>Pause</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. The playing area is blanked so you can't think ahead while the clock is stopped. To start playing again press the button labelled "Press to Resume".
en_GB: The game can be paused automatically when you start using another window, or paused by choosing <guimenuitem>Pause</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. The playing area is blanked so you can't think ahead while the clock is stopped. To start playing again click on the <guibutton>Press to Resume</guibutton> button.

en: The next simplest case is where you have two covered squares adjacent to each other and both squares on one side are marked with a 2. If they have no other uncleared neighbors, then both squares are mines.
en_GB: The next simplest case is where you have two covered squares adjacent to each other and both squares on one side are marked with a 2. If they have no other uncleared neighbours, then both squares are mines.

en: Finally, when there are three uncovered squares in a row and the clear square beside the middle one is a 3 (once again this square should have no other neighbors) then all three are mines.
en_GB: Finally, when there are three uncovered squares in a row and the clear square beside the middle one is a 3 (once again this square should have no other neighbours) then all three are mines.

en: Assume that, in the figure below, we start off knowing that the top left square is mined and so the two squares marked 2 on the left only require one more mine. Next observe that the left-most 2 implies that one of the covered squares beneath it is mined, but we don't yet know which one. Since at least one of these squares is mined and they are both neighbors of the second 2 then we know that that 2 is also satisfied by one of these two squares (we still don't know which one). This means that the square beneath the 4 is clear because it is also a neighbor of the second 2 and not one of the two squares we identified previously. This one blank square now leaves the 4 with only four neighbors - all of which must be mines. Not only does it tell us which mines surround the 4, it now tells us which of the squares beside the 2 is mined!
en_GB: Assume that, in the figure below, we start off knowing that the top left square is mined and so the two squares marked 2 on the left only require one more mine. Next observe that the left-most 2 implies that one of the covered squares beneath it is mined, but we don't yet know which one. Since at least one of these squares is mined and they are both neighbours of the second 2 then we know that that 2 is also satisfied by one of these two squares (we still don't know which one). This means that the square beneath the 4 is clear because it is also a neighbour of the second 2 and not one of the two squares we identified previously. This one blank square now leaves the 4 with only four neighbours — all of which must be mines. Not only does it tell us which mines surround the 4, it now tells us which of the squares beside the 2 is mined!

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink></citetitle> as published by the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">Free Software Foundation</ulink>; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public Licence</ulink></citetitle> as published by the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">Free Software Foundation</ulink>; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink></citetitle> for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public Licence</ulink></citetitle> for more details.

en: A copy of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink></citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink></citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public Licence</ulink></citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle><ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public Licence</ulink></citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: Default color of the background
en_GB: Default colour of the background

en: Default color of the background, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of the background, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Default color of the text
en_GB: Default colour of the text

en: Default color of the text, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of the text, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: File where the mud list (used in the MudList dialog) will be read
en_GB: File where the mud list (used in the MudList dialogue) will be read

en: GNOME-Mud has a 16-color palette that MUDs can use. It must be specified in the form of a colon-separated list of color names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF".
en_GB: GNOME-Mud has a 16-colour palette that MUDs can use. It must be specified in the form of a colon-separated list of colour names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF".

en: Plugin error (%s)
en_GB: Plug-in error (%s)

en: Color and Fonts
en_GB: Colour and Fonts

en: Color palette:
en_GB: Colour palette:

en: Window maximized state.
en_GB: Window maximised state.

en: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomize playback through the collection. Allowed values are: "none", "song", "all", "shuffle".
en_GB: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomise playback through the collection. Allowed values are: "none", "song", "all", "shuffle".

en: Play and organize your music collection
en_GB: Play and organise your music collection

en: GNOME Music is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GNOME Music is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNOME Music; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
    
    The GNOME Music authors hereby grant permission for non-GPL compatible GStreamer plugins to be used and distributed together with GStreamer and GNOME Music.  This permission is above and beyond the permissions granted by the GPL license by which GNOME Music is covered.  If you modify this code, you may extend this exception to your version of the code, but you are not obligated to do so.  If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.
en_GB: GNOME Music is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GNOME Music is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GNOME Music; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
    
    The GNOME Music authors hereby grant permission for non-GPL compatible GStreamer plugins to be used and distributed together with GStreamer and GNOME Music.  This permission is above and beyond the permissions granted by the GPL licence by which GNOME Music is covered.  If you modify this code, you may extend this exception to your version of the code, but you are not obligated to do so.  If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.

note: Dear Translator: This is the Window Title. 'Network Tools' is the * name of the application
en: %s - Network Tools
en_GB: %s — Network Tools

en: Devices - Network Tools
en_GB: Devices — Network Tools

en: Enter a domain address to lookup its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1
en_GB: Enter a domain address to look up its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1

en: Well Known Services
en_GB: Well-Known Services

en: Nibbles is a worm game for GNOME. The player controls a 2D worm while trying to get food. Getting food gives points, but hitting anything causes a loss of points. When all points are lost, the player loses.
en_GB: <application>Nibbles</application> is a worm game for GNOME. The player controls a 2D worm while trying to get food. Getting food gives points, but hitting anything causes a loss of points. When all points are lost, the player loses.

en: The objective of Nibbles is quite simple. You control the worm and if the worm runs into a wall or runs into itself, you die. You get ten lives before your game is over. You win by either beating your own high score (or a friend's) or by completing all the levels. It is also possible to play against worms with artificial intelligence.
en_GB: The objective of <application>Nibbles</application> is quite simple. You control the worm and if the worm runs into a wall or runs into itself, you die. You get ten lives before your game is over. You win by either beating your own high score (or a friend's) or by completing all the levels. It is also possible to play against worms with artificial intelligence.

en: Nibbles also features <link linkend="network-games">multiplayer</link> support with up to six competing human players in hotseat or network mode.
en_GB: <application>Nibbles</application> also features <link linkend="network-games">multiplayer</link> support with up to six competing human players in hotseat or network mode.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+N</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>New Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a new game of <application>Nibbles</application>.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>New Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a new game of <application>Nibbles</application>.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl+G</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a network multiplayer game using GGZ Gaming Zone.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This starts a network multiplayer game using GGZ Gaming Zone.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-Q</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This quits the application.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This quits the application.

en: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> This opens the <interface>About</interface> dialog which shows basic information about <application>Nibbles</application>, such as the author's name, the version number of the game.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> This opens the <interface>About</interface> dialogue which shows basic information about <application>Nibbles</application>, such as the author's name, the version number of the game.

en: <application>Nibbles</application> has numerous different diamonds to eat. They are each a different color and serve a different function. Only the pale purple diamond is guaranteed to be around long enough for you to eat it (in fact, you have to eat them to finish the level). The other diamonds are all bonuses, but they only stick around for a short time. We'll leave it up to you to discover just what the bonus each colour gives, but they all affect either the score, the length of the worm, or both. Be careful when going for these bonus diamonds, don't cut yourself off from the ordinary diamonds that you need to finish the level.
en_GB: <application>Nibbles</application> has numerous different diamonds to eat. They are each a different colour and serve a different function. Only the pale purple diamond is guaranteed to be around long enough for you to eat it (in fact, you have to eat them to finish the level). The other diamonds are all bonuses, but they only stick around for a short time. We'll leave it up to you to discover just what the bonus each colour gives, but they all affect either the score, the length of the worm, or both. Be careful when going for these bonus diamonds, don't cut yourself off from the ordinary diamonds that you need to finish the level.

en: To change the application settings, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This opens the <interface>Preferences</interface> dialog. All preferences are automatically saved and applied as you change them.
en_GB: To change the application settings, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This opens the <interface>Preferences</interface> dialogue. All preferences are automatically saved and applied as you change them.

en: This list let you change the keyboard controls for the given worm. To change a control, double click on the appropriate entry and then press the key you want to use for that control.
en_GB: This list let you change the keyboard controls for the given worm. To change a control, double-click on the appropriate entry and then press the key you want to use for that control.

en: Worm color
en_GB: Worm colour

en: Customize the color of your worm so you can tell it from your opponent's worm in multi-player mode.
en_GB: Customise the colour of your worm so you can tell it from your opponent's worm in multiplayer mode.

en: Nibbles support networked multiplayer games which is provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to a Nibbles server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.
en_GB: <application>Nibbles</application> supports networked multiplayer games, provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to a <application>Nibbles</application> server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.

en: To start the multiplayer game of Nibbles, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the Nibbles menu.
en_GB: To start a multiplayer game of <application>Nibbles</application>, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the <application>Nibbles</application> menu.

en: Connecting to a Nibbles network server
en_GB: Connecting to a <application>Nibbles</application> network server

en: The Nibbles connection dialog is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialog allows you to select a server to connect to, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.
en_GB: The <application>Nibbles</application> connection dialogue is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialogue allows you to select a server to connect to, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.

en: The Nibbles network connection dialog.
en_GB: The <application>Nibbles</application> network connection dialogue.

en: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of Nibbles, select the Nibbles room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the Launch button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.
en_GB: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of <application>Nibbles</application>, select the <application>Nibbles</application> room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the <guibutton>Launch</guibutton> button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.

en: This Nibbles network dialog allows you to join a game room to find other players.
en_GB: This <application>Nibbles</application> network dialogue allows you to join a game room to find other players.

en: When creating a new table for Nibbles games, a preference dialog is displayed which allows you to customize the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, then no more players are allowed to join that game table.
en_GB: When creating a new table for <application>Nibbles</application> games, a preferences dialogue is displayed which allows you to customise the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, then no more players are allowed to join that game table.

en: Playing multiplayer Nibbles games
en_GB: Playing multiplayer <application>Nibbles</application> games

en: Multiplayer Nibbles games have pretty much the same rules as normal Nibbles games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.
en_GB: Multiplayer <application>Nibbles</application> games have pretty much the same rules as normal <application>Nibbles</application> games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.

en: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive Nibbles multiplayer!
en_GB: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive <application>Nibbles</application> multiplayer!

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl">GNU General Public License</ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place - Suite 330 Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA </address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place - Suite 330 Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA </address>

en: Dialog was dismissed
en_GB: Dialogue was dismissed

en: Dialog was dismissed (%s, %d):
en_GB: Dialogue was dismissed (%s, %d):

en: Authorization response was "%s"
en_GB: Authorisation response was "%s"

note: Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window
en: Paste authorization code obtained from the <a href="%s">authorization page</a>:
en_GB: Paste authorisation code obtained from the <a href="%s">authorisation page</a>:

note: Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window
en: Paste token obtained from the <a href="%s">authorization page</a>:
en_GB: Paste token obtained from the <a href="%s">authorisation page</a>:

note: TODO: more specific
en: Failed to parse email address
en_GB: Failed to parse e-mail address

en: Could not initialize credentials cache: %k
en_GB: Could not initialise credentials cache: %k

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, automatically use these options by default.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, automatically use these options by default.

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, force these options to be turned on.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, force these options to be turned on.

note: TRANSLATORS: program name: application to install a catalog of software
en: Catalog Installer
en_GB: Catalogue Installer

en: Install a catalog of software on the system
en_GB: Install a catalogue of software on the system

en: Do you recognize the user and trust this key?
en_GB: Do you recognise the user and trust this key?

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2

en: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Could not process catalog
en_GB: Could not process catalogue

note: TRANSLATORS: title: allow user to confirm
en: Install packages in catalog?
en_GB: Install packages in catalogue?

note: TRANSLATORS: display a list of packages to install
en: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalog:
en_GB: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalogue:

note: TRANSLATORS: title: install package catalogs, that is, instructions for installing
en: Install catalogs
en_GB: Install catalogues

en: The action was canceled
en_GB: The action was cancelled

en: The action was forcibly canceled
en_GB: The action was forcibly cancelled

en: The action cannot be canceled
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled

en: A security trust relationship could not be made with software source.
    Please check your security settings.
en_GB: A security trust relationship could not be made with the software source
    Please check your security settings.

en: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.
en_GB: The package identifier was not well-formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.

en: The action cannot be canceled at this time.
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled at this time.

en: The transaction has been canceled and will be retried when the system is idle.
en_GB: The transaction has been cancelled and will be retried when the system is idle.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog body, explains to the user that they need to insert a disk to continue. The first replacement is DVD, CD etc
en: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labeled '%s' to continue.
en_GB: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labelled '%s' to continue.

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option: a list of catalogs to install
en: Catalogs files to install
en_GB: Catalogues files to install

en: Failed to install catalog
en_GB: Failed to install catalogue

en: Power Manager is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Power Manager is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Power Manager is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Power Manager is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Robots is a graphical version of the original text based robots game, which can be found on a number of UNIX systems. The player must outwit the robots chasing him/her by getting them to run into each other.
en_GB: Robots is a graphical version of the original text-based robots game, which can be found on a number of UNIX systems. The player must outwit the robots chasing him/her by getting them to run into each other.

en: This new version includes two types of robots, movable junkheaps, multiple game configurations, user definable keyboard layouts, and sound, as well as all of the features which were present in the original GNOME Robots game.
en_GB: This new version includes two types of robots, movable junkheaps, multiple game configurations, user definable keyboard layouts, and sound, as well as all of the features which were present in the original <application>GNOME Robots</application> game.

en: The objective of GNOME Robots is quite simple. You are surrounded by a number of robots or other hostile adversaries. As you move about they will move directly towards you for every move that you make. Their goal is to kill you. Your goal is to kill all the robots on the board by taking advantage of their vulnerabilities.
en_GB: The objective of <application>GNOME Robots</application> is quite simple. You are surrounded by a number of robots or other hostile adversaries. As you move about they will move directly towards you for every move that you make. Their goal is to kill you. Your goal is to kill all the robots on the board by taking advantage of their vulnerabilities.

en: <menuchoice><shortcut><keysym>Ctrl-N</keysym></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — starts a new game of GNOME Robots.
en_GB: <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> — starts a new game of GNOME Robots.

en: <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> which brings up the preferences dialog box.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> which brings up the preferences dialogue.

en: <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>— shows this manual.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem> — shows this manual.

en: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem>— shows basic information about <application>GNOME Robots</application>, such as the author's name and the application version number.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> — shows basic information about <application>GNOME Robots</application>, such as the author's name and the application version number.

en: You can use the keyboard to control the little man. By default, the keys from the keypad are configured for the game. However you can customize the key mappings in the <guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem> tab in the <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog. To select a different key for a command, double-click on the line for that command and then press the key you want to use.
en_GB: You can use the keyboard to control the little man. By default, the keys from the keypad are configured for the game. However you can customise the key mappings in the <guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem> tab in the <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialogue. To select a different key for a command, double-click on the line for that command and then press the key you want to use.

en: Switch off the NumLock Key
en_GB: Switch off the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> key

en: You may need to switch off the NumLock to make these work.
en_GB: You may need to switch off <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> to make these work.

en: Customizing GNOME Robots
en_GB: Customising GNOME Robots

en: If you select the sound checkbox the game will play sounds for various events throughout the game.
en_GB: If you select the sound tickbox the game will play sounds for various events throughout the game.

en: The <quote>Splats</quote> checkbox selects whether you want the sound played and a small <quote>Splat!</quote> to appear on the screen.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Splats</guilabel> tickbox selects whether you want the sound played and a small <quote>Splat!</quote> to appear on the screen.

en: <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> — This page allows you to choose the type of game you want to play. The drop-down box at the top of the page allows you to choose from a number of predefined games. You can't change these options in the middle of a game, so they will be disabled then. There are also several options at the bottom of the dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> — This page allows you to choose the type of game you want to play. The drop-down box at the top of the page allows you to choose from a number of predefined games. You can't change these options in the middle of a game, so they will be disabled then. There are also several options at the bottom of the dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: <guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem> — This page allows you to select the graphics used throughout the game from the list in the dropdown-box. You can also select the background colour from this tab.
en_GB: <guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem> — This page allows you to select the graphics used throughout the game from the list in the drop-down box. You can also select the background colour from this tab.

en: You can modify the behaviour and appearance of the game by selecting <guimenuitem> Preferences</guimenuitem> under the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This brings up a dialog with three tabs: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: You can modify the behaviour and appearance of the game by selecting <guimenuitem> Preferences</guimenuitem> under the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. This brings up a dialogue with three tabs: <placeholder-1/>

en: You can design your own graphics for the game if you want. The graphics files are found in <filename class="directory"> $PREFIX/share/gnome-games/gnobots2/pixmaps </filename>, where $PREFIX is the prefix into which GNOME was installed. This is usually either <filename class="directory">/usr</filename> or <filename class="directory">/usr/local</filename>.
en_GB: You can design your own graphics for the game if you want. The graphics files are found in <filename class="directory"> <replaceable>$PREFIX</replaceable>/share/gnome-games/gnobots2/pixmaps</filename>, where <replaceable>$PREFIX</replaceable> is the prefix into which GNOME was installed. This is usually either <filename class="directory">/usr</filename> or <filename class="directory">/usr/local</filename>.

en: Each character is 16x16 pixels and there are 14 of them arranged in a PNG file which is 224x16 pixels in size. You can look at the existing files to see the order in which they must be arranged to produce the correct animated sequences.
en_GB: Each character is 16×16 pixels and there are 14 of them arranged in a PNG file which is 224×16 pixels in size. You can look at the existing files to see the order in which they must be arranged to produce the correct animated sequences.

en: Any graphics files which are placed in the directory are auto-detected, so you don't need to alter any configuration files. You can also define your own game configurations by creating extra <filename> .cfg </filename> files which are stored in the <filename class="directory"> $PREFIX/share/gnome-games/gnobots2/games </filename> directory.
en_GB: Any graphics files which are placed in the directory are auto-detected, so you don't need to alter any configuration files. You can also define your own game configurations by creating extra <filename>.cfg</filename> files which are stored in the <filename class="directory"><replaceable>$PREFIX</replaceable>/share/gnome-games/gnobots2/games </filename> directory.

en: About Gnome-schedule
en_GB: About GNOME Schedule

note: #-#-#-#-#  324 (gnome-schedule HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Date format for expressions like 'January 21'. %B is month, %d is day number. Run the command 'man strftime' to read more about these and other available specifiers.
en: %B %d
en_GB: %d %B

en: Note about working directory of executed tasks:
    
    Recurrent tasks will be run from the home directory, one-time tasks from the directory where Gnome schedule was run from at the time of task creation (normally the home directory).
en_GB: Note about working directory of executed tasks:
    
    Recurrent tasks will be run from the home directory, one-time tasks from the directory where GNOME schedule was run from at the time of task creation (normally the home directory).

en: Note about working directory of executed tasks:
    
    One-time tasks will be run from the directory where Gnome schedule is run from (normally the home directory).
en_GB: Note about working directory of executed tasks:
    
    One-time tasks will be run from the directory where GNOME schedule is run from (normally the home directory).

en: Message to show in the dialog
en_GB: Message to show in the dialogue

en: A pop-art-ish grid of pulsing colors.
en_GB: A pop-art-ish grid of pulsing colours.

en: Do not randomize pictures from location
en_GB: Do not randomise pictures from location

en: Theme for lock dialog
en_GB: Theme for lock dialogue

en: Theme to use for the lock dialog.
en_GB: Theme to use for the lock dialogue.

en: S_witch User...
en_GB: S_witch User…

en: Search for files that are modified less than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified less than the period specified in days.

en: Search for files that are modified longer than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified longer than the period specified in days.

en: Owner is unrecognized
en_GB: Owner is unrecognised

en: Search for Files...
en_GB: Search for Files…

en: Default Window Maximized
en_GB: Default Window Maximised

en: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximized state.
en_GB: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximised state.

en: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognized" search option is selected when the search tool is started.
en_GB: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognised" search option is selected when the search tool is started.

en: 
    ... Too many errors to display ...
en_GB: 
    Too many errors to display…

note: #-#-#-#-#  990 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: The quoted text is the label of an available search option that is translated elsewhere.
en: Select the search option "Owner is unrecognized"
en_GB: Select the search option "Owner is unrecognised"

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name
en: GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plugin

[ctx: print job state]
note: Translators: A print job has been canceled
en: Printing canceled
en_GB: Printing cancelled

en: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt-F2
en_GB: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt+F2

en: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt-F2 dialog.
en_GB: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt+F2 dialogue.

en: List of desktop file IDs for favorite applications
en_GB: List of desktop file IDs for favourite applications

en: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favorites area.
en_GB: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favourites area.

en: History for command (Alt-F2) dialog
en_GB: History for command (Alt+F2) dialogue

en: History for the looking glass dialog
en_GB: History for the looking glass dialogue

en: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a 'Remember Password' checkbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the checkbox.
en_GB: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a 'Remember Password' tickbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the tickbox.

en: Keybinding to open the "Show Applications" view
en_GB: Keybinding to open the "Show Applications" menu

en: Attach modal dialog to the parent window
en_GB: Attach modal dialogue to the parent window

en: There was an error loading the preferences dialog for %s:
en_GB: There was an error loading the preferences dialogue for %s:

en: %s has been added to your favorites.
en_GB: %s has been added to your favourites.

en: %s has been removed from your favorites.
en_GB: %s has been removed from your favourites.

[ctx: list tuesday]
note: Translators: Event list abbreviation for Tuesday
en: T
en_GB: Tu

[ctx: list saturday]
note: Translators: Event list abbreviation for Saturday
en: S
en_GB: Sa

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on current year
en: %A, %B %d
en_GB: %A, %d %B

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on different year
en: %A, %B %d, %Y
en_GB: %A, %d %B, %Y

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string. i.e. "May 25, 14:30"
en: <b>%B</b> <b>%d</b>, <b>%H:%M</b>
en_GB: <b>%d</b> <b>%B</b>, <b>%H:%M</b>

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string. i.e. "May 25 2012, 14:30"
en: <b>%B</b> <b>%d</b> <b>%Y</b>, <b>%H:%M</b>
en_GB: <b>%d</b> <b>%B</b> <b>%Y</b>, <b>%H:%M</b>

note: Translators: This is a time format for a date in long format
en: %A, %B %d
en_GB: %A, %d %B

en: Authorization request from %s
en_GB: Authorisation request from %s

note: The menu only appears when airplane mode is on, so just statically build it as if it was on, rather than dynamically changing the menu contents.
en: Airplane Mode
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode

en: Drag here to add favorites
en_GB: Drag here to add favourites

note: TRANSLATORS: this is a command line option
en: Start up mode, either 'updates', 'installed' or 'overview'
en_GB: Start up mode: either ‘updates’, ‘installed’ or ‘overview’

en: Data Visualization
en_GB: Data Visualisation

en: About Gnome Subtitles
en_GB: About GNOME Subtitles

en: Font Color:
en_GB: Font Colour:

en: An Error has occured.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open the Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.
en_GB: An Error has occurred.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.

en: An unknown error has occured. Please report a bug and include this error name:
en_GB: An unknown error has occurred. Please report a bug and include this error name:

en: Sudoku is an application for playing the popular sudoku logic puzzle game, in which one must fill a 9 by 9 square with the correct digits.
en_GB: Sudoku is an application for playing the popular Sudoku logic puzzle game, in which one must fill a 9-by-9 square with the correct digits.

en: The rules of Sudoku are quite simple. In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each square with a number between 1 and 9 such that every row, column and 3x3 box on the board contains the numbers 1 through 9. Stated another way, you must fill each square such that no number appears twice in the same row, column, or 3x3 box.
en_GB: The rules of Sudoku are quite simple. In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each square with a number between 1 and 9 such that every row, column and 3×3 box on the board contains the numbers 1 through 9. Stated another way, you must fill each square such that no number appears twice in the same row, column, or 3×3 box.

en: These two different ways of looking at the puzzle are two of the principle ways players think as they play. On the one hand, you ask yourself, “How can I fit all the numbers in this box?” On the other hand, you ask yourself, “What numbers can fit in this square without causing a conflict with other numbers in the same row, column, or 3x3 box?”
en_GB: These two different ways of looking at the puzzle are two of the principle ways players think as they play. On the one hand, you ask yourself, <quote>How can I fit all the numbers in this box?</quote> On the other hand, you ask yourself, <quote>What numbers can fit in this square without causing a conflict with other numbers in the same row, column, or 3×3 box?</quote>

en: In the puzzle selector screen, the difficulty of the puzzle is displayed. The color surrounding the puzzle image corresponds to the difficulty. A dark red puzzle is harder than a light red puzzle, for example.
en_GB: In the puzzle selector screen, the difficulty of the puzzle is displayed. The colour surrounding the puzzle image corresponds to the difficulty. A dark red puzzle is harder than a light red puzzle, for example.

en: Double click on the puzzle of your choice to start playing.
en_GB: Double-click on the puzzle of your choice to start playing.

en: You can change puzzles at any time by pressing <guibutton>New</guibutton>. This will bring you to the puzzle selection screen, where you can select whatever puzzle you like.
en_GB: You can change puzzles at any time by clicking <guibutton>New</guibutton>. This will bring you to the puzzle selection screen, where you can select whatever puzzle you like.

en: To play the game, start filling numbers 1-9 in the squares such that no row, column, or 3x3 box has any number more than one time.
en_GB: To play the game, start filling numbers 1–9 in the squares such that no row, column, or 3×3 box has any number more than one time.

en: Click on a square to select it, then click in the center of the square to bring up buttons with the numbers 1-9. Click on a number to select it, or click on <guibutton>clear</guibutton> to clear the square. You can also double-click in the center of a square to bring up the number buttons.
en_GB: Click on a square to select it, then click in the centre of the square to bring up buttons with the numbers 1–9. Click on a number to select it, or click on <guibutton>clear</guibutton> to clear the square. You can also double-click in the centre of a square to bring up the number buttons.

en: Whenever you start <application>Sudoku</application> or click <guibutton>New</guibutton>, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it for. To open the puzzle, just double click on it.
en_GB: Whenever you start <application>Sudoku</application> or click <guibutton>New</guibutton>, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it for. To open the puzzle, just double-click on it.

en: You can use <firstterm>hints</firstterm> and <firstterm>auto-fill</firstterm> to have GNOME Sudoku tell you about possible values for a square or automatically fill in a square for you.
en_GB: You can use <firstterm>hints</firstterm> and <firstterm>auto-fill</firstterm> to have <application>GNOME Sudoku</application> tell you about possible values for a square or automatically fill in a square for you.

en: In highlighting mode, the current row, column and box are highlighted in different colors to make scanning the board easier.
en_GB: In highlighting mode, the current row, column and box are highlighted in different colours to make scanning the board easier.

en: Trackers make trial-and-error solutions easier to keep track of. When you <firstterm>track</firstterm> a set of moves, the numbers are entered in a special color to help you distinguish those moves from moves made earlier in the game.
en_GB: Trackers make trial-and-error solutions easier to keep track of. When you <firstterm>track</firstterm> a set of moves, the numbers are entered in a special colour to help you distinguish those moves from moves made earlier in the game.

en: To write notes (also known as “pencilmarks”) in a square, first select the square with the keyboard or mouse. Then, do one of the following:
en_GB: To write notes (also known as <quote>pencilmarks</quote>) in a square, first select the square with the keyboard or mouse. Then do one of the following:

en: Type <keycap>N</keycap>
en_GB: Press <keycap>N</keycap>

en: This will bring up a field in which you can type your notes. Type <keycap>Return</keycap> when you are finished editing your note.
en_GB: This will bring up a field in which you can type your notes. Press <keycap>Return</keycap> when you are finished editing your note.

en: You can also take notes in the bottom of the square by clicking in the bottom of the square or by typing <keycap>M</keycap>. However, this area is used when you ask for a <firstterm>hint</firstterm>, so you should not use this area for your own notes if you also plan to use hints.
en_GB: You can also take notes in the bottom of the square by clicking in the bottom of the square or by pressing <keycap>M</keycap>. However, this area is used when you ask for a <firstterm>hint</firstterm>, so you should not use this area for your own notes if you also plan to use hints.

en: GNOME Sudoku can give you hints based on your current board. You can ask for a hint for the currently selected square by clicking <guibutton>hint</guibutton>, selecting <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Hint</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or typing <keycap>Control-H</keycap>. This will put a list of possible values in the bottom of the square.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Sudoku</application> can give you hints based on your current board. You can ask for a hint for the currently selected square by clicking <guibutton>hint</guibutton>, selecting <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Hint</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>. This will put a list of possible values in the bottom of the square.

en: When you click on Hint, possible values are shown in the bottom of a square.
en_GB: When you click on <guibutton>Hint</guibutton>, possible values are shown in the bottom of a square.

en: If there are more than one valid value for the entry, nothing will happen.
en_GB: If there is more than one valid value for the entry, nothing will happen.

en: You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colors. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, you can:
en_GB: You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colours. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, you can:

en: You can use trackers to keep track of multiple moves at a time. Tracked moves will be entered in a different color to make them visually distinct. You can also delete all tracked moves at one time. This is particularly useful for solving difficult puzzles by trial-and-error.
en_GB: You can use trackers to keep track of multiple moves at a time. Tracked moves will be entered in a different colour to make them visually distinct. You can also delete all tracked moves at one time. This is particularly useful for solving difficult puzzles by trial-and-error.

en: This will bring up a list of trackers on to the right of the current game. Create a new tracker by clicking <guibutton>Add Tracker</guibutton>. From this point forward, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.
en_GB: This will bring up a list of trackers to the right of the current game. Create a new tracker by clicking <guibutton>Add Tracker</guibutton>. From this point forward, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.

en: GNOME Sudoku can print games for you to play on paper. This is useful if you have to leave the computer but want to finish a game you have started, or if you want to print out a bunch of puzzles to do later.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Sudoku</application> can print games for you to play on paper. This is useful if you have to leave the computer but want to finish a game you have started, or if you want to print out a bunch of puzzles to do later.

en: To print the puzzle you are in the midst of playing, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> or select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will include the numbers you have already filled in.
en_GB: To print the puzzle you are in the midst of playing, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will include the numbers you have already filled in.

en: To print blank puzzles, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print multiple sudokus</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: To print blank puzzles, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print multiple sudokus</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: You will then see a print dialog that lets you choose how many games you would like to print and how many games you want to print on each page (the more games you print per page, the smaller the games will be).
en_GB: You will then see a print dialogue that lets you choose how many games you would like to print and how many games you want to print on each page (the more games you print per page, the smaller the games will be).

en: GNOME Sudoku ranks puzzles based on the number of squares that can be rapidly filled. The puzzle statistics box shows you the overall rating and shows you three pieces of information:
en_GB: <application>GNOME Sudoku</application> ranks puzzles based on the number of squares that can be rapidly filled. The puzzle statistics box shows you the overall rating and shows you three pieces of information:

en: Shows System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.
en_GB: Shows the System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars and statusbar.

en: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialog, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.
en_GB: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialogue, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.

en: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including :
en_GB: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including:

en: Please specify either foreground or background color!
en_GB: Please specify either foreground or background colour!

en: Manage Filters...
en_GB: Manage Filters…

en: [LOGFILE...]
en_GB: [LOGFILE…]

en: %d lines (%s) - %s
en_GB: %d lines (%s) — %s

en: Show the about dialog for the log viewer
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the log viewer

note: TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property
en: Percentage full for pie color pickers
en_GB: Percentage full for pie colour pickers

en: Current Color
en_GB: Current Colour

en: The selected color
en_GB: The selected colour

en: Type of color picker
en_GB: Type of colour picker

en: Received invalid color data
en_GB: Received invalid colour data

en: Click to set graph colors
en_GB: Click to set graph colours

note: Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending
en: Pick a Color for '%s'
en_GB: Pick a Colour for '%s'

en: Main Window should open maximized
en_GB: Main Window should open maximised

en: Show warning dialog when killing processes
en_GB: Show warning dialogue when killing processes

en: CPU colors
en_GB: CPU colours

en: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)
en_GB: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal colour value)

en: Default graph memory color
en_GB: Default graph memory colour

en: Default graph swap color
en_GB: Default graph swap colour

en: Default graph incoming network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph incoming network traffic colour

en: Default graph outgoing network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph outgoing network traffic colour

en: Writable Memory
en_GB: Writeable Memory

en: <i>N/A</i>
en_GB: N/A

en: _Change Priority...
en_GB: _Change Priority…

en: Default graph cpu color
en_GB: Default graph CPU colour

en: Maximize the window
en_GB: Maximise the window

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red"). This is ignored if bold_color_same_as_fg is true.
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red"). This is ignored if bold_color_same_as_fg is true.

en: Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text
en_GB: Whether bold text should use the same colour as normal text

en: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text.
en_GB: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same colour as normal text.

en: If true, newly created terminal windows will have custom size specified by default_size_columns and default_size_rows.
en_GB: If true, newly created terminal windows will have a custom size specified by default_size_columns and default_size_rows.

en: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customized via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.
en_GB: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customised via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.

en: Choose Palette Color %d
en_GB: Choose Palette Colour %d

en: Text and Background Color
en_GB: Text and Background Colour

en: _Use colors from system theme
en_GB: _Use colours from system theme

en: _Text color:
en_GB: _Text colour:

en: Choose Terminal Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Background Colour

en: Choose Terminal Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Text Colour

en: _Underline color:
en_GB: _Underline colour:

en: _Same as text color
en_GB: _Same as text colour

en: Bol_d color:
en_GB: Bol_d colour:

en: <b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colors available to them.
en_GB: <b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colours available to them.

en: Color p_alette:
en_GB: Colour p_alette:

en: <b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior.
en_GB: <b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour.

en: Not a valid terminal config file.
en_GB: Not a valid terminal configuration file.

en: Incompatible terminal config file version.
en_GB: Incompatible terminal configuration file version.

en: The child process was aborted.
en_GB: The child process was terminated.

en: GNOME Terminal is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Where to put the terminal scrollbar. Possibilities are "left", "right", and "hidden".
en_GB: Where to put the terminal scrollbar. Possibilities are "left", "right" and "hidden".

en: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid color, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.
en_GB: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid colour, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.

en: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialog for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialogue for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.

en: _Solid color
en_GB: _Solid colour

en: No such profile "%s", using default profile
en_GB: No such profile "%s"; using default profile

note: #-#-#-#-#  982 (mate-terminal)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: S/Key is the name of an application, so it should not be translated.
en: Popup a dialog when an S/Key challenge response query is detected and clicked on. Typing a password into the dialog will send it to the terminal.
en_GB: Pop up a dialogue when an S/Key challenge response query is detected and clicked on. Typing a password into the dialogue will send it to the terminal.

en: Color Selector
en_GB: Colour Selector

en: Tetravex is a simple puzzle game in which pieces have numbers on each side. The pieces must be positioned so that the same numbers touch each other, during which you are being timed. The times are then stored in a system-wide scoreboard.
en_GB: <application>Tetravex</application> is a simple puzzle game in which pieces have numbers on each side. The pieces must be positioned so that the same numbers touch each other, during which you are being timed. The times are then stored in a system-wide scoreboard.

en: <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> is included in the <filename>gnome-games</filename> package, which is part of the GNOME desktop environment. This document describes version 2.10 of <application>GNOME Tetravex</application>.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> is included in the gnome-games package, which is part of the GNOME desktop environment. This document describes version 2.10 of <application>GNOME Tetravex</application>.

en: <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> is a simple puzzle game, this section covers how to play the game.
en_GB: <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> is a simple puzzle game. This section covers how to play the game.

en: Starting <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> opens the <interface>Main window</interface>, shown in <xref linkend="mainwindow-fig"/>. The window is divided into two boxes. The right hand side contains a box containing the pieces you have yet to place and the left hand box is where you arrange the pieces.
en_GB: Starting <application>GNOME Tetravex</application> opens the <interface>Main window</interface>, shown in <xref linkend="mainwindow-fig"/>. The window is divided into two boxes. The right hand side contains a box containing the pieces you have yet to place and the left-hand box is where you arrange the pieces.

en: You can start playing the game immediately. You may restart the game by selecting <menuchoice><guisubmenu>File</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>New game</guimenuitem></menuchoice><xref linkend="playing-fig"/>
en_GB: You can start playing the game immediately. You may restart the game by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New game</guimenuitem></menuchoice><xref linkend="playing-fig"/>

en: The tiles are divided into four, you must position them so that only two numbers that are the same are next to each other. The game wil not let you position the tiles so that different numbers are next to each other. You position the pieces by dragging them from their current position either in the right hand box or the main box to their new position. These moves are not permanent and can be readily reversed. You may also move all the pieces in the left hand box at once by using the commands: <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Move</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Left/Right/Up/Down</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
en_GB: The tiles are divided into four and you must position them so that only two numbers that are the same are next to each other. The game wil not let you position the tiles so that different numbers are next to each other. You position the pieces by dragging them from their current position, either in the right-hand box or the main box, to their new position. These moves are not permanent and can be readily reversed. You may also move all the pieces in the left-hand box at once by using the commands: <menuchoice><guimenu>Move</guimenu><guimenuitem>Left/Right/Up/Down</guimenuitem></menuchoice>

en: Under the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> menu you can change the size of the grid from two by two up to six by six. The default is three by three.
en_GB: Under the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu you can change the size of the grid from two-by-two up to six-by-six. The default is three-by-three.

en: Theme with a different colorscheme to find problems in applications.
en_GB: Theme with a different colour scheme to find problems in applications.

en: A glossy looking theme
en_GB: A glossy-looking theme

en: Minimize and Close
en_GB: Minimise and Close

en: Maximize and Close
en_GB: Maximise and Close

en: If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be shared over the network when the user is logged in.
en_GB: If this is true, the Public directory in the user's home directory will be shared over the network when the user is logged in.

en: If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be shared over Bluetooth when the user is logged in.
en_GB: If this is true, the Public directory in the user's home directory will be shared over Bluetooth when the user is logged in.

en: If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads directory when logged in.
en_GB: If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads directory when the user is logged in.

en: Bulges the center of the video
en_GB: Bulges the centre of the video

en: Invert colors of the video input
en_GB: Invert colours of the video input

en: Transform video input into a mauve color
en_GB: Transform video input into a mauve colour

en: Transform video input into grayscale
en_GB: Transform video input into greyscale

en: Pinches the center of the video
en_GB: Pinches the centre of the video

en: Makes a square out of the center of the video
en_GB: Makes a square out of the centre of the video

en: Stretches the center of the video
en_GB: Stretches the centre of the video

en: Twirl the center of the video
en_GB: Twirl the centre of the video

en: Meters (m)
en_GB: Metres (m)

en: Kilometers (km)
en_GB: Kilometres (km)

en: Millimeters of mercury (mmHg)
en_GB: Millimetres of mercury (mmHg)

en: Meters per second (m/s)
en_GB: Metres per second (m/s)

en: Kilometers per hour (km/h)
en_GB: Kilometres per hour (km/h)

en: If unchecked, gnomeradio won't mute after exiting
en_GB: If unchecked, Gnomeradio won't mute after exiting

en: Specify the radio-device (in most cases /dev/radio)
en_GB: Specify the radio device (in most cases /dev/radio)

en: FM-Radio Tuner
en_GB: FM Radio Tuner

en: Listen to FM-radio
en_GB: Listen to FM radio

en: Radio Device:
en_GB: Radio device:

en: Mixer Source:
en_GB: Mixer source:

en: Remove preset from List
en_GB: Remove preset from list

note: consult man strftime to translate this. This is a filename, so don't use "/" or ":", please
en: %B-%d-%Y_%H-%M-%S
en_GB: %d-%B-%Y_%H-%M-%S

en: Gnomeradio is a FM-Tuner application for the GNOME desktop. It should work with all tuner hardware that is supported by the video4linux drivers.
    
    This version has been compiled with LIRC support.
en_GB: Gnomeradio is an FM tuner application for the GNOME desktop. It should work with all tuner hardware that is supported by the video4linux drivers.
    
    This version has been compiled with LIRC support.

en: Gnomeradio is a FM-Tuner application for the GNOME desktop. It should work with all tuner hardware that is supported by the video4linux drivers.
    
    This version has been compiled without LIRC support.
en_GB: Gnomeradio is an FM tuner application for the GNOME desktop. It should work with all tuner hardware that is supported by the video4linux drivers.
    
    This version has been compiled without LIRC support.

en: Scan Backwards
en_GB: Scan backwards

en: Scan Forwards
en_GB: Scan forwards

en: 0.05 MHz Backwards
en_GB: 0.05 MHz backwards

en: 0.05 MHz Forwards
en_GB: 0.05 MHz forwards

en: Record radio as Wave, OGG or MP3
en_GB: Record radio as Wave, Ogg or MP3

en: Edit your Preferences
en_GB: Edit your preferences

en: Could not scan. Radio is not initialized.
en_GB: Could not scan. Radio is not initialised.

en: 0 byte
en_GB: 0 bytes

en: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organized
en_GB: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organised

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization Folder
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation Folder

en: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronization directory (optional).
en_GB: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronisation directory (optional).

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server URL
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server URL

en: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronization directory.
en_GB: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronisation directory.

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization User Name
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation User Name

en: User name to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: User name to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server Port
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server Port

en: The port to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: The port to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: Link Updating Behavior on Note Rename
en_GB: Link Updating Behaviour on Note Rename

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behavior when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behaviour when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.

en: Open Search Dialog
en_GB: Open Search Dialogue

en: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: Synchronization Client ID
en_GB: Synchronisation Client ID

en: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronization server.
en_GB: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronisation server.

en: Synchronization Local Server Path
en_GB: Synchronisation Local Server Path

en: Path to the synchronization server when using the filesystem synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Path to the synchronisation server when using the filesystem synchronisation service addin.

en: Selected Synchronization Service Addin
en_GB: Selected Synchronisation Service Addin

en: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronisation service addin.

en: Note Synchronization Conflict Saved Behavior
en_GB: Note Synchronisation Conflict Saved Behaviour

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behavior when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behaviour when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.

en: Automatic Background Synchronization Timeout
en_GB: Automatic Background Synchronisation Timeout

en: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronized to.
en_GB: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronised to.

en: S_ynchronize Notes
en_GB: S_ynchronise Notes

en: Start synchronizing notes
en_GB: Start synchronising notes

en: Select an icon...
en_GB: Select an icon…

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a local file system path
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a local file system path

en: Select Synchronization Folder...
en_GB: Select Synchronisation Folder…

note: #-#-#-#-#  351 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005" #-#-#-#-#  973 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date in the full format (so that people can * copy and paste it elsewhere).
en: %A, %B %d %Y
en_GB: %A, %d %B %Y

en: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customize the text that new Today notes have.
en_GB: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customise the text that new Today notes have.

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL

en: New Note_book...
en_GB: New Note_book…

en: _New notebook...
en_GB: _New notebook…

en: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organizing your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organize the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organising your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organise the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>

en: <note-content>Using Links in Gnote
    
    Notes in Gnote can be linked together by highlighting text in the current note and clicking the <bold>Link</bold> button above in the toolbar.  Doing so will create a new note and also underline the note's title in the current note.
    
    Changing the title of a note will update links present in other notes.  This prevents broken links from occurring when a note is renamed.
    
    Also, if you type the name of another note in your current note, it will automatically be linked for you.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content>Using·Links·in·Gnote
    
    Notes·in·Gnote·can·be·linked·together·by·highlighting·text·in·the·current·note·and·clicking·the·<bold>Link</bold>·button·above·in·the·toolbar.··Doing·so·will·create·a·new·note·and·also·underline·the·note's·title·in·the·current·note.
    
    Changing·the·title·of·a·note·will·update·links·present·in·other·notes.··This·prevents·broken·links·from·occurring·when·a·note·is·renamed.
    
    Also,·if·you·type·the·name·of·another·note·in·your·current·note,·it·will·automatically·be·linked·for·you.</note-content>

en: Synchronize Notes
en_GB: Synchronise Notes

en: Cannot create note
en_GB: Cannote create note

note: #-#-#-#-#  351 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Create dialog
en: Other Synchronization Options
en_GB: Other Synchronisation Options

en: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronization server:
en_GB: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronisation server:

en: Clearing your synchronization settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: Clearing your synchronisation settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Resetting Synchronization Settings
en_GB: Resetting Synchronisation Settings

en: You have disabled the configured synchronization service.  Your synchronization settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: You have disabled the configured synchronisation service.  Your synchronisation settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Gnote is ready to synchronize your notes. Would you like to synchronize them now?
en_GB: Gnote is ready to synchronise your notes. Would you like to synchronise them now?

en: This synchronization addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured
en_GB: This synchronisation addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured

en: Could not read testfile.
en_GB: Could not read test file.

en: An error ocurred while connecting to the specified server
en_GB: An error occurred while connecting to the specified server

en: Acquiring sync lock...
en_GB: Acquiring sync lock…

en: Synchronizing Notes
en_GB: Synchronising Notes

en: Synchronizing your notes...
en_GB: Synchronising your notes…

en: This may take a while, kick back and enjoy!
en_GB: This may take a while; get a cup of tea!

en: Connecting to the server...
en_GB: Connecting to the server…

en: Deleting notes off of the server...
en_GB: Deleting notes off the server…

en: Downloading new/updated notes...
en_GB: Downloading new/updated notes…

en: One of your other computers is currently synchronizing.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.
en_GB: One of your other computers is currently synchronising.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.

en: Preparing to download updates from server...
en_GB: Preparing to download updates from server…

en: Preparing to upload updates to server...
en_GB: Preparing to upload updates to server…

en: Uploading notes to server...
en_GB: Uploading notes to server…

en: Synchronization Failed
en_GB: Synchronisation Failed

en: Failed to synchronize
en_GB: Failed to synchronise

en: Could not synchronize notes.  Check the details below and try again.
en_GB: Could not synchronise notes.  Check the details below and try again.

en: Synchronization is complete
en_GB: Synchronisation is complete

en: Your notes are now up to date.
en_GB: Your notes are now up-to-date.

en: Synchronization Canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation Cancelled

en: Synchronization was canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation was cancelled

en: You canceled the synchronization.  You may close the window now.
en_GB: You cancelled the synchronisation.  You may close the window now.

en: Synchronization Not Configured
en_GB: Synchronisation Not Configured

en: Synchronization is not configured
en_GB: Synchronisation is not configured

en: Please configure synchronization in the preferences dialog.
en_GB: Please configure synchronisation in the preferences dialogue.

en: Synchronization Service Error
en_GB: Synchronisation Service Error

en: Error connecting to the synchronization service.  Please try again.
en_GB: Error connecting to the synchronisation service.  Please try again.

note: TODO: This message isn't entirely accurate. We should fix it.
en: The synchronization you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.
en_GB: The synchronisation you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1368 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# initial newline
en: dddd, MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM, HH:mm

note: #-#-#-#-#  1368 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005"
en: dddd, MMMM d yyyy
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM yyyy

note: #-#-#-#-#  1368 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Text for label describing setup required for SSH sync addin to work
en: SSH synchronization requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.
en_GB: SSH synchronisation requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.

en: MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM, HH:mm

en: MMMM d yyyy, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM yyyy, HH:mm

en: Add price quotes to given GnuCash datafile
en_GB: Add price quotes to given GnuCash datafile.

en: Placeholder account selected.  Please try again.
en_GB: Placeholder Account selected.  Please try again.

note: Translators: %d is the number of bills due. This is a ngettext(3) message.
en: The following %d bill is due: | The following %d bills are due:
en_GB[0]: The following bill is due:
en_GB[1]: The following %d bills are due:

en: Ta_x included
en_GB: Ta_x Included?

en: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialog.
en_GB: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialogue.

en: _Tax included
en_GB: _Tax Included

en: Choose Owner Dialog
en_GB: Choose Owner Dialogue

en: Reset Tax Tables to present Values?
en_GB: Reset Tax Tables to present values?

en: The invoice ID number.  If left blank a reasonable number will be chosen for you.
en_GB: The invoice ID number.  If left blank a reasonable number will be chosen for you

en: Job Dialog
en_GB: Job Dialogue

en: Open the New Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the New Customer dialogue

en: Open the Find Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Customer dialogue

en: Open the New Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the New Invoice dialogue

en: Open the Find Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Invoice dialogue

en: Open the New Job dialog
en_GB: Open the New Job dialogue

en: Open the Find Job dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Job dialogue

en: Open the Process Payment dialog
en_GB: Open the Process Payment dialogue

en: Open the New Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the New Vendor dialogue

en: Open the Find Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Vendor dialogue

en: Open the New Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the New Bill dialogue

en: Open the Find Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Bill dialogue

en: Open the New Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the New Employee dialogue

en: Open the Find Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Employee dialogue

en: Open the New Expense Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the New Expense Voucher dialogue

en: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialogue

en: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialog
en_GB: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialogue

en: Test Search Dialog
en_GB: Test Search Dialogue

en: Initialize Test Data
en_GB: Initialise Test Data

en: Edit this invoice
en_GB: Edit this Invoice

en: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialog. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.
en_GB: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialogue. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.

en: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialog.
en_GB: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialogue.

en: sample:Expenses:Automobile:Gasoline
en_GB: sample:Expenses:Vehicle:Fuel

en: Value $
    Percent %
en_GB: Value £
    Percent %

en: Realized Gain/Loss
en_GB: Realised Gain/Loss

en: Realized Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.
en_GB: Realised Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.

en: Semi-monthly
en_GB: Semi-Monthly

en: Cannot save check format file.
en_GB: Cannot save cheque format file.

en: There is a duplicate check format file.
en_GB: There is a duplicate cheque format file.

note: Translators: %1$s is the type of the first check * format (user defined or application defined); %2$s * is the filename of that format; %3$s the type of * the other check format; and %4$s the filename of * that other format.
en: The GUIDs in the %s check format file '%s' and the %s check format file '%s' match.
en_GB: The GUIDs in the %s cheque format file '%s' and the %s cheque format file '%s' match.

en: Period %s - %s
en_GB: Period from %s to %s

en: You must select closing date that is not in the future.
en_GB: You must select a closing date that is not in the future.

en: via Escrow account?
en_GB: via Trust account?

en: Please select a valid Escrow Account.
en_GB: Please select a valid Trust Account.

en: Press `Apply' to create your new accounts.  You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press `Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press `Cancel' to close this dialog without creating any new accounts.
en_GB: Press `Apply' to create your new accounts.  You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press `Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press `Cancel' to close this dialogue without creating any new accounts.

en: Setup selected accounts
en_GB: Setup selected account

en: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register.  To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By..." dialog for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option.  Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.
en_GB: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register.  To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By..." dialogue for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option.  Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialogue.

en: _Select transfer account
en_GB: _Select Transfer Account

en: _Use equity 'Opening Balances' account
en_GB: _Use 'Opening Balances' Equity account

en: Enter a title for this book.
en_GB: Enter a title for this book

en: Create a New Budget
en_GB: Create a new Budget

en: Delete the Selected Budget
en_GB: Delete the selected budget

en: Estimate Budget Values
en_GB: Estimate budget values

en: Number of calendar units in the recurrence:  E.g. Biweekly = every 2 weeks; Quarterly = every 3 months
en_GB: Number of calendar units in the recurrence:  e.g. Biweekly = every 2 weeks; Quarterly = every 3 months

en: Open the Selected Budget
en_GB: Open the selected budget

en: Significant Digits:
en_GB: Significant digits:

en: same week & day
en_GB: same week and day

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialog Again?</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialogue Again?</span>

en: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialog will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.
en_GB: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialogue will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.

en: Check _format:
en_GB: Cheque _format:

en: Check format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the check.
en_GB: Cheque format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the cheque.

en: Check po_sition:
en_GB: Cheque po_sition:

en: Checks on first _page:
en_GB: Cheques on first _page:

en: Enter a title for this custom format.  This title will appear in the "Check format" selector of the Print Check dialog.  Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.
en_GB: Enter a title for this custom format.  This title will appear in the "Check format" selector of the Print Check dialogue.  Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.

en: Inches
    Centimeters
    Millimeters
    Points
en_GB: Inches
    Centimetres
    Millimetres
    Points

en: Save Custom Check Format
en_GB: Save Custom Cheque Format

en: C_hoose Date:
en_GB: C_hoose Date

en: S_tatement Date
en_GB: S_tatement Date:

en: ... utilize an escrow account for payments?
en_GB: ... utilise an trust account for payments?

en: <b>Since Last Run Dialog</b>
en_GB: <b>Since Last Run Dialogue</b>

en: Escrow Account:
en_GB: Trust Account:

en: Payment From (Escrow):
en_GB: Payment From (Trust):

en: Payment To (Escrow):
en_GB: Payment To (Trust):

en: Repayment Type
en_GB: repayment type

en: This is a step-by-step method of creating a loan repayment setup within GnuCash.  In this assistant, you can input the parameters of your loan and its repayment and give the details of its payback. Using that information, the appropriate Scheduled Transactions will be created.
    
    If you make a mistake or want to make changes later, you can edit the created Scheduled Transactions directly.
en_GB: This is a step-by-step method of creating a loan repayment setup within GnuCash.  Using this assistant, you can input the parameters of your loan and its repayment and give the details of its payback. Using that information, the appropriate Scheduled Transactions will be created.
    
    If you make a mistake or want to make changes later, you can edit the created Scheduled Transactions directly.

en: Use Escrow Account
en_GB: Use Trust Account

en: Open a new Account Tree page
en_GB: Open a new account tree page

en: Create Scheduled Transactions since the last time run
en_GB: Create Scheduled Transactions since the last time run.

en: Create a new Budget
en_GB: Create a new budget

en: Open Budget
en_GB: Open budget

en: Open an existing Budget
en_GB: Open an existing budget

en: _Delete Account...
en_GB: _Delete Account

en: Delete selected account
en_GB: Delete selected account.

en: All of its subaccounts will be deleted.
en_GB: All of its sub-accounts will be deleted.

en: Edit this budget's options
en_GB: Edit the options for this budget

en: Set the budget options using this dialog.
en_GB: Set the budget options using this dialogue.

en: _Print Checks...
en_GB: _Print Cheques...

en: Cut the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Cut the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: Copy the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: Print checks from multiple accounts?
en_GB: Print cheques from multiple accounts?

en: _Print checks
en_GB: _Print Cheque

en: You can only print checks from a bank account register or search results.
en_GB: You can only print cheques from a bank account register or search results.

en: This transaction contains reconciled splits. Modifying it is not a good idea because that will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: This transaction contains reconciled splits. Modifying it is not a good idea because that will cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: You would be deleting a reconciled split! This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: You would be deleting a reconciled split!
    This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: You would be deleting a transaction with reconciled splits! This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: You would be deleting a transaction with reconciled splits!
    This is not a good idea as it would cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: Order of columns in the dialog
en_GB: Order of columns in the dialogue

en: Show currencies in this dialog
en_GB: Show currencies in this dialogue

en: This setting contains a list of names which controls the order in which the columns are listed in the dialog. Names may be reordered or removed from this list to control which columns appear in the dialog and in what order.
en_GB: This setting contains a list of names which controls the order in which the columns are listed in the dialogue. Names may be reordered or removed from this list to control which columns appear in the dialog and in what order.

en: On preprinted checks containing multiple checks per page, this setting specifies which check position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom checks on the page.
en_GB: On preprinted cheques containing multiple cheques per page, this setting specifies which cheque position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom cheques on the page.

en: Position of check amount in numbers
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in numbers

en: Position of check amount in words
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in words

en: Position of check on page
en_GB: Position of cheque on page

en: The default font to use when printing checks. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a check description file.
en_GB: The default font to use when printing cheques. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a cheque description file.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the check.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the cheque.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the Y coordinate for the bottom edge of the check. This coordinate is from the bottom edge of the sheet of paper.
en_GB: This value contains the Y coordinate for the bottom edge of the cheque. This coordinate is from the bottom edge of the sheet of paper.

en: This value specifies the predefined check format to use. The number is the 0-based index into the list of known check formats.
en_GB: This value specifies the predefined cheque format to use. The number is the 0-based index into the list of known cheque formats.

en: Which check position to print
en_GB: Which cheque position to print

en: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialog. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.
en_GB: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialogue. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.

en: If active, always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: If active, always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: Show "since last run" dialog when a file is opened.
en_GB: Show "since last run" dialogue when a file is opened.

en: This setting controls whether the scheduled transactions "since last run" dialog is shown automatically when a data file is opened. This includes the initial opening of the data file when GnuCash starts. If this setting is active, show the dialog, otherwise it is not shown.
en_GB: This setting controls whether the scheduled transactions "since last run" dialogue is shown automatically when a data file is opened. This includes the initial opening of the data file when GnuCash starts. If this setting is active, show the dialogue, otherwise it is not shown.

en: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialog will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.
en_GB: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialogue will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.

en: Color all lines of a transaction the same
en_GB: Colour all lines of a transaction the same

en: Color the register as specified by the system theme
en_GB: Colour the register as specified by the system theme

en: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same color for their background. Otherwise the background colors are alternated on each line.
en_GB: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same colour for their background. Otherwise the background colours are alternated on each line.

en: If active, the register will be colored as specified by the system theme. This can be overridden to provide custom colors by editing the gtkrc file in the users home directory. Otherwise the standard register colors will be used that GnuCash has always used.
en_GB: If active, the register will be coloured as specified by the system theme. This can be overridden to provide custom colours by editing the gtkrc file in the users home directory. Otherwise the standard register colours will be used that GnuCash has always used.

en: If active, the size and location of each dialog window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.
en_GB: If active, the size and location of each dialogue window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented if you try to print checks from multiple accounts at the same time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented if you try to print cheques from multiple accounts at the same time.

en: This dialog is presented when a read-only register is opened.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when a read-only register is opened.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: Show a grand total of all accounts converted to the default report currency
en_GB: Show a grand total of all accounts converted to the default report currency.

en: Width of a column in the dialog
en_GB: Width of a column in the dialogue

en: Renumber the immediate sub-accounts of %s?  This will replace the account code field of each child account with a newly generated code.
en_GB: Renumber the immediate sub-accounts of %s?  This will replace the account code field of each sub-account with a newly generated code.

en: You can't transfer from and to the same account!
en_GB: You can't transfer to and from the same account!

en: Remember and don't _ask me again.
en_GB: Remember the answer and don't _ask me again.

en: Remember and don't ask me again this _session.
en_GB: Remember the answer and don't ask me again this _session.

en: You have requested that the following warning dialogs not be presented.  To re-enable any of these dialogs, select the check box next to the dialog, then click OK.
en_GB: You have requested that the following warning dialogues not be presented.  To re-enable any of these dialogues, select the check box next to the dialogue, then click OK.

en: Choose method
en_GB: Choose Method

en: Include Century
en_GB: include century

en: <b>Checks</b>
en_GB: <b>Cheques</b>

en: <b>Reverse Balanced Accounts</b>
en_GB: <b>Reverse Balanced accounts</b>

en: After reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user to enter a credit card payment.
en_GB: After reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user to enter a credit card payment

en: Alternate the primary and secondary colors by transaction instead of by alternating by row.
en_GB: Alternate the primary and secondary colours by transaction instead of by alternating by row.

en: Always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: Always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: C_redit accounts
en_GB: C_redit Accounts

en: Display "_tip of the day" dialog
en_GB: Display "_tip of the Day" dialogue

en: Double _mode colors alternate with transactions
en_GB: Double _mode colours alternate with transactions

en: If checked, the system color theme will be applied to register windows.  If clear, the original GnuCash register colors will be used.
en_GB: If checked, the system colour theme will be applied to register windows.  If clear, the original GnuCash register colours will be used.

en: Present the new account list dialog when you choose "New File" from the "File" menu
en_GB: Present the new account list dialogue when you choose "New File" from the "File" menu

en: Print '***' before and after each text field on the check.
en_GB: Print '***' before and after each text field on the cheque.

en: US Dollars (USD)
en_GB: GBP Pounds (GBP)

en: U_se 24-hour clock
en_GB: U_se 24-hour time format

en: _Absolute:
en_GB: Absolute:

en: _Automatic decimal point
en_GB: _Automatic Decimal Point

en: _Basic ledger
en_GB: _Basic Ledger

en: _Decimal places:
en_GB: _Decimal Places:

en: _Double line mode
en_GB: _Double Line Mode

en: _Income & expense
en_GB: _Income & Expense

en: _Use system theme colors
en_GB: _Use system theme colours

en: Can't connect to %s. The host, username or password were incorrect.
en_GB: Cannot connect to %s. The host, username or password were incorrect.

en: Can't connect to %s. Connection was lost, unable to send data.
en_GB: Cannot connect to %s. Connection was lost, unable to send data.

en: The SQL database is in use by other users, and the upgrade cannot be performed until they logoff. If there are currently no other users, consult the  documentation to learn how to clear out dangling login sessions.
en_GB: The SQL database is in use by other users, and the upgrade cannot be performed until they logoff. If there are currently no other users, consult the documentation to learn how to clear out dangling login sessions.

en: That database may be in use by another user, in which case you should not open the database. What would you like to do?
en_GB: That database may be in use by another user, in which case you should not open it. What would you like to do?

en: GnuCash could not find the files for the help documentation.  This is likely because the 'gnucash-docs' package is not installed.
en_GB: GnuCash could not find the files for the help documentation.  This is likely to bebecause the 'gnucash-docs' package is not installed.

en: Show/hide the status bar on this window
en_GB: Show/Hide the status bar on this window

note: Translators: This string has a context prefix; the translation must only contain the part after the | character.
en: Column letter for 'Placeholder'|P
en_GB: P

note: Translators: This string has a context prefix; the translation must only contain the part after the | character.
en: Column letter for 'Get Quotes'|Q
en_GB: Q

note: Translators: This string has a context prefix; the translation must only contain the part after the | character.
en: Single-character short column-title form of 'Enabled'|E
en_GB: E

en: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Start Online Banking Wizard
en_GB: Start Online Banking Assistant

en: The Setup of your Online Banking connection is handled by the external program "AqBanking Setup Wizard". Please press the button below to start this program.
en_GB: The Setup of your Online Banking connection is handled by the external program "AqBanking Setup Assistant". Please press the button below to start this program.

en: _Start AqBanking Wizard
en_GB: _Start AqBanking Assistant

en: The external program "AqBanking Setup Wizard" has not been found. 
    
    The %s package should include the program "qt3-wizard".  Please check your installation to ensure this program is present.  On some distributions this may require installing additional packages.
en_GB: The external program "AqBanking Setup Assistant" has not been found. 
    
    The %s package should include the program "qt3-wizard".  Please check your installation to ensure this program is present.  On some distributions this may require installing additional packages.

en: The external program "AqBanking Setup Wizard" failed to run successfully because the additional software "Qt" was not found.  Please install the "Qt/Windows Open Source Edition" from Trolltech by downloading it from www.trolltech.com
    
    If you have installed Qt already, you will have to adapt the PATH variable of your system appropriately.  Contact the GnuCash developers if you need further assistance on how to install Qt correctly.
    
    Online Banking cannot be setup without Qt.  Press "Close" now, then "Cancel" to cancel the Online Banking setup.
en_GB: The external program "AqBanking Setup Assistant" failed to run successfully because the additional software "Qt" was not found.  Please install the "Qt/Windows Open Source Edition" from Trolltech by downloading it from www.trolltech.com
    
    If you have installed Qt already, you will have to adapt the PATH variable of your system appropriately.  Contact the GnuCash developers if you need further assistance on how to install Qt correctly.
    
    Online Banking cannot be setup without Qt.  Press "Close" now, then "Cancel" to cancel the Online Banking setup.

en: The external program "AqBanking Setup Wizard" failed to run successfully.  Online Banking can only be setup if this wizard has run successfully.  Please try running the "AqBanking Setup Wizard" again.
en_GB: The external program "AqBanking Setup Assistant" failed to run successfully.  Online Banking can only be setup if this wizard has run successfully.  Please try running the "AqBanking Setup Wizard" again.

en: File opening failed.
en_GB: Failed to read QIF file: %s

en: Commercial ATM _fees threshold
en_GB: Commercial Cash Machine _fees threshold

en: Enable the SKIP action in the transaction matcher.  If enabled, a transaction whose best match's score is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold) will be SKIPed by default.
en_GB: Enable the SKIP action in the transaction matcher.  If enabled, a transaction whose best match's score is in the yellow zone (above the Auto-ADD threshold but below the Auto-CLEAR threshold) will be SKIP-ped by default.

en: In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores.  These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees.  For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees.  If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match.  You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores.  These machines add their fee directly to the amount instead of it showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly bank charges.  For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50.  If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match.  You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

en: Please select a commodity to match the following exchange specific code. Please note that the exchange code of the commodity you select will be overwritten.
en_GB: Please select a commodity to match the following exchange specific code.Please note that the exchange code of the commodity you select will be overwritten.

en: The log file you selected cannot be read.  The file header was not recognized.
en_GB: The log file you selected cannot be read.  The file header was not recognised.

en: Unknown OFX checking account
en_GB: Unknown OFX current account

en: A bug was detected while parsing the QIF file.
en_GB: An error occurred while reading the QIF file.

en: GnuCash can import financial data from QIF (Quicken Interchange Format) files written by Quicken/QuickBooks, MS Money, Moneydance, and many other programs. 
    
    The import process has several steps. Your GnuCash accounts will not be changed until you click "Apply" at the end of the process. 
    
    Click "Forward" to start loading your QIF data, or "Cancel" to abort the process.
en_GB: GnuCash can import financial data from QIF (Quicken Interchange Format) files written by Quicken/QuickBooks, MS Money, Moneydance, and many other programmes. 
    
    The import process has several steps. Your GnuCash accounts will not be changed until you click "Apply" at the end of the process. 
    
    Click "Forward" to start loading your QIF data, or "Cancel" to abort the process.

en: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account. 
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganize the account structure safely within GnuCash.
en_GB: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account. 
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganise the account structure safely within GnuCash.

en: Please select a file to load. When you click "Forward", the file will be loaded and analyzed. You may need to answer some questions about the account(s) in the file.
    
    You will have the opportunity to load as many files as you wish, so don't  worry if your data is in multiple files.
en_GB: Please select a file to load. When you click "Forward", the file will be loaded and analysed. You may need to answer some questions about the account(s) in the file.
    
    You will have the opportunity to load as many files as you wish, so don't  worry if your data is in multiple files.

en: Maximum ATM fee amount in your area
en_GB: Maximum cash machine fee amount in your area

en: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience store. These cash machines add a fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50 plus bank fees. If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

en: _Shares
en_GB: _Shares:

en: Teller
en_GB: Bank Clerk

en: Wire
en_GB: Cable

en: _Rebalance
en_GB: _Rebalance:

en: Enter the transaction reference, such as the invoice or check number
en_GB: Enter the transaction reference, such as the invoice or cheque number

en: Enter the transaction number, such as the check number
en_GB: Enter the transaction number, such as the cheque number

en: Exit the custom report dialog
en_GB: Exit the custom report dialogue

en: Set the report options you want using this dialog.
en_GB: Set the report options you want using this dialogue.

note: src/business/business-utils/business-prefs.scm
en: The ID for your company (eg 'Tax-ID: 00-000000)
en_GB: The ID for your company (eg 'Tax-ID: 00000-00000)

note: src/import-export/qif-import/qif-merge-groups.scm
en: Finding duplicate transactions
en_GB: Finding duplicate transactions...

note: src/import-export/qif-import/qif-parse.scm
en: Unrecognized action '%s'.
en_GB: Unrecognised action '%s'.

note: src/import-export/qif-import/qif-to-gnc.scm
en: Missing transaction date.
en_GB: Missing transaction date?

note: src/report/business-reports/aging.scm
en: 0 -> $999,999.99, A->Z
en_GB: 0 -> £999,999.99, A->Z

note: src/report/business-reports/aging.scm
en: $999,999.99 -> $0, Z->A
en_GB: £999,999.99 -> £0, Z->A

note: src/report/business-reports/payables.scm
en: Payable Aging
en_GB: Payable Ageing

note: src/report/business-reports/receivables.scm
en: Receivable Aging
en_GB: Receivable Ageing

note: src/report/locale-specific/us/taxtxf-de_DE.scm src/report/locale-specific/us/taxtxf.scm
en: Suppress $0.00 values
en_GB: Suppress £0.00 values

note: src/report/locale-specific/us/taxtxf-de_DE.scm
en: $0.00 valued Accounts won't be printed.
en_GB: £0.00 valued Accounts won't be printed.

note: src/report/locale-specific/us/taxtxf-de_DE.scm
en: No Tax Related accounts were found.  Go to the Edit->Tax Options dialog to set up tax-related accounts.
en_GB: No Tax Related accounts were found.  Go to the Edit->Tax Options dialogue to set up tax-related accounts.

note: src/report/locale-specific/us/taxtxf.scm
en: $0.00 valued Tax codes won't be printed.
en_GB: £0.00 valued Tax codes won't be printed.

note: src/report/report-system/options-utilities.scm
en: Select the currency to display the values of this report in.
en_GB: Select the currency in which to display the values of this report.

note: src/report/report-system/options-utilities.scm
en: Circle filled with color
en_GB: Circle filled with colour

note: src/report/report-system/options-utilities.scm
en: Square filled with color
en_GB: Square filled with colour

note: src/report/report-system/options-utilities.scm
en: Alphabetical by account code
en_GB: Alphabetically by account code

note: src/report/report-system/options-utilities.scm
en: Alphabetical by account name
en_GB: Alphabetically by account name

note: src/report/standard-reports/account-piecharts.scm src/report/standard-reports/category-barchart.scm src/report/standard-reports/daily-reports.scm
en: Show accounts to this depth and not further
en_GB: Show accounts to this depth and no further

note: src/report/standard-reports/account-summary.scm src/report/standard-reports/sx-summary.scm
en: Depth limit behavior
en_GB: Depth limit behaviour

note: src/report/standard-reports/advanced-portfolio.scm
en: Realized Gain
en_GB: Realised Gain

note: src/report/standard-reports/advanced-portfolio.scm
en: Unrealized Gain
en_GB: Unrealised Gain

note: src/report/standard-reports/balance-sheet.scm src/report/standard-reports/budget-balance-sheet.scm src/report/standard-reports/equity-statement.scm src/report/standard-reports/trial-balance.scm
en: Unrealized Gains
en_GB: Unrealised Gains

note: src/report/standard-reports/balance-sheet.scm src/report/standard-reports/budget-balance-sheet.scm src/report/standard-reports/equity-statement.scm src/report/standard-reports/trial-balance.scm
en: Unrealized Losses
en_GB: Unrealised Losses

note: src/report/standard-reports/balsheet-eg.scm
en: Prefix negative amounts with a minus sign, e.g. -$10.00
en_GB: Prefix negative amounts with a minus sign, e.g. -£0.00

note: src/report/standard-reports/balsheet-eg.scm
en: Surround negative amounts with brackets, e.g. ($100.00)
en_GB: Surround negative amounts with brackets, e.g. (£100.00)

note: src/report/standard-reports/general-journal.scm
en: General Journal
en_GB: General Reports

note: src/report/standard-reports/price-scatter.scm
en: Marker Color
en_GB: Marker Colour

note: src/report/standard-reports/price-scatter.scm
en: Color of the marker
en_GB: Colour of the marker

note: src/report/standard-reports/register.scm src/report/standard-reports/transaction.scm
en: Display the check number?
en_GB: Display the cheque number?

note: src/report/standard-reports/register.scm src/report/standard-reports/transaction.scm
en: Display the shares price?
en_GB: Display the share price?

note: src/report/standard-reports/transaction.scm
en: Sort by check/transaction number
en_GB: Sort by cheque/transaction number

note: src/report/standard-reports/trial-balance.scm
en: Net Income
en_GB: Income

note: src/report/standard-reports/trial-balance.scm
en: Net Loss
en_GB: Loss

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Align the banner in the center
en_GB: Align the banner in the centre

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: General background color for report.
en_GB: General background colour for report

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Normal body text color.
en_GB: Normal body text colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Link text color.
en_GB: Link text colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Table Cell Color
en_GB: Table Cell Colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-plain.scm
en: Alternate Table Cell Color
en_GB: Alternate Table Cell Colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color
en_GB: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Default color for subtotal rows.
en_GB: Default colour for subtotal rows.

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Sub-subheading/total Cell Color
en_GB: Sub-subheading/total Cell Colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Color for subsubtotals
en_GB: Colour for subsubtotals

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Grand Total Cell Color
en_GB: Grand Total Cell Colour

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-easy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-fancy.scm src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-footer.scm
en: Color for grand totals
en_GB: Colour for grand totals

note: src/report/stylesheets/stylesheet-plain.scm
en: Background color for reports.
en_GB: Background colour for reports.

note: src/report/utility-reports/hello-world.scm
en: This is a color option
en_GB: This is a colour option

en: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar.  This will bring up a dialog box where you can enter account details.  For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.
en_GB: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar.  This will bring up a dialogue box where you can enter account details.  For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.

en: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a paycheck with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.
en_GB: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a paycheque with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.

en: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement check numbers as well.
en_GB: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement cheque numbers as well.

en: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed.  Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit -> Style Sheets menu to customize style sheets.
en_GB: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed.  Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit -> Style Sheets menu to customise style sheets.

en: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualization of Information
en_GB: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualisation of Information

en: Unknown color '%s'
en_GB: Unknown colour '%s'

en: Invalid RRGGBB color '%s' for attribute %s
en_GB: Invalid RRGGBB colour '%s' for attribute %s

en: Unknown theme color %d
en_GB: Unknown theme colour %d

en: Math Functions
en_GB: Maths Functions

en: Invalid attribute '%s', expected color, received '%s'
en_GB: Invalid attribute '%s', expected colour, received '%s'

en: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognized character
en_GB: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognised character

en: %d. field specification ended unexpectetly.
en_GB: %d. field specification ended unexpectedly.

en: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialog applies to all sheets simultaneously.
en_GB: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialogue applies to all sheets simultaneously.

en: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages horizontally.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to centre pages horizontally.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages vertically.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to center pages vertically.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialog.
en_GB: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialogue.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Some dialogs contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.
en_GB: Some dialogues contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.

en: Please use the Text Export dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Text Export dialogue to edit this value.

en: Search &amp; Replace Error Behavior
en_GB: Search &amp; Replace Error Behaviour

en: This is the default error behavior of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.
en_GB: This is the default error behaviour of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.

en: Before an existing file is being overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialog. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialog the default button.
en_GB: Before an existing file is overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialogue. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialogue the default button.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialog.
en_GB: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialogue.

en: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialog, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.
en_GB: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialogue, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.

en: Configure Checkbox
en_GB: Configure Tickbox

en: Localization.
en_GB: Localisation.

en: Plugin system, localization.
en_GB: Plugin system, localisation.

en: original CSV support, French localization
en_GB: original CSV support, French localisation

en: We apologize if anyone was left out.
en_GB: We apologise if anyone was left out.

en: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialogue.

en: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the FTest Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the FTest Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Regression Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Regression Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the autosave dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the autosave dialogue.

en: Could not create the Consolidate dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Consolidate dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Table definition dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Table definition dialogue.

en: Could not create the Delete Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Delete Cell dialogue.

en: Could not create the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Properties dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fill Series dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fill Series dialogue.

en: Paste Function Name dialog
en_GB: Paste Function Name dialogue

en: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialogue.

en: Could not create the goto dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the goto dialogue.

en: Could not create the hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the hyperlink dialogue.

en: Could not create the Insert Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Insert Cell dialogue.

en: Capitalize _names of days
en_GB: Capitalise _names of days

en: Capitalize _first letter of sentence
en_GB: Capitalise _first letter of sentence

en: Do _not capitalize after:
en_GB: Do _not capitalise after:

en: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenario Add dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenario Add dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenarios dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenarios dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialogue.

en: Could not create the Simulation dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Simulation dialogue.

en: Could not create the List Property dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the List Property dialogue.

en: Could not create the Solver dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Solver dialogue.

en: If this checkbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.

en: If this checkbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.

en: Center across _selection
en_GB: Centre across _selection

en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

en: When this checkbox is checked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colors will remain in the original location. Uncheck this checkbox to have these formats move with the content.
en_GB: When this box is ticked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colours will remain in the original location. Untick this box to have these formats move with the content.

en: Attempt to recognize columns in the text automatically.
en_GB: Attempt to recognise columns in the text automatically.

en: Hypothesized mean _difference:
en_GB: Hypothesised mean _difference:

en: Student-t Test
en_GB: Student t Test

en: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the check button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).
en_GB: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the tick button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).

en: <b>Center on page:</b>
en_GB: <b>Centre on page:</b>

en: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialog.
en_GB: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialogue.

en: Dismiss search center
en_GB: Dismiss search centre

en: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialog.
en_GB: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialogue.

en: Sheet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.
en_GB: heet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.

en: Hypothesized _difference of medians:
en_GB: Hypothesised _difference of medians:

en: Checkbox Properties
en_GB: Tickbox Properties

en: Don't display warning dialogs when importing
en_GB: Don't display warning dialogues when importing

en: _Format %d Cell... | _Format %d Cells
en_GB[0]: _Format %d Cell...
en_GB[1]: _Format %d Cells...

en: CheckBox %d
en_GB: TickBox %d

note: FIXME: This text sucks:
en: Clicking checkbox
en_GB: Clicking tickbox

en: Display Formulæ
en_GB: Display Formulae

en: The foreground color of the tab.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the tab.

en: The background color of the tab.
en_GB: The background colour of the tab.

en: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail

en: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail

en: Checkbox
en_GB: Tickbox

en: Create a checkbox
en_GB: Create a tickbox

en: Display _Formulæ
en_GB: Display _Formulae

en: _Center Across Selection
en_GB: _Centre Across Selection

en: Center horizontally across the selection
en_GB: Centre horizontally across the selection

en: _Merge and Center
en_GB: _Merge and Centre

en: _Vertically Center
en_GB: _Vertically Centre

en: Vertically Center
en_GB: Vertically Centre

en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

en: Show this dialog next time.
en_GB: Show this dialogue next time.

en: Set Foreground Color
en_GB: Set Foreground Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  354 (gnumeric 1.2)  #-#-#-#-# Set background to NONE
en: Set Background Color
en_GB: Set Background Colour

en: Changing sheet tab colors
en_GB: Changing sheet tab colours

en: Reorganizing Sheets
en_GB: Reorganising Sheets

en: A classical yet colorful template
en_GB: A classical yet colourful template

en: Desert colored financial template
en_GB: Desert coloured financial template

en: Financial style with cold border color
en_GB: Financial style with cold border colour

en: An advanced colorless template
en_GB: An advanced colourless template

en: rate:annualized interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised interest rate

en: rate:annualized risk-free interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised risk-free interest rate

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset

en: rate:the annualized rate of interest
en_GB: rate:the annualised rate of interest

en: volatility:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of asset 1
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of asset 1

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of asset 2
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of asset 2

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract

en: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Meter
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24
en_GB: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Metre
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24

en: XIRR calculates the annualized internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.
en_GB: XIRR calculates the annualised internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.

en: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      color          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.
en_GB: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      colour          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the center.
en_GB: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the centre.

en: ZTEST calulates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.
en_GB: ZTEST calculates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.

en: LOGREG function transforms your x's to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your y's and z's --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to y's and x's. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.
en_GB: LOGREG function transforms your xs to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your ys and zs --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to ys and xs. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.

en: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behavior is, at this time, implementation specific.
en_GB: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behaviour is, at this time, implementation specific.

en: No document currently opened
en_GB: No document currently open

en: Quit session
en_GB: Exit session

en: Closes an opened document
en_GB: Closes an open document

en: Search for a text in the current document
en_GB: Search for a text string in the current document

en: Search for a text and replace it with another one
en_GB: Search for a text string and replace it with another one

en: Displays a dialog to customize Gobby for your needs
en_GB: Displays a dialog to customise Gobby for your needs

en: Shows a preferences dialog that is just applied to this document
en_GB: Shows a preferences dialogue that is just applied to this document

en: Set color...
en_GB: Set colour...

en: Sets a new color for this user
en_GB: Sets a new colour for this user

en: Unselects the current language
en_GB: De-selects the current language

en: Color is already in use. You may choose another color or cancel the connection.
en_GB: Colour is already in use. You may choose another colour or cancel the connection.

en: Open new remotely-created documents automatically
en_GB: 自动打开远程新建的文档

en: This is a list of all recognized file types
en_GB: This is a list of all recognised file types

note: Please note in the translation that only the English version is legally binding.
en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it
    and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
    version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
    useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
    warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
    PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it
    and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
    Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later
    version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
    useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
    warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
    PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Color change failed: Color already in use
en_GB: Colour change failed: Colour already in use

en: The connection to the publisher of this document has been lost. Further changes to the document could not be synchronized to others anymore, therefore the document cannot be edited anymore.
    
    Please note also that it is possible that not all of your latest changes have reached the publisher before the connection was lost.
en_GB: The connection to the publisher of this document has been lost. Further changes to the document could not be synchronised to others any longer, therefore the document cannot be edited any longer.
    
    Please note also that it is possible that not all of your latest changes have reached the publisher before the connection was lost.

en: Synchronization in progress... %1%%
en_GB: Synchronisation in progress... %1%%

en: If you have an idea what could have caused the problem, then you may attempt to solve it and try again (after having closed this document). Otherwise it is most likely a bug in the software. In that case, please file a bug report at http://gobby.0x539.de/trac/newticket and provide as much information as you can, including what you did when the problem occurred and how to reproduce the problem (if possible) so that we can fix the problem in a later version. Thank you.
en_GB: If you have an idea what could have caused the problem, then you may attempt to solve it and try again (after having closed this document). Otherwise it is most likely a bug in the software. In that case, please file a bug report at http://gobby.0x539.de/trac/newticket and provide as much information as you can, including what you did when the problem occurred and how to reproduce the problem (if possible) in order for us to fix the problem in a later version. Thank you.

en: Synchronization failed: %1
en_GB: Synchronisation failed: %1

en: Reset User Colors
en_GB: Reset User Colours

en: Hide user colors in current document
en_GB: Hide user colours in current document

en: User Color Indicator
en_GB: User Colour Indicator

en: Unowned text
en_GB: Ownerless text

en: Choose a user color
en_GB: Choose a user colour

en: User Color
en_GB: User Colour

en: The color with which text you have written is branded.
en_GB: The colour with which text you have written is branded.

en: User color:
en_GB: User colour:

en: Choose a new user color
en_GB: Choose a new user colour

en: Home/End Behavior
en_GB: Home/End Behaviour

en: Use TLS if possible
en_GB: Use TLS where possible

en: Error initializing plugin loader ("%s").
en_GB: Error initialising plugin loader ("%s").

en: Errors while initializing plugin system.
en_GB: Errors while initialising plugin system.

en: Initializing function inside plugin returned error.
en_GB: Initialising function inside plugin returned error.

en: The arc center x coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre x coordinate

en: The arc center y coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre y coordinate

en: The rotation around center position
en_GB: The rotation around centre position

en: The circle center horizontal position
en_GB: The circle centre horizontal position

en: The circle center vertical position
en_GB: The circle centre vertical position

en: The rotation around center
en_GB: The rotation around centre

en: Color-Axis
en_GB: Colour-Axis

en: Step 2 of 2: Customize Chart
en_GB: Step 2 of 2: Customise Chart

en: Customize Chart
en_GB: Customise Chart

en: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "center" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".
en_GB: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "centre" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".

en: Color axis:
en_GB: Colour axis:

en: Color axis
en_GB: Colour axis

en: Reference to color axis
en_GB: Reference to colour axis

en: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialog
en_GB: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialogue

en: dark gray
en_GB: dark grey

en: light gray
en_GB: light grey

en: Custom color...
en_GB: Custom colour...

en: Netherlands antilles, Guilders
en_GB: Netherlands Antilles, Guilders

en: Bosnia and herzegovina, Convertible Marka
en_GB: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Convertible Marka

en: Costa rica, Colones
en_GB: Costa Rica, Colones

en: Cape verde, Escudos
en_GB: Cape Verde, Escudos

en: Czech republic, Koruny
en_GB: Czech Republic, Koruny

en: Dominican republic, Pesos
en_GB: Dominican Republic, Pesos

en: Euro Members Countries, Euros
en_GB: Euro Member Countries, Euro

en: United kingdom, Pounds
en_GB: United Kingdom, Pounds

en: Israel, New Sheqels
en_GB: Israel, New Shekels

en: Iceland, Krohur
en_GB: Iceland, Kronur

en: Korea (South) Wons
en_GB: Korea (South), Won

en: Cayman islands, Dollars
en_GB: Cayman Islands, Dollars

en: Macao, Patacas
en_GB: Macau, Patacas

en: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaas
en_GB: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaa

en: New zealand, Dollars
en_GB: New Zealand, Dollars

en: Saudi arabia, Riyals
en_GB: Saudi Arabia, Riyals

en: Sierra leone, Leones
en_GB: Sierra Leone, Leones

en: Step at center
en_GB: Step at centre

en: Bicolor gradient
en_GB: Bicolour gradient

en: Unicolor gradient
en_GB: Unicolour gradient

en: centered wallpaper
en_GB: centred wallpaper

en: Center-size
en_GB: Centre-size

en: Size of the center hole as a percentage of the radius
en_GB: Size of the centre hole as a percentage of the radius

en: _Vary colors by slice
en_GB: _Vary colours by slice

en: Cen_ter size:
en_GB: Cen_tre size:

en: Hide data outside of color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of colour axis bounds

en: Hide data outside of the color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of the colour axis bounds

en: Colored Polar
en_GB: Coloured Polar

en: Polar plot with colored marks.
en_GB: Polar plot with coloured marks.

en: Polar plotting engine with colored marks
en_GB: Polar plotting engine with coloured marks

en: _Vary colors by bubble
en_GB: _Vary colours by bubble

note: xgettext : the base for how to name map like plot objects * eg The 2nd plot in a chart will be called * 	Map2
en: XYColor
en_GB: XYColour

en: ColoredXY
en_GB: ColouredXY

en: XY Steps Center
en_GB: XY Steps Centre

en: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent color marker at each point.
en_GB: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent colour marker at each point.

en: 2D colored scatter plotting engine
en_GB: 2D coloured scatter plotting engine

en: Uncheck to force zero intercept
en_GB: Untick to force zero intercept

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Organize recipes, create shopping lists, calculate nutritional information, and more.
en_GB: Organise recipes, create shopping lists, calculate nutritional information, and more.

en: Are you sure you want to delete the recipe <i>%s</i>
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete the recipe <i>%s</i>?

en: webpage
en_GB: Web page

en: Email Options
en_GB: E-mail Options

note: Interactive we go...
en: Don't recognize this webpage. Using generic importer...
en_GB: Don't recognise this webpage. Using generic importer...

en: Mealmaster (tm) Export
en_GB: Mealmaster™ Export

en: Dietary Fiber
en_GB: Dietary Fibre

en: g fiber
en_GB: g fibre

en: Create, reorganize, and delete partitions
en_GB: Create, reorganise, and delete partitions

en: Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage.
en_GB: Cancelling an operation may cause SEVERE file system damage.

en: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog.
en_GB: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialogue.

note: TO TRANSLATORS:  unrecognized * means that the partition table for this * disk device is unknown or not recognized.
en: unrecognized
en_GB: unrecognised

en: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2. | %1 operations are currently pending for partition %2.
en_GB[0]: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2.
en_GB[1]: %1 operation are currently pending for partition %2.

en: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this disk.
en_GB: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognisable file systems on this disk.

en: Photo frame border color
en_GB: Photo frame border colour

en: <b>Plugins</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-ins</b>

en: Screen Saver
en_GB: Screensaver

en: Move to trash
en_GB: Move to wastebin

en: GPhotoFrame needs your authorization in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorize" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorization.
en_GB: GPhotoFrame needs your authorisation in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorise" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorisation.

note: getfrob -> open browser
en: Return to this dialog after you have finished the authorization process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorization" button below
en_GB: Return to this dialogue after you have finished the authorisation process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorisation" button below

en: _Complete Authorization
en_GB: _Complete Authorisation

en: <b>Colours:</b>
en_GB: <b>colours:</b>

en: Colour for coverage Area (make it transparent)
en_GB: colour for coverage Area (make it transparent)

en: Uknown (%d)
en_GB: Unknown (%d)

note: colour 1
en: Colour for satellite 1:
en_GB: colour for satellite 1:

note: colour 2
en: Colour for satellite 2:
en_GB: colour for satellite 2:

en: Error: Unrecognized type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s
en_GB: Error: Unrecognised type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s

en: ERROR: Unrecognized format for export file %s
en_GB: ERROR: Unrecognised format for export file %s

en: Person|title
en_GB: title

en: Name|call
en_GB: call

en: Name|common
en_GB: common

en: Name|primary
en_GB: primary

en: Remaining names|rest
en_GB: rest

en: person|Title:
en_GB: Title:

en: Places in neighborhood of given position
en_GB: Places in neighbourhood of given position

en: age|about
en_GB: about

en: calendar|Gregorian
en_GB: Gregorian

en: calendar|Julian
en_GB: Julian

en: calendar|Hebrew
en_GB: Hebrew

en: calendar|French Republican
en_GB: French Republican

en: calendar|Persian
en_GB: Persian

en: calendar|Islamic
en_GB: Islamic

en: calendar|Swedish
en_GB: Swedish

en: Role|Primary
en_GB: Primary

en: Role|Family
en_GB: Family

en: birth abbreviation|b.
en_GB: b.

en: death abbreviation|d.
en_GB: d.

en: marriage abbreviation|m.
en_GB: m.

en: Unknown abbreviation|unkn.
en_GB: unkn.

en: Custom abbreviation|cust.
en_GB: cust.

en: Adopted abbreviation|adop.
en_GB: adop.

en: Adult Christening abbreviation|a.chr.
en_GB: a.chr.

en: Baptism abbreviation|bap.
en_GB: bap.

en: Bar Mitzvah abbreviation|bar.
en_GB: bar.

en: Bas Mitzvah abbreviation|bas.
en_GB: bas.

en: Blessing abbreviation|bles.
en_GB: bles.

en: Burial abbreviation|bur.
en_GB: bur.

en: Cause Of Death abbreviation|d.cau.
en_GB: d.cau.

en: Census abbreviation|cens.
en_GB: cens.

en: Christening abbreviation|chr.
en_GB: chr.

en: Confirmation abbreviation|conf.
en_GB: conf.

en: Cremation abbreviation|crem.
en_GB: crem.

en: Degree abbreviation|deg.
en_GB: deg.

en: Education abbreviation|edu.
en_GB: edu.

en: Elected abbreviation|elec.
en_GB: elec.

en: Emigration abbreviation|em.
en_GB: em.

en: First Communion abbreviation|f.comm.
en_GB: f.comm.

en: Immigration abbreviation|im.
en_GB: im.

en: Graduation abbreviation|grad.
en_GB: grad.

en: Medical Information abbreviation|medinf.
en_GB: medinf.

en: Military Service abbreviation|milser.
en_GB: milser.

en: Naturalization abbreviation|nat.
en_GB: nat.

en: Nobility Title abbreviation|nob.
en_GB: nob.

en: Number of Marriages abbreviation|n.o.mar.
en_GB: n.o.mar.

en: Occupation abbreviation|occ.
en_GB: occ.

en: Ordination abbreviation|ord.
en_GB: ord.

en: Probate abbreviation|prob.
en_GB: prob.

en: Property abbreviation|prop.
en_GB: prop.

en: Religion abbreviation|rel.
en_GB: rel.

en: Residence abbreviation|res.
en_GB: res.

en: Retirement abbreviation|ret.
en_GB: ret.

en: Will abbreviation|will.
en_GB: will.

en: Marriage Settlement abbreviation|m.set.
en_GB: m.set.

en: Marriage License abbreviation|m.lic.
en_GB: m.lic.

en: Marriage Contract abbreviation|m.con.
en_GB: m.con.

en: Marriage Banns abbreviation|m.ban.
en_GB: m.ban.

en: Alternate Marriage abbreviation|alt.mar.
en_GB: alt.mar.

en: Engagement abbreviation|engd.
en_GB: engd.

en: Divorce abbreviation|div.
en_GB: div.

en: Divorce Filing abbreviation|div.f.
en_GB: div.f.

en: Annulment abbreviation|annul.
en_GB: annul.

en: Surname|Inherited
en_GB: Inherited

en: Surname|Given
en_GB: Given

en: Surname|Taken
en_GB: Taken

en: Surname|Feudal
en_GB: Feudal

en: notetype|To Do
en_GB: To Do

en: Fontface
en_GB: Font face

en: Fontsize
en_GB: Font size

en: Fontcolor
en_GB: Font colour

en: gender unknown|spouse
en_GB: spouse

en: gender unknown|ex-spouse
en_GB: ex-spouse

en: unmarried|husband
en_GB: husband

en: unmarried|wife
en_GB: wife

en: gender unknown,unmarried|spouse
en_GB: spouse

en: unmarried|ex-husband
en_GB: ex-husband

en: unmarried|ex-wife
en_GB: ex-wife

en: gender unknown,unmarried|ex-spouse
en_GB: ex-spouse

en: male,civil union|partner
en_GB: partner

en: female,civil union|partner
en_GB: partner

en: gender unknown,civil union|partner
en_GB: partner

en: male,civil union|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: female,civil union|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: gender unknown,civil union|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: male,unknown relation|partner
en_GB: partner

en: female,unknown relation|partner
en_GB: partner

en: gender unknown,unknown relation|partner
en_GB: partner

en: male,unknown relation|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: female,unknown relation|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: gender unknown,unknown relation|former partner
en_GB: former partner

en: Person|Title
en_GB: Title

en: Person|TITLE
en_GB: TITLE

en: Name|Call
en_GB: Call

en: Name|CALL
en_GB: CALL

en: Name|Common
en_GB: Common

en: Name|COMMON
en_GB: COMMON

note: name, sort, width, modelcol
en: Name|Primary
en_GB: Primary

en: gender|unknown
en_GB: unknown

en: manual|Using_the_Clipboard
en_GB: Using_the_Clipboard

en: not available|NA
en_GB: NA

en: the object|See %s details
en_GB: See %s details

note: ---------------------------
en: the object|Make %s active
en_GB: Make %s active

en: the object|Create Filter from %s selected...
en_GB: Create Filter from %s selected...

en: Set the colors used for boxes in the graphical views
en_GB: Set the colours used for boxes in the graphical views

en: Suppress warning when canceling with changed data.
en_GB: Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.

en: manual|Editing_Dates
en_GB: Editing_Dates

en: manual|Editing_Information_About_Events
en_GB: Editing_Information_About_Events

en: Y coordinate|Y
en_GB: Y

en: manual|Tags
en_GB: Tags

en: Minimum Confidence|Min. Conf.
en_GB: Min. Conf.

en: point size|pt
en_GB: pt

en: <b>Background color</b>
en_GB: <b>Background colour</b>

en: Organize Bookmarks
en_GB: Organise Bookmarks

en: Font Background Color
en_GB: Font Background Colour

en: manual|General
en_GB: General

en: manual|Merge_Citations
en_GB: Merge_Citations

en: manual|Merge_Events
en_GB: Merge_Events

en: manual|Merge_Families
en_GB: Merge_Families

en: manual|Merge_Media_Objects
en_GB: Merge_Media_Objects

en: manual|Merge_Notes
en_GB: Merge_Notes

en: manual|Merge_People
en_GB: Merge_People

en: manual|Merge_Places
en_GB: Merge_Places

en: manual|Merge_Repositories
en_GB: Merge_Repositories

en: manual|Merge_Sources
en_GB: Merge_Sources

en: Select color for %s
en_GB: Select colour for %s

en: inch|in.
en_GB: in.

en: Last Change
en_GB: Last change

en: Megabyte|MB
en_GB: MB

en: manual|Bookmarks
en_GB: Bookmarks

en: action|_Edit...
en_GB: _Edit...

en: Organize Tags...
en_GB: Organise Tags...

en: Organize Tags
en_GB: Organise Tags

en: Height if not maximized
en_GB: Height if not maximised

en: Select font color
en_GB: Select font colour

note: cm2pt = ReportUtils.cm2pt ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Constants
en: short for born|b.
en_GB: b.

en: short for died|d.
en_GB: d.

en: short for married|m.
en_GB: m.

en: Center Person
en_GB: Centre Person

en: The center person for the tree
en_GB: The centre person for the tree

note: better to 'Show siblings of\nthe center person Spouse_disp = EnumeratedListOption(_("Show spouses of\nthe center " "person"), 0) Spouse_disp.add_item( 0, _("No.  Do not show Spouses")) Spouse_disp.add_item( 1, _("Yes, and use the Main Display Format")) Spouse_disp.add_item( 2, _("Yes, and use the Se
en: Center person uses
    which format
en_GB: Centre person uses
    which format

en: Which Display format to use the center person
en_GB: Which Display format to use the centre person

en: The center person for the report
en_GB: The centre person for the report

en: Title text and background color
en_GB: Title text and background colour

en: Background color is either white or generation dependent
en_GB: Background colour is either white or generation dependent

en: You can customize font and color for each generation in the style editor
en_GB: You can customize font and colour for each generation in the style editor

en: person|Title
en_GB: Title

en: The center person for the filter.
en_GB: The centre person for the filter.

en: The center person for the filter
en_GB: The centre person for the filter

en: gramplet|To Do
en_GB: To Do

en: percent sign or text string|%
en_GB: %

en: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organized in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.
en_GB: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organised in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.

en: Colored outline
en_GB: Coloured outline

note: ----------------------------
en: Family Colors
en_GB: Family Colours

note: ----------------------------
en: Family colors
en_GB: Family colours

en: Colors to use for various family lines.
en_GB: Colours to use for various family lines.

en: The color to use to display men.
en_GB: The colour to use to display men.

en: The color to use to display women.
en_GB: The colour to use to display women.

en: The color to use when the gender is unknown.
en_GB: The colour to use when the gender is unknown.

en: The color to use to display families.
en_GB: The colour to use to display families.

note: --------------------- ###############################
en: Graph coloring
en_GB: Graph colouring

en: The Center person for the graph
en_GB: The Centre person for the graph

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Center here
en_GB: Centre here

en: Center on this place
en_GB: Centre on this place

en: Zoom used when centering
en_GB: Zoom used when centring

en: Filtering_on|all
en_GB: all

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Person
en_GB: Inverse Person

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Family
en_GB: Inverse Family

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Event
en_GB: Inverse Event

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Place
en_GB: Inverse Place

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Source
en_GB: Inverse Source

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Repository
en_GB: Inverse Repository

en: Filtering_on|Inverse MediaObject
en_GB: Inverse MediaObject

en: Filtering_on|Inverse Note
en_GB: Inverse Note

en: Filtering_on|all people
en_GB: all people

en: Filtering_on|all families
en_GB: all families

en: Filtering_on|all events
en_GB: all events

en: Filtering_on|all places
en_GB: all places

en: Filtering_on|all sources
en_GB: all sources

en: Filtering_on|all repositories
en_GB: all repositories

en: Filtering_on|all media
en_GB: all media

en: Filtering_on|all notes
en_GB: all notes

en: Filtering_on|males
en_GB: males

en: Filtering_on|females
en_GB: females

en: Filtering_on|people with unknown gender
en_GB: people with unknown gender

en: Filtering_on|incomplete names
en_GB: incomplete names

en: Filtering_on|people with missing birth dates
en_GB: people with missing birth dates

en: Filtering_on|disconnected people
en_GB: disconnected people

en: Filtering_on|unique surnames
en_GB: unique surnames

en: Filtering_on|people with media
en_GB: people with media

en: Filtering_on|media references
en_GB: media references

en: Filtering_on|unique media
en_GB: unique media

en: Filtering_on|missing media
en_GB: missing media

en: Filtering_on|media by size
en_GB: media by size

en: Filtering_on|list of people
en_GB: list of people

en: Include relationships to center person
en_GB: Include relationships to centre person

en: Include relationships to center person (slower)
en_GB: Include relationships to centre person (slower)

en: acronym for male|M
en_GB: M

en: acronym for female|F
en_GB: F

en: acronym for unknown|%dU
en_GB: %dU

note: #########################
en: Center Family
en_GB: Centre Family

en: The center family for the report
en_GB: The centre family for the report

en: Center on
en_GB: Centre on

en: If report is event or person centered
en_GB: If report is event or person centred

en: book|Title
en_GB: Title

en: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalization. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.
en_GB: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalisation. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.

en: manual|Fix_Capitalization_of_Family_Names...
en_GB: Fix_Capitalization_of_Family_Names...

en: Capitalization changes
en_GB: Capitalisation changes

en: No capitalization changes were detected.
en_GB: No capitalisation changes were detected.

en: Capitalization Change
en_GB: Capitalisation Change

en: Analyzing Events
en_GB: Analysing Events

en: manual|Interactive_Descendant_Browser...
en_GB: Interactive_Descendant_Browser...

en: manual|Compare_Individual_Events...
en_GB: Compare_Individual_Events...

en: manual|Find_Possible_Duplicate_People...
en_GB: Find_Possible_Duplicate_People...

en: manual|Media_Manager...
en_GB: Media_Manager...

en: manual|Merge citations...
en_GB: Merge citations...

en: manual|Not_Related...
en_GB: Not_Related...

en: manual|Edit_Database_Owner_Information...
en_GB: Edit_Database_Owner_Information...

en: manual|Extract_Information_from_Names
en_GB: Extract_Information_from_Names

en: Analyzing names
en_GB: Analysing names

en: manual|Generate_SoundEx_codes
en_GB: Generate_SoundEx_codes

en: Fix Capitalization of Family Names
en_GB: Fix Capitalisation of Family Names

en: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalization of the names.
en_GB: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalisation of the names.

en: manual|Verify_the_Data...
en_GB: Verify_the_Data...

en: Gender colors
en_GB: Gender colours

en: Single main (filter) color
en_GB: Single main (filter) colour

en: Color scheme classic report
en_GB: Colour scheme classic report

en: Color scheme classic view
en_GB: Colour scheme classic view

note: colors, stored as hex values
en: Start gradient/Main color
en_GB: Start gradient/Main colour

en: End gradient/2nd color
en_GB: End gradient/2nd colour

en: Color for duplicates
en_GB: Colour for duplicates

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: Centering on Place
en_GB: Centring on Place

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: short for baptized|bap.
en_GB: bap.

en: short for christened|chr.
en_GB: chr.

en: short for buried|bur.
en_GB: bur.

en: short for cremated|crem.
en_GB: crem.

en: Html|Home
en_GB: Home

en: Place Name | Name
en_GB:  Name

en: Source Name|Name
en_GB: Name

en: Media | Name
en_GB:  Name

en: Repository |Name
en_GB: Name

en: Switch _computer color
en_GB: Switch _computer colour

en: A reversi program
en_GB: A reversi programme

en: True Gray
en_GB: True Grey

en: 24bit Color
en_GB: 24bit Colour

en: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (0 = automatic).
en_GB: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the centre pixel (0 = automatic).

en: Edge to which to align the page.
en_GB: Edge to align the page.

en: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-gray). This is used by the gray-filter. This value is also used when converting a grayscale image to black-and-white mode.
en_GB: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-grey). This is used by the grey-filter. This value is also used when converting a greyscale image to black-and-white mode.

en: Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized.
en_GB: Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised.

en: Whether to remove old files from the trash automatically
en_GB: Whether to remove old files from the wastebasket automatically

en: If TRUE, automatically remove files from the trash when they are older than 'old-files-age' days.
en_GB: If TRUE, automatically remove files from the wastebasket when they are older than 'old-files-age' days.

en: Number of days to keep trash and temporary files
en_GB: Number of days to keep wastebasket and temporary files

en: Consider trash and temporary files old after this many days.
en_GB: Consider wastebasket and temporary files old after this many days.

en: Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialog.
en_GB: Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window vertically
en_GB: Maximise window vertically

note: #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise window horizontally

en: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: Disable colored debugging output
en_GB: Disable coloured debugging output

en: Could not initialize supporting library.
en_GB: Could not initialise supporting library.

en: Could not synchronize on resource.
en_GB: Could not synchronise on resource.

en: license of data
en_GB: licence of data

en: ERROR: parse of xml file '%s' failed.
en_GB: ERROR: parsing of xml file '%s' failed.

en: A template to create a HTML page with some tasks and tags. Tags colors are also displayed.
en_GB: A template to create a HTML page with some tasks and tags. Tag colours are also displayed.

en: Geolocalized-tasks Preferences
en_GB: Geolocalised-tasks Preferences

en: Use cellphone
en_GB: Use mobile phone

en: Use gps
en_GB: Use GPS

en: <small>Distance in kilometers from 
    the current location.</small>
en_GB: <small>Distance in kilometres from 
    the current location.</small>

en: Tomboy/Gnote not found. Please install it or disable the Tomboy/Gnote plugin in GTG
en_GB: Tomboy/Gnote not found. Please install it or disable the Tomboy/Gnote plug-in in GTG

en: %s seems to be installed on your system, but it does not provide a DBus interface which is required by the Tomboy/Gnote plugin in GTG.
en_GB: %s seems to be installed on your system, but it does not provide a DBus interface which is required by the Tomboy/Gnote plug-in in GTG.

en: This Tomboy note does not exist anymore. Do you want to create it?
en_GB: This Tomboy note does not exist any more. Do you want to create it?

en: Send via email
en_GB: Send via e-mail

en: Everything necessary to run this plugin is available.
en_GB: Everything necessary to run this plug-in is available.

en: The plugin can not be loaded
en_GB: The plug-in cannot be loaded

en: Unknown error while loading the plugin.
en_GB: Unknown error while loading the plug-in.

en: Imports your identi.ca  messages into your GTG
en_GB: Imports your identi.ca messages into your GTG

en: This service can synchronize all or part of your Gnote notes in GTG. If you decide it would be handy to have one of your notes in your TODO list, just tag it with the tag you have chosen (you'll configure it later), and it will appear in GTG.
en_GB: This service can synchronise all or part of your Gnote notes in GTG. If you decide it would be handy to have one of your notes in your TODO list, just tag it with the tag you have chosen (you'll configure it later), and it will appear in GTG.

en: This synchronization service lets you import the bugs assigned to you (or someone else) on Launchpad in GTG. As the bug state changes in Launchpad, the GTG task is  updated.
    Please note that this is a read only synchronization service, which means that if you open one of the imported tasks and  change one of the:
      - title
      - description
      - tags
    Your changes <b>will</b> be reverted when the associated bug is modified. Apart from those, you are free to set  any other field (start/due dates, subtasks...): your  changes will be preserved. This is useful to add  personal annotations to bug
en_GB: This synchronisation service lets you import the bugs assigned to you (or someone else) on Launchpad in GTG. As the bug state changes in Launchpad, the GTG task is updated.
    Please note that this is a read-only synchronisation service, which means that if you open one of the imported tasks and change one of the:
      - title
      - description
      - tags
    Your changes <b>will</b> be reverted when the associated bug is modified. Apart from those, you are free to set any other field (start/due dates, subtasks...): your changes will be preserved. This is useful to add personal annotations to bug

en: This service synchronizes your tasks with the web service RememberTheMilk:
    		http://rememberthemilk.com
    
    Note: This product uses the Remember The Milk API but is not endorsed or certified by Remember The Milk
en_GB: This service synchronises your tasks with the web service RememberTheMilk:
    		http://rememberthemilk.com
    
    Note: This product uses the Remember The Milk API but is not endorsed or certified by Remember The Milk

en: Imports your twitter  messages into your GTG
en_GB: Imports your Twitter messages into your GTG

en: Lets you synchronize your GTG tasks with Evolution tasks
en_GB: Lets you synchronise your GTG tasks with Evolution tasks

en: This synchronization service can synchronize all or part of your Tomboy notes in GTG. If you decide it would be handy to have one of your notes in your TODO list, just tag it with the tag you have chosen (you'll configure it later), and it will appear in GTG.
en_GB: This synchronisation service can synchronise all or part of your Tomboy notes in GTG. If you decide it would be handy to have one of your notes in your TODO list, just tag it with the tag you have chosen (you'll configure it later), and it will appear in GTG.

en: This synchronization service lets you import the issues found on Mantis using a prestablished filter called 'gtg'. As the issue state changes in Mantis, the GTG task is  updated.
    Please note that this is a read only synchronization service, which means that if you open one of the imported tasks and  change one of the:
      - title
      - description
      - tags
    Your changes <b>will</b> be reverted when the associated issue is modified. Apart from those, you are free to set  any other field (start/due dates, subtasks...): your  changes will be preserved. This is useful to add  personal annotations to issue
en_GB: This synchronisation service lets you import the issues found on Mantis using a pre-established filter called 'gtg'. As the issue state changes in Mantis, the GTG task is updated.
    Please note that this is a read only synchronisation service, which means that if you open one of the imported tasks and change one of the:
      - title
      - description
      - tags
    Your changes <b>will</b> be reverted when the associated issue is modified. Apart from those, you are free to set any other field (start/due dates, subtasks...): your changes will be preserved. This is useful to add personal annotations to issue

en: next month
en_GB: new month

en: Select synchronization service:
en_GB: Select synchronisation service:

en: Do you really want to remove the '%s' synchronization service?
en_GB: Do you really want to remove the '%s' synchronisation service?

en: This is the default synchronization service
en_GB: This is the default synchronisation service

en: Mark this task as not to be done anymore
en_GB: Mark this task as not to be done any more

en: Mark the task as not to be done anymore
en_GB: Mark the task as not to be done any more

en: The <b>%s</b> synchronization service cannot login with the supplied authentication data and has been disabled. To retry the login, re-enable the service.
en_GB: The <b>%s</b> synchronisation service cannot login with the supplied authentication data and has been disabled. To retry the login, re-enable the service.

en: Due to a network problem, I cannot contact the <b>%s</b> synchronization service.
en_GB: Due to a network problem, I cannot contact the <b>%s</b> synchronisation service.

en: Cannot connect to DBus, I've disabled the <b>%s</b> synchronization service.
en_GB: Cannot connect to DBus, I've disabled the <b>%s</b> synchronisation service.

en: Configure synchronization service
en_GB: Configure synchronisation service

en: C_atalogs:
en_GB: C_atalogues:

en: Choose a Catalog
en_GB: Choose a Catalogue

en: _New Catalog
en_GB: _New Catalogue

en: C_hoose from the catalog
en_GB: C_hoose from the catalogue

en: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogs below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>
en_GB: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogues below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>

en: Show / hide the cropping selection area
en_GB: Show / Hide the cropping selection area

en: <b>Color levels</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour levels</b>

en: Frame co_lor:
en_GB: Frame co_lour:

en: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogs
en_GB: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogues

en: Checked
en_GB: Chequered

en: Go to last _visited folder or catalog
en_GB: Go to last _visited folder or catalogue

en: Center _on Page
en_GB: Centre _on Page

en: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialog.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialogue.</i></small>

en: Ca_talog
en_GB: Ca_talogue

en: Use subfolders to organize files
en_GB: Use subfolders to organise files

en: View and organize your images
en_GB: View and organise your images

en: Possible values are: white, black, checked, none.
en_GB: Possible values are: white, black, chequered, none.

en: Cannot open catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot open catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot save catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot save catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot remove catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot remove catalogue "%s": %s

en: Enter the catalog name:
en_GB: Enter the catalogue name:

en: Move Catalog to...
en_GB: Move Catalogue to...

en: Checked images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: Checked images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The images cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete them permanently?
en_GB: The images cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete them permanently?

en: Send by email
en_GB: Send by e-mail

en: Make a zip file and email it
en_GB: Make a zip file and e-mail it

en: The image will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The image will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The selected images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Could not rename the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not rename the catalogue "%s": %s

en: The selected catalog will be removed, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected catalogue will be removed, are you sure?

en: New Catalog
en_GB: New Catalogue

en: Could not create the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not create the catalogue "%s": %s

en: "%s" cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete it permanently?
en_GB: "%s" cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete it permanently?

en: The selected folder will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected folder will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Move this image to the Trash
en_GB: Move this image to the Wastebasket

en: Move the selected images to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected images to the Wastebasket

en: _Add to Catalog...
en_GB: _Add to Catalogue...

en: Add selected images to a catalog
en_GB: Add selected images to a catalogue

en: Remo_ve from Catalog
en_GB: Remo_ve from Catalogue

en: Remove selected images from the catalog
en_GB: Remove selected images from the catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog in a new window
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue in a new window

en: Rename selected catalog
en_GB: Rename selected catalogue

en: Remove selected catalog
en_GB: Remove selected catalogue

en: Move selected catalog to another location
en_GB: Move selected catalogue to another location

en: _New Catalog...
en_GB: _New Catalogue...

en: Create a new catalog
en_GB: Create a new catalogue

en: Create a new catalog library
en_GB: Create a new catalogue library

en: Rename current catalog
en_GB: Rename current catalogue

en: Remove current catalog
en_GB: Remove current catalogue

en: Move current catalog to another location
en_GB: Move current catalogue to another location

en: Move the selected folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected folder to the Wastebasket

en: Move the current folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the current folder to the Wastebasket

en: _Catalogs
en_GB: _Catalogues

en: View the catalogs
en_GB: View the catalogues

en: The specified catalog does not exist.
en_GB: The specified catalogue does not exist.

en: Reduce Colors
en_GB: Reduce Colours

en: View the image with negative colors
en_GB: View the image with negative colours

en: Automatically adjust the color levels
en_GB: Automatically adjust the colour levels

en: Reduce the number of colors
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours

en: _Color Balance...
en_GB: _Colour Balance...

en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

en: Set the image as desktop background (centered)
en_GB: Set the image as desktop background (centred)

en: User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.
en_GB: User manual for developers with instructions on GTK-Doc usage.

en: Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost
en_GB: Dan Mueth, Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation Licence</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the licence is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.

en: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can also be used to document application code.
en_GB: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be used to document application code.

en: GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.
en_GB: GTK-Doc consists of a number of Perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.

en: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended anymore).
en_GB: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended any more).

en: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename>&lt;module&gt;-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some sybols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by th scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename> into <filename>&lt;module&gt;-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.
en_GB: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.

en: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)

en: Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.

en: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).
en_GB: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pre-generated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).

en: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl.
en_GB: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> — the main scripts are in Perl.

en: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> — This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> — This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. The DSSSL code has been customised slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>

en: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.
en_GB: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> — if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. The 'translation spec' has been customised slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.

en: gtk-doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:
en_GB: GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:

en: <filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by RedHat)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular</filename> (used by Red Hat)

en: <filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook</filename> (used by Debian)

en: <filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl</filename> (used by SuSE)

en: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure gtk-doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>
en_GB: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>

en: (History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)
en_GB: (History, authors, web pages, licence, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)

en: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)
en_GB: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, licence)

en: Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.
en_GB: Under your top-level project directory create a folder called <filename class="directory">docs/reference</filename> (this way you can also have <filename class="directory">docs/help</filename> for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.

en: Besides checking for the required Gtk-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:
en_GB: Besides checking for the required GTK-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:

en: Gtk-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).
en_GB: GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pre-generated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).

en: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.
en_GB: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.

en: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;</filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
en_GB: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="directory">examples</filename> subdirectory of the GTK-Doc sources to your project's API documentation directory (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable></filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages, repeat this for each one.

en: The next step is to edit the setting inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option>&lt;TOOLNAME&gt;_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.
en_GB: The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><replaceable>TOOLNAME</replaceable>_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.

note: FIXME: explain options ?
en: You may also want to enable gtk-doc for the distcheckmake target. Just add then one-liner show in the next example to you top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
en_GB: You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the <literal>distcheckmake</literal> target. Just add the line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:

en: Enable gtk-doc during make distcheck
en_GB: Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck

en: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as cvs). Gtk-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.
en_GB: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to set up the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as CVS). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.

en: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to you project root (or any directory specified by the --docdir option). If also check you configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.
en_GB: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the <option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks your configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.

en: Historically gtk-doc was gerating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few version gtk-doc could also get all the information from source comments. Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a --flavour=no-tmpl option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few versions ago, GTK-Doc can also get all the information from source comments. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> now supports a <option>--flavour=no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed a file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.
en_GB: After the previous steps it is time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs <filename>configure</filename> for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.

en: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.
en_GB: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable>/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang on; during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.

en: As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename><filename>Makefile.am</filename>
en_GB: As a rule of thumb, it is the files you edit that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> and <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.

en: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you find all information about the syntax of the comments.
en_GB: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Furthermore, it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you will find all the information about the syntax of the comments.

en: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.
en_GB: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.

en: The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.
en_GB: To avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.

en: Gtk-Doc comment block
en_GB: GTK-Doc comment block

en: A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation block that will be processed by the Gtk-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: A multiline comment that starts with an additional <literal>*</literal> marks a documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>

en: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)
en_GB: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item to which the comment is related. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)

en: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).
en_GB: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a <literal>*</literal>). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA sections) just containing a <literal> *</literal> (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into <literal> *  </literal> (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).

en: Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>function()</literal> to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.

en: Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.
en_GB: Use <literal>@param</literal> to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.

en: Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS.
en_GB: Use <literal>%constant</literal> to refer to a constant, e.g. <literal>%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS</literal>.

en: Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>#symbol</literal> to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.

en: Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object::signal</literal> to refer to a GObject signal

en: Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object:property</literal> to refer to a GObject property

en: Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
en_GB: Use <literal>#Struct.field</literal> to refer to a field inside a structure.

en: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. Gtk-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>

en: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without gtk-doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
en_GB: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.

en: As already mentioned earlier Gtk-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.
en_GB: As already mentioned earlier, GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too; this helps other to understand your code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the second <literal>*</literal> in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another <literal>*</literal> in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.

en: A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.
en_GB: A one line description of the section that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.

en: A list of symbols that are related to this section..
en_GB: A list of symbols that are related to this section.

en: Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.
en_GB: Stable — The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.

en: Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.
en_GB: Unstable — Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly-changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.

en: Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.
en_GB: Private — An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.

en: Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.
en_GB: Internal — An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.

en: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.
en_GB: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma-separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.

en: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the c-source where possible.
en_GB: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the C source where possible.

en: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus function are usually documented in the c-source and macros, struct and enum in the header file.
en_GB: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in synchronisation. Thus functions are usually documented in the C source and macros, structs and enums in the header files.

en: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The description should point the reader to the new API.
en_GB: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used any more. The description should point the reader to the new API.

en: Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are private. They are treated like static functions.
en_GB: GTK-Doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with <literal>_</literal> are private. They are treated like static functions.

en: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML.
en_GB: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML ID on the top item of the page to which you want to link. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to <literal>-</literal> to conform to SGML.

en: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter gtk-doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>
en_GB: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter, GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>

en: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).
en_GB: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using <literal>#GtkWidget</literal> instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page — see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).

en: To emphasize text: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To emphasise text: <placeholder-1/>

en: There are a couple of extra file, that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: There are a couple of extra files that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename> file.
en_GB: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename> file.

en: Since gtk-doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add <option>--rebuild-types</option> to <symbol>SCAN_OPTIONS</symbol> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not distribute the types file, nor have it under version control.

en: Gtk-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the Gtk-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.
en_GB: GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.

en: While Gtk-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. Gtk-doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.
en_GB: While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-doc has now a test suite, where the master-document is also recreated from scratch. It is a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.

en: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.
en_GB: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Also, chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.

en: So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.
en_GB: So what are the things to change inside the master document? There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.

en: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by Gtk-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).
en_GB: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).

en: The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines.
en_GB: The section file is a plain test file with XML-like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a <literal>#</literal> are treated as comment lines.

en: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the file name, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name converted to lower case).
en_GB: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the filename, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObject's class name converted to lowercase).

en: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.
en_GB: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like <function>g_object_get_type</function> and macros like <symbol>G_OBJECT()</symbol>, <symbol>G_IS_OBJECT()</symbol> etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.

en: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.
en_GB: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the <literal>#include</literal> files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separated list of <literal>#include</literal> files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.

en: A Gtk-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.
en_GB: A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, where the Gtk-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> file.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> file.

en: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least gtk-doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during make check run.
en_GB: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during <command>make check</command> run.

en: Frequently asked question
en_GB: Frequently asked questions

en: The objects _get_type() function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.
en_GB: The object's <function>_get_type()</function> function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.

en: Damn, I have still no class hierarchy.
en_GB: Damn, I still have no class hierarchy.

en: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private).
en_GB: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private)?

en: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the source.
en_GB: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names to the source.

en: Symbol XYZ appears twice in -section.txt file.
en_GB: Symbol XYZ appears twice in the -section.txt file.

en: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
en_GB: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this licence document, but changing it is not allowed.

en: GNU Free Documentation License
en_GB: GNU Free Documentation Licence

en: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
en_GB: The purpose of this Licence is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this Licence preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

en: This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
en_GB: This Licence is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public Licence, which is a copyleft licence designed for free software.

en: We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
en_GB: We have designed this Licence in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this Licence is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this Licence principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.

en: The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.
en_GB: The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this Licence.

en: The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.
en_GB: The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this Licence.

en: The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
en_GB: The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this Licence requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

en: If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
en_GB: If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's licence notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

en: You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
en_GB: You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this Licence, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

en: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
en_GB: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a licence notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this Licence, in the form shown in the Addendum below.

en: Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
en_GB: Preserve in that licence notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> licence notice.

en: Include an unaltered copy of this License.
en_GB: Include an unaltered copy of this Licence.

en: If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
en_GB: If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's licence notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

en: You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
en_GB: You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organisation as the authoritative definition of a standard.

en: You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
en_GB: You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this Licence, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its licence notice.

en: The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
en_GB: The combined work need only contain one copy of this Licence, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the licence notice of the combined work.

en: A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
en_GB: A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this Licence does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.

en: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.
en_GB: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this Licence provided that you also include the original English version of this Licence. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this Licence, the original English version will prevail.

en: The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
en_GB: The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation Licence from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.

en: To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
en_GB: To use this Licence in a document you have written, include a copy of the Licence in the document and put the following copyright and licence notices just after the title page:

en: Request canceled
en_GB: Request cancelled

en: Request not canceled
en_GB: Request not cancelled

note: Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output
en: COLORS
en_GB: COLOURS

en: The license of the program
en_GB: The licence of the program

en: Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that color using the inner triangle.
en_GB: Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that colour using the inner triangle.

en: Position on the color wheel.
en_GB: Position on the colour wheel.

en: "Deepness" of the color.
en_GB: "Deepness" of the colour.

en: Brightness of the color.
en_GB: Brightness of the colour.

en: Amount of red light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of red light in the colour.

en: Amount of green light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of green light in the colour.

en: Amount of blue light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of blue light in the colour.

en: Transparency of the color.
en_GB: Transparency of the colour.

note: #-#-#-#-#  958 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# make the name label and field
en: Color _name:
en_GB: Colour _name:

en: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name such as 'orange' in this entry.
en_GB: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour name such as 'orange' in this entry.

en: Color Wheel
en_GB: Colour Wheel

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside.

en: The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now.

en: The color you've chosen.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen.

en: _Save color here
en_GB: _Save colour here

en: Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select "Save color here."
en_GB: Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select "Save colour here."

en: Margins from Printer...
en_GB: Margins from Printer…

note: Translators: this text is shown while the system is searching * for possible completions for filenames in a file chooser entry.
en: Completing...
en_GB: Completing…

en: The filename "%s" couldn't be converted to UTF-8. (try setting the environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s
en_GB: The filename "%s" couldn't be converted to UTF-8 (try setting the environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s

en: Manage Custom Sizes...
en_GB: Manage Custom Sizes…

en: Getting printer information...
en_GB: Getting printer information…

en: Some of the settings in the dialog conflict
en_GB: Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _CD-Rom
en_GB: _CD-ROM

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _Harddisk
en_GB: _Hard disk

[ctx: Stock label]
note: This is about text justification, "centered text"
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

en: Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s
en_GB: Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s

en: No deserialize function found for format %s
en_GB: No deserialise function found for format %s

en: Serialized data is malformed
en_GB: Serialised data is malformed

en: Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001
en_GB: Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001

en: Wrap license
en_GB: Wrap licence

en: Whether to wrap the license text.
en_GB: Whether to wrap the licence text.

en: Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels

en: Editing Canceled
en_GB: Editing Cancelled

en: Indicates that editing has been canceled
en_GB: Indicates that editing has been cancelled

en: Cell background color name
en_GB: Cell background colour name

en: Cell background color as a string
en_GB: Cell background colour as a string

en: Cell background color
en_GB: Cell background colour

en: Cell background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Cell background colour as a GdkColor

en: Whether this tag affects the cell background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the cell background colour

en: Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state
en_GB: Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state

en: The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton.
en_GB: The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button.

en: Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph
en_GB: Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph

en: Background color name
en_GB: Background colour name

en: Background color as a string
en_GB: Background colour as a string

en: Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Foreground color name
en_GB: Foreground colour name

en: Foreground color as a string
en_GB: Foreground colour as a string

en: Foreground color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour as a GdkColor

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Whether this tag affects the background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the background colour

en: Whether this tag affects the foreground color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the foreground colour

en: Ellipsize set
en_GB: Ellipsis placement set

en: Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis

en: Whether or not to give the color an alpha value
en_GB: Whether to give the colour an alpha value

en: Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity
en_GB: Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity

en: Palette to use in the color selector
en_GB: Palette to use in the colour selector

en: The color selection embedded in the dialog.
en_GB: The colour selection embedded in the dialogue.

en: The OK button of the dialog.
en_GB: The OK button of the dialogue.

en: The cancel button of the dialog.
en_GB: The cancel button of the dialogue.

en: The help button of the dialog.
en_GB: The help button of the dialogue.

en: The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons
en_GB: The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons

en: Width of border around the main dialog area
en_GB: Width of border around the main dialogue area

en: Spacing between elements of the main dialog area
en_GB: Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area

en: Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue

en: Invisible char set
en_GB: Invisible character set

en: Whether the invisible char has been set
en_GB: Whether the invisible character has been set

en: Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if necessary.
en_GB: Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation dialogue if necessary.

en: Allow folders creation
en_GB: Allow folder creation

en: The file chooser dialog to use.
en_GB: The file chooser dialogue to use.

en: The title of the file chooser dialog.
en_GB: The title of the file chooser dialogue.

en: Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue

en: Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons
en_GB: Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the buttons

en: The buttons shown in the message dialog
en_GB: The buttons shown in the message dialogue

en: The primary text of the message dialog
en_GB: The primary text of the message dialogue

en: The secondary text of the message dialog
en_GB: The secondary text of the message dialogue

en: GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels
en_GB: GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels

en: Are we showing a dialog
en_GB: Are we showing a dialogue

en: Whether tabs should be shown or not
en_GB: Whether tabs should be shown

en: Whether the border should be shown or not
en_GB: Whether the border should be shown

en: Whether to expand the child's tab or not
en_GB: Whether to expand the child's tab

en: Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not
en_GB: Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area

en: Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not
en_GB: Whether the tab is reorderable by user action

en: Whether or not the plug is embedded
en_GB: Whether the plug is embedded

en: The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog
en_GB: The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue

en: Show Dialog
en_GB: Show Dialogue

en: TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing.
en_GB: TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing.

en: Manual Capabilites
en_GB: Manual Capabilities

en: Whether the dialog supports selection
en_GB: Whether the dialogue supports selection

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all.
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all.

en: XSpacing
en_GB: X spacing

en: YSpacing
en_GB: Y spacing

en: Min horizontal bar width
en_GB: Minimum horizontal bar width

en: Min horizontal bar height
en_GB: Minimum horizontal bar height

en: Min vertical bar width
en_GB: Minimum vertical bar width

en: Min vertical bar height
en_GB: Minimum vertical bar height

en: Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order
en_GB: Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order

en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

en: A palette of named colors for use in themes
en_GB: A palette of named colours for use in themes

en: Color Hash
en_GB: Colour Hash

en: A hash table representation of the color scheme.
en_GB: A hash table representation of the colour scheme.

en: The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton
en_GB: The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button

en: Whether or not the status icon is visible
en_GB: Whether the status icon is visible

en: Whether or not the status icon is embedded
en_GB: Whether the status icon is embedded

en: Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in pixels

en: Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in pixels

en: Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height of the tagged characters
en_GB: Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the height of the tagged characters

en: Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Left, right, or center justification
en_GB: Left, right, or centre justification

en: Paragraph background color name
en_GB: Paragraph background colour name

en: Paragraph background color as a string
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a string

en: Paragraph background color
en_GB: Paragraph background colour

en: Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour

en: Error underline color
en_GB: Error underline colour

en: Color with which to draw error-indication underlines
en_GB: Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines

en: If the toggle action should be active in or not
en_GB: If the toggle action should be active in

en: If the toggle button should be pressed in or not
en_GB: If the toggle button should be pressed in

en: ellipsize
en_GB: ellipsise

en: Ellipsize for item group headers
en_GB: Ellipsise for item group headers

en: Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors
en_GB: Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours

en: Allow drawing of alternating color rows
en_GB: Allow drawing of alternating colour rows

en: Even Row Color
en_GB: Even Row Colour

en: Color to use for even rows
en_GB: Colour to use for even rows

en: Odd Row Color
en_GB: Odd Row Colour

en: Color to use for odd rows
en_GB: Colour to use for odd rows

en: The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)
en_GB: The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colours etc)

en: The widget's window if it is realized
en_GB: The widget's window if it is realised

en: Whether or not the widget is double buffered
en_GB: Whether the widget is double buffered

en: Cursor color
en_GB: Cursor colour

en: Color with which to draw insertion cursor
en_GB: Colour with which to draw insertion cursor

en: Secondary cursor color
en_GB: Secondary cursor colour

en: Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text
en_GB: Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text

en: Unvisited Link Color
en_GB: Unvisited Link Colour

en: Color of unvisited links
en_GB: Colour of unvisited links

en: Color of visited links
en_GB: Colour of visited links

en: The transient parent of the dialog
en_GB: The transient parent of the dialogue

en: License Type
en_GB: Licence Type

en: The license type of the program
en_GB: The licence type of the program

en: Foreground color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Foreground colour for symbolic icons

en: Error color
en_GB: Error colour

en: Error color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Error colour for symbolic icons

en: Warning color
en_GB: Warning colour

en: Warning color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Warning colour for symbolic icons

en: Success color
en_GB: Success colour

en: Success color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Success colour for symbolic icons

en: Colorize Scrollbar
en_GB: Colourise Scrollbar

en: Scrollbar Color
en_GB: Scrollbar Colour

en: Sets the Color of Scrollbars
en_GB: Sets the Colour of Scrollbars

en: This option allows to disable the focus drawing. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.
en_GB: This option allows focus drawing to be disabled. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.

[ctx: keyboard label]
note: Translators: 'Mon' means Monitor here, and the XF86 prefix should be removed
en: MonBrightnessUp
en_GB: Monitor brightness up

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: MonBrightnessDown
en_GB: Monitor brightness down

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioMute
en_GB: Audio mute

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioLowerVolume
en_GB: Audio lower volume

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRaiseVolume
en_GB: Audio raise volume

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPlay
en_GB: Audio play

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioStop
en_GB: Audio stop

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioNext
en_GB: Audio next

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPrev
en_GB: Audio previous

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRecord
en_GB: Audio record

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPause
en_GB: Audio pause

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRewind
en_GB: Audio rewind

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioMedia
en_GB: Audio media

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: ScreenSaver
en_GB: Screensaver

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: WebCam
en_GB: Webcam

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: TouchpadToggle
en_GB: Touchpad toggle

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: WakeUp
en_GB: Wake up

[ctx: Action name]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: Action description]
en: Selects the color
en_GB: Selects the colour

[ctx: Action description]
en: Activates the color
en_GB: Activates the colour

[ctx: Action description]
en: Customizes the color
en_GB: Customises the colour

en: Intensity of the color.
en_GB: Intensity of the colour.

en: Select a Color
en_GB: Select a Colour

en: Color: %s
en_GB: Colour: %s

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Aluminum 1
en_GB: Light Aluminium 1

[ctx: Color name]
en: Aluminum 1
en_GB: Aluminium 1

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Aluminum 1
en_GB: Dark Aluminium 1

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Aluminum 2
en_GB: Light Aluminium 2

[ctx: Color name]
en: Aluminum 2
en_GB: Aluminium 2

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Aluminum 2
en_GB: Dark Aluminium 2

[ctx: Color name]
en: Very Dark Gray
en_GB: Very Dark Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Darker Gray
en_GB: Darker Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Medium Gray
en_GB: Medium Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Lighter Gray
en_GB: Lighter Grey

[ctx: Color name]
en: Very Light Gray
en_GB: Very Light Grey

en: Create custom color
en_GB: Create custom colour

en: Custom color %d: %s
en_GB: Custom colour %d: %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  498 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file newcolordlg.ui line 77
en: Color Name
en_GB: Colour Name

en: Color Plane
en_GB: Colour Plane

note: #-#-#-#-#  919 (LxLauncher)  #-#-#-#-# item = gtk_separator_menu_item_new(); gtk_menu_shell_append(p, item); #-#-#-#-#  1261 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

en: Creating AppInfo from id not supported on non unix operating systems
en_GB: Creating AppInfo from ID not supported on non-UNIX operating systems

note: TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and * it hasn't registered the device with colord
en: Color management unavailable
en_GB: Colour management unavailable

en: The current RGBA color
en_GB: The current RGBA colour

en: The text to show at the top of the dialog
en_GB: The text to show at the top of the dialogue

en: The GFile used by the app chooser dialog
en_GB: The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue

en: Cell background RGBA color
en_GB: Cell background RGBA colour

en: Cell background color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Whether the cell background color is set
en_GB: Whether the cell background colour is set

en: Background color as RGBA
en_GB: Background colour as RGBA

en: Background color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Background colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Foreground color as RGBA
en_GB: Foreground colour as RGBA

en: Foreground color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Background RGBA color
en_GB: Background RGBA colour

en: Whether to give the color an alpha value
en_GB: Whether to give the colour an alpha value

en: Current RGBA Color
en_GB: Current RGBA Colour

en: The selected RGBA color
en_GB: The selected RGBA colour

en: Current color, as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Current colour, as a GdkRGBA

en: RGBA Color
en_GB: RGBA Colour

en: Color as RGBA
en_GB: Colour as RGBA

en: The title of the font chooser dialog
en_GB: The title of the font chooser dialogue

en: Not Authorized Tooltip
en_GB: Not Authorised Tooltip

en: The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization
en_GB: The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation

en: Paragraph background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a GdkColor

en: Hide the titlebar during maximization
en_GB: Hide the titlebar during maximisation

en: If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized
en_GB: If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised

en: Color Profile Title
en_GB: Colour Profile Title

en: The title of the color profile to use
en_GB: The title of the colour profile to use

en: Margin Line Color
en_GB: Margin Line Colour

en: Margin Overlay Color
en_GB: Margin Overlay Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  390 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# Hexadecimal method of specifying colors. Can either be 3 or 6 in length: #ffcc00 = #fc0.
en: Hexadecimal Color
en_GB: Hexadecimal Colour

note: Analytic Functions
en: Analytic Functions
en_GB: Analytical Functions

en: Integer Literals
en_GB: Integer Litreals

en: Number Literals
en_GB: Number Litreals

note: #-#-#-#-#  390 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# Literals
en: Text Literals
en_GB: Text Litreals

note: regex_new could fail, for instance if there are different * named sub-patterns with the same name or if resulting regex is * too long. In this case fixing lang file helps (e.g. renaming * subpatterns, making huge keywords use bigger prefixes, etc.)
en: Cannot create a regex for all the transitions, the syntax highlighting process will be slower than usual.
    The error was: %s
en_GB: Cannot create a regex for all the transitions; the syntax highlighting process will be slower than usual.
    The error was: %s

en: Highlighting a single line took too much time, syntax highlighting will be disabled
en_GB: Highlighting a single line took too much time: syntax highlighting will be disabled

en: duplicated context id '%s'
en_GB: duplicated context ID '%s'

en: The gutters' GtkSourceView
en_GB: The gutter's GtkSourceView

en: The gutters text window type
en_GB: The gutter's text window type

en: Language id
en_GB: Language ID

en: Language ids
en_GB: Language IDs

en: List of the ids of the available languages
en_GB: List of the IDs of the available languages

en: Unknown id '%s' in regex '%s'
en_GB: Unknown ID '%s' in regex '%s'

en: Line background color
en_GB: Line background colour

en: Whether line background color is set
en_GB: Whether line background colour is set

en: Whether foreground color is set
en_GB: Whether foreground colour is set

en: Whether background color is set
en_GB: Whether background colour is set

en: Style scheme id
en_GB: Style scheme ID

en: Scheme ids
en_GB: Scheme IDs

en: List of the ids of the available style schemes
en_GB: List of the IDs of the available style schemes

en: Set if and how the spaces should be visualized
en_GB: Set if and how the spaces should be visualised

en: Builtin Function
en_GB: Built-in Function

note: #-#-#-#-#  392 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: functions that are provided in the language #-#-#-#-#  1013 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Builtin
en_GB: Built-in

en: Classic color scheme
en_GB: Classic colour scheme

en: Builtin Command
en_GB: Built-in Command

en: Builtin Variable
en_GB: Built-in Variable

en: Blue based color scheme
en_GB: Blue-based colour scheme

en: Dos Batch
en_GB: DOS Batch

en: Builtin-function keyword
en_GB: Built-in function keyword

en: Labeled argument
en_GB: Labelled argument

en: Builtin Constant
en_GB: Built-in Constant

en: Itemized list
en_GB: Itemised list

en: Color scheme used in the Kate text editor
en_GB: Colour scheme used in the Kate text editor

en: Inline Math Mode
en_GB: Inline Maths Mode

en: Math Mode
en_GB: Maths Mode

en: Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette
en_GB: Dark colour scheme using the Tango colour palette

en: Standart Modules
en_GB: Standard Modules

en: Operation operator
en_GB: Maths Operators

en: Builtin Object
en_GB: Built-in Object

en: Color scheme using Tango color palette
en_GB: Colour scheme using Tango colour palette

en: Optimized Out
en_GB: Optimised Out

en: _Details...
en_GB: _Details…

en: Translate and localize applications and libraries
en_GB: Translate and localise applications and libraries

en: Name of a gtksourceview color scheme to use for syntax highlighting.
en_GB: Name of a GtkSourceView colour scheme to use for syntax highlighting.

en: gtranslator highlight
en_GB: Gtranslator highlight

en: Parameters detection and easy insertion.
en_GB: Parameter detection and easy insertion.

en: Tags detection and easy insertion.
en_GB: Tag detection and easy insertion.

en: Look for phrases in Open tran memory translation database.
en_GB: Look for phrases in Open Tran memory translation database.

[ctx: ChangeLog entry]
note: * Translators: Please change LANGUAGE for your language name in English. * This string is used to fill the ChangeLog entry * For example: "Updated Galician translation" * where LANGUAGE = Galician.
en: LANGUAGE
en_GB: British English

en: Sync your local copy with the Subversion tree
en_GB: Synchronise your local copy with the Subversion tree

en: Retrieving status...
en_GB: Retrieving status…

en: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Translation file editing suite for localization of applications and libraries.
en_GB: Translation file editing suite for localisation of applications and libraries.

en: Profile name: %s
    Translator name: %s
    Translator email: %s
    Language name: %s
    Team email: %s
    Language code: %s
    Character set: %s
    Transfer encoding: %s
    Plural form: %s
    Database path: %s
en_GB: Profile name: %s
    Translator name: %s
    Translator e-mail: %s
    Language name: %s
    Team e-mail: %s
    Language code: %s
    Character set: %s
    Transfer encoding: %s
    Plural form: %s
    Database path: %s

en: <b>Profile name:</b>
en_GB: <b>Project name:</b>

en: <b>Translator name:</b>
en_GB: <b>Translator's name:</b>

en: <b>Translator email:</b>
en_GB: <b>Translator e-mail:</b>

en: <b>Team email:</b>
en_GB: <b>Team e-mail:</b>

en: <b>Write your comments bellow:</b>
en_GB: <b>Write your comments below:</b>

en: Language gro_up email:
en_GB: Language gro_up e-mail:

en: Po file _revision date:
en_GB: PO file _revision date:

en: Pot _file creation date:
en_GB: POT _file creation date:

en: Project Id _version:
en_GB: Project ID _version:

en: Translator's _email:
en_GB: Translator's _e-mail:

en: <b>Scheme color:</b>
en_GB: <b>Scheme colour:</b>

en: Select directory contains PO files:
en_GB: Select directory which contains PO files:

en: _Team email:
en_GB: _Team e-mail:

en: Error during GConf initialization: %s.
en_GB: Error during GConf initialisation: %s.

en: You are saving a file with a .pot extension.
    Pot files are generated by the compilation process.
    Your file should likely be named '%s.po'.
en_GB: You are saving a file with a .pot extension.
    POT files are generated by the compilation process.
    Your file should likely be named '%s.po'.

en: The file %s is read-only, and can not be overwritten
en_GB: The file %s is read-only, and cannot be overwritten

en: Open comment dialog
en_GB: Open comment dialogue

en: Running recovery...
en_GB: Running recovery…

en: Insert Option nº %d
en_GB: Insert Option № %d

en: Unable to open ui file %s. Error: %s
en_GB: Unable to open UI file %s. Error: %s

en: gtkspell error: %s
en_GB: GtkSpell error: %s

en: GtkSpell was unable to initialize.
     %s
en_GB: GtkSpell was unable to initialise.
     %s

en: Edit gtranslator preferences
en_GB: Edit Gtranslator preferences

en: _Header...
en_GB: _Header…

en: C_omment...
en_GB: C_omment…

en: Toggle fuzzy status of a message
en_GB: Toggle fuzzy status of message

en: _Go to Message...
en_GB: _Go to Message…

note: FIXME: We are leaking a lot here * Translators: The title of the window when there is only one tab
en: gtranslator - %s
en_GB: Gtranslator — %s

en: gtranslator - *%s
en_GB: Gtranslator — *%s

en: gtranslator
en_GB: Gtranslator

en: The statusbar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.
en_GB: The status bar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.

en: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Find</application> dialogue opens.

en: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Next character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Next script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details.
en_GB: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence and Unicode Copyright for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: Color conversion module
en_GB: Colour conversion module

en: Bright Colors
en_GB: Bright Colours

en: Color correction to be applied
en_GB: Colour correction to be applied

en: Traditional Gutenprint color conversion
en_GB: Traditional Gutenprint colour conversion

en: Nearest Neighbor Avoidance
en_GB: Nearest Neighbour Avoidance

en: 300 DPI x 600 DPI
en_GB: 300 DPI × 600 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI high quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI high quality

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI highest quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI highest quality

en: Four Color Standard
en_GB: Four Colour Standard

en: Three Color Composite
en_GB: Three Colour Composite

en: Six Color Photo
en_GB: Six Colour Photo

en: Five Color Photo Composite
en_GB: Five Colour Photo Composite

en: Premium Luster Photo Paper
en_GB: Premium Lustre Photo Paper

en: 150x150 DPI
en_GB: 150×150 DPI

en: 300x300 DPI
en_GB: 300×300 DPI

en: 600x300 DPI
en_GB: 600×300 DPI

en: 600x600 DPI monochrome
en_GB: 600×600 DPI monochrome

en: 600x600 DPI
en_GB: 600×600 DPI

en: 1200x600 DPI
en_GB: 1200×600 DPI

en: 2400x600 DPI
en_GB: 2400×600 DPI

en: Color + Black Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Black Cartridges

en: Color + Photo Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Photo Cartridges

en: Edit Curve...
en_GB: Edit Curve…

en: Select File...
en_GB: Select File…

en: Center:
en_GB: Centre:

en: Center the image on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image on the paper

en: Setup Printer...
en_GB: Setup Printer…

en: New Printer...
en_GB: New Printer…

en: Adjust Output...
en_GB: Adjust Output…

en: CMY Color
en_GB: CMY Colour

en: Color Precision
en_GB: Colour Precision

en: Copyright 2000-2006 Robert Krawitz (rlk@alum.mit.edu)
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
    Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
    any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
    WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
    or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
    for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
en_GB: Copyright 2000-2006 Robert Krawitz (rlk@alum.mit.edu)
    
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free
    Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option)
    any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
    WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
    or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence
    for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

en: Usage: escputil [-c | -n | -a | -i | -e | -s | -d | -l | -M]
                    [-P printer | -r device] [-u] [-q] [-m model] [ -S ]
                    [-C choices] [-p patterns]
    Perform maintenance on EPSON Stylus (R) printers.
    Examples: escputil --ink-level --raw-device /dev/usb/lp0
              escputil --clean-head --new --printer-name MyQueue
    
      Commands:
        -c|--clean-head    Clean the print head.
        -n|--nozzle-check  Print a nozzle test pattern.
                           Dirty or clogged nozzles will show as gaps in the
                           pattern.  If you see any gaps, you should clean
                           the print head.
        -a|--align-head    Align the print head.  CAUTION: Misuse of this
                           utility may result in poor print quality and/or
                           damage to the printer.
        -s|--status        Retrieve printer status.
        -i|--ink-level     Obtain the ink level from the printer.  This requires
                           read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -e|--extended-ink-info     Obtain the extended ink information from the
                           printer.  This requires read/write access to the raw
                           printer device.
        -d|--identify      Query the printer for make and model information.
                           This requires read/write access to the raw printer
                           device.
        -l|--license       Display the license/warranty terms of this program.
        -M|--list-models   List the available printer models.
        -h|--help          Print this help message.
      Options:
        -P|--printer-name  Specify the name of the printer queue to operate on.
                           Default is the default system printer.
        -r|--raw-device    Specify the name of the device to write to directly
                           rather than going through a printer queue.
        -m|--model         Specify the printer model.
        -u|--new           The printer is a new printer (Stylus Color 740 or
                           newer).  Only needed when not using a raw device or
                           when the model is not specified.
        -q|--quiet         Suppress the banner.
        -S|--short-name    Print the short name of the printer with --identify.
        -C|--choices       Specify the number of pattern choices for alignment
        -p|--patterns      Specify the number of sets of patterns for alignment
en_GB: Usage: escputil [-c | -n | -a | -i | -e | -s | -d | -l | -M]
                    [-P printer | -r device] [-u] [-q] [-m model] [ -S ]
                    [-C choices] [-p patterns]
    Perform maintenance on EPSON Stylus ® printers.
    Examples: escputil --ink-level --raw-device /dev/usb/lp0
              escputil --clean-head --new --printer-name MyQueue
    
      Commands:
        -c|--clean-head    Clean the print head.
        -n|--nozzle-check  Print a nozzle test pattern.
                           Dirty or clogged nozzles will show as gaps in the
                           pattern.  If you see any gaps, you should clean
                           the print head.
        -a|--align-head    Align the print head.  CAUTION: Misuse of this
                           utility may result in poor print quality and/or
                           damage to the printer.
        -s|--status        Retrieve printer status.
        -i|--ink-level     Obtain the ink level from the printer.  This requires
                           read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -e|--extended-ink-info     Obtain the extended ink information from the
                           printer.  This requires read/write access to the raw
                           printer device.
        -d|--identify      Query the printer for make and model information.
                           This requires read/write access to the raw printer
                           device.
        -l|--license       Display the licence/warranty terms of this program.
        -M|--list-models   List the available printer models.
        -h|--help          Print this help message.
      Options:
        -P|--printer-name  Specify the name of the printer queue to operate on.
                           Default is the default system printer.
        -r|--raw-device    Specify the name of the device to write to directly
                           rather than going through a printer queue.
        -m|--model         Specify the printer model.
        -u|--new           The printer is a new printer (Stylus Color 740 or
                           newer).  Only needed when not using a raw device or
                           when the model is not specified.
        -q|--quiet         Suppress the banner.
        -S|--short-name    Print the short name of the printer with --identify.
        -C|--choices       Specify the number of pattern choices for alignment
        -p|--patterns      Specify the number of sets of patterns for alignment

en: Usage: escputil [OPTIONS] [COMMAND]
    Usage: escputil [-c | -n | -a | -i | -e | -s | -d | -l | -M]
                    [-P printer | -r device] [-u] [-q] [-m model] [ -S ]
                    [-C choices] [-p patterns]
    Perform maintenance on EPSON Stylus (R) printers.
    Examples: escputil -i -r /dev/usb/lp0
              escputil -c -u -P MyQueue
    
      Commands:
        -c Clean the print head.
        -n Print a nozzle test pattern.
              Dirty or clogged nozzles will show as gaps in the
              pattern.  If you see any gaps, you should clean
              the print head.
        -a Align the print head.  CAUTION: Misuse of this
              utility may result in poor print quality and/or
              damage to the printer.
        -s Retrieve printer status.
        -i Obtain the ink level from the printer.  This requires
              read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -e Obtain the extended ink information from the printer.
              Only for R800 printer and friends. This requires
              read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -d Query the printer for make and model information.  This
              requires read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -l Display the license/warranty terms of this program.
        -M List the available printer models.
        -h Print this help message.
      Options:
        -P Specify the name of the printer queue to operate on.
              Default is the default system printer.
        -r Specify the name of the device to write to directly
              rather than going through a printer queue.
        -u The printer is a new printer (Stylus Color 740 or newer).
              Only needed when not using a raw device.
        -q Suppress the banner.
        -S Print the short name of the printer with -d.
        -m Specify the precise printer model for head alignment.
        -C Specify the number of pattern choices for alignment
        -p Specify the number of sets of patterns for alignment
en_GB: Usage: escputil [OPTIONS] [COMMAND]
    Usage: escputil [-c | -n | -a | -i | -e | -s | -d | -l | -M]
                    [-P printer | -r device] [-u] [-q] [-m model] [ -S ]
                    [-C choices] [-p patterns]
    Perform maintenance on EPSON Stylus ® printers.
    Examples: escputil -i -r /dev/usb/lp0
              escputil -c -u -P MyQueue
    
      Commands:
        -c Clean the print head.
        -n Print a nozzle test pattern.
              Dirty or clogged nozzles will show as gaps in the
              pattern.  If you see any gaps, you should clean
              the print head.
        -a Align the print head.  CAUTION: Misuse of this
              utility may result in poor print quality and/or
              damage to the printer.
        -s Retrieve printer status.
        -i Obtain the ink level from the printer.  This requires
              read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -e Obtain the extended ink information from the printer.
              Only for R800 printer and friends. This requires
              read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -d Query the printer for make and model information.  This
              requires read/write access to the raw printer device.
        -l Display the license/warranty terms of this program.
        -M List the available printer models.
        -h Print this help message.
      Options:
        -P Specify the name of the printer queue to operate on.
              Default is the default system printer.
        -r Specify the name of the device to write to directly
              rather than going through a printer queue.
        -u The printer is a new printer (Stylus Color 740 or newer).
              Only needed when not using a raw device.
        -q Suppress the banner.
        -S Print the short name of the printer with -d.
        -m Specify the precise printer model for head alignment.
        -C Specify the number of pattern choices for alignment
        -p Specify the number of sets of patterns for alignment

en: Gloss Optimizer
en_GB: Gloss Optimiser

en: Ink color
en_GB: Ink colour

en: Cleaning heads...
en_GB: Cleaning heads…

en: About to save settings...
en_GB: About to save settings…

en: Unrecognized command.
en_GB: Unrecognised command.

en: Attempting to set alignment...
en_GB: Attempting to set alignment…

en: Ultra Premium Photo Paper Luster
en_GB: Ultra Premium Photo Paper Lustre

en: Premium Luster Photo Paper 250 wt
en_GB: Premium Lustre Photo Paper 250 wt

en: Watercolor Paper - Radiant White
en_GB: Watercolour Paper - Radiant White

en: 360 x 90 DPI Fast Economy
en_GB: 360 × 90 DPI Fast Economy

en: 360 x 180 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 180 DPI Draft

en: 720 x 360 DPI
en_GB: 720 × 360 DPI

en: 360 x 120 DPI Economy
en_GB: 360 × 120 DPI Economy

en: 360 x 240 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 240 DPI Draft

en: 1440 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: 2880 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI

en: 2880 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: 1440 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 2880 DPI

en: 5760 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 1440 DPI

en: 5760 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 2880 DPI

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Transposed
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Transposed

en: 720 x 360 DPI Enhanced
en_GB: 720 × 360 DPI Enhanced

en: 1440 x 720 DPI High Quality
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI High Quality

en: One Color Raw
en_GB: One Colour Raw

en: Three Color Raw
en_GB: Three Colour Raw

en: Four Color Raw
en_GB: Four Colour Raw

en: Five Color Raw
en_GB: Five Colour Raw

en: Six Color Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Raw

en: One Color Raw Enhanced Gloss
en_GB: One Colour Raw Enhanced Gloss

en: Three Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Three Colour Raw Gloss

en: Four Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Four Colour Raw Gloss

en: Six Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Photo
en_GB: Seven Colour Photo

en: Six Color Enhanced Composite
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Composite

en: Seven Color Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Raw

en: Two Color Raw
en_GB: Two Colour Raw

en: Eight Color Photo
en_GB: Eight Colour Photo

en: Eight Color Raw
en_GB: Eight Colour Raw

en: Four Color Photo
en_GB: Four Colour Photo

en: 3x5
en_GB: 3×5

en: 3 1/2 x5
en_GB: 3½×5

en: 4x6
en_GB: 4×6

en: Epson 4x6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)
en_GB: Epson 4×6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)

en: 5x7
en_GB: 5×7

en: 5x8
en_GB: 5×8

en: 6x8
en_GB: 6×8

en: 8x10
en_GB: 8×10

en: 12x18
en_GB: 12×18

en: Super B 13x19
en_GB: Super B 13×19

en: Engineering C 17x22
en_GB: Engineering C 17×22

en: 8x12
en_GB: 8×12

en: 11x14
en_GB: 11×14

en: 16x20
en_GB: 16×20

en: 16x24
en_GB: 16×24

en: 20x24
en_GB: 20×24

en: 20x30
en_GB: 20×30

en: 22x30
en_GB: 22×30

en: 24x30
en_GB: 24×30

en: Super A1 24x36
en_GB: Super A1 24×36

en: 30x40
en_GB: 30×40

en: 4x5 3/8
en_GB: 4×5 3/8

en: 4x7
en_GB: 4×7

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4100
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4100

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4500

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 6500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 6500

en: Error initializing Avahi: %s
en_GB: Error initialising Avahi: %s

en: Usage: %s key=value key=value ...
en_GB: Usage: %s key=value key=value …

en: Can't move a shared directory into the Trash
en_GB: Can't move a shared directory into the Wastebasket

en: Cannot initialize libhal
en_GB: Cannot initialise libhal

en: Not a WebDAV enabled share
en_GB: Not a WebDAV-enabled share

en: Password dialog cancelled
en_GB: Password dialogue cancelled

en: Error initializing camera
en_GB: Error initialising camera

en: Login dialog cancelled
en_GB: Login dialogue cancelled

en: The trash folder may not be deleted
en_GB: The wastebasket may not be deleted

en: Items in the trash may not be modified
en_GB: Items in the wastebasket may not be modified

en: Failed to eject media; one or more volumes on the media are busy.
en_GB: Failed to eject medium; one or more volumes on the medium are busy.

note: Translators: %s is the size of the volume (e.g. 512 MB)
en: %s Media
en_GB: %s Medium

en: The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it
en_GB: The unlocked device does not have a recognisable file system on it

en: Empty the trash
en_GB: Empty the wastebasket

en: Move files or directories to the trash.
en_GB: Move files or directories to the wastebasket.

en: Error trashing file: %s
en_GB: Error deleting file: %s

en: _Archivo
en_GB: _File

en: _Editar
en_GB: _Edit

en: Ask where to save each new download
en_GB: _Ask where to save each new download

en: <span weight="bold">Behavior</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold">Behaviour</span>

en: Gwibber is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Gwibber is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Gwibber; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA
en_GB: Gwibber is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Gwibber is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Gwibber; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA

en: Authentication failed, please re-authorize
en_GB: Authentication failed, please re-authorise

en: %s has been authorized by Facebook
en_GB: %s has been authorised by Facebook

en: Facebook authorization failed. Please try again.
en_GB: Facebook authorisation failed. Please try again.

en: Account needs to be re-authorized
en_GB: Account needs to be re-authorised

en: %s has been authorized by %s
en_GB: %s has been authorised by %s

en: Authorization failed. Please try again.
en_GB: Authorisation failed. Please try again.

en: %s has been authorized by Twitter
en_GB: %s has been authorised by Twitter

en: %s has been authorized by Identi.ca
en_GB: %s has been authorised by Identi.ca

en: %s has been authorized by Buzz
en_GB: %s has been authorised by Buzz

en: %s has been authorized by Foursquare
en_GB: %s has been authorised by Foursquare

en: Start service at login
en_GB: Start service at log-in

en: Authorize with buzz
en_GB: Authorise with buzz

en: Buzz authorized
en_GB: Buzz authorised

en: Color used to help distinguish accounts
en_GB: Colour used to help distinguish accounts

en: Account Color:
en_GB: Account Colour:

en: Authorize with facebook
en_GB: Authorise with Facebook

en: Facebook authorized
en_GB: Facebook authorised

en: Authorize with Identi.ca
en_GB: Authorise with Identi.ca

en: Identi.ca authorized
en_GB: Identi.ca authorised

en: 
    Ping.fm requires a "remote key" for access from gwibber, 
    you can find your's at <a href="http://ping.fm/key/">http://ping.fm/key/</a>
en_GB: 
    Ping.fm requires a "remote key" for access from gwibber, 
    you can find yours at <a href="http://ping.fm/key/">http://ping.fm/key/</a>

en: Authorize with Status.Net
en_GB: Authorise with Status.Net

en: Status.net authorized
en_GB: Status.net authorised

en: Authorize with twitter
en_GB: Authorise with Twitter

en: Twitter authorized
en_GB: Twitter authorised

en: Authorize with foursquare
en_GB: Authorise with foursquare

en: Foursquare authorized
en_GB: Foursquare authorised

en:   -center                Open the window in the center of the screen
en_GB:   -center                Open the window in the centre of the screen

en:   -fg COLOR              Set message font color
en_GB:   -fg COLOR              Set message font colour

en:   -bg COLOR              Set message background color
en_GB:   -bg COLOR              Set message background colour

en: States whether MIDI events are passed-through harmonySEQ.
en_GB: States whether MIDI events are passed through harmonySEQ.

en: Are sure you want to loose them?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them?

en: Are sure you want to loose them and open another file?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them and open another file?

en: Alsa midi driver init successfull.
en_GB: Alsa midi driver init successful.

en: This file was created by harmonySEQ in a newer version (%d.%d.%d). This means it may contain data that is suppored by the newer wersion, but not by the version you are using (%d.%d.%d). It is recommended not to open such file, since it is very likely it may produce strange errors, or may event crash the program unexpectedly. However, in some cases one may want to open such file anyway, for example if it is sure it will open without trouble. Select YES to do so.
en_GB: This file was created by harmonySEQ in a newer version (%d.%d.%d). This means it may contain data that is supported by the newer version, but not by the version you are using (%d.%d.%d). It is recommended not to open such a file, since it is very likely it may produce strange errors, or may even crash the program unexpectedly. However, in some cases one may want to open such a file anyway, for example if it is sure that it will open without trouble. Select YES to do so.

en: When OSC message '/harmonyseq/event i %d' is got...
en_GB: When OSC message '/harmonyseq/event i %d' is received...

en: <span size='small'>harmonySEQ listens for OSC messages at port %d</span>
en_GB: <span size='small'>harmonySEQ listens for OSC messages on port %d</span>

en: Cathes next event end fill this one's type and arguments to fit the one triggered.
    <i>Example usage: press this button and then the X key on your keyboard. The event will be automatically set to type: keyboard, key: X.</i>
en_GB: Catches the next event and fills this one's type and arguments to fit the one triggered.
    <i>Example usage: press this button and then the X key on your keyboard. The event will be automatically set to type: keyboard, key: X.</i>

en: Error: porthas changed, while event is not OSC-type.
en_GB: Error: port has changed, while event is not OSC-type.

en: Decrease sequencer '%s' chord's  octave by %d
en_GB: Decrease sequencer '%s's chord's octave by %d

en: Triad: %s diminisched
en_GB: Triad: %s diminished

en: Triad: %s diminisched, inversion: %d
en_GB: Triad: %s diminished, inversion: %d

en: Sets whether this chord uses the base note.
     - If on, chord notes are set relatively to the base note.
     - If off, the chord ignores the base note.
en_GB: Sets whether this chord uses the base note.
     - If on, chord notes are set relative to the base note.
     - If off, the chord ignores the base note.

en: The <b>base note</b> for this chord. If it uses the base, which is determined by the switch on the left-hand side, all notes of this chord are given relatively to this base note.
en_GB: The <b>base note</b> for this chord. If it uses the base, which is determined by the switch on the left-hand side, all notes of this chord are given relative to this base note.

en: <b>Visible colums:</b>
en_GB: <b>Visible columns:</b>

en: Patern
en_GB: Pattern

en: The port OSC server will listen at.
en_GB: The port OSC server will listen on.

en: 
    <span size='small'><b>harmonySEQ supports following OSC messages:</b>
    <i>/harmonyseq/pause</i> and <i>/harmonyseq/play</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/tempo [float]</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/sync</i> (for synchronizing)
    <i>/karmonyseq/kill</i> (to quit immidiatelly)
    <i>/harmonyseq/event [int]</i> (to trigger events with
    the given tag).</span>
en_GB: 
    <span size='small'><b>harmonySEQ supports the following OSC messages:</b>
    <i>/harmonyseq/pause</i> and <i>/harmonyseq/play</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/tempo [float]</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/sync</i> (for synchronizing)
    <i>/karmonyseq/kill</i> (to quit immediately)
    <i>/harmonyseq/event [int]</i> (to trigger events with
    the given tag).</span>

en: Are you sure you want to loose all your settings?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to lose all your settings?

en: Sets the chosen pattern to be the <b>active</b> one, which means the one that  will be played back.
en_GB: Sets the chosen pattern to be the <b>active</b> one, which means the one that will be played.

en: Selects which patter is <b>active</b>.
    Active pattern is the one that is played back. It's marked on a list with an asterisk (*).
    
    <i>This way all patterns can be edited while only the selected (the active) is played back. </i>
en_GB: Selects which pattern is <b>active</b>.
    Active pattern is the one that is played back. It's marked on a list with an asterisk (*).
    
    <i>This way all patterns can be edited while only the selected (the active) is played back. </i>

en: Selects the <b>MIDI channel</b> this sequencer will output notes to.
en_GB: Selects the <b>MIDI channel</b> this sequencer will output notes on.

en: Error - cannot colorize triggered event: row is empty.
en_GB: Error - cannot colourize triggered event: row is empty.

en: Error - cannot colorize triggered action: row is empty.
en_GB: Error - cannot colourize triggered action: row is empty.

en: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.
en_GB: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.⏎

en: Too many recursive usercommands, aborting.
en_GB: Too many recursive user commands, aborting.

en: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is erroneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...
en_GB: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is errorneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...

en: Internic Non-Profit Organization
en_GB: Internic Non-Profit Organisation

en: Bans
en_GB: Ban

en: Banlist initialization failed.
en_GB: Banlist initialisation failed.

en: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data)
en_GB: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data).

en: Insert Attribute or Color Code
en_GB: Insert Attribute or Colour Code

en: Colors 0-7
en_GB: Colours 0-7

en: Colors 8-15
en_GB: Colours 8-15

en: Strip _Colors
en_GB: Strip _Colours

en: Dialog Buttons...
en_GB: Dialogue Buttons...

en: Colored nick names
en_GB: Coloured nick names

en: Give each person on IRC a different color
en_GB: Give each person on IRC a different colour

en: Use the Text box font and colors
en_GB: Use the Text box font and colours

en: Interpret %C, %B as Color, Bold etc
en_GB: Interpret %C, %B as Colour, Bold etc

en: Color nicknames in userlist
en_GB: Colour nicknames in userlist

en: Will color nicknames the same as in chat.
en_GB: Will colour nicknames the same as in chat.

en: Track the Away status of users and mark them in a different color
en_GB: Track the Away status of users and mark them in a different colour

en: Open dialogs in:
en_GB: Open dialogues in:

en: Play "message-new-instant" from the freedesktop.org sound theme upon the selected events
en_GB: Play "message-new-instant" from the "freedesktop.org" sound theme upon the selected events

en: Automatically mark away/back
en_GB: Automatically mark away/back.

en: Automatically include color information
en_GB: Automatically include colour information

en: Automatically include color information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include color information if the CONTROL key is held down while selecting.
en_GB: Automatically include colour information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include colour information if the CONTROL key is held down while selecting.

en: Text Colors
en_GB: Text Colours

en: mIRC colors:
en_GB: mIRC colours:

en: Local colors:
en_GB: Local colours:

en: Interface Colors
en_GB: Interface Colours

en: Color Stripping
en_GB: Colour Stripping

en: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.
en_GB: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported licence.

en: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.
en_GB: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible licence.

en: For the full text of the license, see the <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode">CreativeCommons website</link>, or read the full <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Commons Deed</link>.
en_GB: For the full text of the licence, see the <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licences/by-sa/3.0/legalcode">CreativeCommons website</link>, or read the full <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licences/by-sa/3.0/">Commons Deed</link>.

en: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License</link>.
en_GB: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licences/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence</link>.

en: The game can be customized by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.
en_GB: The game can be customised by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.

en: Hitori is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Hitori is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Hitori is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Hitori is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Hitori.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Hitori.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licences/>.

en: Auto. Assignments
en_GB: Auto Assignments

en: transaction auto assigned: %d
en_GB: Transactions auto assigned: %d

en: Auto assigment result
en_GB: Auto assignment result

en: Do you want to create a template with
    each of the selected transaction ?
en_GB: Do you want to create a template with
    each of the selected transactions ?

en: (new archive)
en_GB: (new transaction)

en: Do you want to delete
    each of the selected transaction ?
en_GB: Do you want to delete
    each of the selected transactions ?

en: Quit homebank
en_GB: Quit HomeBank

en: Anonymize...
en_GB: Anonymise...

en: Configure homebank
en_GB: Configure HomeBank

en: Open the Vehicle cost report
en_GB: Open the vehicle cost report

en: Documentation about HomeBank
en_GB: Documentation for HomeBank

en: Show welcome dialog...
en_GB: Show Welcome Dialog...

en: Connect to the LaunchPad website for online help
en_GB: Connect to the LaunchPad Web site for online help

en: Connect to the LaunchPad website to help translate this application
en_GB: Connect to the LaunchPad Web site to help translate this application

en: Connect to the LaunchPad website to help fix problems
en_GB: Connect to the LaunchPad Web site to help fix problems

en: Minor currency
en_GB: Secondary currency

en: Anonymize the file ?
en_GB: Anonymise the file ?

en: Proceeding will changes name/memo to anonymous datas,
    please confirm.
en_GB: Proceeding will change name/memo to anonymous data.
    Please confirm.

en: Read HomeBank _Manual
en_GB: Read HomeBank's _Manual

en: transaction added: %d
en_GB: transactions added: %d

en: Unknow error
en_GB: Unknown error

en: invalid csv format
en_GB: Invalid CSV format

en: Unknown/Invalid file...
en_GB: Unknown or Invalid file…

note: file content detail TODO: difficult translation here
en: account: %d - transaction: %d - payee: %d - categorie: %d
en_GB: account: %d - transaction: %d - payee: %d - category: %d

en: _Minor currency
en_GB: _Secondary currency

en: Meter:
en_GB: Metre:

en: <b>Informations</b>
en_GB: <b>Information</b>

en: <b>Current check number</b>
en_GB: <b>Current cheque number</b>

en: Checkbook _1:
en_GB: Chequebook _1:

en: Checkbook _2:
en_GB: Chequebook _2:

en: Of notebook _2
en_GB: In Chequebook _2

en: The csv file must contains the exact numbers of column,
    separated by a semi-colon, read the help for more details.
en_GB: The CSV file must contain the exact number of columns,
    separated by a semi-colon. Please read the help files for more details.

en: The csv file must contains the exact numbers of column,
    separated by a semi-colon, please see the help for more details.
en_GB: The CSV file must contain the exact number of columns,
    separated by a semi-colon. Please read the help files for more details.

en: All date
en_GB: Entire range

en: display 'Added'
en_GB: show recently added

en: display 'Edited'
en_GB: show recently edited

en: Paymode
en_GB: Payment method

en: <b>Numbers format</b>
en_GB: <b>Number format</b>

en: <b>Numbers options</b>
en_GB: <b>Number options</b>

en: <b>Amount colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Amount colours</b>

en: Uses custom colors
en_GB: Uses custom colours

en: Optimizing Panorama
en_GB: Optimising Panorama

en: Could not initialize database.
en_GB: Could not initialise database.

en: Optimizing lens distortion parameters...
en_GB: Optimising lens distortion parameters...

en: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimize" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.
en_GB: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimise" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.

en: Very bad fit. Check for bad control points, lens parameters, or images with parallax or movement. The optimizer might have failed. Manual intervention required.
en_GB: Very bad fit. Check for bad control points, lens parameters, or images with parallax or movement. The optimiser might have failed. Manual intervention required.

en: Mean error after optimization: %.1f pixel, max: %.1f
en_GB: Mean error after optimisation: %.1f pixel, max: %.1f

en: Error initializing GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.
en_GB: Error initialising GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.

en: &Show tips at startup
en_GB: &Show tips at start-up

en: Optimizer
en_GB: Optimiser

en: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimizing)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform color)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project
en_GB: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimising)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform colour)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project

en: Optimizer run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimization of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimisation of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimize all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a,b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimise all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a, b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?

en: Optimization result
en_GB: Optimisation result

en: You selected no parameters to optimize.
    Therefore optimization will be canceled.
en_GB: You selected no parameters to optimise.
    Therefore optimisation will be cancelled.

en: Exposure optimization
en_GB: Exposure optimisation

en: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimization aborted
en_GB: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimisation aborted

en: Internal error during photometric optimization:
en_GB: Internal error during photometric optimisation:

en: Photometric optimization results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f gray values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?
en_GB: Photometric optimisation results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f grey values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?

en: Photometric optimization finished
en_GB: Photometric optimisation finished

en: Click on a area which should be neutral gray / white in the final panorama.
en_GB: Click on a area which should be neutral grey / white in the final panorama.

en: Left click to define new center point, right click to move point to horizon.
en_GB: Left click to define new centre point, right click to move point to horizon.

en: Center panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button
en_GB: Centre panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button

en: Initializing shutdown...
en_GB: Initialising shut-down...

en: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialog, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?
en_GB: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialogue, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?

en: Shutdown when done
en_GB: Shut-down when done

en: Shutdown computer if all tasks are finished
en_GB: Shut-down computer if all tasks are finished

en: Prealigned panorama
en_GB: Pre-aligned panorama

en: Cleanup arguments:
en_GB: Clean-up arguments:

en: Tries to optimize the currently active point
en_GB: Tries to optimise the currently active point

en: Image Center Shift
en_GB: Image Centre Shift

en: Exposure and Color
en_GB: Exposure and Colour

en: &Optimize
en_GB: &Optimise

en: Re-run the optimizer with current settings
en_GB: Re-run the optimiser with current settings

en: Show the Optimizer panel
en_GB: Show the Optimiser panel

en: &Keyboard Shortcuts
en_GB: &Keyboard Short-cuts

en: keyboard shortcuts
en_GB: keyboard short-cuts

en: Re-optimize
en_GB: Re-optimise

en: Always center Crop on d,e
en_GB: Always centre Crop on d,e

en: 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: 90° anticlockwise

en: Optimize now!
en_GB: Optimise now!

en: edit script before optimizing
en_GB: edit script before optimising

en: Photometric Optimization
en_GB: Photometric Optimisation

en: Nearest neighbor
en_GB: Nearest neighbour

en: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image center stays similar
en_GB: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image centre stays similar

en: Images will be remapped in linear color space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama
en_GB: Images will be remapped in linear colour-space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama

en: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear color space images
en_GB: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear colour-space images

en: builtin
en_GB: built-in

en: Deghosting (Khan)
en_GB: De-ghosting (Khan)

en: Options for deghosting
en_GB: Options for de-ghosting

en: Use gray images for processing (-a f)
en_GB: Use grey images for processing (-a f)

en: Keep fullsize images in memory, until this limit is exceeded
en_GB: Keep full-size images in memory, until this limit is exceeded

en: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing color values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.
en_GB: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing colour values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.

en: Center the preview horizontally
en_GB: Centre the preview horizontally

en: Align all images. Creates control points and optimizes the image positions
en_GB: Align all images. Creates control points and optimises the image positions

en: Correct global white balance by selecting a neutral gray area.
en_GB: Correct global white-balance by selecting a neutral grey area.

en: Gray picker
en_GB: Grey picker

en: * A gray line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.
en_GB: * A grey line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.

en: The Preview window can be used to center the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama
en_GB: The Preview window can be used to centre the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama

en: The "f" key is the shortcut for Fine Tune button.
en_GB: The "f" key is the short-cut for Fine Tune button.

en: Optimization of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.
en_GB: Optimisation of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.

en: Iagno is the two player strategy game of Othello, which is also known as Reversi and is similar to Go. The pieces are tiles that are black on one side and white on the other and the objective is for the player to flip his/her opponent's tiles to his/her color, while keeping the opponent from doing the same. Once the board is filled with tiles, the winner is the player with the most of his/her color tiles on the board.
en_GB: <application>Iagno</application> is the two player strategy game of Othello, which is also known as Reversi and is similar to Go. The pieces are tiles that are black on one side and white on the other and the objective is for the player to flip his or her opponent's tiles to his or her colour, while keeping the opponent from doing the same. Once the board is filled with tiles, the winner is the player with the most of his or her colour tiles on the board.

en: <application>Iagno</application> is a computer version of the game Reversi, more popularly called Othello. <application>Iagno</application> is a two player strategy game similar to Go. The board is 8 by 8 with tiles that are black on one side and white on the other side. The object of <application>Iagno</application> is to flip as many of your opponent's tiles to your color as possible without your opponent flipping your tiles. This is done by trapping your opponent's tiles between two tiles of your own color.
en_GB: <application>Iagno</application> is a computer version of the game Reversi, more popularly called Othello. <application>Iagno</application> is a two player strategy game similar to Go. The board is 8-by-8 with tiles that are black on one side and white on the other side. The object of <application>Iagno</application> is to flip as many of your opponent's tiles to your colour as possible without your opponent flipping your tiles. This is done by trapping your opponent's tiles between two tiles of your own colour.

en: Iagno also features <link linkend="network-games">multiplayer</link> support with two human players in hotseat or network mode.
en_GB: <application>Iagno</application> also features <link linkend="network-games">multiplayer</link> support with two human players in hotseat or network mode.

en: Iago is Othello's nemesis in the play <citetitle>Othello </citetitle> by William Shakespeare.
en_GB: Iago is Othello's nemesis in the play <citetitle>Othello</citetitle> by William Shakespeare.

en: Later his buddies came over and like all programmers he showed off his masterpiece. They all laughed in his face and told Ian that his game was worthless and a pitiful attempt to be a true hacker. After Ian kicked them out he decided to rename his program Iago <placeholder-1/> for the evil which had manifested itself due to his game. Yet it still didn't sound right. All GNOME programs have some part of GNOME in it, Ian thought. After much thought he decided on the name we have come to cherish, <application>Iagno </application>.
en_GB: Later his buddies came over and like all programmers he showed off his masterpiece. They all laughed in his face and told Ian that his game was worthless and a pitiful attempt to be a true hacker. After Ian kicked them out he decided to rename his program Iago <placeholder-1/> for the evil which had manifested itself due to his game. Yet it still didn't sound right. All GNOME programs have some part of GNOME in it, Ian thought. After much thought he decided on the name we have come to cherish, <application>Iagno</application>.

en: The board starts with four tiles arranged in a box on the middle of the board. The tiles have the same color at each corner, as shown in <xref linkend="start-shot"/>.
en_GB: The board starts with four tiles arranged in a box on the middle of the board. The tiles have the same colour at each corner, as shown in <xref linkend="start-shot"/>.

en: White cannot capture the black tile in the center of the middle column because there are white tiles blocking the ends of that column. If it where blacks turn instead, black could place a tile at the top of the column but would only flip the first of the two white tiles.
en_GB: White cannot capture the black tile in the centre of the middle column because there are white tiles blocking the ends of that column. If it were black's turn instead, black could place a tile at the top of the column but would only flip the first of the two white tiles.

en: When there is tile trapped between two tiles, of an identical color in the same row, the player captures tiles until another tile of the player's color is encountered, as shown in <xref linkend="block-shot"/>. The player can only take tiles that are a direct result of the placing a tile on the board. Once a tile is placed on the board the player cannot remove it and place the tile somewhere else. If a player cannot move they forfeit their turn. The game ends when it is no longer possible for either player to move. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: When there is tile trapped between two tiles, of an identical colour in the same row, the player captures tiles until another tile of the player's colour is encountered, as shown in <xref linkend="block-shot"/>. The player can only take tiles that are a direct result of the placing a tile on the board. Once a tile is placed on the board the player cannot remove it and place the tile somewhere else. If a player cannot move they forfeit their turn. The game ends when it is no longer possible for either player to move. <placeholder-1/>

en: Player Color and Difficulty
en_GB: Player Colour and Difficulty

en: When you start Iagno the human player plays black and the computer player plays white with the first level of difficulty. Using the <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> tab in the <guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu> dialog you can set the type of player for each color. Human is of course you, level one is the easiest computer player and level three is the hardest. You can set both to human to play against a friend or set both to computer to watch the computer play itself.
en_GB: When you start <application>Iagno</application> the human player plays black and the computer player plays white with the first level of difficulty. Using the <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> tab in the <guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu> dialogue you can set the type of player for each colour. Human is of course you, level one is the easiest computer player and level three is the hardest. You can set both to human to play against a friend or set both to computer to watch the computer play itself.

en: The last option of the <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> tab in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog allows you to enable or disable all sounds when playing in <application>Iagno</application>.
en_GB: The last option of the <guimenuitem>Game</guimenuitem> tab in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue allows you to enable or disable all sounds when playing in <application>Iagno</application>.

en: The Preferences menu with the Game tab highlighted.
en_GB: The <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> menu with the <guilabel>Game</guilabel> tab highlighted.

en: All the animation option are in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences </guisubmenu></menuchoice> menus with the <guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem> tab highlighted.
en_GB: All the animation options are in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences </guisubmenu></menuchoice> menus with the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> tab highlighted.

en: This option controls the amount of animation present when each tile is flipped, using radio buttons. Selecting the option <guibutton>none </guibutton> will cause the tiles to change color instantaneously. Selecting the <guibutton>option</guibutton> partial will cause the animation to flip the tiles slowly. Selecting the <guibutton>complete </guibutton> option will cause the tiles to flip slowly and smoothly.
en_GB: This option controls the amount of animation present when each tile is flipped, using radio buttons. Selecting the option <guibutton>none </guibutton> will cause the tiles to change colour instantaneously. Selecting the <guibutton>option</guibutton> partial will cause the animation to flip the tiles slowly. Selecting the <guibutton>complete </guibutton> option will cause the tiles to flip slowly and smoothly.

en: This option causes captured tiles along a row, column, or diagonal to flip one after another, like dominoes, instead of all flipping simultaneously. It has no effect on game play, but looks cool.
en_GB: This option causes captured tiles along a row, column, or diagonal to flip one after another, like dominoes; instead of all flipping simultaneously. It has no effect on game play, but looks nice.

en: This option lets you choose the type of board and tiles which are displayed. If you want to make your own tile sets use the classic tile set as a template and change the texture and colors for different effects. When you make a new tile set that works with Iagno send it to Ian Peters <email>itp@gnu.org</email> and he will include it with the next distribution.
en_GB: This option lets you choose the type of board and tiles which are displayed. If you want to make your own tile sets use the classic tile set as a template and change the texture and colors for different effects. When you make a new tile set that works with <application>Iagno</application> send it to Ian Peters <email>itp@gnu.org</email> and he will include it with the next distribution.

en: There are two tile sets which look the same, but have different animations -- woodtrim and classic.
en_GB: There are two tile sets which look the same, but have different animations — woodtrim and classic.

en: The Preferences menu with the Appearance tab highlighted.
en_GB: The <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> menu with the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> tab highlighted.

en: Iagno support networked multiplayer games which is provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to a Iagno server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.
en_GB: <application>Iagno</application> supports networked multiplayer games, provided by <ulink type="http" url="http://www.ggzgamingzone.org">GGZ Gaming Zone</ulink>. By connecting to an <application>Iagno</application> server on the Internet, you can challenge other players in multiplayer games. For news, updates and a list of servers to connect to, see the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/projects/gnome-games/">gnome-games website</ulink>.

en: To start the multiplayer game of Iagno, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the Iagno menu.
en_GB: To start a multiplayer game of <application>Iagno</application>, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the <application>Iagno</application> menu.

en: Connecting to a Iagno network server
en_GB: Connecting to an <application>Iagno</application> network server

en: The Iagno connection dialog is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialog allows you to select a server to connect to, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.
en_GB: The <application>Iagno</application> connection dialogue is shown initially when starting a new network game. This dialogue allows you to select a server to which to connect, and the username that you will have while connected to that server.

en: The Iagno network connection dialog.
en_GB: The <application>Iagno</application> network connection dialogue.

en: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of Iagno, select the Iagno room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the Launch button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.
en_GB: Once you have successfully connected to a server, you can choose which game room to join. To play a multiplayer game of <application>Iagno</application>, select the <application>Iagno</application> room. If you want to host your own game, then click on the <guibutton>Launch</guibutton> button. This creates a new table where other players can participate in a game against you. If there are any other games already started, then you can double-click on an existing game table to join it. The list of game tables on the right shows you the number of available seats, which means the number of players that can join the game table.

en: This Iagno network dialog allows you to join a game room to find other players.
en_GB: This <application>Iagno</application> network dialogue allows you to join a game room to find other players.

en: When creating a new table for Iagno games, a preference dialog is displayed which allows you to customize the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, then no more players are allowed to join that game table.
en_GB: When creating a new table for <application>Iagno</application> games, a preferences dialogue is displayed which allows you to customise the game, such as set the minimum number of players for the game. Once the total number of seats have been taken, no more players are allowed to join that game table.

en: Playing multiplayer Iagno games
en_GB: Playing multiplayer <application>Iagno</application> games

en: Multiplayer Iagno games have pretty much the same rules as normal Iagno games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.
en_GB: Multiplayer <application>Iagno</application> games have pretty much the same rules as normal <application>Iagno</application> games, except that you are now playing against human players. This means that other strategies might possibly be better than when playing against AI players.

en: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive Iagno multiplayer!
en_GB: Once a player has won, the game ends and you can return to the initial network game screen. Then you can play yet another game of addictive <application>Iagno</application> multiplayer!

en: The computer player for Iagno is easy to beat.
en_GB: The computer player for <application>Iagno</application> is easy to beat.

en: Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar
en_GB: Set the behaviour of ibus how to show or hide language bar

en: Embed preedit text in application window
en_GB: Embed pre-edit text in application window

en: Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window
en_GB: Embed the pre-edit text of input method in the application window

en: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: Argument 1 is empty but should contain interface name - skip IPv6to4 initialization
en_GB: Argument 1 is empty but should contain interface name - skip IPv6to4 initialisation

en: Usage: $0 {start|stop|status|restart|reload|force-reload}
en_GB: force-reload}

en: Initializing netconsole
en_GB: Initialising netconsole

en: Usage: ifup <configuration>
en_GB: Usage: ifup <device name>

en: Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|restart|showsysctl}
en_GB: showsysctl}

en: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: usage: ifdown <configuration>
en_GB: usage: ifdown <device name>

en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: By color (RRGGBB hex):
en_GB: By colour (RRGGBB hex):

en: Replace color
en_GB: Replace colour

en: Replace color (RRGGBB hex):
en_GB: Replace colour (RRGGBB hex):

en: Visualize Path
en_GB: Visualise Path

en: - AutoCAD Release 13 format.
    - assume svg drawing is in pixels, at 90 dpi.
    - assume dxf drawing is in mm.
    - only line and spline elements are supported.
    - ROBO-Master spline output is a specialized spline readable only by ROBO-Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.
    - LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a legacy version of the LINE output.
en_GB: - AutoCAD Release 13 format.
    - assume svg drawing is in pixels, at 90 dpi.
    - assume dxf drawing is in mm.
    - only line and spline elements are supported.
    - ROBO-Master spline output is a specialised spline readable only by ROBO-Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.
    - LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a legacy version of the LINE output.

en: Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette
en_GB: Exports the colours of this document as GIMP Palette

en: Fractalize
en_GB: Fractalise

en: Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible in the Fill and Stroke dialog. You must select an object or a group.
en_GB: Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible in the Fill and Stroke dialogue. You must select an object or a group.

en: Set path color to black:
en_GB: Set path colour to black:

en: Set path color to blue:
en_GB: Set path colour to blue:

en: Set path color to cyan:
en_GB: Set path colour to cyan:

en: Set path color to green:
en_GB: Set path colour to green:

en: Set path color to magenta:
en_GB: Set path colour to magenta:

en: Set path color to orange:
en_GB: Set path colour to orange:

en: Set path color to red:
en_GB: Set path colour to red:

en: Set path color to white:
en_GB: Set path colour to white:

en: Set path color to yellow:
en_GB: Set path colour to yellow:

en: 
    The path is generated by applying the 
    substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, 
    Order times. The following commands are 
    recognized in Axiom and Rules:
    
    Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward 
    
    Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward 
    
    +: turn left
    
    -: turn right
    
    |: turn 180 degrees
    
    [: remember point
    
    ]: return to remembered point
en_GB: 
    The path is generated by applying the 
    substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, 
    Order times. The following commands are 
    recognised in Axiom and Rules:
    
    Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward 
    
    Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward 
    
    +: turn left
    
    -: turn right
    
    |: turn 180 degrees
    
    [: remember point
    
    ]: return to remembered point

en: Randomize angle (%)
en_GB: Randomise angle (%)

en: Randomize step (%)
en_GB: Randomise step (%)

en: Color Markers to Match Stroke
en_GB: Colour Markers to Match Stroke

en: Fill color, Blue
en_GB: Fill colour, Blue

en: Fill color, Green
en_GB: Fill colour, Green

en: Fill color, Red
en_GB: Fill colour, Red

en: Color Bars
en_GB: Colour Bars

en: Optimized SVG (*.svg)
en_GB: Optimised SVG (*.svg)

en: Optimized SVG Output
en_GB: Optimised SVG Output

en: Simplify colors
en_GB: Simplify colours

en: Strip xml prolog
en_GB: Strip xml prologue

en: This extension optimizes the SVG file according to the following options:
        * Simplify colors: convert all colors to #RRGGBB format.
        * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.
        * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.
        * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.
        * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.
        * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator elements and attributes.
        * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.
        * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.
        * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).
        * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space).
en_GB: This extension optimises the SVG file according to the following options:
        * Simplify colours: convert all colours to #RRGGBB format.
        * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.
        * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.
        * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.
        * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.
        * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator elements and attributes.
        * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.
        * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.
        * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).
        * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space).

en: This effect splits texts into different lines, words or letters. Select below how your text should be splitted.
en_GB: This effect splits text into different lines, words or letters. Select below how your text should be split.

en: Day color
en_GB: Day colour

en: Month color
en_GB: Month colour

en: Next month day color
en_GB: Next month day colour

en: Weekday name color
en_GB: Weekday name colour

en: Weekend day color
en_GB: Weekend day colour

en: Year color
en_GB: Year colour

en: Bottom and Center
en_GB: Bottom and Centre

en: Middle and Center
en_GB: Middle and Centre

en: Top and Center
en_GB: Top and Centre

en: All sliced images, and optionaly code, will be generated as you had configured and saved to one directory.
en_GB: All sliced images, and optionally code, will be generated as you had configured and saved to one directory.

en: Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches
en_GB: Rainbow-coloured semitransparent oily splotches

en: Leopard spots (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Leopard spots (loses object's own colour)

en: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own colour)

en: Detect color edges in object
en_GB: Detect colour edges in object

en: Detect horizontal color edges in object
en_GB: Detect horizontal colour edges in object

en: Detect vertical color edges in object
en_GB: Detect vertical colour edges in object

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in greyscale

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in blue
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in blue

en: Render in shades of gray by reducing saturation to zero
en_GB: Render in shades of grey by reducing saturation to zero

en: Invert colors
en_GB: Invert colours

en: Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows
en_GB: Grey bevelled wires with drop shadows

en: Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel
en_GB: Soft, pastel-coloured, blurry bevel

en: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change
en_GB: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through colour fill change

en: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors
en_GB: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colours

en: Stylized reptile skin texture
en_GB: Stylised reptile skin texture

en: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors
en_GB: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colours

en: Metallized paint
en_GB: Metallised paint

en: Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges
en_GB: Metallised effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges

en: Metallized ridge
en_GB: Metallised ridge

en: Gel Ridge metallized at its top
en_GB: Gel Ridge metallised at its top

en: Blend image or object with a flood color and set lightness and contrast
en_GB: Blend image or object with a flood colour and set lightness and contrast

en: Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow
en_GB: Inner colourised shadow, outer black shadow

en: Blurred colorized contour, filled inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, filled inside

en: Blurred colorized contour, empty inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, empty inside

en: Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy
en_GB: Bevel, crude light, discolouration and glow like in electronic microscopy

en: Draws a smooth line inside colorized with the color it overlays
en_GB: Draws a smooth line inside colourised with the colour it overlays

en: Smooth colorized contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation
en_GB: Smooth colourised contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation

en: Glow of object's own color at the edges
en_GB: Glow of object's own colour at the edges

en: Color emboss
en_GB: Colour emboss

en: Classic or colorized emboss effect: grayscale, color and 3D relief
en_GB: Classic or colourised emboss effect: greyscale, colour and 3D relief

en: Classical photographic solarization effect
en_GB: Classical photographic solarisation effect

en: Moonarize
en_GB: Moonarise

en: An effect between solarize and invert which often preserves sky and water lights
en_GB: An effect between solarise and invert which often preserves sky and water lights

en: Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people
en_GB: Colourised blotches, like a crowd of people

en: Colorized mountain tops out of the fog
en_GB: Colourised mountain tops out of the fog

en: Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood
en_GB: Basic noise fill texture; adjust colour in Flood

en: In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood
en_GB: In and out glow with a possible offset and colourisable flood

en: Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialog
en_GB: Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialogue

en: Emboss effect : Colors of the original images are preserved or modified by Blend
en_GB: Emboss effect : Colours of the original images are preserved or modified by Blend

en: Color outline, in
en_GB: Colour outline, in

en: A colorizable inner outline with adjustable width and blur
en_GB: A colourisable inner outline with adjustable width and blur

en: Colorizable filling with liquid transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with liquid transparency

en: Cloudy watercolor effect
en_GB: Cloudy watercolour effect

en: Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges
en_GB: Felt like texture with colour turbulence and slightly darker at the edges

en: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift
en_GB: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent colour shift

en: Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours melted along the edges and colourisable

en: Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours slightly melted along the edges

en: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable
en_GB: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colourisable

en: Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with flow inside like transparency

en: Alpha draw, color
en_GB: Alpha draw, colour

en: Gives a transparent color fill effect to bitmaps and materials
en_GB: Gives a transparent colour fill effect to bitmaps and materials

en: Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings
en_GB: Creates colourisable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings

en: Color outline
en_GB: Colour outline

en: Draws a colored outline around
en_GB: Draws a coloured outline around

en: Adds a colorizable drop shadow inside
en_GB: Adds a colourisable drop shadow inside

en: Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours warped along the edges and colourisable

en: Replace hue by two colors
en_GB: Replace hue by two colours

en: Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards
en_GB: Slightly posterise and draw edges like on old printed postcards

en: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges
en_GB: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around colour edges

en: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable texture
en_GB: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colourisable texture

en: Partly opaque water color effect with bleed
en_GB: Partly opaque water colour effect with bleed

en: Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative
en_GB: Convert to a colourisable transparent positive or negative

en: Change colors to a duotone palette
en_GB: Change colours to a duotone palette

en: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the saturation levels
en_GB: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colourisable image of the saturation levels

en: Bright metallic effect for any color
en_GB: Bright metallic effect for any colour

en: Deep colors plastic
en_GB: Deep colours plastic

en: Transparent plastic with deep colors
en_GB: Transparent plastic with deep colours

en: Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to molded plastic effects
en_GB: Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to moulded plastic effects

en: Adds a colorizable glow inside
en_GB: Adds a colourisable glow inside

en: Soft colors
en_GB: Soft colours

en: Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures
en_GB: Adds a colourisable edges glow inside objects and pictures

en: Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting
en_GB: Bumps effect with a bevel, colour flood and complex lighting

en: Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world
en_GB: Oversaturate colours which can be fluorescent in real world

en: <small>Randomize:</small>
en_GB: <small>Randomise:</small>

en: Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the rotation angle by this percentage

en: Randomize the tile blur by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile blur by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each column

en: Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile opacity by this percentage

en: Initial color:
en_GB: Initial colour:

en: Initial color of tiled clones
en_GB: Initial colour of tiled clones

en: Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke)
en_GB: Initial colour for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke)

en: Randomize the tile hue by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile hue by this percentage

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color saturation by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour saturation by this percentage

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color lightness by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour lightness by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each column

en: Pick the visible color and opacity
en_GB: Pick the visible colour and opacity

en: Pick the Red component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Red component of the colour

en: Pick the Green component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Green component of the colour

en: Pick the Blue component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Blue component of the colour

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: clonetiler|H
en_GB: H

en: Pick the hue of the color
en_GB: Pick the hue of the colour

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: clonetiler|S
en_GB: S

en: Pick the saturation of the color
en_GB: Pick the saturation of the colour

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: clonetiler|L
en_GB: L

en: Pick the lightness of the color
en_GB: Pick the lightness of the colour

en: 2. Tweak the picked value:
en_GB: 2. Tweak the selected value:

en: Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)
en_GB: Shift the mid-range of the selected value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)

en: Randomize:
en_GB: Randomise:

en: Randomize the picked value by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the selected value by this percentage

en: Invert the picked value
en_GB: Invert the selected value

en: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's size is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill or stroke)
en_GB: Each clone is painted by the picked colour (the original must have unset fill or stroke)

en: Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's opacity is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as the last time you tiled it (if any), instead of using the current size
en_GB: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as previous tiling (if any), instead of using the current size

note: TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here
en: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog to zero
en_GB: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and colour changes in the dialogue to zero

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Clones" is a noun indicating type of object to find
en: find|Clones
en_GB: Clones

note: TRANSLATORS: `Center' here is a verb.
en: Center lines
en_GB: Centre lines

en: nodeAsInXMLdialogTooltip|Delete node
en_GB: Delete node

en: nodeAsInXMLinHistoryDialog|Delete node
en_GB: Delete node

en: Grid line _color:
en_GB: Grid line _colour:

en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

en: Color of grid lines
en_GB: Colour of grid lines

en: Ma_jor grid line color:
en_GB: Ma_jor grid line colour:

en: Major grid line color
en_GB: Major grid line colour

en: Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the major (highlighted) grid lines

en: object rotation center
en_GB: object rotation centre

en: Object rotation center
en_GB: Object rotation centre

note: message, to show in the statusbar
en: <b>Release mouse</b> to set color.
en_GB: <b>Release mouse</b> to set colour.

en: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average color in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse color; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the color under mouse to clipboard
en_GB: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average colour in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse colour; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the colour under mouse to clipboard

en: Set picked color
en_GB: Set picked colour

en: Show dialog on startup
en_GB: Show dialogue on startup

en: Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s).
en_GB: Apply charcoal stylisation to selected bitmap(s).

en: Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity.
en_GB: Colourise selected bitmap(s) with specified colour, using given opacity.

en: Cycle Colormap
en_GB: Cycle Colourmap

en: Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s).
en_GB: Cycle colourmap(s) of selected bitmap(s).

en: Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimize noise.
en_GB: Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimise noise.

en: Equalize selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalization.
en_GB: Equalise selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalisation.

en: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range.
en_GB: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range.

en: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range.
en_GB: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range.

en: Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood.
en_GB: Replace each pixel component with the median colour in a circular neighbourhood.

en: Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible range of color.
en_GB: Normalise selected bitmap(s), expanding colour range to the full possible range of colour.

en: Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils.
en_GB: Stylise selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils.

en: Colored Shading
en_GB: Coloured Shading

en: Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film.
en_GB: Solarise selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film.

en: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point.
en_GB: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around centre point.

en: Rasterize filter effects
en_GB: Rasterise filter effects

en: Resolution for rasterization (dpi)
en_GB: Resolution for rasterisation (dpi)

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: pdfinput|medium
en_GB: medium

en: Color Matrix
en_GB: Colour Matrix

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: filterBlendMode|Normal
en_GB: Normal

en: Visible Colors
en_GB: Visible Colours

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b>
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b>

en: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around center
en_GB: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around centre

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus

en: Show or hide the color palette
en_GB: Show or hide the colour palette

en: Drop color
en_GB: Drop colour

en: Drop color on gradient
en_GB: Drop colour on gradient

en: Circle (by center and radius)
en_GB: Circle (by centre and radius)

en: Enable top & bottom paths
en_GB: Enable top and bottom paths

note: refA(_("Ref Start"), _("Left side middle of the reference box"), "refA", &wr, this), refB(_("Ref End"), _("Right side middle of the reference box"), "refB", &wr, this), FIXME: a path is used here instead of 2 points to work around path/point param incompatibility bug.
en: Max complexity
en_GB: Max. complexity

en: Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterization of filters in PS/EPS/PDF (default 90)
en_GB: Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterisation of filters in PS/EPS/PDF (default 90)

en: Background color of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported color string)
en_GB: Background colour of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported colour string)

en: Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterizing (PS, EPS, PDF)
en_GB: Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterising (PS, EPS, PDF)

en: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

en: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

en: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalize.
en_GB: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalise.

en: Open Font License
en_GB: Open Font Licence

note: TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license
en: URI to this document's license's namespace definition.
en_GB: URI to this document's licence's namespace definition.

en: XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section.
en_GB: XML fragment for the RDF 'Licence' section.

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Raise" means "to raise an object" in the undo history
en: undo action|Raise
en_GB: Raise

en: Paste size separately
en_GB: Paste Size separately

en: action|Clone
en_GB: Clone

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Link" means internet link (anchor)
en: web|Link
en_GB: Link

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Clone" is a noun, type of object
en: object|Clone
en_GB: Clone

en: Set center
en_GB: Set centre

en: <b>Center</b> of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with Shift also uses this center
en_GB: <b>Centre</b> of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with Shift also uses this centre

en: <b>Squeeze or stretch</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation center
en_GB: <b>Squeeze or stretch</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation centre

en: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation center
en_GB: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation centre

en: Reset center
en_GB: Reset centre

en: Move <b>center</b> to %s, %s
en_GB: Move <b>centre</b> to %s, %s

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>counterclockwise</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>anticlockwise</b>.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with color.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with colour.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomize colors</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomise colours</b>.

en: Color paint tweak
en_GB: Colour paint tweak

en: Color jitter tweak
en_GB: Colour jitter tweak

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "H:" stands for horizontal gap
en: gap|H:
en_GB: H:

en: Randomize positions
en_GB: Randomise position

en: Center on vertical axis
en_GB: Centre on vertical axis

en: Center on horizontal axis
en_GB: Centre on horizontal axis

en: Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally

en: Distribute centers equidistantly vertically
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly vertically

en: Randomize centers in both dimensions
en_GB: Randomise centres in both dimensions

en: Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances
en_GB: Unclump objects: try to equalise edge-to-edge distances

en: Color: <b>%s</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke
en_GB: Colour: <b>%s</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke

en: Change color definition
en_GB: Change colour definition

en: Remove stroke color
en_GB: Remove stroke colour

en: Remove fill color
en_GB: Remove fill colour

en: Set stroke color to none
en_GB: Set stroke colour to none

en: Set fill color to none
en_GB: Set fill colour to none

en: Set stroke color from swatch
en_GB: Set stroke colour from swatch

en: Set fill color from swatch
en_GB: Set fill colour from swatch

en: <b>License</b>
en_GB: <b>Licence</b>

en: Color and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)
en_GB: Colour and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)

en: Border _color:
en_GB: Border _colour:

en: Page border color
en_GB: Page border colour

en: Color of the page border
en_GB: Colour of the page border

en: Guide co_lor:
en_GB: Guide co_lour:

en: Guideline color
en_GB: Guideline colour

en: Color of guidelines
en_GB: Colour of guidelines

en: _Highlight color:
en_GB: _Highlight colour:

en: Highlighted guideline color
en_GB: Highlighted guideline colour

en: Color of a guideline when it is under mouse
en_GB: Colour of a guideline when it is under mouse

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "New" refers to grid
en: Grid|_New
en_GB: _New

en: Color profiles directory (%s) is unavailable.
en_GB: Colour profiles directory (%s) is unavailable.

note: TODO check if this next line was sometimes needed. It being there caused an assertion. Inkscape::GC::release(defsRepr); inform the document, so we can undo Color Management
en: Link Color Profile
en_GB: Link Colour Profile

en: Remove linked color profile
en_GB: Remove linked colour profile

en: <b>Linked Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Linked Colour Profiles:</b>

en: <b>Available Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Available Colour Profiles:</b>

note: TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor
en: This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.
en_GB: This matrix determines a linear transform on colour space. Each line affects one of the colour components. Each column determines how much of each colour component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colours, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.

en: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.
en_GB: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used colour operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.

en: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.
en_GB: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colours at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.

en: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall color intensity of the result.
en_GB: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination colour value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall colour intensity of the result.

en: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.
en_GB: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with colour values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.

note: default: white
en: Diffuse Color:
en_GB: Diffuse Colour:

en: Defines the color of the light source
en_GB: Defines the colour of the light source

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the X direction

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the Y direction

note: default: black
en: Flood Color:
en_GB: Flood Colour:

en: The whole filter region will be filled with this color.
en_GB: The whole filter region will be filled with this colour.

note: default: white
en: Specular Color:
en_GB: Specular Colour:

en: The <b>feColorMatrix</b> filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to color of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to grayscale, modifying color saturation and changing color hue.
en_GB: The <b>feColorMatrix</b> filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to colour of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to greyscale, modifying colour saturation and changing colour hue.

en: The <b>feComponentTransfer</b> filter primitive manipulates the input's color components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast adjustment, color balance, and thresholding.
en_GB: The <b>feComponentTransfer</b> filter primitive manipulates the input's colour components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast adjustment, colour balance, and thresholding.

en: The <b>feFlood</b> filter primitive fills the region with a given color and opacity.  It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply color to a graphic.
en_GB: The <b>feFlood</b> filter primitive fills the region with a given colour and opacity.  It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply colour to a graphic.

en: The <b>feMorphology</b> filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.
en_GB: The <b>feMorphology</b> filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. For single-colour objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.

en: Path outline color
en_GB: Path outline colour

en: Selects the color used for showing the path outline
en_GB: Selects the colour used for showing the path outline

en: Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment
en_GB: Visualise the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment

en: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behavior
en_GB: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behaviour

en: Dialogs are hidden in taskbar
en_GB: Dialogues are hidden in taskbar

en: Show close button on dialogs
en_GB: Show close button on dialogues

en: Dialog behavior (requires restart):
en_GB: Dialogue behaviour (requires restart):

en: Dialogs on top:
en_GB: Dialogues on top:

en: Dialogs are treated as regular windows
en_GB: Dialogues are treated as regular windows

en: Dialogs stay on top of document windows
en_GB: Dialogues stay on top of document windows

en: Dialog Transparency:
en_GB: Dialogue Transparency:

en: Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar
en_GB: Whether dialogue windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar

en: Whether dialog windows have a close button (requires restart)
en_GB: Whether dialogue windows have a close button (requires restart)

en: Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export always uses best quality)
en_GB: Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export always uses best quality

en: Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the filter effects dialog
en_GB: Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the filter effects dialogue

en: Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialog
en_GB: Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialogue

en: (Note: Color management has been disabled in this build)
en_GB: (Note: Colour management has been disabled in this build)

en: Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device
en_GB: Highlights colours that are out of gamut for the target device

en: Out of gamut warning color:
en_GB: Out of gamut warning colour:

en: Selects the color used for out of gamut warning
en_GB: Selects the colour used for out of gamut warning

en: Don't emphasize gridlines when zoomed out
en_GB: Don't emphasise gridlines when zoomed out

en: If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal color instead of major grid line color
en_GB: If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal colour instead of major grid line colour

en: Grid line color:
en_GB: Grid line colour:

en: Color used for normal grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for normal grid lines

en: Major grid line color:
en_GB: Major grid line colour:

en: Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for major (highlighted) grid lines

en: Use named colors
en_GB: Use named colours

en: If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value
en_GB: If set, write the CSS name of the colour when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value

en: Work-around color sliders not drawing
en_GB: Work-around colour sliders not drawing

en: When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing color sliders
en_GB: When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing colour sliders

en: When this option is on, the "Save as..." dialog will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialog
en_GB: When this option is on, the "Save as..." dialogue will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialogue

en: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimizing loss in case of a crash
en_GB: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimising loss in case of a crash

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: filesystem|Path:
en_GB: Path:

en: Rename layer
en_GB: Renamed layer

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: layers|Top
en_GB: Top

en: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog.
en_GB: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialogue.

note: ## The OK button
en: tileClonesDialog|Arrange
en_GB: Arrange

note: quantization TRANSLATORS: Color Quantization: the process of reducing the number of colors in an image by selecting an optimized set of representative colors and then re-applying this reduced set to the original image.
en: Color quantization
en_GB: Colour quantisation

en: Trace along the boundaries of reduced colors
en_GB: Trace along the boundaries of reduced colours

en: The number of reduced colors
en_GB: The number of reduced colours

en: Trace the given number of reduced colors
en_GB: Trace the given number of reduced colours

en: Grays
en_GB: Greys

en: Same as Colors, but the result is converted to grayscale
en_GB: Same as Colours, but the result is converted to greyscale

en: Multiple scans: creates a group of paths
en_GB: Multiple scana: creates a group of paths

en: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed
en_GB: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be supressed

en: Optimize paths
en_GB: Optimise paths

en: Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments
en_GB: Try to optimise paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments

en: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimization
en_GB: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimisation

en: Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)
en_GB: Rotation angle (positive = anti-clockwise)

en: Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement
en_GB: Horizontal skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement

en: Vertical skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement
en_GB: Vertical skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° increments
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation centre with snapping to %f° increments

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation center</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms
en_GB: <b>Rotation centre</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms

en: MetadataLicence|Other
en_GB: Other

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: swatches|Size
en_GB: Size

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "medium" indicates size of colour swatches
en: swatchesHeight|medium
en_GB: medium

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: swatches|Width
en_GB: Width

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "medium" indicates width of colour swatches
en: swatchesWidth|medium
en_GB: medium

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Wrap" indicates how colour swatches are displayed
en: swatches|Wrap
en_GB: Wrap

en: Flat color fill
en_GB: Flat colour fill

en: Flat color stroke
en_GB: Flat colour stroke

en: Last set color
en_GB: Last set colour

en: Last selected color
en_GB: Last selected colour

en: Copy color
en_GB: Copy colour

en: Paste color
en_GB: Paste colour

en: Apply last set color to fill
en_GB: Apply last set colour to fill

en: Apply last set color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last set colour to stroke

en: Apply last selected color to fill
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to fill

en: Apply last selected color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to stroke

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS "Link" means to _link_ two sliders together
en: sliders|Link
en_GB: Link

note: This is shared between tooltips and statusbar, so they must use UTF-8, not HTML entities for special characters.
en: Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate selection 90° anticlockwise

en: Pick colors from image
en_GB: Pick colours from image

en: _Print Colors Preview
en_GB: _Print Colours Preview

en: Switch to print colors preview mode
en_GB: Switch to print colours preview mode

en: Color-managed view
en_GB: Colour-managed view

en: Toggle color-managed display for this document window
en_GB: Toggle colour-managed display for this document window

en: Edit objects' colors, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns...
en_GB: Edit objects' colours, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns...

en: Select colors from a swatches palette
en_GB: Select colours from a swatches palette

en: Show or hide all open dialogs
en_GB: Show or hide all open dialogues

en: Print Colors...
en_GB: Print Colours...

en: Select which color separations to render in Print Colors Preview rendermode
en_GB: Select which colour separations to render in Print Colours Preview rendermode

en: Inkscape version, authors, license
en_GB: Inkscape version, authors, licence

en: Link an ICC color profile
en_GB: Link an ICC colour profile

en: Remove Color Profile
en_GB: Remove Colour Profile

en: Remove a linked ICC color profile
en_GB: Remove a linked ICC colour profile

en: %s: %d (print colors preview) - Inkscape
en_GB: %s: %d (print colours preview) - Inkscape

en: %s (print colors preview) - Inkscape
en_GB: %s (print colours preview) - Inkscape

en: Color-managed display is <b>enabled</b> in this window
en_GB: Colour-managed display is <b>enabled</b> in this window

en: Color-managed display is <b>disabled</b> in this window
en_GB: Colour-managed display is <b>disabled</b> in this window

en: Set fill color
en_GB: Set fill colour

en: Set stroke color
en_GB: Set stroke colour

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS Style frame
en: fontselector|Style
en_GB: Style

note: TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute
en: Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")
en_GB: Whether to fill with flat colour beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")

note: TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient
en: Stop Color
en_GB: Stop Colour

en: Change gradient stop color
en_GB: Change gradient stop colour

en: Flat color
en_GB: Flat colour

note: four spinbuttons TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: select toolbar|X position
en_GB: X position

en: select toolbar|X
en_GB: X

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: select toolbar|Y position
en_GB: Y position

en: select toolbar|Y
en_GB: Y

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: select toolbar|Width
en_GB: Width

en: select toolbar|W
en_GB: W

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS
en: select toolbar|Height
en_GB: Height

en: select toolbar|H
en_GB: H

en: Color Managed
en_GB: Colour Managed

en: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color
en_GB: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the colour

note: TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS Stroke width
en: StrokeWidth|Width:
en_GB: Width:

note: TRANSLATORS: Miter join: joining lines with a sharp (pointed) corner. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog).
en: Miter join
en_GB: Mitre join

note: Miterlimit TRANSLATORS: Miter limit: only for "miter join", this limits the length of the sharp "spike" when the lines connect at too sharp an angle. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle, a miter join results in a spike that extends well beyond the connection point. The purpose of the miter 
en: Miter limit:
en_GB: Mitre limit:

en: Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)
en_GB: Maximum length of the mitre (in units of stroke width)

en: Change swatch color
en_GB: Change swatch colour

en: Color/opacity used for color tweaking
en_GB: Colour/opacity used for colour tweaking

en: BBox Centers
en_GB: BBox Centres

en: Snapping from and to centers of bounding boxes
en_GB: Snapping from and to centres of bounding boxes

en: Object Centers
en_GB: Object Centres

en: Snap from and to centers of objects
en_GB: Snap from and to centres of objects

en: Rotation Centers
en_GB: Rotation Centres

en: Snap from and to an item's rotation center
en_GB: Snap from and to an item's rotation centre

en: Star: Change randomization
en_GB: Star: Change randomisation

en: NOT randomized
en_GB: NOT randomised

en: visibly randomized
en_GB: visibly randomised

en: strongly randomized
en_GB: strongly randomised

en: Randomized
en_GB: Randomised

en: Randomized:
en_GB: Randomised:

en: center is denser
en_GB: centre is denser

en: center is much denser
en_GB: centre is much denser

en: starts from center
en_GB: starts from centre

en: Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate objects, with Shift anticlockwise

en: Color paint mode
en_GB: Colour paint mode

en: Paint the tool's color upon selected objects
en_GB: Paint the tool's colour upon selected objects

en: Color jitter mode
en_GB: Colour jitter mode

en: Jitter the colors of selected objects
en_GB: Jitter the colours of selected objects

en: In color mode, act on objects' hue
en_GB: In colour mode, act on objects' hue

en: In color mode, act on objects' saturation
en_GB: In colour mode, act on objects' saturation

en: In color mode, act on objects' lightness
en_GB: In colour mode, act on objects' lightness

en: In color mode, act on objects' opacity
en_GB: In colour mode, act on objects' opacity

en: Toolbox|Scatter
en_GB: Scatter

en: Toolbox|Scatter:
en_GB: Scatter:

en: Toolbox|Scale
en_GB: Scale

en: Toolbox|Scale:
en_GB: Scale:

en: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)
en_GB: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude mode (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)

en: Arc: Change open/closed
en_GB: Arc: Changed open/closed

en: Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha
en_GB: Pick both the colour and the alpha (transparency) under cursos; otherwise, pick only the visible colour premultiplied by alpha

en: Open LPE dialog
en_GB: Open LPE dialogue

en: Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)
en_GB: Open LPE dialogue (to adapt parameters numerically)

en: Use Atom Color
en_GB: Use Atom Colour

en: Click an atom to center on it
en_GB: Click an atom to centre on it

en: Initializing 3D display...
en_GB: Initialising 3D display...

en: Initializing Script Window...
en_GB: Initialising Script Window...

en: Initializing Preferences...
en_GB: Initialising Preferences...

en: Initializing Recent Files...
en_GB: Initialising Recent Files...

en: Enter a four-digit PDB model ID or "=" and a three-digit ligand ID
en_GB: Enter a four-digit PDB model ID or '=' and a three-digit ligand ID

en: Enter the name or identifier (SMILES, InChI, CAS) of a compound. Preface with ":" to load from PubChem; otherwise Jmol will use the NCI/NIH Resolver.
en_GB: Enter the name or identifier (SMILES, InChI, CAS) of a compound. Preface with ':' to load from PubChem; otherwise Jmol will use the NCI/NIH Resolver.

en: Percentage scaling not implemented yet!
en_GB: Percentage scaling is not implemented yet!

en: View Center
en_GB: View Centre

en: Errors occurred during web page creation.  See Log Tab!
en_GB: Errors occurred during web page creation. See Log Tab!

en: Could not find or open:
    {0}
    Please check that you are using a Jmol.jar that is part of a full Jmol distribution.
en_GB: Could not find or open:
    {0}
    Please check that you are using a Jmol.jar that's part of a full Jmol distribution.

en: background color:
en_GB: background colour:

en: Math &Functions
en_GB: Maths &Functions

en: Top[as in "go to the top" - (translators: remove this bracketed part]
en_GB: Top

en: {0} atoms will be minimized.
en_GB: {0} atoms will be minimised.

en: fix hydrogens and minimize
en_GB: fix hydrogens and minimise

en: drag atom (and minimize)
en_GB: drag atom (and minimise)

en: drag and minimize molecule (docking)
en_GB: drag and minimise molecule (docking)

en: Space Group
en_GB: Space group

en: Top[as in "view from the top, from above" - (translators: remove this bracketed part]
en_GB: Top

en: Optimize structure
en_GB: Optimise structure

en: RasMol Colors
en_GB: RasMol Colours

en: unrecognized expression token: {0}
en_GB: unrecognised expression token: {0}

en: unrecognized {0} parameter
en_GB: unrecognised {0} parameter

en: unrecognized token: {0}
en_GB: unrecognised token: {0}

en: script compiler ERROR:
en_GB: Script compiler ERROR:

en: bad [R,G,B] color
en_GB: bad [R,G,B] colour

en: color expected
en_GB: colour expected

en: a color or palette name (Jmol, Rasmol) is required
en_GB: a colour or palette name (Jmol, Rasmol) is required

en: unrecognized atom property
en_GB: unrecognised atom property

en: unrecognized bond property
en_GB: unrecognised bond property

en: unrecognized command
en_GB: unrecognised command

en: runtime unrecognized expression
en_GB: runtime unrecognised expression

en: unrecognized object
en_GB: unrecognised object

en: unrecognized {0} parameter in Jmol state script (set anyway)
en_GB: unrecognised {0} parameter in Jmol state script (set anyway)

en: unrecognized SHOW parameter --  use {0}
en_GB: unrecognised SHOW parameter --  use {0}

en: click on two points to spin around axis counterclockwise (requires {0})
en_GB: click on two points to spin around axis anti-clockwise (requires {0})

en: unselect this group of atoms (requires {0})
en_GB: deselect this group of atoms (requires {0})

en: if all are selected, unselect all, otherwise add this group of atoms to the set of selected atoms (requires {0})
en_GB: if all are selected, deselect all, otherwise add this group of atoms to the set of selected atoms (requires {0})

en: drag atoms in Z direction (requires {0})
en_GB: Drag atoms in Z direction (requires {0})

en: move atom and minimize molecule (requires {0})
en_GB: move atom and minimise molecule (requires {0})

en: move and minimize molecule (requires {0})
en_GB: move and minimise molecule (requires {0})

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <p>This dialog can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.
en_GB: <p>This dialogue can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSwapByteOrder)
en: <p> If this option is checked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be checked.
en_GB: <p> If this option is ticked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkWriteWaveHeader)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkISO)
en: <p>If this option is checked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkError)
en: <p>If this option is checked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateUpper)
en: &Upper bitrate:
en_GB: &Upper bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateLower)
en: Lower &bitrate:
en_GB: Lower &bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateNominal)
en: &Nominal bitrate:
en_GB: &Nominal bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for mu-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed u-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and u-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavor of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>
en_GB: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for µ-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed, µ-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and µ-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavor of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: u-law (logarithmic)
en_GB: µ-law (logarithmic)

en: &Format/Erase rewritable disk...
en_GB: &Format/Erase rewritable disc...

en: Open the rewritable disk formatting/erasing dialog
en_GB: Open the rewritable disc formatting/erasing dialogue

en: Open the media copy dialog
en_GB: Open the media copy dialogue

en: Waiting for Disk
en_GB: Waiting for Disc

en: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialog.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>
en_GB: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialogue.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>

en: Action Dialog Settings
en_GB: Action Dialogue Settings

en: <p>K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogs: the defaults, the saved settings, and the last used settings. Please choose which of these sets should be loaded if an action dialog is opened again.<p><em>Be aware that this choice can always be changed from the K3b configuration dialog.</em>
en_GB: <p>K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogues: the defaults, the saved settings, and the last used settings. Please choose which of these sets should be loaded if an action dialogue is opened again.<p><em>Be aware that this choice can always be changed from the K3b configuration dialogue.</em>

en: Make sure HAL daemon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.
en_GB: Make sure HAL dæmon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.

en: <em>Disk At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.
en_GB: <em>Disc At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.

en: Restricted Overwrite allows to use a DVD-RW just like a DVD-RAM or a DVD+RW. The media may just be overwritten. It is not possible to write multisession DVD-RWs in this mode but K3b uses growisofs to grow an ISO9660 filesystem within the first session, thus allowing new files to be added to an already burned disk.
en_GB: Restricted Overwrite allows to use a DVD-RW just like a DVD-RAM or a DVD+RW. The media may just be overwritten. It is not possible to write multisession DVD-RWs in this mode but K3b uses growisofs to grow an ISO9660 filesystem within the first session, thus allowing new files to be added to an already burnt disc.

en: Open the project burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the project burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the copy dialog, optionally specify the source device
en_GB: Open the copy dialogue, optionally specify the source device

en: Calculation canceled
en_GB: Calculation cancelled

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_editTempDir)
en: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialog.
en_GB: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSystemConfig)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkShowProgressOSD)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will display the progress in an OSD which always stays on top of all other windows.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will display the progress in an OSD which always stays on top of all other windows.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkHideMainWindowWhileWriting)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialog.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: Do not close action dialogs after finishing the process
en_GB: Do not close action dialogues after finishing the process

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close action dialogs such as the CD Copy dialog after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.
en_GB: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close action dialogues such as the CD Copy dialogue after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: &Keep action dialogs open
en_GB: &Keep action dialogues open

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Default action dialog settings:
en_GB: &Default action dialogue settings:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (K3b::IntMapComboBox, m_comboActionDialogSettings)
en: Settings to load when opening an action dialog
en_GB: Settings to load when opening an action dialogue

en: <p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow to influence the behavior of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked additional GUI elements which allow to influence the behaviour of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>

en: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is checked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.
en_GB: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is ticked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.

en: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is checked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.
en_GB: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is ticked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.

en: Load the K3b Defaults at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the K3b Defaults at dialogue startup.

en: Load the settings saved by the user at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the settings saved by the user at dialogue startup.

en: Load the last used settings at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the last used settings at dialogue startup.

en: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogs (action dialogs include the CD Copy dialog or the Audio CD project dialog):
en_GB: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogues (action dialogues include the CD Copy dialogue or the Audio CD project dialogue):

en: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialog is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.
en_GB: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialogue is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkRockRidge)
en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will generate the System Use Sharing Protocol records (SUSP) specified by the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (IEEE-P1282).
    <p>Rock Ridge extends the ISO-9660 filesystem by features equal to the UNIX filesystems (permissions, symbolic links, very long filenames, ...). It uses ISO-8859 or UTF-16 based characters and allows 255 octets.
    <p>Rock Ridge extensions are located at the end of each ISO-9660 directory record. This makes the Rock Ridge tree closely coupled to the ISO-9660 tree.
    <p><b>It is highly recommended to use Rock Ridge extensions on every data CD or DVD.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will generate the System Use Sharing Protocol records (SUSP) specified by the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (IEEE-P1282).
    <p>Rock Ridge extends the ISO-9660 filesystem by features equal to the UNIX filesystems (permissions, symbolic links, very long filenames, ...). It uses ISO-8859 or UTF-16 based characters and allows 255 octets.
    <p>Rock Ridge extensions are located at the end of each ISO-9660 directory record. This makes the Rock Ridge tree closely coupled to the ISO-9660 tree.
    <p><b>It is highly recommended to use Rock Ridge extensions on every data CD or DVD.</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkUdf)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create UDF filesystem structures in addition to the ISO9660 filesystem.
    <p>The UDF (<em><b>U</b>niversal <b>D</b>isk <b>F</b>ormat</em>) is mainly used for DVDs.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create UDF filesystem structures in addition to the ISO9660 filesystem.
    <p>The UDF (<em><b>U</b>niversal <b>D</b>isk <b>F</b>ormat</em>) is mainly used for DVDs.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPreservePermissions)
en: <p>If this option is checked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel7)
en: &Disk id:
en_GB: &Disc id:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Boot catalog:
en_GB: Boot catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboSpaceHandling)
en: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalize all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'
en_GB: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalise all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkRandomPlay)
en: <p>If this option is checked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkNoDma)
en: <p>If this option is checked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: Startup Behavior
en_GB: Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox1)
en: Behavior After Playing
en_GB: Behaviour After Playing

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: Eject the disk after playing has finished
en_GB: Eject the disc after playing has finished

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: <p>If this option is checked the disk will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the disc will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: E&ject disk
en_GB: E&ject disc

en: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalize audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.
en_GB: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalise audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.

en: <p>K3b is not able to normalize audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.
en_GB: <p>K3b is not able to normalise audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.

en: Disable normalization
en_GB: Disable normalisation

en: The file system is optimized for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.

en: The file system is optimized for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.

en: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disk.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>
en_GB: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disc to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disc.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk).<p>This option is useful in order to optimize the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.
en_GB: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disc).<p>This option is useful in order to optimise the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.

en: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files, and broken symlinks)?
en_GB: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files and broken symlinks)?

en: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognize the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.
en_GB: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognise the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.

en: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialog.
en_GB: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialogue.

en: Discards all changes made in the dialog and closes it.
en_GB: Discards all changes made in the dialogue and closes it.

en: This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: <p>Configuration parameters only available for VideoCD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the color and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.
en_GB: <p>Configuration parameters only available for VideoCD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the colour and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.

en: <p>This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: <p>This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: Customize gaps and margins
en_GB: Customise gaps and margins

en: Open the burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the properties dialog
en_GB: Open the properties dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCreatePlaylist)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPlaylistRelative)
en: <p>If this option is checked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSingleFile)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkWriteCueFile)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create a CDRWIN cue file which allows to easily write a copy of the audio CD on other systems.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create a CDRWIN cue file which allows to easily write a copy of the audio CD on other systems.

en: Uncheck All
en_GB: Untick All

en: Check Track
en_GB: Tick Track

en: Uncheck Track
en_GB: Untick Track

en: Error while initializing audio ripping.
en_GB: Error while initialising audio ripping.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behavior of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behaviour of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>

en: Job canceled by user.
en_GB: Job cancelled by user.

en: To rip VideoCD's you must install VcdImager Version %1.
en_GB: To rip VideoCDs you must install VcdImager Version %1.

en: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disk image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>
en_GB: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disc image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTwoPassEncoding)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not checked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not ticked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkAutoClipping)
en: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.
en_GB: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.

en: Open the Video DVD ripping dialog
en_GB: Open the Video DVD ripping dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that K3b has two types of settings. On the one hand K3b has settings like most
    KDE applications have accessible through the configuration dialog via the settings menu;
    on the other hand every K3b action dialog has three buttons to load and save defaults
    for that action.  This way one may, for example, set the defaults for CD Copy: these defaults
    will then be loaded every time the CD Copy dialog is opened. The button <em>K3b defaults</em>
    will restore the <em>factory settings</em> in case you do not know if the settings you chose
    are appropriate.</p>
en_GB: <p>...that K3b has two types of settings. On the one hand K3b has settings like most
    KDE applications have accessible through the configuration dialogue via the settings menu;
    on the other hand every K3b action dialogue has three buttons to load and save defaults
    for that action.  This way one may, for example, set the defaults for CD Copy: these defaults
    will then be loaded every time the CD Copy dialogue is opened. The button <em>K3b defaults</em>
    will restore the <em>factory settings</em> in case you do not know if the settings you chose
    are appropriate.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkUseBurningGroup)
en: <p>If this option is checked, only the users in the specified group will be able to burn CDs and DVDs, since only they will have access to the devices and the CD recording programs used by K3b.</p>
    <p>Otherwise all users on the system have access to the devices and to all K3b functionality.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, only the users in the specified group will be able to burn CDs and DVDs, since only they will have access to the devices and the CD recording programs used by K3b.</p>
    <p>Otherwise all users on the system have access to the devices and to all K3b functionality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Check the devices whose permissions you want to be changed
en_GB: Tick the devices whose permissions you want to be changed

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Check the programs whose permissions you want to be changed
en_GB: Tick the programs whose permissions you want to be changed

en: The source disk is empty.
en_GB: The source disc is empty.

en: Successfully read source disk.
en_GB: Successfully read source disc.

en: K3b was unable to eject the source disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the source disc. Please do so manually.

en: K3b was unable to eject the written disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the written disc. Please do so manually.

en: Successfully read disk.
en_GB: Successfully read disc.

en: Failed to read disk completely in clone mode.
en_GB: Failed to read disc completely in clone mode.

en: Error while reading disk.
en_GB: Error while reading disc.

en: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray disks.
en_GB: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray discs.

en: Cannot read source disk.
en_GB: Cannot read source disc.

en: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialized (%1)
en_GB: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialised (%1)

en: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantization, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantization matrices.
en_GB: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantisation, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantisation matrices.

en: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardized as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.
en_GB: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardised as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.

en: Writing canceled.
en_GB: Writing cancelled.

en: Normalizing volume levels
en_GB: Normalising volume levels

en: Track %1 is already normalized.
en_GB: Track %1 is already normalised.

en: Successfully normalized all tracks.
en_GB: Successfully normalised all tracks.

en: Error while normalizing tracks.
en_GB: Error while normalising tracks.

en: El Torito boot catalog file
en_GB: El Torito boot catalogue file

en: Boot catalog
en_GB: Boot catalogue

en: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burned.
en_GB: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burnt.

en: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disk.
en_GB: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disc.

en: Could not retrieve multisession information from disk.
en_GB: Could not retrieve multisession information from disc.

en: Data does not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data does not fit on disc.

en: DAO (Disk At Once) recording not supported with this writer
en_GB: DAO (Disc At Once) recording not supported with this writer

en: Trying to write more than the official disk capacity
en_GB: Trying to write more than the official disc capacity

en: Unable to fixate the disk.
en_GB: Unable to fixate the disc.

en: Data did not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data did not fit on disc.

en: Closing Disk
en_GB: Closing Disc

en: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: Analyzing medium...
en_GB: Analysing medium...

en: Disk successfully erased. Please reload the disk.
en_GB: Disc successfully erased. Please reload the disc.

en: K3b was unable to erase the disk.
en_GB: K3b was unable to erase the disc.

en: Disk at once
en_GB: Disc at once

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will write the CD in 'disk at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will write the CD in 'disc at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.

en: Write in disk at once mode
en_GB: Write in disc at once mode

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Uncheck this if you want to keep the images.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Untick this if you want to keep the images.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-TEXT is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-TEXT will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-TEXT-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-TEXT data.)
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-TEXT is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-TEXT will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-TEXT-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-TEXT data).

en: Do not close the disk to allow additional sessions to be added later
en_GB: Do not close the disc to allow additional sessions to be added later

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>

en: Normalize volume levels
en_GB: Normalise volume levels

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalizing when writing on the fly.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalising when writing on the fly.</b>

en: <p>If this option is checked, then after successfully writing the disk K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disk has been written correctly.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, then after successfully writing the disc K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disc has been written correctly.

note: i18n: file: encoderedit.ui:135 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_checkOutput)
en: Check if output files should be checked for existence if possible (if you use %o).
en_GB: Tick if output files should be checked for existence if possible (if you use %o).

note: i18n: file: encoderedit.ui:138 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_checkOutput)
en: Check if output files should be checked for existence, if the files are placed by the encoder itself, not kaudiocreator leave this unchecked.
en_GB: Tick if output files should be checked for existence, if the files are placed by the encoder itself, not kaudiocreator leave this unticked.

note: i18n: file: general.ui:133 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_fat32compatible)
en: Check if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced.
en_GB: Tick if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced.

note: i18n: file: general.ui:136 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_fat32compatible)
en: Check if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced. Of course this only works if the output is created by this program (%f), not the encoder itself.
en_GB: Tick if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced. Of course this only works if the output is created by this program (%f), not the encoder itself.

en: KColorEdit
en_GB: KColourEdit

en: KColorEdit, a tool for editing color palettes.
en_GB: KColorEdit, a tool for editing colour palettes.

en: Former maintainer - Created KColorEdit
en_GB: Former maintainer - Created KColourEdit

en: File to open (Text file with colors and comments items)
en_GB: File to open (Text file with colours and comments items)

en: This action will delete all items (colors and comments) of the current palette.
en_GB: This action will delete all items (colours and comments) of the current palette.

en: This action will replace the name of all color items with names in this format #RRGGBB.
en_GB: This action will replace the name of all colour items with names in this format #RRGGBB.

en: Generate Color Names
en_GB: Generate Colour Names

en: Color builder
en_GB: Colour builder

[ctx: Complete is a verb here, this is an action that fills missing color names in a palette]
en: Complete Color Names
en_GB: Complete Colour Names

en: If checked, views will be synchronized
en_GB: If ticked, views will be synchronised

en: Insert Color
en_GB: Insert Colour

en: Copy color values to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour values to clipboard

en: Copy color hexadecimal value to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour hexadecimal value to clipboard

en: Generate a random color
en_GB: Generate a random colour

en: Append color
en_GB: Append colour

en: Copy color to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour to clipboard

en: Color selectors
en_GB: Colour selectors

[ctx: description of waiting for authentication network interface state]
en: Waiting for authorization
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation

en: forward-declare
en_GB: forwards-declare

en: Note: All overloaded functions, overloads, forward-declarations, etc. will be renamed too
en_GB: Note: All overloaded functions, overloads, forward-declarations etc. will be renamed too

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, variableOption)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Move any current variables that are initialized in the constructor initializer list to the private implementation structure's constructor initializer list.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:12pt; font-weight:600;">Note:</span> All references, and variables with types that do not offer default constructors are moved regardless of the state of this option.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Move any current variables that are initialised in the constructor initialiser list to the private implementation structure's constructor initialiser list.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:12pt; font-weight:600;">Note:</span> All references, and variables with types that do not offer default constructors are moved regardless of the state of this option.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, variableOption)
en: Move Variable initialization to private structure
en_GB: Move Variable initialisation to private structure

en: Could not resolve base class, adding it indirectly: %1
en_GB: Could not resolve base class, adding it indirectly: %1.

en: <b>Artistic Style</b> is a source code indenter, formatter, and beautifier for the C, C++, C# and Java programming languages.<br />Home Page: <a href="http://astyle.sourceforge.net/">http://astyle.sourceforge.net</a>
en_GB: <b>Artistic Style</b> is a source code indenter, formatter and beautifier for the C, C++, C# and Java programming languages.<br />Home Page: <a href="http://astyle.sourceforge.net/">http://astyle.sourceforge.net</a>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblParenthesis)
en: Pad parenthesis
en_GB: Pad bracket

en: Go forward in context history
en_GB: Go forwards in context history

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (displayMimeType), group (General Options)
en: If this option is set, the Document View will organize documents
            by their mimetype.
en_GB: If this option is set, the Document View will organise documents
            by their mimetype.

en: <p>Defines the command that should be executed when this script is run. Basic shell features of your platform should be available.</p>
    <p>There are a few placeholders you can use in the command:</p>
    <dl>
      <dt><code>%u</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the URL of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%f</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the local filepath to the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%n</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the name of the active document, including its extension.</dd>
      <dt><code>%b</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the name of the active document without its extension.</dd>
      <dt><code>%d</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the path to the directory of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%p</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the URL to the project of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%s</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced with the shell escaped contents of the selection in the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%i</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced with the PID of the currently running KDevelop process.</dd>
    </dl>
    <p><b>NOTE:</b>  It is your responsibility to prevent running hazardous commands that could lead to data loss.</p>
en_GB: <p>Defines the command that should be executed when this script is run. Basic shell features of your platform should be available.</p>
    <p>There are a few placeholders you can use in the command:</p>
    <dl>
      <dt><code>%u</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the URL of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%f</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the local filepath to the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%n</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the name of the active document, including its extension.</dd>
      <dt><code>%b</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the name of the active document without its extension.</dd>
      <dt><code>%d</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the path to the directory of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%p</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced by the URL to the project of the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%s</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced with the shell-escaped contents of the selection in the active document.</dd>
      <dt><code>%i</code></dt>
      <dd>Gets replaced with the PID of the currently running KDevelop process.</dd>
    </dl>
    <p><b>NOTE:</b>  It is your responsibility to prevent running hazardous commands that could lead to data loss.</p>

en: <b>Find/Replace in files</b><p>Opens the 'Find/Replace in files' dialog. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.</p>
en_GB: <b>Find/Replace in files</b><p>Opens the 'Find/Replace in files' dialogue. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, patternCombo)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If you do not check "Regular Expression" below, this is considered a raw string. That means, all meta characters are escaped.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Possible meta characters are:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">.</span> - Matches any character</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">^</span> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">$</span> - Matches the end of a line</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">\b</span> - Matches a word boundary</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">\s</span> - Matches any whitespace character</li></ul>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The following repetition operators exist:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">?</span> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">*</span> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">+</span> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched exactly <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">,}</span> - The preceding item is matched <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{,</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at most <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">,</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">m</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at least <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span>, but at most <span style=" font-style:italic;">m</span> times.</li></ul>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \<span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span>.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For further reference, look at <a href="http://www.pcre.org"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;">www.pcre.org</span></a> or <span style=" font-style:italic;">man pcresyntax.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If you do not tick "Regular Expression" below, this is considered a raw string. That means, all meta characters are escaped.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Possible meta characters are:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">.</span> - Matches any character</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">^</span> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">$</span> - Matches the end of a line</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">\b</span> - Matches a word boundary</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">\s</span> - Matches any whitespace character</li></ul>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The following repetition operators exist:</p>
    <ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">?</span> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">*</span> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">+</span> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched exactly <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">,}</span> - The preceding item is matched <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> or more times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{,</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at most <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span> times</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">{</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">n</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">,</span><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">m</span><span style=" font-weight:600;">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at least <span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span>, but at most <span style=" font-style:italic;">m</span> times.</li></ul>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \<span style=" font-style:italic;">n</span>.</p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For further reference, look at <a href="http://www.pcre.org"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;">www.pcre.org</span></a> or <span style=" font-style:italic;">man pcresyntax.</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPushButton, syncButton)
en: Synchronize with current document directory.
en_GB: Synchronise with current document directory.

en: Hit %1 time | Hit %1 times
en_GB[0]: Hit once
en_GB[1]: Hit %1 times

[ctx: #thread-id at function-name or address]
en: #%1 at %2
en_GB: No. %1 at %2

en: context-free forward-declaration %1
en_GB: context-free forwards-declaration %1

en: ( resolved forward-declaration:
en_GB: ( resolved forwards-declaration:

en: (unresolved forward-declaration)
en_GB: (unresolved forwards-declaration)

en: Project import canceled.
en_GB: Project import cancelled.

note: #-#-#-#-#  958 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# now create the "add new" button
en: Add new...
en_GB: Add new…

en: Lets you customize %1.
en_GB: Lets you customise %1.

en: Open Launch Configuration Dialog
en_GB: Open Launch Configuration Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, localColorizationLabel)
en: Local Colorization Intensity
en_GB: Local Colourisation Intensity

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, globalColorizationLabel)
en: Global Colorization Intensity
en_GB: Global Colourisation Intensity

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Dock Window Behavior
en_GB: Dock Window Behaviour

en: Displays a KDE Password Dialog and establishes an ssh connection using libssh. After connecting it executes 'svnserve -t' to provide tunneling.
en_GB: Displays a KDE Password Dialogue and establishes an ssh connection using libssh. After connecting it executes 'svnserve -t' to provide tunneling.

en: Use this client instead of standard ssh when using subversion to provide a KDE Password Dialog instead of a command-line ssh password prompt.
en_GB: Use this client instead of standard ssh when using subversion to provide a KDE Password Dialogue instead of a command-line ssh password prompt.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, repoLicenseLabel)
en: &License:
en_GB: &Licence:

en: Directory Equality-Coloring patch
en_GB: Directory Equality-Colouring patch

en: Opening and closing parentheses do not match in regular expression.
en_GB: Opening and closing brackets do not match in regular expression.

en: Colors Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

en: Diff background color:
en_GB: Diff background colour:

en: Color A:
en_GB: Colour A:

en: Color B:
en_GB: Colour B:

en: Color C:
en_GB: Colour C:

en: Conflict color:
en_GB: Conflict colour:

en: Current range background color:
en_GB: Current range background colour:

en: Current range diff background color:
en_GB: Current range diff background colour:

en: Color for manually aligned difference ranges:
en_GB: Colour for manually aligned difference ranges:

en: Newest file color:
en_GB: Newest file colour:

en: Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison.
en_GB: Changing this colour will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison.

en: Oldest file color:
en_GB: Oldest file colour:

en: Middle age file color:
en_GB: Middle age file colour:

en: Color for missing files:
en_GB: Colour for missing files:

en: Editor Behavior
en_GB: Editor Behaviour

en: Show info dialogs
en_GB: Show info dialogues

en: Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts.
en_GB: Show a dialogue with information about the number of conflicts.

en: A version control history entry consists of several lines.
    Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).
    Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting.
    If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.
    See the documentation for details.
en_GB: A version control history entry consists of several lines.
    Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).
    Use brackets to group the keys you want to use for sorting.
    If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.
    See the documentation for details.

en: Each pair of parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry
    groups a key that can be used for sorting.
    Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence
    starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. "4,5,6,1,2,3,7").
    If left empty, then no sorting will be done.
    See the documentation for details.
en_GB: Each pair of brackets used in the regular expression for the history start entry
    groups a key that can be used for sorting.
    Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence
    starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. "4,5,6,1,2,3,7").
    If left empty, then no sorting will be done.
    See the documentation for details.

en: Whether to analyze subdirectories or not.
en_GB: Whether to analyse subdirectories or not.

en: Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'
en_GB: Pattern(s) of files to be analysed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'

en: Synchronize directories
en_GB: Synchronise directories

en: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.
en_GB: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialogue will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.

en: Synchronize Directories
en_GB: Synchronise Directories

en: Hong kong dollar
en_GB: Hong Kong dollar

en: Norvegian krone
en_GB: Norwegian krone

note: i18n: file calculator.ui line 1117
en: Substract from memory
en_GB: Subtract from memory

note: i18n: file settingsdialog.ui line 236
en: Display color
en_GB: Display colour

en: Use co&lor
en_GB: Use co&lour

en: &Solid color:
en_GB: &Solid colour:

en: Color &1:
en_GB: Colour &1:

en: Color &2:
en_GB: Colour &2:

en: Print
    
    Opens a print dialog to let you print the current icon.
en_GB: Print
    
    Opens a print dialogue to let you print the current icon.

en: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialog if you also want to paste transparency.)
en_GB: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialogue if you also want to paste transparency.)

en: &GrayScale
en_GB: &GreyScale

en: Gray scale
    
    Gray scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colors not in the icon palette
en_GB: Grey scale
    
    Grey scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colours not in the icon palette

en: Color Picker
    
    The color of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw color
en_GB: Colour Picker
    
    The colour of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw colour

en: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current color
en_GB: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current colour

en: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same color with the current color
en_GB: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same colour with the current colour

en: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colors
en_GB: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colours

en: Colors: %1
en_GB: Colours: %1

en: Current color
    
    This is the currently selected color
en_GB: Current colour
    
    This is the currently selected colour

en: System colors:
en_GB: System colours:

en: System colors
    
    Here you can select colors from the KDE icon palette
en_GB: System colours
    
    Here you can select colours from the KDE icon palette

en: Custom colors:
en_GB: Custom colours:

en: Custom colors
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colors.
    Double-click on a box to edit the color
en_GB: Custom colours
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colours.
    Double-click on a box to edit the colour

en: Supported, use the 'Modern' configuration for (La)TeX and PDF(La)TeX to auto-enable inverse and forward search capabilities.
en_GB: Supported, use the 'Modern' configuration for (La)TeX and PDF(La)TeX to auto-enable inverse and forwards search capabilities.

en: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forward search capabilities.
en_GB: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forwards search capabilities.

en: You cannot use the png preview for mathgroups in the bottom bar.
en_GB: You cannot use the png preview for maths groups in the bottom bar.

en: Enter the directory which contains the files you want to search in.
en_GB: Enter the directory which contains the files in which you want to.

en: Check this box to search in all subdirectories.
en_GB: Tick this box to search in all subdirectories.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cb_center)
en: Center picture
en_GB: Centre picture

en: Needs &math mode:
en_GB: Needs &maths mode:

en: Does this environment need math mode?
en_GB: Does this environment need maths mode?

en: Math Environments
en_GB: Maths Environments

en: Some environments are only valid in math mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.
en_GB: Some environments are only valid in maths mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_lbBehavior)
en: Select the default &behavior (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.
en_GB: Select the default &behaviour (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_edOutfile)
en: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer checkbox must be checked.
en_GB: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer tickbox must be ticked.

en: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then check this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.
en_GB: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then tick this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.

en: Aligns formulas on the left side
en_GB: Aligns formulæ on the left side

en: One-line captions are centered, multi-line left-justified
en_GB: One-line captions are centred, multi-line left-justified

en: Slides will use many colors
en_GB: Slides will use many colours

en: Slides will use a restricted set of colors
en_GB: Slides will use a restricted set of colours

en: The color of the background depends on the current style
en_GB: The colour of the background depends on the current style

en: Place text of slides at the (vertical) center of the slides
en_GB: Place text of slides at the (vertical) centre of the slides

en: Headlines, footlines, and sidebars are replaced by gray rectangles
en_GB: Headlines, footlines and sidebars are replaced by grey rectangles

en: Override the math font to be a sans-serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a sans-serif font

en: Override the math font to be a serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a serif font

en: Deactivate internal font replacements for math text
en_GB: Deactivate internal font replacements for mathematical text

en: Special math environments and commands (AMS)
en_GB: Special maths environments and commands (AMS)

en: Collection of fonts and symbols for math mode (AMS)
en_GB: Collection of fonts and symbols for maths mode (AMS)

en: Defines symbol names for all math symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)
en_GB: Defines symbol names for all mathematical symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)

en: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Use Times font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Times font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Extending LaTeX's color facilities
en_GB: Extending LaTeX's colour facilities

en: Adds language specific support
en_GB: Adds language-specific support

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for dvips
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for dvips

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for pdftex
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for pdftex

en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

en: The tabular will be centered.
en_GB: The tabular will be centred.

en: The text will be centered.
en_GB: The text will be centred.

en: Choose a background color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a background colour (needs color package).

en: Choose a text color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a text colour (needs color package).

en: Select custom color...
en_GB: Select custom colour...

en: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive/teTeX or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information.
en_GB: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive/teTeX or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialogue is unable to provide any useful information.

en: TexDoc Dialog
en_GB: TexDoc Dialogue

en: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information.
en_GB: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialogue is unable to provide any useful information.

en: Open file dialog
en_GB: Open file dialogue

en: Start a file dialog to choose a local help file.
en_GB: Start a file dialogue to choose a local help file.

en: Saving failed and quitting canceled.
en_GB: Saving failed and quitting cancelled.

en: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialog (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.
en_GB: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialogue (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.

en: Miscellaneous Math
en_GB: Miscellaneous Maths

en: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in math mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>
en_GB: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in maths mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>

en: Math Group
en_GB: Maths Group

en: Mathgroup
en_GB: Maths group

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (igCenter), group (IncludeGraphics)
en: Center the graphics.
en_GB: Centre the graphics.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
en: Show preview of mathgroups in bottom bar.
en_GB: Show preview of math groups in bottom bar.

en: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulae flush left; default is centered.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.
en_GB: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulæ flush left; default is centred.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.

en: Center - \begin{center}
en_GB: Centre - \begin{center}

en: The description environment is used to make labeled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.
en_GB: The description environment is used to make labelled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.

en: \textit{italic text}
en_GB: \textit{italicised text}

en: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the center of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centered items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.
en_GB: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centred items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.

en: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centered, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.
en_GB: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centred, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.

en: Customizable File Inclusion - \include{file}
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion - \include{file}

en: Customizable File Inclusion
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion

en: Emphasized - \emph{}
en_GB: Emphasised - \emph{}

en: Emphasized
en_GB: Emphasised

en: \emph{emphasized text}
en_GB: \emph{emphasised text}

en: Math Mode - $...$
en_GB: Maths Mode - $...$

en: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centered 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right
en_GB: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centred 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right

en: Text in Mathmode - \text{}
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode - \text{}

en: Text in Mathmode
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_math)
en: &Math Commands
en_GB: &Maths Commands

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathfontstyles)
en: Math &Font Styles
en_GB: Maths &Font Styles

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathaccents)
en: Math &Accents
en_GB: Maths &Accents

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathspaces)
en: Math &Spaces
en_GB: Maths &Spaces

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathenv)
en: Standard Math &Environments
en_GB: Standard Maths &Environments

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_amsenv_center)
en: &Center Environments
en_GB: &Centre Environments

en: &QuickPreview Math
en_GB: &QuickPreview Maths

en: Find-in-Files Dialog
en_GB: Find-in-Files Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that Kile supports forward search? This enables you to switch back and forth between places in the source file and their corresponding locations in the DVI file. Stop spending so much time on finding the place in the source file: if you spotted a mistake while viewing the DVI, finding the correct location is just a mouse-click away!</p>
    <p><a href="help:/kile/quick_inverseforward.html">Read the manual to find out how to activate this feature.</a></p>
en_GB: <p>...that Kile supports forwards search? This enables you to switch back and forth between places in the source file and their corresponding locations in the DVI file. Stop spending so much time on finding the place in the source file: if you spotted a mistake while viewing the DVI, finding the correct location is just a mouse-click away!</p>
    <p><a href="help:/kile/quick_inverseforward.html">Read the manual to find out how to activate this feature.</a></p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_bgMathmode)
en: Math mode
en_GB: Maths mode

en: Press the right mouse button for more options (such as Mount or Eject.)
en_GB: Press the right mouse button for more options (such as Mount or Eject).

en: Klavaro - Main menu
en_GB: Klavaro -Main menu

en: Initial training for your fingers.
en_GB: Initial training

en: Becoming proficient practicing complete paragraphs exercises.
en_GB: Complete paragraph practice

en: Little tip about this program.
en_GB: Tips about Klavaro

en: Press here to restart the exercise. Hotkey: [Ctrl R]
en_GB: Press  to restart the exercise.  [Ctrl R]

en: Show the virtual keyboard and the relation between fingers and keys.
en_GB: Show the  relation between fingers and keys.

en: Select the font to be used in the exercise window.
en_GB: Select the font to be used

en: Show local and external scores from other users.
en_GB: Show  scores from other users.

en: Close this window.
en_GB: Close

en: Toggles the shift effect on the keys. Alternates between the upper and lower characters of the keys.
en_GB: Alternates between upper and lower

en: Save the current keyboard layout with the name specified above.
en_GB: Save the layout

en: Do you confirm?
en_GB: Confirm?

en: Read a text file and add a copy of it here. The file must be encoded in UTF-8.
en_GB: Read a text file and copy here. Must be utf-8

en: Klavaro - Progress
en_GB: Progress

en: This is a tip. Now you press this button to return to the main menu.
en_GB: Tip! Press to return to main menu

en: Basic course
en_GB: Basics

en: This will OVERWRITE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will OVERWRITE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This will REMOVE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will REMOVE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This is referred to as the home position for the hands. From it the fingers move all over the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and quickly as possible. To reach this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and finger. This relation will be learned gradually as you complete the basic course.
en_GB: This is called the home position for the hands. From here the fingers easily move over all the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and fast as possible. To attain this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and some finger. This relation will be learned gradually in the basic course.

en: When learning the relation between fingers and keys, it is very important that you only move the finger which must press the key and allow all other fingers to remain in the home position.
en_GB: When learning the relationship between fingers and keys, you have to work at this, every time you move to press a key, only the one finger should move toward it, keeping the other fingers over their original position as much as possible.

en: After memorizing this relationship, you can relax the previous rule some, so that you can attain greater speed while typing.
en_GB: After memorizing this relationship between keys and the correct finger to use, you can take the previous rule less strictly, so that it becomes possible to develop more speed and fluidity.

en: You should be prepared to start training with the basic course. It will take effort and patience to be successful as a typist. We trust you have these and look forward to your success!
en_GB: After this explanation, you should start with the basic course. Always remember, touch-typing requires will and patience! We trust you, do not disappoint us, right?

en: Lesson:
en_GB: Lesson

en: Paragraphs:
en_GB: Paragraphs

en: Adaptability exercises: automating the fingers responses, typing over all the keyboard.
en_GB: Adaptability. Automating finger responses

en: Velocity exercises: accelerate typing real words.
en_GB: Speed exercises: accelerate typing real words.

en: Klavaro - Fluidness
en_GB: Klavaro - Fluidity

en: Fluidness exercises: accuracy typing good sense paragraphs.
en_GB: Accuracy typing with  sensible paragraphs.

en: ps.: logging not performed for this session: the number of typed characters (%i) must be greater than %i.
en_GB: No logging for this session. Typed characters (%i) must be more than %i.

en: ps.: you have entered the Top 10 list, great!
en_GB: You have entered the Top 10 list, Well done!

en: ps.: the text you just typed doesn't seem to be similar to ordinary texts in the language currently selected: we can't account for it in the 'Top 10' contest.
en_GB: Your text is not like ordinary text. We can't count it in the Top 10.

note: Begin the accuracy
en: STATISTICS
en_GB: Statistics

en: Elapsed time:
en_GB: Elapsed time

en: Fluidness:
en_GB: Fluidity:

en:  All right, now you got it!
     Go to the next lesson.
en_GB:  Now you've got it!
     On to the next lesson.

en:  You are doing well. But...
     Could you make the accuracy reach 95%?
en_GB:  Doing well but...
     Could you improve accuracy?

en: Pasted_or_dropped
en_GB: Pasted or dropped

en:  Still away from the highway. You can make better...
     Try at least 20 WPM.
en_GB:  You can improve. Try for more than 20 WPM.

en:  You are doing well, but need to go faster.
     And don't forget the accuracy. Try to get 30 WPM.
en_GB: Doing well! Try faster, but don't forget accuracy.

en:  Fine. Now you need to start running.
     Can you reach 40 WPM?
en_GB:  Fine. Now try to reach 40 WPM.

en:  Excellent. For this course, that is enough.
     Try now the fluidness exercises, OK?
en_GB:  Excellent. Now try the fluidity exercises.

en:  Fast! Are you training for a competition?
     So, try to get 70 WPM!
en_GB:  Fast! Now try for 70 WPM.

en:  Top of "qwerty". Now it's time to change to the Dvorak mode.
     Are you afraid of reaching 80 WPM?
en_GB:  Top of the 'qwerty'. Now try the Dvorak mode.

en:  Dvorak mode dominated!
     Can you fly at 90 WPM?
en_GB:  You're good with Dvorak! Can you reach 90 WPM?

en:  Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration!
en_GB:  A Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration.

en:  Congratulations!
     It seems to me that you are a professional.
     You don't need this program (me) anymore.
     Hope you have enjoyed. Thanks and be happy!
en_GB:  You seem like a professional! Hope you enjoyed Klavaro.

en:  How can you type so fast?
     You have exceeded all my expectations.
     Are you a machine? Could you teach me?
     I can not help you anymore. Go to an expert!
en_GB:  You have exceeded all my expectations.
     I can't help you anymore!

en: Not able to download files
en_GB: Unable to download files

[ctx: @action player skip forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek forward
en_GB: Player seek forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek backward
en_GB: Player seek backwards

[ctx: @info]
en: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialog. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:
en_GB: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialogue. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:

[ctx: @info]
en: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialog Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.
en_GB: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialogue Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.

note: i18n: file: library/kmid.kcfg:19 i18n: ectx: label, entry (color), group (Settings)
en: Color of the lyrics text, after being played
en_GB: Colour of the lyrics text, after being played

en: &Colored list
en_GB: &Coloured list

en: Colorize items in the lists according to their status
en_GB: Colorise items in the lists according to their status

en: Color for disconnected servers
en_GB: Colour for disconnected servers

en: Color for blacklisted servers
en_GB: Colour for blacklisted servers

en: Color for connecting or initiating servers
en_GB: Colour for connecting or initiating servers

en: Color for connected servers
en_GB: Colour for connected servers

en: The color indicating few sources
en_GB: The colour indicating few sources

en: The color indicating many sources
en_GB: The colour indicating many sources

en: Color for already downloaded sources
en_GB: Colour for already downloaded sources

en: The number of sources that will produce the full 'many sources' color
en_GB: The number of sources that will produce the full 'many sources' colour

en: Color for active downloads (receiving data)
en_GB: Colour for active downloads (receiving data)

en: Color for inactive downloads (looking for sources)
en_GB: Colour for inactive downloads (looking for sources)

en: Color for downloads that are not available
en_GB: Colour for downloads that are not available

en: Color for queued downloads
en_GB: Colour for queued downloads

en: Color for paused downloads
en_GB: Colour for paused downloads

en: The color indicating a complete chunk
en_GB: The colour indicating a complete chunk

en: The color indicating no sources found
en_GB: The colour indicating no sources found

en: Color for disconnected sources
en_GB: Colour for disconnected sources

en: Color for blacklisted sources
en_GB: Colour for blacklisted sources

en: Color for connecting or initiating sources
en_GB: Colour for connecting or initiating sources

en: Color for queued sources
en_GB: Colour for queued sources

en: Color for sources being downloaded from
en_GB: Colour for sources being downloaded from

en: Color Configuration
en_GB: Colour Configuration

en: Move backward through the page history
en_GB: Move backwards through the page history

en: Move forward through the page history
en_GB: Move forwards through the page history

[ctx: file has been canceled]
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

note: i18n: file: prefs/generalpage.ui:63 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, showTrayOnCloseCheckBox)
en: Minimize to tray icon on close
en_GB: Minimise to tray icon on close

note: i18n: file: prefs/generalpage.ui:161 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, encodingSelector)
en: <p>Although MLDonkey does not understand about character encodings, you may well encounter text on the Donkey network that has been encoded in various national character sets. While you should, in general, use the ISO 8859-1 encoding - the de-facto network standard - you can choose a different character encoding here if you expect most of the text you encounter to be encoded in a certain national character set.</p>
    <p><b>Note:</b> Changing this causes KMLDonkey to reconnect to the core. Changing it to something incompatible with the ISO 8859-1 character set <em>may</em> cause unpredictable behavior.</p>
en_GB: <p>Although MLDonkey does not understand about character encodings, you may well encounter text on the Donkey network that has been encoded in various national character sets. While you should, in general, use the ISO 8859-1 encoding - the de-facto network standard - you can choose a different character encoding here if you expect most of the text you encounter to be encoded in a certain national character set.</p>
    <p><b>Note:</b> Changing this causes KMLDonkey to reconnect to the core. Changing it to something incompatible with the ISO 8859-1 character set <em>may</em> cause unpredictable behaviour.</p>

note: i18n: file: prefs/generalpage.ui:180 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, advancedConfigCheckbox)
en: Enable the advanced MLDonkey configuration dialog that lets you configure more MLDonkey options.
en_GB: Enable the advanced MLDonkey configuration dialogue that lets you configure more MLDonkey options.

en: <p>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.</p><p>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.</p><p>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA</p>
en_GB: <p>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.</p><p>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.</p><p>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA</p>

en: Optical Disks
en_GB: Optical Discs

en: CDROM - Audio Compact Disk
en_GB: CDROM - Audio Compact Disc

en: VCD - Video Compact Disk
en_GB: VCD - Video Compact Disc

en: DVD - Digital Video Disk
en_GB: DVD - Digital Video Disc

en: Analog Real-Time Synthesizer
en_GB: Analogue Real-Time Synthesizer

en: Enlightened Sound Daemon
en_GB: Enlightened Sound Dæmon

en: Co&lors
en_GB: Co&lours

en: When checked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.
en_GB: When ticked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.

en: When checked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.
en_GB: When ticked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.

en: When checked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.
en_GB: When ticked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.

en: Auto set colors on start
en_GB: Auto set colours on start

en: When a movie starts, the colors will be set according the sliders for colors
en_GB: When a movie starts, the colours will be set according the sliders for colours

en: Imported History
en_GB: Imported history:

en: Loading transactions...
en_GB: Loading transactions

en: Imported Transaction
en_GB: Imported transaction

en: Statement Importer
en_GB: Statement importer

en: Filetype Error
en_GB: Filetype error

en: This dialog does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, m_rateButton)
en: Exchange rate / Price
en_GB: Exchange rate / price

en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

en: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialog are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialog)</p>
en_GB: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialogue are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialogue)</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KGncImportOptionsDlgDecl)
en: GnuCash Import Options
en_GB: GnuCash import options

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkAnonymize)
en: Anonymize data
en_GB: Anonymise data

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KLoadTemplateDlgDecl)
en: MyDialog
en_GB: MyDialogue

en: Create a new price entry.
en_GB: Create a new price entry

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KSettingsOnlineQuotesDecl) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, m_onlineQuoteButton)
en: Online Quotes
en_GB: Online quotes

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: VAT details
en_GB: VAT Details

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_qcheckboxTax)
en: Include on Tax Reports
en_GB: Include on tax reports

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel6)
en: Routing Number:
en_GB: Account Number

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_2)
en: Use this dialog to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalize
    your KMyMoney file.
en_GB: Use this dialog to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalise
    your KMyMoney file.

en: This dialog does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.

en: Report Configuration
en_GB: Report configuration

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KSettingsColorsDecl)
en: Color settings
en_GB: Colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: Text colors
en_GB: Text colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Grid color
en_GB: Grid colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useSystemColors) i18n: ectx: label, entry (useSystemColors), group (List Options)
en: Use system colors
en_GB: Use system colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_individualColorFrame)
en: List background colors
en_GB: List background colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox5)
en: Special background colors
en_GB: Special background colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_syncLedgerInvestment)
en: Synchronize account selection of ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account selection of ledger and investment view

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and checkboxes to customize the layout of the home page.
en_GB: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and tickboxes to customise the layout of the home page.

en: New Quote Source
en_GB: New quote source

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoIncCheckNumber) i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoIncCheckNumber), group (General Options)
en: Auto increment check number
en_GB: Auto increment cheque number

en: Importing a Gnucash file.
en_GB: Importing a GnuCash file

en: Importing an XML Statement.
en_GB: Importing an XML statement

en: Invalid Statement
en_GB: Invalid statement

en: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialog</i>.</p>
en_GB: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialogue</i>.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (syncLedgerInvestment), group (General Options)
en: Synchronize account in ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account in ledger and investment view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listColor), group (List Options)
en: List color
en_GB: List colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listBGColor), group (List Options)
en: List background color
en_GB: List background colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listGridColor), group (List Options)
en: List grid color
en_GB: List grid colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (importedTransactionColor), group (List Options)
en: Background color for imported transactions
en_GB: Background colour for imported transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (matchedTransactionColor), group (List Options)
en: Background color for matched transactions
en_GB: Background colour for matched transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listErronousTransactionColor), group (List Options)
en: List color for erroneous transactions
en_GB: List colour for erroneous transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listMissingConversionRate), group (List Options)
en: List color for missing conversion rate
en_GB: List colour for missing conversion rate

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (listNegativeValueColor), group (List Options)
en: List color for negative values
en_GB: List colour for negative values

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (groupMarkerColor), group (List Options)
en: Background color for group marker
en_GB: Background colour for group marker

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (requiredFieldColor), group (List Options)
en: Background color for required fields
en_GB: Background colour for required fields

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (sortSearchView), group (List Options)
en: Sort order of register in search dialog
en_GB: Sort order of register in search dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifBank), group (QIF Options)
en: additional names for checking account
en_GB: additional names for current account

en: Favorite reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

en: 
    KMyMoney, the Personal Finance Manager for KDE.
    
    Please consider contributing to this project with code and/or suggestions.
en_GB: 
    KMyMoney, the personal finances application for KDE.
    
    Please consider contributing to this project with code and or suggestions.

en: language to be used
en_GB: English (GB)

[ctx: Scheduled Transaction payment type]
en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

en: KBanking module not correctly initialized
en_GB: KBanking module not correctly initialised

en: The HTTP request failed.
en_GB: The HTTP request failed

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (checkTemplateFile), group (General)
en: The check template file which defines the way the printed check will look.
en_GB: The cheque template file which defines the way the printed cheque will look.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (printedChecks), group (General)
en: A list containing the id's of already printed checks.
en_GB: A list containing the id's of already printed cheques.

en: Print check
en_GB: Print cheque

[ctx: Report date range]
en: %1 through %2
en_GB: %1 to %2

en: Dividends Reinvested
en_GB: Dividends reinvested

en: Dividends Paid Out
en_GB: Dividends paid out

en: Annualized Return
en_GB: Annualised return

en: Favorite Reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, m_securitiesList)
en: Cash Fraction
en_GB: Cash fraction

en: Unable to open file '%1' for writing.
en_GB: Unable to open file '%1' for writing

en: Fiji Dollar
en_GB: Fijian Dollar

en: Gibraltar Pound
en_GB: Gibraltan Pound

en: Iceland Krona
en_GB: Icelandic Krona

en: Rwanda Franc
en_GB: Rwandan Franc

en: Taiwan Dollar
en_GB: Taiwanese Dollar

en: Tajikistan Somani
en_GB: Tajikistani Somani

en: Turkmenistan Manat
en_GB: Turkmenistani Manat

en: Cyprus Pound
en_GB: Cypriot Pound

en: Old Customized Reports
en_GB: Old customised reports

en: Custom Report
en_GB: Custom report

en:  (Customized)
en_GB:  (Customised)

en: Delete Report?
en_GB: Delete report?

en: Income and Expenses This Month
en_GB: Income and Expenses this month

en: Income and Expenses This Year
en_GB: Income and Expenses this year

en: Net Worth By Month
en_GB: Net Worth by month

en: Net Worth By Year
en_GB: Net Worth by year

en: Account Balances by Institution
en_GB: Account balances by institution

en: Account Balances by Type
en_GB: Account balances by type

en: Transactions by Account
en_GB: Transactions by account

en: Transactions by Category
en_GB: Transactions by category

en: Transactions by Payee
en_GB: Transaction by payee

en: Transactions by Month
en_GB: Transactions by month

en: Transactions by Week
en_GB: Transactions by week

en: Investment Holdings by Account
en_GB: Investment holding by account

en: Investment Holdings by Type
en_GB: Investment holdings by type

en: Investment Performance by Type
en_GB: Investment performance by type

en: The KMyMoney development team is pleased to announce a major step forward for what has been described as "the BEST personal finance manager for FREE users".
en_GB: The KMyMoney development team is pleased to announce a major step forwards for what has been described as "the BEST personal finance manager for FREE users".

en: Please let us know about any abnormal behavior in the program by selecting <a href="/action?id=help_report_bug">"Report bug..."</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list.
en_GB: Please let us know about any abnormal behaviour in the program by selecting <a href="/action?id=help_report_bug">"Report bug..."</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, kMyMoneyReportConfigTab1Decl)
en: Report Tab
en_GB: Report tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel6)
en: Report Name
en_GB: Report name

[ctx: Convert 'em!!]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCurrency)
en: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unchecked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unticked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkFavorite)
en: Mark as a favorite report
en_GB: Mark as a favourite report

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, kMyMoneyReportConfigTab3Decl) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, kMyMoneyReportConfigTab2Decl)
en: Rows/Columns Tab
en_GB: Rows/Columns tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Organize by:
en_GB: Organise by:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTax)
en: Include only Tax categories
en_GB: Include only tax categories

en: Reinvest Dividend
en_GB: Reinvest dividend

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: This page summarizes the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.
en_GB: This page summarises the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyGeneralCombo, m_typeSelection)
en: <p><b>Checking</b>
    Use the checking account type to manage activities on your checking account e.g. payments, checks and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortization loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortization loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortization loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Current</b>
    Use the current account type to manage activities on your current account e.g. payments, cheques and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortisation loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortisation loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortisation loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_preferredAccount)
en: Selecting the <b>Preferred Account</b> checkbox will allow preferred access in some dialogs and views of KMyMoney.
en_GB: Selecting the <b>Preferred Account</b> tickbox will allow preferred access in some dialogues and views of KMyMoney.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel14)
en: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Check</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Uncheck</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also uncheck it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.
en_GB: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Tick</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Untick</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also untick it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_anyPayments)
en: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. Disagio) are not considered as payments in this context.
en_GB: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. an arrangement fee) are not considered as payments in this context.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (kMyMoneyEdit, m_loanAmount)
en: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (colored background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.
en_GB: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (coloured background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (kMyMoneyEdit, m_balloonAmount)
en: Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel10_4_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a checking account instead.
en_GB: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a current account instead.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_dontCreatePayoutCheckBox) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_noPayoutTransaction)
en: Don't create payout transaction
en_GB: Do not create payout transaction

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_refinanceLoan)
en: Check this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney
en_GB: Tick this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyCategory, m_paymentAccount)
en: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a checking account.
en_GB: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a current account.

en: Amortization
en_GB: Amortisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_3)
en: Online Source
en_GB: Online source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPushButton, m_createNewAssetButton)
en: Press this to create a new asset account
en_GB: Lets you create a new asset account

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11_3_2) i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWizardPage, FinalPaymentWizardPageDecl) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_4_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11_3_2_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), 
en: Final amortization payment
en_GB: Final amortisation payment

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel17_2)
en: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel5_2)
en: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortization phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.
en_GB: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortisation phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel22_2_2)
en: 
    This page summarizes the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.
en_GB: 
    This page summarises the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the checkbox below and continue on the next page.
en_GB: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the tickbox below and continue on the next page.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_haveCheckingAccountButton)
en: I have a checking account that I want to manage with KMyMoney
en_GB: I have a current account that I want to manage with KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, m_accountNameEdit)
en: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your checking account.
en_GB: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your current account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your checking account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.
en_GB: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your current account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalize KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.
en_GB: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalise KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by checking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.
en_GB: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by ticking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialog. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.
en_GB: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialogue. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalize your KMyMoney file.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalise your KMyMoney file.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can actively support the KMyMoney development team in
    cases that heavily depend on your data? You can save your data in an
    anonymized way for this support.<p>
    Just open your data file and immediately
    select <b>File/Save as...</b>. In the <b>Save As...</b> dialog
    select the filter <b>Anonymous Files</b> and make sure your file gets
    the extensions <b>.anon.xml</b>. <p>
    To verify, how the data looks like you are about to send away, you can open
    this file in KMyMoney and see how the developers see your data.
en_GB: <p>...that you can actively support the KMyMoney development team in
    cases that heavily depend on your data? You can save your data in an
    anonymised way for this support.<p>
    Just open your data file and immediately
    select <b>File/Save as...</b>. In the <b>Save As...</b> dialog
    select the filter <b>Anonymous Files</b> and make sure your file gets
    the extensions <b>.anon.xml</b>. <p>
    To verify, how the data looks like you are about to send away, you can open
    this file in KMyMoney and see how the developers see your data.

note: i18n: file: configdlg.ui:116 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, lineEditAlias)
en: You can enter an alias for the interface.
    KNemo will use it to differentiate interfaces when it displays tooltips, dialogs, etc.
en_GB: You can enter an alias for the interface.
    KNemo will use it to differentiate interfaces when it displays tooltips, dialogues etc.

note: i18n: file: configdlg.ui:394 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeView, statsView)
en: Record traffic statistics according to customized rules.  You can change the start date, the billing period length, and optionally whether hours count as peak or off-peak.
en_GB: Record traffic statistics according to customised rules.  You can change the start date, the billing period length, and optionally whether hours count as peak or off-peak.

note: i18n: file: configdlg.ui:567 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, listViewCommands)
en: In this area you can add the custom entries for your context menu: <ol><li>push the <b>Add</b> button to add a new entry in the list;</li><li>edit the entry by double clicking in the <b>Menu text</b> and <b>Command</b> columns.</li></ol>If you need to execute the command as root user check the corresponding <b>Root</b> check box.
en_GB: In this area you can add the custom entries for your context menu: <ol><li>push the <b>Add</b> button to add a new entry in the list;</li><li>edit the entry by double clicking in the <b>Menu text</b> and <b>Command</b> columns.</li></ol>If you need to execute the command as root user, tick the corresponding <b>Root</b> tick box.

note: i18n: file: themecfg.ui:50 i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, rateGroup)
en: Traffic Rate Visualization
en_GB: Traffic Rate Visualisation

note: i18n: file: themecfg.ui:56 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, checkDynColor)
en: If checked, the transmit and receive colors will change according to the traffic rate.  As the traffic rate increases, the color will change from the default color, to the max rate color.
en_GB: If ticked, the transmit and receive colours will change according to the traffic rate.  As the traffic rate increases, the colour will change from the default colour, to the max rate colour.

note: i18n: file: themecfg.ui:59 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkDynColor)
en: Change color according to max visual rate
en_GB: Change colour according to max visual rate

note: i18n: file: themecfg.ui:66 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, checkBarScale)
en: If this is checked, the Netload bar graphs will use a constant scale based on the maximum rates below.  If unchecked, the bar graphs will change scale according to recent traffic rates.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the Netload bar graphs will use a constant scale based on the maximum rates below.  If unticked, the bar graphs will change scale according to recent traffic rates.

en: Show &Status Dialog
en_GB: Show &Status Dialogue

en: Line &color:
en_GB: Line &colour:

en: &Fill color:
en_GB: &Fill colour:

en: Grid &color:
en_GB: Grid &colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  483 (kivio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 273
en: C&enter
en_GB: C&entre

en: _: no line end
    None
en_GB: None

en: _: %1 current page, %2 total number of pages
    Page %1/%2
en_GB: Page %1/%2

en: _: %1 x coord, %2 y coord, %3 and %4 the unit
    X: %1 %3 Y: %2 %4
en_GB: X: %1 %3 Y: %2 %4

en: The line color allows you to choose a color for the lines of the stencils.
en_GB: The line colour allows you to choose a colour for the lines of the stencils.

en: You can choose a color for the background of a stencil by using this button.
en_GB: You can choose a colour for the background of a stencil by using this button.

en: Align &Center
en_GB: Align &Centre

en: Change Fg Color
en_GB: Change Fg Colour

en: Change Bg Color
en_GB: Change Bg Colour

en: Change Text Color
en_GB: Change Text Colour

en: _: untitled stencil
    Untitled
en_GB: Untitled

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 137
en: Ce&nter
en_GB: Ce&ntre

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 217
en: Center of &page
en_GB: Centre of &page

en: _: Stencils
    MSE
en_GB: MSE

en: _: Stencils
    SDL
en_GB: SDL

en: _: Stencils
    Dia Shapes Collections
en_GB: Dia Shapes Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Cisco
en_GB: Cisco

en: _: Stencils
    Civil
en_GB: Civil

en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw
en_GB: Jigsaw

en: _: Stencils
    Sybase
en_GB: Sybase

en: _: Stencils
    Circuit
en_GB: Circuit

en: _: Stencils
    Contact
en_GB: Contact

en: _: Stencils
    Pneumatic
en_GB: Pneumatic

en: _: Stencils
    Assorted
en_GB: Assorted

en: _: Stencils
    Electric
en_GB: Electric

en: _: Stencils
    Network
en_GB: Network

en: _: Stencils
    UML Collections
en_GB: UML Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Activity Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Activity Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Branch & Merge
en_GB: Branch & Merge

en: _: Stencils
    Branch and Merge
en_GB: Branch and Merge

en: _: Stencils
    Activity
en_GB: Activity

en: _: Stencils
    Fork & Join
en_GB: Fork & Join

en: _: Stencils
    Fork and Join
en_GB: Fork and Join

en: _: Stencils
    Start
en_GB: Start

en: _: Stencils
    End
en_GB: End

en: _: Stencils
    Class Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Class Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Template Class
en_GB: Template Class

en: _: Stencils
    TemplateClass
en_GB: TemplateClass

en: _: Stencils
    Class
en_GB: Class

en: _: Stencils
    Interface
en_GB: Interface

en: _: Stencils
    Note
en_GB: Note

en: _: Stencils
    ClassConceptual
en_GB: ClassConceptual

en: _: Stencils
    Hardware Collections
en_GB: Hardware Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Computer Hardware
en_GB: Computer Hardware

en: _: Stencils
    Keyboard
en_GB: Keyboard

en: _: Stencils
    Rack
en_GB: Rack

en: _: Stencils
    Mini-tower Desktop PC 2D
en_GB: Mini-tower Desktop PC 2D

en: _: Stencils
    Desktop PC 2D
en_GB: Desktop PC 2D

en: _: Stencils
    Mini-tower Desktop PC 3D
en_GB: Mini-tower Desktop PC 3D

en: _: Stencils
    Desktop PC 3D
en_GB: Desktop PC 3D

en: _: Stencils
    HDD
en_GB: HDD

en: _: Stencils
    Floppy Disk
en_GB: Floppy Disk

en: _: Stencils
    Floppy Disk shape
en_GB: Floppy Disk shape

en: _: Stencils
    Terminal
en_GB: Terminal

en: _: Stencils
    Workstation 3D
en_GB: Workstation 3D

en: _: Stencils
    PCI card
en_GB: PCI card

en: _: Stencils
    Printer 1
en_GB: Printer 1

en: _: Stencils
    Printer 2
en_GB: Printer 2

en: _: Stencils
    Notebook
en_GB: Notebook

en: _: Stencils
    Terminal 2D
en_GB: Terminal 2D

en: _: Stencils
    X Terminal
en_GB: X Terminal

en: _: Stencils
    Proxy
en_GB: Proxy

en: _: Stencils
    Miscellaneous Hardware
en_GB: Miscellaneous Hardware

en: _: Stencils
    Key
en_GB: Key

en: _: Stencils
    Key shape
en_GB: Key shape

en: _: Stencils
    CD-ROM
en_GB: CD-ROM

en: _: Stencils
    Cell Phone
en_GB: Cell Phone

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Collections
en_GB: Flowcharting Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Nand
en_GB: Nand

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Nand Gate
en_GB: Logical Nand Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Logic Shapes
en_GB: Logic Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Xor
en_GB: Xor

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Xor Gate
en_GB: Logical Xor Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Or
en_GB: Or

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Or Gate
en_GB: Logical Or Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Connector
en_GB: Connector

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Connection Point
en_GB: Logical Connection Point

en: _: Stencils
    Nor
en_GB: Nor

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Nor Gate
en_GB: Logical Nor Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Not
en_GB: Not

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Not Gate
en_GB: Logical Not Gate

en: _: Stencils
    And
en_GB: And

en: _: Stencils
    Logical And Gate
en_GB: Logical And Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Buffer
en_GB: Buffer

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Buffer Gate
en_GB: Logical Buffer Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Inverter
en_GB: Inverter

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Inverter Gate
en_GB: Logical Inverter Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Basic Flowcharting Shapes
en_GB: Basic Flowcharting Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Terminator
en_GB: Terminator

en: _: Stencils
    Terminator shape
en_GB: Terminator shape

en: _: Stencils
    Off-Page Reference
en_GB: Off-Page Reference

en: _: Stencils
    Paper Tape
en_GB: Paper Tape

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Paper Tape Stencil
en_GB: Flowcharting Paper Tape Stencil

en: _: Stencils
    Card
en_GB: Card

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting card shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting card shape

en: _: Stencils
    Preparation
en_GB: Preparation

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting preparation shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting preparation shape

en: _: Stencils
    Direct Data
en_GB: Direct Data

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting direct data shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting direct data shape

en: _: Stencils
    Internal Storage
en_GB: Internal Storage

en: _: Stencils
    Internal storage shape
en_GB: Internal storage shape

en: _: Stencils
    Manual Input
en_GB: Manual Input

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting manual input shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting manual input shape

en: _: Stencils
    Manual Operation
en_GB: Manual Operation

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting manual operation shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting manual operation shape

en: _: Stencils
    Loop Limit
en_GB: Loop Limit

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting loop limit shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting loop limit shape

en: _: Stencils
    On-Page Reference
en_GB: On-Page Reference

en: _: Stencils
    Decision
en_GB: Decision

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting decision shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting decision shape

en: _: Stencils
    Document
en_GB: Document

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Document Stencil
en_GB: Flowcharting Document Stencil

en: _: Stencils
    Data
en_GB: Data

en: _: Stencils
    Data shape for flowcharting
en_GB: Data shape for flowcharting

en: _: Stencils
    Stored Data
en_GB: Stored Data

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting stored data shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting stored data shape

en: _: Stencils
    Predefined Process
en_GB: Predefined Process

en: _: Stencils
    Predefined process shape
en_GB: Predefined process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Sequential Data
en_GB: Sequential Data

en: _: Stencils
    Display
en_GB: Display

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting display shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting display shape

en: _: Stencils
    Process
en_GB: Process

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting process shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Shapes
en_GB: Flowcharting Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Database
en_GB: Database

en: _: Stencils
    Database shape
en_GB: Database shape

en: _: Stencils
    Data Store
en_GB: Data Store

en: _: Stencils
    Data Store shape
en_GB: Data Store shape

en: _: Stencils
    Source or Sink
en_GB: Source or Sink

en: _: Stencils
    Source or Sink shape
en_GB: Source or Sink shape

en: _: Stencils
    Process shape
en_GB: Process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Maps
en_GB: Maps

en: _: Stencils
    Europe
en_GB: Europe

en: _: Stencils
    Map of Europe
en_GB: Map of Europe

en: _: Stencils
    Belgium
en_GB: Belgium

en: _: Stencils
    Map of Belgium
en_GB: Map of Belgium

en: _: Stencils
    Geographic Collections
en_GB: Geographic Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Flags
en_GB: Flags

en: _: Stencils
    Austria
en_GB: Austria

en: _: Stencils
    Iceland
en_GB: Iceland

en: _: Stencils
    France
en_GB: France

en: _: Stencils
    Germany
en_GB: Germany

en: _: Stencils
    Sweden
en_GB: Sweden

en: _: Stencils
    Netherlands
en_GB: Netherlands

en: _: Stencils
    Luxembourg
en_GB: Luxembourg

en: _: Stencils
    Greece
en_GB: Greece

en: _: Stencils
    Italy
en_GB: Italy

en: _: Stencils
    Switzerland
en_GB: Switzerland

en: _: Stencils
    Finland
en_GB: Finland

en: _: Stencils
    United States of America
en_GB: United States of America

en: _: Stencils
    Japan
en_GB: Japan

en: _: Stencils
    Poland
en_GB: Poland

en: _: Stencils
    Norway
en_GB: Norway

en: _: Stencils
    Ireland
en_GB: Ireland

en: _: Stencils
    Great Britain
en_GB: Great Britain

en: _: Stencils
    Entity Relationship
en_GB: Entity Relationship

en: _: Stencils
    Multivalued Attribute
en_GB: Multivalued Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Multivalued Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Multivalued Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Relationship
en_GB: Relationship

en: _: Stencils
    Relationship shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Relationship shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Attribute
en_GB: Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Entity
en_GB: Entity

en: _: Stencils
    Entity shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Entity shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Derived Attribute
en_GB: Derived Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Derived Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Derived Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Weak Entity
en_GB: Weak Entity

en: _: Stencils
    Weak Entity shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Weak Entity shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Miscellaneous Collections
en_GB: Miscellaneous Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow Shapes
en_GB: Arrow Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Sun Arrow
en_GB: Sun Arrow

en: _: Stencils
    Sun Arrow shape
en_GB: Sun Arrow shape

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow
en_GB: Arrow

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow shape
en_GB: Arrow shape

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 1
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 1

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 1
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 1

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 2
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 2

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 2
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 2

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 3
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 3

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 3
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 3

en: _: Stencils
    People Shapes
en_GB: People Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Bad
en_GB: Bad

en: _: Stencils
    Bad shape
en_GB: Bad shape

en: _: Stencils
    Woman
en_GB: Woman

en: _: Stencils
    Woman shape
en_GB: Woman shape

en: _: Stencils
    Group
en_GB: Group

en: _: Stencils
    Woman Shape
en_GB: Woman Shape

en: _: Stencils
    White Collar Worker
en_GB: White Collar Worker

en: _: Stencils
    Good
en_GB: Good

en: _: Stencils
    Good shape
en_GB: Good shape

en: _: Stencils
    Man
en_GB: Man

en: _: Stencils
    Man shape
en_GB: Man shape

en: _: Stencils
    Blue Collar Worker
en_GB: Blue Collar Worker

en: _: Stencils
    Building Shapes
en_GB: Building Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Factory
en_GB: Factory

en: _: Stencils
    Factory shape
en_GB: Factory shape

en: _: Stencils
    Large office building
en_GB: Large office building

en: _: Stencils
    House
en_GB: House

en: _: Stencils
    House shape
en_GB: House shape

en: _: Stencils
    Nassi Shneiderman Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Nassi Shneiderman Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    choice-add
en_GB: choice-add

en: _: Stencils
    statement
en_GB: statement

en: _: Stencils
    choice
en_GB: choice

en: _: Stencils
    call
en_GB: call

en: _: Stencils
    conditional-head1
en_GB: conditional-head1

en: _: Stencils
    conditional-head2
en_GB: conditional-head2

en: _: Stencils
    footloop
en_GB: footloop

en: _: Stencils
    conditional
en_GB: conditional

en: _: Stencils
    box
en_GB: box

en: _: Stencils
    exit
en_GB: exit

en: _: Stencils
    block
en_GB: block

en: _: Stencils
    headloop
en_GB: headloop

en: _: Stencils
    Transport Shapes
en_GB: Transport Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Truck
en_GB: Truck

en: _: Stencils
    Truck shape
en_GB: Truck shape

en: _: Stencils
    Text
en_GB: Text

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/large_extension_node.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Large Extension Node
en_GB: Large Extension Node

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/demultiplexer.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Demultiplexer
en_GB: Demultiplexer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/tacsat.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Tactical Satellite Communications Terminal
en_GB: Tactical Satellite Communications Terminal

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/node_center.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Node Center
en_GB: Node Centre

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/small_extension_node.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Small Extension Node
en_GB: Small Extension Node

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/multiplexer.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Multiplexer
en_GB: Multiplexer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/decision.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Decision
en_GB: SDL - Decision

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/process.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Process
en_GB: SDL - Process

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/inout.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - InOut
en_GB: SDL - InOut

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/comment.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Comment
en_GB: SDL - Comment

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/state.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - State
en_GB: SDL - State

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/header.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Function Header
en_GB: SDL - Function Header

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/receive.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Receive
en_GB: SDL - Receive

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/service.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Service
en_GB: SDL - Service

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/function.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Function
en_GB: SDL - Function

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/block.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Block
en_GB: SDL - Block

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/save.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Save
en_GB: SDL - Save

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/macro.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Macro
en_GB: SDL - Macro

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/stop.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Stop
en_GB: SDL - Stop

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/send.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Send
en_GB: SDL - Send

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/task.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Task
en_GB: SDL - Task

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/return.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Return
en_GB: SDL - Return

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/note.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Note
en_GB: SDL - Note

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6732.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6732
en_GB: Cisco - 6732

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_mini.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM Mini (AS400)
en_GB: Cisco - IBM Mini (AS400)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/stb.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - STB (set top box)
en_GB: Cisco - STB (set top box)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/broadband_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Broadband router
en_GB: Cisco - Broadband router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/host.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Host
en_GB: Cisco - Host

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/running_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Running man
en_GB: Cisco - Running man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cable_modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cable Modem
en_GB: Cisco - Cable Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/satellite_dish.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Satellite dish
en_GB: Cisco - Satellite dish

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tdm_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TDM router
en_GB: Cisco - TDM router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/multilayer_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Multilayer switch
en_GB: Cisco - Multilayer switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/lock.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Lock
en_GB: Cisco - Lock

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_adapter_card.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Adapter Card
en_GB: Cisco - PC Adapter Card

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7507.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7507
en_GB: Cisco - 7507

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cloud.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cloud
en_GB: Cisco - Cloud

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTC
en_GB: Cisco - IPTC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_tag_switch_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Tag Switch Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Tag Switch Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/stp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - STP
en_GB: Cisco - STP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/localdirector.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LocalDirector
en_GB: Cisco - LocalDirector

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6701.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6701
en_GB: Cisco - 6701

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netsonar.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetSonar
en_GB: Cisco - NetSonar

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/catalyst_access_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Catalyst Access Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Catalyst Access Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dot_dot.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Dot-Dot
en_GB: Cisco - Dot-Dot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/file_cabinet.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - File cabinet
en_GB: Cisco - File cabinet

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/software_based_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Software based server
en_GB: Cisco - Software based server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/supercomputer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Supercomputer
en_GB: Cisco - Supercomputer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vip.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VIP
en_GB: Cisco - VIP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sitting_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Sitting woman
en_GB: Cisco - Sitting woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bts10200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BTS 10200
en_GB: Cisco - BTS 10200

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/csu_dsu.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CSU/DSU
en_GB: Cisco - CSU/DSU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm3800.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM 3800
en_GB: Cisco - ATM 3800

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/asic.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ASIC Processor
en_GB: Cisco - ASIC Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/octel.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Octel
en_GB: Cisco - Octel

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mas_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MAS Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - MAS Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbsm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBSM
en_GB: Cisco - BBSM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/route_switch_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Route Switch Processor
en_GB: Cisco - Route Switch Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice switch
en_GB: Cisco - Voice switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/standing_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Standing Man
en_GB: Cisco - Standing Man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_with_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router with Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Router with Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/man_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Man/Woman
en_GB: Cisco - Man/Woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/10700.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 10700
en_GB: Cisco - 10700

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cddi_fddi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CDDI-FDDI
en_GB: Cisco - CDDI-FDDI

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cisco_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco Hub
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pad.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PAD
en_GB: Cisco - PAD

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/file_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - File Server
en_GB: Cisco - File Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dslam.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DSLAM
en_GB: Cisco - DSLAM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8220.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8220
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8220

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vsc3000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Virtual switch controller (VSC 3000)
en_GB: Cisco - Virtual switch controller (VSC 3000)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Phone
en_GB: Cisco - IP Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/distributed_director.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Distributed Director
en_GB: Cisco - Distributed Director

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_switch2.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice switch 2
en_GB: Cisco - Voice switch 2

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_mainframe.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM mainframe
en_GB: Cisco - IBM mainframe

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/softphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Softphone
en_GB: Cisco - Softphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iad_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IAD router
en_GB: Cisco - IAD router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fddi_ring.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - FDDI Ring
en_GB: Cisco - FDDI Ring

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_softswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic softswitch
en_GB: Cisco - Generic softswitch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workgroup_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup switch
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ups.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - UPS
en_GB: Cisco - UPS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/handheld.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Handheld
en_GB: Cisco - Handheld

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/network_management.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Network Management
en_GB: Cisco - Network Management

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/front_end_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Front End Processor
en_GB: Cisco - Front End Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/3x74.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 3X74 (floor) cluster controller
en_GB: Cisco - 3X74 (floor) cluster controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/storage_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Storage Router
en_GB: Cisco - Storage Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/phone_fax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Phone/Fax
en_GB: Cisco - Phone/Fax

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cte.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Transformation Engine (CTE)
en_GB: Cisco - Content Transformation Engine (CTE)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Hub
en_GB: Cisco - Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_amplifier.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Amplifier
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Amplifier

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptv_content_manager.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTV content manager
en_GB: Cisco - IPTV content manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/itp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ITP
en_GB: Cisco - ITP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_commserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice commserver
en_GB: Cisco - Voice commserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pxf.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PXF
en_GB: Cisco - PXF

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wavelength_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wavelength router
en_GB: Cisco - Wavelength router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Fax
en_GB: Cisco - Fax

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/css1100.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Service Switch 1100
en_GB: Cisco - Content Service Switch 1100

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cellular_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cellular phone
en_GB: Cisco - Cellular phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/video_camera.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Video camera
en_GB: Cisco - Video camera

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ons15500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ONS15500
en_GB: Cisco - ONS15500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mux.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MUX
en_GB: Cisco - MUX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/university.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - University
en_GB: Cisco - University

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/microphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Microphone
en_GB: Cisco - Microphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless_bridge.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless Bridge
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless Bridge

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ciscosecurity.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CiscoSecurity
en_GB: Cisco - CiscoSecurity

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/class45_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Class 4/5 switch
en_GB: Cisco - Class 4/5 switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/diskette.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Diskette
en_GB: Cisco - Diskette

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ios_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IOS Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - IOS Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tablet.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Tablet
en_GB: Cisco - Tablet

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/government_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Government Building
en_GB: Cisco - Government Building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8240.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8240
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8240

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Phone
en_GB: Cisco - Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/protocol_translator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Protocol Translator
en_GB: Cisco - Protocol Translator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP
en_GB: Cisco - IP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/communications_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Communications server
en_GB: Cisco - Communications server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/100baset_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 100BaseT Hub
en_GB: Cisco - 100BaseT Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workgroup_director.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup director
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup director

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/system_controller.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - System controller
en_GB: Cisco - System controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/storage_array.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Storage array
en_GB: Cisco - Storage array

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mac_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Mac Woman
en_GB: Cisco - Mac Woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workstation
en_GB: Cisco - Workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter_house.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter house
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter house

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/svx.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SVX (interchangeable with End office)
en_GB: Cisco - SVX (interchangeable with End office)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fc_storage.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - FC Storage
en_GB: Cisco - FC Storage

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mini_vax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Mini VAX
en_GB: Cisco - Mini VAX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/metro1500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Metro 1500
en_GB: Cisco - Metro 1500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/isdn_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ISDN switch
en_GB: Cisco - ISDN switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/terminal.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Terminal
en_GB: Cisco - Terminal

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sc2200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SC2200 (Signalling Controller)
en_GB: Cisco - SC2200 (Signalling Controller)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/www_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - WWW server
en_GB: Cisco - WWW server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_telephony_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Telephony Router
en_GB: Cisco - IP Telephony Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptv_broadcast_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTV broadcast server
en_GB: Cisco - IPTV broadcast server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dwdm_filter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DWDM Filter
en_GB: Cisco - DWDM Filter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bridge.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Bridge
en_GB: Cisco - Bridge

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ics.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ICS
en_GB: Cisco - ICS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/transpath.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Transpath
en_GB: Cisco - Transpath

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbfw_media.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBFW media
en_GB: Cisco - BBFW media

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sip_proxy_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SIP Proxy server
en_GB: Cisco - SIP Proxy server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/unity_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Unity server
en_GB: Cisco - Unity server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_dsl.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP DSL
en_GB: Cisco - IP DSL

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/longreach_cpe.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LongReach CPE
en_GB: Cisco - LongReach CPE

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/printer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Printer
en_GB: Cisco - Printer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pda.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PDA
en_GB: Cisco - PDA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/universal_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Universal Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Universal Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/satellite.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Satellite
en_GB: Cisco - Satellite

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_transport.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Transport
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Transport

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_in_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router in building
en_GB: Cisco - Router in building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/turret.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Turret
en_GB: Cisco - Turret

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/3174.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 3174 (desktop) cluster controller
en_GB: Cisco - 3174 (desktop) cluster controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/server_with_pc_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Server with PC Router
en_GB: Cisco - Server with PC Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/directory_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Directory Server
en_GB: Cisco - Directory Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic processor
en_GB: Cisco - Generic processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/rps.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - RPS
en_GB: Cisco - RPS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5500
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_tower.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM Tower
en_GB: Cisco - IBM Tower

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ata.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATA
en_GB: Cisco - ATA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/15200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 15200
en_GB: Cisco - 15200

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_video.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Video
en_GB: Cisco - PC Video

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8260.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8260
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8260

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/moh_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MoH server (Music on Hold)
en_GB: Cisco - MoH server (Music on Hold)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Modem
en_GB: Cisco - Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/icm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ICM
en_GB: Cisco - ICM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tokenring.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TokenRing
en_GB: Cisco - TokenRing

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sun_workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SUN workstation
en_GB: Cisco - SUN workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/laptop.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Laptop
en_GB: Cisco - Laptop

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_engine.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Engine (Cache Director)
en_GB: Cisco - Content Engine (Cache Director)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/end_office.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - End Office
en_GB: Cisco - End Office

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/repeater.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Repeater
en_GB: Cisco - Repeater

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ca.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco CA
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco CA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router
en_GB: Cisco - Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Generic gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sc2200_vsc3000_host.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SC2200/VSC3000 host
en_GB: Cisco - SC2200/VSC3000 host

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mdu.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MDU
en_GB: Cisco - MDU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hp_mini.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - HP Mini
en_GB: Cisco - HP Mini

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dpt.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DPT
en_GB: Cisco - DPT

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pix_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PIX Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - PIX Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/adm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ADM
en_GB: Cisco - ADM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/speaker.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Speaker
en_GB: Cisco - Speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6705.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6705
en_GB: Cisco - 6705

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless_transport.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless Transport
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless Transport

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/key.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Key
en_GB: Cisco - Key

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pbx.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PBX
en_GB: Cisco - PBX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_tag_sw_gigabit_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Tag Sw Gigabit Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Tag Sw Gigabit Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/truck.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Truck
en_GB: Cisco - Truck

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5000
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5000

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pad_x28.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PAD X.28
en_GB: Cisco - PAD X.28

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/1000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco 1000
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco 1000

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_router_card.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Router Card
en_GB: Cisco - PC Router Card

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/scanner.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Scanner
en_GB: Cisco - Scanner

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/car.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Car
en_GB: Cisco - Car

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbfw.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBFW
en_GB: Cisco - BBFW

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_service_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Service Router
en_GB: Cisco - Content Service Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ubr910.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - uBR910
en_GB: Cisco - uBR910

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/accesspoint.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - AccessPoint
en_GB: Cisco - AccessPoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/microwebserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MicroWebserver
en_GB: Cisco - MicroWebserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC
en_GB: Cisco - PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7505.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7505
en_GB: Cisco - 7505

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ciscoworks.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CiscoWorks workstation
en_GB: Cisco - CiscoWorks workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cdm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CDM Content Distribution Manager
en_GB: Cisco - CDM Content Distribution Manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/branch_office.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Branch office
en_GB: Cisco - Branch office

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter_house_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter house/router
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter house/router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Switch
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/relational_database.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Relational Database
en_GB: Cisco - Relational Database

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pbx_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PBX Switch
en_GB: Cisco - PBX Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_switch_module.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Switch module
en_GB: Cisco - Content Switch module

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/centri.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Centri Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Centri Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ratemux.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - RateMUX
en_GB: Cisco - RateMUX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/multiswitch_device.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MultiSwitch Device
en_GB: Cisco - MultiSwitch Device

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mau.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MAU
en_GB: Cisco - MAU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Content Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Man
en_GB: Cisco - PC Man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netflow_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetFlow router
en_GB: Cisco - NetFlow router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/radio_tower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Radio Tower
en_GB: Cisco - Radio Tower

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/small_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Small hub
en_GB: Cisco - Small hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7500ars.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7500ARS (7513)
en_GB: Cisco - 7500ARS (7513)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/lan_to_lan.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LAN to LAN
en_GB: Cisco - LAN to LAN

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/small_business.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Small Business
en_GB: Cisco - Small Business

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_fast_gigabit_etherswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/layer3_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Layer 3 Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Layer 3 Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_services_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Services Router
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Services Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tv.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TV
en_GB: Cisco - TV

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/macintosh.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Macintosh
en_GB: Cisco - Macintosh

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic Building
en_GB: Cisco - Generic Building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netranger.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetRanger
en_GB: Cisco - NetRanger

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/web_cluster.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Web cluster
en_GB: Cisco - Web cluster

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hootphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - HootPhone
en_GB: Cisco - HootPhone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_softphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Softphone
en_GB: Cisco - IP Softphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/gigabit_switch_router_atm_tag.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Gigabit Switch Router (ATM Tag)
en_GB: Cisco - Gigabit Switch Router (ATM Tag)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_with_silicon_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router with Silicon Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Router with Silicon Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/h323.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - H.323
en_GB: Cisco - H.323

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/web_browser.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Web browser
en_GB: Cisco - Web browser

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/me1100.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ME 1100
en_GB: Cisco - ME 1100

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_atm_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice ATM Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Voice ATM Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vpn_concentrator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VPN concentrator
en_GB: Cisco - VPN concentrator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice router
en_GB: Cisco - Voice router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/breakout_box.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Breakout box
en_GB: Cisco - Breakout box

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/callmanager.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CallManager
en_GB: Cisco - CallManager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/programmable_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Programmable Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Programmable Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/general_appliance.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - General appliance
en_GB: Cisco - General appliance

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5002.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5002
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5002

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vpn_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VPN Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - VPN Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_horizontal_valve.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Valve
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Valve

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_arrow_right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Right Arrow
en_GB: Civil - Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_horizontal_limiting_line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Limiting Line
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Limiting Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_backflow_preventer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Backflow Preventer
en_GB: Civil - Backflow Preventer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hcompressor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Compressor
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Compressor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_basin.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Basin
en_GB: Civil - Basin

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hpump.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Pump
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Pump

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_vertical_limiting_line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Limiting Line
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Limiting Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_frequency_converter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Frequency Converter
en_GB: Civil - Frequency Converter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Reference Line
en_GB: Civil - Reference Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_vertical_propeller.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Propeller
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Propeller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vcompressor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Compressor
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Compressor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vpump.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Pump
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Pump

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_motor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Motor
en_GB: Civil - Motor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_preliminary_clarification_tank.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Preliminary Clarification Tank
en_GB: Civil - Preliminary Clarification Tank

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_gas_bottle.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Gas Bottle
en_GB: Civil - Gas Bottle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/water_level.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Water Level
en_GB: Civil - Water Level

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/bvrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Bivalent Vertical Rest
en_GB: Civil - Bivalent Vertical Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Rest
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_soil.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Soil
en_GB: Civil - Soil

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_arrow_up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Up Arrow
en_GB: Civil - Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_aerator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Aerator
en_GB: Civil - Aerator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_final-settling_basin.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Final-Settling Basin
en_GB: Civil - Final-Settling Basin

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_container.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Container
en_GB: Civil - Container

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Rest
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_rotor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Rotor
en_GB: Civil - Rotor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ooio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ooio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ooio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iooo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iooo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iooo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iiio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iiio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iiio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ooii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ooii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ooii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oioo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oioo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oioo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iooi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iooi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iooi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iiii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iiii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iiii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oioi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oioi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oioi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ioio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ioio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ioio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oooo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oooo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oooo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oiio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oiio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oiio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ioii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ioii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ioii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iioo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iioo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iioo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oooi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oooi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oooi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oiii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oiii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oiii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iioi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iioi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iioi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/repserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Replication Server
en_GB: Sybase - Replication Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/client.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Client Application
en_GB: Sybase - Client Application

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/rsm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Replication Server Manager
en_GB: Sybase - Replication Server Manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/ltm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Log Transfer Manager/Rep Agent
en_GB: Sybase - Log Transfer Manager/Rep Agent

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/dataserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Dataserver
en_GB: Sybase - Dataserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/stableq.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Stable Queue
en_GB: Sybase - Stable Queue

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hpowersource_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Powersource (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Powersource (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vpowersource_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Powersource (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Powersource (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/lamp_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Lamp (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Lamp (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vcapacitor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Capacitor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Capacitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/nmos_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - NMOS Transistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - NMOS Transistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hcapacitor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Capacitor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Capacitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hinductor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Inductor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Inductor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/ground.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Ground
en_GB: Circuit - Ground

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hdiode.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/speaker_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Speaker (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Speaker (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/npn.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - NPN Transistor
en_GB: Circuit - NPN Transistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hzener.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Zener Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Zener Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hled_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Led (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Led (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vdiode.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hjumper.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Jumper
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Jumper

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vzener.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Zener Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Zener Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vinductor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Inductor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Inductor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hresistor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Resistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Resistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vresistor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Resistor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Resistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hresistor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Resistor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Resistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/pmos_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - PMOS Transistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - PMOS Transistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/pnp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - PNP Transistor
en_GB: Circuit - PNP Transistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vresistor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Resistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Resistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hfuse_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Fuse (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Fuse (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vled_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Led (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Led (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vinductor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Inductor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Inductor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hinductor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Inductor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Inductor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/opamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Op Amp
en_GB: Circuit - Op Amp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vfuse_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Fuse (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Fuse (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/microphone_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Microphone (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Microphone (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outs.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outs
en_GB: LADDER - outs

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_lamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - lamp
en_GB: Contact - lamp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_ifnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - ifnot
en_GB: Contact - ifnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_sout.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - sout
en_GB: LADDER - sout

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_ifnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - ifnot
en_GB: LADDER - ifnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_if.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - if
en_GB: Contact - if

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_relay.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - relay
en_GB: Contact - relay

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outnot
en_GB: LADDER - outnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_soutr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - soutr
en_GB: LADDER - soutr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outj.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outj
en_GB: LADDER - outj

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_out.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - out
en_GB: LADDER - out

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_if.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - if
en_GB: LADDER - if

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_soutnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - soutnot
en_GB: LADDER - soutnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_souts.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - souts
en_GB: LADDER - souts

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outr
en_GB: LADDER - outr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outrcep.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outrcep
en_GB: LADDER - outrcep

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/presshy.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - presshy
en_GB: Pneum - presshy

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/commusc.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - commusc
en_GB: Pneum - commusc

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist32.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist32
en_GB: Pneum - dist32

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/seijack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - SEIJack
en_GB: Pneum - SEIJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dejack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - DEJack
en_GB: Pneum - DEJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/cnx.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - connpoint
en_GB: Pneum - connpoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist52.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist52
en_GB: Pneum - dist52

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/press.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - press
en_GB: Pneum - press

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compb.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compb
en_GB: Pneum - compb

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/presspn.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - presspn
en_GB: Pneum - presspn

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comspr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comspr
en_GB: Pneum - comspr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compilh.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compilh
en_GB: Pneum - compilh

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist22.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist22
en_GB: Pneum - dist22

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/drain.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - drain
en_GB: Pneum - drain

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/seojack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - SEOJack
en_GB: Pneum - SEOJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compilp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compilp
en_GB: Pneum - compilp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compush.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compush
en_GB: Pneum - compush

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist42.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist42
en_GB: Pneum - dist42

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comelec1.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comelec1
en_GB: Pneum - comelec1

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comelec2.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comelec2
en_GB: Pneum - comelec2

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8sharp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Sharp Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Sharp Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/triangle-rightangle.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Right Angle Triangle
en_GB: Geometric - Right Angle Triangle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-right-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left-Right-Up Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left-Right-Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star4.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Four Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Four Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/triangle-isoceles.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Isosceles Triangle
en_GB: Geometric - Isosceles Triangle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left-Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left-Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/square.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Perfect Square
en_GB: Geometric - Perfect Square

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-right-notched.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Notched Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Notched Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/trapezoid.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Trapezoid
en_GB: Geometric - Trapezoid

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-down.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Down Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Down Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star5.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Five Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Five Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/cross-swiss.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Swiss Cross
en_GB: Geometric - Swiss Cross

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/heptagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Heptagon
en_GB: Geometric - Heptagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/cross-maltese.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Maltese Cross
en_GB: Geometric - Maltese Cross

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/pentagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Pentagon
en_GB: Geometric - Pentagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/hexagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Hexagon
en_GB: Geometric - Hexagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-quad.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Quad Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Quad Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star6.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Six Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Six Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8curved.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Curved Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Curved Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/sun.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Sun
en_GB: Assorted - Sun

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star4curved.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Curved Four Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Curved Four Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-chevron.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Block Arrow - Chevron
en_GB: Block Arrow - Chevron

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/diamond.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Diamond
en_GB: Geometric - Diamond

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star7.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Seven Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Seven Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/parallelogram-horizontal.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Horizontal Parallelogram
en_GB: Geometric - Horizontal Parallelogram

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up-down-left.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up-Down-Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up-Down-Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/circle-quarter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Quarter Circle
en_GB: Geometric - Quarter Circle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/heart.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Heart
en_GB: Assorted - Heart

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-pentagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Block Arrow - Pentagon
en_GB: Block Arrow - Pentagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/parallelogram-vertical.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Vertical Parallelogram
en_GB: Geometric - Vertical Parallelogram

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/circle.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Perfect Circle
en_GB: Geometric - Perfect Circle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Left-Up Arrow
en_GB: Assorted - Left-Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-notched.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Notched Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Notched Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/octagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Octagon
en_GB: Geometric - Octagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up-down.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up-Down Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up-Down Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/moon-quarter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Quarter Moon
en_GB: Assorted - Quarter Moon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/contact_o.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - contact_o
en_GB: Electric - contact_o

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/intpos_f.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - intpos_f
en_GB: Electric - intpos_f

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/cnx.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - connpoint
en_GB: Electric - connpoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/relay.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - relay
en_GB: Electric - relay

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/intpos_o.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - intpos_o
en_GB: Electric - intpos_o

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/command.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - command
en_GB: Electric - command

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/contact_f.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - contact_f
en_GB: Electric - contact_f

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/lamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - lamp
en_GB: Electric - lamp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Firewall
en_GB: Network - Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/antenna.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Antenna
en_GB: Network - Antenna

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/disc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Storage
en_GB: Network - Storage

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Hub
en_GB: Network - Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/telephone.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Telephone
en_GB: Network - A Telephone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_minitower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Minitower PC
en_GB: Network - A Minitower PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/switch-atm-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Switch ATM Symbol
en_GB: Network - Switch ATM Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/modularswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Modular Switch
en_GB: Network - Modular Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/diskette.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Diskette
en_GB: Network - A Diskette

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/plotter.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Plotter
en_GB: Network - Plotter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/digitizing_board.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Digitizing Board
en_GB: Network - Digitising Board

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Workstation
en_GB: Network - A Workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/computer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Computer (Tower)
en_GB: Network - General Computer (Tower)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/dat_external.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - An external DAT drive
en_GB: Network - An external DAT drive

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/nwcloud.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Cloud
en_GB: Network - Cloud

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/router-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Router Symbol
en_GB: Network - Router Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/switch-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Switch Symbol
en_GB: Network - Switch Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/rj45plug.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - RJ45 Wall-Plug
en_GB: Network - RJ45 Wall-Plug

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/monitor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Workstation Monitor
en_GB: Network - A Workstation Monitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/printer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Printer
en_GB: Network - General Printer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/genmonitor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Monitor (With Stand)
en_GB: Network - General Monitor (With Stand)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/speaker_amp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - An amplifier speaker
en_GB: Network - An amplifier speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Modem
en_GB: Network - Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/zip-disk.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A ZIP Disk
en_GB: Network - A ZIP Disk

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/speaker.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A speaker
en_GB: Network - A speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/sceadplug.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - scEAD Wall-Plug
en_GB: Network - scEAD Wall-Plug

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/flash.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - WAN Connection
en_GB: Network - WAN Connection

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_desktop.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Desktop PC
en_GB: Network - A Desktop PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/mobile_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Mobile Phone
en_GB: Network - A Mobile Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_miditower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Midi-tower PC
en_GB: Network - A Midi-tower PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_bigtower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Bigtower PC
en_GB: Network - A Bigtower PC

en: Align Vertical Center
en_GB: Align Vertical Centre

en: Change Stencil Text Color
en_GB: Change Stencil Text Colour

en: _: We add the 1/2 char at the %1
    Re&place 1/2... with %1...
en_GB: Re&place 1/2... with %1...

en: Capitalize name of days
en_GB: Capitalise name of days

en: Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font family settings.

en: Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font style settings.

en: Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font size settings.

en: Change Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Change Paragraph Background Colour

en: _: DateFormat
    Format of Date Variable
en_GB: Format of Date Variable

en: _: TimeFormat
    This Dialog Allows You to Set the Format of the Time Variable
en_GB: This Dialogue Allows You to Set the Format of the Time Variable

en: Autocorrect (capitalize first letter)
en_GB: Autocorrect (capitalise first letter)

en: Capitalize Name of Days
en_GB: Capitalise Name of Days

en: _: Underline Style
    None
en_GB: None

en: _: Strikeout Style
    None
en_GB: None

en: Capitalization:
en_GB: Capitalisation:

en: _: Line spacing value
    Single
en_GB: Single

en: _: Line spacing value
    1.5 Lines
en_GB: 1.5 Lines

en: _: Line spacing value
    Double
en_GB: Double

en: <qt><ul><li>&lt;time&gt; The current time</li><li>&lt;date&gt; The current date</li><li>&lt;author&gt; Your full name</li><li>&lt;org&gt; Your organization</li><li>&lt;email&gt; Your email address</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><ul><li>&lt;time&gt; The current time</li><li>&lt;date&gt; The current date</li><li>&lt;author&gt; Your full name</li><li>&lt;org&gt; Your organisation</li><li>&lt;email&gt; Your email address</li></ul></qt>

en: _n: Undo %n action
    Undo %n actions
en_GB: Undo %n action
    Undo %n actions

en: _n: Redo %n action
    Redo %n actions
en_GB: Redo %n action
    Redo %n actions

en: More Text Colors...
en_GB: More Text Colours...

en: More Line Colors...
en_GB: More Line Colours...

en: More Fill Colors...
en_GB: More Fill Colours...

en: _: color
    Red
en_GB: Red

en: _: color
    Orange
en_GB: Orange

en: _: color
    Magenta
en_GB: Magenta

en: _: color
    Blue
en_GB: Blue

en: _: color
    Cyan
en_GB: Cyan

en: _: color
    Green
en_GB: Green

en: _: color
    Yellow
en_GB: Yellow

en: _: color
    Brown
en_GB: Brown

en: _: color
    DarkRed
en_GB: DarkRed

en: _: color
    DarkOrange
en_GB: DarkOrange

en: _: color
    DarkMagenta
en_GB: DarkMagenta

en: _: color
    DarkBlue
en_GB: DarkBlue

en: _: color
    DarkCyan
en_GB: DarkCyan

en: _: color
    DarkGreen
en_GB: DarkGreen

en: _: color
    DarkYellow
en_GB: DarkYellow

en: _: color
    White
en_GB: White

en: _: color
    Gray 90%
en_GB: Grey 90%

en: _: color
    Gray 80%
en_GB: Grey 80%

en: _: color
    Gray 70%
en_GB: Grey 70%

en: _: color
    Gray 60%
en_GB: Grey 60%

en: _: color
    Gray 50%
en_GB: Grey 50%

en: _: color
    Gray 40%
en_GB: Grey 40%

en: _: color
    Gray 30%
en_GB: Grey 30%

en: _: color
    Gray 20%
en_GB: Grey 20%

en: _: color
    Gray 10%
en_GB: Grey 10%

en: _: color
    Black
en_GB: Black

en: _: color
    Ivory
en_GB: Ivory

en: _: color
    Snow
en_GB: Snow

en: _: color
    MintCream
en_GB: MintCream

en: _: color
    FloralWhite
en_GB: FloralWhite

en: _: color
    LightYellow
en_GB: LightYellow

en: _: color
    Azure
en_GB: Azure

en: _: color
    GhostWhite
en_GB: GhostWhite

en: _: color
    Honeydew
en_GB: Honeydew

en: _: color
    Seashell
en_GB: Seashell

en: _: color
    AliceBlue
en_GB: AliceBlue

en: _: color
    Cornsilk
en_GB: Cornsilk

en: _: color
    LavenderBlush
en_GB: LavenderBlush

en: _: color
    OldLace
en_GB: OldLace

en: _: color
    WhiteSmoke
en_GB: WhiteSmoke

en: _: color
    LemonChiffon
en_GB: LemonChiffon

en: _: color
    LightCyan
en_GB: LightCyan

en: _: color
    LightGoldenrodYellow
en_GB: LightGoldenrodYellow

en: _: color
    Linen
en_GB: Linen

en: _: color
    Beige
en_GB: Beige

en: _: color
    PapayaWhip
en_GB: PapayaWhip

en: _: color
    BlanchedAlmond
en_GB: BlanchedAlmond

en: _: color
    AntiqueWhite
en_GB: AntiqueWhite

en: _: color
    MistyRose
en_GB: MistyRose

en: _: color
    Lavender
en_GB: Lavender

en: _: color
    Bisque
en_GB: Bisque

en: _: color
    Moccasin
en_GB: Moccasin

en: _: color
    NavajoWhite
en_GB: NavajoWhite

en: _: color
    PeachPuff
en_GB: PeachPuff

en: _: color
    PaleGoldenrod
en_GB: PaleGoldenrod

en: _: color
    Wheat
en_GB: Wheat

en: _: color
    Gainsboro
en_GB: Gainsboro

en: _: color
    Khaki
en_GB: Khaki

en: _: color
    PaleTurquoise
en_GB: PaleTurquoise

en: _: color
    Pink
en_GB: Pink

en: _: color
    LightGoldenrod
en_GB: LightGoldenrod

en: _: color
    LightGray
en_GB: LightGray

en: _: color
    LightPink
en_GB: LightPink

en: _: color
    PowderBlue
en_GB: PowderBlue

en: _: color
    Aquamarine
en_GB: Aquamarine

en: _: color
    Thistle
en_GB: Thistle

en: _: color
    LightBlue
en_GB: LightBlue

en: _: color
    PaleGreen
en_GB: PaleGreen

en: _: color
    Gold
en_GB: Gold

en: _: color
    GreenYellow
en_GB: GreenYellow

en: _: color
    LightSteelBlue
en_GB: LightSteelBlue

en: _: color
    LightGreen
en_GB: LightGreen

en: _: color
    Plum
en_GB: Plum

en: _: color
    Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: _: color
    BurlyWood
en_GB: BurlyWood

en: _: color
    LightSkyblue
en_GB: LightSkyblue

en: _: color
    LightSalmon
en_GB: LightSalmon

en: _: color
    SkyBlue
en_GB: SkyBlue

en: _: color
    Tan
en_GB: Tan

en: _: color
    Violet
en_GB: Violet

en: _: color
    SandyBrown
en_GB: SandyBrown

en: _: color
    DarkSalmon
en_GB: DarkSalmon

en: _: color
    DarkKhaki
en_GB: DarkKhaki

en: _: color
    Chartreuse
en_GB: Chartreuse

en: _: color
    DarkGray
en_GB: DarkGray

en: _: color
    LawnGreen
en_GB: LawnGreen

en: _: color
    HotPink
en_GB: HotPink

en: _: color
    Salmon
en_GB: Salmon

en: _: color
    LightCoral
en_GB: LightCoral

en: _: color
    Turquoise
en_GB: Turquoise

en: _: color
    DarkSeagreen
en_GB: DarkSeagreen

en: _: color
    Orchid
en_GB: Orchid

en: _: color
    MediumAquamarine
en_GB: MediumAquamarine

en: _: color
    Coral
en_GB: Coral

en: _: color
    YellowGreen
en_GB: YellowGreen

en: _: color
    Goldenrod
en_GB: Goldenrod

en: _: color
    MediumTurquoise
en_GB: MediumTurquoise

en: _: color
    RosyBrown
en_GB: RosyBrown

en: _: color
    PaleVioletRed
en_GB: PaleVioletRed

en: _: color
    MediumSpringGreen
en_GB: MediumSpringGreen

en: _: color
    Tomato
en_GB: Tomato

en: _: color
    SpringGreen
en_GB: SpringGreen

en: _: color
    Peru
en_GB: Peru

en: _: color
    CornflowerBlue
en_GB: CornflowerBlue

en: _: color
    LightSlateBlue
en_GB: LightSlateBlue

en: _: color
    MediumPurple
en_GB: MediumPurple

en: _: color
    MediumOrchid
en_GB: MediumOrchid

en: _: color
    CadetBlue
en_GB: CadetBlue

en: _: color
    DarkTurquoise
en_GB: DarkTurquoise

en: _: color
    DeepSkyblue
en_GB: DeepSkyblue

en: _: color
    LightSlateGray
en_GB: LightSlateGray

en: _: color
    DarkGoldenrod
en_GB: DarkGoldenrod

en: _: color
    MediumSlateBlue
en_GB: MediumSlateBlue

en: _: color
    IndianRed
en_GB: IndianRed

en: _: color
    Chocolate
en_GB: Chocolate

en: _: color
    MediumSeaGreen
en_GB: MediumSeaGreen

en: _: color
    LimeGreen
en_GB: LimeGreen

en: _: color
    LightSeaGreen
en_GB: LightSeaGreen

en: _: color
    SlateGray
en_GB: SlateGray

en: _: color
    DodgerBlue
en_GB: DodgerBlue

en: _: color
    OrangeRed
en_GB: OrangeRed

en: _: color
    DeepPink
en_GB: DeepPink

en: _: color
    SteelBlue
en_GB: SteelBlue

en: _: color
    SlateBlue
en_GB: SlateBlue

en: _: color
    OliveDrab
en_GB: OliveDrab

en: _: color
    RoyalBlue
en_GB: RoyalBlue

en: _: color
    VioletRed
en_GB: VioletRed

en: _: color
    DarkOrchid
en_GB: DarkOrchid

en: _: color
    Purple
en_GB: Purple

en: _: color
    DimGray
en_GB: DimGray

en: _: color
    BlueViolet
en_GB: BlueViolet

en: _: color
    Sienna
en_GB: Sienna

en: _: color
    MediumVioletRed
en_GB: MediumVioletRed

en: _: color
    Maroon
en_GB: Maroon

en: _: color
    SeaGreen
en_GB: SeaGreen

en: _: color
    DarkOliveGreen
en_GB: DarkOliveGreen

en: _: color
    ForestGreen
en_GB: ForestGreen

en: _: color
    SaddleBrown
en_GB: SaddleBrown

en: _: color
    DarkViolet
en_GB: DarkViolet

en: _: color
    FireBrick
en_GB: FireBrick

en: _: color
    DarkSlateBlue
en_GB: DarkSlateBlue

en: _: color
    DarkSlateGray
en_GB: DarkSlateGray

en: _: color
    MidnightBlue
en_GB: MidnightBlue

en: _: color
    MediumBlue
en_GB: MediumBlue

en: _: color
    Navy
en_GB: Navy

en: Tabulator &Center
en_GB: Tabulator &Centre

en: More Colors...
en_GB: More Colours...

en: _: color
    LightSkyBlue
en_GB: LightSkyBlue

en: _: color
    DarkSeaGreen
en_GB: DarkSeaGreen

en: _: color
    DeepSkyBlue
en_GB: DeepSkyBlue

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoCompletionBase.ui line 319
en: Completion is configured per document. Making this list the default will allow you to use it for new documents automatically. A dialog will appear to inform you that the list will be used for all documents from now on.
en_GB: Completion is configured per document. Making this list the default will allow you to use it for new documents automatically. A dialogue will appear to inform you that the list will be used for all documents from now on.

note: i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 35
en: &Text color:
en_GB: &Text colour:

note: i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 86
en: &Shadow color:
en_GB: &Shadow colour:

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 28
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 42
en: <p>Paragraph Background Color</p>
    
    <p>The paragraph background color appears
    between the left and right margins of a
    paragraph.</p>
    
    <p>If the text has a background color set, then
    the text background will appear 'on top' of the
    paragraph background.  In this case, the paragraph
    background will still show on parts of the paragraph
    that have no text (usually on the last line, between
    the end of the text and the margin).</p>
en_GB: <p>Paragraph Background Colour</p>
    
    <p>The paragraph background colour appears
    between the left and right margins of a
    paragraph.</p>
    
    <p>If the text has a background colour set, then
    the text background will appear 'on top' of the
    paragraph background.  In this case, the paragraph
    background will still show on parts of the paragraph
    that have no text (usually on the last line, between
    the end of the text and the margin).</p>

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 100
en: <p>Paragraph Borders</p>
    
    <p>The preview shows what the currently 
    selected paragraph borders will look like.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>add</i> a new border: Select the desired style,
    width and color.  Click the toggle button that corresponds
    to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>remove</i> an existing border: Either click on the
    border to be removed in the preview, or click the
    toggle button corresponding to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>modify</i> a border: Select the desired style,
    width and color, then click on the border to be
    modified in the preview.</p>
en_GB: <p>Paragraph Borders</p>
    
    <p>The preview shows what the currently 
    selected paragraph borders will look like.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>add</i> a new border: Select the desired style,
    width and colour.  Click the toggle button that corresponds
    to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>remove</i> an existing border: Either click on the
    border to be removed in the preview, or click the
    toggle button corresponding to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>modify</i> a border: Select the desired style,
    width and colour, then click on the border to be
    modified in the preview.</p>

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 208
en: &Color:
en_GB: &Colour:

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 349
en: <p>Merge with next paragraph</p>
    
    <p>When this option is checked, no top or bottom borders
    will appear between consecutive paragraphs with the
    same style.  Top and Bottom borders will only appear between
    paragraphs with different styles.</p>
    
    <p>When this option is unchecked, top and bottom borders
    always appear at the top and bottom of paragraphs with this style,
    regardless of the style of the preceeding and subsequent paragraphs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Merge with next paragraph</p>
    
    <p>When this option is ticked, no top or bottom borders
    will appear between consecutive paragraphs with the
    same style.  Top and Bottom borders will only appear between
    paragraphs with different styles.</p>
    
    <p>When this option is unticked, top and bottom borders
    always appear at the top and bottom of paragraphs with this style,
    regardless of the style of the preceeding and subsequent paragraphs.</p>

en: _: A grayed widget
    Disabled.
en_GB: Disabled.

en: Millimeters (mm)
en_GB: Millimetres (mm)

en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

en: Decimeters (dm)
en_GB: Decimetres (dm)

en: Format not recognized
en_GB: Format not recognised

en: _: Custom size
    Custom
en_GB: Custom

en: The image is using an unsupported color space. Please convert to 16-bit floating point RGB/Alpha before saving in the OpenEXR format.
en_GB: The image is using an unsupported colour space. Please convert to 16-bit floating point RGB/Alpha before saving in the OpenEXR format.

en: First pass: page #%1...
en_GB: First pass: page %1...

en: Second pass: page #%1...
en_GB: Second pass: page %1...

en: Body Frameset #%1
en_GB: Body Frameset %1

en: Header Frameset #%1
en_GB: Header Frameset %1

en: Footer Frameset #%1
en_GB: Footer Frameset %1

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Recommended ( %1 )
en_GB: Recommended ( %1 )

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Locale ( %1 )
en_GB: Locale ( %1 )

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Other ( %1 )
en_GB: Other ( %1 )

en: _: Frameset name
    Footnote %1
en_GB: Footnote %1

en: _: Frameset name
    Picture %1
en_GB: Picture %1

en: _: Frameset name
    Table %3, row %1, column %2
en_GB: Table %3, row %1, column %2

en: _: Frameset name
    Main Text Frameset
en_GB: Main Text Frameset

en: _: Table_Name Cell row,column
    %1 Cell %2,%3
en_GB: %1 Cell %2,%3

en: _: Object name
    Table %1
en_GB: Table %1

en: _: Object name
    Table Frame %1
en_GB: Table Frame %1

en: _: Pseudo-author for annotations
    KWord 1.3
en_GB: KWord 1.3

en: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behavior, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?
en_GB: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behaviour, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?

note: i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 59
en: Color Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

note: i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 289
en: &Interpolate RGB as four colors
en_GB: &Interpolate RGB as four colours

note: i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 398
en: Use camera raw colors, not sRGB
en_GB: Use camera raw colours, not sRGB

note: i18n: file ./krita/tiff/kis_wdg_options_tiff.ui line 169
en: Store alpha &channel (transparency)
en_GB: Store alpha channel (transparency)

note: i18n: file ./krita/tiff/kis_wdg_options_tiff.ui line 179
en: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparancy in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can uncheck the box if you are not using transparancy and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparancy in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can untick the box if you are not using transparancy and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>

note: i18n: file ./kword/html/export/ExportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: HTML Export Dialog
en_GB: HTML Export Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kword/ascii/ExportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: Plain Text Export Dialog
en_GB: Plain Text Export Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kword/ascii/ImportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: Plain Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Plain Text Import Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kword/mswrite/ImportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: MS Write Import Dialog
en_GB: MS Write Import Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kspread/html/exportwidget.ui line 171
en: Select this option to use the default fonts and colors for the HTML page.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default fonts and colours for the HTML page.

note: i18n: file ./kspread/html/exportwidget.ui line 242
en: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you check <b>Use borders</b> too.
en_GB: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you tick <b>Use borders</b> too.

en: no colors allowed
en_GB: no colours allowed

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideUnimportantEventsExcludeActive)
en: If checked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.
en_GB: If ticked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomaticRememberLine)
en: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimize the application.
en_GB: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimise the application.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox1)
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_InputFieldsBackgroundColor)
en: &Use custom colors for input box, nickname list and tab list
en_GB: &Use custom colours for input box, nickname list and tab list

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_UseColoredNicks)
en: Colored Nicks
en_GB: Coloured Nicks

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Own nick color:
en_GB: &Own nick colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: By enabling this option, color codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as colored text. You can add color codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Color
en_GB: By enabling this option, colour codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as coloured text. You can add colour codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: &Allow Colored Text in IRC Messages
en_GB: &Allow Coloured Text in IRC Messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OSDUseCustomColors)
en: Enable Custom Colors
en_GB: Enable Custom Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Te&xt color:
en_GB: Te&xt colour:

en: Warning Dialogs
en_GB: Warning Dialogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsText)
en: Use colored text
en_GB: Use coloured text

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsLeds)
en: Use colored LEDs
en_GB: Use coloured LEDs

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: If you select this, the colors you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colors for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".
en_GB: If you select this, the colours you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colours for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: Give precedence to chat window highlight colors
en_GB: Give precedence to chat window highlight colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, dialogListView)
en: Show a warning dialog when...
en_GB: Show a warning dialogue when...

en: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialog.
en_GB: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialogue.

en: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground colour

en: Select a color from the image
en_GB: Select a colour from the image

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_insertRememberLineOnAwayChBox)
en: If you check this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.
en_GB: If you tick this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_automaticUnawayChBox)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, awayCommandsGroup)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.

en: You set the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: You set the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3 and %4.

en: Click to create, view, or edit the KAddressBook entry associated with the nickname selected above.
en_GB: Click to create, view or edit the KAddressBook entry associated with the nickname selected above.

en: Unrecognized command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.
en_GB: Unrecognised command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.

en: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognizes "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialog under Behavior -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).
en_GB: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognises "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialog under Behaviour -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_sslChBox)
en: Check if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.
en_GB: Tick if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoConnectCBox)
en: Check here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.
en_GB: Tick here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.

en: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Colored nicks, Nicklist themes
en_GB: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Coloured nicks, Nicklist themes

en: Color configurator, Highlight dialog
en_GB: Colour configurator, Highlight dialogue

en: Option to enable IRC color filtering
en_GB: Option to enable IRC colour filtering

en: Open the channel settings dialog for this tab
en_GB: Open the channel settings dialogue for this tab

en: &IRC Color...
en_GB: &IRC Colour...

en: Set the color of your current IRC message
en_GB: Set the colour of your current IRC message

en: Insert &IRC Color...
en_GB: Insert &IRC Colour...

en: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password.)
en_GB: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password).

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3 and %4.

en: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behavior</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behaviour</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>

en: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialog to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?
en_GB: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialogue to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?

en: IRC Color Chooser
en_GB: IRC Colour Chooser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: This is how your message will look with these colors
en_GB: This is how your message will look with these colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colors.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your color changes.</b>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colours.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your colour changes.</b>
    </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: &Foreground color:
en_GB: &Foreground colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text-background color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text-background colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background color of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text color.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background colour of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text colour.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

en: Find Forward
en_GB: Find Forwards

note: i18n: file: exportkeysbase.ui:30 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, keyList)
en: Check the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.
en_GB: Tick the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.

[ctx: @info]
en: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialog.
en_GB: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialogue.

en: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialog; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialog is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialogue; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialogue is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>

en: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimized for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialog</a></p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimised for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialogue</a></p>

en: OK dialog
en_GB: OK dialogue

en: <p>You have just dragged an item onto another: this will make the dragged item a sub category of that onto which it was dropped. Sub categories may be used to denote facts such as 'Las Vegas is in the USA', in that example you would drag Las Vegas onto USA. When you have set up sub categories you can, for instance, see all images from the USA by simply selecting that item in the Browser.</p><p>Was it really your intention to make "%2" a sub category of "%3"?</p> | <p>You have just dragged a number of items onto another: this will make the dragged items sub categories of that onto which they were dropped. Sub categories may be used to denote facts such as 'Las Vegas and New York are in the USA' in that example you would drag 'Las Vegas' and 'New York' onto USA. When you have set up sub categories you can, for instance, see all images from the USA by simply selecting that item in the Browser.</p><p>Was it really your intention to make "%2" sub categories of "%3"?</p>
en_GB[0]: <p>You have just dragged an item onto another: this will make the dragged item a sub category of that onto which it was dropped. Sub categories may be used to denote facts such as 'London is in the UK', in that example you would drag London onto UK. When you have set up sub categories you can, for instance, see all images from the UK by simply selecting that item in the Browser.</p><p>Was it really your intention to make "%2" a sub category of "%3"?</p>
en_GB[1]: <p>You have just dragged a number of items onto another: this will make the dragged items sub categories of that onto which they were dropped. Sub categories may be used to denote facts such as 'London and Birmingham are in the UK' in that example you would drag 'London' and 'Birmingham' onto UK. When you have set up sub categories you can, for instance, see all images from the UK by simply selecting that item in the Browser.</p><p>Was it really your intention to make "%2" sub categories of "%3"?</p>

en: <p>Be aware that setting the data from EXIF may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>Be aware that setting the data from EXIF may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialogue.</p>

en: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may check this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not check this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>
en_GB: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may tick this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not tick this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>

en: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the checkbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which directory to put the images. This directory must of course be below the directory root KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>
en_GB: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the tickbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which directory to put the images. This directory must of course be below the directory root KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>

en: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialog.
en_GB: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialogue.

en: Patch for making it possible to reread EXIF info using a nice dialog.
en_GB: Patch for making it possible to reread EXIF info using a nice dialogue.

en: (.) Patch with directory info made available through the browser. (.) Patch for adding a check box for "and/or" searches in the search page.
en_GB: (.) Patch with directory info made available through the browser. (.) Patch for adding a tick box for "and/or" searches in the search page.

en: <h1><a name="exiv2">EXIF support</a></h1><p>Images store information like the date the image was shot, the shooting angle, focal length, and shutter-speed in what is known as EXIF information.</p><p>KPhotoAlbum uses the <a href="http://freshmeat.net/projects/exiv2/">EXIV2 library</a> to read EXIF information from images</p>
en_GB: <h1><a name="exiv2">EXIF support</a></h1><p>Images store information like the date the image was shot, the shooting angle, focal length and shutter-speed in what is known as EXIF information.</p><p>KPhotoAlbum uses the <a href="http://freshmeat.net/projects/exiv2/">EXIV2 library</a> to read EXIF information from images</p>

en: # of Items
en_GB: No. of Items

en: Run Randomized Slide Show
en_GB: Run Randomised Slide Show

en: Annotation Dialog
en_GB: Annotation Dialogue

en: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously checked the do-not-show-again check box?</p>
en_GB: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously ticked the do-not-show-again tick box?</p>

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is using a single index.xml file as its <i>data base</i>. With lots of images it may take a long time to read this file. You may cut down this time to approximately half, by checking this check box. The disadvantage is that the index.xml file is less readable by human eyes.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is using a single index.xml file as its <i>data base</i>. With lots of images it may take a long time to read this file. You may cut down this time to approximately half, by ticking this tick box. The disadvantage is that the index.xml file is less readable by human eyes.</p>

en: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the EXIF dialog
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the EXIF dialogue

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images.  Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image.  This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable.  If this option is checked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images.  Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image.  This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable.  If this option is ticked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, uncheck this check box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, untick this tick box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Check this checkbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Tick this tickbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>

en: <b>Notice:</b> It is also possible to set up subcategories in the annotation dialog, simply by dragging items.
en_GB: <b>Notice:</b> It is also possible to set up subcategories in the annotation dialogue, simply by dragging items.

en: <p>Background color to use in the thumbnail viewer</p>
en_GB: <p>Background colour to use in the thumbnail viewer</p>

en: <p>Checking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>

en: <p>Checking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>It is possible to create new categories - that are alternatives
    to <b>People</b>, <b>Places</b>, and <b>Events</b> - in the annotation
    dialog. 
    To add new categories or remove existing ones, go to the <b>Settings-&gt;Configure KPhotoAlbum</b> dialog, and choose
    <b>Categories</b> in the side bar.</p>
en_GB: <p>It is possible to create new categories - that are alternatives
    to <b>People</b>, <b>Places</b> and <b>Events</b> - in the annotation
    dialogue. 
    To add new categories or remove existing ones, go to the <b>Settings-&gt;Configure KPhotoAlbum</b> dialogue, and choose
    <b>Categories</b> in the side bar.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You may rename or delete a person, location, keyword or similar by
    right-clicking on the item in the image property dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>You may rename or delete a person, location, keyword or similar by
    right-clicking on the item in the image property dialogue.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>It's possible to associate images with categories. That way when browsing, say people, you
    may get a small icon for each person with e.g. the person's face.</p>
    <p>To specify an icon for a person, load the person in the viewer, zoom to
    the part which you want to make into an icon, and choose
    <b>Show Category Editor</b>. This will bring up a dialog where you can
    find the person, and set the image.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>It is possible to associate images with categories. That way when browsing, say people, you
    may get a small icon for each person with e.g. the person's face.</p>
    <p>To specify an icon for a person, load the person in the viewer, zoom to
    the part which you want to make into an icon, and choose
    <b>Show Category Editor</b>. This will bring up a dialogue where you can
    find the person, and set the image.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You may close the image annotation dialog (the one where you specify
    people, places, etc. for the images) by pressing Ctrl+Enter.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>You may close the image annotation dialogue (the one where you specify
    people, places, etc. for the images) by pressing Ctrl+Enter.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    On the thumbnail view, you can resize the grid to your needs just by clicking 
    the middle mouse button and dragging around. On most systems you can emulate 
    the middle mouse button by left and right clicking at the same time. 
    </p>
    <p align="right">-- Tip contributed by Rafael Beccar</p>
en_GB: <p>
    On the thumbnail view, you can resize the grid to your needs just by clicking 
    the middle mouse button and dragging around. On most systems you can emulate 
    the middle mouse button by left and right clicking at the same time. 
    </p>
    <p align="right">-- Tip contributed by Rafæl Beccar</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You can rate images using the numbers from 0 to 5 on the keyboard whilst in
    thumbnail view or the image viewer. In the annotation dialog, you can rate
    images by selecting the appropriate star rating.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can rate images using the numbers from 0 to 5 on the keyboard whilst in
    thumbnail view or the image viewer. In the annotation dialogue, you can rate
    images by selecting the appropriate star rating.</p>

en: Insufficient color depth for this filter
en_GB: Insufficient colour depth for this filter

en: Centered Maxpect
en_GB: Centred Maxpect

en: Centered Auto Fit
en_GB: Centred Auto Fit

en: Skip 10 Forward
en_GB: Skip 10 Forwards

en: Skip 100 Forward
en_GB: Skip 100 Forwards

en: Skip 1000 Forward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Forwards

en: Skip 10 Backward
en_GB: Skip 10 Backwards

en: Skip 100 Backward
en_GB: Skip 100 Backwards

en: Skip 1000 Backward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Backwards

en: 10 minutes backward
en_GB: 10 minutes backwards

en: 1 minute backward
en_GB: 1 minute backwards

en: 10 seconds backward
en_GB: 10 seconds backwards

en: 1 seconds backward
en_GB: 1 seconds backwards

en: 100 milliseconds backward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds backwards

en: 100 milliseconds forward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds forwards

en: 1 seconds forward
en_GB: 1 seconds forwards

en: 10 seconds forward
en_GB: 10 seconds forwards

en: 1 minute forward
en_GB: 1 minute forwards

en: 10 minutes forward
en_GB: 10 minutes forwards

en: Apply Grayscale Filter
en_GB: Apply Greyscale Filter

en: Apply Histogram Equalization Filter
en_GB: Apply Histogram Equalisation Filter

en: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronization cannot continue.
en_GB: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronisation cannot continue.

en: Full Synchronization
en_GB: Full Synchronisation

en: Could not initialize conduit %1.
en_GB: Could not initialise conduit %1.

en: One of the data proxies could not be initialized.
en_GB: One of the data proxies could not be initialised.

en: Commiting changes to the handheld
en_GB: Committing changes to the handheld

en: Syncing handheld records to pc.
en_GB: Syncing handheld records to PC.

en: Cannot initialize from pilot.
en_GB: Cannot initialise from pilot.

en: Cannot initialize the memo files from disk.
en_GB: Cannot initialise the memo files from disk.

en: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronization was not long enough ago.
en_GB: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronisation was not long enough ago.

en: MAL synchronization failed (no SyncInfo).
en_GB: MAL synchronisation failed (no SyncInfo).

en: MAL Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: MAL Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld
en_GB: Synchronises the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld

en: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialog.
en_GB: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialogue.

en: Time Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: Time Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the Time on the Handheld and the PC
en_GB: Synchronises the Time on the Handheld and the PC

en: Could not read text record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read text record %1 from Database %2

en: Could not read bookmark record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read bookmark record %1 from Database %2

en: Searching for texts and databases to synchronize
en_GB: Searching for texts and databases to synchronise

en: Synchronizing text "%1"
en_GB: Synchronising text "%1"

en: Resolution Dialog
en_GB: Resolution Dialogue

en: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unchecking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialog.
en_GB: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unticking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialogue.

en: KPilot Daemon
en_GB: KPilot Dæmon

en: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronization actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its checkbox. </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronisation actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its tickbox. </p></qt>

en: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialog provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its checkbox. Checked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialogue provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its tickbox. Ticked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>

en: Special behavior during HotSync.
en_GB: Special behaviour during HotSync.

en: Behavior at startup and exit.
en_GB: Behaviour at startup and exit.

en: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2.Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2. Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>

en: Starting the KPilot daemon ...
en_GB: Starting the KPilot dæmon ...

en: Could not start the KPilot daemon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;
en_GB: Could not start the KPilot dæmon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;

en: Daemon started.
en_GB: Dæmon started.

en: Daemon status is `%1'
en_GB: Dæmon status is `%1'

en: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialogue.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.

en: Try to reset the daemon and its connection to the Handheld.
en_GB: Try to reset the dæmon and its connection to the Handheld.

en: Quit KPilot, (and stop the daemon if configured that way).
en_GB: Quit KPilot (and stop the dæmon if configured that way).

en: The daemon has exited.
en_GB: The dæmon has exited.

en: Restart the daemon to HotSync again.
en_GB: Restart the dæmon to HotSync again.

note: i18n: file: conduits/akonadibase/akonadi-setup-widget.ui:65 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, fSelectionWarnLabel)
en: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronizing. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.
en_GB: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronising. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:31 i18n: ectx: label, entry (DatabaseList), group (General)
en: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time.)
en_GB: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time).

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:51 i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncInfo), group (General)
en: Synchronization information
en_GB: Synchronisation information

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QButtonGroup)
en: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronized
en_GB: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronised

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:78 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:103 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:114 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:125 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:263 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box to use a non-standard proxy port.
en_GB: Tick this box to use a non-standard proxy port.

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:36 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1_2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:44 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fTXTDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronize text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronise text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:60 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fkeepPDBLocally)
en: <qt>Check this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:74 i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (Q3ButtonGroup, fSyncDirection)
en: Synchronization Mode
en_GB: Synchronisation Mode

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton3)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:102 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:118 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:144 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fPDBDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is checked as well.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is ticked as well.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:164 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:261 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.
en_GB: Tick this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:167 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Check this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Tick this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:180 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fConvertBookmarks)
en: <qt>Check this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:209 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksInline)
en: Check this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:232 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksEndtags)
en: Check this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:242 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksBmk)
en: <qt>Check this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fNoConversionOfBmksOnly)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:297 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton8)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:313 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton11)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:326 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton9)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:403 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton7)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialog to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialogue to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:413 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: &Always show the resolution dialog
en_GB: &Always show the resolution dialogue

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:416 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: <qt>Check this box to force the resolution dialog to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to force the resolution dialogue to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:264 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you check this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.
en_GB: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you tick this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Check at least one of the bookmark types below.
en_GB: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Tick at least one of the bookmark types below.

note: i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:23 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2) i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:39 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, fSendMode)
en: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialog may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialogue may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, fSpecialSync)
en: <qt>Select in this list the synchronization type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select in this list the synchronisation type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fScreenlockSecure)
en: <qt>Check this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:111 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fFullSyncCheck)
en: <qt>Check this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:134 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fBackupOnlyChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to check the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to tick the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:183 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fSkipDBChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:198 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fRunConduitsWithBackup)
en: <qt>Check this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:18 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:34 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, fPilotDevice)
en: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronize with the handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronise with the handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:28 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fStartDaemonAtLogin)
en: <qt>Check this box to start up the KPilot daemon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to start up the KPilot dæmon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fDockDaemon)
en: <qt>Check this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the daemon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the dæmon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fQuitAfterSync)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot daemon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB daemon.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot dæmon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB dæmon.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fKillDaemonOnExit)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop the KPilot daemon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the daemon itself).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop the KPilot dæmon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the dæmon itself).</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:17 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, fDatabaseList)
en: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are checked will be used for the operation that caused this dialog to appear.
en_GB: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are ticked will be used for the operation that caused this dialogue to appear.

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:24 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPushButton, fRemoveButton)
en: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just uncheck the database.
en_GB: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just untick the database.

[ctx: @item]
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

[ctx: Align center]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @label:textbox Border color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Categorize
en_GB: Categorise

en: Filter "%1" not recognized.
    Please select one of the provided filters.
en_GB: Filter "%1" not recognised.
    Please select one of the provided filters.

en: Unrecognized Filter
en_GB: Unrecognised Filter

en: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings be checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>
en_GB: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings are checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>

en: Initialize Database
en_GB: Initialise Database

en: There is currently no localized ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the English ingredients instead?
en_GB: There is currently no localised ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the American English ingredients instead?

en: <p>This dialog will allow you to specify a MySQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes MySQL database.</p><p><b><font size="+1">Most users that use Krecipes and MySQL for the first time can just leave the default parameters and press 'Next'.</font></b></p> <p>If you set a MySQL root password before, or you have already permissions as normal user, click on the appropriate option. Otherwise the account 'root' will be used, with no password.</p><p>[For security reasons, we strongly encourage you to setup a MySQL root password if you have not done so yet. Just type as root: mysqladmin password <i>your_password</i>]</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will allow you to specify a MySQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes MySQL database.</p><p><b><font size="+1">Most users that use Krecipes and MySQL for the first time can just leave the default parameters and press 'Next'.</font></b></p> <p>If you set a MySQL root password before, or you have already permissions as normal user, click on the appropriate option. Otherwise the account 'root' will be used, with no password.</p><p>[For security reasons, we strongly encourage you to setup a MySQL root password if you have not done so yet. Just type as root: mysqladmin password <i>your_password</i>]</p>

en: <p>This dialog will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>

en: <p>In this dialog you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>In this dialogue you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>

en: In this dialog you can adjust SQLite settings.
en_GB: In this dialogue you can adjust SQLite settings.

en: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialize your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialise your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>

en: Yes please, initialize the database with the examples
en_GB: Yes please, initialise the database with the examples

en: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C, etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>

en: centiliter
en_GB: centilitre

en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

en: deciliter
en_GB: decilitre

en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

en: liter
en_GB: litre

en: liters
en_GB: litres

en: milliliter
en_GB: millilitre

en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

en: Customize Formatting
en_GB: Customise Formatting

en: Krarc Password Dialog
en_GB: Krarc Password Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkEnabled)
en: If checked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.
en_GB: If ticked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.

en: User Action Parameter Dialog
en_GB: User Action Parameter Dialogue

en: Trash bin
en_GB: Wastebin

en: Please restart this dialog in order to see the changes
en_GB: Please restart this dialogue in order to see the changes

[ctx: singularOnly]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?

en: &Trash
en_GB: Was&tebin

en: &Center Map Here
en_GB: &Centre Map Here

en: The archives that are "grayed out" were unavailable on your
    system last time Krusader checked. If you wish Krusader to
    search again, click the 'Auto Configure' button.
en_GB: The archives that are "greyed out" were unavailable on your
    system last time Krusader checked. If you wish Krusader to
    search again, click the 'Auto Configure' button.

en: Use the default KDE colors
en_GB: Use the default KDE colours

en: Use alternate background color
en_GB: Use alternate background colour

en: Dim the colors of the inactive panel
en_GB: Dim the colours of the inactive panel

en: <p>The colors of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim color and a dim factor.</p>
en_GB: <p>The colours of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim colour and a dim factor.</p>

en: Dim target color:
en_GB: Dim target colour:

en: Synchronizer
en_GB: Synchroniser

en: Import color-scheme
en_GB: Import colour-scheme

en: Export color-scheme
en_GB: Export colour-scheme

en: Select a color-scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour-scheme file

en: Select a color scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour scheme file

en: If checked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode
en_GB: If ticked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode

en: The icon will appear in the system tray instead of the taskbar, when Krusader is minimized.
en_GB: The icon will appear in the system tray instead of the taskbar, when Krusader is minimised.

en: Files will be moved to trash when deleted.
en_GB: Files will be moved to the wastebin when deleted.

en: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option.
en_GB: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, untick this option.

en: Opens a quick search dialog box.
en_GB: Opens a quick search dialogue box.

en: If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style.
en_GB: If ticked, use a mode based on KDE's style.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: Krusader starts to tray (if minimize to tray is set), without showing the main window
en_GB: Krusader starts to tray (if minimise to tray is set), without showing the main window

en: Customize the way Krusader deals with archives
en_GB: Customise the way Krusader deals with archives

en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

en: Synchronize &Directories...
en_GB: Synchronise &Directories...

en: Modify search behavior
en_GB: Modify search behaviour

en: Synchronize Selected Files...
en_GB: Synchronise Selected Files...

en: F3 View Dialog
en_GB: F3 View Dialogue

en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Synchronize results
en_GB: Synchronise results

en: Krusader::Synchronize
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise

en: Krusader::Synchronizer
en_GB: Krusader::Synchroniser

en: Krusader::Synchronize Directories
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise Directories

en: The left base directory used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The left base directory used during the synchronisation process.

en: The right base directory used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The right base directory used during the synchronisation process.

en: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>
en_GB: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronising Windows filesystems.</p>

en: &Synchronizer
en_GB: &Synchroniser

en: Synchronize with &KGet
en_GB: Synchronise with &KGet

en: The synchronizer window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?
en_GB: The synchroniser window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?

en: Load a Synchronizer Profile...
en_GB: Load a Synchroniser Profile...

en: Error: unrecognized %%%1%2%% in Expander
en_GB: Error: unrecognised %%%1%2%% in Expander

en: KTorrent has found a torrent from the KDE3 version of KTorrent, do you want to import it? | KTorrent has found %1 torrents from the KDE3 version of KTorrent, do you want to import them?
en_GB[0]: KTorrent has found a torrent from the KDE3 version of KTorrent, do you want to import it?
en_GB[1]: KTorrent has found %1 torrents from the KDE3 version of KTorrent, do you want to import them ?

en: File prioritization and some other patches
en_GB: File prioritisation and some other patches

en: Patch to fix a crash in ChunkDownloadView
en_GB: Patch to fix a ChunkDownloadView crash

en: A couple of bugfixes
en_GB: A couple of bug fixes

en: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialog
en_GB: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialogue

en: Feature to disable authentication in the webinterface
en_GB: Feature to disable authentication in the web interface

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_utpEnabled)
en: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimized to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.
en_GB: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimised to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_onlyUseUtp)
en: Don't use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, seeing that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.
en_GB: Do not use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, as that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_startDownloadsOnLowDiskSpace)
en: Don't start torrents
en_GB: Do not start torrents

en: Stop all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Stop all selected torrents

en: Remove all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Remove all selected torrents

en: Start all torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Start all torrents

en: Down Speed
en_GB: Download Speed

en: Up Speed
en_GB: Upload Speed

en: Total size of the torrent, excluded files are not included
en_GB: Total torrent size, excluding unselected files

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Schedule background color:
en_GB: Schedule background colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleBackgroundColor)
en: Color of the schedule background.
en_GB: Colour of the schedule background.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Schedule line color:
en_GB: Schedule line colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleLineColor)
en: Color of all lines on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of all lines on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Schedule Item color:
en_GB: Schedule Item colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_itemColor)
en: Color of each normal item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each normal item on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Suspended schedule item color:
en_GB: Suspended schedule item colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_suspendedColor)
en: Color of each suspended item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each suspended item on the schedule.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: File Priority Colors
en_GB: File Priority Colours

en: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to
en_GB: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload

en: Several URL's could not be added because they are malformed:
en_GB: Several URLs could not be added because they are malformed:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionDelete), group (general)
en: Delete action checked.
en_GB: Delete action ticked.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionMove), group (general)
en: Move action checked.
en_GB: Move action ticked.

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_29)
en: Avg. leechers connected per running torr.
en_GB: Avg. leechers connected per running torrent

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the average on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the average on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on dl chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from leecher on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgToLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg to leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg to leecher on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from seeds on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds on peers chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on upload chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected leechers on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected leechers on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers in swarms on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected seeds on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected seeds on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds in swarms on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtNodesColor), group (general)
en: Color of the nodes on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the nodes on DHT chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtTasksColor), group (general)
en: Color of the tasks on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the tasks on DHT chart

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_2)
en: Seasons && Episodes
en_GB: Series && Episodes

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_use_se_matching)
en: Use season and episode matching
en_GB: Use series and episode matching

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Seasons:
en_GB: Series:

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, m_seasons)
en: Specify the seasons to download, multiple seasons can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download seasons 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9
en_GB: Specify the series to download, multiple series can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download series 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9

note: #-#-#-#-#  493 (ktorrent)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_se_no_duplicates)
en: Do not download multiple items with the same season and episode
en_GB: Do not download multiple items with the same series and episode

en: Could not to carry out '%s'
en_GB: Could not carry out ‘%s’

en: "%s" produced a result
en_GB: “%s” produced a result

en: No permission to run "%s" (not executable)
en_GB: No permission to run “%s” (not executable)

en: Command in "%s" is not available
en_GB: Command in “%s” is not available

en: No matches in %(src)s for "%(query)s"
en_GB: No matches in %(src)s for “%(query)s”

en: Make "%(action)s" Default for "%(object)s"
en_GB: Make “%(action)s” Default for “%(object)s”

note: TRANS: Removing learned and/or configured bonus search score
en: Forget About "%s"
en_GB: Forget About “%s”

note: TRANS: Error message when Plugin needs a Python module to load
en: Python module '%s' is needed
en_GB: Python module ‘%s’ is needed

en: Please use "%s"
en_GB: Please use “%s”

note: TRANS: This is description for a TextLeaf, a free-text search TRANS: The plural parameter is the number of lines %(num)d
en: "%(text)s" | (%(num)d lines) "%(text)s"
en_GB[0]: “%(text)s”
en_GB[1]: (%(num)d lines) “%(text)s”

en: Compressed archive type for 'Create Archive In'
en_GB: Compressed archive type for ‘Create Archive In’

en: Calculate expressions starting with '='
en_GB: Calculate expressions starting with ‘=’

en: Clipboard "%(desc)s" | Clipboard with %(num)d lines "%(desc)s"
en_GB[0]: Clipboard “%(desc)s”
en_GB[1]: Clipboard with %(num)d lines “%(desc)s”

en: Selected File "%s"
en_GB: Selected File “%s”

en: Assign global keybindings (triggers) to objects created with 'Compose Command'.
en_GB: Assign global keybindings (triggers) to objects created with ‘Compose Command’.

en: Packages matching "%s"
en_GB: Packages matching “%s”

en: Results for "%s"
en_GB: Results for “%s”

en: Show More Results For "%s"
en_GB: Show More Results For “%s”

en: Shelf of "Favorite" items
en_GB: Shelf of “Favourite” items

en: Add item to favorites shelf
en_GB: Add item to favourites shelf

en: Remove item from favorites shelf
en_GB: Remove item from favourites shelf

en: Move this file to trash
en_GB: Move this file to the wastebasket

en: Access trash contents
en_GB: Access the content of the wastebasket

note: proper translation of plural
en: Trash contains one file | Trash contains %(num)s files
en_GB[0]: The wastebasket contains one file
en_GB[1]: The wastebasket contains %(num)s files

en: Unminimize
en_GB: Unminimise

en: Unmaximize Vertically
en_GB: Unmaximise Vertically

[ctx: find action "whats this" text]
en: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.
en_GB: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.

en: Center pattern
en_GB: Centre pattern

en: Pick color from image
en_GB: Pick colour from image

en: Colored Symbols
en_GB: Coloured Symbols

note: i18n: file configurationdlg.ui line 95
en: Colored blocks
en_GB: Coloured blocks

note: i18n: file configurationdlg.ui line 100
en: Colored blocks with symbols
en_GB: Coloured blocks with symbols

en: Color Highlight
en_GB: Colour Highlight

en: Color Mask
en_GB: Colour Mask

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 269
en: Color Symbols
en_GB: Colour Symbols

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 274
en: Colored Blocks
en_GB: Coloured Blocks

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 279
en: Colored Blocks & Symbols
en_GB: Coloured Blocks & Symbols

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 317
en: Color Lines
en_GB: Colour Lines

en: Calibrate colors...
en_GB: Calibrate colours...

en: Clear unused colors
en_GB: Clear unused colours

en: No colors in palette
en_GB: No colours in palette

en: New Catagory
en_GB: New Category

en: Catagory
en_GB: Category

en: This catagory already exists.
en_GB: This category already exists.

en: Catagory Exists
en_GB: Category Exists

en: Color value is invalid
en_GB: Colour value is invalid

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 211
en: Minimum number of cells to be on a seperate page
en_GB: Minimum number of cells to be on a separate page

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 354
en: Print Color Key
en_GB: Print Colour Key

note: i18n: file printdlg.ui line 438
en: Seperate Backstitching
en_GB: Separate Backstitching

note: i18n: file patternpropertiesdlg.ui line 228 i18n: file propertiesdlg.ui line 272
en: Fabric color
en_GB: Fabric colour

note: i18n: file patternpropertiesdlg.ui line 231 i18n: file propertiesdlg.ui line 275
en: Select the color of the fabric.
en_GB: Select the colour of the fabric.

note: i18n: file importimage.ui line 190
en: Maximum colors
en_GB: Maximum colours

note: i18n: file importimage.ui line 198
en: Ignore Color
en_GB: Ignore Colour

note: i18n: file palettemanagerdlg.ui line 363
en: New Color...
en_GB: New Colour...

note: i18n: file palettemanagerdlg.ui line 371
en: Calibrate Colors...
en_GB: Calibrate Colours...

note: i18n: file configurationdlg.ui line 52
en: Color lines
en_GB: Colour lines

note: i18n: file configurationdlg.ui line 67
en: Color symbols
en_GB: Colour symbols

note: i18n: file configurationdlg.ui line 90
en: Colored symbols
en_GB: Coloured symbols

note: i18n: file calibratedlg.ui line 16
en: Calibrate Floss Colors
en_GB: Calibrate Floss Colours

note: i18n: file calibratedlg.ui line 81
en: Currently selected color
en_GB: Currently selected colour

note: i18n: file newcolordlg.ui line 16
en: New Color
en_GB: New Colour

en: I could not initialize Bonobo
en_GB: I could not initialise Bonobo

en: Customi_ze
en_GB: Customi_se

en: Could not initialize Bonobo UI
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo UI

en: Invalid or unrecognized key type: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised key type: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized key: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised key: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized signer: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised signer: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized recipient: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised recipient: %s

en: If set to true, then files encrypted with seahorse will be ASCII armor encoded.
en_GB: If set to true, then files encrypted with seahorse will be ASCII armour encoded.

en: Whether to use ASCII Armor
en_GB: Whether to use ASCII Armour

en: Saving item...
en_GB: Saving item…

en: Deleting item...
en_GB: Deleting item…

en: Deleting keyring...
en_GB: Deleting keyring…

en: Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers
en_GB: Automatically synchronise _modified keys with key servers

en: Optional email address
en_GB: Optional e-mail address

en: Used to encrypt email and files
en_GB: Used to encrypt e-mail and files

en: This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.
en_GB: This is not a image file, or an unrecognised kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.

en: Loading Keys...
en_GB: Loading Keys…

en: Searching for keys...
en_GB: Searching for keys…

en: Uploading keys...
en_GB: Uploading keys…

en: Retrieving keys...
en_GB: Retrieving keys…

en: Searching for keys containing '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for keys containing '%s'…

en: Searching for key id '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for key id '%s'…

en: Retrieving remote keys...
en_GB: Retrieving remote keys…

en: Sending keys to key server...
en_GB: Sending keys to key server…

en: _Sign Key...
en_GB: _Sign Key…

en: A PGP key allows you to encrypt email or files to other people.
en_GB: A PGP key allows you to encrypt e-mail or files to other people.

en: Name/Email
en_GB: Name/E-mail

en: <b>Email:</b>
en_GB: <b>E-mail:</b>

en: Decrypt files and email sent to you.
en_GB: Decrypt files and e-mail sent to you.

en: Encrypt files and email to the key's owner
en_GB: Encrypt files and e-mail to the key's owner

en: You could use a hard to forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used email to check that the email address belongs to the owner.
en_GB: You could use a hard-to-forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used e-mail to check that the e-mail address belongs to the owner.

en: Are you sure you want to delete %d certificate? | Are you sure you want to delete %d certificates?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to delete %d certificate?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to delete %d passwords?

en: Create New ...
en_GB: Create New…

en: Unrecognized key type, or invalid data format
en_GB: Unrecognised key type, or invalid data format

en: _Find Remote Keys...
en_GB: _Find Remote Keys…

en: _Sync and Publish Keys...
en_GB: _Sync and Publish Keys…

en: Publish and/or synchronize your keys with those online.
en_GB: Publish and/or synchronise your keys with those online.

en: <b>%d key is selected for synchronizing</b> | <b>%d keys are selected for synchronizing</b>
en_GB[0]: <b>%d key is selected for synchronising</b>
en_GB[1]: <b>%d keys are selected for synchronising</b>

en: Synchronizing keys
en_GB: Synchronising keys

note: #-#-#-#-#  504 (seahorse)  #-#-#-#-# Show the progress window if necessary
en: Synchronizing keys...
en_GB: Synchronising keys…

en: Configure Key for _Secure Shell...
en_GB: Configure Key for _Secure Shell…

en: <i>Use your email address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>
en_GB: <i>Use your e-mail address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>

en: If there is already a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognize your key now.
en_GB: If there is already a computer with which you want to use this key, you can set up that computer to recognise your key now.

en: Couldn't change authorization for key.
en_GB: Couldn't change authorisation for key.

en: The owner of this key is _authorized to connect to this computer
en_GB: The owner of this key is _authorised to connect to this computer

note: #-#-#-#-#  504 (seahorse)  #-#-#-#-# Show the progress window if necessary
en: Configuring Secure Shell Keys...
en_GB: Configuring Secure Shell Keys…

en: <i>eg: fileserver.example.com:port</i>
en_GB: <i>e.g.: fileserver.example.com:port</i>

en: Encrypt...
en_GB: Encrypt…

en: file...
en_GB: file…

en: Cannot create self signed server key for '%s': %s
en_GB: Cannot create self-signed server key for '%s': %s

en: My colors
en_GB: My colours

en: Color accent
en_GB: Colour accent

en: Color swap
en_GB: Colour swap

en: Center-weighted average
en_GB: Centre-weighted average

en: My color data
en_GB: My colour data

en: Center-right
en_GB: Centre-right

en: Left-center
en_GB: Left-centre

en: Color Information
en_GB: Colour Information

en: Image Stabilization
en_GB: Image Stabilisation

en: Color Tone
en_GB: Colour Tone

en: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can get corrupted.
en_GB: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can be corrupted.

en: One-chip color area sensor
en_GB: One-chip colour area sensor

en: Two-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Two-chip colour area sensor

en: Three-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Three-chip colour area sensor

en: Color sequential area sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential area sensor

en: Color sequential linear sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential linear sensor

en: Center-weight
en_GB: Centre-weight

en: Normal program
en_GB: Normal programme

en: Creative program (biased toward depth of field)
en_GB: Creative programme (biased towards depth of field)

en: Creative program (biased toward fast shutter speed)
en_GB: Creative programme (biased towards fast shutter speed)

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GSPAltitude tag. The reference unit is meters. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GSPAltitude tag. The reference unit is metres. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is metres.

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Color Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Colour Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centered); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centered) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centered and co-sited positioning.
en_GB: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centred); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centred) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centred and co-sited positioning.

en: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: Date and Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (Digitised)

en: Sub-second Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Sub-second Time (Digitised)

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.

en: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.
en_GB: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place, by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.

en: Program AE
en_GB: Programme AE

en: FinePix Color
en_GB: FinePix Colour

en: 2 Mpixel basic
en_GB: 2M pixel basic

en: 2 Mpixel normal
en_GB: 2M pixel normal

en: 2 Mpixel fine
en_GB: 2M pixel fine

en: %2.2f meters
en_GB: %2.2f metres

en: AF position: center
en_GB: AF position: centre

en: Color Mode (?)
en_GB: Colour Mode (?)

en: Optimize Image
en_GB: Optimise Image

en: Color Matrix Number
en_GB: Colour Matrix Number

en: Color Control
en_GB: Colour Control

en: Light Value Center
en_GB: Light Value Centre

en: Color Adjustment Mode
en_GB: Colour Adjustment Mode

en: Synchro sound record
en_GB: Sync sound record

en: Fixed center
en_GB: Fixed centre

en: Top-center
en_GB: Top-centre

en: Bottom-center
en_GB: Bottom-centre

en: Choose An Application
en_GB: Choose an application

en: <b>File Type To be Opened:</b>
en_GB: <b>File type to be opened:</b>

en: _Installed Application
en_GB: Installed Application

en: _Set selected application as default action of this file type
en_GB: _Set selected application as default action of this type of file

en: <b>There is already a file with the same name in this location.</b>
    
    Do you want to replace the existing file
en_GB: <b>There is already a file with the same name in this location.</b>
    
    Do you want to replace the existing file?

en: <b>Mail client</b>
en_GB: <b>Mail Client</b>

en: Only search for files of following types
en_GB: Only search for files of the following types

en: Trash Can
en_GB: Rubbish Bin

en: Some files cannot be moved to trash can because the underlying file systems don't support this operation.
    Do you want to delete them instead?
en_GB: Some files cannot be moved to the rubbish bin because the underlying file systems don’t support this operation.
    Do you want to delete them instead?

en: Trashing files
en_GB: Transferring to Rubbish Bin

en: Please enter a valid user name or numeric id.
en_GB: Please enter a valid user name or numeric ID.

en: Please enter a valid group name or numeric id.
en_GB: Please enter a valid group name or numeric ID.

en: _Empty Trash Can
en_GB: _Empty Rubbish Bin

en: Restore trashed files to original paths
en_GB: Restore deleted files

en: Check to remember sort as folder setting rather than global one
en_GB: Remember sort as per folder setting, rather than global setting

en: Mingle _files and folders
en_GB: Mingle files and folders

en: Do you want to move the selected files to trash can?
en_GB: Do you want to move the selected files to the rubbish bin?

en: Are you sure you want to empty the trash can?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to empty the Rubbish Bin?

en: Cannot move a folder into its sub folder
en_GB: Cannot move a folder into its sub-folder

en: Cannot copy a folder into its sub folder
en_GB: Cannot copy a folder into its sub-folder

en: Destination is a sub folder of source
en_GB: Destination is a sub-folder of source

en: The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognized.
en_GB: The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognised.

en: How to shade the background color. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".
en_GB: How to shade the background colour. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".

en: You are not authorized to perform this operation
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation

en: The job has been canceled
en_GB: The job has been cancelled

en: Load exotic, rarely used layouts and options
en_GB: Load exotic, rarely-used layouts and options

en: The background color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The background colour for the layout indicator

en: The foreground color
en_GB: The foreground colour

en: The foreground color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The foreground colour for the layout indicator

note: Set up the dialog
en: Gnome Print Dialog
en_GB: Gnome Print Dialogue

en: Use _theme colors for content
en_GB: Use _theme colours for content

en: Foreground color of the title
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title

en: Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor

en: Title Foreground color set
en_GB: Title Foreground colour set

en: Foreground color of the title is set
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title is set

en: Background color set
en_GB: Background colour set

en: Background color is set
en_GB: Background colour is set

en: Contents Background color
en_GB: Contents Background colour

en: Contents Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Contents Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Contents Background color set
en_GB: Contents Background colour set

en: Contents Background color is set
en_GB: Contents Background colour is set

en: Logo Background color
en_GB: Logo Background colour

en: Logo Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Logo Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Logo Background color set
en_GB: Logo Background colour set

en: Logo Background color is set
en_GB: Logo Background colour is set

en: Browse Dialog Title
en_GB: Browse Dialogue Title

en: Title for the Browse file dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse file dialogue.

en: Color used to draw the link
en_GB: Colour used to draw the link

en: Title for the Browse icon dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse icon dialogue.

en: Picker dialog
en_GB: Picker dialogue

en: Icon picker dialog.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.
en_GB: Icon picker dialogue.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.

en: Icon selection dialog
en_GB: Icon selection dialogue

en: This dialog box lets you select an icon.
en_GB: This dialogue box lets you select an icon.

en: Disable Crash Dialog
en_GB: Disable Crash Dialogue

en: %s: Failed to recognize %s as an archive
en_GB: %s: Failed to recognise %s as an archive

en: Run '%s help' to see a list subcommands.
en_GB: Run '%s help' to see a list of subcommands.

en: %s: display files in a virtual machine
    Copyright (C) 2010 Red Hat Inc.
    Usage:
      %s [--options] -d domname file [file ...]
      %s [--options] -a disk.img [-a disk.img ...] file [file ...]
    Options:
      -a|--add image       Add image
      -c|--connect uri     Specify libvirt URI for -d option
      -d|--domain guest    Add disks from libvirt guest
      --echo-keys          Don't turn off echo for passphrases
      --format[=raw|..]    Force disk format for -a option
      --help               Display brief help
      --keys-from-stdin    Read passphrases from stdin
      -v|--verbose         Verbose messages
      -V|--version         Display version and exit
      -x                   Trace libguestfs API calls
    For more information, see the manpage %s(1).
en_GB: %s: display files in a virtual machine
    Copyright (C) 2010 Red Hat Inc.
    Usage:
      %s [--options] -d domname file [file ...]
      %s [--options] -a disc.img [-a disc.img ...] file [file ...]
    Options:
      -a|--add image       Add image
      -c|--connect uri     Specify libvirt URI for -d option
      -d|--domain guest    Add disks from libvirt guest
      --echo-keys          Don't turn off echo for passphrases
      --format[=raw|..]    Force disc format for -a option
      --help               Display brief help
      --keys-from-stdin    Read passphrases from stdin
      -v|--verbose         Verbose messages
      -V|--version         Display version and exit
      -x                   Trace libguestfs API calls
    For more information, see the manpage %s(1).

en: %s: list filesystems, partitions, block devices, LVM in a VM
    Copyright (C) 2010 Red Hat Inc.
    Usage:
      %s [--options] -d domname
      %s [--options] -a disk.img [-a disk.img ...]
    Options:
      -a|--add image       Add image
      --all                Display everything
      --blkdevs|--block-devices
                           Display block devices
      -c|--connect uri     Specify libvirt URI for -d option
      --csv                Output as Comma-Separated Values
      -d|--domain guest    Add disks from libvirt guest
      --echo-keys          Don't turn off echo for passphrases
      --extra              Display swap and data filesystems
      --filesystems        Display mountable filesystems
      --format[=raw|..]    Force disk format for -a option
      -h|--human-readable  Human-readable sizes in --long output
      --help               Display brief help
      --keys-from-stdin    Read passphrases from stdin
      -l|--long            Long output
      --lvs|--logvols|--logical-volumes
                           Display LVM logical volumes
      --no-title           No title in --long output
      --parts|--partitions Display partitions
      --pvs|--physvols|--physical-volumes
                           Display LVM physical volumes
      --uuid|--uuids       Add UUIDs to --long output
      -v|--verbose         Verbose messages
      -V|--version         Display version and exit
      --vgs|--volgroups|--volume-groups
                           Display LVM volume groups
      -x                   Trace libguestfs API calls
    For more information, see the manpage %s(1).
en_GB: %s: list filesystems, partitions, block devices, LVM in a VM
    Copyright (C) 2010 Red Hat Inc.
    Usage:
      %s [--options] -d domname
      %s [--options] -a disc.img [-a disc.img ...]
    Options:
      -a|--add image       Add image
      --all                Display everything
      --blkdevs|--block-devices
                           Display block devices
      -c|--connect uri     Specify libvirt URI for -d option
      --csv                Output as Comma-Separated Values
      -d|--domain guest    Add discs from libvirt guest
      --echo-keys          Don't turn off echo for passphrases
      --extra              Display swap and data filesystems
      --filesystems        Display mountable filesystems
      --format[=raw|..]    Force disc format for -a option
      -h|--human-readable  Human-readable sizes in --long output
      --help               Display brief help
      --keys-from-stdin    Read passphrases from stdin
      -l|--long            Long output
      --lvs|--logvols|--logical-volumes
                           Display LVM logical volumes
      --no-title           No title in --long output
      --parts|--partitions Display partitions
      --pvs|--physvols|--physical-volumes
                           Display LVM physical volumes
      --uuid|--uuids       Add UUIDs to --long output
      -v|--verbose         Verbose messages
      -V|--version         Display version and exit
      --vgs|--volgroups|--volume-groups
                           Display LVM volume groups
      -x                   Trace libguestfs API calls
    For more information, see the manpage %s(1).

en: add a CD-ROM disk image to examine
en_GB: add a CD-ROM disc image to examine

en: add the disk(s) from a named libvirt domain
en_GB: add the disc(s) from a named libvirt domain

en: allocate and add a disk file
en_GB: allocate and add a disc file

en: %a, %b %d / %H∶%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %H:%M

note: TRANSLATORS: pick a temperature unit that should be used by default in your locale; values must be quoted
en: 'fahrenheit'
en_GB: 'centigrade'

en: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are 'ms' (meters per second), 'kph' (kilometers per hour), 'mph' (miles per hour), 'knots' and 'bft' (Beaufort scale).
en_GB: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are 'ms' (metres per second), 'kph' (kilometres per hour), 'mph' (miles per hour), 'knots' and 'bft' (Beaufort scale).

note: TRANSLATORS: pick a default pressure unit for your locale, see key description for valid values
en: 'inch-hg'
en_GB: 'hpa'

en: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are 'kpa' (kilopascal), 'hpa' (hectopascal), 'mb' (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), 'mm-hg' (millimiters of mercury), 'inch-hg' (inches of mercury), 'atm' (atmospheres).
en_GB: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are 'kpa' (kilopascal), 'hpa' (hectopascal), 'mb' (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), 'mm-hg' (millimetres of mercury), 'inch-hg' (inches of mercury), 'atm' (atmospheres).

en: Determines whether the applet automatically updates its weather statistics or not.
en_GB: Determines whether the applet automatically updates its weather statistics.

en: Location coordinates
en_GB: Location co-ordinates

en: Use custom url for the radar map
en_GB: Use custom URI for the radar map

en: Use metric units instead of english units.
en_GB: Use metric units instead of Imperial units.

en: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialog: %s
en_GB: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialogue: %s

en: See the ForeCast Details
en_GB: See the Forecast Details

en: _Use default theme colors
en_GB: _Use default theme colours

en: Background color, blue component
en_GB: Background colour, blue component

en: Background color, green component
en_GB: Background colour, green component

en: Background color, red component
en_GB: Background colour, red component

en: Foreground color, blue component
en_GB: Foreground colour, blue component

en: Foreground color, green component
en_GB: Foreground colour, green component

en: Foreground color, red component
en_GB: Foreground colour, red component

en: The blue component of the background color.
en_GB: The blue component of the background colour.

en: The blue component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The blue component of the foreground colour.

en: The green component of the background color.
en_GB: The green component of the background colour.

en: The green component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The green component of the foreground colour.

en: The red component of the background color.
en_GB: The red component of the background colour.

en: The red component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The red component of the foreground colour.

en: Use the default theme colors
en_GB: Use the default theme colours

en: Use theme colors instead of custom ones.
en_GB: Use theme colours instead of custom ones.

en: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plugins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.
en_GB: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plug-ins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.

en: Background color for disk load graph
en_GB: Background colour for disk load graph

en: CPU graph background color
en_GB: CPU graph background colour

en: Graph color for buffer memory
en_GB: Graph colour for buffer memory

en: Graph color for cached memory
en_GB: Graph colour for cached memory

en: Graph color for disk read
en_GB: Graph colour for disk read

en: Graph color for disk write
en_GB: Graph colour for disk write

en: Graph color for iowait related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for iowait related CPU activity

en: Graph color for load average
en_GB: Graph colour for load average

en: Graph color for nice-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for nice-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for shared memory
en_GB: Graph colour for shared memory

en: Graph color for system-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for system-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for user-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for user-related memory usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related memory usage

en: Graph color for user-related swap usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related swap usage

en: Load graph background color
en_GB: Load graph background colour

en: Memory graph background color
en_GB: Memory graph background colour

en: Network graph background color
en_GB: Network graph background colour

en: Swap graph background color
en_GB: Swap graph background colour

en: Choose a base color to use for all sticky notes
en_GB: Choose a base colour to use for all sticky notes

en: Choose a color for the note
en_GB: Choose a colour for the note

en: Force _default color and font on notes
en_GB: Force _default colour and font on notes

en: Pick a color for the sticky note
en_GB: Pick a colour for the sticky note

en: Pick a default sticky note color
en_GB: Pick a default sticky note colour

en: Use co_lor from the system theme
en_GB: Use co_lour from the system theme

en: Use default co_lor
en_GB: Use default co_lour

en: Default color for font
en_GB: Default colour for font

en: Default color for new notes
en_GB: Default colour for new notes

en: Default color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".
en_GB: Default colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".

en: Default font color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".
en_GB: Default font colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".

en: If this option is disabled, a custom color can be used as the default color for all sticky notes.
en_GB: If this option is disabled, a custom colour can be used as the default colour for all sticky notes.

en: If this option is enabled, the custom colors and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, the custom colours and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.

en: Sticky notes' workspace stickyness
en_GB: Sticky notes' workspace stickiness

en: Whether to force the default color and font on all notes
en_GB: Whether to force the default colour and font on all notes

en: Whether to use the default system color
en_GB: Whether to use the default system colour

en: Go to Trash
en_GB: Go to Wastebasket

en: No Items in Trash
en_GB: No items in the Wastebasket

en: %d Item in Trash | %d Items in Trash
en_GB[0]: %d Item in the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: %d Items in the Wastebasket

en: Emptying the Trash
en_GB: Emptying the Wastebasket

[ctx: Region]
note: FIXME: rename this to Atlantic Ocean
en: Atlantic
en_GB: Atlantic Ocean

note: A city in Romania
en: Bacău
en_GB: Bacau

note: A city in Switzerland
en: Zürich
en_GB: Zurich

en: Url for the radar map
en_GB: URI for the radar map

en: The custom url from where to retrieve a radar map.
en_GB: The custom URI from which to retrieve a radar map.

note: TRANSLATOR: this is a format string for strftime *             see `man 3 strftime` for more details
en: %a, %b %d / %H:%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %l:%M %P

en: Mi_nimize All
en_GB: Mi_nimise All

en: Un_minimize All
en_GB: Un_minimise All

en: Ma_ximize All
en_GB: Ma_ximise All

en: _Unmaximize All
en_GB: _Unmaximise All

en: Unmi_nimize
en_GB: Unmi_nimise

en: Minimize the window
en_GB: Minimise the window

en: Unminimize the window
en_GB: Unminimise the window

en: Unmaximize the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window

en: Maximize horizontally the window
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally

en: Unmaximize horizontally the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window horizontally

en: Maximize vertically the window
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically

en: Unmaximize vertically the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window vertically

en: Left Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Left Neighbour: %s

en: Right Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Right Neighbour: %s

en: Top Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Top Neighbour: %s

en: Bottom Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Bottom Neighbour: %s

en: dialog window
en_GB: dialogue window

en: minimized
en_GB: minimised

en: maximized
en_GB: maximised

en: maximized horizontally
en_GB: maximised horizontally

en: maximized vertically
en_GB: maximised vertically

en: unmaximize horizontally
en_GB: unmaximise horizontally

en: unmaximize vertically
en_GB: unmaximise vertically

en: unminimize
en_GB: unminimise

en: unmaximize
en_GB: unmaximise

[ctx: basidesh.src RID_STR_SOURCETOBIG string.text]
en: The source text is too large and can be neither compiled nor saved.
    Delete some of the comments or transfer some methods into another module.
en_GB: The source text is too large and can be neither compiled nor saved.
    Delete some comments or transfer some methods into another module.

[ctx: basidesh.src RID_STR_INITIDE string.text]
en: BASIC Initialization
en_GB: BASIC Initialisation

[ctx: basidesh.src RID_STR_TRANSLATION_NOTLOCALIZED string.text]
en: <Not localized>
en_GB: <Not localised>

[ctx: moduldlg.src RID_TD_ORGANIZE tabdialog.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Basic Macro Organizer
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Basic Macro Organiser

[ctx: managelang.src RID_DLG_MANAGE_LANGUAGE FT_INFO fixedtext.text]
en: The default language is used if no localization for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.
en_GB: The default language is used if no localisation for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog.ui organize label string.text]
en: Organizer...
en_GB: Organiser...

[ctx: sb.src RID_BASIC_START SbERR_DISK_FULL & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Disk or hard drive full.
en_GB: Disc or hard drive full.

[ctx: sb.src RID_BASIC_START SbERR_NOT_READY & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Disk not ready.
en_GB: Disc not ready.

[ctx: sb.src RID_BASIC_START SbERR_DDE_TIMEOUT & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Timeout while waiting for DDE response.
en_GB: Time-out while waiting for DDE response.

[ctx: sb.src RID_BASIC_START SbERR_PROP_WRITEONLY & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: This property is write only.
en_GB: This property is write-only.

[ctx: sb.src RID_BASIC_START ERRCODE_BASIC_LOOP_NOT_INIT & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: For loop not initialized.
en_GB: For loop not initialised.

[ctx: sb.src ERRCODE_BASMGR_MGROPEN & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: The BASIC from the file '$(ARG1)' could not be initialized.
en_GB: The BASIC from the file '$(ARG1)' could not be initialised.

[ctx: Strings.src STR_PAGE_XERROR_BARS string.text]
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_PAGE_YERROR_BARS string.text]
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_PAGE_ZERROR_BARS string.text]
en: Z Error Bars
en_GB: z-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_AXIS_X string.text]
en: X Axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Y string.text]
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Z string.text]
en: Z Axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_X_AXIS string.text]
en: Secondary X Axis
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS string.text]
en: Secondary Y Axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_X string.text]
en: X Axis Major Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Y string.text]
en: Y Axis Major Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Z string.text]
en: Z Axis Major Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_X string.text]
en: X Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Y string.text]
en: Y Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Z string.text]
en: Z Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_TITLE_X_AXIS string.text]
en: X Axis Title
en_GB: x-Axis Title

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Y_AXIS string.text]
en: Y Axis Title
en_GB: y-Axis Title

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Z_AXIS string.text]
en: Z Axis Title
en_GB: z-Axis Title

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_X_AXIS string.text]
en: Secondary X Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis Title

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS string.text]
en: Secondary Y Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis Title

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_X string.text]
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Y string.text]
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Z string.text]
en: Z Error Bars
en_GB: z-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_TIP_CHOOSECOLOR string.text]
en: Select a color using the color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box

[ctx: Strings.src STR_ACTION_EDIT_3D_VIEW string.text]
en: Edit 3D view
en_GB: Edit 3-D view

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_X string.text]
en: X-Values
en_GB: x-Values

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_Y string.text]
en: Y-Values
en_GB: y-Values

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR string.text]
en: X-Error-Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_POSITIVE string.text]
en: Positive X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive x-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_NEGATIVE string.text]
en: Negative X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative x-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR string.text]
en: Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_POSITIVE string.text]
en: Positive Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive y-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_NEGATIVE string.text]
en: Negative Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative y-Error Bars

[ctx: Strings.src STR_DATA_EDITOR_INCORRECT_INPUT string.text]
en: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialog?
en_GB: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialogue box?

[ctx: Strings_ChartTypes.src STR_DONUT_EXPLODED string.text]
en: Exploded Donut Chart
en_GB: Exploded Doughnut Chart

[ctx: Strings_ChartTypes.src STR_DONUT string.text]
en: Donut
en_GB: Doughnut

[ctx: Strings_ChartTypes.src STR_TYPE_XY string.text]
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: Strings_ChartTypes.src STR_LINES_3D string.text]
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: Strings_Statistic.src STR_CONTROLTEXT_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA string.text]
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: dlg_DataEditor.src DLG_DIAGRAM_DATA modaldialog.text]
en: Data Table
en_GB: Chart Data Table

[ctx: dlg_InsertAxis_Grid.src DLG_AXIS_OR_GRID CB_X_PRIMARY checkbox.text]
en: ~X axis
en_GB: ~x-Axis

[ctx: dlg_InsertAxis_Grid.src DLG_AXIS_OR_GRID CB_Y_PRIMARY checkbox.text]
en: ~Y axis
en_GB: ~y-Axis

[ctx: dlg_InsertAxis_Grid.src DLG_AXIS_OR_GRID CB_Z_PRIMARY checkbox.text]
en: ~Z axis
en_GB: ~z-Axis

[ctx: dlg_View3D.src DLG_3D_VIEW tabdialog.text]
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: res_DataLabel_tmpl.hrc WORKAROUND 2 stringlist.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: res_SecondaryAxisCheckBoxes_tmpl.hrc SECONDARYAXISCHECKBOXES( xpos, ypos, xOffset, yOffset ) CB_X_SECONDARY checkbox.text]
en: X ~axis
en_GB: x-~Axis

[ctx: res_SecondaryAxisCheckBoxes_tmpl.hrc SECONDARYAXISCHECKBOXES( xpos, ypos, xOffset, yOffset ) CB_Y_SECONDARY checkbox.text]
en: Y ax~is
en_GB: y-Ax~is

[ctx: res_SecondaryAxisCheckBoxes_tmpl.hrc SECONDARYAXISCHECKBOXES( xpos, ypos, xOffset, yOffset ) CB_Z_SECONDARY checkbox.text]
en: Z axi~s
en_GB: z-Axi~s

[ctx: res_Titlesx_tmpl.hrc TITLES( xpos, ypos, availableWidth, indentLabel, fixedLinesHeight ) FT_TITLE_X_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: ~X axis
en_GB: ~x-Axis

[ctx: res_Titlesx_tmpl.hrc TITLES( xpos, ypos, availableWidth, indentLabel, fixedLinesHeight ) FT_TITLE_Y_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: ~Y axis
en_GB: ~y-Axis

[ctx: res_Titlesx_tmpl.hrc TITLES( xpos, ypos, availableWidth, indentLabel, fixedLinesHeight ) FT_TITLE_Z_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: ~Z axis
en_GB: ~z-Axis

[ctx: res_Titlesx_tmpl.hrc TITLES( xpos, ypos, availableWidth, indentLabel, fixedLinesHeight ) FT_TITLE_SECONDARY_X_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: X ~axis
en_GB: x-~Axis

[ctx: res_Titlesx_tmpl.hrc TITLES( xpos, ypos, availableWidth, indentLabel, fixedLinesHeight ) FT_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: Y ax~is
en_GB: y-Ax~is

[ctx: tp_ChartType.src TP_CHARTTYPE CB_X_AXIS_CATEGORIES checkbox.text]
en: X axis with Categories
en_GB: x-Axis with Categories

[ctx: tp_ChartType.src TP_CHARTTYPE CB_3D_LOOK checkbox.text]
en: ~3D Look
en_GB: ~3-D Look

[ctx: tp_ChartType.src TP_CHARTTYPE CB_XVALUE_SORTING checkbox.text]
en: ~Sort by X values
en_GB: ~Sort by x-values

[ctx: tp_DataSource.src TP_DATA_SOURCE FT_CAPTION_FOR_WIZARD fixedtext.text]
en: Customize data ranges for individual data series
en_GB: Customise data ranges for individual data series

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis.src TP_OPTIONS RBT_OPT_AXIS_1 radiobutton.text]
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis.src TP_OPTIONS RBT_OPT_AXIS_2 radiobutton.text]
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-axis

[ctx: tp_Wizard_TitlesAndObjects.src TP_WIZARD_TITLEANDOBJECTS FT_TITLEDESCRIPTION fixedtext.text]
en: Choose titles, legend, and grid settings
en_GB: Choose titles, legend and grid settings

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_MOZILLA_IS_RUNNIG_NO_CHANGES string.text]
en: You can't make any changes to mozilla address book when mozilla is running.
en_GB: You can't make any changes to Mozilla address book when Mozilla is running.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_CAN_NOT_CANCEL_ROW_UPDATE string.text]
en: The row update can not be canceled.
en_GB: The row update can not be cancelled.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_NO_CONNECTION string.text]
en: The connection could not be created. May be the necessary data provider is not installed.
en_GB: The connection could not be created. Perhaps the necessary data provider is not installed.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_COULD_NOT_CREATE_INDEX_KEYSIZE string.text]
en: The index could not be created. The size of the chosen column is to big.
en_GB: The index could not be created. The size of the chosen column is too big.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_COLUMN_NOT_ALTERABLE string.text]
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_COLUMN_NOT_ADDABLE string.text]
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_COLUMN_NOT_DROP string.text]
en: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_TABLE_NOT_DROP string.text]
en: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_INVALID_DBASE_FILE string.text]
en: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognized) dBase file.
en_GB: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognised) dBASE file.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_TABLE_READONLY string.text]
en: The table can not be changed. It is read only.
en_GB: The table can not be changed. It is read-only.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_NO_ROWCOUNT string.text]
en: The execution of the update statement doesn't effect any rows.
en_GB: The execution of the update statement doesn't affect any rows.

[ctx: conn_shared_res.src STR_NO_TABLE_EDITOR_DIALOG string.text]
en: An error occurred while creating the table editor dialog.
en_GB: An error occurred while creating the table editor dialogue box.

[ctx: cfg.src RID_SVXDLG_CUSTOMIZE tabdialog.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: cfg.src MODIFY_ENTRY ID_ADD_SUBMENU menuitem.text]
en: Add Submenu...
en_GB: Add Sub-menu...

[ctx: cfg.src RID_SVXSTR_ADD_SUBMENU string.text]
en: Add Submenu
en_GB: Add Sub-menu

[ctx: cfg.src RID_SVXSTR_SUBMENU_NAME string.text]
en: Submenu name
en_GB: Sub-menu name

[ctx: cfg.src RID_SVXSTR_MENU_ADDCOMMANDS_DESCRIPTION string.text]
en: To add a command to a menu, select the category and then the command. You can also drag the command to the Commands list of the Menus tab page in the Customize dialog.
en_GB: To add a command to a menu, select the category and then the command. You can also drag the command to the Commands list of the Menus tab page in the Customise dialogue box.

[ctx: cfg.src IBX_MNUCFG_ALREADY_INCLUDED infobox.text]
en: Function is already included in this popup.
en_GB: Function is already included in this pop-up.

[ctx: macropg.src RID_SVXSTR_EVENT_CALCULATE string.text]
en: Formulas calculated
en_GB: Formulae calculated

[ctx: colorpicker.src RID_CUI_DIALOG_COLORPICKER modaldialog.text]
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

[ctx: colorpicker.src RID_CUI_DIALOG_COLORPICKER PB_PICKER imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Pick a color from the document
en_GB: Pick a colour from the document

[ctx: grfflt.src RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE modaldialog.text]
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: grfflt.src RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SEPIA DLG_FILTERSEPIA_FT_SEPIA fixedtext.text]
en: Aging degree
en_GB: Ageing degree

[ctx: grfflt.src RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SEPIA modaldialog.text]
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: grfflt.src RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_POSTER DLG_FILTERPOSTER_FT_POSTER fixedtext.text]
en: Poster colors
en_GB: Poster colours

[ctx: grfflt.src RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_POSTER modaldialog.text]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: passwdomdlg.src RID_DLG_PASSWORD_TO_OPEN_MODIFY STR_INVALID_STATE_FOR_OK_BUTTON string.text]
en: Please enter a password to open or to modify, or check the open read-only option to continue.
en_GB: Please enter a password to open or to modify, or mark the open read-only option to continue.

[ctx: connpooloptions.src RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS FT_TIMEOUT fixedtext.text]
en: Timeout (seconds)
en_GB: Time-out (seconds)

[ctx: connpooloptions.src RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS STR_POOL_TIMEOUT string.text]
en: Timeout
en_GB: Time-out

[ctx: optchart.src RID_OPTPAGE_CHART_DEFCOLORS FL_CHART_COLOR_LIST fixedline.text]
en: Chart colors
en_GB: Chart colours

[ctx: optchart.src RID_OPTPAGE_CHART_DEFCOLORS FL_COLOR_BOX fixedline.text]
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: optchart.src RID_OPTPAGE_CHART_DEFCOLORS tabpage.text]
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

[ctx: optchart.src RID_OPTQB_COLOR_CHART_DELETE querybox.text]
en: Do you really want to delete the chart color?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the chart colour?

[ctx: optchart.src RID_OPTSTR_COLOR_CHART_DELETE string.text]
en: Chart Color Deletion
en_GB: Chart Colour Deletion

[ctx: optcolor.src RID_SVXQB_DELETE_COLOR_CONFIG querybox.text]
en: Do you really want to delete the color scheme?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the colour scheme?

[ctx: optcolor.src RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE string.text]
en: Color Scheme Deletion
en_GB: Colour Scheme Deletion

[ctx: optcolor.src RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_SAVE2 string.text]
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: optgdlg.src RID_SVX_MSGBOX_LANGUAGE_RESTART infobox.text]
en: The language setting of the user interface has been updated and will take effect the next time you start %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION
en_GB: The language setting of the user interface has been updated and will take effect the next time that you start %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION

[ctx: optinet2.src RID_SVXDLG_OPT_JAVASCRIPT_DISABLE FT_JSCPT_WARNING fixedtext.text]
en: Please note that with Java
    you disable Javascript as well.
    
    Do you still want to disable Java?
en_GB: Please note that with Java
    you disable JavaScript as well.
    
    Do you still want to disable Java?

[ctx: optjsearch.src RID_SVXPAGE_JSEARCH_OPTIONS CB_MATCH_CASE checkbox.text]
en: ~uppercase/lowercase
en_GB: ~upper-case/lower-case

[ctx: optlingu.src RID_SVXDLG_LNG_ED_NUM_PREBREAK STR_NUM_MIN_WORDLEN_DLG string.text]
en: Minimal word length
en_GB: Minimum word length

[ctx: optlingu.src RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU STR_CAPITAL_WORDS string.text]
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: optlingu.src RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU STR_NUM_MIN_WORDLEN string.text]
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation:
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation:

[ctx: treeopt.src RID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE_PAGES.SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS 8 itemlist.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: treeopt.src RID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE_PAGES.SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS 11 itemlist.text]
en: Personalization
en_GB: Personalisation

[ctx: treeopt.src RID_OFADLG_OPTIONS_TREE_PAGES.SID_SCH_EDITOPTIONS 2 itemlist.text]
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

[ctx: autocdlg.src COMMON_CLB_ENTRIES ST_CPTL_STT_SENT string.text]
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence

[ctx: autocdlg.src RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOFMT_APPLY STR_DEL_SPACES_BETWEEN_LINES string.text]
en: Delete spaces and tabs at end and start of line
en_GB: Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of line

[ctx: autocdlg.src RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE ST_NON_BREAK_SPACE string.text]
en: Add non breaking space before specific punctuation marks in french text
en_GB: Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in french text

[ctx: autocdlg.src RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCORR_QUOTE tabpage.text]
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: border.src RID_SVXSTR_HOR_PRESET_ONLYHOR string.text]
en: Set Top and Bottom Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Top and Bottom Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: border.src RID_SVXSTR_VER_PRESET_ONLYVER string.text]
en: Set Left and Right Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Left and Right Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: dstribut.src RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE BTN_HOR_CENTER radiobutton.text]
en: ~Center
en_GB: ~Centre

[ctx: dstribut.src RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE BTN_VER_CENTER radiobutton.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: paragrph.src RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH BTN_CENTERALIGN radiobutton.text]
en: ~Center
en_GB: ~Centre

[ctx: paragrph.src RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH.LB_LASTLINE 3 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: strings.src RID_SVXSTR_DESC_COLOR string.text]
en: Please enter a name for the new color:
en_GB: Please enter a name for the new colour:

[ctx: strings.src RID_SVXSTR_ASK_DEL_COLOR string.text]
en: Do you want to delete the color?
en_GB: Do you want to delete the colour?

[ctx: strings.src RID_SVXSTR_ASK_CHANGE_COLOR string.text]
en: The color was modified without saving.
    Modify the selected color or add a new color.
en_GB: The colour was modified without saving.
    Modify the selected colour or add a new colour.

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE FT_TRGR_CENTER_X fixedtext.text]
en: Center ~X
en_GB: Centre ~X

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE FT_TRGR_CENTER_Y fixedtext.text]
en: Center ~Y
en_GB: Centre ~Y

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_AREA.LB_AREA_TYPE 2 stringlist.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_AREA CB_HATCHBCKGRD checkbox.text]
en: ~Background color
en_GB: ~Background colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW FT_SHADOW_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_HATCH FT_LINE_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: Line ~color
en_GB: Line ~colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP FT_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Foreground color
en_GB: ~Foreground colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP FT_BACKGROUND_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Background color
en_GB: ~Background colour

[ctx: tabarea.src RID_SVXDLG_AREA.1 RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR pageitem.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE FT_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: Colo~r
en_GB: Colou~r

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE TSB_CENTER_START tristatebox.text]
en: Ce~nter
en_GB: Ce~ntre

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE TSB_CENTER_END tristatebox.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE CBX_SYNCHRONIZE checkbox.text]
en: Synchroni~ze ends
en_GB: Sync~hronise ends

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE.LB_EDGE_STYLE 3 stringlist.text]
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE.LB_EDGE_STYLE 4 stringlist.text]
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE STR_CENTER_START string.text]
en: Start with center
en_GB: Start with centre

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINE STR_CENTER_END string.text]
en: End with center
en_GB: End with centre

[ctx: tabline.src RID_SVXPAGE_LINEEND_DEF FL_TIP fixedline.text]
en: Organize arrow styles
en_GB: Organise arrow styles

[ctx: tabstpge.src RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR BTN_TABTYPE_CENTER radiobutton.text]
en: C~entered
en_GB: C~entred

[ctx: transfrm.src RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE.LB_ORIENT 3 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: transfrm.src RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE.LB_ORIENT 6 stringlist.text]
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: transfrm.src RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE.LB_ORIENT 9 stringlist.text]
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: autocorrectdialog.ui localized label string.text]
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: backgroundpage.ui label5 label string.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: backgroundpage.ui liststore1 0 stringlist.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: borderpage.ui label17 label string.text]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: borderpage.ui sync label string.text]
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: borderpage.ui shadowcolorft label string.text]
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: cellalignment.ui liststoreHorzAlign 2 stringlist.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: colorconfigwin.ui font label string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: colorconfigwin.ui autospellcheck label string.text]
en: AutoSpellcheck
en_GB: AutoSpellCheck

[ctx: colorpage.ui label6 label string.text]
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: colorpage.ui colortableft label string.text]
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: colorpage.ui modellb-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Color Mode
en_GB: Colour Mode

[ctx: colorpage.ui load tooltip_markup string.text]
en: Load Color List
en_GB: Load Colour List

[ctx: colorpage.ui load tooltip_text string.text]
en: Load Color List
en_GB: Load Colour List

[ctx: colorpage.ui save tooltip_markup string.text]
en: Save Color List
en_GB: Save Colour List

[ctx: colorpage.ui save tooltip_text string.text]
en: Save Color List
en_GB: Save Colour List

[ctx: customize.ui label17 label string.text]
en: _Add Submenu...
en_GB: _Add Sub-menu...

[ctx: effectspage.ui fontcolorft label string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: effectspage.ui overlinecolorft label string.text]
en: Overline color
en_GB: Overline colour

[ctx: effectspage.ui underlinecolorft label string.text]
en: Underline Color
en_GB: Underline colour

[ctx: effectspage.ui liststore1 2 stringlist.text]
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: gradientpage.ui centerxft label string.text]
en: Center _X
en_GB: Centre _X

[ctx: gradientpage.ui centeryft label string.text]
en: Center _Y
en_GB: Centre _Y

[ctx: macroselectordialog.ui helptoolbar label string.text]
en: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customize dialog.
en_GB: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customise dialogue box.

[ctx: numberingformatpage.ui leadzerosft label string.text]
en: Leading _zeroes
en_GB: Leading _zeros

[ctx: numberingoptionspage.ui orientlb 1 stringlist.text]
en: Center of baseline
en_GB: Centre of baseline

[ctx: numberingoptionspage.ui orientlb 4 stringlist.text]
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: numberingoptionspage.ui orientlb 7 stringlist.text]
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: numberingoptionspage.ui colorft label string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: numberingoptionspage.ui numalign 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: numberingpositionpage.ui liststore1 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage.ui autodetecthc label string.text]
en: Automatically _detect high contrast mode of operating system
en_GB: Automatically _detect high-contrast mode of operating system

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage.ui autofontcolor label string.text]
en: Use automatic font _color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font _colour for screen display

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage.ui systempagepreviewcolor label string.text]
en: _Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: _Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage.ui label2 label string.text]
en: Options for high contrast appearance
en_GB: Options for high-contrast appearance

[ctx: optappearancepage.ui label1 label string.text]
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

[ctx: optappearancepage.ui colorsetting label string.text]
en: Color setting
en_GB: Colour setting

[ctx: optappearancepage.ui label2 label string.text]
en: Custom colors
en_GB: Custom colours

[ctx: optgeneralpage.ui filedlg label string.text]
en: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs
en_GB: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage.ui label2 label string.text]
en: Open/Save dialogs
en_GB: Open/Save dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage.ui printdlg label string.text]
en: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogs
en_GB: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage.ui label3 label string.text]
en: Print dialogs
en_GB: Print dialogue boxes

[ctx: optsavepage.ui relative_inet label string.text]
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: optsavepage.ui backup label string.text]
en: Al_ways create backup copy
en_GB: Al_ways create a backup copy

[ctx: optsavepage.ui sizeoptimization label string.text]
en: Size optimization for ODF format
en_GB: Size optimisation for ODF format

[ctx: optsavepage.ui odfwarning_label label string.text]
en: Not using ODF 1.2 Extended may cause information to be lost.
en_GB: Not using ODF 1.2 Extended may cause infomation to be lost.

[ctx: optuserpage.ui nameft label string.text]
en: First/Last _name/Initials
en_GB: Forename/Sur_name/Initials

[ctx: optuserpage.ui cityft label string.text]
en: City/State/_Zip
en_GB: Town/County/_Postcode

[ctx: optuserpage.ui firstname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: optuserpage.ui lastname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: optuserpage.ui city-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: optuserpage.ui state-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: optuserpage.ui zip-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: optuserpage.ui ruslastname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: optuserpage.ui rusfirstname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: optuserpage.ui eastlastname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: optuserpage.ui eastfirstname-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: optuserpage.ui icity-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: optuserpage.ui izip-atkobject AtkObject::accessible-name string.text]
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: optviewpage.ui iconstyle 2 stringlist.text]
en: High Contrast
en_GB: High-contrast

[ctx: optviewpage.ui aafont label string.text]
en: Screen font antialiasin_g
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasin_g

[ctx: optviewpage.ui mousepos 1 stringlist.text]
en: Dialog center
en_GB: Dialogue box centre

[ctx: specialcharacters.ui subsetft label string.text]
en: Subset
en_GB: Subset Of

[ctx: textflowpage.ui labelLineEnd label string.text]
en: C_haracters at line end
en_GB: C_haracters at end of line

[ctx: textflowpage.ui labelLineBegin label string.text]
en: Cha_racters at line begin
en_GB: Cha_racters at beginning of line

[ctx: strings.src RID_STR_CONFLICTING_NAMES string.text]
en: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, make sure they have distinct names.
en_GB: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, ensure they have distinct names.

[ctx: strings.src RID_STR_RESULT_IS_READONLY string.text]
en: Result set is read only.
en_GB: Result set is read-only.

[ctx: macromigration.src TP_PREPARE FT_CLOSE_DOC_ERROR fixedtext.text]
en: Not all objects could be closed. Please close them manually, and re-start the wizard.
en_GB: Not all objects could be closed. Please close them manually and re-start the wizard.

[ctx: macromigration.src TP_SAVE_DBDOC_AS FT_START_MIGRATION fixedtext.text]
en: Press 'Next' to save a copy of your document, and to begin the migration.
en_GB: Press 'Next' to save a copy of your document and to begin the migration.

[ctx: macromigration.src ERR_INVALID_BACKUP_LOCATION errorbox.text]
en: You need to choose a backup location other than the document location itself.
en_GB: You must choose a backup location other than the document location itself.

[ctx: macromigration.src STR_INVALID_NUMBER_ARGS string.text]
en: Invalid number of initialization arguments. Expected 1.
en_GB: Invalid number of initialisation arguments. Expected 1.

[ctx: macromigration.src STR_NO_DATABASE string.text]
en: No database document found in the initialization arguments.
en_GB: No database document found in the initialisation arguments.

[ctx: app.src RID_STR_FORMS_HELP_TEXT string.text]
en: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: app.src RID_STR_REPORT_HELP_TEXT string.text]
en: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: app.src RID_STR_TABLES_HELP_TEXT_WIZARD string.text]
en: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customize to create a table.
en_GB: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customise to create a table.

[ctx: app.src STR_SUB_DOCS_WITH_SCRIPTS_DETAIL string.text]
en: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools / Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.
en_GB: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools - Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.

[ctx: ConnectionPage.src STR_MSACCESS_FILTERNAME string.text]
en: MS Access file
en_GB: Microsoft Access file

[ctx: ConnectionPage.src STR_MSACCESS_2007_FILTERNAME string.text]
en: MS Access 2007 file
en_GB: Microsoft Access 2007 file

[ctx: advancedsettings.src AUTO_SQL92CHECK(AUTO_Y) CB_SQL92CHECK checkbox.text]
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: advancedsettings.src AUTO_CATALOG(AUTO_Y) CB_CATALOG checkbox.text]
en: Use catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: advancedsettings.src WORKAROUND 4 stringlist.text]
en: MS Access
en_GB: Microsoft Access

[ctx: dbadmin.src AUTO_USECATALOG(AUTO_Y) CB_USECATALOG checkbox.text]
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: dbadminsetup.src PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO STR_ADO_HELPTEXT string.text]
en: Please enter the URL of the ADO data source you want to connect to.
    Click 'Browse' to configure provider-specific settings.
    Please contact your system administrator if you are unsure about the following settings.
en_GB: Please enter the URL of the ADO data source to which you want to connect.
    Click 'Browse' to configure provider-specific settings.
    Please contact your system administrator if you are unsure about the following settings.

[ctx: dbadminsetup.src PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC STR_ODBC_HELPTEXT string.text]
en: Enter the name of the ODBC database you want to connect to.
    Click 'Browse...' to select an ODBC database that is already registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
    Please contact your system administrator if you are unsure about the following settings.
en_GB: Enter the name of the ODBC database to which you want to connect.
    Click 'Browse...' to select an ODBC database that is already registered in %PRODUCTNAME.
    Please contact your system administrator if you are unsure about the following settings.

[ctx: directsql.src STR_DIRECTSQL_CONNECTIONLOST string.text]
en: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialog will be closed.
en_GB: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialogue box will be closed.

[ctx: dlgsave.src DLG_SAVE_AS FT_CATALOG fixedtext.text]
en: ~Catalog
en_GB: ~Catalogue

[ctx: dsselect.src DLG_DATASOURCE_SELECTION PB_MANAGE pushbutton.text]
en: Organize...
en_GB: Organise...

[ctx: query.src STR_QUERY_UNDO_MOVETABWIN string.text]
en: Move table window
en_GB: Move Table Window

[ctx: query.src STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZETABWIN string.text]
en: Resize table window
en_GB: Resize Table Window

[ctx: query.src STR_QUERY_UNDO_TABFIELDMOVED string.text]
en: Move column
en_GB: Move Column

[ctx: query.src STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZE_COLUMN string.text]
en: Adjust column width
en_GB: Adjust Column Width

[ctx: query.src STR_STATEMENT_WITHOUT_RESULT_SET string.text]
en: The query does not create a result set, and thus cannot be part of another query.
en_GB: The query does not create a result set and thus cannot be part of another query.

[ctx: query.src STR_NO_DATASOURCE_OR_CONNECTION string.text]
en: Both the ActiveConnection and the DataSourceName parameter are missing or wrong - cannot initialize the query designer.
en_GB: Both the ActiveConnection and the DataSourceName parameter are missing or wrong - cannot initialise the query designer.

[ctx: querydlg.src STR_QUERY_CROSS_JOIN string.text]
en: Contains the cartesian product of ALL records from '%1' and from '%2'.
en_GB: Contains the Cartesian product of ALL records from '%1' and from '%2'.

[ctx: table.src ERR_INVALID_LISTBOX_ENTRY errorbox.text]
en: The text you entered is not a list element.
en_GB: The text that you entered is not a list element.

[ctx: table.src STR_HELP_AUTOINCREMENT string.text]
en: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (resulting from the increment of the previous record).
en_GB: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (by incrementing the previous record).

[ctx: table.src QUERY_SAVE_TABLE_EDIT_INDEXES querybox.text]
en: Before you can edit the indexes of a table, you have to save it.
    Do you want to save the changes now?
en_GB: Before you can edit the indexes of a table, it must be saved.
    Do you want to save the changes now?

[ctx: copytablewizard.src STR_CTW_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_COUNT string.text]
en: Illegal number of initialization parameters.
en_GB: Illegal number of initialisation parameters.

[ctx: copytablewizard.src STR_CTW_ERROR_DURING_INITIALIZATION string.text]
en: An error occurred during initialization.
en_GB: An error occurred during initialisation.

[ctx: desktop.src STR_CONFIG_ERR_SETTINGS_INCOMPLETE string.text]
en: The startup settings for accessing the central configuration are incomplete.
en_GB: The start-up settings for accessing the central configuration are incomplete.

[ctx: desktop.src QBX_USERDATALOCKED querybox.text]
en: Either another instance of %PRODUCTNAME is accessing your personal settings or your personal settings are locked.
    Simultaneous access can lead to inconsistencies in your personal settings. Before continuing, you should make sure user '$u' closes %PRODUCTNAME on host '$h'.
    
    Do you really want to continue?
en_GB: Either another instance of %PRODUCTNAME is accessing your personal settings or your personal settings are locked.
    Simultaneous access can lead to inconsistencies in your personal settings. Before continuing, you should ensure user '$u' closes %PRODUCTNAME on host '$h'.
    
    Do you really want to continue?

[ctx: desktop.src STR_BOOSTRAP_ERR_NOTENOUGHDISKSPACE string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disk space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disc space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: desktop.src STR_BOOSTRAP_ERR_NOACCESSRIGHTS string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please make sure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please ensure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_STR_ACCEPT_LICENSE string.text]
en: Accept license for %EXTENSION_NAME
en_GB: Accept licence for %EXTENSION_NAME

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_STR_NO_ADMIN_PRIVILEGE string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and need to be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and must be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_STR_ERROR_MISSING_LICENSE string.text]
en: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the license yet.
en_GB: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the licence yet.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_STR_SHOW_LICENSE_CMD string.text]
en: Show license
en_GB: Show licence

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_DLG_LICENSE FT_LICENSE_BODY_1_TXT fixedtext.text]
en: Read the complete License Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialog to view the entire license text.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialogue box to view the entire licence text.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_DLG_LICENSE FT_LICENSE_BODY_2_TXT fixedtext.text]
en: Accept the License Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.
en_GB: Accept the Licence Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_DLG_LICENSE modaldialog.text]
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_DLG_SHOW_LICENSE modaldialog.text]
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_WARNINGBOX_REMOVE_SHARED_EXTENSION warningbox.text]
en: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi user environment.
    Click 'OK' to remove the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop removing the extension.
en_GB: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi-user environment.
    Click 'OK' to remove the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop removing the extension.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_WARNINGBOX_ENABLE_SHARED_EXTENSION warningbox.text]
en: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi user environment.
    Click 'OK' to enable the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop enabling the extension.
en_GB: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi-user environment.
    Click 'OK' to enable the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop enabling the extension.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog.src RID_WARNINGBOX_DISABLE_SHARED_EXTENSION warningbox.text]
en: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi user environment.
    Click 'OK' to disable the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop disabling the extension.
en_GB: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi-user environment.
    Click 'OK' to disable the extension.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop disabling the extension.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog2.src RID_DLG_UPDATE_REQUIRED RID_EM_FT_MSG fixedtext.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some installed %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and need to be updated before they can be used.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some installed %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and must be updated before they can be used.

[ctx: dp_gui_dialog2.src RID_QUERYBOX_INSTALL_FOR_ALL querybox.text]
en: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when installing an extension for all users in a multi user environment.
    
    For whom do you want to install the extension?
en_GB: Ensure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when installing an extension for all users in a multi user environment.
    
    For whom do you want to install the extension?

[ctx: dp_gui_updatedialog.src RID_WARNINGBOX_UPDATE_SHARED_EXTENSION warningbox.text]
en: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi user environment.
    Click 'OK' to update the extensions.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop updating the extensions.
en_GB: Make sure that no further users are working with the same %PRODUCTNAME, when changing shared extensions in a multi-user environment.
    Click 'OK' to update the extensions.
    Click 'Cancel' to stop updating the extensions.

[ctx: dp_gui_updateinstalldialog.src RID_DLG_UPDATEINSTALL RID_DLG_UPDATE_INSTALL_ERROR_LIC_DECLINED string.text]
en: The license agreement for extension %NAME was refused.
en_GB: The licence agreement for extension %NAME was refused.

[ctx: dp_manager.src RID_STR_SYNCHRONIZING_REPOSITORY string.text]
en: Synchronizing repository for %NAME extensions
en_GB: Synchronising repository for %NAME extensions

[ctx: unopkg.src RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_1 string.text]
en: Extension Software License Agreement of $NAME:
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement of $NAME:

[ctx: unopkg.src RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_2 string.text]
en: Read the complete License Agreement displayed above. Accept the License Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement displayed above. Accept the Licence Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.

[ctx: en_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: en_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: hu_HU_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: pt_BR_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: pt_BR_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: editeng.src RID_MENU_SPELL MN_SPELLING menuitem.text]
en: ~Spellcheck...
en_GB: ~Spell check...

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_GRAY string.text]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY string.text]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_CASEMAP_GEMEINE string.text]
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_ADJUST_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_TAB_ADJUST_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_EMBOSSED string.text]
en: 3D embossed
en_GB: 3-D embossed

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_ENGRAVED string.text]
en: 3D engraved
en_GB: 3-D engraved

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_OFF string.text]
en: No hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: No hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_ON string.text]
en: Hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: Hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_HORJUST_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_VERJUST_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: lingu.src RID_SVXQB_CONTINUE querybox.text]
en: Continue checking at beginning of document?
en_GB: Continue checking from the beginning of the document?

[ctx: lingu.src RID_SVXQB_BW_CONTINUE querybox.text]
en: Continue checking at end of document?
en_GB: Continue checking from the end of the document?

[ctx: abspilot.src RID_PAGE_ADMININVOKATION FT_ADMINEXPLANATION fixedtext.text]
en: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialog in which you then enter the necessary information.
en_GB: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialogue box in which you then enter the necessary information.

[ctx: abspilot.src RID_PAGE_FIELDMAPPING FT_FIELDASSIGMENTEXPL fixedtext.text]
en: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the e-mail addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialog where you can enter the settings for your data source.
en_GB: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME must be told which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the e-mail addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialogue box in which you can enter the settings for your data source.

[ctx: abspilot.src RID_PAGE_FINAL FT_DUPLICATENAME fixedtext.text]
en: Another data source already has this name. As data sources have to have globally unique names, you need to choose another one.
en_GB: Another data source already has this name. As data sources must have globally unique names, you must choose another name.

[ctx: sections.src ST_ORGANIZATION string.text]
en: Organi~zation
en_GB: Organi~sation

[ctx: listcombopages.src RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD STR_FIELDINFO_COMBOBOX string.text]
en: The contents of the field selected will be shown in the combo box list.
en_GB: The content of the selected field will be shown in the combo box list.

[ctx: listcombopages.src RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD STR_FIELDINFO_LISTBOX string.text]
en: The contents of the selected field will be shown in the list box if the linked fields are identical.
en_GB: The content of the selected field will be shown in the list box if the linked fields are identical.

[ctx: formlinkdialog.src RID_DLG_FORMLINKS FT_EXPLANATION fixedtext.text]
en: Sub forms can be used to display detailed data about the current record of the master form. To do this, you can specify which columns in the sub form match which columns in the master form.
en_GB: Sub-forms can be used to display detailed data about the current record of the master form. To do this, you can specify which columns in the sub-form match which columns in the master form.

[ctx: formlinkdialog.src STR_DETAIL_FORM string.text]
en: Sub Form
en_GB: Sub-form

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_TRISTATE string.text]
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_BACKGROUNDCOLOR string.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_MULTILINE string.text]
en: Multiline input
en_GB: Multi-line input

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_TABSTOP string.text]
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_DROPDOWN string.text]
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_FILLCOLOR string.text]
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_LINECOLOR string.text]
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_BORDER_TYPE 2 string.text]
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_ALIGNMENT 2 string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_ESCAPE_PROCESSING string.text]
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_SYMBOLCOLOR string.text]
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_VISUALEFFECT 1 string.text]
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_BORDERCOLOR string.text]
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION 2 string.text]
en: Left centered
en_GB: Left centred

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION 5 string.text]
en: Right centered
en_GB: Right centred

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION 8 string.text]
en: Above centered
en_GB: Above centred

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION 11 string.text]
en: Below centered
en_GB: Below centred

[ctx: formres.src RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION 13 string.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: formres.src RID_STR_XSD_WHITESPACES string.text]
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: sanedlg.src RID_SANE_NOSANELIB_TXT string.text]
en: The SANE interface could not be initialized. Scanning is not possible.
en_GB: The SANE interface could not be initialised. Scanning is not possible.

[ctx: impdialog.src RID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER CB_WNDOPT_CNTRWIN checkbox.text]
en: ~Center window on screen
en_GB: ~Centre window on screen

[ctx: impdialog.src RID_PDF_TAB_VPREFER CB_UOP_HIDEVMENUBAR checkbox.text]
en: Hide ~menubar
en_GB: Hide ~menu bar

[ctx: impdialog.src RID_PDF_TAB_SECURITY RB_CHANGES_INSDEL radiobutton.text]
en: ~Inserting, deleting, and rotating pages
en_GB: ~Inserting, deleting and rotating pages

[ctx: pgm_Export.xcu pgm_Export UIName value.text]
en: PGM - Portable Graymap
en_GB: PGM - Portable Greymap

[ctx: pgm_Import.xcu pgm_Import UIName value.text]
en: PGM - Portable Graymap
en_GB: PGM - Portable Greymap

[ctx: strings.src RID_STR_CONTROL_SUBSTITUTED_EPXPLAIN string.text]
en: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was therefore replaced with a placeholder.
en_GB: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was, therefore, replaced with a placeholder.

[ctx: strings.src RID_STR_INVALID_VALIDATOR string.text]
en: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You need to revoke the value binding, before you can set a new validator.
en_GB: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You must revoke the value binding before you can set a new validator.

[ctx: core_resource.src RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES SC_OPCODE_STANDARD string.text]
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: formdlgs.src RID_FORMULADLG_FORMULA_MODAL RB_REF imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: formdlgs.src RID_FORMULADLG_FORMULA RB_REF imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: iodlg.src RID_FILEOPEN_NOTEXISTENTFILE string.text]
en: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Make sure you have entered the correct file name.
en_GB: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Ensure you have entered the correct file name.

[ctx: iodlg.src STR_SVT_NOREMOVABLEDEVICE string.text]
en: No removable storage device detected.
    Make sure it is plugged in properly and try again.
en_GB: No removable storage device detected.
    Ensure it is plugged in properly and try again.

[ctx: resource.src POPUPMENU_TOOLBAR_QUICKCUSTOMIZATION MENUITEM_TOOLBAR_CUSTOMIZETOOLBAR menuitem.text]
en: ~Customize Toolbar...
en_GB: ~Customise Toolbar...

[ctx: resource.src DLG_LICENSE FT_INFO2 fixedtext.text]
en: View the complete License Agreement. Please use the scroll bar or the '%PAGEDOWN' button in this dialog to view the entire license text.
en_GB: View the complete Licence Agreement. Please use the scroll bar or the '%PAGEDOWN' button in this dialogue box to view the entire licence text.

[ctx: resource.src DLG_LICENSE FT_INFO3 fixedtext.text]
en: Accept the License Agreement.
en_GB: Accept the Licence Agreement.

[ctx: resource.src DLG_LICENSE modaldialog.text]
en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

[ctx: resource.src STR_FULL_DISC_MSG string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disk space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disk space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disk space to retry saving the data.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disc space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disc space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disc space to retry saving the data.

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_33 LngText.text]
en: Installing system catalog
en_GB: Installing system catalogue

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_93 LngText.text]
en: Initializing ODBC directories
en_GB: Initialising ODBC directories

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_37 LngText.text]
en: &Organization:
en_GB: &Organisation:

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_58 LngText.text]
en: Multiline description of the currently selected item
en_GB: Multi-line description of the currently selected item

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_73 LngText.text]
en: Will have some subfeatures installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has subfeatures.)
en_GB: Will have some sub-features installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has sub-features.)

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_96 LngText.text]
en: The disk space required for the installation of the selected features.
en_GB: The disc space required for the installation of the selected features.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_97 LngText.text]
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_98 LngText.text]
en: {&MSSansBold8}Disk Space Requirements
en_GB: {&MSSansBold8}Disc Space Requirements

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_132 LngText.text]
en: Please read the following license agreement carefully.
en_GB: Please read the following licence agreement carefully.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_133 LngText.text]
en: {&MSSansBold8}License Agreement
en_GB: {&MSSansBold8}Licence Agreement

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_143 LngText.text]
en: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialog in which you can change the way features are installed.
en_GB: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialogue box in which you can change the way features are installed.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_144 LngText.text]
en: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts, and registry entries.
en_GB: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts and registry entries.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_153 LngText.text]
en: Disk space required for the installation exceeds available disk space.
en_GB: Disc space required for the installation exceeds available disc space.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_154 LngText.text]
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_155 LngText.text]
en: {&MSSansBold8}Out of Disk Space
en_GB: {&MSSansBold8}Out of Disc Space

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_275 LngText.text]
en: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.
en_GB: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double-click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_309 LngText.text]
en: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unchecked.
en_GB: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unmarked.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_6 LngText.text]
en: {{Disk full: }}
en_GB: {{Disc full: }}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_27 LngText.text]
en: Please insert the disk: [2]
en_GB: Please insert the disc: [2]

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_32 LngText.text]
en: There is not enough disk space to install the file [2].  Free some disk space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.
en_GB: There is not enough disc space to install the file [2].  Free some disc space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_53 LngText.text]
en: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means, and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}
en_GB: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_65 LngText.text]
en: Error accessing secured data. Please make sure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.
en_GB: Error accessing secured data. Please ensure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_68 LngText.text]
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disk space and retry.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disc space and retry.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_72 LngText.text]
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disk space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disc space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_86 LngText.text]
en: An error occurred while writing installation information to disk.  Check to make sure enough disk space is available, and click Retry, or Cancel to end the installation.
en_GB: An error occurred while writing installation information to disc.  Ensure that sufficient disc space is available and click Retry, or click Cancel to end the installation.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_92 LngText.text]
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_93 LngText.text]
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialog and select a different volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialogue box and select a different volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_103 LngText.text]
en: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts, and that the system supports this font.
en_GB: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts and that the system supports this font.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_129 LngText.text]
en: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please make sure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.
en_GB: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please ensure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_6 LngText.text]
en: I &do not accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &do not accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_7 LngText.text]
en: I &accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_7 LngText.text]
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the CD.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_8 LngText.text]
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed on local hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_9 LngText.text]
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the network.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_24 LngText.text]
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from CD.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_36 LngText.text]
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from the network.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_40 LngText.text]
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_41 LngText.text]
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_42 LngText.text]
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_43 LngText.text]
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_48 LngText.text]
en: Disk Size
en_GB: Disc Size

[ctx: Options.xhp par_id0503200917103832 help.text]
en: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialog is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.
en_GB: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialogue box is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430845 help.text]
en: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools → Solver and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimization, maximization) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.
en_GB: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools → Solver and set the Cell to be optimised, the direction to go (minimisation, maximisation) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430821 help.text]
en: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalize certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).
en_GB: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalise certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases FirstName value.text]
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases LastName value.text]
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeCity value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeState value.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeZipCode value.text]
en: ZIP/Postal (Home)
en_GB: Postcode (Home)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkCity value.text]
en: City (Work)
en_GB: Post Town (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkState value.text]
en: State (Work)
en_GB: County (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkZipCode value.text]
en: Zip/Postal (Work)
en_GB: Postcode (Work)

[ctx: FormWizard.xcu ..FormWizard.FormWizard.Styles.style3 Name value.text]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.organizationname Name value.text]
en: OrganizationName
en_GB: OrganisationName

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount Name value.text]
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount ShortName value.text]
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate Name value.text]
en: DuesPaidDate
en_GB: SubsPaidDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate ShortName value.text]
en: DuesPdDate
en_GB: SubsPdDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber Name value.text]
en: SocialSecurityNumber
en_GB: NationalInsuranceNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber ShortName value.text]
en: SocSecNo
en_GB: NatInsNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity Name value.text]
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity ShortName value.text]
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince Name value.text]
en: ShipStateOrProvince
en_GB: ShipCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: ShpStatPro
en_GB: ShpCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode Name value.text]
en: ShipPostalCode
en_GB: ShipPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode ShortName value.text]
en: ShipPostlC
en_GB: ShipPstCde

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate Name value.text]
en: SalesTaxRate
en_GB: VATRate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate ShortName value.text]
en: SalesTaxRt
en_GB: VATRt

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax Name value.text]
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax ShortName value.text]
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID Name value.text]
en: WorkorderID
en_GB: PurchaseOrderID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID ShortName value.text]
en: WorkordrID
en_GB: PurcOrdrID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber Name value.text]
en: CheckNumber
en_GB: ChequeNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber ShortName value.text]
en: CheckNo
en_GB: ChequeNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.creditcardauthorizationnumber Name value.text]
en: CreditCardAuthorizationNumber
en_GB: CreditCardAuthorisationNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime Name value.text]
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime ShortName value.text]
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity Name value.text]
en: DestinationCity
en_GB: DestinationPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity ShortName value.text]
en: DestinCity
en_GB: DestPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince Name value.text]
en: DestinationStateProvince
en_GB: DestinationCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince ShortName value.text]
en: DestStaPro
en_GB: DestCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationpostalcode Name value.text]
en: DestinationPostalCode
en_GB: DestinationPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city Name value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.plants.Fields.fertilizefrequency Name value.text]
en: FertilizeFrequency
en_GB: FertiliseFrequency

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm Name value.text]
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm ShortName value.text]
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.filmexpirationdate Name value.text]
en: FilmExpirationDate
en_GB: FilmExpiryDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle Name value.text]
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle ShortName value.text]
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.exerciselog.Fields.distancetraveled Name value.text]
en: DistanceTraveled
en_GB: DistanceTravelled

[ctx: UI.xcu ..UI.FilterClassification.GlobalFilters.Classes.com.sun.star.formula.FormularProperties DisplayName value.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-writer-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Print optimized
en_GB: PDF - Print optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-calc-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Print optimized
en_GB: PDF - Print optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-impress-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Print optimized
en_GB: PDF - Print optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-draw-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Print optimized
en_GB: PDF - Print optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-hq-writer-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Press optimized
en_GB: PDF - Press optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-calc-hq-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Press optimized
en_GB: PDF - Press optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-impress-hq-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Press optimized
en_GB: PDF - Press optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Exporters.pdf-draw-hq-exporter Name value.text]
en: PDF - Press optimized
en_GB: PDF - Press optimised

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Styles.style4 Name value.text]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Styles.style9 Name value.text]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Styles.style15 Name value.text]
en: Blue & Gray
en_GB: Blue & Grey

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.Styles.style18 Name value.text]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.IconSets.iconset0 Name value.text]
en: Round, 3D, blue & gray
en_GB: Round, 3-D, blue & grey

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.IconSets.iconset1 Name value.text]
en: Round, 3D, blue & green
en_GB: Round, 3-D, blue & green

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.IconSets.iconset2 Name value.text]
en: Cubic, 3D, orange & blue
en_GB: Cubic, 3-D, orange & blue

[ctx: WebWizard.xcu ..WebWizard.WebWizard.IconSets.iconset3 Name value.text]
en: Round, flat, black & gray
en_GB: Round, flat, black & grey

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoRightBlockSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Page Right
en_GB: Select to Right of Page

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog Label value.text]
en: Color Scale...
en_GB: Colour Scale...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ClearContents Label value.text]
en: Clear Contents
en_GB: Clear Content

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToggleMergeCells Label value.text]
en: M~erge and Center Cells
en_GB: M~erge and Centre Cells

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor Label value.text]
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor ContextLabel value.text]
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TabBgColor Label value.text]
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
en: Align Center Horizontally
en_GB: Align Centre Horizontally

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVCenter Label value.text]
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:CellContentsMenu Label value.text]
en: Cell Co~ntents
en_GB: Cell Co~ntent

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:ColorScaleDialog Label value.text]
en: Color Scale...
en_GB: Colour Scale...

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuXErrorBars Label value.text]
en: X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuYErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:View3D Label value.text]
en: ~3D View...
en_GB: ~3-D View...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XTitle Label value.text]
en: ~X Axis Title...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:YTitle Label value.text]
en: ~Y Axis Title...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ZTitle Label value.text]
en: ~Z Axis Title...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryXTitle Label value.text]
en: S~econdary X Axis Title...
en_GB: S~econdary x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryYTitle Label value.text]
en: Se~condary Y Axis Title...
en_GB: Se~condary y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisX Label value.text]
en: ~X Axis...
en_GB: ~x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisY Label value.text]
en: ~Y Axis...
en_GB: ~y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisZ Label value.text]
en: ~Z Axis...
en_GB: ~z-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisA Label value.text]
en: ~Secondary X Axis...
en_GB: ~Secondary x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisB Label value.text]
en: S~econdary Y Axis...
en_GB: S~econdary y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXMain Label value.text]
en: ~Y Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYMain Label value.text]
en: ~X Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZMain Label value.text]
en: ~Z Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXHelp Label value.text]
en: Y Axis Minor ~Grid...
en_GB: x-Axis Minor ~Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYHelp Label value.text]
en: X Axis ~Minor Grid...
en_GB: y-Axis ~Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZHelp Label value.text]
en: Z Ax~is Minor Grid...
en_GB: z-Ax~is Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertXErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Insert X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteXErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Delete X Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete x-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatXErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Format X Error Bars...
en_GB: Format x-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertYErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Insert Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteYErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Delete Y Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete y-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatYErrorBars Label value.text]
en: Format Y Error Bars...
en_GB: Format y-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DefaultColors Label value.text]
en: Default Colors for Data Series
en_GB: Default Colours for Data Series

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Dia Label value.text]
en: SlideTransition
en_GB: Slide Transition

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Objects3DToolbox Label value.text]
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter Label value.text]
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignCenter Label value.text]
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:HalfSphere Label value.text]
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityColor Label value.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityColor Label value.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3D Label value.text]
en: To 3~D
en_GB: To 3-~D

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLatheFast Label value.text]
en: To 3D ~Rotation Object
en_GB: To 3-D ~Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLathe Label value.text]
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityContrast Label value.text]
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityContrast Label value.text]
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertTo4BitGrays Label value.text]
en: 4 Bit grayscales
en_GB: 4 Bit greyscales

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertTo4BitColors Label value.text]
en: 4 Bit color palette
en_GB: 4 Bit colour palette

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertTo8BitGrays Label value.text]
en: 8 Bit Grayscales
en_GB: 8 Bit Greyscales

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertTo8BitColors Label value.text]
en: 8 Bit color palette
en_GB: 8 Bit colour palette

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertToTrueColor Label value.text]
en: 24 Bit True Color
en_GB: 24 Bit True Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DisplayQualityMenu Label value.text]
en: ~Color/Grayscale
en_GB: ~Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:CellVertCenter Label value.text]
en: Center ( vertical )
en_GB: Centre ( vertical )

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-checkerboard Label value.text]
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-colored-lettering Label value.text]
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-movie-credits Label value.text]
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-center-revolve Label value.text]
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-fill-color Label value.text]
en: Change Fill Color
en_GB: Change Fill Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-font-color Label value.text]
en: Change Font Color
en_GB: Change Font Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-line-color Label value.text]
en: Change Line Color
en_GB: Change Line Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-word Label value.text]
en: Color Over by Word
en_GB: Colour Over by Word

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-blend Label value.text]
en: Color Blend
en_GB: Colour Blend

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-letter Label value.text]
en: Color Over by Letter
en_GB: Colour Over by Letter

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color Label value.text]
en: Complementary Color
en_GB: Complementary Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color-2 Label value.text]
en: Complementary Color 2
en_GB: Complementary Colour 2

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-contrasting-color Label value.text]
en: Contrasting Color
en_GB: Contrasting Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-grow-with-color Label value.text]
en: Grow With Color
en_GB: Grow With Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-checkerboard Label value.text]
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-center-revolve Label value.text]
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-colored-lettering Label value.text]
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-movie-credits Label value.text]
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-4-point-star Label value.text]
en: 4 Point Star
en_GB: 4 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-5-point-star Label value.text]
en: 5 Point Star
en_GB: 5 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-6-point-star Label value.text]
en: 6 Point Star
en_GB: 6 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-8-point-star Label value.text]
en: 8 Point Star
en_GB: 8 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-equal-triangle Label value.text]
en: Equal Triangle
en_GB: Equilateral Triangle

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-right-triangle Label value.text]
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-buzz-saw Label value.text]
en: Buzz Saw
en_GB: Circular Saw

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-figure-8-four Label value.text]
en: Figure 8 Four
en_GB: Figure-of-8 Four

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-horizontal-figure-8 Label value.text]
en: Horizontal Figure 8
en_GB: Horizontal Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-loop-de-loop Label value.text]
en: Loop de Loop
en_GB: Loop-the-loop

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-vertical-figure-8 Label value.text]
en: Vertical Figure 8
en_GB: Vertical Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.out-from-screen-center Label value.text]
en: Out from screen center
en_GB: Out from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.in-from-screen-center Label value.text]
en: In from screen center
en_GB: In from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-clockwise Label value.text]
en: From center clockwise
en_GB: From centre clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-counter-clockwise Label value.text]
en: From center counter-clockwise
en_GB: From centre counter-clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Transitions.checkerboard-across Label value.text]
en: Checkerboard Across
en_GB: Chequerboard Across

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Transitions.checkerboard-down Label value.text]
en: Checkerboard Down
en_GB: Chequerboard Down

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Transitions.venetian3dv Label value.text]
en: Venetian Blinds 3D Vertical
en_GB: Venetian Blinds 3-D Vertical

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Transitions.venetian3dh Label value.text]
en: Venetian Blinds 3D Horizontal
en_GB: Venetian Blinds 3-D Horizontal

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BasicShapes.right-triangle Label value.text]
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star4 Label value.text]
en: 4-Point Star
en_GB: 4-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star5 Label value.text]
en: 5-Point Star
en_GB: 5-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star6 Label value.text]
en: 6-Point Star
en_GB: 6-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star8 Label value.text]
en: 8-Point Star
en_GB: 8-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star12 Label value.text]
en: 12-Point Star
en_GB: 12-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star24 Label value.text]
en: 24-Point Star
en_GB: 24-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.concave-star6 Label value.text]
en: 6-Point Star, concave
en_GB: 6-Pointed Star, concave

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.doorplate Label value.text]
en: Doorplate
en_GB: Door-plate

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharacterBackgroundPattern Label value.text]
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ObjectCatalog Label value.text]
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Color Label value.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara Label value.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignCenter Label value.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignMiddle Label value.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToLower Label value.text]
en: ~lowercase
en_GB: ~lower-case

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToUpper Label value.text]
en: ~UPPERCASE
en_GB: ~UPPER-CASE

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToTitleCase Label value.text]
en: ~Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: ~Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FillColor Label value.text]
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XLineColor Label value.text]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackgroundColor Label value.text]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FrameLineColor Label value.text]
en: Line Color (of the border)
en_GB: Line Colour (of the border)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatPaintbrush Label value.text]
en: Format Paintbrush (double click for multi-selection)
en_GB: Format Paintbrush (double-click for multi-selection)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Delete Label value.text]
en: Delete C~ontents...
en_GB: Delete C~ontent...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfData Label value.text]
en: To File End
en_GB: To End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStart Label value.text]
en: To File Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRow Label value.text]
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRow Label value.text]
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartSel Label value.text]
en: Select to File Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDataSel Label value.text]
en: Select to File End
en_GB: Select to End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRowSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRowSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorControl Label value.text]
en: ~Color Bar
en_GB: ~Colour Bar

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GetColorTable Label value.text]
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline Label value.text]
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline_Unfilled Label value.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterPoster Label value.text]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSepia Label value.text]
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSolarize Label value.text]
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SpellOnline Label value.text]
en: ~AutoSpellcheck
en_GB: ~AutoSpellCheck

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureDialog Label value.text]
en: ~Customize...
en_GB: ~Customise...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible Label value.text]
en: Customi~ze...
en_GB: Customi~se...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ShowLicense Label value.text]
en: License Information...
en_GB: Licence Information...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MacroOrganizer?TabId:short=1 Label value.text]
en: Organize ~Dialogs...
en_GB: Organise ~Dialogs...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ScriptOrganizer Label value.text]
en: ~Organize Macros
en_GB: ~Organise Macros

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Window3D Label value.text]
en: ~3D Effects
en_GB: ~3-D Effects

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:NumericField Label value.text]
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertToNumeric Label value.text]
en: Replace with Numerical Field
en_GB: Replace with Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Extrusion3DColor Label value.text]
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignVerticalCenter Label value.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:SpellingMenu Label value.text]
en: ~Spellcheck
en_GB: ~Spell check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:ColorSettings Label value.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:MacroOrganizer Label value.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Basic Macro Organizer...
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Basic Macro Organiser...

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: MathCommands.xcu ..MathCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SymbolCatalogue Label value.text]
en: ~Catalog...
en_GB: ~Catalogue...

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SubReportInNewWindow Label value.text]
en: ~Subreport in New Window...
en_GB: ~Sub-report in New Window...

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SectionAlignCenter Label value.text]
en: Centered on Section
en_GB: Centred on Section

[ctx: Sidebar.xcu ..Sidebar.Content.PanelList.ColorPanel Title value.text]
en: Colors (only for debugging)
en_GB: Colours (only for debugging)

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfLineSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Begin of Line
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPageSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Begin of Next Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPageSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPageSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Page Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPageSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Page End
en_GB: Select to End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfParaSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Paragraph Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfParaSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Paragraph End
en_GB: Select to End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:WordLeftSel Label value.text]
en: Select to Begin of Word
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalCenter Label value.text]
en: Align Vertical Center
en_GB: Align Vertical Centre

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfLine Label value.text]
en: To Line Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPage Label value.text]
en: To Begin of Next Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPage Label value.text]
en: To Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPage Label value.text]
en: To Page Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPage Label value.text]
en: To Page End
en_GB: To End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfColumn Label value.text]
en: To Column Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfColumn Label value.text]
en: To Column End
en_GB: To End of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPara Label value.text]
en: To Paragraph Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPara Label value.text]
en: To Paragraph End
en_GB: To End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfSentence Label value.text]
en: Delete to Start of Sentence
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Sentence

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfWord Label value.text]
en: Delete to Start of Word
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfLine Label value.text]
en: Delete to Start of Line
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfPara Label value.text]
en: Delete to Start of Paragraph
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfTable Label value.text]
en: To Table Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEnd Label value.text]
en: To Table End
en_GB: To End of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextColumn Label value.text]
en: To Begin of Next Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevColumn Label value.text]
en: To Begin of Previous Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalRowCenter Label value.text]
en: Align to Vertical Center of Line
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalCharCenter Label value.text]
en: Align to Vertical Center of Character
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Character

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MergeTable Label value.text]
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter Label value.text]
en: Center ( vertical )
en_GB: Centre ( vertical )

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
en: Directly to Document Begin
en_GB: Directly to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
en: Directly to Document End
en_GB: Directly to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharColorExt Label value.text]
en: Font Color Fill
en_GB: Font Colour Fill

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:HScroll Label value.text]
en: Scroll Horizontal
en_GB: Scroll Horizontally

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ControlCodes Label value.text]
en: ~Nonprinting Characters
en_GB: ~Non-printing Characters

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:NavigateForward Label value.text]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: rtsetup.src RID_RTS_COMMANDPAGE RID_RTS_CMD_CB_EXTERNAL checkbox.text]
en: ~Use system print dialog, disable %PRODUCTNAME's print dialog
en_GB: ~Use system print dialogue box, disable %PRODUCTNAME's print dialogue box

[ctx: rtsetup.src RID_RTS_COMMANDPAGE RID_RTS_CMD_FT_QUICKCMD fixedtext.text]
en: Command for quick printing without dialog (optional)
en_GB: Command for quick printing without dialogue box (optional)

[ctx: printerdevicepage.ui label10 label string.text]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: printerdevicepage.ui label11 label string.text]
en: Color _depth
en_GB: Colour _depth

[ctx: printerdevicepage.ui colorspace 1 stringlist.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printerdevicepage.ui colorspace 2 stringlist.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: readme.xrm A11 readmeitem.text]
en: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the license text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.
en_GB: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the licence text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.

[ctx: readme.xrm macxHardDiksSpace readmeitem.text]
en: Up to 800 MB available hard disk space
en_GB: Up to 800 MB available hard disc space

[ctx: readme.xrm macxivideo readmeitem.text]
en: 1024 x 768 graphic device with 256 colors (higher resolution recommended)
en_GB: 1024 x 768 graphic device with 256 colours (higher resolution recommended)

[ctx: readme.xrm jzjtzu6 readmeitem.text]
en: Up to 1.5 GB available hard disk space
en_GB: Up to 1.5 GB available hard diskcspace

[ctx: readme.xrm jtzu56 readmeitem.text]
en: 1024x768 resolution (higher resolution recommended), at least 256 colors
en_GB: 1024x768 resolution (higher resolution recommended), at least 256 colours

[ctx: readme.xrm s2we10 readmeitem.text]
en: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Center, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.
en_GB: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Centre, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.

[ctx: readme.xrm n42dfgf readmeitem.text]
en: Up to 1.55 GB available hard disk space;
en_GB: Up to 1.55 GB available hard disc space;

[ctx: readme.xrm ghjhhr readmeitem.text]
en: X Server with 1024x768 resolution (higher resolution recommended), with at least 256 colors;
en_GB: X Server with 1024x768 resolution (higher resolution recommended), with at least 256 colours;

[ctx: readme.xrm Precautions readmeitem.text]
en: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation process.
en_GB: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation.

[ctx: readme.xrm rpminstall7a readmeitem.text]
en: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the toplevel directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the top-level directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile.

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackA readmeitem.text]
en: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialog box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".
en_GB: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialogue box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackB readmeitem.text]
en: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialog box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).
en_GB: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialogue box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).

[ctx: readme.xrm naso01 readmeitem.text]
en: Problems During Program Startup
en_GB: Problems During Program Start-up

[ctx: readme.xrm pji76w0 readmeitem.text]
en: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use Anti-Aliasing' may help.
en_GB: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use anti-aliasing' may help.

[ctx: readme.xrm howtostart1 readmeitem.text]
en: The best way to start contributing is to subscribe to one or more of the mailing lists, lurk for a while, and gradually use the mail archives to familiarize yourself with many of the topics covered since the ${PRODUCTNAME} source code was released back in October 2000. When you're comfortable, all you need to do is send an email self-introduction and jump right in. If you are familiar with Open Source Projects, check out our To-Dos list and see if there is anything you would like to help with at <a href="http://www.libreoffice.org/develop/">http://www.libreoffice.org/develop/</a>.
en_GB: The best way to start contributing is to subscribe to one or more of the mailing lists, lurk for a while, and gradually use the mail archives to familiarise yourself with many of the topics covered since the ${PRODUCTNAME} source code was released back in October 2000. When you're comfortable, all you need to do is send an e-mail self-introduction and jump right in. If you are familiar with Open Source Projects, check out our To-Dos list and see if there is anything you would like to help with at <a href="http://www.libreoffice.org/develop/">http://www.libreoffice.org/develop/</a>.

[ctx: CondFormat.src STR_CHARCOLOR string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: PageNumber.src RID_PAGENUMBERS.LST_ALIGNMENT 2 stringlist.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: inspection.src RID_STR_BACKCOLOR string.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: inspection.src RID_STR_TYPE_CONST 4 string.text]
en: User defined Function
en_GB: User-Defined Function

[ctx: inspection.src RID_STR_PARAADJUST_CONST 4 string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: report.src RID_MENU_REPORT SID_ATTR_CHAR_COLOR_BACKGROUND menuitem.text]
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: report.src RID_MENU_REPORT.SID_ARRANGEMENU SID_FRAME_UP menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: report.src RID_MENU_REPORT.SID_ARRANGEMENU SID_FRAME_DOWN menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: imoptdlg.src RID_SCDLG_IMPORTOPT CB_FORMULAS checkbox.text]
en: Save cell fo~rmulas instead of calculated values
en_GB: Save cell fo~rmulae instead of calculated values

[ctx: validate.src TP_VALIDATION_VALUES.LB_VALUE 4 stringlist.text]
en: less than or equal
en_GB: less than or equal to

[ctx: validate.src TP_VALIDATION_VALUES.LB_VALUE 6 stringlist.text]
en: not equal
en_GB: not equal to

[ctx: drformsh.src MN_ARRANGESUB.SUBMENU_OBJARRANGE SID_FRAME_UP menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: drformsh.src MN_ARRANGESUB.SUBMENU_OBJARRANGE SID_FRAME_DOWN menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: drformsh.src RID_POPUP_DRAWFORM string.text]
en: Popup menu for form objects
en_GB: Pop-up menu for form objects

[ctx: objdraw.src MN_TEXT_ATTR.RID_MN_FORMAT_ALGN SID_ALIGNCENTERHOR menuitem.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: objdraw.src MN_ARRANGESUB.SUBMENU_OBJARRANGE SID_FRAME_UP menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: objdraw.src MN_ARRANGESUB.SUBMENU_OBJARRANGE SID_FRAME_DOWN menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: highred.src RID_SCDLG_HIGHLIGHT_CHANGES RB_ASSIGN imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Minimize/Maximize
en_GB: Minimise/Maximise

[ctx: pagedlg.src RID_SCDLG_AREAS.LB_PRINTAREA 3 stringlist.text]
en: - user defined -
en_GB: - user-defined -

[ctx: pagedlg.src RID_SCDLG_AREAS.LB_REPEATROW 2 stringlist.text]
en: - user defined -
en_GB: - user-defined -

[ctx: pagedlg.src RID_SCDLG_AREAS.LB_REPEATCOL 2 stringlist.text]
en: - user defined -
en_GB: - user-defined -

[ctx: AlignmentPropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_ALIGNMENT.TBX_HORIZONTAL_ALIGNMENT ID_SUBSTCENTER toolboxitem.text]
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: AlignmentPropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_ALIGNMENT.TBX_VERTICAL_ALIGN IID_VERT_CENTER toolboxitem.text]
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_APPEAR STR_QH_BK_COLOR string.text]
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_APPEAR.TB_BORDER_LINE_COLOR TBI_LINE_COLOR toolboxitem.text]
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_APPEAR TB_BORDER_LINE_COLOR toolbox.text]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_APPEAR STR_QH_BORDER_LINE_COLOR string.text]
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_CELLAPPEARANCE_FILLCOLOR VS_FILLCOLOR control.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_CELLAPPEARANCE_FILLCOLOR VS_NOFILLCOLOR string.text]
en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

[ctx: CellAppearancePropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_CELLAPPEARANCE_LINECOLOR VS_LINECOLOR control.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: NumberFormatPropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_NUMBERFORMAT FT_LEADZEROES fixedtext.text]
en: Leading ~zeroes:
en_GB: Leading ~zeros:

[ctx: NumberFormatPropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_NUMBERFORMAT ED_LEADZEROES numericfield.quickhelptext]
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display before the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display before the decimal point.

[ctx: NumberFormatPropertyPanel.src RID_PROPERTYPANEL_SC_NUMBERFORMAT BTN_NEGRED checkbox.quickhelptext]
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: colorformat.src RID_SCDLG_DATABAR FL_BAR_COLORS fixedline.text]
en: Bar Colors
en_GB: Bar Colours

[ctx: colorformat.src RID_SCDLG_DATABAR FT_COLOR_AXIS fixedtext.text]
en: Color of vertical axis
en_GB: Colour of vertical axis

[ctx: condformatdlg.src RID_COND_ENTRY.LB_COLOR_FORMAT 1 stringlist.text]
en: Color Scale (2 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (2 Entries)

[ctx: condformatdlg.src RID_COND_ENTRY.LB_COLOR_FORMAT 2 stringlist.text]
en: Color Scale (3 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (3 Entries)

[ctx: condformatdlg.src RID_COND_ENTRY.LB_ICONSET_TYPE 2 stringlist.text]
en: 3 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 3 Grey Arrows

[ctx: condformatdlg.src RID_COND_ENTRY.LB_ICONSET_TYPE 10 stringlist.text]
en: 4 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 4 Grey Arrows

[ctx: condformatdlg.src RID_COND_ENTRY.LB_ICONSET_TYPE 15 stringlist.text]
en: 5 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 5 Grey Arrows

[ctx: filter.src RID_SCDLG_FILTER BTN_CASE checkbox.text]
en: Case ~sensitive
en_GB: Case-~sensitive

[ctx: filter.src RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER BTN_CASE checkbox.text]
en: ~Case sensitive
en_GB: ~Case-sensitive

[ctx: filter.src RID_SCDLG_PIVOTFILTER BTN_CASE checkbox.text]
en: ~Case sensitive
en_GB: ~Case-sensitive

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_UNDO_DRAGDROP string.text]
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_MSSG_MAKEAUTOFILTER_0 string.text]
en: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column header?
en_GB: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column headers?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_UNDO_SPELLING string.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_LONG_ERR_NO_VALUE string.text]
en: Error: Wrong data type
en_GB: Error: No result

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_LONG_ERR_ILL_FPO string.text]
en: Error: Invalid numeric value
en_GB: Error: Invalid floating point operation

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_LONG_ERR_SYNTAX string.text]
en: Internal syntactical error
en_GB: Internal syntax error

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_GRIDCOLOR string.text]
en: Grid color
en_GB: Grid colour

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_FORMULAS string.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_IMPORT_ERROR string.text]
en: Spellcheck not available
en_GB: Spell check not available

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_IMPORT_DBF string.text]
en: Import DBase files
en_GB: Import dBASE files

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_EXPORT_DBF string.text]
en: DBase export
en_GB: dBASE export

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_IMPORT_EXCEL_WARNING string.text]
en: is not available for spellchecking
    Please check your installation and install 
    the desired language if necessary
en_GB: is not available for spell check
    Please check your installation and install 
    the desired language if necessary

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_SPELLING_BEGIN_TAB string.text]
en: Should the spellcheck be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?
en_GB: Should the spell check be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_SPELLING_STOP_OK string.text]
en: The spellcheck of this sheet has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check of this sheet has been completed.

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_UNDO_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR string.text]
en: Color Tab
en_GB: Colour Tab

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_UNDO_SET_MULTI_TAB_BG_COLOR string.text]
en: Color Tabs
en_GB: Colour Tabs

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_CHART_XTITLE string.text]
en: X axis title
en_GB: x-Axis title

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_CHART_YTITLE string.text]
en: Y axis title
en_GB: y-Axis title

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_CHART_ZTITLE string.text]
en: Z axis title
en_GB: z-Axis title

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_MSSG_SEARCHANDREPLACE_1 string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the beginning of the sheet. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the beginning of the sheet. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_MSSG_SEARCHANDREPLACE_2 string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the end of the sheet. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the end of the sheet. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_MSSG_SEARCHANDREPLACE_4 string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_MSSG_SEARCHANDREPLACE_5 string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Calc has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_SCATTR_PAGE_FORMULAS string.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_QUICKHELP_DELETE string.text]
en: Delete contents
en_GB: Delete content

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_CHANGED_MOVE_REJECTION_WARNING string.text]
en: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulas.
en_GB: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulae.

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_SHARED_DOC_WARNING string.text]
en: The spreadsheet is in shared mode. This allows multiple users to access and edit the spreadsheet at the same time.
    
    Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: The spreadsheet is in shared mode. This allows multiple users to access and edit the spreadsheet at the same time.
    
    Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: globstr.src RID_GLOBSTR STR_COND_COLORSCALE string.text]
en: ColorScale
en_GB: ColourScale

[ctx: miscdlgs.src RID_SCDLG_INSCONT BTN_INSFORMULAS checkbox.text]
en: ~Formulas
en_GB: ~Formulae

[ctx: opredlin.src RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE GB_COLORCHGS fixedline.text]
en: Colors for changes
en_GB: Colours for changes

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT.LB_GRID 2 stringlist.text]
en: Show on colored cells
en_GB: Show on coloured cells

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT FT_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT CB_FORMULA checkbox.text]
en: ~Formulas
en_GB: ~Formulae

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT CB_RFIND checkbox.text]
en: Show references in color
en_GB: Show references in colour

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT CB_SYNCZOOM checkbox.text]
en: S~ynchronize sheets
en_GB: S~ynchronise sheets

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 1 itemlist.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 2 itemlist.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 3 itemlist.text]
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 4 itemlist.text]
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 5 itemlist.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 6 itemlist.text]
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 7 itemlist.text]
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 8 itemlist.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: optdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT.ST_UNIT 9 itemlist.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: popup.src RID_POPUP_CELLS SID_DELETE menuitem.text]
en: Delete C~ontents...
en_GB: Delete C~ontent...

[ctx: popup.src RID_POPUP_TAB FID_TAB_MENU_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR menuitem.text]
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: scerrors.src RID_ERRHDLSC SCWARN_IMPORT_INFOLOST & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: The document contains information not recognized by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!
en_GB: The document contains information not recognised by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!

[ctx: scerrors.src RID_ERRHDLSC SCWARN_EXPORT_DATALOST & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Not all cell contents could be saved in the specified format.
en_GB: Not all cell content could be saved in the specified format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_COUNT_2 1 string.text]
en: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range where the content corresponds to the search criteria.
en_GB: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range for which the cell content corresponds to the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_MIN 1 string.text]
en: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range where the contents correspond to the search criteria.
en_GB: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_PRODUCT 1 string.text]
en: Multiplies all cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_SUM 1 string.text]
en: Adds all the cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Adds all the cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR 1 string.text]
en: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR_P 1 string.text]
en: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range where contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE 3 string.text]
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE 5 string.text]
en: An integer between 1 and 12 representing the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 12 representing the month.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE 7 string.text]
en: An integer between 1 and 31 representing the day of the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 31 representing the day of the month.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE 1 string.text]
en: Returns an internal number for a text having a possible date format.
en_GB: Returns an internal number for a text string having a possible date format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE 3 string.text]
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE 1 string.text]
en: Returns a sequential number for a text shown in a possible time entry format.
en_GB: Returns a sequential number for a text string shown in a possible time entry format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE 3 string.text]
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_EASTERSUNDAY 3 string.text]
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956, or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956, or 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_NOMINAL 4 string.text]
en: npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_NBW 5 string.text]
en: Value 1, value 2,... are 1 to 30 arguments representing payments and income.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing payments and income.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ISPMT 1 string.text]
en: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortization rates.
en_GB: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortisation rates.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ISPMT 3 string.text]
en: Interest rate for a single amortization rate.
en_GB: Interest rate for a single amortisation rate.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ISPMT 5 string.text]
en: Number of amortization periods for the calculation of the interest.
en_GB: Number of amortisation periods for the calculation of the interest.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ISPMT 7 string.text]
en: Sum total of amortization periods.
en_GB: Sum total of amortisation periods.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_CELL 1 string.text]
en: Determines information about address, formatting or contents of a cell.
en_GB: Determines information about address, formatting or content of a cell.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_OR 3 string.text]
en: Logical value 1, logical value 2,... are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and which return either TRUE or FALSE.
en_GB: LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30 are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and which return either TRUE or FALSE.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_XOR 3 string.text]
en: Logical value 1, logical value 2, ... are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and which return either TRUE or FALSE.
en_GB: LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30 are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and which return either TRUE or FALSE.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_AND 3 string.text]
en: Logical value 1, logical value 2;...are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and each returns either TRUE or FALSE.
en_GB: LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30 are 1 to 30 conditions to be tested and each returns either TRUE or FALSE.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_POWER 3 string.text]
en: The base a of the power a^b.
en_GB: The number that is to be raised to the power of another.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_POWER 4 string.text]
en: Exponent
en_GB: Power

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_POWER 5 string.text]
en: The exponent b of the power a^b.
en_GB: The power by which the number is to be raised.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_SUM 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 arguments whose total is to be calculated.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 arguments whose total is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_SUM_SQ 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2,... are 1 to 30 arguments for which the sum of the squares is to be calculated.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 arguments for which the sum of the squares is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_PRODUCT 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 arguments to be multiplied and a result returned.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 arguments to be multiplied and a result returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_SUM_IFS 5 string.text]
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_SUM_IFS 7 string.text]
en: Criteria 1, criteria 2,... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.
en_GB: Criteria 1, criteria 2, ... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_IFS 5 string.text]
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_IFS 7 string.text]
en: Criteria 1, criteria 2,... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.
en_GB: Criteria 1, criteria 2, ... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_COUNT_IFS 3 string.text]
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_COUNT_IFS 5 string.text]
en: Criteria 1, criteria 2,... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.
en_GB: Criteria 1, criteria 2, ... are the cell ranges in which the search criteria are given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_SQRT 3 string.text]
en: A positive value for which the square root is to be calculated.
en_GB: A positive value, for which the square root is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_RANDOM 1 string.text]
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS 1 string.text]
en: Returns the arccosine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc cosine of a number.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS 3 string.text]
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arccosine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN 1 string.text]
en: Returns the arcsine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc sine of a number.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN 3 string.text]
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arcsine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc sine is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN 1 string.text]
en: Returns the arctangent of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent of a number.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN 3 string.text]
en: The value for which the arctangent is to be returned.
en_GB: The value for which the arc tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_COT_HYP 3 string.text]
en: A value smaller than -1 or greater than 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value smaller than -1.0 or greater than +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_HYP 3 string.text]
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_COS 3 string.text]
en: The angle in the radians for which the cosine is to be returned.
en_GB: The angle in radians for which the cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2 1 string.text]
en: Returns the arctangent for the specified coordinates.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent for the specified coordinates.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2 3 string.text]
en: The value for the x coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2 5 string.text]
en: The value for the y coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DEG 1 string.text]
en: Converts a radian to degrees
en_GB: Converts an angle in radians to degrees

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_DEG 3 string.text]
en: The angle in a radian
en_GB: The angle in radians

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_RAD 1 string.text]
en: Converts degrees to radians
en_GB: Converts an angle in degrees to radians

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RGP 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RGP 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RKP 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RKP 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TREND 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TREND 5 string.text]
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TREND 7 string.text]
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_GROWTH 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_GROWTH 5 string.text]
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_GROWTH 7 string.text]
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_COUNT 3 string.text]
en: Value 1, value 2, ... are 1 to 30 arguments containing different data types but where only numbers are counted.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments containing different data types but where only numbers are counted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_COUNT_2 3 string.text]
en: Value 1, value 2, ... are 1 to 30 arguments representing the values to be counted.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing the values to be counted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MAX 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments for which the largest number is to be determined.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments for which the largest number is to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MAX_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1, value 2,    are 1 to 30 arguments whose largest value is to be determined.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments whose largest value is to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MIN 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments for which the smallest number is to be determined.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments for which the smallest number is to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MIN_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2;... are 1 to 30 arguments whose smallest number is to be determined.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments whose smallest number is to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VAR 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample of a population.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample of a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VAR_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2; ... are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VAR_P 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which represent a population.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which represent a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VAR_P_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2;... are 1 to 30 arguments representing a population.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ST_DEV 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample of a population.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample of a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ST_DEV_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2; ... are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ST_DEV_P 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample of a population.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample of a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ST_DEV_P_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2;... are 1 to 30 arguments corresponding to a population.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments corresponding to a population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2;...are 1 to 30 numeric arguments representing a population sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments representing a population sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_A 3 string.text]
en: Value 1; value 2; ... are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30 are 1 to 30 arguments representing a sample taken from a basic total population.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_DEV_SQ 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_AVE_DEV 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2;...are 1 to 30 numerical arguments representing a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments representing a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SCHIEFE 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments portraying a sample of the distribution.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments portraying a sample of the distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_KURT 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments, representing a sample of the distribution.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments, representing a sample of the distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_GEO_MEAN 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_HAR_MEAN 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MODAL_VALUE 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MEDIAN 3 string.text]
en: Number 1, number 2, ... are 1 to 30 numerical arguments which portray a sample.
en_GB: Number1; Number2; ... Number30 are 1 to 30 numeric arguments which portray a sample.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_PERCENTILE 5 string.text]
en: The percentage rate of the quantile between 0 and 1.
en_GB: The percentage rate of the quantile in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_B 1 string.text]
en: Returns the probability of a trial result using binomial distribution.
en_GB: Returns the probability of a trial result using the binomial distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FISHER 3 string.text]
en: The value to be transformed (-1 < VALUE < 1).
en_GB: The value to be transformed (-1.0 < VALUE < +1.0).

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_BINOM_DIST 9 string.text]
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST 1 string.text]
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST 3 string.text]
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST 5 string.text]
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST 7 string.text]
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV 1 string.text]
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV 3 string.text]
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV 5 string.text]
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV 7 string.text]
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST 7 string.text]
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL 9 string.text]
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_DIST 3 string.text]
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_DIST 5 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_DIST 7 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_INV 1 string.text]
en: Values of the inverse F distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse F-distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_INV 3 string.text]
en: The probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_INV 5 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_INV 7 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST 3 string.text]
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST 5 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV 3 string.text]
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV 5 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV 1 string.text]
en: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x;DegreesOfFreedom;TRUE()).
en_GB: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x; DegreesOfFreedom; TRUE()).

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV 3 string.text]
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV 5 string.text]
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_STANDARD 1 string.text]
en: Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
en_GB: Converts a random variable to a normalised value.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_STANDARD 3 string.text]
en: The value to be standardized.
en_GB: The value to be standardised.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST 1 string.text]
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_F_TEST 1 string.text]
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RSQ 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RSQ 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT 1 string.text]
en: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the Y axis.
en_GB: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the y-axis.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SLOPE 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SLOPE 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_STEYX 3 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_STEYX 5 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FORECAST 3 string.text]
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FORECAST 5 string.text]
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FORECAST 7 string.text]
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CHOSE 5 string.text]
en: Value 1, value 2,... The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30: The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TABLE 3 string.text]
en: The reference to a cell or a range or the character string of a sheet name.
en_GB: The reference to a cell or a range or the text string of a sheet name.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_V_LOOKUP 9 string.text]
en: If the value is TRUE or not given, the search column of the array must be sorted in ascending order.
en_GB: If the value is TRUE or omitted, the search column of the array must be sorted in ascending order.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_INDIRECT 1 string.text]
en: Returns the contents of a cell that is referenced in text form.
en_GB: Returns the content of a cell that is referenced in text form.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MATCH 7 string.text]
en: Type can take the value 1, 0 or -1 and determines the criteria are to be used for comparison purposes.
en_GB: Type can take the value 1, 0 or -1 and determines the criteria that are to be used for comparison purposes.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_JIS 3 string.text]
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ASC 3 string.text]
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CODE 3 string.text]
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CLEAN 1 string.text]
en: Removes all nonprintable characters from text.
en_GB: Removes all non-printable characters from text.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CLEAN 3 string.text]
en: The text from which nonprintable characters are to be removed.
en_GB: The text string from which non-printable characters are to be removed.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_CONCAT 3 string.text]
en: Text for the concatentation.
en_GB: A text string for concatenation.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EXACT 1 string.text]
en: Specifies whether two texts are identical.
en_GB: Specifies whether two text strings are identical.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EXACT 3 string.text]
en: The first text to be used for comparing texts.
en_GB: The first text string to be used for comparison.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EXACT 5 string.text]
en: The second text for comparing texts.
en_GB: The second text string for comparison.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FIND 1 string.text]
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive)
en_GB: Looks for a text string within another (case-sensitive)

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FIND 3 string.text]
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FIND 5 string.text]
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_FIND 7 string.text]
en: The position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SEARCH 1 string.text]
en: Looks for one text value within another (not case-sensitive).
en_GB: Looks for one text string within another (not case-sensitive).

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SEARCH 3 string.text]
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SEARCH 5 string.text]
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SEARCH 7 string.text]
en: The position in the text where the search is started.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search is started.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TRIM 3 string.text]
en: The text in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.
en_GB: The text string in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_PROPPER 1 string.text]
en: Capitalizes the first letter in all words.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter in all words.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_PROPPER 3 string.text]
en: The text in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.
en_GB: The text string in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_UPPER 1 string.text]
en: Converts text to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to upper-case.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_UPPER 3 string.text]
en: The text in which lower case letters are to be converted to capitals.
en_GB: The text string in which lower-case letters are to be converted to capitals.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOWER 1 string.text]
en: Converts text to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to lower-case.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LOWER 3 string.text]
en: The text in which capitals are converted to lower case letters.
en_GB: The text string in which capitals are converted to lower-case letters.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VALUE 1 string.text]
en: Converts text to a number.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_VALUE 3 string.text]
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TEXT 1 string.text]
en: Converts a number to text according to a given format.
en_GB: Converts a number to a text string according to a given format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_TEXT 5 string.text]
en: The text that describes the format.
en_GB: The text string that describes the format.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_REPLACE 3 string.text]
en: The text in which some characters are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which some characters are to be replaced.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_REPLACE 9 string.text]
en: The text to be inserted.
en_GB: The text string to be inserted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LEN 3 string.text]
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LEFT 1 string.text]
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LEFT 3 string.text]
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_LEFT 5 string.text]
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RIGHT 1 string.text]
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RIGHT 3 string.text]
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_RIGHT 5 string.text]
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MID 1 string.text]
en: Returns a partial text string of a text.
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MID 3 string.text]
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_MID 7 string.text]
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_REPT 1 string.text]
en: Repeats text a given number of times.
en_GB: Repeats a text string a given number of times.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_REPT 3 string.text]
en: The text to be repeated.
en_GB: The text string to be repeated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_REPT 5 string.text]
en: The number of times the text is to be repeated.
en_GB: The number of times the text string is to be repeated.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE 3 string.text]
en: The text in which partial words are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be replaced.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE 7 string.text]
en: The text which is to replace the text string.
en_GB: The text string which is to replace the text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_BASE 7 string.text]
en: If the text is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the string.
en_GB: If the resulting text string is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the text string.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL 1 string.text]
en: Converts a text of a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.
en_GB: Converts a text string in a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL 3 string.text]
en: The text to be converted.
en_GB: The text string to be converted.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_ARABIC 3 string.text]
en: The text that represents a Roman numeral.
en_GB: The text string that represents a Roman numeral.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_INFO 3 string.text]
en: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile", and "recalc".
en_GB: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile" and "recalc".

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_UNICODE 3 string.text]
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT 1 string.text]
en: Converts a value from one to another Euro currency.
en_GB: Converts a value from one to another old European national currency or euro.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT 9 string.text]
en: If omitted or 0 or FALSE, the result is rounded to the decimals of to_currency. Else the result is not rounded.
en_GB: If omitted or 0 or FALSE, the result is rounded to the decimals of to_currency. Otherwise the result is not rounded.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE 1 string.text]
en: Converts text to a number, in a locale-independent way.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number, in a locale-independent way.

[ctx: scfuncs.src RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS2.SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE 3 string.text]
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: scstring.src SCSTR_PAGEBREAKSHELL string.text]
en: Pagebreak
en_GB: Page break

[ctx: scstring.src SCSTR_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR string.text]
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: scstring.src SCSTR_HOR_JUSTIFY_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: scstring.src SCSTR_VER_JUSTIFY_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: scstring.src STR_ACC_CENTERAREA_NAME string.text]
en: Center area
en_GB: Centre area

[ctx: scstring.src STR_ACC_EDITLINE_DESCR string.text]
en: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulas.
en_GB: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulae.

[ctx: subtdlg.src RID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS BTN_CASE checkbox.text]
en: ~Case sensitive
en_GB: ~Case-sensitive

[ctx: tabopdlg.src RID_SCDLG_TABOP FT_FORMULARANGE fixedtext.text]
en: ~Formulas
en_GB: ~Formulae

[ctx: tabopdlg.src RID_SCDLG_TABOP STR_NOCOLROW string.text]
en: Neither row or column specified.
en_GB: Neither row nor column specified.

[ctx: tabopdlg.src RID_SCDLG_TABOP STR_NOCOLFORMULA string.text]
en: Formulas don't form a column.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a column.

[ctx: tabopdlg.src RID_SCDLG_TABOP STR_NOROWFORMULA string.text]
en: Formulas don't form a row.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a row.

[ctx: deletecontents.ui DeleteContentsDialog title string.text]
en: Delete Contents
en_GB: Delete Content

[ctx: deletecontents.ui formulas label string.text]
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: headerfootercontent.ui labelFT_CENTER label string.text]
en: _Center area
en_GB: _Centre area

[ctx: headerfootercontent.ui labelSTR_HF_CUSTOMIZED label string.text]
en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui case label string.text]
en: Case se_nsitive
en_GB: Case-se_nsitive

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui regex label string.text]
en: _Enable regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: _Enable regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui datestd label string.text]
en: 12/30/1899 (defa_ult)
en_GB: 30/12/1899 (defa_ult)

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui datestd tooltip_markup string.text]
en: Value 0 corresponds to 12/30/1899
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1899-12-30

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui datesc10 tooltip_markup string.text]
en: Value 0 corresponds to 01/01/1900
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1900-01-01

[ctx: optcalculatepage.ui date1904 tooltip_markup string.text]
en: 0 corresponds to 01/01/1904
en_GB: 0 corresponds to 1904-01-01

[ctx: sharedocumentdlg.ui warning label string.text]
en: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sheetprintpage.ui checkBTN_FORMULAS label string.text]
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: solverdlg.ui result label string.text]
en: Optimize result to
en_GB: Optimise result to

[ctx: sortwarning.ui sorttip label string.text]
en: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighboring non-empty cells will then be sorted.
en_GB: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighbouring non-empty cells will then be sorted.

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Workday 1 string.text]
en: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays
en_GB: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of working days

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Workday 5 string.text]
en: The number of workdays before or after the start date
en_GB: The number of working days before or after the start date

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Weeknum 5 string.text]
en: A number from 1 to 3 that specifies the day with which a week begins
en_GB: A number in the range 1 to 3 that specifies the day that a week begins on

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Networkdays 1 string.text]
en: Returns the number of workdays between two dates
en_GB: Returns the number of working days between two dates

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Delta 2 string.text]
en: Number 1
en_GB: Number1

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Delta 4 string.text]
en: Number 2
en_GB: Number2

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Effect 4 string.text]
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: analysis.src RID_ANALYSIS_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.ANALYSIS_Nominal 4 string.text]
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: datefunc.src RID_DATE_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS.DATE_FUNCDESC_Rot13 1 string.text]
en: Encrypts or decrypts a text using the ROT13 algorithm
en_GB: Encrypts or decrypts a text string using the ROT13 algorithm

[ctx: module_samples_accessories.ulf STR_NAME_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: English
en_GB: English (US)

[ctx: module_samples_accessories.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: Installs English support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION
en_GB: Installs English (US) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION

[ctx: module_templates_accessories.ulf STR_NAME_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: English
en_GB: English (US)

[ctx: module_templates_accessories.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: Installs English support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION
en_GB: Installs English (US) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION

[ctx: folderitem_base.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_BASE LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: module_base.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_BASE LngText.text]
en: Create and edit databases by using %PRODUCTNAME Base.
en_GB: Create and edit databases using %PRODUCTNAME Base.

[ctx: folderitem_calc.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: module_calc.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: folderitem_draw.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: module_draw.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.

[ctx: module_extensions.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_OPTIONAL_EXTENSIONS_NUMBERTEXT LngText.text]
en: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localized text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.
en_GB: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localised text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.

[ctx: module_extensions_sun_templates.ulf STR_NAME_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: English
en_GB: English (US)

[ctx: module_extensions_sun_templates.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_LANGPACK_EN_US LngText.text]
en: Installs English support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION
en_GB: Installs English (US) support in %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION

[ctx: folderitem_impress.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: module_impress.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.

[ctx: folderitem_math.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: module_math.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using %PRODUCTNAME Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using %PRODUCTNAME Math.

[ctx: folderitem_writer.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_WRITER LngText.text]
en: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using Writer.
en_GB: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages using Writer.

[ctx: module_writer.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_WRT LngText.text]
en: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using %PRODUCTNAME Writer.
en_GB: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages using %PRODUCTNAME Writer.

[ctx: glob.src STR_PRESOBJ_MPNOTESTEXT string.text]
en: Click to edit the notes format
en_GB: Click to edit the notes' format

[ctx: glob.src STR_PRESOBJ_ORGCHART string.text]
en: Double-click to add an organization chart
en_GB: Double-click to add an organisation chart

[ctx: pubdlg.src DLG_PUBLISHING PAGE4_WWW_TXT fixedtext.text]
en: Your hom~epage
en_GB: Your hom~e page

[ctx: pubdlg.src DLG_PUBLISHING PAGE6_TITEL fixedline.text]
en: Select color scheme
en_GB: Select colour scheme

[ctx: pubdlg.src DLG_PUBLISHING PAGE6_DOCCOLORS radiobutton.text]
en: ~Apply color scheme from document
en_GB: ~Apply colour scheme from document

[ctx: pubdlg.src DLG_PUBLISHING PAGE6_DEFAULT radiobutton.text]
en: Use ~browser colors
en_GB: Use ~browser colours

[ctx: pubdlg.src DLG_PUBLISHING PAGE6_USER radiobutton.text]
en: ~Use custom color scheme
en_GB: ~Use custom colour scheme

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FIRST_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: First color
en_GB: First colour

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_SECOND_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: Second color
en_GB: Second colour

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FILL_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FONT_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_LINE_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: CustomAnimation.src STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_COLOR_PROPERTY string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: CustomAnimationCreateDialog.src DLG_CUSTOMANIMATION_CREATE.1 RID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_MISCEFFECTS pageitem.text]
en: Misc Effects
en_GB: Misc. Effects

[ctx: CustomAnimationDialog.src RID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT.LB_AFTER_EFFECT 2 stringlist.text]
en: Dim with color
en_GB: Dim with colour

[ctx: CustomAnimationDialog.src RID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_EFFECT FT_DIMCOLOR fixedtext.text]
en: Dim Color
en_GB: Dim Colour

[ctx: CustomAnimationDialog.src RID_TP_CUSTOMANIMATION_DURATION CBX_REWIND checkbox.text]
en: Rewind when done playing
en_GB: Rewind when finished playing

[ctx: annotations.src STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: annotations.src STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: annotations.src STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: annotations.src STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: menuids3_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_3D SID_CONVERT_TO_3D menuitem.text]
en: To 3~D
en_GB: To 3-~D

[ctx: menuids3_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_3D_LATHE_FAST SID_CONVERT_TO_3D_LATHE_FAST menuitem.text]
en: To 3D ~Rotation Object
en_GB: To 3-D ~Rotation Object

[ctx: menuids3_tmpl.src MN_3D_WIN SID_3D_WIN menuitem.text]
en: ~3D Effects
en_GB: ~3-D Effects

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_POSITION.SID_POSITION SID_MOREFRONT menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_POSITION.SID_POSITION SID_MOREBACK menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_TEXT_ALIGN.DUMMY+2 SID_ATTR_PARA_ADJUST_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_OBJECT_ALIGN.SID_OBJECT_ALIGN SID_OBJECT_ALIGN_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_OBJECT_ALIGN.SID_OBJECT_ALIGN SID_OBJECT_ALIGN_MIDDLE menuitem.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_GLUE_HORZALIGN_CENTER SID_GLUE_HORZALIGN_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: Fixed Horizontal ~Center
en_GB: Fixed Horizontal ~Centre

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_GLUE_VERTALIGN_CENTER SID_GLUE_VERTALIGN_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: Fixed V~ertical Center
en_GB: Fixed V~ertical Centre

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_4BIT_GRAYS SID_CONVERT_TO_4BIT_GRAYS menuitem.text]
en: 4 Bit G~rayscales
en_GB: 4 Bit G~reyscales

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_4BIT_COLORS SID_CONVERT_TO_4BIT_COLORS menuitem.text]
en: 4 Bit ~Color Palette
en_GB: 4 Bit ~Colour Palette

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_8BIT_GRAYS SID_CONVERT_TO_8BIT_GRAYS menuitem.text]
en: 8 Bit Gr~ayscales
en_GB: 8 Bit Gr~eyscales

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_8BIT_COLORS SID_CONVERT_TO_8BIT_COLORS menuitem.text]
en: 8 Bit C~olor Palette
en_GB: 8 Bit C~olour Palette

[ctx: menuids_tmpl.src MN_CONVERT_TO_24BIT SID_CONVERT_TO_24BIT menuitem.text]
en: 24 Bit ~True Colors
en_GB: 24 Bit ~True Colours

[ctx: popup.src RID_DRAW_TABLEOBJ_INSIDE_POPUP.DUMMY+10 SID_TABLE_VERT_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: popup2_tmpl.src RID_GRAPHIC_TABLE_POPUP.DUMMY+10 SID_TABLE_VERT_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: sdstring.src STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: sdstring.src STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: sdstring.src STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: sdstring.src STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: strings.src STR_UNDO_DRAGDROP string.text]
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: strings.src STR_AUTOLAYOUT_ONLY_TEXT string.text]
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: strings.src STR_END_SPELLING string.text]
en: Spellcheck of entire document has been completed.
en_GB: Spell check of entire document has been completed.

[ctx: strings.src STR_END_SPELLING_OBJ string.text]
en: The spellcheck for the selected objects has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check for the selected objects has been completed.

[ctx: strings.src STR_EYEDROPPER string.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: strings.src STR_UNDO_COLORRESOLUTION string.text]
en: Color resolution
en_GB: Colour resolution

[ctx: strings.src STR_UNDO_APPLY_3D_FAVOURITE string.text]
en: Apply 3D favorite
en_GB: Apply 3-D favourite

[ctx: strings.src STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_PAGES string.text]
en: Drag and Drop Pages
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Pages

[ctx: strings.src STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_SLIDES string.text]
en: Drag and Drop Slides
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Slides

[ctx: animobjs.src FLT_WIN_ANIMATION.LB_ADJUSTMENT 5 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: brkdlg.src DLG_BREAK FT_ACT_INFO fixedtext.text]
en: Broken down metaobjects:
en_GB: Broken down meta-objects:

[ctx: dlgolbul.src TAB_OUTLINEBULLET.1 RID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS pageitem.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: prltempl.src TAB_PRES_LAYOUT_TEMPLATE.1 RID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS pageitem.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: prntopts.src TP_PRINT_OPTIONS RBT_GRAYSCALE radiobutton.text]
en: Gra~yscale
en_GB: Gre~yscale

[ctx: vectdlg.src DLG_VECTORIZE FT_LAYERS fixedtext.text]
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: vectdlg.src DLG_VECTORIZE FT_VECTORIZED fixedtext.text]
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: vectdlg.src DLG_VECTORIZE CTL_WMF control.text]
en: Vectorized image
en_GB: Vectorised image

[ctx: slideshow.src RID_SLIDESHOW_CONTEXTMENU CM_COLOR_PEN menuitem.text]
en: ~Change pen Color...
en_GB: ~Change pen Colour...

[ctx: DocumentRenderer.src _STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_OPTIONS _STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DocumentRenderer.src _STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_OPTIONS._STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES 1 itemlist.text]
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: DocumentRenderer.src _STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_OPTIONS._STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES 2 itemlist.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: copydlg.ui label5 label string.text]
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: copydlg.ui label6 label string.text]
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: copydlg.ui label3 label string.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: printeroptions.ui grayscale label string.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: printeroptions.ui label5 label string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Addons.xcu .Addons.AddonUI.OfficeMenuBarMerging.SunPresentationMinimizer.Command1.MenuItems.SunPresentationMinimizerExecute2 Title value.text]
en: ~Minimize Presentation...
en_GB: ~Minimise Presentation...

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INTRODUCTION_T value.text]
en: The Presentation Minimizer is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimized new version of the presentation.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimizer is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimised new version of the presentation.

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_GRAPHIC_OPTIMIZATION value.text]
en: Choose settings for optimizing pictures and graphics
en_GB: Choose settings for optimising pictures and graphics

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OBJECTS_OPTIMIZED value.text]
en: Objects optimized
en_GB: Objects optimised

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZE_IMAGES value.text]
en: Optimize %IMAGES graphics to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.
en_GB: Optimise %IMAGES graphics to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_MODIFY_WARNING value.text]
en: The optimization will modify the current document. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: The optimisation will modify the current document. Do you want to continue?

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZING_GRAPHICS value.text]
en: Optimizing graphics...
en_GB: Optimising graphics...

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.LastUsedSettings Name value.text]
en: Projector optimized
en_GB: Projector optimised

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template1 Name value.text]
en: Screen optimized (smallest file size)
en_GB: Screen optimised (smallest file size)

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template2 Name value.text]
en: Projector optimized
en_GB: Projector optimised

[ctx: SunPresentationMinimizer.xcu .SunPresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template3 Name value.text]
en: Print optimized
en_GB: Print optimised

[ctx: app.src MSG_CANT_QUIT infobox.text]
en: The application cannot be terminated at the moment.
    Please wait until all print jobs and/or
    OLE actions have finished and close all dialogs.
en_GB: The application cannot be terminated at the moment.
    Please wait until all print jobs and/or
    OLE actions have finished and close all dialogue boxes.

[ctx: app.src STR_QUICKSTART_STARTCENTER string.text]
en: Startcenter
en_GB: Startcentre

[ctx: app.src RID_XMLSEC_QUERY_SAVEBEFORESIGN querybox.text]
en: The document has to be saved before it can be signed.
    Do you want to save the document?
en_GB: The document must be saved before it can be signed.
    Do you want to save the document?

[ctx: newhelp.src RID_INFO_NOSEARCHTEXTFOUND infobox.text]
en: The text you entered was not found.
en_GB: The text that you entered was not found.

[ctx: newhelp.src RID_HELP_ONSTARTUP_TEXT string.text]
en: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Startup
en_GB: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Start-up

[ctx: dialog.src STR_TABPAGE_MANAGESTYLES string.text]
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: doc.src MSG_ERROR_UNIQ_NAME errorbox.text]
en: Please specify a unique name.
    Entries must not be case specific.
en_GB: Please specify a unique name.
    Entries must not be case-specific.

[ctx: doc.src STR_TEMPL_RESET string.text]
en: The template "$(TEMPLATE)" has not been found. Should the template be looked for the next time the document is opened ?
en_GB: The template "$(TEMPLATE)" has not been found. Should the template be searched for the next time that the document is opened ?

[ctx: doc.src STR_XMLSEC_ODF12_EXPECTED string.text]
en: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools-Options-Load/Save-General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).
en_GB: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).

[ctx: doc.src MSG_XMLSEC_QUERY_SAVESIGNEDBEFORESIGN querybox.text]
en: The document has to be saved before it can be signed. Saving the document removes all present signatures.
    Do you want to save the document?
en_GB: The document must be saved before it can be signed. Saving the document removes all present signatures.
    Do you want to save the document?

[ctx: doctempl.src RID_CNT_STR_WAITING string.text]
en: The templates are being initialized for first-time usage.
en_GB: The templates are being initialised for first-time usage.

[ctx: templatedlg.src STR_QMSG_TEMPLATE_OVERWRITE string.text]
en: A template named $1 already exist in $2. Do you want to overwrite it?
en_GB: A template named $1 already exists in $2. Do you want to overwrite it?

[ctx: Sidebar.src RID_SIDEBAR_RESOURCE STRING_CUSTOMIZATION string.text]
en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

[ctx: view.src MSG_CANT_CLOSE infobox.text]
en: The document cannot be closed because a
     print job is being carried out.
en_GB: The document cannot be closed because a
     print job is in progress.

[ctx: view.src MSG_ERROR_SEND_MAIL infobox.text]
en: An error occurred in sending the message. Possible errors could be a missing user account or a defective setup.
    Please check the %PRODUCTNAME settings or your e-mail program settings.
en_GB: An error occurred when sending the message. Possible errors could be a missing user account or a defective setup.
    Please check the %PRODUCTNAME settings or your e-mail program settings.

[ctx: licensedialog.ui show label string.text]
en: _Show License
en_GB: _Show Licence

[ctx: licensedialog.ui label label string.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME is made available subject to the terms of GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3. A copy of the LGPL license can be found at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.html
    
    Third Party Code Additional copyright notices and license terms applicable to portions of the Software are set forth in the LICENSE.html file; choose Show License to see exact details in English.
    
    All trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.
    
    Copyright © 2000, 2013 LibreOffice contributors and/or their affiliates. All rights reserved.
    
    This product was created by %OOOVENDOR, based on OpenOffice.org, which is Copyright 2000, 2011 Oracle and/or its affiliates. %OOOVENDOR acknowledges all community members, please see http://www.libreoffice.org/ for more details.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME is made available subject to the terms of GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3. A copy of the LGPL licence can be found at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.html
    
    Third Party Code Additional copyright notices and licence terms applicable to portions of the Software are set forth in the LICENSE.html file; choose Show Licence to see exact details in English.
    
    All trademarks and registered trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.
    
    Copyright © 2000, 2013 LibreOffice contributors and/or their affiliates. All rights reserved.
    
    This product was created by %OOOVENDOR, based on OpenOffice.org, which is Copyright 2000, 2011 Oracle and/or its affiliates. %OOOVENDOR acknowledges all community members, please see http://www.libreoffice.org/ for more details.

[ctx: optprintpage.ui converttogray label string.text]
en: Con_vert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Con_vert colours to greyscale

[ctx: optprintpage.ui reducegradcolor label string.text]
en: Intermediate _color
en_GB: Intermediate _colour

[ctx: smres.src RID_FONTSIZEDIALOG 5 fixedtext.text]
en: ~Indexes
en_GB: ~Indices

[ctx: smres.src RID_DISTANCEDIALOG.2 1 string.text]
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: smres.src RID_ALIGNDIALOG 2 radiobutton.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: smres.src RID_DEFAULTSAVEQUERY querybox.text]
en: Should the changes be saved as defaults?
    
    These changes will apply for all new formulas.
en_GB: Should the changes be saved as defaults?
    
    These changes will apply for all new formulae.

[ctx: smres.src RID_DISTANCEMENU Indexes menuitem.text]
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: smres.src RID_ERR_COLOREXPECTED string.text]
en: Color required
en_GB: Colour required

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_B RID_XEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Is Equal
en_GB: Is Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_B RID_XNEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Is Not Equal
en_GB: Is Not Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_B RID_XAPPROXY toolboxitem.text]
en: Is Approximately Equal
en_GB: Is Approximately Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_B RID_XSIMEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Is Similar Or Equal
en_GB: Is Similar Or Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_B RID_XTOWARDY toolboxitem.text]
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XSUBSETY toolboxitem.text]
en: Subset
en_GB: Subset Of

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XSUBSETEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Subset Or Equal To
en_GB: Subset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XSUPSETY toolboxitem.text]
en: Superset
en_GB: Superset Of

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XSUPSETEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Superset Or Equal To
en_GB: Superset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XNSUBSETY toolboxitem.text]
en: Not Subset
en_GB: Not Subset Of

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XNSUBSETEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Not Subset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Subset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XNSUPSETY toolboxitem.text]
en: Not Superset
en_GB: Not Superset Of

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_C RID_XNSUPSETEQY toolboxitem.text]
en: Not Superset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Superset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_D RID_ARCSINX toolboxitem.text]
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_D RID_ARCCOSX toolboxitem.text]
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: toolbox.src RID_TOOLBOXWINDOW.TOOLBOX_CAT_H RID_ALIGNCX toolboxitem.text]
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: mediatyp.src STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_APP_MSEXCEL string.text]
en: MS Excel document
en_GB: Microsoft Excel document

[ctx: mediatyp.src STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_APP_MSEXCEL_TEMPL string.text]
en: MS Excel Template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel Template

[ctx: mediatyp.src STR_SVT_MIMETYPE_APP_MSPPOINT string.text]
en: MS PowerPoint document
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint document

[ctx: templwin.src DLG_DOCTEMPLATE BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE pushbutton.text]
en: Organi~ze...
en_GB: Organi~se...

[ctx: addresstemplate.src STR_FIELD_FIRSTNAME string.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: addresstemplate.src STR_FIELD_LASTNAME string.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: addresstemplate.src STR_FIELD_ZIPCODE string.text]
en: ZIP Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: addresstemplate.src STR_FIELD_CITY string.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: addresstemplate.src STR_FIELD_STATE string.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: formats.src STR_FORMAT_ID_DIALOG_60 string.text]
en: %PRODUCTXMLFILEFORMATNAME %PRODUCTXMLFILEFORMATVERSION dialog
en_GB: %PRODUCTXMLFILEFORMATNAME %PRODUCTXMLFILEFORMATVERSION dialogue box

[ctx: javaerror.src WARNINGBOX_INVALIDJAVASETTINGS_MAC warningbox.text]
en: The %PRODUCTNAME configuration has been changed. Under %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, select the Java runtime environment you want to have used by %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME configuration has been changed. Under %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, select the Java runtime environment you want to be used by %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: javaerror.src WARNINGBOX_INVALIDJAVASETTINGS warningbox.text]
en: The %PRODUCTNAME configuration has been changed. Under Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, select the Java runtime environment you want to have used by %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME configuration has been changed. Under Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced, select the Java runtime environment you want to be used by %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_WORD_DOC string.text]
en: MS Word document
en_GB: Microsoft Word document

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_DOC string.text]
en: MS Excel document
en_GB: Microsoft Excel document

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_TEMPLATE_DOC string.text]
en: MS Excel template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel template

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY_VOLUME string.text]
en: Disk drive
en_GB: Disc drive

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT string.text]
en: MS PowerPoint Document
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Document

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_TEMPLATE string.text]
en: MS PowerPoint Template
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Template

[ctx: imagemgr.src STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_SHOW string.text]
en: MS PowerPoint Show
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Show

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_4BIT_GRAYSCALE string.text]
en: 4 bit grayscale
en_GB: 4 bit greyscale

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_4BIT_COLOR_PALETTE string.text]
en: 4 bit color
en_GB: 4 bit colour

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_8BIT_GRAYSCALE string.text]
en: 8 bit grayscale
en_GB: 8 bit greyscale

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_8BIT_COLOR_PALETTE string.text]
en: 8 bit color
en_GB: 8 bit colour

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_24BIT_TRUE_COLOR string.text]
en: 24 bit true color
en_GB: 24 bit true colour

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_PRNDLG_INITIALIZING string.text]
en: Initializing
en_GB: Initialising

[ctx: svtools.src STR_SVT_PRNDLG_OFFLINE string.text]
en: Offline
en_GB: Off-line

[ctx: graphicexport.ui label2 label string.text]
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

[ctx: graphicexport.ui label11 label string.text]
en: 100 is maximum Quality and biggest file size.
en_GB: 100 is maximum Quality and largest file size.

[ctx: graphicexport.ui label22 label string.text]
en: 0 is biggest file size and fastest loading.
en_GB: 0 is largest file size and fastest loading.

[ctx: graphicexport.ui color1rb label string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: graphicexport.ui color2rb label string.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: graphicexport.ui label18 label string.text]
en: Color format
en_GB: Colour format

[ctx: graphicexport.ui liststore1 2 stringlist.text]
en: pixels/meter
en_GB: pixels/metre

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_FORMAT_ATTR_PARA_ADJUST_CENTER #define.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_FORMAT_OBJECT_ALIGN_CENTER #define.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_FORMAT_OBJECT_ALIGN_MIDDLE #define.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_TRANSLITERATE_MENU.SID_MN_SUB_TRANSLITERATE SID_TRANSLITERATE_LOWER menuitem.text]
en: ~lowercase
en_GB: ~lower-case

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_TRANSLITERATE_MENU.SID_MN_SUB_TRANSLITERATE SID_TRANSLITERATE_UPPER menuitem.text]
en: ~UPPERCASE
en_GB: ~UPPER-CASE

[ctx: globlmn_tmpl.hrc ITEM_TRANSLITERATE_MENU.SID_MN_SUB_TRANSLITERATE SID_TRANSLITERATE_TITLE_CASE menuitem.text]
en: ~Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: ~Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_A11Y_3D_MATERIAL_COLOR string.text]
en: 3D material color
en_GB: 3-D material colour

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_A11Y_TEXT_COLOR string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_A11Y_BACKGROUND_COLOR string.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_LM string.text]
en: Left center
en_GB: Left centre

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_MM string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: accessibility.src RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_RM string.text]
en: Right center
en_GB: Right centre

[ctx: bmpmask.src RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK GRP_Q fixedline.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: bmpmask.src RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK FT_1 fixedtext.text]
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: bmpmask.src RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK dockingwindow.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: bmpmask.src RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_SOURCECOLOR string.text]
en: Source Color
en_GB: Source Colour

[ctx: bmpmask.src RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_PALETTE string.text]
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: contdlg.src RID_SVXDLG_CONTOUR MTF_TOLERANCE metricfield.quickhelptext]
en: Color Tolerance
en_GB: Colour Tolerance

[ctx: docrecovery.src RID_SVXPAGE_DOCRECOVERY_SAVE FT_SAVE_DESCR fixedtext.text]
en: Due to an unexpected error, %PRODUCTNAME crashed. All the files you were working on will now be saved. The next time %PRODUCTNAME is launched, your files will be recovered automatically.
en_GB: Due to an unexpected error, %PRODUCTNAME crashed. All the files you were working on will be saved now. The next time %PRODUCTNAME is launched, your files will be recovered automatically.

[ctx: docrecovery.src RID_SVXPAGE_ERR_REP_WELCOME FT_RECOV_DESCR fixedtext.text]
en: This error report tool gathers information about how %PRODUCTNAME is working and sends it to The Document Foundation to help improve future versions.
    
    It's easy - just send the report without any further effort on your part by clicking 'Send' in the next dialog, or you can briefly describe how the error occurred and then click 'Send'. If you want to see the report, click the 'Show Report' button. No data will be sent if you click 'Do Not Send'.
    
    Customer Privacy
    The information gathered is limited to data concerning the state of %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION when the error occurred. Other information about passwords or document contents is not collected.
    
    The information will only be used to improve the quality of %PRODUCTNAME and will not be shared with third parties.
    For more information on The Document Foundation's privacy policy, visit
    http://www.documentfoundation.org/privacy
en_GB: This error report tool gathers information about how %PRODUCTNAME is working and sends it to The Document Foundation to help improve future versions.
    
    It's easy - just send the report without any further effort on your part by clicking 'Send' in the next dialogue box, or you can briefly describe how the error occurred and then click 'Send'. If you want to see the report, click the 'Show Report' button. No data will be sent if you click 'Do Not Send'.
    
    Customer Privacy
    The information gathered is limited to data concerning the state of %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION when the error occurred. Other information about passwords or document contents is not collected.
    
    The information will only be used to improve the quality of %PRODUCTNAME and will not be shared with third parties.
    For more information on The Document Foundation's privacy policy, visit
    http://www.documentfoundation.org/privacy

[ctx: docrecovery.src RID_SVXPAGE_ERR_REP_SEND FT_ERRSEND_USING fixedtext.text]
en: ~How were you using %PRODUCTNAME when the error occurred? (optional)
en_GB: W~hat were you doing with %PRODUCTNAME when the error occurred? (optional)

[ctx: docrecovery.src RID_SVX_MDLG_ERR_REP_OPTIONS FT_ERROPT_DESCRIPTION fixedtext.text]
en: The %PRODUCTNAME Error Report tool needs to be connected to the Internet to be able to send error reports.
    Companies often use proxy servers in conjunction with a firewall to protect the network.
    If this applies to your situation, you have to specify the address and port for the server.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME Error Report tool needs to be connected to the Internet to be able to send error reports.
    Companies often use proxy servers in conjunction with a firewall to protect the network.
    If this applies to your situation, you must specify the address and port for the proxy server.

[ctx: fontwork.src RID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK.TBX_ADJUST TBI_ADJUST_CENTER toolboxitem.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: fontwork.src RID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK CLB_SHADOW_COLOR listbox.quickhelptext]
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: imapdlg.src RID_SVXDLG_IMAP.TBX_IMAPDLG1 TBI_FREEPOLY toolboxitem.text]
en: Freeform Polygon
en_GB: Free-form Polygon

[ctx: imapdlg.src RID_SVXMN_IMAP.MN_POSITION MN_MOREFRONT menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: imapdlg.src RID_SVXMN_IMAP.MN_POSITION MN_MOREBACK menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: optgrid.src RID_SVXPAGE_GRID CBX_SYNCHRONIZE checkbox.text]
en: Synchronize a~xes
en_GB: Synchronise a~xes

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_MM menuitem.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_CM menuitem.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_M menuitem.text]
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_KM menuitem.text]
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_INCH menuitem.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_FOOT menuitem.text]
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_MILE menuitem.text]
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_POINT menuitem.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXMN_RULER ID_PICA menuitem.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: ruler.src RID_SVXSTR_RULER_TAB_CENTER string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_COLOR string.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_GREY string.text]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_LIGHTGREY string.text]
en: Light gray
en_GB: Light grey

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_BLUEGREY string.text]
en: Blue gray
en_GB: Blue grey

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_CENTERED string.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_NOTCENTERED string.text]
en: Not centered
en_GB: Not centred

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_GRAFMODE_GREYS string.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_3D string.text]
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_3D string.text]
en: Currency 3D
en_GB: Currency 3-D

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_GRAY string.text]
en: Currency Gray
en_GB: Currency Grey

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_GRAY string.text]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_LINEJOINT_MITER string.text]
en: Line joint miter
en_GB: Line joint mitre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_GRDT8 string.text]
en: Ellipsoid blue gray/light blue
en_GB: Ellipsoid blue grey/light blue

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_GRDT59 string.text]
en: Gray Gradient
en_GB: Grey Gradient

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 1 itemlist.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 2 itemlist.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 3 itemlist.text]
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 4 itemlist.text]
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 5 itemlist.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 6 itemlist.text]
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 7 itemlist.text]
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 8 itemlist.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE 9 itemlist.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: sdstring.src RID_SVXSTR_LIBRE_GREEN_1 string.text]
en: Green 1 (LibreOffice Main Color)
en_GB: Green 1 (LibreOffice Main Colour)

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_3 string.text]
en: Uppercase Roman number I. II. III.
en_GB: Upper-case Roman number I. II. III.

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_4 string.text]
en: Uppercase letter A) B) C)
en_GB: Upper-case letter A) B) C)

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_5 string.text]
en: Lowercase letter a) b) c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter a) b) c)

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_6 string.text]
en: Lowercase letter (a) (b) (c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter (a) (b) (c)

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_7 string.text]
en: Lowercase Roman number i. ii. iii.
en_GB: Lower-case Roman number i. ii. iii.

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_0 string.text]
en: Numeric, numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_1 string.text]
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_2 string.text]
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, uppercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, upper-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_4 string.text]
en: Uppercase Roman, uppercase letters, lowercase Roman, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case Roman, upper-case letters, lower-case Roman, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: svxbmpnumvalueset.src RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_5 string.text]
en: Uppercase letters, uppercase Roman, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case letters, upper-case Roman, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: swframeposstrings.src RID_SVXSW_FRAMEPOSITIONS STR_CENTER_VERT string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: swframeposstrings.src RID_SVXSW_FRAMEPOSITIONS STR_CENTER_HORI string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: ucsubset.src RID_SUBSETMAP RID_SUBSETSTR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDS string.text]
en: Latin Extended Additionals
en_GB: Latin Extended Additional

[ctx: ucsubset.src RID_SUBSETMAP RID_SUBSETSTR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL string.text]
en: Canadan Aboriginal Syllables
en_GB: Canadian Aboriginal Syllables

[ctx: ucsubset.src RID_SUBSETMAP RID_SUBSETSTR_KANGXI_RADICALS string.text]
en: Kangxi Radicals
en_GB: Kanxi Radicals

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_CHANGE_TO_3D imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_SHADOW_3D imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_LIGHT_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_TEX_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_TEX_BLEND imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Texture, Shadow and Color
en_GB: Texture, Shadow and Colour

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D FT_MAT_FAVORITES fixedtext.text]
en: ~Favorites
en_GB: ~Favourites

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D FT_MAT_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Object color
en_GB: ~Object colour

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_MAT_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D FT_MAT_EMISSION fixedtext.text]
en: ~Illumination color
en_GB: ~Illumination colour

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_EMISSION_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D FT_MAT_SPECULAR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D BTN_SPECULAR_COLOR imagebutton.quickhelptext]
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT_3D dockingwindow.text]
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT3D_FAVORITE string.text]
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

[ctx: float3d.src RID_SVXFLOAT3D_COLOR_LIGHT_PRE string.text]
en: Color Light Preview
en_GB: Colour Light Preview

[ctx: string3d.src RID_SVX_3D_CREATE_LATHE string.text]
en: Create 3D rotation object
en_GB: Create 3-D rotation object

[ctx: string3d.src RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_ROTATE string.text]
en: Rotate 3D object
en_GB: Rotate 3-D object

[ctx: string3d.src RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_BREAK_LATHE string.text]
en: Split 3D object
en_GB: Split 3-D object

[ctx: string3d.src RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_ATTRIBUTES string.text]
en: 3D Attributes
en_GB: 3-D Attributes

[ctx: fmexpl.src RID_FMSHELL_CONVERSIONMENU SID_FM_CONVERTTO_NUMERIC menuitem.text]
en: ~Numerical Field
en_GB: ~Numeric Field

[ctx: fmstring.src RID_STR_DELETECONFIRM string.text]
en: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation.
    Do you want to continue anyway?
en_GB: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation!
    Do you want to continue?

[ctx: fmstring.src RID_ERR_NO_ELEMENT string.text]
en: Choose an entry from the list or enter a text corresponding to one of the list items.
en_GB: Choose an entry from the list or enter a text string corresponding to one of the list items.

[ctx: fmstring.src RID_STR_NOCONTROLS_FOR_EXTERNALDISPLAY string.text]
en: Valid bound controls which can be used in the table view do not exist in the current form.
en_GB: No valid bound controls which can be used in the table view exist in the current form.

[ctx: fmstring.src RID_STR_SVT_SQL_SYNTAX_ACCESS_DAT_NO_VALID string.text]
en: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: gallery.src RID_SVXSTR_GALLERY_BROWSER string.text]
en: ~Organizer...
en_GB: ~Organiser...

[ctx: galtheme.src RID_GALLERYSTR_THEME_3D string.text]
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCTX ERRCTX_SVX_LINGU_SPELLING&ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: $(ERR) executing the spellcheck.
en_GB: $(ERR) executing the spell check.

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCODE ERRCODE_SVX_LINGU_LANGUAGENOTEXISTS&ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: $(ARG1) is not supported by the spellcheck function or is not presently active.
    Please check your installation and, if necessary, install the required language module
     or activate it under 'Tools - Options -  Language Settings - Writing Aids'.
en_GB: $(ARG1) is not supported by the spell-check function or is not presently active.
    Please check your installation and, if necessary, install the required language module
     or activate it under 'Tools - Options -  Language Settings - Writing Aids'.

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCODE ERRCODE_SVX_LINGU_LINGUNOTEXISTS&ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Spellcheck is not available.
en_GB: Spell check is not available.

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCODE ERRCODE_SVX_LINGU_NOLANGUAGE&ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: A language has not been fixed for the selected term.
en_GB: A language has not been specified for the selected term.

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCODE ERRCODE_SVX_MODIFIED_VBASIC_STORAGE & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: All changes to the Basic Code are lost.The original VBA Macro Code is saved instead.
en_GB: All changes to the Basic Code are lost. The original VBA Macro Code is saved instead.

[ctx: svxerr.src RID_SVXERRCODE ERRCODE_SVX_EXPORT_FILTER_CRYPT & ERRCODE_RES_MASK string.text]
en: Password protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password protection?
en_GB: Password-protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password-protection?

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_ATTR_NAMES 15 itemlist.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_ATTR_NAMES 21 itemlist.text]
en: Character set color
en_GB: Character set colour

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_EXTRAS_CHARCOLOR string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_CHR_LOWER string.text]
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_UPPER string.text]
en: Uppercase Roman
en_GB: Upper-case Roman

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_LOWER string.text]
en: Lowercase Roman
en_GB: Lower-case Roman

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_BACKGROUND_COLOR string.text]
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: svxitems.src RID_SVXITEMS_PATTERN_COLOR string.text]
en: Pattern color:
en_GB: Pattern colour:

[ctx: app.src RID_ERRBOX_MODULENOTINSTALLED errorbox.text]
en: The action could not be executed. The %PRODUCTNAME program module needed for this action is currently not installed.
en_GB: The action could not be executed. The %PRODUCTNAME program module needed for this action is not installed.

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRCTX ERRCTX_SFX_MOVEORCOPYCONTENTS string.text]
en: $(ERR) copying or moving document contents
en_GB: $(ERR) copying or moving document content

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_CLASS_NOTEXISTS string.text]
en: Nonexistent object
en_GB: Non-existent object

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_IO_NOTEXISTS string.text]
en: Nonexistent file.
en_GB: Non-existent file.

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_SFX_CANTREADDOCINFO string.text]
en: Document information could not be read from the file because
    the document information format is unknown or because document information does not
    exist.
en_GB: Document information could not be read from the file because
    the document information format is not recognised or because there
    is no document information.

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_INET_OFFLINE string.text]
en: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not be activated.
en_GB: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not been activated.

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_SFX_NOMOREDOCUMENTSALLOWED string.text]
en: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You need to close one or more documents before you can open a new document.
en_GB: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You must close one or more documents before you can open a new document.

[ctx: errtxt.src RID_ERRHDL ERRCODE_SFX_CANTCREATEBACKUP string.text]
en: Could not create backup copy.
en_GB: Could not create a backup copy.

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralRAUTE string.text]
en: Rhombuses
en_GB: Rhombi

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralRAUTERND string.text]
en: Rounded rhombuses
en_GB: Rounded rhombi

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulFREELINE string.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralFREELINE string.text]
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulFREEFILL string.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralFREEFILL string.text]
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulCube3d string.text]
en: 3D cube
en_GB: 3-D cube

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralCube3d string.text]
en: 3D cubes
en_GB: 3-D cubes

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulLabel3d string.text]
en: 3D text
en_GB: 3-D text object

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralLabel3d string.text]
en: 3D texts
en_GB: 3-D text objects

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulObj3d string.text]
en: 3D object
en_GB: 3-D object

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralObj3d string.text]
en: 3D objects
en_GB: 3-D objects

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralPoly3d string.text]
en: 3D polygons
en_GB: 3-D polygons

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNameSingulScene3d string.text]
en: 3D scene
en_GB: 3-D scene

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ObjNamePluralScene3d string.text]
en: 3D scenes
en_GB: 3-D scenes

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditMovToTop string.text]
en: Move %1 forward
en_GB: Move %1 forwards

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditPutToTop string.text]
en: Move %1 to front
en_GB: Move %1 to the front

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditPutToBtm string.text]
en: Move %1 to back
en_GB: Move %1 to the back

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditSetPointsSmooth string.text]
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditSetSegmentsKind string.text]
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditAlignVCenter string.text]
en: Horizontally center %1
en_GB: Horizontally centre %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditAlignHCenter string.text]
en: Vertically center %1
en_GB: Vertically centre %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_EditAlignCenter string.text]
en: Center %1
en_GB: Centre %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ExchangeDD string.text]
en: Drag and Drop %1
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop %1

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ExchangeDDPaste string.text]
en: Insert Drag and Drop
en_GB: Insert Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemValTEXTVADJCENTER string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemValTEXTHADJCENTER string.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemValMEASURE_TEXTINSIDE string.text]
en: inside (centered)
en_GB: inside (centred)

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemValMEASURETEXT_VERTICALCEN string.text]
en: centered
en_GB: centred

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemNam_SHADOWCOLOR string.text]
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: svdstr.src STR_ItemNam_SHADOW3D string.text]
en: 3D shadow
en_GB: 3-D shadow

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_XA_LINECOLOR string.text]
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_XA_LINESTARTCENTER string.text]
en: Center arrowhead
en_GB: Centre arrowhead

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_XA_LINEENDCENTER string.text]
en: Center arrowend
en_GB: Centre arrowend

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_XA_FILLCOLOR string.text]
en: Fillcolor
en_GB: Fillcolour

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_XA_FORMTXTSHDWCOLOR string.text]
en: Fontwork shadow color
en_GB: Fontwork shadow colour

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_SA_SHADOWCOLOR string.text]
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_SA_SHADOW3D string.text]
en: 3D shadow
en_GB: 3-D shadow

[ctx: svdstr.src SIP_EE_CHAR_COLOR string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: colrctrl.src RID_SVXCTRL_COLOR dockingwindow.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: colrctrl.src STR_COLORTABLE string.text]
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: extrusioncontrols.src RID_SVXSTR_EXTRUSION_COLOR string.text]
en: Extrusion Color
en_GB: Extrusion Colour

[ctx: fontworkgallery.src RID_SVXFLOAT_FONTWORK_ALIGNMENT STR_ALIGN_CENTER string.text]
en: ~Center
en_GB: ~Centre

[ctx: tbcontrl.src RID_SVXSTR_FRAME_COLOR string.text]
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: tbcontrl.src RID_SVXSTR_TEXTCOLOR string.text]
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: extrusionbar.src RID_SVXSTR_UNDO_APPLY_EXTRUSION_COLOR string.text]
en: Change Extrusion Color
en_GB: Change Extrusion Colour

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_AREA_PANEL STR_HELP_COLOR string.text]
en: Select the color to apply.
en_GB: Select the colour to apply.

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_AREAPAGE_TRGR FT_TRGR_CENTER_X fixedtext.text]
en: Center ~X:
en_GB: Centre ~X:

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_AREAPAGE_TRGR MTR_TRGR_CENTER_X metricfield.quickhelptext]
en: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal center.
en_GB: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal centre.

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_AREAPAGE_TRGR FT_TRGR_CENTER_Y fixedtext.text]
en: Center ~Y:
en_GB: Centre ~Y:

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_AREAPAGE_TRGR MTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y metricfield.quickhelptext]
en: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical center.
en_GB: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical centre.

[ctx: AreaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_AREAPAGE_TRGR STR_HELP_LEFT string.text]
en: Rotate counterclockwise by 45 degrees.
en_GB: Rotate counter-clockwise by 45 degrees.

[ctx: GraphicPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_GRAPHIC_PANEL FT_COLOR_MODE fixedtext.text]
en: Color ~mode:
en_GB: Colour ~mode:

[ctx: GraphicPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_GRAPHIC_PANEL LB_COLOR_MODE listbox.quickhelptext]
en: Select the color mode of the graphic.
en_GB: Select the colour mode of the graphic.

[ctx: LinePropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_LINE_PANEL FT_COLOR fixedtext.text]
en: ~Color:
en_GB: ~Colour:

[ctx: LinePropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_LINE_PANEL.TB_COLOR TBI_COLOR toolboxitem.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: LinePropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_LINE_PANEL STR_QH_TB_COLOR string.text]
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: LinePropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_LINE_PANEL.LB_EDGESTYLE 3 stringlist.text]
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: LinePropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_LINE_PANEL.LB_EDGESTYLE 4 stringlist.text]
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: ParaPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_PARA_PANEL.TBX_HORIZONTALALIGNMENT BT_SUBSTCENTER toolboxitem.text]
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: ParaPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_PARA_PANEL.TBX_VERT_ALIGN IID_VERT_CENTER toolboxitem.text]
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: ParaPropertyPanel.src RID_SIDEBAR_PARA_PANEL.TBX_BACK_COLOR TBI_BACK_COLOR toolboxitem.text]
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

[ctx: ParaPropertyPanel.src RID_POPUPPANEL_PARAPAGE_BACK_COLOR STR_NOFILL string.text]
en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

[ctx: chinese_dialogs.src DLG_CHINESEDICTIONARY.LB_PROPERTY 3 stringlist.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: chinese_dialogs.src DLG_CHINESEDICTIONARY.LB_PROPERTY 4 stringlist.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: chinese_dictionarydialog.src DLG_CHINESEDICTIONARY.LB_PROPERTY 3 stringlist.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: chinese_dictionarydialog.src DLG_CHINESEDICTIONARY.LB_PROPERTY 4 stringlist.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: asianphoneticguidedialog.ui adjustlb 1 stringlist.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: findreplacedialog.ui calcsearchin 0 stringlist.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: undo.src STR_CHANGESECTPASSWD string.text]
en: Change password protection
en_GB: Change password-protection

[ctx: undo.src STR_OLE string.text]
en: OLE-object
en_GB: OLE object

[ctx: app.src STR_READONLY_PATH string.text]
en: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialog?
en_GB: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialogue box?

[ctx: app.src STR_STATSTR_SPELL string.text]
en: Spellcheck...
en_GB: Spell check...

[ctx: app.src DLG_MERGE_SOURCE_UNAVAILABLE ST_MERGE_SOURCE_UNAVAILABLE fixedtext.text]
en: The data source '%1' was not found. Thus the connection to the data source could not be established.
    
    Please check the connections settings.
en_GB: The data source '%1' was not found. Thus the connection to the data source could not be established.
    
    Please check the connection's settings.

[ctx: error.src RID_SW_ERRHDL ERR_CODE ( ERRCODE_CLASS_NONE , ERR_TBLSPLIT_ERROR ) string.text]
en: Cells cannot be further split.
en_GB: Cells cannot be split further.

[ctx: mn.src MN_TAB1.MN_CELL SID_TABLE_VERT_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: mn.src MN_ONE_STEP FN_FRAME_UP menuitem.text]
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: mn.src MN_ONE_STEP FN_FRAME_DOWN menuitem.text]
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: mn.src MN_ALIGN_FRAME.MN_FORMAT_FRM_HORZ FN_FRAME_ALIGN_HORZ_CENTER menuitem.text]
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: optcomp.src TP_OPTCOMPATIBILITY_PAGE STR_TAB_ALIGNMENT string.text]
en: Use %WRITERCOMPATIBILITYVERSIONOOO11 tabstop formatting
en_GB: Use %WRITERCOMPATIBILITYVERSIONOOO11 tab stop formatting

[ctx: optdlg.src TP_OPTTABLE_PAGE FT_HANDLING fixedtext.text]
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: optdlg.src STR_PRINTOPTUI 8 itemlist.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 1 itemlist.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 2 itemlist.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 3 itemlist.text]
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 4 itemlist.text]
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 5 itemlist.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 6 itemlist.text]
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 7 itemlist.text]
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 8 itemlist.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: optload.src STR_ARR_METRIC 9 itemlist.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT.LB_INS_ATTR 7 stringlist.text]
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT.LB_INS_ATTR 8 stringlist.text]
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT.LB_INS_ATTR 11 stringlist.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT FT_INS_COL fixedtext.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT FT_DEL_COL fixedtext.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT FT_CHG_COL fixedtext.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: redlopt.src TP_REDLINE_OPT FT_LC_COL fixedtext.text]
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: addresslistdialog.src DLG_MM_ADDRESSLISTDIALOG FT_LIST fixedtext.text]
en: Your recipients are currently selected from:
en_GB: Your recipients are selected from:

[ctx: createaddresslistdialog.src DLG_MM_CREATEADDRESSLIST PB_CUSTOMIZE pushbutton.text]
en: C~ustomize...
en_GB: C~ustomise...

[ctx: customizeaddresslistdialog.src DLG_MM_CUSTOMIZE_ADDRESS_LIST modaldialog.text]
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: dbui.src SA_ADDRESS_HEADER 2 itemlist.text]
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: dbui.src SA_ADDRESS_HEADER 3 itemlist.text]
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: dbui.src SA_ADDRESS_HEADER 7 itemlist.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: dbui.src SA_ADDRESS_HEADER 8 itemlist.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: dbui.src SA_ADDRESS_HEADER 9 itemlist.text]
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: dbui.src STR_FILTER_DBF string.text]
en: dBase (*.dbf)
en_GB: dBASE (*.dbf)

[ctx: mailmergewizard.src DLG_MAILMERGEWIZARD ST_MERGE string.text]
en: Personalize document
en_GB: Personalise document

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage.src DLG_MM_ADDRESSBLOCK_PAGE CB_ADDRESS checkbox.text]
en: ~This document shall contain an address block
en_GB: ~This document must contain an address block

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage.src DLG_MM_ADDRESSBLOCK_PAGE FI_PREVIEW fixedtext.text]
en: Check if the address data matches correctly.
en_GB: Check that the address data matches.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage.src DLG_MM_CUSTOMIZEADDRESSBLOCK FT_FIELD fixedtext.text]
en: 2. Customi~ze salutation
en_GB: 2. Customi~se salutation

[ctx: mmdocselectpage.src DLG_MM_DOCSELECT_PAGE RB_RECENTDOC radiobutton.text]
en: Start fro~m a recently saved starting document
en_GB: Start fro~m a recently saved document

[ctx: mmgreetingspage.src GREETINGS_BODY CB_PERSONALIZED checkbox.text]
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmmergepage.src DLG_MM_MERGE_PAGE FI_HEADER fixedtext.text]
en: Personalize the mail merge documents
en_GB: Personalise the mail merge documents

[ctx: mmmergepage.src DLG_MM_MERGE_PAGE FI_EDIT fixedtext.text]
en: You can personalize particular documents. Clicking '%1' will temporarily reduce the wizard to a small window so you can edit your document. After editing the document, return to the wizard by clicking 'Return to Mail Merge Wizard' in the small window.
en_GB: You can personalise particular documents. Clicking '%1' will temporarily reduce the wizard to a small window so you can edit your document. After editing the document, return to the wizard by clicking 'Return to Mail Merge Wizard' in the small window.

[ctx: mmoutputpage.src DLG_MM_SAVEWARNING FI_WARNING fixedtext.text]
en: A document with the name '%1' already exists. Please save this document under a different name.
en_GB: A document with the name '%1' already exists. Please save this document using a different name.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage.src DLG_MM_OUTPUTTYPE_PAGE ST_LETTERHINT string.text]
en: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage.src DLG_MM_OUTPUTTYPE_PAGE ST_MAILHINT string.text]
en: Send e-mail messages to a group of recipients. The e-mail messages can contain a salutation. The e-mail messages can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send e-mail messages to a group of recipients. The e-mail messages can contain a salutation. The e-mail messages can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmpreparemergepage.src DLG_MM_PREPAREMERGE_PAGE FI_EDIT fixedtext.text]
en: Write or edit your document now if you have not already done so. The changes will effect all merged documents.
    
    Clicking 'Edit Document...' will temporarily reduce the wizard to a small window so you can edit the mail merge document. After editing the document, return to the wizard by clicking 'Return to Mail Merge Wizard' in the small window.
en_GB: Write or edit your document now if you have not already done so. The changes will affect all merged documents.
    
    Clicking 'Edit Document...' will temporarily reduce the wizard to a small window so you can edit the mail merge document. After editing the document, return to the wizard by clicking 'Return to Mail Merge Wizard' in the small window.

[ctx: dialog.src RID_QB_SPELL_CONTINUE querybox.text]
en: Continue checking at beginning of document?
en_GB: Continue checking from the beginning of the document?

[ctx: dialog.src STR_SPELLING_COMPLETED string.text]
en: The spellcheck is complete.
en_GB: The spell check is complete.

[ctx: docvw.src MN_READONLY_POPUP MN_READONLY_BROWSE_FORWARD menuitem.text]
en: ~Forward
en_GB: ~Forwards

[ctx: docvw.src MSG_READONLY_CONTENT infobox.text]
en: Readonly content cannot be changed.
    No modifications will be accepted
en_GB: Read-only content cannot be changed.
    No modifications will be accepted

[ctx: envelp.src STR_SENDER_TOKENS string.text]
en: COMPANY;CR;FIRSTNAME; ;LASTNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;CITY; ;STATEPROV; ;POSTALCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;
en_GB: COMPANY;CR;FORENAME; ;SURNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;POSTTOWN; ;COUNTY; ;POSTCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;

[ctx: label.src DLG_SYNC_BTN BTN_SYNC pushbutton.text]
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: label.src TP_PRIVATE_DATA FT_NAME fixedtext.text]
en: First/Last ~name/Initials
en_GB: Forename/Sur~name/Initials

[ctx: label.src TP_PRIVATE_DATA FT_NAME_2 fixedtext.text]
en: First/Last ~name/Initials 2
en_GB: Forename/Surna~me/Initials 2

[ctx: label.src TP_PRIVATE_DATA FT_ZIPCITY fixedtext.text]
en: Zip/Cit~y
en_GB: Postcode/Post to~wn

[ctx: label.src TP_PRIVATE_DATA FT_COUNTRYSTATE fixedtext.text]
en: Co~untry/State
en_GB: Co~untry/County

[ctx: label.src TP_BUSINESS_DATA FT_ZIPCITY fixedtext.text]
en: ZIP/City
en_GB: Postcode/Post town

[ctx: label.src TP_BUSINESS_DATA FT_COUNTRYSTATE fixedtext.text]
en: Country/State
en_GB: Country/County

[ctx: labprt.src TP_LAB_PRT CB_SYNCHRON checkbox.text]
en: Synchroni~ze contents
en_GB: Sync~hronise contents

[ctx: mailmrge.src DLG_MAILMERGE CB_SINGLE_JOBS checkbox.text]
en: ~Single print jobs
en_GB: ~Separate print jobs

[ctx: mailmrge.src DLG_MERGE_FIELD_CONNECTIONS FT_INFO fixedtext.text]
en: Fields are used to personalize form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.
en_GB: Fields are used to personalise form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.

[ctx: fldui.src FLD_EU_VORNAME string.text]
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: fldui.src FLD_EU_NAME string.text]
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: fldui.src FLD_EU_PLZ string.text]
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: fldui.src FLD_EU_ORT string.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: fldui.src FLD_EU_STATE string.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: frmui.src STR_CENTER_VERT string.text]
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: frmui.src STR_CENTER_HORI string.text]
en: ~Center
en_GB: ~Centre

[ctx: frmui.src STR_CENTER_BASE string.text]
en: Base line ~centered
en_GB: Base line ~centred

[ctx: frmui.src STR_LINE_CENTER string.text]
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: frmui.src STR_CHAR_CENTER string.text]
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: cnttab.src TP_TOX_SELECT CB_CASESENSITIVE checkbox.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: cnttab.src TP_TOX_SELECT CB_INITIALCAPS checkbox.text]
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: cnttab.src TP_TOX_ENTRY CB_ALPHADELIM checkbox.text]
en: Alphabetical delimiter
en_GB: Alphabetic delimiter

[ctx: olmenu.src MN_SPELL_POPUP MN_SPELLING_DLG menuitem.text]
en: ~Spellcheck...
en_GB: ~Spell check...

[ctx: olmenu.src STR_SPELL_OK string.text]
en: The spellcheck is complete.
en_GB: The spell check is complete.

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_EQ menuitem.text]
en: Equal
en_GB: Equal To

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_NEQ menuitem.text]
en: Not Equal
en_GB: Not Equal To

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_LEQ menuitem.text]
en: Less Than or Equal
en_GB: Less Than Or Equal To

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_GEQ menuitem.text]
en: Greater Than or Equal
en_GB: Greater Than Or Equal To

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_LES menuitem.text]
en: Less
en_GB: Less Than

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_OPS MN_CALC_GRE menuitem.text]
en: Greater
en_GB: Greater Than

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_FUNC MN_CALC_ASIN menuitem.text]
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_FUNC MN_CALC_ACOS menuitem.text]
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: inputwin.src MN_CALC_POPUP.MN_POP_FUNC MN_CALC_ATAN menuitem.text]
en: Arctangent
en_GB: Arc tangent

[ctx: workctrl.src STR_IMGBTN_SRCH_REP_DOWN string.text]
en: Continue search forward
en_GB: Continue search forwards

[ctx: view.src DLG_PRT_FIELDNAME querybox.text]
en: Show field commands option is checked.
    Do you want to print the document with field names?
en_GB: Show field commands option is marked.
    Do you want to print the document with field names?

[ctx: view.src MSG_SEARCH_END querybox.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Writer has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Writer has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: view.src MSG_SEARCH_START querybox.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME Writer has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Writer has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: view.src MSG_ERR_NO_FAX infobox.text]
en: No fax printer has been set under Tools/Options/%1/Print.
en_GB: No fax printer has been set under Tools - Options - %1 - Print.

[ctx: attrdesc.src STR_VERT_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: attrdesc.src STR_LINE_CENTER string.text]
en: Line centered
en_GB: Line centred

[ctx: attrdesc.src STR_HORI_CENTER string.text]
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: attrdesc.src STR_DRAWMODE_GREY string.text]
en: Grayscales
en_GB: Greyscales

[ctx: initui.src STR_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS string.text]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: navipi.src TB_CONTENT FN_DOWN toolboxitem.text]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: utlui.src RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS STR_AUTOFMTREDL_CPTL_STT_SENT+1 string.text]
en: Capitalize first letter of sentences
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of sentences

[ctx: utlui.src RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS STR_AUTOFMTREDL_NON_BREAK_SPACE +1 string.text]
en: Add non breaking space
en_GB: Add non-breaking space

[ctx: utlui.src STR_MULT_INTERACT_SPELL_WARN string.text]
en: The interactive spellcheck is already active
    in a different document
en_GB: Interactive spell check is already active
    in a different document

[ctx: utlui.src STR_MULT_INTERACT_HYPH_WARN string.text]
en: The interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document
en_GB: Interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document

[ctx: utlui.src STR_SPELL_TITLE string.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: columnpage.ui linecolorft label string.text]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: columnpage.ui lineposlb 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: exchangedatabases.ui label7 label string.text]
en: Use this dialog to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.

[ctx: footnoteareapage.ui label7 label string.text]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: footnoteareapage.ui position 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: formattablepage.ui center label string.text]
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: indexentry.ui new tooltip_text string.text]
en: New User-defined Index
en_GB: New User-Defined Index

[ctx: newuserindexdialog.ui NewUserIndexDialog title string.text]
en: Create New User-defined Index
en_GB: Create New User-Defined Index

[ctx: outlinepositionpage.ui liststore1 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: tabletextflowpage.ui liststore2 1 stringlist.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: textgridpage.ui labelFT_COLOR label string.text]
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id4277169 help.text]
en: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that "Use a Java runtime environment" is marked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big listbox. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that "Use a Java runtime environment" is marked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big list box. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id2381969 help.text]
en: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogs inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.
en_GB: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogue boxes inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id3751640 help.text]
en: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item>, and restart the software.
en_GB: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item> and restart the software.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id9533677 help.text]
en: Open a Writer document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: Open a Writer document and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id368968 help.text]
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp">Options</link> dialog, click Add.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp">Options</link> dialogue box, click Add.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id6962187 help.text]
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialog, enter the account information for the Wiki.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialogue box, enter the account information for the Wiki.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id5328836 help.text]
en: In the URL textbox, enter the address of a Wiki that you want to connect to.
en_GB: In the URL text box, enter the address of a Wiki to which you want to connect.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id389416 help.text]
en: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the textbox.
en_GB: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the text box.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id228278 help.text]
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp">Send to MediaWiki</link> dialog, specify the settings for your entry.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp">Send to MediaWiki</link> dialogue box, specify the settings for your entry.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id4571672 help.text]
en: Use the MediaWiki dialog to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.
en_GB: Use the MediaWiki dialogue box to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id628070 help.text]
en: If the Wiki allows anonymous access, you can leave the account text boxes empty. Else enter your user name and password.
en_GB: If the Wiki allows anonymous access, you can leave the account text boxes empty. Otherwise enter your user name and password.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id9046601 help.text]
en: If you have enabled the master password feature on the Security tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialog, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the "Save password" checkbox to store your password.
en_GB: If you have enabled the master password feature on the Security tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialogue box, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the "Save password" checkbox to store your password.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id376598 help.text]
en: Explicit text alignment should not be used in Wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centered, and right alignment of text.
en_GB: Explicit text alignment should not be used in Wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centred and right alignment of text.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3037202 help.text]
en: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding Wiki style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colors is ignored.
en_GB: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding Wiki style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colours is ignored.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
en: In the Send to MediaWiki dialog, specify the settings for your current Wiki upload.
en_GB: In the Send to MediaWiki dialogue box, specify the settings for your current Wiki upload.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id823999 help.text]
en: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Check this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id6592913 help.text]
en: <emph>Show in web browser</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Check this box to open your system web browser and show the uploaded Wiki page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Show in web browser</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this box to open your system web browser and show the uploaded Wiki page.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1188390 help.text]
en: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the dialog by <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>. Alternatively, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item>, select the Wiki Publisher, and click the Options button.
en_GB: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the dialogue box by <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>. Alternatively, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item>, select the Wiki Publisher and click the Options button.

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id9786065 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id3386333 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1029084 help.text]
en: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf writer LngText.text]
en: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using Writer.
en_GB: Create and edit text and graphics in letters, reports, documents and Web pages using Writer.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf impress LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf draw LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf calc LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf math LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf base LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf startcenter LngText.text]
en: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardized ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.
en_GB: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardised ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_IO_MODULESIZEEXCEEDED & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: You are about to save/export a password protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?
en_GB: You are about to save/export a password-protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_BADPARTNERSHIP & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: The data associated with the partnership is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership is corrupt.

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_BADPARTNERSHIP_NAME & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupt.

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_WRONGMEDIUM & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: Please insert disk $(ARG1).
en_GB: Please insert disc $(ARG1).

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_IO_BROKENPACKAGE & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME repair the file?
en_GB: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME attempt to repair the file?

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_CONFIGURATION_BROKENDATA_NOREMOVE & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_CONFIGURATION_BROKENDATA_WITHREMOVE & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_CONFIGURATION_BACKENDMISSING_WITHRECOVER & ERRCODE_RES_MASK) string.text]
en: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?
en_GB: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?

[ctx: ids.src RID_UUI_ERRHDL (ERRCODE_UUI_SSLWARN_EXPIRED_1) string.text]
en: $(ARG1) is a site that uses a security certificate to encrypt data during transmission, but its certificate expired on $(ARG2).
    
    You should check to make sure that your computer's time is correct.
en_GB: $(ARG1) is a site that uses a security certificate to encrypt data during transmission, but its certificate expired on $(ARG2).
    
    You should ensure that your computer's time is correct.

[ctx: newerverwarn.src RID_DLG_NEWER_VERSION_WARNING FT_INFO fixedtext.text]
en: This document was created by a newer version of %PRODUCTNAME. It may contain features not supported by your current version.
    
    Click 'Update Now...' to run online update and get the latest version of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: This document was created by a newer version of %PRODUCTNAME. It may contain features not supported by your current version.
    
    Click 'Update Now...' to run online update and obtain the latest version of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: setmasterpassworddlg.ui label4 label string.text]
en: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case sensitive.
en_GB: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case-sensitive.

[ctx: demo.ui label8 label string.text]
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: helptext.src SV_HELPTEXT_MINIMIZE string.text]
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: helptext.src SV_HELPTEXT_MAXIMIZE string.text]
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: print.src RID_STR_PAPERNAMES 12 itemlist.text]
en: User Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: euro.src STEP_ZERO + 4 string.text]
en: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulas cannot be converted.
en_GB: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulae cannot be converted.

[ctx: euro.src MESSAGES + 4 string.text]
en: non-existant
en_GB: non-existent

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_COMMON_START + 0 string.text]
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 3 string.text]
en: A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.
    Use subforms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.
en_GB: A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.
    Use sub-forms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 4 string.text]
en: ~Add Subform
en_GB: ~Add Sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 5 string.text]
en: ~Subform based on existing relation
en_GB: ~Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 7 string.text]
en: Subform based on ~manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on ~manual selection of fields

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 9 string.text]
en: Fields in the ~subform
en_GB: Fields in the ~sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 20 string.text]
en: ~First joined subform field
en_GB: ~First joined sub-form field

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 21 string.text]
en: ~Second joined subform field
en_GB: ~Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 22 string.text]
en: ~Third joined subform field
en_GB: ~Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 23 string.text]
en: ~Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: ~Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 30 string.text]
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 42 string.text]
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 81 string.text]
en: Set up a subform
en_GB: Set up a sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 82 string.text]
en: Add subform fields
en_GB: Add sub-form fields

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 91 string.text]
en: Decide if you want to set up a subform
en_GB: Decide if you want to set up a sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_FORM_WIZARD_START + 92 string.text]
en: Select the fields of your subform
en_GB: Select the fields of your sub-form

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_REPORT_WIZARD_START + 30 string.text]
en: According to which fields do you want to sort the data?
en_GB: Which fields do you want to sort the data by?

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_REPORT_WIZARD_START + 68 string.text]
en: Labeling fields
en_GB: Labelling fields

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_REPORT_WIZARD_START + 72 string.text]
en: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or exist under the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.
en_GB: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or have the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_REPORT_WIZARD_START + 74 string.text]
en: The sort criterium '<FIELDNAME>' was chosen twice. Each criterium can only be chosen once.
en_GB: The sort criterion '<FIELDNAME>' was chosen twice. Each criterion can only be chosen once.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_TABLE_WIZARD_START + 26 string.text]
en: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables, and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.
en_GB: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_DB_TABLE_WIZARD_START + 49 string.text]
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START + 6 string.text]
en: ~Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements
en_GB: ~Use paper with pre-printed letterhead elements

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START + 45 string.text]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START + 49 string.text]
en: To create another new letter out of the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.
en_GB: To create another new letter using the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START + 21 string.text]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START + 24 string.text]
en: To create another new fax out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create another new fax using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +2 string.text]
en: This Web Wizard is to aid you in publishing documents on the Internet.
    
    It will convert the documents so that they can be viewed by a web browser. In addition, it will generate a Table of Contents page with links for easy access to the documents. The Web Wizard will also allow you to customize the design and layout of your web site.
    
    You will be able to keep the documents you have published on the web up-to-date and add or remove documents at any time.
en_GB: This Web Wizard is to aid you in publishing documents on the Internet.
    
    It will convert the documents so that they can be viewed by a web browser. In addition, it will generate a Table of Contents page with links for easy access to the documents. The Web Wizard will also allow you to customise the design and layout of your web site.
    
    You will be able to keep the documents you have published on the web up-to-date and add or remove documents at any time.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +60 string.text]
en: Customize the selected layout
en_GB: Customise the selected layout

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +62 string.text]
en: Optimize the layout for screen resolution:
en_GB: Optimise the layout for screen resolution:

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +75 string.text]
en: The ZIP target '%FILENAME' already exists. Do you want to overwrite the existing target?
en_GB: The ZIP target '%FILENAME' already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +84 string.text]
en: Initializing...
en_GB: Initialising...

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_WEBWIZARDDIALOG_START +104 string.text]
en: Your web site was created successfully into: %FILENAME
en_GB: Your web site was created successfully in: %FILENAME

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START +17 string.text]
en: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace placeholders with text later.
en_GB: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace them with text later.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START +20 string.text]
en: To create a new agenda out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create a new agenda using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START +26 string.text]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START +31 string.text]
en: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholder with the appropriate names.
en_GB: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholders with the appropriate names.

[ctx: dbwizres.src RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START +64 string.text]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: importwi.src sreeditMacro string.text]
en: Document macro has to be revised.
en_GB: Document macro must be revised.

[ctx: importwi.src sLogfileHelpText string.text]
en: A log file will be created in your work directory
en_GB: A log file will be created in your working directory

[ctx: template.src CorrespondenceFields+3 string.text]
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: template.src CorrespondenceFields+4 string.text]
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: template.src CorrespondenceFields+7 string.text]
en: ZIP/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: template.src CorrespondenceFields+8 string.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: template.src CorrespondenceFields+25 string.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: certificateviewer.src RID_XMLSECDLG_CERTVIEWER.1 RID_XMLSECTP_CERTPATH pageitem.text]
en: Certification Path
en_GB: Certificate Path

[ctx: sbasic.tree 070202 node.text]
en: Run-Time Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Run-Time Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: sbasic.tree 070201 node.text]
en: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: scalc.tree 0804 node.text]
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: scalc.tree 0813 node.text]
en: Formulas and Calculations
en_GB: Formulae and Calculations

[ctx: simpress.tree 0403 node.text]
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: simpress.tree 0407 node.text]
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: smath.tree 03 help_section.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: smath.tree 0303 node.text]
en: Working with Formulas
en_GB: Working with Formulae

[ctx: swriter.tree 0216 node.text]
en: Spellchecking, Thesaurus, and Languages
en_GB: Spell Checking, Thesaurus and Languages

[ctx: swriter.tree 0219 node.text]
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: main0000.xhp hd_id3154659 6 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars, and Keys
en_GB: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars and Keys

[ctx: main0102.xhp hd_id3149018 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Contents">Delete Contents</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Content">Delete Content</link>

[ctx: main0105.xhp par_id3145171 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormatMenu">The <emph>Format</emph> menu contains commands for formatting selected cells, <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#objekt" name="objects">objects</link>, and cell contents in your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormatMenu">The <emph>Format</emph> menu contains commands for formatting selected cells, <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#objekt" name="objects">objects</link>, and cell content in your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0106.xhp par_id3152576 10 help.text]
en: You can also create and assign macros and configure the look and feel of toolbars, menus, keyboard, and set the default options for $[officename] applications.
en_GB: You can also create and assign macros and configure the look and feel of toolbars, menus, keyboard and set the default options for $[officename] applications.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3150086 8 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3148798 2 help.text]
en: This submenu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets.<embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/>
en_GB: This sub-menu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets.<embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3153160 8 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3155064 10 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Center Horizontally">Align Center Horizontally</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Centre Horizontally">Align Centre Horizontally</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3153306 14 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Center Vertically">Align Center Vertically</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Centre Vertically">Align Centre Vertically</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id2376476 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Horizontally centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3153417 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3147338 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3148575 7 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3155337 12 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Centered">Centered</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Centred">Centred</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3150400 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0210.xhp hd_id3156023 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/main0210.xhp" name="Page Preview  Bar">Page Preview Bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/main0210.xhp" name="Page Preview Bar">Page Preview Bar</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460929 help.text]
en: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460939 help.text]
en: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, too.
en_GB: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box, too.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149457 2 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyze, and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyse and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145172 5 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp" name="functions">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulas to perform complex calculations on your data.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp" name="functions">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulae to perform complex calculations on your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145271 6 help.text]
en: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="AutoPilots">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulas.
en_GB: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Function Wizard">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulae.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154011 8 help.text]
en: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store, and filter your data.
en_GB: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store and filter your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154490 10 help.text]
en: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganize your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.
en_GB: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganise your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3157867 19 help.text]
en: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="formats">formats</link>.
en_GB: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Microsoft Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="formats">formats</link>.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4727011 help.text]
en: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialog (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)
en_GB: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialogue box (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4194769 help.text]
en: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, color, and more.
en_GB: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, colour, and more.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200912061033 help.text]
en: In chart edit mode, you see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.
en_GB: In chart edit mode, you will see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200903545159 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904063239 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert chart titles.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233047 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233058 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233089 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis title.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id081020090443142 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300479 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialogue box for the selected element.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300539 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the properties dialog for the selected element.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the properties dialogue box for the selected element.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300594 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Chart Type dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300699 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Chart Data Table dialogue box in which you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300630 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Horizontal Grid On/Off icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3150868 2 help.text]
en: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualize.
en_GB: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualise.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3151112 8 help.text]
en: Choose from a variety of 3D charts and 2D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.
en_GB: Choose from a variety of 3-D charts and 2-D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3156441 11 help.text]
en: You can customize individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.
en_GB: You can customise individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3154684 2 help.text]
en: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, submenus and their dialogs.
en_GB: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, sub-menus and their dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0102.xhp hd_id3149258 15 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3150044 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3154015 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN106C8 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue Points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN1075A help.text]
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: main0213.xhp hd_id3149018 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp" name="Helplines While Moving">Helplines While Moving</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp" name="Helplines When Moving">Helplines When Moving</link>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146975 2 help.text]
en: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulas and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.
en_GB: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulae and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3154320 14 help.text]
en: Creating 3D Objects
en_GB: Creating 3-D Objects

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145251 15 help.text]
en: You can create simple 3D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.
en_GB: You can create simple 3-D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149124 17 help.text]
en: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to glue points on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organization charts and technical diagrams.
en_GB: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to glue points on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organisation charts and technical diagrams.

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp tit help.text]
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
en: <variable id="3dtoolbar"><link href="text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">3D-Settings</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dtoolbar"><link href="text/shared/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">3-D Settings</link></variable>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The 3D-Settings toolbar controls properties of selected 3D objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The 3-D Settings toolbar controls properties of selected 3-D objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10579 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10732 help.text]
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10736 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Color toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Extrusion Colour toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: fontwork_toolbar.xhp par_idN10571 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Gallery where you can select another preview. Click OK to apply the new set of properties to your Fontwork object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can select another preview. Click OK to apply the new set of properties to your Fontwork object.</ahelp>

[ctx: fontwork_toolbar.xhp par_idN10621 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing dialog where you can enter a new character spacing value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing dialogue box in which you can enter a new character spacing value.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0108.xhp hd_id4153881 7 help.text]
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: main0108.xhp par_id4144510 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the Licensing and Legal information dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the Licencing and Legal information dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0201.xhp par_idN106A5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spellcheck</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">Spell check</link>

[ctx: main0201.xhp par_idN1081E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer until the next click.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3153062 23 help.text]
en: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Sort"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).
en_GB: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialogue box. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Sort"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3151248 60 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The<emph> Split Curve </emph>icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The <emph>Split Curve</emph> icon splits a curve. Select the point or points at which you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3148420 63 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time that you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3149441 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEliminatePoints">Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.</ahelp> This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the <emph>Convert to Curve </emph>icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><defaultinline>is 15° by default.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEliminatePoints">Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.</ahelp> This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the <emph>Convert to Curve</emph> icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box</caseinline><defaultinline>is 15° by default.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: main0650.xhp par_id3154751 3 help.text]
en: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java 2 Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.
en_GB: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3150012 2 help.text]
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0104.xhp hd_id3145768 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/04080100.xhp" name="Table">Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/04080100.xhp" name="Spreadsheet">Spreadsheet</link>

[ctx: main0105.xhp hd_id3163827 12 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Modify Layout">Slide Layout</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Slide Layout">Slide Layout</link>

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3149130 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3150250 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3151391 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3154020 2 help.text]
en: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialog window.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialogue box window.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3153963 4 help.text]
en: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as gray double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as grey double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3150206 8 help.text]
en: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab marker to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab stop marker to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN10783 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue Points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN1080F help.text]
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: main0214.xhp par_id3150543 2 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Picture</emph> bar to set the color, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).
en_GB: Use the <emph>Picture</emph> bar to set the colour, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).

[ctx: presenter.xhp par_id092120090110456 help.text]
en: Move caret in notes view backward/forward
en_GB: Move caret in notes view backwards/forwards

[ctx: main0101.xhp hd_id3149501 10 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp" name="AutoPilot">Wizards</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01000000.xhp" name="Wizards">Wizards</link>

[ctx: main0101.xhp par_id3148840 11 help.text]
en: Use a Wizard to create interactive documents, such as professional letters and faxes, into which you can insert your saved formulas.
en_GB: Use a Wizard to create interactive documents, such as professional letters and faxes, into which you can insert your saved formulae.

[ctx: main0102.xhp par_id3145790 2 help.text]
en: The commands in this menu are used to edit formulas. In addition to basic commands, (for example, copying contents) there are functions specific to $[officename] Math such as searching for placeholders or errors.
en_GB: The commands in this menu are used to edit formulae. In addition to basic commands, (for example, copying content) there are functions specific to $[officename] Math such as searching for placeholders or errors.

[ctx: main0105.xhp par_id3149018 2 help.text]
en: This menu contains commands needed to format formulas.
en_GB: This menu contains commands needed to format formulae.

[ctx: main0106.xhp par_id3155959 2 help.text]
en: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalog, or import an external formula as a data file. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.
en_GB: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalogue, or import an external formula as a data file. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3145385 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3147338 2 help.text]
en: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customize the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.
en_GB: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customise the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148486 3 help.text]
en: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulas. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp" name="reference">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp" name="samples">samples</link> contained in the Help.
en_GB: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulae. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp" name="reference">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp" name="samples">samples</link> contained in the Help.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145386 12 help.text]
en: As with charts and images, formulas are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.
en_GB: As with charts and images, formulae are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146325 14 help.text]
en: Formulas cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulas) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulas, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.
en_GB: Formulae cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulae) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulae, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3153001 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulas. As you make entries in the Commands window, you see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulas, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulae. As you make entries in the Commands window, you will see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulae, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145246 6 help.text]
en: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalog of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogs. Numerous special characters are also available.
en_GB: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalogue of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogues. Numerous special characters are also available.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3148392 18 help.text]
en: Formulas in Context
en_GB: Formulae in Context

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148774 8 help.text]
en: To make working with formulas easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements window, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.
en_GB: To make working with formulae easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements window, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3149569 2 help.text]
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3147406 14 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN106B8 help.text]
en: Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column.
en_GB: Opens the Column Width dialogue box in which you can change the width of a column.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN106EC help.text]
en: Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row.
en_GB: Opens the Row Height dialogue box in which you can change the height of a row.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN1074F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the selected text to a table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box with which you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialogue box</link> with which you can convert the selected text to a table.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN10766 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the current table to text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box with which you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialogue box</link> with which you can convert the current table to text.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN107AC help.text]
en: Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can specifiy the format of numbers in the table.
en_GB: Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialogue box</link> in which you can specify the format of numbers in the table.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3149593 9 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3147229 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0208.xhp par_id8193914 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the language for the selected text. <br/>Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the text from spellchecking and hyphenation. <br/>Choose Reset to Default Language to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph. <br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the language for the selected text. <br/>Click to open a menu from which you can choose another language for the selected text or for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the text from spell checking and hyphenation. <br/>Choose Reset to Default Language to re-apply the default language for the selection or the paragraph. <br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3154239 3 help.text]
en: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct paragraph formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.
en_GB: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialogue box and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct paragraph formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.

[ctx: main0215.xhp hd_id3151285 15 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0216.xhp tit help.text]
en: OLE-Object Bar
en_GB: OLE Object Bar

[ctx: main0216.xhp hd_id3150726 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp" name="OLE-Object Bar">OLE-Object Bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp" name="OLE Object Bar">OLE Object Bar</link>

[ctx: main0216.xhp par_id3150746 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The<emph> OLE-Object </emph>bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The <emph>OLE Object</emph> bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154263 2 help.text]
en: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardised OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3147768 5 help.text]
en: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="faxes">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="merge documents">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="faxes">faxes</link>, letters, CVs and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="merge documents">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3147797 29 help.text]
en: $[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="spellchecker">spellchecker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="thesaurus">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp" name="Hyphenation">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="spellchecker">spell checker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="thesaurus">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp" name="Hyphenation">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3155098 22 help.text]
en: The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles and Formatting window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp" name="dock">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.
en_GB: The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customising icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles and Formatting window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp" name="dock">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3147317 2 help.text]
en: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime.
en_GB: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the colour, name and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at run-time.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3145749 3 help.text]
en: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3163802 3 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Dialogs</emph>, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Dialogs</emph> and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3150447 11 help.text]
en: Enter a name for the dialog, and click OK. To rename the dialog later, right-click the name on the tab, and choose <emph>Rename</emph>.
en_GB: Enter a name for the dialog and click OK. To rename the dialog later, right-click the name on the tab and choose <emph>Rename</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
en: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens and contains a blank dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens, containing a blank dialog.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3153726 6 help.text]
en: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls </emph>icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.
en_GB: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls</emph> icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.

[ctx: insert_control.xhp par_id3146797 2 help.text]
en: Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox </emph>of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.
en_GB: Use the tools in the <emph>Toolbox</emph> of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153031 2 help.text]
en: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1", and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".
en_GB: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1" and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3154141 3 help.text]
en: Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.
en_GB: Be consistent with upper-case and lower-case letter when you attach a control to an object variable.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3145387 55 help.text]
en: Add an Entry to a ListBox
en_GB: Add an Entry to a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
en: REM adds a new entry to the ListBox
en_GB: REM adds a new entry to the List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3144504 help.text]
en: oListbox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)
en_GB: oListBox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3147071 64 help.text]
en: Remove an Entry from a ListBox
en_GB: Remove an Entry from a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
en: REM remove the first entry from the ListBox
en_GB: REM remove the first entry from the List Box

[ctx: translation.xhp bm_id8915372 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localizing dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localising dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id4601940 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localizable dialogs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localisable dialogs.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9538560 help.text]
en: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localized strings according to the user's language settings.
en_GB: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localised strings according to the user's language settings.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2924283 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id5781731 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localizable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localisable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id6596881 help.text]
en: To enable localizable dialogs
en_GB: To enable localisable dialogs

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
en: If the current library already contains a localizable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.
en_GB: If the current library already contains a localisable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
en: You see the Manage User Interface Language dialog. The dialog manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.
en_GB: You will see the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box. The dialogue box manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
en: Click Add in the dialog to add a language entry.
en_GB: Click Add in the dialogue box to add a language entry.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
en: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localizable string resources.
en_GB: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localisable string resources.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
en: The first time you click Add, you see the Set Default User Interface Language dialog. The following times you click Add, this dialog has the name Add User Interface Language.
en_GB: The first time that you click Add, you will see the Set Default User Interface Language dialogue box. Subsequently, this dialogue box has the name Add User Interface Language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
en: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialog.
en_GB: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box.

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id631733 help.text]
en: To edit localizable controls in your dialog
en_GB: To edit localisable controls in your dialog

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
en: Once you have added the resources for localizable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language listbox on the Language toolbar.
en_GB: Once you have added the resources for localisable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language list box on the Language toolbar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
en: Switch the Current Language listbox to display the default language.
en_GB: Switch the Current Language list box to display the default language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
en: Select another language in the Current Language listbox.
en_GB: Select another language in the Current Language list box.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
en: Using the control's property dialogs, edit all strings to the other language.
en_GB: Using the control's property dialogue boxes, edit all strings to the other language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3050325 help.text]
en: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localizable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.
en_GB: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localisable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153092 9 help.text]
en: The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the runtime function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.
en_GB: The behaviour has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the run-time function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp hd_id3155854 29 help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145366 30 help.text]
en: In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.
en_GB: In $[officename] Basic, colours are treated as long integer value. The return value of colour queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colours can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3154731 6 help.text]
en: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimeter.
en_GB: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimetre.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3168612 109 help.text]
en: The most common usage of URLs is on the internet when specifying web pages. Example for protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph>, or <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.
en_GB: The most common usage of URLs is on the Internet when specifying web pages. Example protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph> and <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3150324 110 help.text]
en: URL notation does not allow certain special characters to be used. These are either replaced by other characters or encoded. A slash (<emph>/</emph>) is used as a path separator. For example, a file referred to as <emph>C:\My File.sxw</emph> on the local host in "Windows notation" becomes <emph>file:///C|/My%20File.sxw</emph> in URL notation.
en_GB: URL notation does not allow certain special characters to be used. These are either replaced by other characters or encoded. A slash (<emph>/</emph>) is used as a path separator. For example, a file referred to as <emph>C:\My File.sxw</emph> on the local host in "Windows notation" becomes<emph>file:///C|/My%20File.sxw</emph> in URL notation.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3153381 102 help.text]
en: You can set the locale used for controlling the formatting numbers, dates and currencies in $[officename] Basic in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>. In Basic format codes, the decimal point (<emph>.</emph>) is always used as <emph>placeholder</emph> for the decimal separator defined in your locale and will be replaced by the corresponding character.
en_GB: You can set the locale used for controlling the formatting of numbers, dates and currencies in $[officename] Basic in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>. In Basic format codes, the decimal point (<emph>.</emph>) is always used as <emph>placeholder</emph> for the decimal separator defined in your locale and will be replaced by the corresponding character.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3156424 2 help.text]
en: The color values of the 16 basic colors are as follows:
en_GB: The colour values of the 16 basic colours are as follows:

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3153091 3 help.text]
en: <emph>Color Value</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Value</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3154319 4 help.text]
en: <emph>Color Name</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Name</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3149817 22 help.text]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3148797 4 help.text]
en: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling sub or function, for example:
en_GB: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A Sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling Sub or Function, for example:

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3150868 15 help.text]
en: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue,MySecondValue)
en_GB: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue, MySecondValue)

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3151112 9 help.text]
en: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.
en_GB: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first Sub or Function starts.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3154012 10 help.text]
en: Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.
en_GB: Variables that you declare within a Sub or Function are valid only inside this Sub or Function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate Subs or Functions.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3152578 13 help.text]
en: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialog.
en_GB: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3148797 5 help.text]
en: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed in square brackets if they do.
en_GB: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed by square brackets if they do.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3153876 11 help.text]
en: Not valid, variable with space must be enclosed in square brackets
en_GB: Not valid, variable with space must be enclosed by square brackets

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3155072 30 help.text]
en: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement has to be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement must be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3153070 51 help.text]
en: Single variables can take positive or negative values ranging from 3.402823 x 10E38 to 1.401298 x 10E-45. Single variables are floating-point variables, in which the decimal precision decreases as the non-decimal part of the number increases. Single variables are suitable for mathematical calculations of average precision. Calculations require more time than for Integer variables, but are faster than calculations with Double variables. A Single variable requires 4 bytes of memory. The type-declaration character is "!".
en_GB: Single variables can take positive or negative values ranging from 3.402823 x 10E+38 to 1.401298 x 10E-45. Single variables are floating-point variables, in which the decimal precision decreases as the non-decimal part of the number increases. Single variables are suitable for mathematical calculations of average precision. Calculations require more time than for Integer variables, but are faster than calculations with Double variables. A Single variable requires 4 bytes of memory. The type-declaration character is "!".

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3150953 55 help.text]
en: Double variables can take positive or negative values ranging from 1.79769313486232 x 10E308 to 4.94065645841247 x 10E-324. Double variables are floating-point variables, in which the decimal precision decreases as the non-decimal part of the number increases. Double variables are suitable for precise calculations. Calculations require more time than for Single variables. A Double variable requires 8 bytes of memory. The type-declaration character is "#".
en_GB: Double variables can take positive or negative values ranging from 1.79769313486232 x 10E+308 to 4.94065645841247 x 10E-324. Double variables are floating-point variables, in which the decimal precision decreases as the non-decimal part of the number increases. Double variables are suitable for precise calculations. Calculations require more time than for Single variables. A Double variable requires 8 bytes of memory. The type-declaration character is "#".

[ctx: 01020200.xhp hd_id3145645 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalog</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalogue</link></variable>

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3153707 76 help.text]
en: The object catalog provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].
en_GB: The object catalogue provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3147346 78 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Object Catalog</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Object Catalogue</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3155114 79 help.text]
en: The dialog shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.
en_GB: The dialogue box shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3150786 83 help.text]
en: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double click on the corresponding entry.
en_GB: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double-click on the corresponding entry.

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_id3154124 3 help.text]
en: Procedures (SUBS) and functions (FUNCTIONS) help you maintaining a structured overview by separating a program into logical pieces.
en_GB: Procedures (SUBS) and functions (FUNCTIONS) help you maintain a structured overview by separating a program into logical pieces.

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_id3153193 4 help.text]
en: One benefit of procedures and functions is that, once you have developed a program code containing task components, you can use this code in another project.
en_GB: One benefit of procedures and functions is that, once you have developed some program code containing task components, you can use that code in another project.

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_id3154486 68 help.text]
en: The variable retains its value until the next time the FUNCTION or SUB is entered. The declaration must exist inside a SUB or a FUNCTION.
en_GB: The variable retains its value until the next time that the FUNCTION or SUB is entered. The declaration must exist inside a SUB or a FUNCTION.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3150011 6 help.text]
en: Libraries serve as a tool for organizing modules, and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.
en_GB: Libraries serve as a tool for organising modules and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3156441 9 help.text]
en: A module contains SUBS and FUNCTIONS along with variable declarations. The length of the program that can be saved in a module is limited to 64 KB. If more space is required you can divide a $[officename] Basic project among several modules, and then save them in a single library.
en_GB: A module contains SUBS and FUNCTIONS along with variable declarations. The length of the program that can be saved in a module is limited to 64 KB. If more space is required you can divide a $[officename] Basic project among several modules and then save them in a single library.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3149377 12 help.text]
en: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog box properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".
en_GB: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".

[ctx: 01030100.xhp par_id3154686 5 help.text]
en: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.
en_GB: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id59816 help.text]
en: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.
en_GB: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you will see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp hd_id3153190 8 help.text]
en: The Object Catalog
en_GB: The Object Catalogue

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3150327 18 help.text]
en: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3147343 22 help.text]
en: Select the module where you want to import the source code from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module from which you want to import the source code from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3155805 8 help.text]
en: The <emph>single step </emph>execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.
en_GB: The <emph>single step</emph> execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3159413 27 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialog where you can specify other breakpoint options.
en_GB: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box in which you can specify other breakpoint options.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp tit help.text]
en: Organizing Libraries and Modules
en_GB: Organising Libraries and Modules

[ctx: 01030400.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>libraries;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>libraries;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3148797 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organizing Libraries and Modules</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organising Libraries and Modules</link></variable>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3150868 4 help.text]
en: Organizing Libraries
en_GB: Organising Libraries

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3152576 6 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149664 9 help.text]
en: Select to where you want to attach the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to attach the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3153157 49 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145640 51 help.text]
en: Select to where you want to import the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to append the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to that document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154705 53 help.text]
en: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialog. The dialog displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.
en_GB: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3163807 54 help.text]
en: If you want to insert the library as a reference only check the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.
en_GB: If you want to insert the library as a reference only mark the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> check box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145228 55 help.text]
en: Check the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> check box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147005 70 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150086 18 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3147070 21 help.text]
en: Organizing Modules and Dialogs
en_GB: Organising Modules and Dialogs

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154537 62 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159206 64 help.text]
en: Select the library where the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Select the library into which the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159230 66 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150046 67 help.text]
en: Click the module to be renamed twice, with a pause between the clicks. Enter the new name.
en_GB: Click the module to be renamed twice, pausing between the clicks. Enter the new name.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147547 68 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3151392 33 help.text]
en: Organizing Projects among Documents or Templates
en_GB: Organising Projects among Documents or Templates

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149319 38 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp bm_id3154581 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; macro assignments to events</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>macros; assigning to events</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>assigning macros to events</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>events; assigning macros</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; macro assignments to events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; assigning to events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assigning macros to events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events; assigning macros</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3152873 26 help.text]
en: ...after the <emph>Print</emph> dialog is closed, but before the actual print process begins.
en_GB: ...after the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box is closed, but before the actual print process begins.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3153555 28 help.text]
en: ...after the <emph>Print</emph> dialog is closed, but before the actual print process begins. This event occurs for each copy printed.
en_GB: ...after the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box is closed, but before the actual print process begins. This event occurs for each copy printed.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147244 31 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146098 55 help.text]
en: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147414 56 help.text]
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146883 57 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3155909 58 help.text]
en: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149351 60 help.text]
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_idN105C9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE where you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE with which you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3153965 19 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organizer"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organiser"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153771 3 help.text]
en: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multiline fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog:
en_GB: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multi-line fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3146971 9 help.text]
en: Inserts a line break in multiline fields.
en_GB: Inserts a line break in multi-line fields.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3155307 3 help.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145251 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background color for the current control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background colour for the current control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154663 121 help.text]
en: Date max.
en_GB: Date latest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152778 131 help.text]
en: Date min.
en_GB: Date earliest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3166426 138 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numerical or currency control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numeric or currency control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3151278 19 help.text]
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155113 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the dropdown option for list or combo box controls. A dropdown control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the drop-down option for list or combo box controls. A drop-down control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150517 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is grayed out in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is greyed out in the dialog.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3157983 98 help.text]
en: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159204 100 help.text]
en: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151304 102 help.text]
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155071 104 help.text]
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154707 110 help.text]
en: All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: All printable characters can be entered. If a lower-case letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id6591082 help.text]
en: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is canceled and changes are lost.
en_GB: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is cancelled and changes are discarded.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149143 75 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the dropdown option is enabled. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the drop-down option is enabled. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149893 117 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multiline controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multi-line controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154675 21 help.text]
en: Multiline Input
en_GB: Multi-line Input

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149252 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the order in which the controls receive the focus when the Tab key is pressed in the dialog.</ahelp> On entering a dialog, the control with the lowest order (0) receives the focus. Pressing the <emph>Tab</emph> key the successively focusses the other controls as specified by their order number.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the order in which the controls receive the focus when the Tab key is pressed in the dialog.</ahelp> On entering a dialog, the control with the lowest order (0) receives the focus. Pressing the <emph>Tab</emph> key the successively focuses the other controls as specified by their order number.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3146144 235 help.text]
en: To switch between dialog pages at run time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.
en_GB: To switch between dialog pages at run-time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155930 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to prevent the user from editing the value of the current control. The control is enabled and can be focussed but not modified.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to prevent the user from editing the value of the current control. The control is enabled and can be focused but not modified.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id4974822 help.text]
en: The handles are dotted lines that visualize the hierarchy of the tree control.
en_GB: The handles are dotted lines that visualise the hierarchy of the tree control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN10EEB help.text]
en: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145298 88 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numerical, currency, date, or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numeric, currency, date or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153042 113 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numerical, currency, date, or time control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numeric, currency, date or time control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3149538 48 help.text]
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148543 49 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behavior of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behaviour of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155085 148 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numerical and currency controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numeric and currency controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153716 55 help.text]
en: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labeling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.
en_GB: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labelling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152594 173 help.text]
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149825 174 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (checked, unchecked, and grayed out) instead of two (checked and unchecked).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (marked, unmarked and greyed out) instead of two (marked and unmarked).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3148608 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify text in an input field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155097 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from checked to unchecked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from marked to unmarked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3153770 2 help.text]
en: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogs for the input and output of user entries.
en_GB: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogue boxes for the input and output of user entries.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148947 2 help.text]
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148664 4 help.text]
en: MsgBox Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]] (As Statement) or MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]]) (As Function)
en_GB: MsgBox Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]] (As Statement) or MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]]) (As Function)

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148798 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String expression displayed as a message in the dialog box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String expression displayed as a message in the dialogue box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3150769 7 help.text]
en: <emph>DialogTitle</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the title bar displays the name of the respective application.
en_GB: <emph>DialogTitle:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the title bar displays the name of the respective application.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3147228 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the dialog type, as well as the number and type of buttons to display, and the icon type. <emph>Type</emph> represents a combination of bit patterns, that is, a combination of elements can be defined by adding their respective values:
en_GB: <emph>Type:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the dialog type, as well as the number and type of buttons to display and the icon type. <emph>Type</emph> is a combination of bit patterns, that is, a combination of elements can be defined by adding their respective values:

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3149665 11 help.text]
en: 2 : Display Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons.
en_GB: 2 : Display Abort, Retry and Ignore buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3145171 2 help.text]
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3154685 4 help.text]
en: MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]])
en_GB: MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]])

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3153727 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String expression displayed as a message in the dialog box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String expression displayed as a message in the dialogue box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3147317 9 help.text]
en: <emph>DialogTitle</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the name of the respective application is displayed.
en_GB: <emph>DialogTitle:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the name of the respective application is displayed.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3153954 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the dialog type and defines the number and type of buttons or icons displayed. <emph>Type</emph> represents a combination of bit patterns (dialog elements defined by adding the respective values):
en_GB: <emph>Type:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the dialog type and defines the number and type of buttons or icons displayed. <emph>Type</emph> is a combination of bit patterns (dialog elements defined by adding the respective values):

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149410 14 help.text]
en: 2 : Display Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons.
en_GB: 2 : Display Abort, Retry and Ignore buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151075 15 help.text]
en: 3 : Display Yes, No, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: 3 : Display Yes, No and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3150751 20 help.text]
en: 48 : Add the Exclamation Point icon to the dialog.
en_GB: 48 : Add the Exclamation icon to the dialog.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151278 43 help.text]
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool")

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149034 44 help.text]
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas",1)
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",1)

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3166424 45 help.text]
en: sVar = MsgBox( "Las Vegas",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog title")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog Title")

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id3156281 2 help.text]
en: Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions to a dialog or to a file.
en_GB: Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialogue box or to a file.

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id3153188 4 help.text]
en: Print [#FileName,] Expression1[{;|,} [Spc(Number As Integer);] [Tab(pos As Integer);] [Expression2[...]]
en_GB: Print [#FileName,] Expression1[{;|,} [Spc(Number As Integer);] [Tab(pos As Integer);] [ExpressionN[...]]

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id2508621 help.text]
en: <emph>FileName:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that was set by the Open statement for the respective file.
en_GB: <emph>FileName:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that was set by the Open statement for the respective file.

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id3163712 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression</emph>: Any numeric or string expression to be printed. Multiple expressions can be separated by a semicolon. If separated by a comma, the expressions are indented to the next tab stop. The tab stops cannot be adjusted.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric or string expression to be printed. Multiple expressions can be separated by a semicolon. If separated by a comma, the expressions are indented to the next tab stop. The tab stops cannot be adjusted.

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id3153092 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph>: Number of spaces to be inserted by the <emph>Spc</emph> function.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Number of spaces to be inserted by the <emph>Spc</emph> function.

[ctx: 03010103.xhp par_id3145364 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Pos</emph>: Spaces are inserted until the specified position.
en_GB: <emph>Pos:</emph> Spaces are inserted until the specified position.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151262 2 help.text]
en: Displays a prompt in a dialog at which the user can input text. The input is assigned to a variable.
en_GB: Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text. The input is assigned to a variable.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151100 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialog. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialog with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").
en_GB: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialogue box. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialogue box with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153311 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Msg</emph>: String expression displayed as the message in the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>Msg:</emph> String expression displayed as the message in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3145315 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Title</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>Title:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3154307 11 help.text]
en: <emph>Default</emph>: String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given.
en_GB: <emph>Default:</emph> String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3147573 12 help.text]
en: <emph>x_pos</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.
en_GB: <emph>x_pos:</emph> Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3156024 13 help.text]
en: <emph>y_pos</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.
en_GB: <emph>y_pos:</emph> Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153897 14 help.text]
en: If <emph>x_pos</emph> and <emph>y_pos</emph> are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips" name="twips">twips</link>.
en_GB: If <emph>x_pos</emph> and <emph>y_pos</emph> are omitted, the dialog is centred on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips" name="twips">twips</link>.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3154367 18 help.text]
en: sText = InputBox ("Please enter a phrase:","Dear User")
en_GB: sText = InputBox("Please enter a phrase:", "Dear User")

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151042 19 help.text]
en: MsgBox ( sText , 64, "Confirmation of phrase")
en_GB: MsgBox(sText, 64, "Confirmation of phrase")

[ctx: 03010300.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color Functions
en_GB: Colour Functions

[ctx: 03010300.xhp hd_id3157896 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp" name="Color Functions">Color Functions</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp" name="Colour Functions">Colour Functions</link>

[ctx: 03010300.xhp par_id3155555 2 help.text]
en: This section describes Runtime functions used to define colors.
en_GB: This section describes Run-time functions used to define colours.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3156343 2 help.text]
en: Returns the blue component of the specified color code.
en_GB: Returns the blue component of the specified colour code.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3149457 4 help.text]
en: Blue (Color As Long)
en_GB: Blue (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3150448 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Color value</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="color code">color code</link> for which to return the blue component.
en_GB: <emph>Colour value:</emph> Long integer expression that specifies any <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="colour code">colour code</link> for which to return the blue component.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3154012 13 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3147319 16 help.text]
en: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153361 2 help.text]
en: Returns the Green component of the given color code.
en_GB: Returns the Green component of the given colour code.

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153969 4 help.text]
en: Green (Color As Long)
en_GB: Green (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153770 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Color</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="color code">color code</link> for which to return the Green component.
en_GB: <emph>Colour:</emph> Long integer expression that specifies a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="colour code">colour code</link> for which to return the Green component.

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3151117 13 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3154730 16 help.text]
en: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3149656 2 help.text]
en: Returns the Red component of the specified color code.
en_GB: Returns the Red component of the specified colour code.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3150448 4 help.text]
en: Red (ColorNumber As Long)
en_GB: Red (ColourNumber As Long)

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3150440 8 help.text]
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph>: Long integer expression that specifies any <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="color code">color code</link> for which to return the Red component.
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber:</emph> Long integer expression that specifies any <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="colour code">colour code</link> for which to return the Red component.

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147435 13 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147397 16 help.text]
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3150359 2 help.text]
en: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB">RGB</link> color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB">RGB</link> colour code of the colour passed as a colour value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3151042 4 help.text]
en: QBColor (ColorNumber As Integer)
en_GB: QBColor (ColourNumber As Integer)

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3161832 8 help.text]
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the color value of the color passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the colour value of the colour passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3147318 9 help.text]
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3153877 18 help.text]
en: 8 : Gray
en_GB: 8 : Grey

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3146914 26 help.text]
en: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above color codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the color to be used in the $[officename] IDE.
en_GB: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above colour codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the colour to be used in the $[officename] IDE.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3149566 33 help.text]
en: MsgBox stext,0,"Color " & iColor
en_GB: MsgBox stext,0,"Colour " & iColour

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3150447 2 help.text]
en: Returns a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="long integer color value">long integer color value</link> consisting of red, green, and blue components.
en_GB: Returns a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#farbcodes" name="long integer colour value">long integer colour value</link> consisting of red, green and blue components.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3152597 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Red</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Red:</emph> An integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3146974 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Green</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Green:</emph> An integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3151113 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Blue</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Blue:</emph> An integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3145647 15 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3150716 18 help.text]
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03020101.xhp par_id3150791 6 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any integer expression that specifies the number of the data channel that was opened with the <emph>Open</emph> statement.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the number of the data channel that was opened with the <emph>Open</emph> statement.

[ctx: 03020102.xhp par_id3155854 8 help.text]
en: This function can only be used immediately in front of an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.
en_GB: This function can only be used immediately before an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3155132 6 help.text]
en: <emph>FileName: </emph>Name and path of the file that you wan to open. If you try to read a file that does not exist (Access = Read), an error message appears. If you try to write to a file that does not exist (Access = Write), a new file is created.
en_GB: <emph>FileName:</emph> Name and path of the file that you want to open. If you try to read a file that does not exist (Access = Read), an error message will appear. If you try to write to a file that does not exist (Access = Write), a new file is created.

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3149262 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Mode:</emph> Keyword that specifies the file mode. Valid values: Append (append to sequential file), Binary (data can be accessed by bytes using Get and Put), Input (opens data channel for reading), Output (opens data channel for writing), and Random (edits relative files).
en_GB: <emph>Mode:</emph> Keyword that specifies the file mode. Valid values: Append (append to sequential file), Binary (data can be accessed by bytes using Get and Put), Input (opens data channel for reading), Output (opens data channel for writing) and Random (edits relative files).

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3153190 10 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any integer expression from 0 to 511 to indicate the number of a free data channel. You can then pass commands through the data channel to access the file. The file number must be determined by the FreeFile function immediately before the Open statement.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> An integer expression from 0 to 511 to indicate the number of a free data channel. You can then pass commands through the data channel to access the file. The file number must be determined by the FreeFile function immediately before the Open statement.

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3153418 12 help.text]
en: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message appears.
en_GB: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020104.xhp par_id3156423 2 help.text]
en: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the harddisk.
en_GB: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the hard disc.

[ctx: 03020201.xhp par_id3150448 7 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any integer expression that determines the file number.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> An integer expression that determines the file number.

[ctx: 03020203.xhp par_id3161832 6 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber: </emph>Number of the file that contains the data that you want to read. The file must have been opened in advance with the Open statement using the key word INPUT.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Number of the file that contains the data that you want to read. The file must have been opened in advance with the Open statement using the key word INPUT.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3146120 7 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any integer expression that defines the file that you want to write to.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> An integer expression that defines the file that you want to write to.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3155411 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Position: </emph>For relative files (random access files), the number of the record that you want to write.
en_GB: <emph>Position:</emph> For relative files (random access files), the number of the record that you want to write.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3148576 9 help.text]
en: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file where you want to start writing.
en_GB: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file from which you want to start writing.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3155855 12 help.text]
en: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position, and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.
en_GB: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.

[ctx: 03020205.xhp par_id3145785 4 help.text]
en: Write [#FileName], [Expressionlist]
en_GB: Write [#FileName], [ExpressionList]

[ctx: 03020205.xhp par_id3153728 6 help.text]
en: <emph>FileName:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that was set by the Open statement for the respective file.
en_GB: <emph>FileName:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that was set by the Open statement for the respective file.

[ctx: 03020205.xhp par_id3146120 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expressionlist:</emph> Variables or expressions that you want to enter in a file, separated by commas.
en_GB: <emph>ExpressionList:</emph> Variables or expressions that you want to be written to a file, separated by commas.

[ctx: 03020301.xhp par_id3153990 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> Any integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.
en_GB: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> An integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.

[ctx: 03020302.xhp par_id3153363 8 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.

[ctx: 03020303.xhp par_id3150869 8 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement.

[ctx: 03020305.xhp par_id3153952 9 help.text]
en: <emph>FileNumber: </emph>The data channel number used in the Open statement.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> The data channel number used in the Open statement.

[ctx: 03020305.xhp par_id3145366 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Position: </emph>Position for the next writing or reading. Position can be a number between 1 and 2,147,483,647. According to the file type, the position indicates the number of the record (files in the Random mode) or the byte position (files in the Binary, Output, Append or Input mode). The first byte in a file is position 1, the second byte is position 2, and so on.
en_GB: <emph>Position:</emph> Position for the next writing or reading. Position can be a number in the range 1 to 2,147,483,647. According to the file type, the position indicates the number of the record (files in the Random mode) or the byte position (files in the Binary, Output, Append or Input mode). The first byte in a file is position 1, the second byte is position 2 and so on.

[ctx: 03020404.xhp par_id3146974 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Attrib: </emph>Any integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values:
en_GB: <emph>Attrib:</emph> An integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values:

[ctx: 03020404.xhp par_id3154012 18 help.text]
en: To generate a list of all existing files in a specific directory, proceed as follows: The first time you call the Dir function, specify the complete search path for the files, for example, "D:\Files\*.sxw". If the path is correct and the search finds at least one file, the Dir function returns the name of the first file that matches the search path. To return additional file names that match the path, call Dir again, but with no arguments.
en_GB: To generate a list of all existing files in a specific directory, proceed as follows: The first time that you call the Dir function, specify the complete search path for the files, for example, "D:\Files\*.sxw". If the path is correct and the search finds at least one file, the Dir function returns the name of the first file that matches the search path. To return additional file names that match the path, call Dir again, but with no arguments.

[ctx: 03020405.xhp tit help.text]
en: FileAttr-Function [Runtime]
en_GB: FileAttr Function [Runtime]

[ctx: 03020405.xhp hd_id3153380 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp" name="FileAttr-Function [Runtime]">FileAttr Function [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020405.xhp" name="FileAttr Function [Runtime]">FileAttr Function [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3153364 3 help.text]
en: If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr-Function to determine the file access number.
en_GB: If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr Function to determine the file access number.

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3147396 12 help.text]
en: 1: The FileAttr-Function indicates the access mode of the file.
en_GB: 1: The FileAttr Function indicates the access mode of the file.

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3149959 13 help.text]
en: 2: The FileAttr-Function returns the file access number of the operating system.
en_GB: 2: The FileAttr Function returns the file access number of the operating system.

[ctx: 03020406.xhp par_id3150669 7 help.text]
en: <emph>TextTo:</emph> Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path, and file name, or the path in URL notation.
en_GB: <emph>TextTo:</emph> Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path and file name, or the path in URL notation.

[ctx: 03020408.xhp tit help.text]
en: FileLen-Function [Runtime]
en_GB: FileLen Function [Runtime]

[ctx: 03020408.xhp hd_id3153126 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp" name="FileLen-Function [Runtime]">FileLen Function [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020408.xhp" name="FileLen Function [Runtime]">FileLen Function [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03020409.xhp par_id3155415 21 help.text]
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03020410.xhp par_id3151211 2 help.text]
en: Deletes a file from a disk.
en_GB: Deletes a file from a disc.

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149762 10 help.text]
en: ' Example for functions of the file organization
en_GB: ' Example for functions of the file organisation

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3153770 26 help.text]
en: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()),0,"Current directory"
en_GB: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()), 0, "Current directory"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149484 28 help.text]
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen( sFile ),0,"File length"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen(sFile), 0, "File length"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3152885 29 help.text]
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr( sFile ),0,"File attributes"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr(sFile), 0, "File attributes"

[ctx: 03020413.xhp par_id3153192 7 help.text]
en: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message appears.
en_GB: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020414.xhp par_id3148645 17 help.text]
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3147229 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values between 0 and 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.
en_GB: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values in the range 0 to 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3161832 11 help.text]
en: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between December 30,1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.
en_GB: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between 30th December 1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3155306 12 help.text]
en: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the data type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). Internally, this value is stored as a Double value, so that when the given date is 1.1.1900, the returned value is 2. Negative values correspond to dates before December 30, 1899 (not inclusive).
en_GB: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the data type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). Internally, this value is stored as a Double value, so that when the given date is 01/01/1900, the returned value is 2. Negative values correspond to dates before 30th December 1899 (not inclusive).

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3151074 help.text]
en: MsgBox sDate ' returns 04/09/1964
en_GB: MsgBox sDate ' returns 09/04/1964

[ctx: 03030102.xhp par_id3153189 22 help.text]
en: You can use this function to convert a date that occurs between December 1, 1582 and December 31, 9999 into a single integer value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between two dates. If the date argument lies outside the acceptable range, $[officename] Basic returns an error message.
en_GB: You can use this function to convert a date that occurs between 1st December 1582 and 31st December 9999 into a single integer value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between two dates. If the date argument lies outside the acceptable range, $[officename] Basic returns an error message.

[ctx: 03030102.xhp par_id3146974 23 help.text]
en: In contrast to the DateSerial function that passes years, months, and days as separate numeric values, the DateValue function passes the date using the format "month.[,]day.[,]year".
en_GB: In contrast to the DateSerial function that passes years, months and days as separate numeric values, the DateValue function passes the date using the format "month.[,]day.[,]year".

[ctx: 03030104.xhp par_id3153770 9 help.text]
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030105.xhp par_id3148576 13 help.text]
en: ' Return And display the day of the week
en_GB: ' Return and display the day of the week

[ctx: 03030106.xhp par_id3152596 9 help.text]
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function, and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030108.xhp par_id3146921 11 help.text]
en: returns 12/31/2002 in the date format of your system
en_GB: returns 2002-12-31 in the date format of your system (e.g. 31/12/2002)

[ctx: 03030110.xhp par_idN106C1 help.text]
en: Count - A numerical expression specifying how often the Add interval will be added (Count is positive) or subtracted (Count is negative).
en_GB: Count - A numeric expression specifying how often the Add interval will be added (Count is positive) or subtracted (Count is negative).

[ctx: 03030120.xhp par_idN1071B help.text]
en: Week 1 is the week with January, 1st (default)
en_GB: Week 1 is the week that includes 1st January (default)

[ctx: 03030201.xhp par_id3154909 9 help.text]
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030201.xhp par_id3163798 10 help.text]
en: Print Hour(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Hour(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030202.xhp par_id3150869 9 help.text]
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030202.xhp par_id3149262 10 help.text]
en: Print Minute(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Minute(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030204.xhp par_id3125864 9 help.text]
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue </emph>functions. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue</emph> functions. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030204.xhp par_id3153951 10 help.text]
en: Print Second(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Second(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3156344 2 help.text]
en: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute and second parameters that are passed as numeric values. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3153193 9 help.text]
en: <emph>hour:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Valid values: 0-23.
en_GB: <emph>hour:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Values in the range 0 to 23 are valid.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3159252 10 help.text]
en: <emph>minute:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.
en_GB: <emph>minute:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3161831 11 help.text]
en: <emph>second:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.
en_GB: <emph>second:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3155308 18 help.text]
en: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.
en_GB: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3153361 2 help.text]
en: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3163710 10 help.text]
en: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date), and stores this value internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999.
en_GB: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date) and stores this value internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999.

[ctx: 03030303.xhp par_id3156283 17 help.text]
en: MsgBox Right("00" & lHour , 2) & ":"& Right("00" & lMin , 2) & ":" & Right("00" & lSec , 2) ,0,"The time is"
en_GB: MsgBox Right("00" & lHour, 2) & ":"& Right("00" & lMin, 2) & ":" & Right("00" & lSec, 2) ,0,"The time is"

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3153771 8 help.text]
en: The Erl function only returns a line number, and not a line label.
en_GB: The Erl function only returns a line number and not a line label.

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3155416 21 help.text]
en: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "In Line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"An error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & error$ + chr(13) + "In line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"An error occurred"

[ctx: 03050200.xhp par_id3145646 21 help.text]
en: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"an error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"an error occurred"

[ctx: 03050300.xhp par_id3153193 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the error code of the error message that you want to return.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the error code of the error message that you want to return.

[ctx: 03050500.xhp par_id3149483 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Local:</emph> "On error" is global in scope, and remains active until canceled by another "On error" statement. "On Local error" is local to the routine which invokes it. Local error handling overrides any previous global setting. When the invoking routine exits, the local error handling is canceled automatically, and any previous global setting is restored.
en_GB: <emph>Local:</emph> "On error" is global in scope, and remains active until cancelled by another "On error" statement. "On Local error" is local to the routine which invokes it. Local error handling overrides any previous global setting. When the invoking routine exits, the local error handling is cancelled automatically, and any previous global setting is restored.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3149457 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that records the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3150541 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3147394 20 help.text]
en: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise And combination of both arguments
en_GB: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise AND combination of both arguments

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150869 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the comparison.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the comparison.

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150448 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp tit help.text]
en: Imp-Operator [Runtime]
en_GB: Imp Operator [Runtime]

[ctx: 03060300.xhp hd_id3156024 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp" name="Imp-Operator [Runtime]">Imp Operator [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp" name="Imp Operator [Runtime]">Imp Operator [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3154910 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the implication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the implication.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3156281 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3163710 9 help.text]
en: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is deleted in the second expression.
en_GB: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is clear in the second expression.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp tit help.text]
en: Not-Operator [Runtime]
en_GB: Not Operator [Runtime]

[ctx: 03060400.xhp hd_id3156024 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp" name="Not-Operator [Runtime]">Not-Operator [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp" name="Not Operator [Runtime]">Not Operator [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3147228 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the negation.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the negation.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3154124 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to negate.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that you want to negate.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3150868 8 help.text]
en: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False, and the value False changes to True.
en_GB: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False and the value False changes to True.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp tit help.text]
en: Or-Operator [Runtime]
en_GB: Or Operator [Runtime]

[ctx: 03060500.xhp hd_id3150986 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp" name="Or-Operator [Runtime]">Or Operator [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp" name="Or Operator [Runtime]">Or Operator [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3153192 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the disjunction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the disjunction.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3147229 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp tit help.text]
en: Xor-Operator [Runtime]
en_GB: Xor Operator [Runtime]

[ctx: 03060600.xhp hd_id3156024 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp" name="Xor-Operator [Runtime]">Xor-Operator [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp" name="Xor Operator [Runtime]">Xor Operator [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3159414 2 help.text]
en: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions.
en_GB: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or (Xor) combination of two expressions.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3150448 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3125864 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03070000.xhp par_id3148552 3 help.text]
en: This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetical operators that you may need for calculations within a program.
en_GB: This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetic operators that you may need for calculations within a program.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3147560 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the subtraction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the subtraction.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3150398 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to subtract.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to subtract.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154365 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric expression that records the result of a multiplication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of a multiplication.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154685 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to multiply.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to multiply.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3154123 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the addition.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the addition.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3150870 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to combine or to add.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine or to add.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3154141 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical value that contains the result of the division.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the division.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3150448 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to divide.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to divide.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3153192 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the number raised to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the number raised to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3150448 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numerical value that you want to raise to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric value that you want to raise to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3156422 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Exponent:</emph> The value of the power that you want to raise the expression to.
en_GB: <emph>Exponent:</emph> Numeric value of the power to which you want to raise the expression.

[ctx: 03070600.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mod-Operator [Runtime]
en_GB: Mod Operator [Runtime]

[ctx: 03070600.xhp bm_id3150669 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>MOD  operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>MOD operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03070600.xhp hd_id3150669 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp" name="Mod-Operator [Runtime]">Mod Operator [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03070600.xhp" name="Mod Operator [Runtime]">Mod Operator [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03070600.xhp par_id3145172 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the MOD operation.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the MOD operation.

[ctx: 03070600.xhp par_id3151042 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to divide.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to divide.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3148550 2 help.text]
en: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, instead of operators that return a result by combining two numeric expressions.
en_GB: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, whereas operators return a result by combining two numeric expressions.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3149346 2 help.text]
en: Trigonometric function that returns the arctangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.
en_GB: Trigonometric function that returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3143271 3 help.text]
en: The arctangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.
en_GB: The arc tangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3145315 4 help.text]
en: Atn(side opposite the angle/side adjacent to angle)= Alpha
en_GB: Atn(side opposite the angle/side adjacent to angle) = Alpha

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3156212 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numerical expression that represents the ratio of two sides of a right triangle. The Atn function returns the corresponding angle in radians (arctangent).
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that represents the ratio of the length of the opposite side to that of the adjacent side of a right-angled triangle. The Atn function returns the corresponding angle in radians (arc tangent).

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3153192 11 help.text]
en: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi. To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3147230 12 help.text]
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3125864 13 help.text]
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3159252 14 help.text]
en: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159.
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3151112 19 help.text]
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159 Is a predefined constant
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined constant

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3159413 2 help.text]
en: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3150358 3 help.text]
en: Using the angle Alpha, the Cos-Function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.
en_GB: Using the angle Alpha, the Cos Function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3153770 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians that you want to calculate the cosine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the cosine.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3145749 11 help.text]
en: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3149664 12 help.text]
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3146985 13 help.text]
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3152885 14 help.text]
en: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159...
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3150010 19 help.text]
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3151074 23 help.text]
en: Print "The length of the hypothenuse is"; (d1 / cos (dAngle * Pi / 180))
en_GB: Print "The length of the hypotenuse is"; (d1 / cos (dAngle * Pi / 180))

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3149456 2 help.text]
en: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3145786 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians that you want to calculate the sine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians for which you want to calculate the sine.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3155413 11 help.text]
en: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180, and to convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.
en_GB: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180 and to convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3149664 12 help.text]
en: grad=(radiant*180)/pi
en_GB: degrees=(radians*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3153143 13 help.text]
en: radiant=(grad*pi)/180
en_GB: radians=(degrees*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3151112 14 help.text]
en: Pi is approximately 3.141593.
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3150011 19 help.text]
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a predefined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3145786 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the tangent for (in radians).
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the tangent.

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3155414 12 help.text]
en: degrees=(radiant*180)/Pi
en_GB: degrees=(radians*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3146975 13 help.text]
en: radiant=(degrees*Pi)/180
en_GB: radians=(degrees*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3147434 14 help.text]
en: Pi is approximately 3.141593.
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3153158 19 help.text]
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a pre-defined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3155555 2 help.text]
en: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power.
en_GB: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.71828182845904...) raised to a power.

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3150793 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3151041 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the natural logarithm for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want to calculate the natural logarithm.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3150869 9 help.text]
en: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. Base e is a constant with an approximate value of 2.718282...
en_GB: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. The constant e has an value of approximately 2.71828182845904...

[ctx: 03080301.xhp tit help.text]
en: Randomize Statement [Runtime]
en_GB: Randomise Statement [Runtime]

[ctx: 03080301.xhp bm_id3150616 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Randomize statement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Randomise statement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080301.xhp hd_id3150616 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp" name="Randomize Statement [Runtime]">Randomize Statement [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp" name="Randomise Statement [Runtime]">Randomise Statement [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145090 2 help.text]
en: Initializes the random-number generator.
en_GB: Initialises the random-number generator.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145315 4 help.text]
en: Randomize [Number]
en_GB: Randomise [Number]

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3149670 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value that initializes the random-number generator.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value that initialises the random-number generator.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3147288 14 help.text]
en: iVar = Int((10 * Rnd) ) ' Range from 0 To 9
en_GB: iVar = Int((10 * Rnd) ) ' Range from 0 to 9

[ctx: 03080302.xhp par_id3149669 2 help.text]
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 03080302.xhp par_id3125864 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3149457 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the square root for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression of which you want the square root.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3154365 9 help.text]
en: A square root is the number that you multiply by itself to produce another number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.
en_GB: The square root of a number is the number which multiplied by itself produces the first number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3149457 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression that you want to return the integer value for.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression for which you want to return the integer part.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3156214 11 help.text]
en: Print Fix(3.14159) ' returns 3.
en_GB: Print Fix(3.1415926) ' returns 3.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3145786 13 help.text]
en: Print Fix(-3.14159) ' returns -3.
en_GB: Print Fix(-3.1415926) ' returns -3.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3148797 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any valid numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A valid numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3153143 13 help.text]
en: Print Int(-3.14159) ' returns the value -4
en_GB: Print Int(-3.1415926) ' returns the value -4

[ctx: 03080601.xhp par_id3154347 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to return the absolute value for. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, whereas negative numbers are converted to positive numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want the absolute value. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, negative numbers being converted to positive numbers of the same magnitude.

[ctx: 03080701.xhp par_id3148686 2 help.text]
en: Returns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero.
en_GB: Returns an integer number +1, 0 or -1 indicating whether the number that is passed to the function is positive, zero or negative respectively.

[ctx: 03080800.xhp par_id3154760 2 help.text]
en: The following functions convert numbers from one number format to another.
en_GB: The following functions convert numbers from one format to another.

[ctx: 03080801.xhp par_id3148947 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: 03080801.xhp par_id3156214 30 help.text]
en: ' uses BasicFormulas in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: ' uses BasicFormulae in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: 03080801.xhp par_id3147215 25 help.text]
en: ' Calculates a hexadecimal value in integer.
en_GB: ' Calculates a hexadecimal value in Integer.

[ctx: 03080802.xhp par_id3150768 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3153062 6 help.text]
en: The <emph>If...Then</emph> statement executes program blocks depending on given conditions. When $[officename] Basic encounters an <emph>If</emph> statement, the condition is tested. If the condition is True, all subsequent statements up to the next <emph>Else</emph> or <emph>ElseIf</emph> statement are executed. If the condition is False, and an <emph>ElseIf</emph> statement follows, $[officename] Basic tests the next condition and executes the following statements if the condition is True. If False, the program continues either with the next <emph>ElseIf</emph> or <emph>Else</emph> statement. Statements following <emph>Else</emph> are executed only if none of the previously tested conditions were True. After all conditions are evaluated, and the corresponding statements executed, the program continues with the statement following <emph>EndIf</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>If...Then</emph> statement executes program blocks depending on given conditions. When $[officename] Basic encounters an <emph>If</emph> statement, the condition is tested. If the condition is True, all subsequent statements up to the next <emph>Else</emph> or <emph>ElseIf</emph> statement are executed. If the condition is False and an <emph>ElseIf</emph> statement follows, $[officename] Basic tests the next condition and executes the following statements if the condition is True. If False, the program continues either with the next <emph>ElseIf</emph> or <emph>Else</emph> statement. Statements following <emph>Else</emph> are executed only if none of the previously tested conditions were True. After all conditions are evaluated and the corresponding statements executed, the program continues with the statement following <emph>EndIf</emph>.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3153951 10 help.text]
en: The following example enables you to enter the expiration date of a product, and determines if the expiration date has passed.
en_GB: The following example enables you to enter the expiry date of a product and determines if the expiry date has passed.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3154490 16 help.text]
en: sDate = InputBox("Enter the expiration date (MM.DD.YYYY)")
en_GB: sDate = InputBox("Enter the expiry date (MM.DD.YYYY)")

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3155601 21 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3146912 23 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has not yet passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has not yet passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3154754 25 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The expiration date is today"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date is today"

[ctx: 03090102.xhp par_id3156281 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Condition:</emph> Any expression that controls if the statement block that follows the respective Case clause is executed.
en_GB: <emph>Condition:</emph> An expression that controls whether the statement block that follows the respective Case clause is executed.

[ctx: 03090102.xhp par_id3150448 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that is compatible with the Condition type expression. The statement block that follows the Case clause is executed if <emph>Condition</emph> matches <emph>Expression</emph>.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that is compatible with the Condition type expression. The statement block that follows the Case clause is executed if <emph>Condition</emph> matches <emph>Expression</emph>.

[ctx: 03090103.xhp par_id3153381 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to evaluate. If the expression evaluates to <emph>True</emph>, the function returns the result of ExpressionTrue, otherwise it returns the result of ExpressionFalse.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that you want to evaluate. If the expression evaluates to <emph>True</emph>, the function returns the result of ExpressionTrue, otherwise it returns the result of ExpressionFalse.

[ctx: 03090103.xhp par_id3150870 7 help.text]
en: <emph>ExpressionTrue, ExpressionFalse:</emph> Any expression, one of which will be returned as the function result, depending on the logical evaluation.
en_GB: <emph>ExpressionTrue, ExpressionFalse:</emph> Any expressions, one of which will be returned as the function result, depending on the logical evaluation.

[ctx: 03090201.xhp bm_id3156116 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Do...Loop statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>While; Do loop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Until</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loops</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Do...Loop statement</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>While; Do loop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Until</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loops</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090201.xhp par_id3156344 16 help.text]
en: <emph>Condition:</emph> A comparison, numeric or string expression, that evaluates either True or False.
en_GB: <emph>Condition:</emph> A comparison, numeric or string expression, that evaluates to either True or False.

[ctx: 03090201.xhp par_id3150791 18 help.text]
en: The <emph>Do...Loop</emph> statement executes a loop as long as, or until, a certain condition is True. The condition for exiting the loop must be entered following either the <emph>Do</emph> or the <emph>Loop</emph> statement. The following examples are valid combinations:
en_GB: The <emph>Do...Loop</emph> statement executes a loop as long as, or until, a certain condition is True. The condition for leaving the loop must be entered following either the <emph>Do</emph> or the <emph>Loop</emph> statement. The following examples are valid combinations:

[ctx: 03090201.xhp par_id3154124 24 help.text]
en: The statement block between the Do While and the Loop statements is repeated so long as the condition is true.
en_GB: The statement block between the Do While and the Loop statements is repeated as long as the condition is true.

[ctx: 03090201.xhp par_id3150440 29 help.text]
en: The statement block between the Do Until and the Loop statements is repeated if the condition so long as the condition is false.
en_GB: The statement block between the Do Until and the Loop statements is repeated as long as the condition is false.

[ctx: 03090201.xhp par_id3146985 34 help.text]
en: The statement block between the Do and the Loop statements repeats so long as the condition is true.
en_GB: The statement block between the Do and the Loop statements repeats as long as the condition is true.

[ctx: 03090202.xhp bm_id3149205 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>For statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>To statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Step statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Next statement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>For statement</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>To statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Step statement</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Next statement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3156281 13 help.text]
en: <emph>Step:</emph> Sets the value by which to increase or decrease the loop counter. If Step is not specified, the loop counter is incremented by 1. In this case, End must be greater than Start. If you want to decrease Counter, End must be less than Start, and Step must be assigned a negative value.
en_GB: <emph>Step:</emph> Sets the value by which to increase or decrease the loop counter. If Step is not specified, the loop counter is incremented by 1. In this case, End must be greater than Start. If you want to decrease Counter, End must be less than Start and Step must be assigned a negative value.

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3147287 15 help.text]
en: As the counter variable is decreased, $[officename] Basic checks if the end value has been reached. As soon as the counter passes the end value, the loop automatically ends.
en_GB: As the counter variable is decreased, $[officename] Basic checks it against the end value. As soon as the counter passes the end value, the loop automatically ends.

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3155306 17 help.text]
en: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated continuously.
en_GB: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated for ever.

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3151074 27 help.text]
en: The following example uses two nested loops to sort a string array with 10 elements ( sEntry() ), that are first filled with various contents:
en_GB: The following example uses two nested loops to sort a string array with 10 elements ( sEntry() ) that contain various values:

[ctx: 03090203.xhp par_id3151211 2 help.text]
en: When a program encounters a While statement, it tests the condition. If the condition is False, the program continues directly following the Wend statement. If the condition is True, the loop is executed until the program finds Wend and then jumps back to the<emph> While </emph>statement. If the condition is still True, the loop is executed again.
en_GB: When a program encounters a While statement, it tests the condition. If the condition is False, the program continues directly following the Wend statement. If the condition is True, the loop is executed until the program finds Wend and then jumps back to the <emph>While</emph> statement. If the condition is still True, the loop is executed again.

[ctx: 03090203.xhp par_id3155306 11 help.text]
en: sText ="This Is a short text"
en_GB: sText ="This is a short text"

[ctx: 03090301.xhp par_id3145316 2 help.text]
en: Calls a subroutine that is indicated by a label from a subroutine or a function. The statements following the label are executed until the next Return statement. Afterwards, the program continues with the statement that follows the <emph>GoSub </emph>statement.
en_GB: Calls a subroutine that is indicated by a label from a subroutine or a function. The statements following the label are executed until the next Return statement. Afterwards, the program continues with the statement that follows the <emph>GoSub</emph> statement.

[ctx: 03090302.xhp par_id3152596 16 help.text]
en: Use the GoTo statement to instruct $[officename] Basic to continue program execution at another place within the procedure. The position must be indicated by a label. To set a label, assign a name, and then and end it with a colon (":").
en_GB: Use the GoTo statement to instruct $[officename] Basic to continue program execution at another place within the procedure. The position must be indicated by a label. To set a label, assign a name and then end it with a colon (":").

[ctx: 03090303.xhp par_id3148673 7 help.text]
en: <emph>NumExpression:</emph> Any numeric expression between 0 and 255 that determines which of the lines the program branches to. If NumExpression is 0, the statement is not executed. If NumExpression is greater than 0, the program jumps to the label that has a position number that corresponds to the expression (1 = First label; 2 = Second label)
en_GB: <emph>NumExpression:</emph> A numeric expression in the range 0 to 255 that determines which of the lines the program branches to. If NumExpression is 0, the statement is not executed. If NumExpression is greater than 0, the program jumps to the label that has a position number that corresponds to the expression (1 = First label; 2 = Second label)

[ctx: 03090303.xhp par_id3153194 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Label:</emph> Target line according to<emph> GoTo </emph>or <emph>GoSub</emph> structure.
en_GB: <emph>Label:</emph> Target line according to <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub</emph> structure.

[ctx: 03090303.xhp par_id3156442 9 help.text]
en: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub </emph>conventions are valid.
en_GB: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub</emph> conventions are valid.

[ctx: 03090400.xhp par_id3154923 2 help.text]
en: Statements that do not belong to any of the other runtime categories are described here.
en_GB: Statements that do not belong to any of the other run-time categories are described here.

[ctx: 03090401.xhp par_id3154216 8 help.text]
en: A keyword is optional when you call a procedure. If a function is executed as an expression, the parameters must be enclosed by brackets in the statement. If a DLL is called, it must first be specified in the <emph>Declare-Statement</emph>.
en_GB: A keyword is optional when you call a procedure. If a function is executed as an expression, the parameters must be enclosed by brackets ( ) in the statement. If a DLL is called, it must first be specified in the <emph>Declare Statement</emph>.

[ctx: 03090402.xhp par_id3150791 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Selection1:</emph> Any expression that contains one of the possible choices.
en_GB: <emph>Selection1:</emph> An expression that contains one of the possible choices.

[ctx: 03090402.xhp par_id3151043 8 help.text]
en: The <emph>Choose</emph> function returns a value from the list of expressions based on the index value. If Index = 1, the function returns the first expression in the list, if index i= 2, it returns the second expression, and so on.
en_GB: The <emph>Choose</emph> function returns a value from the list of expressions based on the index value. If Index = 1, the function returns the first expression in the list, if index i= 2, it returns the second expression and so on.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3150870 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Aliasname</emph>: Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.
en_GB: <emph>Aliasname:</emph> Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3154684 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time the function is used.
en_GB: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time that the function is used.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3148452 11 help.text]
en: <emph>Argumentlist:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.
en_GB: <emph>ArgumentList:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3152939 21 help.text]
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3155601 33 help.text]
en: ' Return value Is the index of the entry Or 0 (Null)
en_GB: ' Return value is the index of the entry or 0 (Null)

[ctx: 03090407.xhp bm_id3154347 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Rem statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;Rem statement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Rem statement</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>comments;Rem statement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090409.xhp par_id3154138 11 help.text]
en: <emph>VarName: </emph>Parameter that you want to pass to the subroutine.
en_GB: <emph>VarName:</emph> Parameter that you want to pass to the subroutine.

[ctx: 03090410.xhp par_id3155934 4 help.text]
en: Switch (Expression1, Value1[, Expression2, Value2[..., Expression_n, Value_n]])
en_GB: Switch (Expression1, Value1[, Expression2, Value2[..., ExpressionN, ValueN]])

[ctx: 03090410.xhp par_id3153894 6 help.text]
en: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right, and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a runtime error occurs.
en_GB: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a run-time error occurs.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153143 14 help.text]
en: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure, and must not be confused with the End statement.
en_GB: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure and must not be confused with the End statement.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153158 20 help.text]
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03100050.xhp par_idN105F6 help.text]
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100060.xhp par_idN105F8 help.text]
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100070.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
en: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub type "Error".
en_GB: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub-type "Error".

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3156344 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any string or numeric expressions that you want to compare. If the expressions match, the <emph>CBool</emph> function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> String or numeric expressions that you want to compare. If the expressions match, the <emph>CBool</emph> function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3149655 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert. If the expression equals 0, <emph>False</emph> is returned, otherwise <emph>True</emph> is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the expression equals 0, <emph>False</emph> is returned, otherwise <emph>True</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3152940 20 help.text]
en: MsgBox "The word »and« appears in the sentence you entered!"
en_GB: MsgBox "The word »and« appears in the sentence that you entered!"

[ctx: 03100300.xhp par_id3150359 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100300.xhp par_id3125864 9 help.text]
en: When you convert a string expression, the date and time must be entered in the format MM.DD.YYYY HH.MM.SS, as defined by the <emph>DateValue</emph> and <emph>TimeValue</emph> function conventions. In numeric expressions, values to the left of the decimal represent the date, beginning from December 31, 1899. Values to the right of the decimal represent the time.
en_GB: When you convert a string expression, the date and time must be entered in the format MM.DD.YYYY HH.MM.SS, as defined by the <emph>DateValue</emph> and <emph>TimeValue</emph> function conventions. In numeric expressions, values to the left of the decimal represent the date, beginning from 31st December 1899. Values to the right of the decimal represent the time.

[ctx: 03100400.xhp par_id3149233 2 help.text]
en: Converts any numerical expression or string expression to a double type.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression or string expression to a double type.

[ctx: 03100400.xhp par_id3153897 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100500.xhp par_id3159414 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> exceeds the value range between -32768 and 32767, $[officename] Basic reports an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the value of the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the range -32,768 to 32,767, $[officename] Basic reports an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100600.xhp par_id3159414 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numerical expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the valid long integer range between -2.147.483.648 and 2.147.483.647, $[officename] Basic returns an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the valid long integer range -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647, $[officename] Basic returns an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100900.xhp par_id3153345 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3147574 2 help.text]
en: Converts any numeric expression to a string expression.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression to a string expression.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3149457 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03101100.xhp par_id3150669 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Keyword: </emph>Default variable type
en_GB: <emph>Keyword:</emph> Default variable type

[ctx: 03101100.xhp par_id3151381 22 help.text]
en: bOK=TRUE ' bOK is an implicit boolean variable
en_GB: bOK=TRUE ' bOK is an implicit Boolean variable

[ctx: 03101600.xhp par_id3148798 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Keyword: </emph>Default variable type
en_GB: <emph>Keyword:</emph> Default variable type

[ctx: 03101700.xhp par_id3148798 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Keyword: </emph>Default variable type
en_GB: <emph>Keyword:</emph> Default variable type

[ctx: 03102000.xhp par_id3153524 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Keyword: </emph>Default variable type
en_GB: <emph>Keyword:</emph> Default variable type

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3147125 12 help.text]
en: <emph>Start, End:</emph> Numerical values or constants that define the number of elements (NumberElements=(end-start)+1) and the index range.
en_GB: <emph>Start, End:</emph> Numeric values or constants that define the number of elements (NumberElements=(end-start)+1) and the index range.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3153877 13 help.text]
en: Start and End can be numerical expressions if ReDim is applied at the procedure level.
en_GB: Start and End can be numeric expressions if ReDim is applied at the procedure level.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3148405 19 help.text]
en: <emph>Double:</emph> Double-precision floating-point variable (1,79769313486232 x 10E308 - 4,94065645841247 x 10E-324)
en_GB: <emph>Double:</emph> Double-precision floating-point variable (1.79769313486232 x 10E+308 - 4.94065645841247 x 10E-324)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3148916 20 help.text]
en: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32768 - 32767)
en_GB: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32,768 - 32,767)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3150045 21 help.text]
en: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2.147.483.648 - 2.147.483.647)
en_GB: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2,147,483,648 - 2,147,483,647)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3155937 23 help.text]
en: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3,402823 x 10E38 - 1,401298 x 10E-45).
en_GB: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3.402823 x 10E+38 - 1.401298 x 10E-45).

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3149924 27 help.text]
en: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indexes, which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.
en_GB: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indices which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3159239 35 help.text]
en: You can declare an array types as dynamic if a ReDim statement defines the number of dimensions in the subroutine or the function that contains the array. Generally, you can only define an array dimension once, and you cannot modify it. Within a subroutine, you can declare an array with ReDim. You can only define dimensions with numeric expressions. This ensures that the fields are only as large as necessary.
en_GB: You can declare an array types as dynamic if a ReDim statement defines the number of dimensions in the subroutine or the function that contains the array. Generally, you can only define an array dimension once and you cannot modify it. Within a subroutine, you can declare an array with ReDim. You can only define dimensions with numeric expressions. This ensures that the fields are only as large as necessary.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3153782 46 help.text]
en: Const sDim As String = " Dimension:"
en_GB: Const sDim as String = " Dimension:"

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3149562 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Start, End:</emph> Numerical values or constants that define the number of elements (NumberElements=(end-start)+1) and the index range.
en_GB: <emph>Start, End:</emph> Numeric values or constants that define the number of elements (NumberElements=(end-start)+1) and the index range.

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3153728 11 help.text]
en: <emph>Bool: </emph>Boolean variable (True, False)
en_GB: <emph>Bool:</emph> Boolean variable (True, False)

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3159156 13 help.text]
en: <emph>Double:</emph> Double floating point variable (1.79769313486232x10E308 - 4.94065645841247x10E-324)
en_GB: <emph>Double:</emph> Double floating point variable (1.79769313486232x10E+308 - 4.94065645841247x10E-324)

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3148616 14 help.text]
en: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32768 - 32767)
en_GB: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32,768 - 32,767)

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3154729 17 help.text]
en: <emph>[Single]:</emph> Single floating-point variable (3.402823x10E38 - 1.401298x10E-45). If no key word is specified, a variable is defined as Single, unless a statement from DefBool to DefVar is used.
en_GB: <emph>[Single]:</emph> Single floating-point variable (3.402823x10E+38 - 1.401298x10E-45). If no key word is specified, a variable is defined as Single, unless a statement from DefBool to DefVar is used.

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3149581 19 help.text]
en: <emph>Variant: </emph>Variant variable type (can contain all types and is set by definition).
en_GB: <emph>Variant:</emph> Variant variable type (can contain all types and is set by definition).

[ctx: 03102101.xhp par_id3153415 21 help.text]
en: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indexes, which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.
en_GB: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indices which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.

[ctx: 03102200.xhp par_id3145172 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False </emph>is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03102300.xhp par_id3145069 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.

[ctx: 03102400.xhp par_id3163045 2 help.text]
en: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
en_GB: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialised.

[ctx: 03102600.xhp par_idN1062A help.text]
en: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub type without valid contents.
en_GB: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub-type without valid contents.

[ctx: 03102700.xhp par_id3154760 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any expression that you want to test.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> An expression that you want to test.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3148451 7 help.text]
en: As in most BASIC dialects, the keyword <emph>Let</emph> is optional.
en_GB: As in most BASIC dialects, the key word <emph>Let</emph> is optional.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3152939 12 help.text]
en: MsgBox Len(sText) ' returns 9
en_GB: MsgBox Len(sText) ' Returns 9

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3147264 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size.
en_GB: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified as a fixed size.

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3151115 15 help.text]
en: ' Function for initialization of the static variable
en_GB: ' Function for initialisation of the static variable

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id1057161 help.text]
en: Const iMinimum As Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function
en_GB: Const iMinimum as Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id580462 help.text]
en: If iInit = 0 Then ' check if initialized
en_GB: if iInit = 0 then ' check if initialised

[ctx: 03103600.xhp par_id3151278 41 help.text]
en: Variable is not initialized
en_GB: Variable is not initialised

[ctx: 03103600.xhp par_id3148817 58 help.text]
en: TypeName(lVar) & " " & VarType(lVar),0,"Some types In $[officename] Basic"
en_GB: TypeName(lVar) & " " & VarType(lVar),0,"Some types in $[officename] Basic"

[ctx: 03103700.xhp par_id3159252 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Object:</emph> Object that the variable or the property refers to.
en_GB: <emph>Object:</emph> Object to which the variable or the property refers.

[ctx: 03103800.xhp par_id3150439 19 help.text]
en: <emph>ObjName: </emph>String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.
en_GB: <emph>ObjName:</emph> String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.

[ctx: 03104100.xhp par_id3146795 9 help.text]
en: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing.
en_GB: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is omitted.

[ctx: 03104500.xhp par_idN10644 help.text]
en: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess Is NO struct
en_GB: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess is NO struct

[ctx: 03104700.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
en: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays, and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.
en_GB: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.

[ctx: 03110100.xhp par_id3148686 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric values or strings that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric values or strings that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03110100.xhp par_id3154909 18 help.text]
en: Dim sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output
en_GB: DIM sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3145609 9 help.text]
en: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit unicode characters.
en_GB: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit Unicode characters.

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3163800 14 help.text]
en: Print ASC("Las Vegas") ' returns 76, since only the first character is taken into account
en_GB: Print ASC("Blackpool") ' returns 66, since only the first character is taken into account

[ctx: 03120102.xhp par_id3145174 14 help.text]
en: ' The printout appears in the dialog as: A "short" trip.
en_GB: ' The printout appears in the dialogue box as: A "short" trip.

[ctx: 03120103.xhp par_id3149178 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Expression: </emph>Any numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression.

[ctx: 03120300.xhp par_id3149178 2 help.text]
en: The following functions edit, format, and align the contents of strings. Use the & operator to concatenate strings.
en_GB: The following functions edit, format and align the contents of strings. Use the & operator to concatenate strings.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3156042 2 help.text]
en: Converts a number to a string, and then formats it according to the format that you specify.
en_GB: Converts a number to a string and then formats it according to the format that you specify.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3151176 14 help.text]
en: Decimal places in the number are rounded according to the number of zeros that appear after the decimal separator in the <emph>Format </emph>code.
en_GB: Decimal places in the number are rounded according to the number of zeros that appear after the decimal separator in the <emph>Format</emph> code.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3148452 16 help.text]
en: This symbol works like the 0, except that leading or trailing zeroes are not displayed if there are more # characters in the format code than digits in the number. Only the relevant digits of the number are displayed.
en_GB: This symbol works like the 0, except that leading or trailing zeros are not displayed if there are more # characters in the format code than digits in the number. Only the relevant digits of the number are displayed.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3163713 29 help.text]
en: The use of a period as a thousands and decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a period as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.
en_GB: The use of a period (dot) as a decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3155411 28 help.text]
en: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, period), and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).
en_GB: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, dot-on-the-line) and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3150113 31 help.text]
en: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3153158 34 help.text]
en: <emph>Currency:</emph> Inserts a dollar sign in front of the number and encloses negative numbers in brackets.
en_GB: <emph>Currency:</emph> Inserts a dollar sign in front of the number and encloses negative numbers in brackets ( ).

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3153707 39 help.text]
en: A format code can be divided into three sections that are separated by semicolons. The first part defines the format for positive values, the second part for negative values, and the third part for zero. If you only specify one format code, it applies to all numbers.
en_GB: A format code can be divided into three sections that are separated by semicolons. The first part defines the format for positive values, the second part for negative values and the third part for zero. If you only specify one format code, it applies to all numbers.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_idN107A2 help.text]
en: ' always use a period as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.
en_GB: ' always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3145609 2 help.text]
en: Converts all uppercase letters in a string to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts all upper-case letters in a string to lower-case.

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3146121 14 help.text]
en: Print LCase(sVar) ' Returns "las vegas"
en_GB: Print LCase(sVar) ' Returns "blackpool"

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3146986 15 help.text]
en: Print UCase(sVar) ' Returns "LAS VEGAS"
en_GB: Print UCase(sVar) ' Returns "BLACKPOOL"

[ctx: 03120305.xhp par_id3145316 2 help.text]
en: Removes all leading spaces at the start of a string expression.
en_GB: Removes all leading spaces at the beginning of a string expression.

[ctx: 03120306.xhp par_id3147530 4 help.text]
en: Mid (Text As String, Start As Long [, Length As Long]) or Mid (Text As String, Start As Long , Length As Long, Text As String)
en_GB: Mid (Text As String, Start As Long [, Length As Long]) or Mid (Text As String, Start As Long, Length As Long, Text As String)

[ctx: 03120306.xhp par_id3150359 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Start: </emph>Numeric expression that indicates the character position within the string where the string portion that you want to replace or to return begins. The maximum allowed value is 65535.
en_GB: <emph>Start:</emph> Numeric expression that indicates the character position within the string where the string portion that you want to replace or to return begins. The maximum allowed value is 65535.

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154924 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String that you want to right-align in the string variable.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String that you want to right-align in the string variable.

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154140 10 help.text]
en: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated, and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.
en_GB: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.

[ctx: 03120309.xhp par_id3151380 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Text: </emph>Any string expression.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression.

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3155420 2 help.text]
en: Converts lowercase characters in a string to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts lower-case characters in a string to upper-case.

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3149204 14 help.text]
en: Print LCase(sVar) ' returns "las vegas"
en_GB: Print LCase(sVar) ' returns "blackpool"

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3156280 15 help.text]
en: Print UCase(sVar) ' returns "LAS VEGAS"
en_GB: Print UCase(sVar) ' returns "BLACKPOOL"

[ctx: 03120314.xhp par_id3147560 9 help.text]
en: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string of one or more characters length that is used to delimit the Text. The default is the space character.
en_GB: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string of one or more characters in length that is used to delimit the Text. The default is the space character.

[ctx: 03120315.xhp par_id3154908 9 help.text]
en: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string character that is used to separate the substrings in the resulting string. The default delimiter is the space character. If delimiter is a string of length zero "", the substrings are joined without separator.
en_GB: <emph>delimiter (optional:</emph>) A string character that is used to separate the substrings in the resulting string. The default delimiter is the space character. If delimiter is a string of length zero "", the substrings are joined without separator.

[ctx: 03120401.xhp par_id3153126 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Start: </emph>A numeric expression that marks the position in a string where the search for the specified substring starts. If you omit this parameter, the search starts at the first character of the string. The maximum allowed value is 65535.
en_GB: <emph>Start:</emph> A numeric expression that marks the position in a string from which the search for the specified substring starts. If you omit this parameter, the search starts at the first character of the string. The maximum allowed value is 65535.

[ctx: 03120403.xhp par_id3146796 10 help.text]
en: <emph>Compare:</emph> This optional parameter sets the comparison method. If Compare = 1, the string comparison is case-sensitive. If Compare = 0, no distinction is made between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: <emph>Compare:</emph> This optional parameter sets the comparison method. If Compare = 1, the string comparison is case-sensitive. If Compare = 0, no distinction is made between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3148451 12 help.text]
en: The focus is on the minimized program window.
en_GB: The focus is on the minimised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3146921 13 help.text]
en: focus is on the maximized program window.
en_GB: focus is on the maximised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3152938 15 help.text]
en: Minimized program window, focus remains on the active window.
en_GB: Minimised program window, focus remains on the active window.

[ctx: 03130700.xhp par_id3153750 2 help.text]
en: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes.
en_GB: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimise certain processes.

[ctx: 03131600.xhp par_idN10625 help.text]
en: The following code uses a service to open a file open dialog:
en_GB: The following code uses a service to open a file open dialogue box:

[ctx: 03131600.xhp par_idN1062B help.text]
en: fName = FileOpenDialog ("Please select a file")
en_GB: fName = FileOpenDialog("Please select a file")

[ctx: 03131900.xhp par_id3153345 2 help.text]
en: Basic source code and dialogs are organized in a library system.
en_GB: Basic source code and dialogs are organised in a library system.

[ctx: 03132100.xhp par_id3152459 2 help.text]
en: Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.
en_GB: Returns a numeric value that specifies the graphical user interface.

[ctx: 03132100.xhp par_id3153323 3 help.text]
en: This runtime function is only provided for downward compatibility to previous versions. The return value is not defined in client-server environments.
en_GB: This run-time function is only provided for downward compatibility to previous versions. The return value is not defined in client-server environments.

[ctx: 03132200.xhp bm_id3155342 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ThisComponent property</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>components;addressing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ThisComponent statement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>components;addressing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03132200.xhp hd_id3155342 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp" name="ThisComponent [Runtime]">ThisComponent [Runtime]</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03132200.xhp" name="ThisComponent Statement [Runtime]">ThisComponent Statement [Runtime]</link>

[ctx: 03132300.xhp par_id3150541 7 help.text]
en: If CreateUnoValue cannot be converted to the specified Uno type, and error occurs. For the conversion, the TypeConverter service is used.
en_GB: If CreateUnoValue cannot be converted to the specified Uno type and error occurs. For the conversion, the TypeConverter service is used.

[ctx: 03132300.xhp par_id3153524 8 help.text]
en: This function is intended for use in situations where the default Basic to Uno type converting mechanism is insufficient. This can happen when you try to access generic Any based interfaces, such as XPropertySet::setPropertyValue( Name, Value ) or X???Container::insertBy???( ???, Value ), from $[officename] Basic. The Basic runtime does not recognize these types as they are only defined in the corresponding service.
en_GB: This function is intended for use in situations where the default Basic to Uno type converting mechanism is insufficient. This can happen when you try to access generic Any based interfaces, such as XPropertySet::setPropertyValue( Name, Value ) or X???Container::insertBy???( ???, Value ), from $[officename] Basic. The Basic run-time does not recognise these types as they are only defined in the corresponding service.

[ctx: 03132500.xhp par_idN10593 help.text]
en: This runtime function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the <item type="literal">Professional UNO</item> chapter in the <item type="literal">Developer's Guide</item> on <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org">api.libreoffice.org</link> for more information.
en_GB: This run-time function returns the default component context to be used, if instantiating services via XmultiServiceFactory. See the <item type="literal">Professional UNO</item> chapter in the <item type="literal">Developer's Guide</item> on <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org">api.libreoffice.org</link> for more information.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3153748 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialog, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialogue box, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3151131 70 help.text]
en: Nonprinting characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.
en_GB: Non-printing characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3148455 13 help.text]
en: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped before.
en_GB: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3154702 21 help.text]
en: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognize this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.
en_GB: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognise this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.

[ctx: main0211.xhp par_id3147288 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar </emph>contains commands to create, edit, and run macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar</emph> contains commands to create, edit and run macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3152886 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Macro </emph>dialog, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box, in which you can create, edit, organise and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153190 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149961 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149124 20 help.text]
en: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150749 21 help.text]
en: To delete a macro, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.
en_GB: To delete a macro, select it and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp hd_id3153764 22 help.text]
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3148405 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153234 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_LISTBOX_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_LB_BASICS">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_LISTBOX_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_LB_BASICS">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3156169 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_EDIT_RID_DLG_NEWLIB_RID_ED_LIBNAME">Enter a name for the new module, dialog, or library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_EDIT_RID_DLG_NEWLIB_RID_ED_LIBNAME">Enter a name for the new module, dialog or library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3155126 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_PB_APPEND">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_PB_APPEND">Locate the $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list and then click Open.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130100.xhp par_id3149457 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD:ED_REPEAT_PASSWD">Repeat the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD:ED_REPEAT_PASSWD">Re-enter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3154840 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Locate that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Locate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list and then click Open.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3155892 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REF">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REF">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3149812 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REPL">Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REPL">The current library replaces one with the same name.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3159158 4 help.text]
en: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window, and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.
en_GB: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11090000.xhp hd_id3153255 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp" name="Object Catalog">Object Catalog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp" name="Object Catalogue">Object Catalogue</link>

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3147576 15 help.text]
en: Double click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.
en_GB: Double-click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double-click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3154515 3 help.text]
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11100000.xhp par_id3147399 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11110000.xhp par_id3156414 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organizer"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organiser"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11120000.xhp hd_id3149497 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp" name="Find Parentheses">Find Parentheses</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp" name="Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)">Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)</link>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3155150 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket, and then click this icon.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket and then click this icon.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3147276 3 help.text]
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11140000.xhp par_id3150445 3 help.text]
en: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text, and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert and then click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3152363 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialog to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialogue box to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3154897 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp" name="Manage Breakpoints dialog"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp" name="Manage Breakpoints dialogue box"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id3152363 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialog to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialogue box to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505360 help.text]
en: Dialogs can contain localization data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localization status can occur.
en_GB: Dialogs can contain localisation data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localisation status can occur.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505320 help.text]
en: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localized at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.
en_GB: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localised at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505383 help.text]
en: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localized at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localised at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp bm_id3150402 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numerical field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numeric field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3157958 5 help.text]
en: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties dialog">properties dialog</link>.
en_GB: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties dialogue box">properties dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3148538 6 help.text]
en: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy, and paste command.
en_GB: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy and paste command.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3156181 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text, and not for entering text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text and not for entering text.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3153712 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box where you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box in which you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3155176 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box where you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box in which you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3154199 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click, and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read only".
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read-only".

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3150046 39 help.text]
en: If you assign the "dropdown" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.
en_GB: If you assign the "drop-down" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3146320 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box where you can define the formatting for text that is inputted or outputted as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box in which you can define the formatting for text that is input or output as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3145632 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3151105 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialog where you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialogue box with which you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id1261940 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialog</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialogue box</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
en: <variable id="moreontop">More explanations on top of this page. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="moreontop">More explanations at the top of this page. </variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_idN105AF help.text]
en: <variable id="optional">In the %PRODUCTNAME Calc functions, parameters marked as "optional" can be left out only when no parameter follows. For example, in a function with four parameters, where the last two parameters are marked as "optional", you can leave out parameter 4 or parameters 3 and 4, but you cannot leave out parameter 3 alone. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="optional">In the %PRODUCTNAME Calc functions, parameters marked as "optional" can be omitted only when no parameter follows. For example, in a function with four parameters, in which the last two parameters are marked as "optional", you can omit parameter 4 or parameters 3 and 4, but you cannot omit parameter 3 alone. </variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id9751884 help.text]
en: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250), and hence may not be portable.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250) and hence may not be portable.</variable>

[ctx: 00000402.xhp par_id3154123 11 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Delete Contents</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Delete Content</emph>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3147363 17 help.text]
en: <variable id="zellinhalte">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zellinhalte">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Content</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3146919 18 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents - Recalculate</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Content - Recalculate</emph>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3150941 19 help.text]
en: <variable id="exatmb">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents - AutoCalculate</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exatmb">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Content - AutoCalculate</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151276 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="autoeingabe">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autoeingabe">Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Content - AutoInput</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3147558 53 help.text]
en: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3153297 50 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialog choose the option <emph>Current selection</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialogue box choose the option <emph>Current selection</emph>.

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3145118 54 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>, in the Select Source dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_idN10A96 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENARIO_EDIT">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENARIO_EDIT">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3157876 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_NAVIPI_DROP">Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_NAVIPI_DROP">Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging-and-dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3880733 help.text]
en: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save the document before you can use the hyperlink.
en_GB: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save that document before you can use the hyperlink.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153415 3 help.text]
en: The<emph> Headers/Footers </emph>dialog contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the <emph>Same content left/right</emph> option was not marked in the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Headers/Footers</emph> dialogue box contains the tabs for defining headers and footers. There will be separate tabs for the left and right page headers and footers if the <emph>Same content left/right</emph> option was not marked in the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02120100.xhp bm_id3153360 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page styles; headers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page styles; footers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>headers; defining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>footers; defining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file names in headers/footers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing;dates, automatically</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates;updating automatically</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>automatic date updates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles; headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles; footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file names in headers/footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;dates, automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates;updating automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic date updates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02120100.xhp hd_id3148648 5 help.text]
en: Center Area
en_GB: Centre Area

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3163710 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3150717 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT">Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Attributes </emph>dialog contains the tab pages <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font">Font</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Effects">Font Effects</link> and <link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Font Position">Font Position</link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT">Opens a dialogue box to assign formats to new or selected text.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Attributes</emph> dialogue box contains the tab pages <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font">Font</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Effects">Font Effects</link> and <link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Font Position">Font Position</link>.

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3150206 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the submenu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the sub-menu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp bm_id8473769 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>filling;selection lists</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>selection lists;filling cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filling;selection lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection lists;filling cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02140200.xhp par_id3153361 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the left most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the leftmost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150793 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottommost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150447 3 help.text]
en: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottom most cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottom most cells are copied into those selected above.
en_GB: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottommost cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottommost cells are copied into those selected above.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3146119 5 help.text]
en: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty gray box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.
en_GB: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty grey box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3153726 6 help.text]
en: Press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and click the tab of the sheet where you want to insert the contents.
en_GB: Press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and click the tab of the sheet into which you want to insert the contents.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3147436 7 help.text]
en: Select the command <emph>Edit - Fill - Sheet</emph>. In the dialog which appears, the check box <emph>Numbers</emph> must be selected (or <emph>Paste All</emph>) if you want to combine operations with the values. You can also choose the desired operation here.
en_GB: Select the command <emph>Edit - Fill - Sheet</emph>. In the dialogue box which appears, the check box <emph>Numbers</emph> must be selected (or <emph>Paste All</emph>) if you want to combine operations with the values. You can also choose the desired operation here.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3156283 9 help.text]
en: This dialog is similar to the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Contents">Paste Contents</link> dialog, where you can find additional tips.
en_GB: This dialogue box is similar to the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Contents">Paste Contents</link> dialogue box, in which you can find additional tips.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3148797 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="reihenfuellentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillSeries">Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="reihenfuellentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillSeries">Automatically generate series with the options in this dialogue box. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3145748 3 help.text]
en: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3149257 15 help.text]
en: Defines the series type. Choose between <emph>Linear, Growth, Date </emph>and <emph>AutoFill</emph>.
en_GB: Defines the series type. Choose between <emph>Linear, Growth, Date</emph> and <emph>AutoFill</emph>.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3156288 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_FILLSERIES:BTN_AUTOFILL">Forms a series directly in the sheet.</ahelp> The AutoFill function takes account of customized lists. For example, by entering <emph>January</emph> in the first cell, the series is completed using the list defined under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_FILLSERIES:BTN_AUTOFILL">Forms a series directly in the sheet.</ahelp> The AutoFill function takes account of customised lists. For example, by entering <emph>January</emph> in the first cell, the series is completed using the list defined under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3155811 24 help.text]
en: AutoFill tries to complete a value series by using a defined pattern. The series 1,3,5 is automatically completed with 7,9,11,13, and so on. Date and time series are completed accordingly; for example, after 01.01.99 and 15.01.99, an interval of 14 days is used.
en_GB: AutoFill tries to complete a value series by using a defined pattern. The series 1, 3, 5 is automatically completed with 7, 9, 11, 13 and so on. Date and time series are completed accordingly; for example, after 01/01/1999 and 15/01/1999, an interval of 14 days is used.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3154739 40 help.text]
en: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_FILLSERIES:ED_INCREMENT"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.
en_GB: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_FILLSERIES:ED_INCREMENT"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content; deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3159154 21 help.text]
en: This dialog is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3145367 22 help.text]
en: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialog or changing formats.
en_GB: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialogue box or changing formats.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3153951 23 help.text]
en: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete contents and formats without the dialog.
en_GB: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete content and formats without the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3154015 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148405 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3149567 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp hd_id3154703 13 help.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148485 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3154490 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialog is next called.
en_GB: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialogue box is next called.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3145801 7 help.text]
en: You cannot delete a sheet while <emph>Edit - Changes - Record</emph> is activated.
en_GB: You cannot delete a sheet if changes to the document are being recorded, as in when <emph>Edit - Changes - Record</emph> is activated.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3154510 6 help.text]
en: Cancels the dialog. No delete is performed.
en_GB: Cancels the dialogue box. No delete is performed.

[ctx: 03070000.xhp par_id3147230 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewRowColumnHeaders">Shows column headers and row headers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewRowColumnHeaders">Shows column headers and row headers when marked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp bm_id3151384 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values;highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>highlighting; values in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values;highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>highlighting; values in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3154366 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewValueHighlighting">Displays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewValueHighlighting">Displays cell content in different colours, depending on type.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145785 help.text]
en: Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, and number cells in blue, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Text cells are formatted in black, number cells in blue and all other types of cells, such as formulae, logical values and dates, are formatted in green.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3153188 help.text]
en: If this function is active, colors that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colors are displayed again.
en_GB: If this function is active, colours that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colours are displayed again.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3156423 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InputLineVisible">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas.</ahelp> The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InputLineVisible">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulae.</ahelp> The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3150542 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zelleneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCell">Opens the<emph> Insert Cells </emph>dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.</ahelp></variable> You can delete cells by choosing <link href="text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Delete Cells"><emph>Edit - Delete Cells</emph></link>.
en_GB: <variable id="zelleneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCell">Opens the <emph>Insert Cells</emph> dialogue box, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.</ahelp></variable> You can delete cells by choosing <link href="text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Delete Cells"><emph>Edit - Delete Cells</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3152596 6 help.text]
en: <variable id="zellenuntentext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_CELLSDOWN">Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zellenuntentext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_CELLSDOWN">Moves the contents of the selected range downwards when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155417 10 help.text]
en: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_INSROWS">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downward.
en_GB: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_INSROWS">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downwards.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155068 12 help.text]
en: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_INSCOLS">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns are shifted to the right.
en_GB: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCELL:BTN_INSCOLS">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns is shifted to the right.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3150767 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows" visibility="visible">Inserts a new row above the active cell.</ahelp> The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows" visibility="visible">Inserts a new row above the active cell.</ahelp> The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downwards.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3147264 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet, or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149262 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3159267 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a dialog for selecting a file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN105F7 help.text]
en: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialog to locate the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialogue box to locate the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN10609 help.text]
en: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialog, select the sheet that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialogue box, select the sheet that you want to insert.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3147426 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="AutoPilot: Functions">Function Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Function Wizard">Function Wizard</link>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145271 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="funktionsautopilottext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FunctionDialog">Opens the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, which helps you to interactively create formulas.</ahelp></variable> Before you start the Wizard, select a cell or a range of cells from the current sheet, in order to determine the position at which the formula will be inserted.
en_GB: <variable id="funktionsautopilottext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FunctionDialog">Opens the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, which helps you to interactively create formulae.</ahelp></variable> Before you start the Wizard, select a cell or a range of cells from the current sheet, in order to determine the position at which the formula will be inserted.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3159153 60 help.text]
en: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulas, and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.
en_GB: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulae and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3153417 37 help.text]
en: <variable id="kategorienliste"><ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCTAB_FUNCTION:LB_CATEGORY">Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below.</ahelp> Select "All" to view all functions in alphabetical order, irrespective of category. "Last Used" lists the functions you have most recently used. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="kategorienliste"><ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCTAB_FUNCTION:LB_CATEGORY">Lists all the categories to which the different functions are assigned. Select a category to view the appropriate functions in the list field below.</ahelp> Select "All" to view all functions in alphabetical order, irrespective of category. "Last Used" lists the functions you have most recently used.</variable>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3149566 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_FORMULA:BTN_MATRIX">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula. </ahelp> Array formulas operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_FORMULA:BTN_MATRIX">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula. </ahelp> Array formulae operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155959 61 help.text]
en: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter command, which is used to enter and confirm formulas in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces { }.
en_GB: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter command, which is used to enter and confirm formulae in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces { }.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145587 15 help.text]
en: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp" name="date entries">date entries</link>, make sure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet.
en_GB: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialogue box. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell or drag across the required range in the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numeric and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialogue box. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp" name="date entries">date entries</link>, ensure you use the correct format. Click OK to insert the result into the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148700 23 help.text]
en: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold print.
en_GB: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3153064 22 help.text]
en: f(x) (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: f(x) (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3145076 25 help.text]
en: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3149898 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_FAP_FORMULA">Displays the created formula. Type your entries directly, or create the formula using the wizard.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_FAP_FORMULA">Displays the created formula. Type your entries directly or create the formula with assistance of the wizard.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3149316 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_FORMULA:BTN_FORWARD">Moves forward through the formula components in the formula window.</ahelp> This button can also be used to assign functions to the formula. If you select a function and click the <emph>Next </emph>button, the selection appears in the formula window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_FORMULA:BTN_FORWARD">Moves forwards through the formula components in the formula window.</ahelp> This button can also be used to assign functions to the formula. If you select a function and click the <emph>Next</emph> button, the selection appears in the formula window.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147402 59 help.text]
en: Closes the dialog without implementing the formula.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box without implementing the formula.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3153029 33 help.text]
en: Ends the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, and transfers the formula to the selected cells.
en_GB: Ends the <emph>Function Wizard</emph> and transfers the formula into the selected cell or cells.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3153122 48 help.text]
en: On this page, you can view the structure of the function.
en_GB: In this page you can view the structure of the function.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148886 63 help.text]
en: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as text, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.
en_GB: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as a text string, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.

[ctx: 04060100.xhp bm_id3148575 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3148946 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; database functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases; functions in $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; database functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases; functions in $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3145173 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="datenbanktext">This section deals with functions used with data organized as one row of data for one record. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="datenbanktext">This section deals with functions used with data organised as one row of data for one record. </variable>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155766 3 help.text]
en: The range A1:E10 lists the children invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each entry: column A shows the name, B the grade, then age in years, distance to school in meters and weight in kilograms.
en_GB: The range A1:E10 lists the children invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each entry: column A shows the name, B the grade, then age in years, distance to school in metres and weight in kilograms.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3151272 86 help.text]
en: <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column where the function operates on after the search criteria of the first parameter is applied and the data rows are selected. It is not related to the search criteria itself. Use the number 0 to specify the whole data range. <variable id="quotes">To reference a column by means of the column header name, place quotation marks around the header name. </variable>
en_GB: <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column on which the function operates after the search criteria of the first parameter is applied and the data rows are selected. It is not related to the search criteria itself. Use the number 0 to specify the whole data range. <variable id="quotes">To reference a column by means of the column header name, place quotation marks around the header name. </variable>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3150882 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DCOUNT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DCOUNT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3156133 89 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL">DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numerical values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL">DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numeric values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3153623 93 help.text]
en: In the example above (scroll up, please), we want to know how many children have to travel more than 600 meters to school. The result is to be stored in cell B16. Set the cursor in cell B16. Enter the formula <item type="input">=DCOUNT(A1:E10;0;A13:E14)</item> in B16. The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> helps you to input ranges.
en_GB: In the example above (scroll up, please), we want to know how many children have to travel more than 600 metres to school. The result is to be stored in cell B16. Set the cursor in cell B16. Enter the formula <item type="input">=DCOUNT(A1:E10;0;A13:E14)</item> in B16. The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> helps you to input ranges.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3149142 94 help.text]
en: <emph>Database</emph> is the range of data to be evaluated, including its headers: in this case A1:E10. <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column for the search criteria: in this case, the whole database. <emph>SearchCriteria</emph> is the range where you can enter the search parameters: in this case, A13:E14.
en_GB: <emph>Database</emph> is the range of data to be evaluated, including its headers: in this case A1:E10. <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column for the search criteria: in this case, the whole database. <emph>SearchCriteria</emph> is the range in which you can enter the search parameters: in this case, A13:E14.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3145652 95 help.text]
en: To learn how many children in second grade are over 7 years of age, delete the entry >600 in cell D14 and enter <item type="input">2</item> in cell B14 under Grade, and enter <item type="input">>7</item> in cell C14 to the right. The result is 2. Two children are in second grade and over 7 years of age. As both criteria are in the same row, they are connected by AND.
en_GB: To learn how many children in second grade are over 7 years of age, delete the entry >600 in cell D14 and enter <item type="input">2</item> in cell B14 under Grade and enter <item type="input">>7</item> in cell C14 to the right. The result is 2. Two children are in second grade and over 7 years of age. As both criteria are in the same row, they are connected by AND.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3156123 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DCOUNTA function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>records;counting in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric or alphanumeric values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DCOUNTA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>records;counting in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric or alphanumeric values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3156110 98 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2">DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions, and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2">DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3153982 102 help.text]
en: In the example above (scroll up, please), you can search for the number of children whose name starts with an E or a subsequent letter. Edit the formula in B16 to read <item type="input">=DCOUNTA(A1:E10;"Name";A13:E14)</item>. Delete the old search criteria and enter <item type="input">>=E</item> under Name in field A14. The result is 5. If you now delete all number values for Greta in row 8, the result changes to 4. Row 8 is no longer included in the count because it does not contain any values. The name Greta is text, not a value. Note that the DatabaseField parameter must point to a column that can contain values.
en_GB: In the example above (scroll up, please), you can search for the number of children whose names start with an E or a subsequent letter. Edit the formula in B16 to read <item type="input">=DCOUNTA(A1:E10;"Name";A13:E14)</item>. Delete the old search criteria and enter <item type="input">>=E</item> under Name in field A14. The result is 5. If you now delete all number values for Greta in row 8, the result changes to 4. Row 8 is no longer included in the count because it does not contain any values. The name Greta is text, not a value. Note that the DatabaseField parameter must point to a column that can contain values.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3147256 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DGET function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cell contents;searching in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;cell contents in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DGET function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;searching in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;contents of cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155388 109 help.text]
en: In the above example (scroll up, please), we want to determine what grade a child is in, whose name was entered in cell A14. The formula is entered in cell B16 and differs slightly from the earlier examples because only one column (one database field) can be entered for <emph>DatabaseField</emph>. Enter the following formula:
en_GB: In the above example (scroll up, please), we want to determine which grade that a child, whose name was entered in cell A14, is in. The formula is entered in cell B16 and differs slightly from the earlier examples because only one column (one database field) can be entered for <emph>DatabaseField</emph>. Enter the following formula:

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3150524 111 help.text]
en: Enter the name <item type="input">Frank</item> in A14, and you see the result 2. Frank is in second grade. Enter <item type="input">"Age"</item> instead of "Grade" and you will get Frank's age.
en_GB: Enter the name <item type="input">Frank</item> in A14 and you will see the result 2. Frank is in second grade. Enter <item type="input">"Age"</item> instead of "Grade" and you will get Frank's age.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3148833 112 help.text]
en: Or enter the value <item type="input">11</item> in cell C14 only, and delete the other entries in this row. Edit the formula in B16 as follows:
en_GB: Or enter the value <item type="input">11</item> in cell C14 only and delete the other entries in this row. Edit the formula in B16 as follows:

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3149766 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DMAX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>maximum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;maximum values in columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DMAX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;maximum values in columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3150510 122 help.text]
en: Under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. After entering a grade number, the weight of the heaviest child in that grade appears.
en_GB: Under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. After entering a grade number, the weight of the heaviest child in that grade will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3159141 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DMIN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>minimum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;minimum values in columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DMIN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minimum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;minimum values in columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3148917 130 help.text]
en: In row 14, under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. The shortest distance to school for each grade appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. The shortest distance to school for each grade will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3154274 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DAVERAGE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>averages; in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;averages in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DAVERAGE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages; in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;averages in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155587 138 help.text]
en: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The average weight of all children of the same age appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The average weight of all children of the same age will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3159269 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DPRODUCT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>multiplying;cell contents in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DPRODUCT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplying;contents of cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3152879 140 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT">DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range where the cell contents match the search criteria.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT">DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3148462 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DSTDEV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on a sample</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSTDEV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on a sample</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3150429 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DSTDEVP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on populations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSTDEVP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on populations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3154794 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DSUM function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sums;cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSUM function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;sums in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums;cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3155614 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DVAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances;based on samples</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DVAR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances;based on samples</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3153880 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DVARP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances;based on populations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DVARP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances;based on populations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3146902 185 help.text]
en: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The variance of the weight values for all children of this age attending Joe's birthday party appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The variance of the weight values for all children of this age attending Joe's birthday party will appear.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_idN10600 help.text]
en: The functions whose names end with _ADD return the same results as the corresponding Microsoft Excel functions. Use the functions without _ADD to get results based on international standards. For example, the WEEKNUM function calculates the week number of a given date based on international standard ISO 8601, while WEEKNUM_ADD returns the same week number as Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: The functions whose names end with _ADD return the same results as the corresponding Microsoft Excel functions. Use the functions without _ADD to obtain results based on international standards. For example, the WEEKNUM function calculates the week number of a given date based on international standard ISO 6801, while WEEKNUM_ADD returns the same week number as Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id3150437 170 help.text]
en: $[officename] internally handles a date/time value as a numerical value. If you assign the numbering format "Number" to a date or time value, it is converted to a number. For example, 01/01/2000 12:00 PM, converts to 36526.5. The value preceding the decimal point corresponds to the date; the value following the decimal point corresponds to the time. If you do not want to see this type of numerical date or time representation, change the number format (date or time) accordingly. To do this, select the cell containing the date or time value, call its context menu and select <emph>Format Cells</emph>. The <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page contains the functions for defining the number format.
en_GB: $[officename] internally handles a date/time value as a numeric value. If you assign the numbering format "Number" to a date or time value, it is converted to a number. For example, 01/01/2000 12:00 PM, converts to 36526.5. The value preceding the decimal point corresponds to the date; the value following the decimal point corresponds to the time. If you do not want to see this type of numeric date or time representation, change the number format (date or time) accordingly. To do this, select the cell containing the date or time value, call its context menu and select <emph>Format Cells</emph>. The <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page contains the functions for defining the number format.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id6794030 help.text]
en: '12/30/1899'
en_GB: '30/12/1899'

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id3150654 185 help.text]
en: When entering dates, slashes or dashes used as date separators may be interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not always recognized as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulas, place them in quotation marks, for example, "07/20/54".
en_GB: When entering dates, slashes or dashes used as date separators may be interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not always recognised as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulae, place them in quotation marks, for example, "20/07/54".

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>amortizations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153366 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3147434 360 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortization.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortisation.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144765 365 help.text]
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153765 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3159264 370 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortization. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortisation. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146920 373 help.text]
en: <emph>Cost</emph> means the acquisition costs.
en_GB: <emph>Cost</emph> is the acquisition costs.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148488 375 help.text]
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148599 346 help.text]
en: A security is issued on 2001-02-28. First interest is set for 2001-08-31. The settlement date is 2001-05-01. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 28/02/2001. First interest is set for 31/08/2001. The settlement date is 01/05/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148840 347 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("2001-02-28";"2001-08-31";"2001-05-01";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("28/02/2001";"31/08/2001";"01/05/2001";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151240 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154541 357 help.text]
en: A security is issued on 2001-04-01. The maturity date is set for 2001-06-15. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 01/04/2001. The maturity date is set for 15/06/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149128 358 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("2001-04-01";"2001-06-15";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("01/04/2001";"15/06/2001";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3145753 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154735 399 help.text]
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: May 15 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 15th May 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147556 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153301 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present (current) value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150395 8 help.text]
en: PV(Rate; NPer; Pmt; FV; Type)
en_GB: PV(Rate; NumPeriods; Payment; FV; Type)

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153023 10 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146323 11 help.text]
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the regular payment made per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment made each period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150536 12 help.text]
en: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final installment has been made.
en_GB: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final instalment has been made.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3152978 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146142 31 help.text]
en: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulas available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:
en_GB: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulae available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155998 86 help.text]
en: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost, and so on.
en_GB: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost and so on.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3155104 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148834 412 help.text]
en: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3) how long is the duration?
en_GB: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3), what is the duration?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3159147 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>annual net interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating; annual net interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>net annual interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>EFFECTIVE function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>annual net interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; annual net interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>net annual interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EFFECTIVE function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145417 90 help.text]
en: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in installments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.
en_GB: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in instalments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147241 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155118 417 help.text]
en: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NPerY)
en_GB: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154274 419 help.text]
en: <emph>NPerY </emph>is the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149998 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149736 107 help.text]
en: <emph>Period</emph> states the period for which the value is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> defines the length of the period over which the value is to be calculated. The period must be entered in the same time unit as Life.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154106 111 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2) </item>= 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation in the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2)</item> = 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation during the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149962 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153948 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3143282 129 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments), and at least one value must be positive (income).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments) and at least one value must be positive (income).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144758 132 help.text]
en: <emph>Values</emph> represents an array containing the values.
en_GB: <emph>Values</emph> is an array containing the values.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150630 135 help.text]
en: Under the assumption that cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11,33%.
en_GB: Under the assumption that the cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11.33%.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151012 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148693 315 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortization installments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortisation instalments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145777 319 help.text]
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of installments for calculation of interest.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of instalments for calculation of interest.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153678 320 help.text]
en: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of installment periods.
en_GB: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of instalment periods.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149558 323 help.text]
en: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly installments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.
en_GB: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly instalments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1491134 help.text]
en: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localized into %PRODUCTNAME language)
en_GB: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localised into %PRODUCTNAME language)

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
en: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localized values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the English values.
en_GB: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localised values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the US English values.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id2873622 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operation system type.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operating system type.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3157975 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id6019165 help.text]
en: The example returns choochoo.
en_GB: The example returns <emph>choochoo</emph>.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3150688 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulas in other cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying;formulas at any position</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulae in other cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying;formulae at any position</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153923 153 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FORMULA(A8)</item> returns the text =SUM(1;2;3).
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORMULA(A8)</item> returns the text <emph>=SUM(1;2;3)</emph>.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3155409 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISREF function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;testing cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents;testing for references</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISREF function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;testing cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;testing for references</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146152 41 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested, to determine whether it is a reference.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested to determine whether it is a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id9728072 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text can never be a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text string can never be a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3626819 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text, although it looks like a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text string, although it looks like a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149282 46 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Tests for error conditions, except the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value except #N/A, FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146857 49 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to see whether an error value other than #N/A is present.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to determine whether an error value other than #N/A is present.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3147081 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognizing;general errors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising;general errors</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156316 54 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Tests for error conditions, including the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value (including #N/A), FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154047 57 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is or refers to the value to be tested. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is, or refers to, the value to be tested to determine whether it is an error value. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153618 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognizing formula cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula cells;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising formula cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula cells;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3147253 230 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns 1 if the number divided by 2 returns a whole number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns TRUE (1) if the number returns a whole number when divided by 2.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3154692 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents;no text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;no text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155330 69 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell contents are text or numbers, and returns FALSE if the contents are text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell content is text or numbers and returns FALSE if the content is text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146992 72 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text or numbers or a Boolean value.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text string or numbers or a Boolean value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3159148 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blank cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty cells; recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blank cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty cells; recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3148800 78 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the content of a cell is empty. A cell with a formula inside is not empty.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the cell is empty. A cell containing a formula is not empty.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146946 89 help.text]
en: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE), and returns FALSE otherwise.
en_GB: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) and returns FALSE otherwise.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3166442 91 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE, because 99 is a number, not a logical value.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE as 99 is a number, not a logical value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153685 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154852 99 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE as a result.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3149426 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3145368 102 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell contents refer to text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3148688 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents;numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154618 111 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154670 243 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=N("abc")</item> returns 0
en_GB: <item type="input">=N("abc") </item>returns 0

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153196 155 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or contents of a cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or content of a cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154716 158 help.text]
en: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the character string that specifies the type of information. The character string is always in English. Upper or lower case is optional.
en_GB: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the text string that specifies the type of information. The text string is always in English. Upper- or lower-case is optional.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149169 164 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3159198 176 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3150245 177 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS";'X:\dr\test.sxc'#$Sheet1.D2)</item> returns 'file:///X:/dr/test.sxc'#$Sheet1.$D$2.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS"; 'X:\dr\test.sxc'#$Sheet1.D2)</item> returns <emph>'file:///X:/dr/test.sxc'#$Sheet1.$D$2</emph>.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3148896 180 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CELL("FILENAME";D2)</item> returns 'file:///X:/dr/own.sxc'#$Sheet1, if the formula in the current document X:\dr\own.sxc is located in Sheet1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("FILENAME";D2)</item> returns <emph>'file:///X:/dr/own.sxc'#$Sheet1</emph>, if the formula in the current document X:\dr\own.sxc is located in Sheet1.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155144 181 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CELL("FILENAME";'X:\dr\test.sxc'#$Sheet1.D2)</item> returns 'file:///X:/dr/test.sxc'#$Sheet1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("FILENAME"; 'X:\dr\test.sxc'#$Sheet1.D2)</item> returns <emph>'file:///X:/dr/test.sxc'#$Sheet1</emph>.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155344 189 help.text]
en: Returns the type of cell contents.
en_GB: Returns the type of cell content.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154920 194 help.text]
en: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text and the default size.
en_GB: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text with the default size.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149038 199 help.text]
en: ^ = centered
en_GB: ^ = centred

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3150220 206 help.text]
en: Returns a character string that indicates the number format.
en_GB: Returns a text string that indicates the number format.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153375 223 help.text]
en: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in color
en_GB: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in colour

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154594 225 help.text]
en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3152922 226 help.text]
en: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in color, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in colour, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156072 228 help.text]
en: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening bracket (, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening round bracket (, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156090 159 help.text]
en: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is missing, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is omitted, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp bm_id3153484 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153959 65 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns the FALSE value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3159123 32 help.text]
en: AND(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)
en_GB: AND(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30)

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3150038 33 help.text]
en: <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row. The result is TRUE if the logical value in all cells within the cell range is TRUE.
en_GB: <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30</emph> are 1 to 30 conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row. The result is TRUE if the logical value in all cells within the cell range is TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153123 35 help.text]
en: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12, and 7<6 are to be checked:
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12 and 7<6 are to be checked:

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3149946 60 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=AND (FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=AND(FALSE; TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3149890 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3150132 18 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will evaluate FALSE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will return FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3156060 61 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE, if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3150468 23 help.text]
en: OR(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30)
en_GB: OR(LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30)

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3155819 24 help.text]
en: <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2 ...LogicalValue30</emph> are conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row.
en_GB: <emph>LogicalValue1; LogicalValue2; ... LogicalValue30</emph> are 1 to 30 conditions to be checked. All conditions can be either TRUE or FALSE. If a range is entered as a parameter, the function uses the value from the range that is in the current column or row.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154870 26 help.text]
en: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22, and 45=45 are to be checked.
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22 and 45=45 are to be checked.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3158412 59 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=OR(FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OR(FALSE; TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3155985 39 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value TRUE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083285 44 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=AND(A;B)</item> returns FALSE
en_GB: <item type="input">=AND(A; B)</item> returns FALSE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083444 45 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=OR(A;B)</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=OR(A; B)</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154314 46 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A;B))</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A; B))</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154943 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc.</variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Function"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.
en_GB: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc. </variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Function"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148438 37 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148586 48 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=COUNTBLANK(A1:B2)</item> returns 4 if cells A1, A2, B1, and B2 are all empty.
en_GB: <item type="input">=COUNTBLANK(A1:B2)</item> returns 4 if cells A1, A2, B1 and B2 are all empty.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3145163 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine (arc cosine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159134 54 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is <emph>Number</emph>. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3149000 64 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic cosine is Number.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic cosine is <emph>Number</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id6393932 help.text]
en: Number must be greater than or equal to 1.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> must be greater than or equal to +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155818 71 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse cotangent (the arccotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent (arc cotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154948 74 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is <emph>Number</emph>. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3146155 84 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic cotangent is Number.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic cotangent is <emph>Number</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5818659 help.text]
en: An error results if Number is between -1 and 1 inclusive.
en_GB: An error results if <emph>Number</emph> is in the range -1.0 to +1.0 inclusive.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156296 91 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine (arc sine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3150964 94 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and +PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is <emph>Number</emph>. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147621 104 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic sine is Number.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic sine is <emph>Number</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3149985 111 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent (arc tangent) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147267 114 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is <emph>Number</emph>. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154297 121 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN2">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of the specified x and y coordinates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN2">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent (arc tangent) of the specified x- and y-coordinates.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151168 124 help.text]
en: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value of the x coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152798 125 help.text]
en: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value of the y coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5036164 help.text]
en: ATAN2 returns the inverse trigonometric tangent, that is, the angle (in radians) between the x-axis and a line from point NumberX, NumberY to the origin. The angle returned is between -PI and PI.
en_GB: ATAN2 returns the inverse trigonometric tangent, that is, the angle (in radians) between the x-axis and a line from point <emph>NumberX, NumberY</emph> to the origin. The angle returned is in the range -PI to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3150521 134 help.text]
en: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic tangent is Number.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the number whose hyperbolic tangent is <emph>Number</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9357280 help.text]
en: Number must obey the condition -1 < number < 1.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> must obey the condition -1.0 < <emph>Number</emph> < +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152952 212 help.text]
en: Returns Number!, the factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, calculated as 1*2*3*4* ... * Number.
en_GB: Returns Number!, the factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, calculated as 1 * 2 * 3 * 4 * ... * <emph>Number</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147525 214 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1 (by definition).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154524 240 help.text]
en: GCD(Integer1; Integer2; ...; Integer30)
en_GB: GCD(Integer1; Integer2; ... Integer30)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3149340 241 help.text]
en: <emph>Integer1 To 30</emph> are up to 30 integers whose greatest common divisor is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Integer1; Integer2; ... Integer30</emph> are 1 to 30 integers for which the greatest common divisor is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3145150 681 help.text]
en: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of up to 30 numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of 1 to 30 numbers.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3445844 help.text]
en: If Value is not an integer any digits after the decimal point are ignored. The sign of Value is also ignored.
en_GB: If <emph>Value</emph> is not an integer any digits after the decimal point are ignored. The sign of <emph>Value</emph> is also ignored.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151375 258 help.text]
en: ISODD(value)
en_GB: ISODD(Value)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9027680 help.text]
en: If Value is not an integer any digits after the decimal point are ignored. The sign of Value is also ignored.
en_GB: If <emph>Value</emph> is not an integer any digits after the decimal point are ignored. The sign of <emph>Value</emph> is also ignored.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147279 268 help.text]
en: LCM(Integer1; Integer2; ...; Integer30)
en_GB: LCM(Integer1; Integer2; ... Integer30)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156348 269 help.text]
en: <emph>Integer1 to 30</emph> are up to 30 integers whose lowest common multiple is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Integer1; Integer2; ... Integer30</emph> are 1 to 30 integers for which the lowest common multiple is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154914 271 help.text]
en: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">512</item>;<item type="input">1024</item> and <item type="input">2000</item> in the Integer 1;2 and 3 text boxes, 128000 will be returned as the result.
en_GB: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">512</item>, <item type="input">1024</item> and <item type="input">2000</item> in the Integer 1, 2 and 3 text boxes, 128000 will be returned as the result.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147377 688 help.text]
en: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of up to 30 numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of 1 to 30 numbers.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156172 274 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for elements without repetition.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for a given number of objects (without repetition).</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id1997131 help.text]
en: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AA, AB, AC, BB, BC and CC.
en_GB: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AB, BA, AC, CA, BC and CB.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148548 557 help.text]
en: The <emph>visible</emph> decimal places of the result are specified in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.
en_GB: The <emph>visible</emph> decimal places of the result correspond to the number of decimal places specified in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152569 298 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TRUNC(1.239;2)</item> returns 1.23. The 9 is lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRUNC(1.239;2)</item> returns 1.23. The 9 is omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id7050080 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TRUNC(-1.234999;3)</item> returns -1.234. All the 9s are lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRUNC(-1.234999;3)</item> returns -1.234. All the 9s are omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155297 305 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose natural logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the natural logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144746 315 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155000 337 help.text]
en: <emph>Significance</emph> is the number to whose multiple the value is to be rounded up.
en_GB: <emph>Significance</emph> is the number that the value is to be rounded up to a multiple of.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155020 559 help.text]
en: <emph>Mode</emph> is an optional value. If the Mode value is given and not equal to zero, and if Number and Significance are negative, then rounding is done based on the absolute value of Number. This parameter is ignored when exporting to MS Excel as Excel does not know any third parameter.
en_GB: <emph>Mode</emph> is an optional value. If the Mode parameter is supplied and is not equal to zero and if Number and Significance are negative, rounding up is carried out based on the absolute value of Number. This parameter is omitted when exporting to Microsoft Excel since Excel does not support a third parameter for this function.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163792 629 help.text]
en: If both parameters Number and Significance are negative and the Mode value is equal to zero or is not given, the results in $[officename] and Excel will differ after the import has been completed. If you export the spreadsheet to Excel, use Mode=1 to see the same results in Excel as in Calc.
en_GB: If both parameters <emph>Number</emph> and <emph>Significance</emph> are negative and the <emph>Mode</emph> value is equal to zero or is not given, the results in $[officename] and Microsoft Excel will differ after the import has been completed. If you export the spreadsheet to Microsoft Excel, use Mode = 1 to see the same results in Microsoft Excel as in Calc.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3157790 344 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979, the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979..., the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152370 348 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979... as a rounded value.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155673 639 help.text]
en: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of up to 30 numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number(s)</emph> is a list of 1 to 30 numbers.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159495 351 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns a number raised to another number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns the result of a number raised to a power.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159526 353 help.text]
en: POWER(Base; Exponent)
en_GB: POWER(Base; Power) or Base ^ Power

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159540 354 help.text]
en: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Exponent</emph>.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Power</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9759514 help.text]
en: <item type="literal">Base^Exponent</item>
en_GB: <item type="literal">Base^Power</item>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id1614429 help.text]
en: =4^3 also returns 4 to the power of 3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=4^3</item> also returns 4 to the power of 3.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144357 648 help.text]
en: <emph>M</emph> is the increment to increase N
en_GB: <emph>M</emph> is the increment by which to increase <emph>N</emph>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144446 364 help.text]
en: PRODUCT(Number1; Number2; ...; Number30)
en_GB: PRODUCT(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144460 365 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1 to 30</emph> are up to 30 arguments whose product is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 arguments whose product is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id1589098 help.text]
en: PRODUCT returns number1 * number2 * number3 * ...
en_GB: PRODUCT returns Number1 * Number2 * Number_3 * ... Number_N

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3160368 370 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUADRATESUMME">If you want to calculate the sum of the squares of numbers (totaling up of the squares of the arguments), enter these into the text fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUADRATESUMME">If you want to calculate the sum of the squares of numbers (totalling up of the squares of the arguments), enter these into the text fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3160402 372 help.text]
en: SUMSQ(Number1; Number2; ...; Number30)
en_GB: SUMSQ(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3160415 373 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1 to 30</emph> are up to 30 arguments the sum of whose squares is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 arguments the sum of whose squares is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3160449 375 help.text]
en: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>; <item type="input">3</item> and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1; 2 and 3 text boxes, 29 is returned as the result.
en_GB: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>, <item type="input">3</item> and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1, 2 and 3 text boxes, 29 is returned as the result.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158276 388 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder when one integer is divided by another.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder after a number is divided by a divisor.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158321 391 help.text]
en: For integer arguments this function returns Dividend modulo Divisor, that is the remainder when <emph>Dividend</emph> is divided by <emph>Divisor</emph>.
en_GB: For integer arguments this function returns <emph>Dividend</emph> modulo <emph>Divisor</emph>, that is the remainder when <emph>Dividend</emph> is divided by <emph>Divisor</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158341 392 help.text]
en: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> , and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.
en_GB: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144627 653 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer part of a division operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer result of a division operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id7985168 help.text]
en: QUOTIENT is equivalent to <item type="literal">INT(numerator/denominator)</item>, except that it may report errors with different error codes.
en_GB: QUOTIENT is equivalent to <item type="literal">INT(Numerator/Denominator)</item>, except that it may report errors with different error codes.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144687 657 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158150 399 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Rounds a number to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Returns a number rounded to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158196 402 help.text]
en: Returns <emph>Number</emph> rounded to <emph>Count</emph> decimal places. If Count is omitted or zero, the function rounds to the nearest integer. If Count is negative, the function rounds to the nearest 10, 100, 1000, etc.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Number</emph> rounded to <emph>Count</emph> decimal places. If <emph>Count</emph> is omitted or zero, the function rounds to the nearest integer. If <emph>Count</emph> is negative, the function rounds to the nearest 10, 100, 1000, etc.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3146020 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN">Rounds a number down, toward zero, to a certain precision.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN">Rounds a number down, towards zero, to a certain precision.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163656 431 help.text]
en: SUM(Number1; Number2; ...; Number30)
en_GB: SUM(Number1; Number2; ...)

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163671 432 help.text]
en: <emph>Number 1 to Number 30</emph> are up to 30 arguments whose sum is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ...</emph> are 1 to 30 arguments whose sum is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163704 434 help.text]
en: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>; <item type="input">3 </item>and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1; 2 and 3 text boxes, 9 will be returned as the result.
en_GB: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>, <item type="input">3</item> and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1, 2 and 3 text boxes, 9 will be returned as the result.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151740 556 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=SUM(A1;A3;B5)</item> calculates the sum of the three cells. <item type="input">=SUM (A1:E10)</item> calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUM(A1;A3;B5)</item> calculates the sum of the three cells. <item type="input">=SUM(A1:E10)</item> calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151774 620 help.text]
en: Example assumption: You have entered invoices into a table. Column A contains the date value of the invoice, column B the amounts. You want to find a formula that you can use to return the total of all amounts only for a specific month, e.g. only the amount for the period >=2008-01-01 to <2008-02-01. The range with the date values covers A1:A40, the range containing the amounts to be totaled is B1:B40. C1 contains the start date, 2008<item type="input">-01-01</item>, of the invoices to be included and C2 the date, 2008<item type="input">-02-01</item>, that is no longer included.
en_GB: Example assumption: You have entered invoices into a table. Column A contains the date value of the invoice, column B the amounts. You want to find a formula that you can use to return the total of all amounts for only a specific month, e.g. only the amount for the period >=2008-01-01 to <2008-02-01. The range with the date values covers A1:A40, the range containing the amounts to be totalled is B1:B40. C1 contains the start date, <item type="input">2008-01-01</item>, of the invoices to be included and C2 the date, <item type="input">2008-02-01</item>, that is no longer included.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151828 623 help.text]
en: In order to enter this as an array formula, you must press the Shift<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>+ Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to close the formula. The formula will then be shown in the <emph>Formula</emph> bar enclosed in braces.
en_GB: In order to enter this as an array formula, you must press the Shift<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+ Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+ Enter keys instead of simply pressing the Enter key to close the formula. The formula will then be shown in the <emph>Formula</emph> bar enclosed by braces { }.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151884 625 help.text]
en: The formula is based on the fact that the result of a comparison is 1 if the criterion is met and 0 if it is not met. The individual comparison results will be treated as an array and used in matrix multiplication, and at the end the individual values will be totaled to give the result matrix.
en_GB: The formula is based on the fact that the result of a comparison is 1 if the criterion is met and 0 if it is not met. The individual comparison results will be treated as an array and used in matrix multiplication, and at the end the individual values will be totalled to give the result matrix.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152062 441 help.text]
en: <emph>Criteria</emph> is the cell in which the search criterion is shown, or the search criterion itself. If the criteria is written into the formula, it has to be surrounded by double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Criteria</emph> is a reference to a cell containing the search criterion, or the search criterion itself. If the criterion is written into the formula, it must be enclosed with double quotes.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id8347422 help.text]
en: SUMIF supports the reference concatenation operator (~) only in the Criteria parameter, and only if the optional SumRange parameter is not given.
en_GB: SUMIF supports the reference concatenation operator (~) only in the Criteria parameter and only if the optional SumRange parameter is not given.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152148 626 help.text]
en: To sum up only negative numbers: <item type="input">=SUMIF(A1:A10;"<0")</item>
en_GB: To sum only negative numbers: <item type="input">=SUMIF(A1:A10;"<0")</item>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143606 498 help.text]
en: <emph>Range</emph> is the range whose cells are included.
en_GB: <emph>Range</emph> is the range of cells included.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143638 562 help.text]
en: You have a table in the cell range A1:B5 containing cities in column A and accompanying figures in column B. You have used an AutoFilter so that you only see rows containing the city Hamburg. You want to see the sum of the figures that are displayed; that is, just the subtotal for the filtered rows. In this case the correct formula would be:
en_GB: You have a table in the cell range A1:B5 containing cities in column A and accompanying figures in column B. You have used an AutoFilter so that you only see rows containing the city Glasgow. You want to see the sum of the figures that are displayed; that is, just the subtotal for the filtered rows. In this case the correct formula would be:

[ctx: 04060106.xhp bm_id3143672 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Euro; converting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>euro; converting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143708 565 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN">Converts between old European national currency and to and from Euros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN">Converts between old European national currency and to and from euro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143763 568 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount of the currency to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount in the currency to be converted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143782 569 help.text]
en: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per Euro) were set by the European Commission.
en_GB: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per euro) were set by the European Commission.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143837 571 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into Euros.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into euro.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143853 572 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 Euros into German Marks.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 euro into German Marks.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id0908200902475420 help.text]
en: At one time the list of conversion factors included the legacy European currencies and the Euro (see examples below). We suggest using the new function EUROCONVERT for converting these currencies.
en_GB: At one time the list of conversion factors included the legacy European currencies and the euro (see examples below). We suggest using the new function EUROCONVERT for converting these currencies.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id090820090213112 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> returns the Euro value of 100 Austrian Schillings.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> returns the euro value of 100 Austrian Schillings.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id0908200902475431 help.text]
en: =CONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM") converts 100 Euros into German Marks.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 euro into German Marks.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3157497 517 help.text]
en: <emph>Significance</emph> is the value to whose multiple the number is to be rounded down.
en_GB: <emph>Significance</emph> is the value that the number is to be rounded down to a multiple of.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3157517 561 help.text]
en: <emph>Mode</emph> is an optional value. If the Mode value is given and not equal to zero, and if Number and Significance are negative, then rounding is done based on the absolute value of the number. This parameter is ignored when exporting to MS Excel as Excel does not know any third parameter.
en_GB: <emph>Mode</emph> is an optional value. If the Mode parameter is supplied and is not equal to zero, and if Number and Significance are negative, rounding up is carried out based on the absolute value of Number. This parameter is omitted when exporting to Microsoft Excel as Excel does not support a third parameter for this function.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163894 630 help.text]
en: If both parameters Number and Significance are negative, and if the Mode value is equal to zero or is not specified, then the results in $[officename] Calc and Excel will differ after exporting. If you export the spreadsheet to Excel, use Mode=1 to see the same results in Excel as in Calc.
en_GB: If both parameters <emph>Number</emph> and <emph>Significance</emph> are negative, and if the <emph>Mode</emph> value is equal to zero or is not specified, then the results in $[officename] Calc and Microsoft Excel will differ after exporting. If you export the spreadsheet to Microsoft Excel, use Mode = 1 to see the same results in Microsoft Excel as in Calc.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164115 524 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns 1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns +1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164164 527 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose sign is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the number of which the sign is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id6870021 help.text]
en: Number must be positive.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> must be positive.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164654 670 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the squareroot of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the square root of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id2855616 help.text]
en: This function produces a new random number each time Calc recalculates. To force Calc to recalculate manually press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9.
en_GB: This function produces a new random number each time that Calc recalculates. To force Calc to recalculate manually press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id2091433 help.text]
en: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function, and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulas</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).
en_GB: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulae</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164785 676 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer of between 20 and 30.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer in the range 20 to 30.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp bm_id3164800 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>RAND function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;between 0 and 1</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RAND function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;between 0.0 and 1.0</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164829 543 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number between 0 and 1.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5092318 help.text]
en: This function produces a new random number each time Calc recalculates. To force Calc to recalculate manually press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9.
en_GB: This function produces a new random number each time that Calc recalculates. To force Calc to recalculate manually press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9312417 help.text]
en: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells each containing =RAND(), and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulas</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).
en_GB: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells each containing =RAND() and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulae</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9569078 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3165000 552 help.text]
en: <emph>Criteria</emph> indicates the criteria in the form of a number, an expression or a character string. These criteria determine which cells are counted. You may also enter a search text in the form of a regular expression, e.g. b.* for all words that begin with b. You may also indicate a cell range that contains the search criterion. If you search for literal text, enclose the text in double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Criteria</emph> indicates the criteria in the form of a number, an expression or a text string. These criteria determine which cells are counted. You may also enter search text in the form of a regular expression, e.g. "b.*" for all words that begin with b. You may also indicate a cell range that contains the search criterion. If you search for literal text, enclose the text in double quotes.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5169225 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=COUNTIF(A1:A10;">=2006") </item>- this returns 4
en_GB: <item type="input">=COUNTIF(A1:A10;">=2006")</item> - this returns 4

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id166020 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=COUNTIF(A1:A10;C2)</item> where cell C2 contains the text <item type="input">>2006</item> counts the number of cells in the range A1:A10 which are >2006
en_GB: <item type="input">=COUNTIF(A1:A10;C2)</item> where cell C2 contains the text <item type="input">>2006</item> counts the number of cells in the range A1:A10 which are > 2006

[ctx: 04060107.xhp bm_id3147273 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>matrices; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inline array constants</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions;array functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting array ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;conditional calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional calculations with arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>implicit array handling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forced array handling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matrices; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>array formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inline array constants</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions;array functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; array formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; array formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting array ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;conditional calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional calculations with arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>implicit array handling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forced array handling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155355 276 help.text]
en: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulas is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.
en_GB: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulae is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166456 326 help.text]
en: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulas <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.
en_GB: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulae <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3150713 281 help.text]
en: When do you use array formulas?
en_GB: When do you use array formulae?

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149787 282 help.text]
en: Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="make the required change to the array formula">make the required change to the array formula</link>.
en_GB: Use array formulae if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="make the required change to the array formula">make the required change to the array formula</link>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149798 283 help.text]
en: Array formulas are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different math functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.
en_GB: Array formulae are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different maths functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3155588 284 help.text]
en: Using Array Formulas in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Using Array Formulae in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152876 285 help.text]
en: You can also create a "normal" formula in which the reference range, such as parameters, indicate an array formula. The result is obtained from the intersection of the reference range and the rows or columns in which the formula is found. If there is no intersection or if the range at the intersection covers several rows or columns, a #VALUE! error message appears. The following example illustrates this concept:
en_GB: You can also create a "normal" formula in which the reference range, such as parameters, indicate an array formula. The result is obtained from the intersection of the reference range and the rows or columns in which the formula is found. If there is no intersection or if the range at the intersection covers several rows or columns, a #VALUE! error message will appear. The following example illustrates this concept:

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3151271 313 help.text]
en: Creating Array Formulas
en_GB: Creating Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3151120 315 help.text]
en: Array formulas appear in braces in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulas by manually entering the braces.
en_GB: Array formulae are displayed in braces { } in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulae by manually entering the braces.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id8834803 help.text]
en: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulas
en_GB: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id985747 help.text]
en: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulas. An inline array is surrounded by curly braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.
en_GB: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulae. An inline array is enclosed with braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id936613 help.text]
en: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language and locale dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.
en_GB: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language- and locale-dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id6757103 help.text]
en: To enter this array constant, you select three cells in a row, then you type the formula <item type="input">={1;2;3}</item> using the curly braces and the semicolons, then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter.
en_GB: To enter this array constant, you select three cells in a row, then you type the formula <item type="input">={1;2;3}</item> using braces { } and semicolons, then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Enter.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3148660 316 help.text]
en: Editing Array Formulas
en_GB: Editing Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150628 334 help.text]
en: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font color. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.
en_GB: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font colour. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3145608 320 help.text]
en: Copying Array Formulas
en_GB: Copying Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3146787 324 help.text]
en: Select a range of cells where you want to insert the array formula and either press F2 or position the cursor in the input line.
en_GB: Select a range of cells into which you want to insert the array formula and either press F2 or position the cursor in the input line.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154352 26 help.text]
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the reference to the values to be counted.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of or reference to the set of values to be counted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3148402 27 help.text]
en: <emph>Classes</emph> represents the array of the limit values.
en_GB: <emph>Classes</emph> is the array of limit values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155904 219 help.text]
en: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.
en_GB: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit that you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text that you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150312 29 help.text]
en: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency according to the class limits. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Select the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.
en_GB: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency for values that are greater than the upper class limit. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Mark the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150290 35 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array in which the determinants are defined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array in which the determinants are defined.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3157849 43 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array that is to be inverted.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array that is to be inverted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150812 51 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> at first place represents the first array used in the array product.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> at first place is the first array used in the array product.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152553 52 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> at second place represents the second array with the same number of rows.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> at second place is the second array, which must have the same number of rows as the first.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3153857 60 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152839 67 help.text]
en: LINEST(data_Y; data_X; linearType; stats)
en_GB: LINEST(Data_Y; Data_X; LinearType; Stats)

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152853 68 help.text]
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y coordinates in a set of data points.
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y-coordinates in a set of data points.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154428 69 help.text]
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x coordinates. If <emph>data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x-coordinates. If <emph>Data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>Data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id0811200804502119 help.text]
en: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1x1 + b2x2 ... + bnxn</item>.
en_GB: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1*x1 + b2*x2 ... + bn*xn</item>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154448 70 help.text]
en: if<emph>linearType</emph> is FALSE the straight line found is forced to pass through the origin (the constant a is zero; y = bx). If omitted, <emph>linearType</emph> defaults to TRUE (the line is not forced through the origin).
en_GB: if <emph>LinearType</emph> is FALSE the straight line found is forced to pass through the origin (the constant a is zero; y = b*x). If omitted, <emph>LinearType</emph> defaults to TRUE (the line is not forced through the origin).

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154142 71 help.text]
en: if<emph>stats</emph> is omitted or FALSE only the top line of the statistics table is returned. If TRUE the entire table is returned.
en_GB: if <emph>Stats</emph> is omitted or FALSE only the top line of the statistics table is returned. If TRUE the entire table is returned.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154176 73 help.text]
en: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>Data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155468 74 help.text]
en: The results returned by the system (if <emph>stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the Y axis. If <emph>stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.
en_GB: The results returned by the system (if <emph>Stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the y-axis. If <emph>Stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3159483 94 help.text]
en: -<item type="input">3,48</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">-3,48</item>

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144687 132 help.text]
en: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the Y values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):
en_GB: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the y-values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158020 133 help.text]
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is C2:C8
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is C2:C8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158039 134 help.text]
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is A2:B8
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is A2:B8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158058 135 help.text]
en: <emph>linearType</emph> and <emph>stats</emph> are both set to 1.
en_GB: <emph>LinearType</emph> and <emph>Stats</emph> are both set to 1.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158146 139 help.text]
en: E2 and F2: Slope m of the regression line y=b+m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.
en_GB: E2 and F2: Slope <emph>m</emph> of the regression line y = b + m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158184 140 help.text]
en: G2: Intersection b with the y axis.
en_GB: G2: Intersection b with the y-axis.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145880 144 help.text]
en: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the Y value.
en_GB: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the y-value.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145937 147 help.text]
en: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y values from their linear mean.
en_GB: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-values from their linear mean.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145952 148 help.text]
en: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y value from the given Y values.
en_GB: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-value from the given y-values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163137 154 help.text]
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163155 155 help.text]
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163174 156 help.text]
en: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If Function_Type = 0, functions in the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If FunctionType = 0, functions of the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163347 164 help.text]
en: SUMPRODUCT(Array1; Array2...Array30)
en_GB: SUMPRODUCT(Array1; Array2; ... Array30)

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163362 165 help.text]
en: <emph>Array1, Array2...Array30</emph> represent arrays whose corresponding elements are to be multiplied.
en_GB: <emph>Array1; Array2; ... Array30</emph> represent 1 to 30 arrays whose corresponding elements are to be multiplied.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144916 173 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144936 174 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163417 182 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163437 183 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163601 191 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163621 192 help.text]
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166137 200 help.text]
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166156 201 help.text]
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166176 202 help.text]
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the array of the X data, which are used for recalculating values.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the array of the x-data, which are used for recalculating values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166392 211 help.text]
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166411 212 help.text]
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3173797 213 help.text]
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the X data array, in which the values are recalculated.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array for which the values are recalculated.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3173817 214 help.text]
en: <emph>FunctionType</emph>(optional). If FunctionType = 0, functions in the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>FunctionType</emph>(optional). If FunctionType = 0, functions of the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3153551 13 help.text]
en: x value
en_GB: x-value

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3147536 14 help.text]
en: y value
en_GB: y-value

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148522 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155762 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as text, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as a text string, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147505 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Row</emph> represents the row number for the cell reference
en_GB: <emph>Row</emph> is the row number for the cell reference

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3145323 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Column</emph> represents the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)
en_GB: <emph>Column</emph> is the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153962 14 help.text]
en: <emph>Sheet</emph> represents the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Sheet</emph> is the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148744 16 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ADDRESS(1;1;2;;"Sheet2")</item> returns the following: Sheet2.A$1
en_GB: <item type="input">=ADDRESS(1;1;2;;"Sheet2")</item> returns the following: <emph>Sheet2.A$1</emph>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id061020090307073 help.text]
en: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them into additional parentheses. Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.
en_GB: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them within additional parentheses (round brackets). Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153118 23 help.text]
en: Reference represents the reference to a cell or cell range.
en_GB: Reference is the reference to a cell or cell range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153775 192 help.text]
en: Data are retrieved as text; no conversion to numbers
en_GB: Data are retrieved as text strings; no conversion to numbers

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3150268 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_INDEX">INDEX returns a sub range, specified by row and column number, or an optional range index. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_INDEX">INDEX returns a subrange, specified by row and column number or an optional range name. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153260 51 help.text]
en: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference, entered either directly or by specifying a range name. If the reference consists of multiple ranges, you must enclose the reference or range name in parentheses.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference, entered either directly or by specifying a range name. If the reference consists of multiple ranges, you must enclose the reference or range name in parentheses (round brackets).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3145302 52 help.text]
en: <emph>Row</emph> (optional) represents the row index of the reference range, for which to return a value. In case of zero (no specific row) all referenced rows are returned.
en_GB: <emph>Row</emph> (optional) is the row index of the reference range for which to return a value. In the case of zero (no specific row) all referenced rows are returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154628 53 help.text]
en: <emph>Column</emph> (optional) represents the column index of the reference range, for which to return a value. In case of zero (no specific column) all referenced columns are returned.
en_GB: <emph>Column</emph> (optional) is the column index of the reference range for which to return a value. In the case of zero (no specific column) all referenced columns are returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155514 54 help.text]
en: <emph>Range</emph> (optional) represents the index of the subrange if referring to a multiple range.
en_GB: <emph>Range</emph> (optional) is the index of the subrange if referring to a multiple range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id9272133 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;0;1)</item> returns a reference to the first column of A1:B6.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;0;1 )</item> returns a reference to the first column of A1:B6.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148595 59 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;  1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149824 65 help.text]
en: INDIRECT(Ref; A1)
en_GB: INDIRECT(Reference; A1)

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154317 66 help.text]
en: <emph>Ref</emph> represents a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN10CAE help.text]
en: If you open an Excel spreadsheet that uses indirect addresses calculated from string functions, the sheet addresses will not be translated automatically. For example, the Excel address in INDIRECT("filename!sheetname"&B1) is not converted into the Calc address in INDIRECT("filename.sheetname"&B1).
en_GB: If you open a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet that uses indirect addresses calculated from string functions, the sheet addresses will not be translated automatically. For example, the Microsoft Excel address in INDIRECT("filename!sheetname"&B1) is not converted into the Calc address in INDIRECT("filename.sheetname"&B1).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3083286 181 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell with the address defined by row 1 and column 3. This means that area A1:C1 is totaled.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell whose address is defined by row 1 and column 3. Thhis means that area A1:C1 is totalled.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153152 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154129 96 help.text]
en: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighboring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">SortOrder</item> parameter is not necessary.
en_GB: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighbouring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">SortOrder</item> parameter is not necessary.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149200 99 help.text]
en: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a nonexistent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a nonexistent number is entered.
en_GB: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a non-existent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a non-existent number is entered.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153905 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148829 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147239 107 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is missing, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column in sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is omitted, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column is sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147528 232 help.text]
en: If Type = 1 or the third parameter is missing, the index of the last value that is smaller or equal to the search criterion is returned. This applies even when the search array is not sorted. For Type = -1, the first value that is larger or equal is returned.
en_GB: If Type = 1 or the third parameter is omitted, the index of the last value that is smaller than or equal to the search criterion is returned. This applies even when the search array is not sorted. For Type = -1, the index of the first value that is larger than or equal is returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3152360 115 help.text]
en: <emph>Reference</emph> is the reference from which the function searches for the new reference.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is the cell from which the function searches for the new reference.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153389 124 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VERWEIS">Returns the contents of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range.</ahelp> Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp" name="VLOOKUP">VLOOKUP</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp" name="HLOOKUP">HLOOKUP</link>, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted ascending, otherwise the search will not return any usable results.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VERWEIS">Returns the content of a cell either from a one-row or one-column range or from an array.</ahelp> Optionally, the assigned value (of the same index) is returned in a different column and row. As opposed to <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp" name="VLOOKUP">VLOOKUP</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060109.xhp" name="HLOOKUP">HLOOKUP</link>, search and result vector may be at different positions; they do not have to be adjacent. Additionally, the search vector for the LOOKUP must be sorted in ascending order, otherwise the search will not return any usable results.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149809 131 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell are returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).
en_GB: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number that you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell is returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3150826 134 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORLAGE">Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.</ahelp> After a set amount of time, another style can be applied. This function always returns the value 0, allowing you to add it to another function without changing the value. Together with the CURRENT function you can apply a color to a cell regardless of the value. For example: =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3;"red";"green")) applies the style "red" to the cell if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the style "green" is applied. Both cell formats have to be defined beforehand.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORLAGE">Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.</ahelp> After a set amount of time, another style can be applied. This function always returns the value 0, allowing you to add it to another function without changing the value. Together with the CURRENT function you can apply a colour to a cell regardless of the value. For example: =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3;"red";"green")) applies the style "red" to the cell if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the style "green" is applied. Both cell formats have to be defined beforehand.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3156149 138 help.text]
en: <emph>Time</emph> is an optional time range in seconds. If this parameter is missing the style will not be changed after a certain amount of time has passed.
en_GB: <emph>Time</emph> is an optional time range in seconds. If this parameter is omitted the style will not be changed after a certain amount of time has passed.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149520 139 help.text]
en: <emph>Style2</emph> is the optional name of a cell style assigned to the cell after a certain amount of time has passed. If this parameter is missing "Default" is assumed.
en_GB: <emph>Style2</emph> is the optional name of a cell style assigned to the cell after a certain amount of time has passed. If this parameter is omitted "Default" is assumed.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3143270 143 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of up to 30 values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of 1 to 30 values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155425 145 help.text]
en: CHOOSE(Index; Value1; ...; Value30)
en_GB: CHOOSE(Index; Value1; Value2; ... Value30)

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3144755 146 help.text]
en: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number between 1 and 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.
en_GB: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number in the range 1 to 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149939 147 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1...Value30</emph> is the list of values entered as a reference to a cell or as individual values.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> is the list of values entered either as a reference to a cell or as 1 to 30 individual values.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3150625 149 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CHOOSE(A1;B1;B2;B3;"Today";"Yesterday";"Tomorrow")</item>, for example, returns the contents of cell B2 for A1 = 2; for A1 = 4, the function returns the text "Today".
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHOOSE(A1;B1;B2;B3;"Today";"Yesterday";"Tomorrow")</item>, for example, returns the contents of cell B2 for A1 = 2; for A1 = 4, the function returns the text <emph>"Today"</emph>.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148688 152 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function verifies if the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns then the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function tests whether the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155942 170 help.text]
en: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area whose total number of rows is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area for which the total number of rows is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154725 212 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=Rows(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROWS(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN11811 help.text]
en: <emph>URL</emph> specifies the link target. The optional <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is the text or a number that is displayed in the cell and will be returned as the result. If the <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is not specified, the <emph>URL</emph> is displayed in the cell text and will be returned as the result.
en_GB: <emph>URL</emph> specifies the link target. The optional <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is the text string that is displayed in the cell and will be returned as the result of the function. If the <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is omitted, the <emph>URL</emph> is displayed in the cell text and will be returned as the result of the function.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN1182D help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK($B4)</item> where cell B4 contains <item type="input">http://www.example.org</item>. The function adds http://www.example.org to the URL of the hyperlink cell and returns the same text which is used as formula result.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK($B4)</item> where cell B4 contains <item type="input">http://www.example.org</item>. The function adds "http://www.example.org" to the URL of the hyperlink cell and returns the same text string, which is used as the formula result.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN11830 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("http://www.";"Click ") & "example.org"</item> displays the text Click example.org in the cell and executes the hyperlink http://www.example.org when clicked.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("http://www.";"Click ") & "example.org"</item> displays the text "Click example.org" in the cell and executes the hyperlink http://www.example.org when clicked.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id2958769 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("file:///C:/writer.odt#Specification";"Go to Writer bookmark")</item>displays the text Go to Writer bookmark, loads the specified text document and jumps to bookmark "Specification".
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("file:///C:/writer.odt#Specification";"Go to Writer bookmark")</item> displays the text Go to Writer bookmark, loads the specified text document and jumps to bookmark "Specification".

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id6454969 help.text]
en: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfills all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarizes all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.
en_GB: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfils all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarises all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id7928708 help.text]
en: If no constraint for a page field is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a page field is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Page fields are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Page Fields" area of the pivot table layout dialog. From each page field, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.
en_GB: If no constraint for a page field is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a page field is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Page fields are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Page Fields" area of the pivot table layout dialogue box. From each page field, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id5616626 help.text]
en: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed in quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.
en_GB: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed by quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp bm_id3145389 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text in cells; functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; text functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text in cells; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; text functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153558 240 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARABISCH">Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value range must be between 0 and 3999.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARABISCH">Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value must be in the range 0 to 3999.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151193 243 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that represents a Roman number.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that represents a Roman number.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2949919 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that contains characters to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that contains characters to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153289 214 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BASIS">Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="numbering system">numbering system</link>.</ahelp> The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BASIS">Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text string from the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="numbering system">numbering system</link>.</ahelp> The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3159262 218 help.text]
en: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer between 2 and 36.
en_GB: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer in the range 2 to 36.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155906 205 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is a number between 1 and 255 representing the code value for the character.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is a number in the range 1 to 255 representing the code value for the character.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149890 208 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CHAR(100)</item> returns the character d.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHAR(100)</item> returns the character <emph>d</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154383 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155954 170 help.text]
en: CONCATENATE("Text1"; ...; "Text30")
en_GB: CONCATENATE("Text1"; "Text2"; ...)

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146847 171 help.text]
en: <emph>Text 1; Text 2; ...</emph> represent up to 30 text passages which are to be combined into one string.
en_GB: <emph>Text1; Text2; ...</emph> are 1 to 30 text passages which are to be concatenated together into one string.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150008 173 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CONCATENATE("Good ";"Morning ";"Mrs. ";"Doe")</item> returns: Good Morning Mrs. Doe.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONCATENATE("Good ";"Morning ";"Mrs. ";"Doe")</item> returns <emph>Good Morning Mrs. Doe</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3156361 226 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL">Converts text with characters from a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="number system">number system</link> to a positive integer in the base radix given.</ahelp> The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The <emph>Text</emph> field is not case-sensitive.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL">Converts a text string with characters from a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="number system">number system</link> to a positive integer in the base radix given.</ahelp> The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The <emph>Text</emph> field is not case-sensitive.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150128 230 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be converted. To differentiate between a hexadecimal number, such as A1 and the reference to cell A1, you must place the number in quotation marks, for example, "A1" or "FACE".
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be converted. To differentiate between a hexadecimal number, such as A1 and the reference to cell A1, you must place the number in quotation marks, for example, "A1" or "FACE".

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145241 231 help.text]
en: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer between 2 and 36.
en_GB: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer in the range 2 to 36.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153546 18 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(255)</item> returns $255.00.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(255)</item> returns £255.00.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154635 19 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(367.456;2)</item> returns $367.46. Use the decimal separator that corresponds to the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link>.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(367.456;2)</item> returns £367.46. Uses the currency symbol and decimal separator that correspond to the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146149 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINDEN">Looks for a string of text within another string.</ahelp> You can also define where to begin the search. The search term can be a number or any string of characters. The search is case-sensitive.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINDEN">Looks for a text string within another.</ahelp> You can also define where to begin the search. The search term can be a number or any string of characters. The search is case-sensitive.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150608 48 help.text]
en: <emph>FindText</emph> refers to the text to be found.
en_GB: <emph>FindText</emph> refers to the text string to be found.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152374 49 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the search takes place.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which the search takes place.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152475 50 help.text]
en: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155833 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FEST">Returns a number as text with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FEST">Returns a number as a text string with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150877 40 help.text]
en: <emph>NoThousandsSeparators</emph> (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If the parameter is a number not equal to 0, the thousands separator is suppressed. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link> are displayed.
en_GB: <emph>NoThousandsSeparators</emph> (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If the parameter is a number not equal to 0, the thousands separator is suppressed. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is omitted, the thousands separators of your <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link> are displayed.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145208 42 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FIXED(1234567.89;3)</item> returns 1,234,567.890 as a text string.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FIXED(1234567.89;3)</item> returns <emph>1,234,567.890</emph> as a text string.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id5282143 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FIXED(1234567.89;3;1)</item> returns 1234567.890 as a text string.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FIXED(1234567.89;3;1)</item> returns <emph>1234567.890</emph> as a text string.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id5292519 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that contains characters to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that contains characters to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153622 96 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LINKS">Returns the first character or characters of a text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LINKS">Returns the first character or characters of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3147274 99 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text for which the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150147 105 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LAENGE">Returns the length of a string including spaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LAENGE">Returns the length of a text string including spaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152791 88 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KLEIN">Converts all uppercase letters in a text string to lowercase.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KLEIN">Converts all upper-case letters in a text string to lower-case.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153910 91 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155329 93 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=LOWER("Sun")</item> returns sun.
en_GB: <item type="input">=LOWER("Sun")</item> returns <emph>sun</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154938 149 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TEIL">Returns a text string of a text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TEIL">Returns a segment of a text string. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3158407 156 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=MID("office";2;2)</item> returns ff.
en_GB: <item type="input">=MID("office";2;2)</item> returns <emph>ff</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149768 71 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS2">Capitalizes the first letter in all words of a text string.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS2">Capitalises the first letter in all words of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3147509 74 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155364 76 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=PROPER("open office")</item> returns Open Office.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PROPER("open office")</item> returns <emph>Open Office</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3158426 24 help.text]
en: Any text containing numbers must be enclosed in quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text.
en_GB: Any text containing numbers must be enclosed by quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154096 32 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=REPLACE("1234567";1;1;"444")</item> returns "444234567". One character at position 1 is replaced by the complete <item type="literal">NewText</item>.
en_GB: <item type="input">=REPLACE("1234567";1;1;"444")</item> returns the text string <emph>444234567</emph>. One character at position 1 is replaced by the complete <item type="literal">NewText</item>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153748 194 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN">Repeats a character string by the given <emph>number</emph> of copies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN">Repeats a text string the given <emph>number</emph> of times.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154859 197 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be repeated.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be repeated.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148626 200 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=REPT("Good morning";2)</item> returns Good morningGood morning.
en_GB: <item type="input">=REPT("Good morning";2)</item> returns <emph>Good morningGood morning</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145375 114 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RECHTS">Returns the last character or characters of a text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RECHTS">Returns the last character or characters of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153350 118 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> (optional) is the number of characters from the right part of the text.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> (optional) is the number of characters from the right end of the text.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151132 120 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=RIGHT("Sun";2)</item> returns un.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RIGHT("Sun";2)</item> returns <emph>un</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151256 249 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH">Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999, the modes can be integers from 0 to 4.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH">Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value must be in the range 0 to 3999, the modes can be integers in the range 0 to 4.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151371 255 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999)</item> returns CMXCIX
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999)</item> returns <emph>CMXCIX</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153938 256 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;0)</item> returns CMXCIX
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;0)</item> returns <emph>CMXCIX</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148412 257 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN (999;1)</item> returns LMVLIV
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;1)</item> returns <emph>LMVLIV</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155421 258 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;2)</item> returns XMIX
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;2)</item> returns <emph>XMIX</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149235 259 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;3)</item> returns VMIV
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;3)</item> returns <emph>VMIV</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150624 260 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;4)</item> returns IM
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;4)</item> returns <emph>IM</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148692 123 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SUCHEN">Returns the position of a text segment within a character string.</ahelp> You can set the start of the search as an option. The search text can be a number or any sequence of characters. The search is not case-sensitive.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SUCHEN">Returns the position of a text segment within a text string.</ahelp> You can set the start of the search as an option. The search text can be a number or any sequence of characters. The search is not case-sensitive.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146080 126 help.text]
en: <emph>FindText</emph> is the text to be searched for.
en_GB: <emph>FindText</emph> is the text string to be searched for.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154111 127 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the search will take place.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which the search will take place.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149559 128 help.text]
en: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text where the search is to start.
en_GB: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text from which the search is to start.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153675 178 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text in which text segments are to be exchanged.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which text segments are to be exchanged.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3156155 179 help.text]
en: <emph>SearchText </emph>is the text segment that is to be replaced (a number of times).
en_GB: <emph>SearchText</emph> is the text segment that is to be replaced (a number of times).

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145779 180 help.text]
en: <emph>NewText</emph> is the text that is to replace the text segment.
en_GB: <emph>NewText</emph> is the text string that is to replace the text segment.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150348 181 help.text]
en: <emph>Occurrence</emph> (optional) indicates which occurrence of the search text is to be replaced. If this parameter is missing the search text is replaced throughout.
en_GB: <emph>Occurrence</emph> (optional) indicates which occurrence of the search text is to be replaced. If this parameter is omitted the search text is replaced throughout.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150412 183 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=SUBSTITUTE("123123123";"3";"abc")</item> returns 12abc12abc12abc.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUBSTITUTE("123123123";"3";"abc")</item> returns <emph>12abc12abc12abc</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154915 238 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=SUBSTITUTE("123123123";"3";"abc";2)</item> returns 12312abc123.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUBSTITUTE("123123123";"3";"abc";2)</item> returns <emph>12312abc123</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154359 141 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_T">This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_T">This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151062 146 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=T(12345)</item> returns an empty string.
en_GB: <item type="input">=T(12345)</item> returns an empty text string.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id4650105 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=T("12345")</item> returns the string 12345.
en_GB: <item type="input">=T("12345")</item> returns the text string <emph>12345</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3147389 162 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the numerical value to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the numeric value to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id9044770 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"###.##")</item> returns the text 12.35
en_GB: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"###.##")</item> returns the text string <emph>12.35</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3674123 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"000.00")</item> returns the text 012.35
en_GB: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"000.00")</item> returns the text string <emph>012.35</emph>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151362 58 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to text in which spaces are removed.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string from which spaces are to be removed.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3156074 60 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TRIM("hello")</item> returns hello.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRIM("   hello")</item> returns the text string <emph>hello</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3162905 63 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS">Converts the string specified in the <emph>text</emph> field to uppercase.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS">Converts the string specified in the <emph>Text</emph> field to upper-case.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148496 66 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the lower case letters you want to convert to upper case.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the lower-case letters you want to convert to upper-case.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146757 68 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=UPPER("Good Morning")</item> returns GOOD MORNING.
en_GB: <item type="input">=UPPER("Good Morning")</item> returns the text string <emph>GOOD MORNING</emph>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153651 189 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3146120 5 help.text]
en: You will also find a <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">description of the $[officename] Calc add-in interface</link> in the Help. In addition, important functions and their parameters are described in the Help for the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] Calc add-in DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You will also find a <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp">description of the $[officename] Calc add-in interface</link> in the Help. In addition, important functions and their parameters are described in the Help for the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] Calc add-in DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150786 20 help.text]
en: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th of February 1968 in your locale setting.
en_GB: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th February 1968 in your locale setting.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_idN107E7 help.text]
en: You may also use =ISLEAPYEAR("1968-02-29") or =ISLEAPYEAR("2/29/68").
en_GB: You may also use =ISLEAPYEAR("1968-02-29") or =ISLEAPYEAR("29/02/68").

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_idN107EA help.text]
en: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(2/29/68), because this would first evaluate 2 divided by 29 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.
en_GB: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(29/02/68), because this would first evaluate 29 divided by 2 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3152893 27 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150111 34 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3146781 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a character string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a text string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153249 39 help.text]
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the character string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3143220 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153803 47 help.text]
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149316 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days of the month in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days in the month in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147501 54 help.text]
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3166467 63 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. The possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in numbers of weeks).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. The possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in numbers of weeks).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147410 65 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149946 68 help.text]
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150361 2 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc can be expanded by Add-Ins, which are external programming modules providing additional functions for working with spreadsheets. These are listed in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph> in the <emph>Add-In</emph> category. If you would like to program an Add-In yourself, you can learn here which functions must be exported by the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library </caseinline><defaultinline>external DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> so that the Add-In can be successfully attached.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc can be expanded by Add-Ins, which are external programming modules providing additional functions for working with spreadsheets. These are listed in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph> in the <emph>Add-In</emph> category. If you would like to program an Add-In yourself, you can learn here which functions must be exported by the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>external DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> so that the Add-In can be successfully attached.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3149211 3 help.text]
en: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library </caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognized by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library </caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognised by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp hd_id3152890 6 help.text]
en: Functions of <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>AddIn DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Functions of <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>Add-In DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3148604 8 help.text]
en: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, a change of these values is basically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.
en_GB: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, changing these values is theoretically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150112 9 help.text]
en: Libraries can be reloaded during runtime and their contents can be analyzed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.
en_GB: Libraries can be reloaded during run-time and their contents can be analysed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp hd_id3156396 31 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> functions
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> functions

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3153019 32 help.text]
en: Following you will find a description of those functions, which are called at the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>external DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: Following you will find a description of those functions, which are called at the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>external DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150038 33 help.text]
en: For all <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> functions, the following applies:
en_GB: For all <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> functions, the following applies:

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3152981 38 help.text]
en: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetFunctionData">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetParameterDescription">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.
en_GB: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number in the range 0 to nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetFunctionData">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetParameterDescription">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3149949 50 help.text]
en: Input: Function number between 0 and nCount-1, inclusively.
en_GB: Input: Function number in the range 0 to nCount-1 (inclusive).

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3148579 52 help.text]
en: Output: Function name as seen by the programmer, as it is named in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library </caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. This name does not determine the name used in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>.
en_GB: Output: Function name as seen by the programmer, as it is named in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Shared Library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. This name does not determine the name used in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150142 54 help.text]
en: Output: Number of parameters in AddIn function. This number must be greater than 0, because there is always a result value; the maximum value is 16.
en_GB: Output: Number of parameters in Add-In function. This number must be greater than 0, because there is always a result value; the maximum value is 16.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3149883 66 help.text]
en: Input: Number of the function in the library; between 0 and nCount-1.
en_GB: Input: Number of the function in the library; in the range 0 to nCount-1 (inclusive).

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3149686 31 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=BIN2HEX(1100100;6)</item> returns 000064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=BIN2HEX(1100100;6)</item> returns the text string <emph>000064</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3155929 14 help.text]
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3153733 16 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=BIN2OCT(1100100;4)</item> returns 0144.
en_GB: <item type="input">=BIN2OCT(1100100;4)</item> returns the text string <emph>0144</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp bm_id3150014 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognizing;equal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising;equal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3148768 59 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If Number is negative, the function returns a binary number with 10 characters. The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 9 bits return the value.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If <emph>Number</emph> is negative, the function returns a binary number with 10 characters. The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 9 bits return the value.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3149537 60 help.text]
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3150662 62 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DEC2BIN(100;8)</item> returns 01100100.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2BIN(100;8)</item> returns the text string <emph>01100100</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3152820 75 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If Number is negative, the function returns a hexadecimal number with 10 characters (40 bits). The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 39 bits return the value.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If <emph>Number</emph> is negative, the function returns a hexadecimal number with 10 characters (40 bits). The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 39 bits return the value.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3153221 76 help.text]
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3150476 78 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DEC2HEX(100;4)</item> returns 0064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2HEX(100;4)</item> returns the text string <emph>0064</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3155991 67 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If Number is negative, the function returns an octal number with 10 characters (30 bits). The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 29 bits return the value.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is a decimal number. If <emph>Number</emph> is negative, the function returns an octal number with 10 characters (30 bits). The most significant bit is the sign bit, the other 29 bits return the value.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3152587 68 help.text]
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3154317 70 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DEC2OCT(100;4)</item> returns 0144.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2OCT(100;4)</item> returns the text string <emph>0144</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3156294 140 help.text]
en: <emph>UpperLimit</emph> is optional. It is the upper limit of the integral. If this value is missing, the calculation takes places between 0 and the lower limit.
en_GB: <emph>UpperLimit</emph> (optional) is the upper limit of the integral. If this parameter is omitted, the calculation takes places between 0 and the lower limit.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3156002 86 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HEX2BIN(64;8)</item> returns 01100100.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HEX2BIN(64;8)</item> returns the text string <emph>01100100</emph>.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3159341 101 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HEX2OCT(64;4)</item> returns 0144.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HEX2OCT(64;4)</item> returns the text string <emph>0144</emph>.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3145074 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3157901 79 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=IMCOS("3+4j") </item>returns -27.03-3.85i (rounded).
en_GB: <item type="input">=IMCOS("3+4j")</item> returns -27.03-3.85i (rounded).

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3146942 83 help.text]
en: IMDIV("Numerator"; "Denominator")
en_GB: IMDIV("ComplexNumerator"; "ComplexDenominator")

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3150741 84 help.text]
en: <emph>Numerator</emph>, <emph>Denominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".
en_GB: <emph>ComplexNumerator</emph>, <emph>ComplexDenominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3144741 88 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e and the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e to the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149253 93 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j") </item>returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).
en_GB: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j")</item> returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149027 125 help.text]
en: IMPRODUCT("ComplexNumber"; "ComplexNumber1"; ...)
en_GB: IMPRODUCT("ComplexNumber1"; "ComplexNumber2"; ...)

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3155999 160 help.text]
en: COMPLEX(RealNum; INum; Suffix)
en_GB: COMPLEX(RealNum; ImagNum; Suffix)

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149135 162 help.text]
en: <emph>INum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.
en_GB: <emph>ImagNum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155103 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3147260 224 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=OCT2BIN(3;3)</item> returns 011.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2BIN(3;3)</item> returns the text string <emph>011</emph>.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3152791 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154930 231 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=OCT2DEC(144)</item> returns 100.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2DEC(144)</item> returns the text string <emph>100</emph>.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155391 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3148802 239 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=OCT2HEX(144;4)</item> returns 0064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2HEX(144;4)</item> returns the text string <emph>0064</emph>.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154902 176 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT">Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.</ahelp> Enter the units of measures directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. If you enter the units of measure in cells, they must correspond exactly with the following list which is case sensitive: For example, in order to enter a lower case l (for liter) in a cell, enter the apostrophe ' immediately followed by l.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT">Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.</ahelp> Enter the units of measures directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. If you enter the units of measure in cells, they must correspond exactly with the following list which is case-sensitive: For example, in order to enter a lower-case l (for litre) in a cell, enter the apostrophe ' immediately followed by l.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3156336 215 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CONVERT_ADD(10;"HP";"PS") </item>returns, rounded to two decimal places, 10.14. 10 HP equal 10.14 PS.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONVERT_ADD(10;"HP";"PS")</item> returns, rounded to two decimal places, 10.14. 10 HP equal 10.14 PS.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154834 216 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CONVERT_ADD(10;"km";"mi") </item>returns, rounded to two decimal places, 6.21. 10 kilometers equal 6.21 miles. The k is the permitted prefix character for the factor 10^3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONVERT_ADD(10;" km";"mi")</item> returns, rounded to two decimal places, 6.21. 10 kilometres equal 6.21 miles. The k is the permitted prefix character for the factor 10^3.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3147096 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3158440 40 help.text]
en: Returns <emph>Number</emph>            <emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Number</emph><emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
en: 2*4*6*8* ... *n
en_GB: 2*4*6*8* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
en: 1*3*5*7* ... *n
en_GB: 1*3*5*7* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3150539 82 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148888 98 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149726 113 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3152999 115 help.text]
en: Settlement date: February 7 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 7th February 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3155622 128 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145350 130 help.text]
en: Settlement date: April 20 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 20th April 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147536 231 help.text]
en: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor = 2 is double rate depreciation.
en_GB: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor=2 is double rate depreciation.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154865 232 help.text]
en: <emph>Type </emph>is an optional parameter. Type = 1 means a switch to linear depreciation. In Type = 0 no switch is made.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> (optional): Type = 1 means a switch to linear depreciation. With Type = 0 no switch is made.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145212 201 help.text]
en: -<item type="input">10000</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">-10000</item>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3158423 252 help.text]
en: RATE(NPer; Pmt; PV; FV; Type; Guess)
en_GB: RATE(NumPeriods; Payment; PV; FV; Type; Guess)

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148910 253 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148925 254 help.text]
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145313 169 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3146126 149 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154620 159 help.text]
en: <emph>Frequency </emph>is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149992 192 help.text]
en: =COUPPCD("2001-01-25"; "2001-11-15"; 2; 3) returns 2000-15-11.
en_GB: =COUPPCD("2001-01-25"; "2001-11-15"; 2; 3) returns 2000-11-15.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp bm_id3149339 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>periodic amortizement rates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>periodic amortisement rates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154522 264 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortisation for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3151283 266 help.text]
en: IPMT(Rate; Period; NPer; PV; FV; Type)
en_GB: IPMT(Rate; Period; NumPeriods; PV; FV; Type)

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145158 268 help.text]
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the period, for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NPER if compound interest for the last period is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the period for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NumPeriods if compound interest for the last period is calculated.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147577 269 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149438 274 help.text]
en: What is the interest rate during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.
en_GB: What is the interest during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145215 280 help.text]
en: FV(Rate; NPer; Pmt; PV; Type)
en_GB: FV(Rate; NumPeriods; Payment; PV; Type)

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3156029 282 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3151322 283 help.text]
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the annuity paid regularly per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149302 288 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FV(4%;2;750;2500) </item>= -4234.00 currency units. The value at the end of the investment is 4234.00 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FV(4%;2;750;2500)</item> = -4234.00 currency units. The value at the end of the investment is 4234.00 currency units.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148638 58 help.text]
en: 1000 currency units have been invested in for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?
en_GB: 1000 currency units have been invested for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3156358 59 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FVSCHEDULE(1000;{0.03;0.04;0.05})</item> returns 1124.76.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FVSCHEDULE(1000; {0.03;0.04;0.05})</item> returns 1124.76.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3155934 293 help.text]
en: NPER(Rate; Pmt; PV; FV; Type)
en_GB: NPER(Rate; Payment; PV; FV; Type)

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149042 295 help.text]
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant annuity paid in each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151341 344 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forward to Financial Functions Part Three">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3146878 241 help.text]
en: PPMT(Rate; Period; NPer; PV; FV; Type)
en_GB: PPMT(Rate; Period; NumPeriods; PV; FV; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148887 243 help.text]
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortizement period. P = 1 for the first and P = NPer for the last period.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortisation period. P = 1 for the first and P = NumPeriods for the last period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148436 244 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3146139 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortization installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisation instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148733 255 help.text]
en: CUMPRINC(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3166052 257 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150007 258 help.text]
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153570 263 help.text]
en: What are the payoff amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The payoff amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.
en_GB: What are the instalment amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The instalment amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149884 264 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The payoff amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The instalment amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3157970 185 help.text]
en: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151017 187 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155620 188 help.text]
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155512 195 help.text]
en: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3155370 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147536 269 help.text]
en: CUMIPMT(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153921 271 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153186 272 help.text]
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147478 277 help.text]
en: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a payment period of monthly payments for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th period. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.
en_GB: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a monthly payment period for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149819 278 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for between the 4th and 6th period are 57.54 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for the 4th to 6th periods are 57.54 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145087 168 help.text]
en: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149270 170 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152967 171 help.text]
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147566 177 help.text]
en: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NPER = 30 * 12 = 360), Pv: 125000 currency units.
en_GB: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NumPeriods = 30 * 12 = 360), PV: 125000 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151272 178 help.text]
en: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150260 20 help.text]
en: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0, the price is as follows:
en_GB: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0 the price is as follows:

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3154289 43 help.text]
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: April 13 1999, issue date: November 11 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 13th April 1999, issue date: 11th November 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145308 302 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NBW">Returns the present value of an investment based on a series of periodic cash flows and a discount rate. To get the net present value, subtract the cost of the project (the initial cash flow at time zero) from the returned value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NBW">Returns the present value of an investment based on a series of periodic cash flows and a discount rate. To obtain the net present value, subtract the cost of the project (the initial cash flow at time zero) from the returned value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150427 306 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1;...</emph> are up to 30 values, which represent deposits or withdrawals.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ...</emph> are 1 to 30 values, which represent deposits or withdrawals.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3154800 308 help.text]
en: What is the net present value of periodic payments of 10, 20 and 30 currency units with a discount rate of 8.75%. At time zero the costs were payed as -40 currency units.
en_GB: What is the net present value of periodic payments of 10, 20 and 30 currency units with a discount rate of 8.75%. At time zero the costs were paid as 40 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152769 314 help.text]
en: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156334 316 help.text]
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156157 232 help.text]
en: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150409 234 help.text]
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3159408 327 help.text]
en: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph>:the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)
en_GB: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph> is the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3154194 141 help.text]
en: =YIELD("1999-02-15"; "2007-11-15"; 0.0575 ;95.04287; 100; 2; 0) returns 0.065 or 6.50 per cent.
en_GB: =YIELD("1999-02-15"; "2007-11-15"; 0.0575; 95.04287; 100; 2; 0) returns 0.065 or 6.50 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147278 333 help.text]
en: PMT(Rate; NPer; PV; FV; Type)
en_GB: PMT(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; FV; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148641 335 help.text]
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the number of periods in which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the number of periods in which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156434 338 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type=1 is payment at the beginning and Type=0 is payment at the end of each period.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type = 1 is payment at the beginning and Type = 0 is payment at the end of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153173 66 help.text]
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155542 77 help.text]
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145178 88 help.text]
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3146762 346 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forward to Financial Functions Part Three">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3145632 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>INTERCEPT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>points of intersection</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>intersections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>INTERCEPT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>points of intersection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>intersections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148728 10 help.text]
en: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y value and C3:C9 as the x value from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:
en_GB: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y-values and C3:C9 as the x-values from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3148437 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>COUNT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>numbers;counting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>COUNT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers;counting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3155827 17 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1; Value2, ...</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing the values to be counted.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing the values to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149953 19 help.text]
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3149729 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>COUNTA function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>number of entries</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>COUNTA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of entries</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3150001 26 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1; Value2, ...</emph> are 1 to 30 arguments representing the values to be counted.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 arguments representing the values to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154508 28 help.text]
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3150267 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>B function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>probabilities of samples with binomial distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>B function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>probabilities of samples with binomial distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3158416 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>RSQ function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>determination coefficients</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>regression analysis</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RSQ function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>determination coefficients</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regression analysis</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154949 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called determination coefficient) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called the coefficient of determination) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3155991 50 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the determination coefficient for both data sets in columns A and B.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the coefficient of determination for both data sets in columns A and B.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3145620 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>BETAINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;inverse of</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>BETAINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;inverse of</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3156096 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>BETADIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>BETADIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149906 89 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3150777 130 help.text]
en: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.
en_GB: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times respectively (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3153062 131 help.text]
en: The Chi square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a Chi square value of 13.27.
en_GB: The chi-square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a chi-square value of 13.27.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148806 132 help.text]
en: If the (observed) Chi square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) Chi square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed Chi square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.
en_GB: If the (observed) chi-square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) chi-square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed chi-square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3151052 98 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-squared distribution of the data.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-square test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-square distribution of the data.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148925 135 help.text]
en: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the Chi square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.
en_GB: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the chi-square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149481 104 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical Chi-square distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical chi-square distribution.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156338 156 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the Chi square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical Chi square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated chi-square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the chi-square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical chi-square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156141 158 help.text]
en: If the Chi square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.
en_GB: If the chi-square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3150603 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>EXPONDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>EXPONDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3145388 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3155089 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution.</ahelp> The F distribution is used for F tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F-distribution.</ahelp> The F-distribution is used for F-tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146866 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3153914 7 help.text]
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3148607 8 help.text]
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3155758 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150534 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F test.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F-test.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3152981 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F-distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150461 41 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150029 42 help.text]
en: <emph>degreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146877 43 help.text]
en: <emph>degreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3154806 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3157972 72 help.text]
en: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3150272 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3148425 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3153720 88 help.text]
en: GEOMEAN(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: GEOMEAN(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3152585 89 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2,...Number30</emph> are numeric arguments or ranges that represent a random sample.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric arguments or ranges that represent a random sample.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152966 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3156130 101 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, without taking into consideration the 5 percent of the values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of the values representing the lowest ones. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, excluding the 5 percent of values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of values representing the lowest values. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3149287 116 help.text]
en: HARMEAN(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: HARMEAN(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3154303 117 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1,Number2,...Number30</emph> are up to 30 values or ranges, that can be used to calculate the harmonic mean.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges that can be used to calculate the harmonic mean.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3154904 131 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and hit the floor with the buttered side first, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81%, that both will strike buttered side first.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and land on the floor buttered side down, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81% that both will land buttered side down.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3147501 23 help.text]
en: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StDev; Size)
en_GB: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StandardDeviation; Size)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145324 25 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3154508 61 help.text]
en: KURT(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: KURT(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145167 62 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1,Number2,...Number30</emph> are numeric arguments or ranges representing a random sample of distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric arguments or ranges representing a random sample of distribution.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp bm_id3150928 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of lognormal distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of log-normal distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145297 67 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the log-normal distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3153049 69 help.text]
en: LOGINV(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: LOGINV(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145355 72 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp bm_id3158417 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>LOGNORMDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cumulative lognormal distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>LOGNORMDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cumulative log-normal distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3154953 77 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGNORMVERT">Returns the cumulative lognormal distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGNORMVERT">Returns the cumulative log-normal distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3150686 79 help.text]
en: LOGNORMDIST(Number; Mean; StDev; Cumulative)
en_GB: LOGNORMDIST(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation; Cumulative)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3155991 82 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3155992 help.text]
en: <emph>Cumulative</emph> (optional) = 0 calculates the density function, Cumulative = 1 calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Cumulative</emph> (optional) = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>Cumulative</emph> = 1 calculates the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147340 5 help.text]
en: MAX(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: MAX(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3149568 6 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1; Number2;...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150363 140 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. In opposite to MAX, here you can enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MAX, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150202 143 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1; Value2;...Value30</emph> are values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155264 14 help.text]
en: MEDIAN(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: MEDIAN(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150109 15 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1; Number2;...Number30</emph> are values or ranges, which represent a sample. Each number can also be replaced by a reference.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges, which represent a sample. Each number can also be replaced by a reference.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145078 17 help.text]
en: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns 9 as the median value.
en_GB: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns the middle value, 9, as the median value.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3149126 165 help.text]
en: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, thus 7.
en_GB: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, i.e. 7.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3146964 22 help.text]
en: MIN(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: MIN(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153486 23 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1; Number2;...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147249 149 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Here you can also enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MIN, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3146098 152 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1; Value2;...Value30</emph> are values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145636 30 help.text]
en: AVEDEV(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: AVEDEV(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3157871 31 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2,...Number30</emph> are values or ranges that represent a sample. Each number can also be replaced by a reference.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges that represent a sample. Each number can also be replaced by a reference.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154679 38 help.text]
en: AVERAGE(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: AVERAGE(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150741 39 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1; Number2;...Number 0</emph> are numerical values or ranges.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145138 158 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155260 161 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1; Value2;...Value30</emph> are values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges. Text has the value of 0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155950 46 help.text]
en: MODE(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: MODE(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150337 47 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1; Number2;...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153044 55 help.text]
en: <emph>X</emph> represents the value returned for unsuccessful tests.
en_GB: <emph>X</emph> is the value returned for unsuccessful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151018 56 help.text]
en: <emph>R</emph> represents the value returned for successful tests.
en_GB: <emph>R</emph> is the value returned for successful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147534 64 help.text]
en: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154950 65 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150690 66 help.text]
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the mean value in the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the mean value in the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148594 67 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> represents the standard deviation of the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153921 69 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63 grams with a standard deviation of 5, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g grams.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63g with a standard deviation of 5g, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150386 72 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the normal density function or the normal cumulative distribution function.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150613 74 help.text]
en: NORMDIST(Number; Mean; StDev; C)
en_GB: NORMDIST(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation; C)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3156295 77 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145080 78 help.text]
en: <emph>C</emph> is optional. <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional). <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the cumulative distribution function.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151272 87 help.text]
en: <emph>Data1</emph> represents the array of the first data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data1</emph> is the array of the first data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153279 88 help.text]
en: <emph>Data2</emph> represents the array of the second data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data2</emph> is the array of the second data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3156108 96 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the value based on which the standard normal distribution is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value based on which the standard normal distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155849 98 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=PHI(2.25) </item>= 0.03
en_GB: <item type="input">=PHI(2.25)</item> = 0.03

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147253 106 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151177 107 help.text]
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the middle value of the Poisson distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the middle value of the Poisson distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154940 113 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile means the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile yields the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153054 116 help.text]
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154212 117 help.text]
en: <emph>Alpha</emph> represents the percentage of the scale between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <emph>Alpha</emph> is the percentage of the scale between 0.0 and 1.0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154266 125 help.text]
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148475 126 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> represents the value whose percentile rank must be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value for which the percentile rank must be determined.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153387 134 help.text]
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155589 135 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> represents the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155071 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3151191 15 help.text]
en: SKEW(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: SKEW(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155757 16 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149051 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153290 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x- and y-values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148743 24 help.text]
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the x value, for which the y value on the linear regression is to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be returned.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157874 28 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1;B50)</item> returns the Y value expected for the X value of 50 if the X and Y values in both references are linked by a linear trend.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1:B50)</item> returns the y-value expected for the x-value of 50 if the x- and y-values in both references are linked by a linear trend.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149143 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149946 33 help.text]
en: STDEV(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: STDEV(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157904 34 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2, ... Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3147422 189 help.text]
en: STDEVA(Value1;Value2;...Value30)
en_GB: STDEVA(Value1; Value2; ... Value30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3154547 190 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1, Value2, ...Value30</emph> are values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149734 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3154392 41 help.text]
en: STDEVP(Number1;Number2;...Number30)
en_GB: STDEVP(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155261 42 help.text]
en: <emph>Number 1,Number 2,...Number 30</emph> are numerical values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3146851 197 help.text]
en: STDEVPA(Value1;Value2;...Value30)
en_GB: STDEVPA(Value1; Value2; ... Value30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153109 198 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1,value2,...value30</emph> are values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155928 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>STANDARDIZE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalized values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STANDARDISE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalised values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp hd_id3155928 46 help.text]
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149883 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalized value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalised value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150132 49 help.text]
en: STANDARDIZE(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: STANDARDISE(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3159139 50 help.text]
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardized.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardised.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148874 52 help.text]
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156067 54 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=STANDARDIZE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=STANDARDISE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3157986 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3147538 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155984 70 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of X value 1 is 84% of the total area.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of x-value 1 is 84% of the total area.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150386 73 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y and x values.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y- and x-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3083446 76 help.text]
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3152375 77 help.text]
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155836 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149446 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y value for each x in the regression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x-value in the regression.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3147313 85 help.text]
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156097 86 help.text]
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3150873 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3146790 93 help.text]
en: DEVSQ(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: DEVSQ(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155995 94 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2, ...Number30</emph> numerical values or ranges representing a sample.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges representing a sample.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149579 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154930 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3153828 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153054 131 help.text]
en: VAR(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: VAR(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148938 132 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2, ...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges representing a sample based on an entire population.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149999 205 help.text]
en: VARA(Value1; Value2; ...Value30)
en_GB: VARA(Value1; Value2; ... Value30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3158421 206 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1, Value2,...Value30</emph> are values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing a sample derived from an entire population. Text has the value 0.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3147282 139 help.text]
en: VARP(Number1; Number2; ...Number30)
en_GB: VARP(Number1; Number2; ... Number30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149793 140 help.text]
en: <emph>Number1, Number2, ...Number30</emph> are numerical values or ranges representing an entire population.
en_GB: <emph>Number1; Number2; ... Number30</emph> are 1 to 30 numeric values or ranges representing an entire population.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149967 213 help.text]
en: VARPA(Value1; Value2; ...Value30)
en_GB: VARPA(Value1; Value2; ... Value30)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149920 214 help.text]
en: <emph>Value1,value2,...Value30</emph> are values or ranges representing an entire population.
en_GB: <emph>Value1; Value2; ... Value30</emph> are 1 to 30 values or ranges representing an entire population.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154599 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153949 160 help.text]
en: How often can 2 objects be selected from a total of 11 objects?
en_GB: How often can 2 objects be selected from a set of 11 objects?

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3151107 170 help.text]
en: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval whose probabilities are to be summed.
en_GB: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval over which the probabilities are to be summed.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153694 171 help.text]
en: <emph>End</emph> (optional) is the end value of the interval whose probabilities are to be summed. If this parameter is missing, the probability for the <emph>Start </emph>value is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>End</emph> (optional) is the end value of the interval over which the probabilities are to be summed. If this parameter is omitted, the probability for the <emph>Start</emph> value is calculated.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153666 173 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the limits between 50 and 60. Every value within the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the given limits of 50 to 60. Every value in the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3154825 182 help.text]
en: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function. If C=0 the probability density function is calculated, if C=1 the cumulative distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp bm_id3156445 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; formula functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference operators</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; formula functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference operators</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060199.xhp hd_id3153066 3 help.text]
en: Arithmetical Operators
en_GB: Arithmetic Operators

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3148601 4 help.text]
en: These operators return numerical results.
en_GB: These operators return numeric results.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3155438 53 help.text]
en: The operator combines separate texts into one text.
en_GB: The operator combines separate text strings into one text string.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3152592 68 help.text]
en: ! (Exclamation point)
en_GB: ! (Exclamation mark)

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154366 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify a name for a selected area.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154123 31 help.text]
en: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name </emph>dialog fields.
en_GB: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name</emph> dialogue box fields.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3155131 30 help.text]
en: The <emph>Sheet Area</emph> box on the Formula bar contains a list of defined names for the ranges. Click a name from this box to highlight the corresponding reference on the spreadsheet. Names given formulas or parts of a formula are not listed here.
en_GB: The <emph>Sheet Area</emph> box on the Formula bar contains a list of defined names for the ranges. Click a name from this box to highlight the corresponding reference on the spreadsheet. Names given formulae or parts of a formula are not listed here.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3163712 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definename/edit">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference. All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field below.</ahelp> If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different colored frames.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definename/edit">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference. All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field below.</ahelp> If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different coloured frames.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3149958 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definename/more">Allows you to specify the <emph>Area type </emph>(optional) for the reference.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definename/more">Allows you to specify the <emph>Area type</emph> (optional) for the reference.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3156280 13 help.text]
en: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Insert - Names - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialog, from which you can select the naming options that you want.
en_GB: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Insert - Names - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialogue box, from which you can select the naming options that you want.

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3150868 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3155411 13 help.text]
en: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulas - $[officename] recognizes these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.
en_GB: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulae - $[officename] recognises these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3149262 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertExternalDataSourc">Inserts data from an HTML, Calc, or Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertExternalDataSourc">Inserts data from an HTML, Calc, or Microsoft Excel file into the current sheet as a link. The data must be located within a named range.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp bm_id3148663 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3153768 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3154510 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulas in the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulae in the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3148645 3 help.text]
en: Select the rows or columns that you want to hide, and then choose <emph>Format - Row - Hide </emph>or<emph> Format - Column - Hide</emph>.
en_GB: Select the rows or columns that you want to hide, and then choose <emph>Format - Row - Hide</emph> or <emph>Format - Column - Hide</emph>.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150542 5 help.text]
en: If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialog opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.
en_GB: If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialogue box opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3150792 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3153092 5 help.text]
en: You can also open the<emph> Rename Sheet </emph>dialog through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You can also open the <emph>Rename Sheet</emph> dialogue box through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Merge and Center Cells
en_GB: Merge and Centre Cells

[ctx: 05060000.xhp hd_id3149785 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp" name="Merge and Center Cells">Merge and Center Cells</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp" name="Merge and Centre Cells">Merge and Centre Cells</link>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3151246 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centred.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3154020 18 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</emph>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3149665 3 help.text]
en: If the cells to be merged have any contents, a security dialog is shown.
en_GB: If the cells to be merged have any contents, a security dialogue box is shown.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3153718 help.text]
en: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.
en_GB: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulae in the table.

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3156023 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp hd_id3150330 17 help.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3153715 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3155378 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO">Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO">Mark this check box if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
en: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be less than specified.
en_GB: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be fewer than specified.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3159488 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="druckbereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.
en_GB: <variable id="druckbereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3145174 5 help.text]
en: Select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a print range definition for the current spreadsheet. Select <emph>-entire sheet-</emph> to set the current sheet as a print range. Select <emph>-selection-</emph> to define the selected area of a spreadsheet as the print range. By selecting <emph>-user-defined-</emph>, you can define a print range that you have already defined using the <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph> command. If you have given a name to a range using the <emph>Insert - Names - Define</emph> command, this name will be displayed and can be selected from the list box.
en_GB: Select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a print range definition for the current spreadsheet. Select <emph>- entire sheet -</emph> to set the current sheet as a print range. Select <emph>- selection -</emph> to define the selected area of a spreadsheet as the print range. By selecting <emph>-user-defined-</emph>, you can define a print range that you have already defined using the <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph> command. If you have given a name to a range using the <emph>Insert - Names - Define</emph> command, this name will be displayed and can be selected from the list box.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3147426 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_AREAS:ED_REPEATROW">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_AREAS:ED_REPEATROW">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155418 9 help.text]
en: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155602 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_AREAS:ED_REPEATCOL">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_AREAS:ED_REPEATCOL">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3150749 12 help.text]
en: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05100000.xhp bm_id3150447 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formatting; Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paint can for applying styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paint can for applying styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05100000.xhp par_id3149499 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE">Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.</ahelp> Assign a name for the style in the <link href="text/shared/01/05140100.xhp" name="Create Style">Create Style</link> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE">Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.</ahelp> Assign a name for the style in the <link href="text/shared/01/05140100.xhp" name="Create Style">Create Style</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3154017 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_AUTOFORMAT:BTN_ADD">Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/01/05150101.xhp" name="Add AutoFormat">Add AutoFormat</link> dialog then appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_AUTOFORMAT:BTN_ADD">Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/01/05150101.xhp" name="Add AutoFormat">Add AutoFormat</link> dialogue box will then appear.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153965 10 help.text]
en: In this section you can select or deselect the available formatting options. If you want to keep any of the settings currently in your spreadsheet, deselect the corresponding option.
en_GB: In this section you can select or deselect the available formatting options. If you want to keep any of the settings currently in your spreadsheet, unmark the corresponding option.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153064 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_RENAME_AUTOFMT">Opens a dialog where you can change the specification of the selected AutoFormat.</ahelp> The button is only visible if you clicked the <emph>More</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_RENAME_AUTOFMT">Opens a dialogue box in which you can change the specification of the selected AutoFormat.</ahelp> The button is only visible if you clicked the <emph>More</emph> button.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153912 28 help.text]
en: The <emph>Rename AutoFormat</emph> dialog opens.<ahelp hid="HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME"> Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.</ahelp>
en_GB: The <emph>Rename AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box opens.<ahelp hid="HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME"> Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3163710 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="bedingtetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConditionalFormatDialog">Choose <emph>Conditional Formatting</emph> to define format styles depending on certain conditions.</ahelp></variable> If a style was already assigned to a cell, it remains unchanged. The style entered here is then evaluated. You can enter three conditions that query the contents of cell values or formulas. The conditions are evaluated from 1 to 3. If the condition 1 matches the condition, the defined style will be used. Otherwise, condition 2 is evaluated, and its defined style used. If this style does not match, condition 3 is evaluated.
en_GB: <variable id="bedingtetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConditionalFormatDialog">Choose <emph>Conditional Formatting</emph> to define format styles depending on certain conditions.</ahelp></variable> If a style was already assigned to a cell, it remains unchanged. The style entered here is then evaluated. You can enter three conditions that query the contents of cell values or formulae. The conditions are evaluated from 1 to 3. If the condition 1 matches the condition, the defined style will be used. Otherwise, condition 2 is evaluated, and its defined style used. If this style does not match, condition 3 is evaluated.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id2414014 help.text]
en: To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose Tools - Cell Contents - AutoCalculate (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).
en_GB: To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose Tools - Cell Content - AutoCalculate (a tick mark is present next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3149413 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT:CBX_COND3">Mark the boxes corresponding to each condition and enter the corresponding condition.</ahelp> To close the dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT:CBX_COND3">Mark the boxes corresponding to each condition and enter the corresponding condition.</ahelp> To close the dialogue box, click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id0509200913175368 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If you haven't already defined a style to be used, you can click New Style to open the Organizer tab page of the Cell Style dialog. Define a new style there and click OK.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If you haven't already defined a style to be used, you can click New Style to open the Organiser tab page of the Cell Style dialogue box. Define a new style there and click OK.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3155114 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT:EDT_COND3_2" visibility="hidden">Enter a reference, value or formula.</ahelp> Enter a reference, value or formula in the parameter field, or in both parameter fields if you have selected a condition that requires two parameters. You can also enter formulas containing relative references.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONDFORMAT:EDT_COND3_2" visibility="hidden">Enter a reference, value or formula.</ahelp> Enter a reference, value or formula in the parameter field, or in both parameter fields if you have selected a condition that requires two parameters. You can also enter formulae containing relative references.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3145068 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation </emph>command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation</emph> command calls the dialogue box for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3156441 7 help.text]
en: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.
en_GB: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3147394 11 help.text]
en: Each time you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A check mark shows the current status.
en_GB: Each time that you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A tick mark shows the current status.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp bm_id3151245 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cell links search</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; links in cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>traces;precedents and dependents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Formula Auditing,see Detective</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Detective</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell links search</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; links in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces;precedents and dependents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Formula Auditing,see Detective</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Detective</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06030100.xhp par_id3154321 3 help.text]
en: This function is based on a principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.
en_GB: This function is based on the principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.

[ctx: 06030300.xhp par_id3156024 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulae that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3148947 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulae modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3151041 5 help.text]
en: If <emph>Tools - Detective - Update Automatically</emph> is turned on, every time formulas are changed in the document.
en_GB: If <emph>Tools - Detective - Update Automatically</emph> is turned on, every time formulae are changed in the document.

[ctx: 06031000.xhp bm_id3154515 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; autorefreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; autorefreshing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; auto-refreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; auto-refreshing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_id3145119 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialog with the results opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.
en_GB: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialogue box with the result opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3151041 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENWIN_TOP">Defines the name for the scenario. Use a clear and unique name so you can easily identify the scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify a scenario name in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties </emph>context menu command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENWIN_TOP">Defines the name for the scenario. Use a clear and unique name so you can easily identify the scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify a scenario name in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties</emph> context menu command.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3155411 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENWIN_BOTTOM">Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the <link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> when you click the <emph>Scenarios</emph> icon and select the desired scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties </emph>context menu command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SCENWIN_BOTTOM">Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the <link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> when you click the <emph>Scenarios</emph> icon and select the desired scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties</emph> context menu command.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3151073 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:LB_COLOR">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:LB_COLOR">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3154942 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:CB_TWOWAY">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:CB_TWOWAY">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_idN1075E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sc:CheckBox:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:CB_PROTECT">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sc:CheckBox:RID_SCDLG_NEWSCENARIO:CB_PROTECT">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3153362 2 help.text]
en: The<emph> Protect Document </emph>command prevents changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.
en_GB: The <emph>Protect Document</emph> command prevents changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3148664 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.</ahelp></variable> Choose <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> to open the <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> dialog in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password.
en_GB: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.</ahelp></variable> Choose <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> to open the <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> dialogue box in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3150329 17 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph>. Unmark the <emph>Protected</emph> box and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Select <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph>. Unmark the <emph>Protected</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3149566 9 help.text]
en: To later change an unprotected area to a protected area, select the range. Next, on the <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph> tab page, check the <emph>Protected</emph> box. Finally, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet </emph>menu. The previously editable range is now protected.
en_GB: To later change an unprotected area to a protected area, select the range. Next, on the <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph> tab page, mark the <emph>Protected</emph> check box. Finally, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> menu. The previously editable range is now protected.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3154656 3 help.text]
en: A protected sheet or cell range can no longer be modified until this protection is disabled. To disable the protection, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> command. If no password was set, the sheet protection is immediately disabled. If the sheet was password protected, the <emph>Remove Protection</emph> dialog opens, where you must enter the password.
en_GB: A protected sheet or cell range can no longer be modified until this protection is disabled. To disable the protection, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</emph> command. If no password was set, the sheet protection is immediately disabled. If the sheet was password-protected, the <emph>Remove Protection</emph> dialogue box opens, where you must enter the password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3152990 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorized changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorised changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3148700 12 help.text]
en: Complete protection of your work can be achieved by combining both options on the <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph> menu, including password protection. To prohibit opening the document altogether, in the <emph>Save</emph> dialog mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> box before you click the <emph>Save</emph> button.
en_GB: Complete protection of your work can be achieved by combining both options on the <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph> menu, including password-protection. To prohibit opening the document altogether, in the <emph>Save</emph> dialogue box mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box before you click the <emph>Save</emph> button.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3145172 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="dokumenttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolProtectionDocument">Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.</ahelp></variable> Open the <emph>Protect document</emph> dialog with <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Document</emph>. Optionally enter a password and click OK.
en_GB: <variable id="dokumenttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolProtectionDocument">Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.</ahelp></variable> Open the <emph>Protect document</emph> dialogue box with <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Document</emph>. Optionally enter a password and click OK.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3153188 6 help.text]
en: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Document</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If you were assigned a password, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialog appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the check mark specifying that protection is active.
en_GB: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Document - Document</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If you were assigned a password, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialogue box appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the tick mark specifying that protection is active.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3155412 5 help.text]
en: You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorized or accidental modifications.
en_GB: You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorised or accidental modifications.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3150717 9 help.text]
en: You can completely protect your work by combining both options from <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password </emph>and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialog appears. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.
en_GB: You can completely protect your work by combining both options from <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password</emph> and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialogue box will appear. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; auto calculating sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculating;auto calculating sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCalculate function in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>correcting sheets automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;AutoCalculate function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents;AutoCalculate function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; auto calculating sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculating;auto calculating sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCalculate function in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>correcting sheets automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;AutoCalculate function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;AutoCalculate function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148798 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulae in the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulas in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; recalculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulae in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content; recalculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3154758 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Calculate">Recalculates all changed formulas. If AutoCalculate is enabled, the Recalculate command applies only to formulas like RAND or NOW.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Calculate">Recalculates all changed formulae. If AutoCalculate is enabled, the Recalculate command applies only to formulae like RAND or NOW.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id315475899 help.text]
en: Press F9 to recalculate. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulas in the document.
en_GB: Press F9 to recalculate. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulae in the document.

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id315475855 help.text]
en: The Add-In functions like RANDBETWEEN currently cannot respond to the Recalculate command or F9. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulas, including the Add-In functions.
en_GB: The Add-In functions like RANDBETWEEN currently cannot respond to the Recalculate command or F9. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulae, including the Add-In functions.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150439 3 help.text]
en: When typing formulas using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.
en_GB: When typing formulae using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.

[ctx: 06990000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Cell Contents
en_GB: Cell Content

[ctx: 06990000.xhp hd_id3153087 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/06990000.xhp" name="Cell Contents">Cell Contents</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/06990000.xhp" name="Cell Content">Cell Content</link>

[ctx: 06990000.xhp par_id3145674 2 help.text]
en: Opens a submenu with commands to calculate tables and activate AutoInput.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu with commands to calculate tables and activate AutoInput.

[ctx: 12020000.xhp par_id3154684 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030000.xhp par_id3155922 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognizes and selects database ranges.
en_GB: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognises and selects database ranges.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3153091 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/case"> Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/case"> Sorts first by upper-case letters and then by lower-case letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3154014 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialog defines the name and function of this check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialogue box defines the name and function of this check box.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3155602 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outarealb"> Select a named <link href="text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp" name="cell range"> cell range</link> where you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outarealb"> Select a named <link href="text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp" name="cell range">cell range</link> in which you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3145642 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outareaed"> Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outareaed"> Enter the cell range in which you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040000.xhp par_id3146119 7 help.text]
en: $[officename] automatically recognizes predefined database ranges.
en_GB: $[officename] automatically recognises predefined database ranges.

[ctx: 12040100.xhp par_id3148550 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes with which you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp hd_id3154138 5 help.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3147228 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:BTN_CASE">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:BTN_CASE">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3154319 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:ED_COPY_AREA">Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:ED_COPY_AREA">Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149377 33 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is selected, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is marked, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3153876 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:BTN_UNIQUE">Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_SPEC_FILTER:BTN_UNIQUE">Excludes duplicate rows from the list of filtered data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149123 41 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_FILTER:BTN_DEST_PERS">Select the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click into the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_FILTER:BTN_DEST_PERS">Mark the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click within the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3145119 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labeled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognizes a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.
en_GB: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labelled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognises a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3153896 3 help.text]
en: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postal code based on data from a client database.
en_GB: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postcode based on data from a client database.

[ctx: 12050100.xhp par_id3153968 4 help.text]
en: Select the table or the area in the table that you want to calculate subtotals for, and then choose <emph>Data – Subtotals</emph>.
en_GB: Select the table or the area in the table for which you want to calculate subtotals, and then choose <emph>Data – Subtotals</emph>.

[ctx: 12050100.xhp par_id3153188 6 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Calculate subtotals for</emph> box, select the check boxes for the columns containing the values that you want to subtotal.
en_GB: In the <emph>Calculate subtotals for</emph> box, mark the check boxes for the columns containing the values that you want to subtotal.

[ctx: 12050100.xhp par_id3154013 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SUBT_GROUP">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_SUBT_GROUP">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3147317 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS:BTN_PAGEBREAK">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS:BTN_PAGEBREAK">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp hd_id3146985 5 help.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3149400 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS:LB_USERDEF">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_SUBT_OPTIONS:LB_USERDEF">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12060000.xhp hd_id3154492 6 help.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 12060000.xhp par_id3151073 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_TABOP:ED_FORMULARANGE">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_TABOP:ED_FORMULARANGE">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3153836 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:ED_DATA_AREA">Specifies the cell range that you want to consolidate with the cell ranges listed in the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box. Select a cell range in a sheet, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also select a the name of a predefined cell from the <emph>Source data range </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:ED_DATA_AREA">Specifies the cell range that you want to consolidate with the cell ranges listed in the <emph>Consolidation ranges</emph> box. Select a cell range in a sheet, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also select the name of a predefined cell from the <emph>Source data range</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3147341 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:ED_DEST_AREA">Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:ED_DEST_AREA">Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3155335 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:BTN_ADD">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_CONSOLIDATE:BTN_ADD">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154909 3 help.text]
en: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data arranged is arranged differently.
en_GB: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data is arranged differently.

[ctx: 12080300.xhp par_id3145069 3 help.text]
en: When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose <emph>Data – Outline -</emph> <link href="text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp" name="Ungroup"><emph>Ungroup</emph></link>.
en_GB: When you group a cell range, an outline icon appears in the margin next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose <emph>Data – Outline -</emph> <link href="text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp" name="Ungroup"><emph>Ungroup</emph></link>.

[ctx: 12080500.xhp par_id3145069 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulae or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_idN105FB help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3145119 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataDataPilotRun">Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataDataPilotRun">Opens a dialogue box where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3145647 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_idN10670 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3150010 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCDLG_DAPIDATA:LB_OBJTYPE">Click the source type of for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCDLG_DAPIDATA:LB_OBJTYPE">Click the source type for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3147348 11 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3150768 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_DPLAY_SELECT">To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the <emph>Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, </emph>and<emph> Data Fields </emph>areas.</ahelp> You can also use drag and drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_DPLAY_SELECT">To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the <emph>Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, </emph>and<emph> Data Fields </emph>areas.</ahelp> You can also use drag-and-drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3147229 20 help.text]
en: $[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the <emph>Data Fields </emph>area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.
en_GB: $[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3145749 21 help.text]
en: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field">Data Field</link> dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.
en_GB: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field">Data Field</link> dialogue box. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3146120 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_PIVOT_LAYOUT_BTN_OPTIONS">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog where you can change the function that is associated with the selected field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_PIVOT_LAYOUT_BTN_OPTIONS">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box with in you can change the function that is associated with the selected field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108B2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108CD help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108F1 help.text]
en: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialog opens:
en_GB: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialogue box opens:

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN10904 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the field that you want to view the details for.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the field for which you want to view details.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090104.xhp hd_id3153662 5 help.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3145673 6 help.text]
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3147264 29 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is selected, you can use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) also in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is marked, you can also use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3154138 31 help.text]
en: Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.
en_GB: Excludes duplicate rows from the list of filtered data.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_id3154124 16 help.text]
en: The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table">Pivot Table</link> dialog.
en_GB: The contents of this dialogue box is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table">Pivot Table</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialog. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialog. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialogue box. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10708 help.text]
en: If the dialog is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialog:
en_GB: If the dialogue box is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialogue box:

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10716 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1495371266">Select the type of calculating of the displayed value for the data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1495371266">Select the type of calculation for the displayed value of the data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN1074C help.text]
en: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is the result where the item in the base field is replaced by the specified base item.
en_GB: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is obtained by replacing the item in the base field with the specified base item.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10754 help.text]
en: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is the result for the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.
en_GB: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is taken as the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10780 help.text]
en: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to get each result.
en_GB: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to obtain each result.

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1495384580">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1495384580">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10569 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1495384581">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1495384581">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value (i.e. from Z to A or from 9 to 0). If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1495387654">Select the layout mode for the field in the list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1495387654">Choose the layout mode for the field from the list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN105BA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1495387656">Select the data field that you want to sort the data by.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1495387656">Select the data field by which you want to sort the data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090400.xhp par_idN10551 help.text]
en: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialog for either values or dates.
en_GB: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialogue box for either values or dates.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150718 27 help.text]
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3155066 29 help.text]
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_idN10728 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sc:CheckBox:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:CB_SORTLIST">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sc:CheckBox:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:CB_SORTLIST">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3144502 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:LB_VALUE">Select the comparative operator that you want to use.</ahelp> The available operators depend on what you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box. If you select "between" or "not between", the <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph> input boxes appear. Otherwise, only the <emph>Minimum</emph>, the <emph>Maximum, or the Value</emph> input boxes appear.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:LB_VALUE">Select the comparative operator that you want to use.</ahelp> The available operators depend on what you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box. If you select "between" or "not between", the <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph> input boxes appear. Otherwise, only the <emph>Minimum</emph>, the <emph>Maximum, or the Value</emph> input boxes appear.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153266 12 help.text]
en: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.
en_GB: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153199 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:EDT_MIN">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:EDT_MIN">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150089 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:EDT_MAX">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:EDIT:TP_VALIDATION_VALUES:EDT_MAX">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120200.xhp par_id3154730 5 help.text]
en: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialog, and then select and clear this check box, the text will be lost.
en_GB: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialogue box, and then mark and unmark this check box, the text will be lost.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3150768 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If enabled, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If unmarked, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3146984 5 help.text]
en: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is reentered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogs by clicking the <emph>Cancel </emph>button. If you close the dialogs with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.
en_GB: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is re-entered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogue boxes by clicking the <emph>Cancel</emph> button. If you close the dialogue boxes with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3151115 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR:LB_ACTION">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR:LB_ACTION">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialogue box that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialogue box that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3153160 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR:BTN_SEARCH">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR:BTN_SEARCH">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: format_graphic.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: format_graphic.xhp par_id2480544 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches <emph>Edit Points</emph> mode for an inserted freeform line on and off.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches <emph>Edit Points</emph> mode for an inserted free-form line on and off.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153551 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DATUM">This function calculates a date specified by year, month, day and displays it in the cell's formatting.</ahelp> The default format of a cell containing the DATE function is the date format, but you can format the cells with any other number format.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DATUM">This function converts a date written as year, month, day to an internal serial number and displays it in the cell's formatting.</ahelp> The default format of a cell containing the DATE function is the date format, but you can format the cells with any other number format, e.g. the <emph>0</emph> number format displays the internal serial number of the date as a number.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3152815 7 help.text]
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9957 or between 0 and 99.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153222 174 help.text]
en: In <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - General </item>you can set from which year a two-digit number entry is recognized as 20xx.
en_GB: In <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - General</item> you can define for which years a two-digit number entry is recognised as 20xx.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3155817 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer indicating the month.
en_GB: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 12 indicating the month.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153183 9 help.text]
en: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer indicating the day of the month.
en_GB: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 31 indicating the day of the month.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3156260 10 help.text]
en: If the values for month and day are out of bounds, they are carried over to the next digit. If you enter <item type="input">=DATE(00;12;31)</item> the result will be 12/31/00. If, on the other hand, you enter <item type="input">=DATE(00;13;31)</item> the result will be 1/31/01.
en_GB: If the values for month and day are higher than the bounding values, they are carried over to the next digit. If you enter <item type="input">=DATE(00;12;31)</item> the result will be 31/12/00. If, on the other hand, you enter <item type="input">=DATE(00;13;31)</item> the result will be 31/01/01.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3152589 16 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=DATE(00;1;31)</item> yields 1/31/00 if the cell format setting is MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DATE(00;01;31)</item> yields 31/01/00 if the cell format setting is DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: func_day.xhp par_id3147584 107 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer between 1 and 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.

[ctx: func_day.xhp par_id3151200 112 help.text]
en: DAY(1) returns 31 (since $[officename] starts counting at zero from December 30, 1899)
en_GB: DAY(1) returns 31 (since $[officename] starts counting at zero from 30th December 1899)

[ctx: func_days.xhp par_id3159101 123 help.text]
en: =DAYS("2010-01-01"; NOW()) returns the number of days from today until January 1, 2010.
en_GB: =DAYS("2010-01-01"; NOW()) returns the number of days from today until 1st January 2010.

[ctx: func_days360.xhp par_id3151064 129 help.text]
en: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is missing, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.
en_GB: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is omitted, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.

[ctx: func_days360.xhp par_id3156348 132 help.text]
en: =DAYS360("2000-01-01";NOW()) returns the number of interest days from January 1, 2000 until today.
en_GB: =DAYS360("2000-01-01"; NOW()) returns the number of interest days from 1st January 2000 until today.

[ctx: func_eastersunday.xhp par_id3938413 help.text]
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.

[ctx: func_eastersunday.xhp par_id3150940 184 help.text]
en: EASTERSUNDAY(2000)+49 returns the internal serial number 36688. The result is 2000-06-11. Format the serial date number as a date, for example in the format YYYY-MM-DD.
en_GB: EASTERSUNDAY(2000)+49 returns the internal serial number 36688, corresponding to 2000-06-11. Format the serial date number as a date; for example the format DD/MM/YY yields 11/06/00.

[ctx: func_edate.xhp par_id3150880 214 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_EDATE">The result is a date which is a number of m<emph>onths</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>. Only months are considered; days are not used for calculation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_EDATE">The result is a date which is a number of <emph>Months</emph> away from the <emph>Start date</emph>. Only months are considered; days are not used for calculation.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_edate.xhp par_id3155845 220 help.text]
en: What date is one month prior to 3.31.2001?
en_GB: What date is one month prior to 31/03/2001?

[ctx: func_edate.xhp par_id3155999 221 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=EDATE(3.31.2001;-1)</item> returns 2.28.2001.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EDATE("31/03/2001";-1)</item> returns 28/02/2001.

[ctx: func_eomonth.xhp par_id3152766 232 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_EOMONTH">Returns the date of the last day of a month which falls m<emph>onths</emph> away from the s<emph>tart date</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_EOMONTH">Returns the date of the last day of a month which falls <emph>Months</emph> away from the <emph>Start date</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_eomonth.xhp par_id3154829 238 help.text]
en: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after September 14 2001?
en_GB: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after 14th September 2001?

[ctx: func_hour.xhp par_id3149747 97 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer between 0 and 23.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer in the range 0 to 23.

[ctx: func_minute.xhp par_id3148988 67 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_month.xhp par_id3153538 77 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer between 1 and 12.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 12.

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3153788 241 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_NETWORKDAYS">Returns the number of workdays between a <emph>start date and an end date</emph>. Holidays can be deducted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_NETWORKDAYS">Returns the number of working days between <emph>Start date</emph> and <emph>End date</emph>. Holidays can be deducted.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3153885 244 help.text]
en: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from when the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a workday, the day is included in the calculation.
en_GB: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from which the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a working day, the day is included in the calculation.

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3151110 245 help.text]
en: <emph>EndDate</emph> is the date up until when the calculation is carried out. If the end date is a workday, the day is included in the calculation.
en_GB: <emph>EndDate</emph> is the date up until which the calculation is carried out. If the end date is a working day, the day is included in the calculation.

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3154115 246 help.text]
en: <emph>Holidays</emph> is an optional list of holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.
en_GB: <emph>Holidays</emph> (optional) is a list of holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3154661 248 help.text]
en: How many workdays fall between 2001-12-15 and 2002-01-15? The start date is located in C3 and the end date in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".
en_GB: How many working days fall between 2001-12-15 and 2002-01-15? The start date is located in C3 and the end date in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".

[ctx: func_networkdays.xhp par_id3147328 249 help.text]
en: =NETWORKDAYS(C3;D3;F3:J3) returns 17 workdays.
en_GB: =NETWORKDAYS(C3;D3;F3:J3) returns 17 working days.

[ctx: func_now.xhp par_id3148829 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time a cell value is modified.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time that a cell value is modified.

[ctx: func_second.xhp par_id3148974 87 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3148502 161 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text string enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3150794 162 help.text]
en: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used under $[officename] to calculate date entries.
en_GB: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used by $[officename] to calculate date entries.

[ctx: func_today.xhp par_id3153759 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify the values of the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify values in the document.

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3154228 137 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WOCHENTAG">Returns the day of the week for the given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer between 1 (Sunday) and 7 (Saturday) if no type or type=1 is specified. If type=2, numbering begins at Monday=1; and if type=3 numbering begins at Monday=0.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WOCHENTAG">Returns the day of the week for the given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer in the range 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) if Type is omitted or Type=1 is specified. If Type=2, numbering begins at Monday=1; and if Type=3 numbering begins at Monday=0.

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3154394 141 help.text]
en: <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of calculation. For Type=1, the weekdays are counted starting from Sunday (this is the default even when the Type parameter is missing). For Type=2, the weekdays are counted starting from Monday=1. For Type=3, the weekdays are counted starting from Monday=0.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of calculation. For Type=1, the weekdays are counted starting from Sunday (this is the default if the Type parameter is omitted). For Type=2, the weekdays are counted starting from Monday=1. For Type=3, the weekdays are counted starting from Monday=0.

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3150317 144 help.text]
en: =WEEKDAY("2000-06-14") returns 4 (the Type parameter is missing, therefore the standard count is used. The standard count starts with Sunday as day number 1. June 14, 2000 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 4).
en_GB: =WEEKDAY("14/06/2000") returns 4 (the Type parameter is omitted, therefore the standard count is used. The standard count starts with Sunday as day number 1. 14th June 2000 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 4).

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3153174 145 help.text]
en: =WEEKDAY("1996-07-24";2) returns 3 (the Type parameter is 2, therefore Monday is day number 1. July 24, 1996 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 3).
en_GB: =WEEKDAY("1996-07-24";2) returns 3 (the Type parameter is 2, therefore Monday is day number 1. 24th July 1996 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 3).

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3153525 146 help.text]
en: =WEEKDAY("1996-07-24";1) returns 4 (the Type parameter is 1, therefore Sunday is day number 1. July 24, 1996 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 4).
en_GB: =WEEKDAY("1996-07-24";1) returns 4 (the Type parameter is 1, therefore Sunday is day number 1. 24th July 1996 was a Wednesday and therefore day number 4).

[ctx: func_weekday.xhp par_id3150588 171 help.text]
en: To obtain a function indicating whether a day in A1 is a business day, use the IF and WEEKDAY functions as follows: <br/>IF(WEEKDAY(A1;2)<6;"Business day";"Weekend")
en_GB: To obtain a function indicating whether a day in A1 is a business day, use the IF and WEEKDAY functions as follows: <br/>IF(WEEKDAY(A1;2) < 6;"Business day";"Weekend")

[ctx: func_weeknum.xhp par_idN105E4 help.text]
en: The International Standard ISO 8601 has decreed that Monday shall be the first day of the week. A week that lies partly in one year and partly in another is assigned a number in the year in which most of its days lie. That means that week number 1 of any year is the week that contains the January 4th.
en_GB: The International Standard ISO 8601 has decreed that Monday shall be the first day of the week. A week that lies partly in one year and partly in another is assigned a number in the year in which most of its days lie. That means that week number 1 of any year is the week that contains 4th January.

[ctx: func_weeknum.xhp par_id3150704 65 help.text]
en: =WEEKNUM("1995-01-01";1) returns 1
en_GB: =WEEKNUM("1995-01-01";1) returns 1 (1st January 1995 was a Sunday)

[ctx: func_weeknumadd.xhp par_id3149973 229 help.text]
en: In which week number does 12.24.2001 fall?
en_GB: In which week number does 24/12/2001 fall?

[ctx: func_weeknumadd.xhp par_id3149914 230 help.text]
en: <item type="input">=WEEKNUM_ADD(24.12.2001;1)</item> returns 52.
en_GB: <item type="input">=WEEKNUM_ADD("24/12/2001";1)</item> returns 52.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3149893 187 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>workdays</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>working days</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3147469 190 help.text]
en: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from when the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a workday, the day is included in the calculation.
en_GB: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from which the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a working day, the day is included in the calculation.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3153038 191 help.text]
en: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of workdays. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.
en_GB: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of working days. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3150693 192 help.text]
en: <emph>Holidays</emph> is a list of optional holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.
en_GB: <emph>Holidays</emph> (optional) is a list of holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3152782 194 help.text]
en: What date came 17 workdays after 1 December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of workdays in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".
en_GB: What date came 17 working days after 1st December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of working days in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3146142 195 help.text]
en: =WORKDAY(C3;D3;F3:J3) returns 2001-12-28. Format the serial date number as a date, for example in the format YYYY-MM-DD.
en_GB: =WORKDAY(C3;D3;F3:J3) returns 2001-12-28. Format the serial date number as a date, for example in the format DD/MM/YYYY.

[ctx: func_yearfrac.xhp par_id3150899 197 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_YEARFRAC"> The result is a number between 0 and 1, representing the fraction of a year between <emph>StartDate</emph> and <emph>EndDate</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_YEARFRAC"> The result is a number in the range 0.0 to 1.0, representing the fraction of a year between <emph>StartDate</emph> and <emph>EndDate</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id9210486 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal seeking methods.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Solver dialogue box. A solver allows to solve equations with multiple unknown variables by goal seeking methods.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id8538773 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimised.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id1939451 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to shrink or restore the dialog. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to shrink or restore the dialogue box. You can click or select cells in the sheet. You can enter a cell reference manually in the input box.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2423780 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Options dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2569658 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to solve the equation with the current settings. The dialog settings are retained until you close the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to solve the equation with the current settings. The dialogue box settings are retained until you close the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
en: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimized value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.
en_GB: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimised value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id6776940 help.text]
en: The Options dialog for the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> is used to set some options.
en_GB: The Options dialogue box for the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> is used to set some options.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id393993 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a solver engine. The list box is disabled if only one solver engine is installed. Solver engines can be installed as extensions.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id6531266 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the current entry in the Settings list box allows to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialogue box opens in which you can change the value.</ahelp>

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id3163853 help.text]
en: Use the Options dialog to configure the current solver engine.
en_GB: Use the Options dialogue box to configure the current solver engine.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id3806878 help.text]
en: Select the solver engine to use and to configure from the listbox. The listbox is disabled if onle one solver engine is installed.
en_GB: Select the solver engine to use and to configure from the list box. The list box is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
en: In the Settings box, check all settings that you want to use for the current goal seeking operation. If the current option offers different values, the Edit button is enabled. Click Edit to open a dialog where you can change the value.
en_GB: In the Settings option list, tick all the settings that you want to use for the current goal seeking operation. If the current option offers different values, the Edit button is enabled. Click Edit to open a dialogue box in which you can change the value.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
en: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialog.
en_GB: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id655232 help.text]
en: <variable id="text2columns">Opens the Text to Columns dialog, where you enter settings to expand the contents of selected cells to multiple cells. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text2columns">Opens the Text to Columns dialogue box, where you enter settings to expand the contents of selected cells to multiple cells. </variable>

[ctx: text2columns.xhp hd_id9599597 help.text]
en: To expand cell contents to multiple cells
en_GB: To expand cell content to multiple cells

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id6334116 help.text]
en: You see the Text to Columns dialog.
en_GB: You will see the Text to Columns dialogue box.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id9276406 help.text]
en: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell contents will be transformed into multiple cells.
en_GB: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell content will be transformed into multiple cells.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id1517380 help.text]
en: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the resulting cell contents.
en_GB: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the contents of the resulting cells.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3146776 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cell - Numbers">Format - Cell - Numbers</link>.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cells - Numbers">Format - Cells - Numbers</link>.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3159153 10 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cell - Numbers">Format - Cell - Numbers</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cells - Numbers">Format - Cells - Numbers</link>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3154908 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cell - Numbers">Format - Cell - Numbers</link>.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Format - Cells - Numbers">Format - Cells - Numbers</link>.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3150543 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_INSWIN_SUMME">Inserts the sum of a cell range into the current cell, or inserts sum values into selected cells. Click in a cell, click this icon, and optionally adjust the cell range. Or select some cells into which the sum values will be inserted, then click the icon.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_INSWIN_SUMME">Inserts the sum of a cell range into the current cell, or inserts sum values into selected cells. Click in a cell, click this icon and optionally adjust the cell range. Or select some cells into which the sum values will be inserted, then click the icon.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153189 3 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Accept</emph> icon (green check mark) to use the formula displayed in the input line.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Accept</emph> icon (green tick mark) to use the formula displayed in the input line.

[ctx: 06060000.xhp bm_id3154514 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; canceling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; canceling input icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; cancelling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; cancelling input icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3154515 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="thementext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseDesign">Applies a formatting style to the selected cells.</ahelp></variable> The styles include font, border, and background color information.
en_GB: <variable id="thementext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseDesign">Applies a formatting style to the selected cells.</ahelp></variable> The styles include font, border, and background colour information.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp bm_id3147335 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;status bar</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;status bar</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3155061 3 help.text]
en: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulas are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.
en_GB: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulae are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.

[ctx: 18010000.xhp par_id3147336 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, where you can add graphics and special characters to the current sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, with which you can add graphics and special characters to the current sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 18020000.xhp par_id3156024 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells </emph>toolbar, where you can insert cells, rows, and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells</emph> toolbar, with which you can insert cells, rows and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153967 84 help.text]
en: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as what you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.
en_GB: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as that which you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3146978 130 help.text]
en: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Contents">Delete Contents</link> dialog, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialog, press the Delete key.
en_GB: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Contents">Delete Contents</link> dialogue box, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialogue box, press the Delete key.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id6407055 help.text]
en: Displays or hides the formulas instead of the values in all cells.
en_GB: Displays or hides the formulae instead of the values in all cells.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id8070314 help.text]
en: The ` key is located next to the "1" key on most English keyboards. If your keyboard does not show this key, you can assign another key: Choose Tools - Customize, click the Keyboard tab. Select the "View" category and the "Toggle Formula" function.
en_GB: The ` key is located next to the "1" key on most English keyboards. If your keyboard does not show this key, you can assign another key: Choose Tools - Customise, click the Keyboard tab. Select the "View" category and the "Toggle Formula" function.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153108 179 help.text]
en: If the cursor is in an input box in a dialog that has a <emph>Minimize </emph>button, the dialog is hidden and the input box remains visible. Press F2 again to show the whole dialog.
en_GB: If the cursor is in an input box in a dialogue box that has a <emph>Minimise</emph> button, the dialogue box is hidden and the input box remains visible. Press F2 again to show the whole dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155929 136 help.text]
en: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> where you can enter a formula for the current cell.
en_GB: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> in which you can enter a formula for the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145245 16 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153551 134 help.text]
en: Moves the cursor from the <emph>Input line </emph>to the <emph>Sheet area</emph> box.
en_GB: Moves the cursor from the <emph>Input line</emph> to the <emph>Sheet area</emph> box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3163827 40 help.text]
en: Recalculates changed formulas in the current sheet.
en_GB: Recalculates all of the formulae in the current sheet.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1729178 help.text]
en: Recalculates all formulas in all sheets.
en_GB: Recalculates all formulae in all sheets.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150967 47 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window where you can apply a formatting style to the contents of the cell or to the current sheet.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window with which you can apply a formatting style to the contents of the cell or to the current sheet.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3159180 126 help.text]
en: Optimizes the column width or row height based on the current cell.
en_GB: Optimises the column width or row height based on the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149197 help.text]
en: Open Format Cells dialog
en_GB: Open Format Cells dialogue box

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147511 176 help.text]
en: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155362 174 help.text]
en: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149152 172 help.text]
en: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3158424 170 help.text]
en: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153238 168 help.text]
en: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3166458 166 help.text]
en: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153742 164 help.text]
en: Selects the first item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the first item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153684 162 help.text]
en: Selects the last item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the last item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3155854 8 help.text]
en: Character in a formula is not valid.
en_GB: Character in a formula is not valid, for example, "=1Eq" instead of "=1E2".

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3145635 44 help.text]
en: <emph>Compiler:</emph> an identifier in the formula exceeds 64 KB in size. <emph>Interpreter:</emph> a result of a string operation exceeds 64 KB in size.
en_GB: <emph>Compiler:</emph> an identifier in the formula exceeds 64 KB in size. <emph>Interpreter</emph>: a result of a string operation exceeds 64 KB in size.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149352 47 help.text]
en: Sort operation attempted on too much numerical data (max. 100000) or a calculation stack overflow.
en_GB: Sort operation attempted on too much numeric data (max. 100000) or a calculation stack overflow.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3153108 62 help.text]
en: The formula yields a value that does not correspond to the definition; or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains text instead of a number.
en_GB: The formula yields a value that does not corresponds to the definition, or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains a text string instead of a number.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3150272 74 help.text]
en: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum steps that are set.
en_GB: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum number of steps set.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id5844294 help.text]
en: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDIZE with stdev=0<br/>NORMDIST with stdev=0
en_GB: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDISE with StandardDeviation=0<br/>NORMDIST with StandardDeviation=0

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id2733542 help.text]
en: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric anymore, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.
en_GB: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric any more, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id2861720 help.text]
en: =ISNUMBER(B1) => FALSE (MS-Excel: TRUE)
en_GB: =ISNUMBER(B1) => FALSE (Microsoft Excel: TRUE)

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id4653767 help.text]
en: =B1="" => TRUE (MS-Excel: FALSE)
en_GB: =B1="" => TRUE (Microsoft Excel: FALSE)

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id8801538 help.text]
en: C1: =VLOOKUP(...) with empty cell result => displays empty (MS-Excel: displays 0)
en_GB: C1: =VLOOKUP(...) with empty cell result => displays empty (Microsoft Excel: displays 0)

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id7458723 help.text]
en: =ISNUMBER(C1) => FALSE (MS-Excel: TRUE)
en_GB: =ISNUMBER(C1) => FALSE (Microsoft Excel: TRUE)

[ctx: address_auto.xhp tit help.text]
en: Recognizing Names as Addressing
en_GB: Recognising Names as Addressing

[ctx: address_auto.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; using row/column labels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognizing; column and row labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; using row/column labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising; column and row labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: address_auto.xhp hd_id3148797 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp" name="Recognizing Names as Addressing">Recognizing Names as Addressing</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp" name="Recognising Names as Addressing">Recognising Names as Addressing</link></variable>

[ctx: address_auto.xhp par_id3155443 24 help.text]
en: This function is active by default. To turn this function off, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</emph> and clear the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> check box.
en_GB: This function is active by default. To turn this function off, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</emph> and unmark the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> check box.

[ctx: address_auto.xhp par_id3149210 37 help.text]
en: If you want a name to be automatically recognized by Calc, the name must start with a letter and be composed of alphanumeric characters. If you enter the name in the formula yourself, enclose the name in single quotation marks ('). If a single quotation mark appears in a name, you must enter a backslash in front of the quotation mark, for example, <item type="literal">'Harry\'s Bar'.</item>
en_GB: If you want a name to be automatically recognised by Calc, the name must start with a letter and be composed of alphanumeric characters. If you enter the name in the formula yourself, enclose the name in single quotation marks ('). If a single quotation mark appears in a name, you must enter a backslash in front of the quotation mark, for example, <item type="literal">'Harry\'s Bar'.</item>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp bm_id3149456 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>deactivating; automatic changes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deactivating automatic changes in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoInput function on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text in cells;AutoInput function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; AutoInput function of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>input support in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing; input in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;cell contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell input;AutoInput function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters;AutoInput function (in cells)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;AutoInput function (in cells)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>date formats;avoiding conversion to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number completion on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text completion on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion on/off</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deactivating; automatic changes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; deactivating automatic changes in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoInput function on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells;AutoInput function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; AutoInput function of text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input support in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; input in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell input;AutoInput function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lower-case letters;AutoInput function (in cells)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;AutoInput function (in cells)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date formats;avoiding conversion to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number completion on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text completion on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word completion on/off</bookmark_value>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3153878 6 help.text]
en: To turn the AutoInput on and off, set or remove the check mark in front of <link href="text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp" name="Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput"><emph>Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput</emph></link>.
en_GB: To turn the AutoInput on and off, set or remove the tick mark in front of <link href="text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp" name="Tools - Cell Content - AutoInput"><emph>Tools - Cell Content - AutoInput</emph></link>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3153707 22 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1.1</emph> may be interpreted as January 1 of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1/1</emph> may be interpreted as 1st January of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155333 9 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localised Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp hd_id3149565 11 help.text]
en: Cell Content Always Begins With Uppercase
en_GB: Cell Content Always Begins With Upper-case

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3147001 13 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalize first letter of every sentence</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalise first letter of every sentence</item>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3152992 19 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp" name="Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput">Tools - Cell Contents - AutoInput</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp" name="Tools - Cell Content - AutoInput">Tools - Cell Content - AutoInput</link>

[ctx: autofilter.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3155064 13 help.text]
en: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different color for the arrow button.
en_GB: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different arrow button colour.

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3153714 12 help.text]
en: To display all records again, select the "all<emph>"</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose "Standard<emph>"</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.
en_GB: To display all records again, select the <emph>- all -</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose <emph>-Standard-</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialogue box appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_id3149210 14 help.text]
en: If you do not see any change in color of the cell contents, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Value Highlighting</item>.
en_GB: If you do not see any change in colour of the cell content, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Value Highlighting</item>.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN10760 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name for the format.
en_GB: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the format.

[ctx: background.xhp tit help.text]
en: Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics
en_GB: Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics

[ctx: background.xhp bm_id3149346 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; backgrounds</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>backgrounds;cell ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows, see also cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns, see also cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;cell ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows, see also cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns, see also cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics</link></variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id9520249 help.text]
en: You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: You can define a background colour or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3144760 16 help.text]
en: Applying a Background Color to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet
en_GB: Applying a Background Colour to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3152938 19 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp tit help.text]
en: User Defined Borders in Cells
en_GB: User-Defined Borders in Cells

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id4544816 help.text]
en: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User-Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id9947508 help.text]
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1836909 help.text]
en: The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.
en_GB: The thin grey lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id5212561 help.text]
en: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.
en_GB: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4818872 help.text]
en: The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.
en_GB: The thick grey lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id3593554 help.text]
en: User Defined Settings
en_GB: User-Defined Settings

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4018066 help.text]
en: In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.
en_GB: In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4065065 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id9379863" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id9379863" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1209143 help.text]
en: A gray line
en_GB: A grey line

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id6653340 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id6972563" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">gray line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id6972563" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">grey line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id2278817 help.text]
en: A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.
en_GB: A grey line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id52491 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id3801080" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3801080" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id8102053 help.text]
en: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (gray lines).
en_GB: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (grey lines).

[ctx: calc_date.xhp bm_id3146120 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>dates; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>times; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;date and time formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>current date and time values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dates; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>times; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;date and time formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>current date and time values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3147343 54 help.text]
en: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog appears. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialog with the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box will appear. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialogue box using the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3150304 16 help.text]
en: Experiment with some additional formulas: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key after each formula.
en_GB: Experiment with some additional formulae: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key after each formula.

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3149207 17 help.text]
en: The time since your date of birth will be calculated and displayed in the various units. The values are calculated as of the exact moment when you entered the last formula and pressed the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key. This value is not automatically updated, although "Now" continuously changes. In the <emph>Tools</emph> menu, the menu item <emph>Cell Contents - AutoCalculate</emph> is normally active; however, automatic calculation does not apply to the function NOW. This ensures that your computer is not solely occupied with updating the sheet.
en_GB: The time since your date of birth will be calculated and displayed in the various units. The values are calculated as of the exact moment when you entered the last formula and pressed the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key. This value is not automatically updated, although "Now" continuously changes. In the <emph>Tools</emph> menu, the menu item <emph>Cell Content - AutoCalculate</emph> is normally active; however, automatic calculation does not apply to the function NOW. This ensures that your computer is not solely occupied with updating the sheet.

[ctx: calc_series.xhp bm_id3150769 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calc_series.xhp par_id3154490 18 help.text]
en: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognized in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognizes customized lists that are defined under <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.
en_GB: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognised in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognises customised lists that are defined under <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.

[ctx: calc_timevalues.xhp par_id3145271 57 help.text]
en: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.
en_GB: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses (round brackets) is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.

[ctx: calculate.xhp bm_id3150791 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_enter.xhp par_id2011780 help.text]
en: Use drag-and-drop to select the area where you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.
en_GB: Use drag-and-drop to select the area into which you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp bm_id3146119 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;hiding</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;hiding</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id3153368 17 help.text]
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulas can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulae can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id5974303 help.text]
en: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidental action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to surpass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.
en_GB: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidential action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to bypass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN1069A help.text]
en: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulas from changes.
en_GB: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulae from changes.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN106C0 help.text]
en: To protect the cells from being changed / viewed / printed according to your settings in the <emph>Format - Cells</emph> dialog, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</item>.
en_GB: To protect the cells from being changed / viewed / printed according to your settings in the <emph>Format - Cells</emph> dialogue box, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Protect Document - Sheet</item>.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN106CF help.text]
en: (Optional) Enter a password.
en_GB: (Optional) Enter a password of at least 5 characters.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp bm_id3153252 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp hd_id3153252 14 help.text]
en: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp" name="Unprotecting Cells">Unprotecting Cells</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp" name="Unprotecting Cells">Unprotecting Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3149656 16 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph>, then choose <emph>Sheet</emph> or <emph>Document</emph> to remove the check mark indicating the protected status.
en_GB: Select <emph>Tools - Protect Document</emph>, then choose <emph>Sheet</emph> or <emph>Document</emph> to remove the tick mark indicating the protected status.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3145171 17 help.text]
en: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialog and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialogue box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3153771 18 help.text]
en: The cells can now be edited, the formulas can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.
en_GB: The cells can now be edited, the formulae can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp bm_id3150440 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp par_id3154729 3 help.text]
en: $[officename] behavior depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.
en_GB: $[officename] behaviour depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3154686 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag and drop </bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag and drop</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3156444 17 help.text]
en: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link, or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.
en_GB: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3154256 23 help.text]
en: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet where you want to insert the reference.
en_GB: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet into which you want to insert the reference.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id809961 help.text]
en: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also change.
en_GB: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also changes.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id8001953 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell where you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell into which you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id7697683 help.text]
en: Confirm the formula by clicking the green check mark.
en_GB: Confirm the formula by clicking the green tick mark.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3145384 40 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Link to External Data</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External Data"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Link to External Data</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External Data"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3152892 41 help.text]
en: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialog. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialogue box. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3153068 42 help.text]
en: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialog, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.
en_GB: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialogue box, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3159204 38 help.text]
en: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialog under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.
en_GB: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialogue box under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp hd_id3145673 13 help.text]
en: <variable id="cellstyle_by_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp" name="Assigning Formats by Formula">Assigning Formats by Formula</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="cellstyle_by_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_by_formula.xhp" name="Assigning Formats by Formula">Assigning Formats by Formula</link></variable>

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3150275 14 help.text]
en: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can color a cell depending on its value. The formula =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.
en_GB: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can colour a cell depending on its value. The formula =... + STYLE(IF(CURRENT() > 3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3151385 15 help.text]
en: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the         <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialog.
en_GB: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3150767 18 help.text]
en: For the <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> term, enter: .<item type="literal">*</item>
en_GB: For the <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> term, enter: <item type="literal">.*</item>

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3147127 23 help.text]
en: Click               <item type="menuitem">Replace all</item>.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">Replace all</item>.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3159156 25 help.text]
en: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional formatting</emph>, the dialog allows you to define up to three conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.
en_GB: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional formatting</emph>, the dialogue box allows you to define up to three conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id8039796 help.text]
en: To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Contents - AutoCalculate</emph> (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).
en_GB: To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose <emph>Tools - Cell Content - AutoCalculate</emph> (a tick mark is present next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3146969 29 help.text]
en: Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:
en_GB: Enter the condition(s) into the dialogue box. The dialogue box is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3149565 41 help.text]
en: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number between 0 and 1. If you want integers of between 0 and 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).
en_GB: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If you want integers in the range 0 to 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3155529 47 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select a background color. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select a background colour. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3152889 49 help.text]
en: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background color for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").
en_GB: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background colour for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3156016 53 help.text]
en: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialog using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#eingabesymbol" name="Shrink or Maximize"><item type="menuitem">Shrink / Maximize</item></link> icon.
en_GB: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialogue box using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#eingabesymbol" name="Shrink or Maximise"><item type="menuitem">Shrink / Maximise</item></link> icon.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3153801 57 help.text]
en: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional Formatting</emph> command to open the corresponding dialog.
en_GB: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional Formatting</emph> command to open the corresponding dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3147298 66 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3166465 67 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Selection</emph> area, check only the <emph>Formats</emph> box. All other boxes must be unchecked. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Selection</emph> area, mark only the <emph>Formats</emph> check box. All other check boxes must be unmarked. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colors for negative numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colours;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colours for negative numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp par_id3153878 33 help.text]
en: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colors.
en_GB: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colours.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp hd_id892056 help.text]
en: To Combine Cell Contents
en_GB: To Combine Contents of Cells

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3154513 7 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3149209 9 help.text]
en: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor appears. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor will appear. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3147250 16 help.text]
en: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog to display additional settings:
en_GB: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box to display additional settings:

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3156400 17 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulas that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.
en_GB: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulae that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp bm_id892361 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>csv files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text csv files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CSV files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10880 help.text]
en: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as a tabulator character.
en_GB: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as semicolon or tab characters.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10886 help.text]
en: If the field or cell contains a comma, the field or cell <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").
en_GB: If the field or cell contains a comma, its content <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10834 help.text]
en: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108BB help.text]
en: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog.
en_GB: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108E2 help.text]
en: Check the text delimiter box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.
en_GB: Mark the text delimiter check box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN106FC help.text]
en: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulas and formatting, is lost.
en_GB: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulae and formatting, is omitted.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN107ED help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialog, select the options that you want.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialogue box, select the options that you want.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp bm_id3153726 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>csv files;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; importing/exporting as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exporting;formulas as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;csv files with formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>CSV files;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; importing/exporting as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting;formulae as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;CSV files with formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3153726 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Text Files">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Text Files">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149402 2 help.text]
en: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the cell contents of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.
en_GB: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the contents of cells of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3155445 17 help.text]
en: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognized.
en_GB: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognised.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149565 18 help.text]
en: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149255 19 help.text]
en: If the csv file contains formulas, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box.
en_GB: If the CSV file contains formulae, but you want to import the results of those formulae, then choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and unmark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3154022 3 help.text]
en: To Export Formulas and Values as CSV Files
en_GB: To Export Formulae and Values as CSV Files

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150342 4 help.text]
en: Click the sheet to be written as a csv file.
en_GB: Click the sheet to be written as a CSV file.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3166423 5 help.text]
en: If you want to export the formulas as formulas, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to export the formulae as formulae, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150200 7 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3154484 8 help.text]
en: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulas, do not mark <emph>Formulas</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulae, do not mark <emph>Formulae</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3148702 9 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3153912 10 help.text]
en: In the               <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3152869 23 help.text]
en: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialog that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialogue box that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150050 14 help.text]
en: If necessary, after you have saved, clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.
en_GB: If necessary, after you have saved, unmark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150010 48 help.text]
en: Exchanging of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.
en_GB: Exchanging <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3156442 52 help.text]
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euros in another country and does not become dollars.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euro in another country and does not become dollars.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3151075 49 help.text]
en: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select the currency symbol and its position.
en_GB: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for currency symbol, decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select possible variations from the default format for the language.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150749 50 help.text]
en: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a german locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A point is used before the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box , you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.
en_GB: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a German locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A dot-on-the-line is used after the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box, you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.

[ctx: database_define.xhp bm_id3154758 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_define.xhp par_idN10648 help.text]
en: To define a database range
en_GB: To Define a Database Range

[ctx: database_filter.xhp bm_id3153541 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_filter.xhp par_id3156422 51 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, specify the filter options that you want.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, specify the filter options that you want.

[ctx: database_sort.xhp bm_id3150767 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_sort.xhp par_id121020081121547 help.text]
en: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colors.
en_GB: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colours.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3156024 2 help.text]
en: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.
en_GB: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyse large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3145069 9 help.text]
en: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp" name="pivot table">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
en_GB: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp" name="pivot table">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarised according to different points of view.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147264 9 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".
en_GB: Choose <emph>Data - Pivot Table - Create</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id7599414 help.text]
en: Drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a listbox on top of the generated pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter.
en_GB: Drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a list box on top of the generated pivot table. The list box can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3146974 16 help.text]
en: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3153714 14 help.text]
en: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialog.
en_GB: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147338 15 help.text]
en: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialog to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.
en_GB: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialogue box to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3154020 18 help.text]
en: Exit the Pivot Table dialog by pressing OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.
en_GB: Exit the Pivot Table dialogue box by pressing OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id1648915 help.text]
en: In the Pivot Table dialog, you can drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a listbox on top of the pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.
en_GB: In the Pivot Table dialogue box, you can drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a list box on top of the pivot table. The list box can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id3156442 40 help.text]
en: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you find the command <emph>Edit Layout</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog for the current pivot table.
en_GB: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you will find the command <emph>Edit Layout</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box for the current pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id3150441 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialog for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialog appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialogue box for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialogue box appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344449 help.text]
en: Enable or disable a checkbox to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.
en_GB: Enable or disable a check box to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344493 help.text]
en: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> checkbox to show all or none of the field members.
en_GB: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> check box to show all or none of the field members.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_idN1066E help.text]
en: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogs, either for numeric values, or for date values.
en_GB: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogue boxes, either for numeric values, or for date values.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_id3328653 help.text]
en: The pivot table must be organized in a way that grouping can be applied.
en_GB: The pivot table must be organised in a way that grouping can be applied.

[ctx: datapilot_tipps.xhp par_id3154123 20 help.text]
en: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. The dialog will be extended.
en_GB: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box will be extended.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10756 help.text]
en: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulas and formatting are lost when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains a collection of files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulae and formatting are not transferred when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10730 help.text]
en: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10786 help.text]
en: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog, enter a name for the database.
en_GB: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the database.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN1079A help.text]
en: In the <emph>Database type </emph>box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialog, select "dBASE".
en_GB: In the <emph>Database type</emph> box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialogue box, select "dBASE".

[ctx: design.xhp hd_id3150791 6 help.text]
en: <variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link></variable>

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3154757 17 help.text]
en: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3156382 18 help.text]
en: To apply a custom cell style to a cell, you can open the Styles and Formatting window and, in its lower list box, set the Custom Styles view. A list of the existing custom defined cell styles will be displayed. Double click a name from the Styles and Formatting window to apply this style to the selected cells.
en_GB: To apply a custom cell style to a cell, you can open the Styles and Formatting window and, in its lower list box, set the Custom Styles view. A list of the existing custom defined cell styles will be displayed. Double-click a name from the Styles and Formatting window to apply this style to the selected cells.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3148488 20 help.text]
en: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog appears. This dialog lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles and Formatting window lists the custom styles for specific cells.
en_GB: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box will appear. This dialogue box lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles and Formatting window lists the custom styles for specific cells.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3155114 9 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Theme Selection </emph>dialog, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.
en_GB: In the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3150201 22 help.text]
en: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.
en_GB: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp hd_id3149456 3 help.text]
en: <variable id="edit_multitables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp" name="Copying to Multiple Sheets">Copying to Multiple Sheets</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="edit_multitables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/edit_multitables.xhp" name="Copying to Multiple Sheets">Copying to Multiple Sheets</link></variable>

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3150868 6 help.text]
en: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.
en_GB: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulae that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3147435 7 help.text]
en: Now when you insert values, text or formulas into the active sheet, they will also appear in the identical positions in the other selected sheets. For example, data entered in cell A1 of the active sheet is automatically entered into cell A1 of any other seleted sheet.
en_GB: Now when you insert values, text or formulae into the active sheet, they will also appear in the identical positions in the other selected sheets. For example, data entered in cell A1 of the active sheet is automatically entered into cell A1 of any other seleted sheet.

[ctx: filters.xhp bm_id3153896 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: filters.xhp par_id3146119 4 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect the conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect up to three conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.

[ctx: finding.xhp bm_id3769341 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulas/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulae/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id9363689 help.text]
en: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulas, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.
en_GB: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulae, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id3610644 help.text]
en: The Find & Replace dialog
en_GB: The Find & Replace dialogue box

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id2423780 help.text]
en: To find formulas or values
en_GB: To find formulae or values

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2569658 help.text]
en: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialog either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.
en_GB: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialogue box either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6394238 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id7214270 help.text]
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
en: Select "Formulas" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.
en_GB: Select "Formulae" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id1331217 help.text]
en: With "Formulas" you will find all parts of the formulas.
en_GB: With "Formulae" you will find all parts of the formulae.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id3163853 help.text]
en: Cell contents can be formatted in different ways. For example, a number can be formatted as a currency, to be displayed with a currency symbol. You see the currency symbol in the cell, but you cannot search for it.
en_GB: Cell content can be formatted in different ways. For example, a number can be formatted as a currency, to be displayed with a currency symbol. You will see the currency symbol in the cell, but you cannot search for it.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2394482 help.text]
en: If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialog.
en_GB: If you closed the dialogue box, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialogue box.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3155268 15 help.text]
en: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.
en_GB: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3150046 18 help.text]
en: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.
en_GB: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3154733 20 help.text]
en: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cell</item>. In this dialog, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.
en_GB: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cell</item>. In this dialogue box, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.

[ctx: format_value.xhp bm_id3145367 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;formatting decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers; formatting decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3147394 6 help.text]
en: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3153157 9 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialog you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.
en_GB: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialogue box you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3149256 10 help.text]
en: If you only want to modify the number of the decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.
en_GB: If you only want to modify the number of decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp tit help.text]
en: User-defined Number Formats
en_GB: User-Defined Number Formats

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp bm_id3143268 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp hd_id3143268 26 help.text]
en: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp" name="User-defined Number Formats">User-defined Number Formats</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp" name="User-Defined Number Formats">User-Defined Number Formats</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp tit help.text]
en: Copying Formulas
en_GB: Copying Formulae

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp bm_id3151113 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp hd_id3151113 54 help.text]
en: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp" name="Copying Formulas">Copying Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp" name="Copying Formulae">Copying Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3153728 33 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3156385 53 help.text]
en: If you do not want values and texts to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulas, however, are always adjusted accordingly.
en_GB: If you do not want values to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulae, however, are always adjusted accordingly.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp tit help.text]
en: Entering Formulas
en_GB: Entering Formulae

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp hd_id3150868 9 help.text]
en: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp" name="Entering Formulas">Entering Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp" name="Entering Formulae">Entering Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id6848353 help.text]
en: You can enter formulas in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.
en_GB: You can enter formulae in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3156441 12 help.text]
en: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to input the formula.
en_GB: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to enter the formula.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3147394 8 help.text]
en: You can also enter the values and the formulas directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulas must always begin with an equals sign.
en_GB: You can also enter the values and the formulae directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulae must always begin with an equals sign.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id4206976 help.text]
en: You can also press the + or - key on the numerical keyboard to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:
en_GB: You can also press the + or - key on the numeric keypad to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id8171330 help.text]
en: You see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.
en_GB: You will see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3155764 6 help.text]
en: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same color. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in color</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - View">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.
en_GB: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same colour. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in colour</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - View">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3149210 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area.</variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp tit help.text]
en: Displaying Formulas or Values
en_GB: Displaying Formulae or Values

[ctx: formula_value.xhp bm_id3153195 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulas/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulas display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulas instead of results</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulae/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulae display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulae instead of results</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp hd_id3153195 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp" name="Displaying Formulas or Values">Displaying Formulas or Values</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp" name="Displaying Formulae or Values">Displaying Formulae or Values</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3150010 2 help.text]
en: If you want to display the formulas in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to display the formulae in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3146120 4 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> box. Click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click OK.

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3147396 5 help.text]
en: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulas box.
en_GB: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulae check box.

[ctx: formulas.xhp tit help.text]
en: Calculating With Formulas
en_GB: Calculating With Formulae

[ctx: formulas.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formulas.xhp hd_id3155411 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp" name="Calculating With Formulas">Calculating With Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp" name="Calculating With Formulae">Calculating With Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156281 21 help.text]
en: All formulas begin with an equals sign. The formulas can contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators, or functions.
en_GB: All formulae begin with an equals sign. The formulae may contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators or functions. Other data is also possible, such as format details.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3145272 39 help.text]
en: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulas using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.
en_GB: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulae using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3146119 42 help.text]
en: Parentheses can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result than =1+2*3.
en_GB: Parentheses (round brackets) can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result from =1+2*3.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156285 23 help.text]
en: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulas:
en_GB: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulae:

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3152890 35 help.text]
en: =SUM(B8;SUM(B10:B14))
en_GB: =SUM(B8; SUM(B10:B14))

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3150109 30 help.text]
en: It is also possible to nest functions in formulas, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.
en_GB: It is also possible to nest functions in formulae, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3152869 43 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="AutoPilot: Functions">Function Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Function Wizard">Function Wizard</link>

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp par_id3145367 44 help.text]
en: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells. </emph>Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.
en_GB: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells</emph>. Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155335 15 help.text]
en: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of $15,000.
en_GB: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of £15,000.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155960 6 help.text]
en: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">$100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.
en_GB: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">£100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3147001 16 help.text]
en: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3146978 20 help.text]
en: A dialog appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.
en_GB: A dialogue box appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146119 56 help.text]
en: Enter the number as text. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as text. Because it is in text format, however, you cannot calculate with this number.
en_GB: Enter the number as a text string. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as a text string. Because it is a text string, however, you cannot calculate with this number.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3154013 57 help.text]
en: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if less than three digits".
en_GB: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if fewer than three digits".

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3153158 58 help.text]
en: If you want to apply a numerical format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:
en_GB: If you want to apply a numeric format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3149018 63 help.text]
en: Check <emph>Regular expressions</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Regular expressions</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3156382 64 help.text]
en: Check <emph>Current selection only</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Current selection only</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146916 65 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Replace All</emph>
en_GB: Click the <emph>Replace All</emph> button

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154319 11 help.text]
en: In a text box that has a button to minimize the dialog, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialog.
en_GB: In a text box that has a button to minimise the dialogue box, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialogue box.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3159240 3 help.text]
en: With <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 you set the focus to the document.
en_GB: With <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 you move the focus to the document.

[ctx: line_fix.xhp par_id3151073 5 help.text]
en: To deactivate, choose <emph>Window - Freeze </emph>again.
en_GB: To deactivate, choose <emph>Window - Freeze</emph> again.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3154022 3 help.text]
en: Entering Values and Formulas
en_GB: Entering Values and Formulae

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp bm_id3153361 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp par_id3149959 5 help.text]
en: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag and drop.
en_GB: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag-and-drop.

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp tit help.text]
en: Entering Matrix Formulas
en_GB: Entering Matrix Formulae

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp bm_id3153969 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp hd_id3153969 13 help.text]
en: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp" name="Entering Matrix Formulas">Entering Matrix Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp" name="Entering Matrix Formulae">Entering Matrix Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp par_id3144767 20 help.text]
en: Press the (+) key from the numerical keypad.
en_GB: Press the (+) key on the numeric keypad.

[ctx: move_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3155686 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag and drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp tit help.text]
en: Navigating Through Sheets Tabs
en_GB: Navigating Through Sheet Tabs

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp hd_id3150769 4 help.text]
en: <variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link></variable>

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp par_id3147396 5 help.text]
en: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forward and backward through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.
en_GB: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forwards and backwards through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id4123966 help.text]
en: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range where you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range in which you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3156424 2 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:
en_GB: In the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3153189 8 help.text]
en: You produce toys which you sell for $10 each. Each toy costs $2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of $10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?
en_GB: You produce toys which you sell for £10 each. Each toy costs £2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of £10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3146888 42 help.text]
en: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit=Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.
en_GB: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit = Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3157875 43 help.text]
en: In column D enter given annual sales, one below the other; for example, 500 to 5000, in steps of 500.
en_GB: In column D enter a number of annual sales values, one below the other; for example, in steps of 500 from 500 to 5000.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3159115 44 help.text]
en: Select the range D2:E11, and thus the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.
en_GB: Select the range D2:E11, i.e. the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149149 46 help.text]
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas </emph>field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149009 48 help.text]
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You see the profits for the different quantities in column E.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the profits for the different quantities in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp hd_id3148725 49 help.text]
en: Calculating with Several Formulas Simultaneously
en_GB: Calculating with Several Formulae Simultaneously

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3154846 54 help.text]
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3150862 56 help.text]
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3148584 4 help.text]
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell has to refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialog. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> fields are used to enter the reference to the corresponding cells of the formula.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell must refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialogue box. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> field is used to enter the reference to the first cell of the range arranged in rows, and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> field the first cell of the range arranged in columns.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149981 97 help.text]
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149141 100 help.text]
en: Close the dialog with OK. You see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with OK. You will see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.

[ctx: multitables.xhp bm_id3154759 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sheets; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; selecting multiple</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>appending sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sheets; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; selecting multiple</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appending sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;multiple sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id05092009140203598 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id05092009140203523 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a window where you can assign a color to the sheet tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a window where you can assign a colour to the sheet tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id3145251 6 help.text]
en: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are gray when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.
en_GB: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are grey when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.

[ctx: note_insert.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
en: Format each comment by specifying background color, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.
en_GB: Format each comment by specifying background colour, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.

[ctx: numbers_text.xhp par_id090820090126540 help.text]
en: Strings inside formulas are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localized dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localized date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.
en_GB: Strings inside formulae are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localised dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localised date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.

[ctx: print_details.xhp bm_id3154346 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3149400 9 help.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3147340 13 help.text]
en: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3146916 14 help.text]
en: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print </emph>area mark the details to be printed and click OK.
en_GB: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print</emph> area mark the details to be printed and click OK.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp bm_id3153418 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150089 5 help.text]
en: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150885 7 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3149404 9 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialog in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:
en_GB: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialogue box, in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3163710 8 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3145800 10 help.text]
en: The dialog shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.
en_GB: The dialogue box shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3154018 12 help.text]
en: In the shrunk dialog you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.
en_GB: In the shrunken dialogue box you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3153707 13 help.text]
en: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialog is restored again.
en_GB: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialogue box is restored again.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN108FB help.text]
en: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.
en_GB: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Microsoft Excel file format.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1077A help.text]
en: For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.
en_GB: For files opened in Microsoft Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behaviour occurs when you export the Microsoft Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1093E help.text]
en: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.
en_GB: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centred page number in grey. Non-printing areas have a grey background.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1082A help.text]
en: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.
en_GB: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3154730 5 help.text]
en: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulas.
en_GB: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulae.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147338 36 help.text]
en: $[officename] can convert the current reference, in which the cursor is positioned in the input line, from relative to absolute and vice versa by pressing Shift +F4. If you start with a relative address such as A1, the first time you press this key combination, both row and column are set to absolute references ($A$1). The second time, only the row (A$1), and the third time, only the column ($A1). If you press the key combination once more, both column and row references are switched back to relative (A1)
en_GB: $[officename] can convert the current reference, in which the cursor is positioned in the input line, from relative to absolute and vice versa by pressing Shift +F4. If you start with a relative address such as A1, the first time that you press this key combination, both row and column are set to absolute references ($A$1). The second time, only the row (A$1), and the third time, only the column ($A1). If you press the key combination once more, both column and row references are switched back to relative (A1)

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3153963 52 help.text]
en: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in color. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in colour. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147346 8 help.text]
en: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulas in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.
en_GB: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulae in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147005 10 help.text]
en: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).
en_GB: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume that you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).

[ctx: rename_table.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: rename_table.xhp par_id3146976 13 help.text]
en: Open the context menu and choose the <emph>Rename Sheet</emph> command. A dialog box appears where you can enter a new name.
en_GB: Open the context menu and choose the <emph>Rename Sheet</emph> command. A dialogue box appears in which you can enter a new name.

[ctx: rename_table.xhp par_id090920081050307 help.text]
en: In cell references, a sheet name has to be enclosed in single quotes ' if the name contains other characters than alphanumeric or underscore. A single quote contained within a name has to be escaped by doubling it (two single quotes). For example, you want to reference the cell A1 on a sheet with the following name:
en_GB: In cell references, a sheet name must be enclosed by single quotes ' if the name contains other characters than alphanumeric or underscore. A single quote contained within a name must be escaped by doubling it (two single quotes). For example, you want to reference the cell A1 on a sheet with the following name:

[ctx: rename_table.xhp par_id0909200810503054 help.text]
en: The reference must be enclosed in single quotes, and the one single quote inside the name must be doubled:
en_GB: The reference must be enclosed by single quotes, and the one single quote inside the name must be doubled:

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153876 7 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153707 10 help.text]
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3146920 13 help.text]
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3154017 2 help.text]
en: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialog.
en_GB: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialogue box.

[ctx: row_height.xhp hd_id3154659 7 help.text]
en: Using the dialog to change the row height or column width
en_GB: Using the dialogue box to change the row height or column width

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3150519 10 help.text]
en: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialog.
en_GB: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialogue box.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3150364 18 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3166426 19 help.text]
en: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialog with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.
en_GB: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialogue box with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154256 14 help.text]
en: In the Navigator, you see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.
en_GB: In the Navigator, you will see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
en: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for each scenario that affects the cells and clear the Display border checkbox. Hiding the border also removes the listbox on the sheet where you can choose the scenarios.
en_GB: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for each scenario that affects the cells and unmark the Display border check box. Hiding the border also removes the list box on the sheet from which you can choose the scenarios.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154368 22 help.text]
en: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.
en_GB: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You will see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.

[ctx: sorted_list.xhp bm_id3150870 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>filling;customized lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customized lists</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filling;customised lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customised lists</bookmark_value>

[ctx: specialfilter.xhp par_id3153142 20 help.text]
en: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.
en_GB: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialogue box by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.

[ctx: specialfilter.xhp par_id3153726 21 help.text]
en: Then click OK, and you will see that only the rows from the original sheet whose contents have met the search criteria are still visible. All other rows are temporarily hidden and can be made to reappear with the <emph>Format - Row - Show </emph>command.
en_GB: Then click OK, and you will see that only the rows from the original sheet whose contents have met the search criteria are still visible. All other rows are temporarily hidden and can be made to reappear with the <emph>Format - Row - Show</emph> command.

[ctx: super_subscript.xhp par_id3149260 4 help.text]
en: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id6424146 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge Cells</emph>. If you choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</emph>, the cell content will be centered in the merged cell.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge Cells</emph>. If you choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</emph>, the cell content will be centred in the merged cell.

[ctx: table_rotate.xhp par_id3144764 8 help.text]
en: In the dialog, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.

[ctx: table_view.xhp par_id3153768 3 help.text]
en: Under the menu item <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc,</emph> go to the <emph>View</emph> tab page. Unmark<emph> Column/row headers</emph>. Confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under the menu item <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph>, go to the <emph>View</emph> tab page. Unmark <emph>Column/row headers</emph>. Confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_numbers.xhp par_id3144765 45 help.text]
en: If you decide to enter a number directly as text, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognized as a text. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or postal code that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the start of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.
en_GB: If you decide to enter a number directly as a text string, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognised as text and not as a number. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or bank account number that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the beginning of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp bm_id3151112 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp par_id3155133 3 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3148456 7 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item>.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3145232 19 help.text]
en: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog you clicked on <emph>Edit </emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.
en_GB: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box you clicked on <emph>Edit</emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3150304 21 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item> .
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item> .

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3150517 24 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item> .
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</item> .

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp hd_id3153305 12 help.text]
en: Applying a User-defined Function in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Applying a User-Defined Function in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: validity.xhp tit help.text]
en: Validity of Cell Contents
en_GB: Validity of Cell Content

[ctx: validity.xhp bm_id3156442 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3156442 22 help.text]
en: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp" name="Validity of Cell Contents">Validity of Cell Contents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp" name="Validity of Cell Content">Validity of Cell Content</link></variable>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3155603 5 help.text]
en: Using Cell Contents Validity
en_GB: Using Cell Content Validity

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3155959 6 help.text]
en: Select the cells for which you want to define a new validity rule.
en_GB: Select the cells for which you want to define a new validity rule. You can select multiple cells by clicking on all the cells while holding down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3159208 10 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, select an option.
en_GB: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, choose from one of the other options listed to place a condition on a cell entry.  "All Values" is selected by default.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3153011 11 help.text]
en: If you select "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp" name="serial date">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text only.
en_GB: If you choose "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed, even if they satisfy the other conditions. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp" name="serial date">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text strings only.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3149317 13 help.text]
en: Select the next condition under <emph>Data</emph>. According to what you choose, additional options will be selectable.
en_GB: Select the next condition under <emph>Data</emph>. According to what you choose, additional text fields (<emph>Value</emph>, <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph>) may appear to further refine the condition.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3151389 15 help.text]
en: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create message boxes:
en_GB: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create input help and error/invalid entry message boxes:

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3147416 18 help.text]
en: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell contents are retained.
en_GB: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell content is retained.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3150033 19 help.text]
en: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialog in which the entry can either be canceled or accepted.
en_GB: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialogue box in which the entry can either be cancelled (the cell value will be retained) or accepted (even if the new value violates the validity rule).

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3148586 21 help.text]
en: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialog with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.
en_GB: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialogue box with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id4891506 help.text]
en: period (.) - allowed within a name, but not as first or last character
en_GB: dot (.) - allowed within a name, but not as first or last character

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp hd_id1226233 help.text]
en: Naming cells and formulas
en_GB: Naming cells and formulae

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5489364 help.text]
en: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulas legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.
en_GB: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulae legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id953398 help.text]
en: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for sales tax if you can write "= Amount * Tax_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "Tax_rate."
en_GB: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for value-added tax if you can write "= Amount * VAT_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "VAT_rate."

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id4889675 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog to define names for formulas or parts of formulas you need more often. In order to specify range names,
en_GB: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box to define names for formulae or parts of formulae you need more often. In order to specify range names,

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3153954 3 help.text]
en: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Insert - Names - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Insert - Names - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3156283 4 help.text]
en: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialog.
en_GB: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5774101 help.text]
en: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialog by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.
en_GB: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialogue box by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.

[ctx: webquery.xhp hd_id3146976 6 help.text]
en: Inserting by Dialog
en_GB: Inserting by Dialogue Box

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3145750 8 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Link to External Data</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Link to External Data</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149958 9 help.text]
en: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149400 10 help.text]
en: In the large list box of the dialog, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.
en_GB: In the large list box of the dialogue box, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3154650 28 help.text]
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External data dialog">External data dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External data dialogue box">External data dialogue box</link>

[ctx: year2000.xhp par_id3151116 17 help.text]
en: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 1/1/99 to 1/1/01, the result will correctly be two years.
en_GB: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 01/01/99 to 01/01/01, the result will correctly be two years.

[ctx: year2000.xhp par_id3150010 20 help.text]
en: This means that if you enter a date of 1/1/30 or higher, it will be treated internally as 1/1/1930 or higher. All lower two-digit years apply to the 20xx century. So, for example, 1/1/20 is converted into 1/1/2020.
en_GB: This means that if you enter a date of 01/01/30 or higher, it will be converted to the internal date 1930-01-01 or higher. All lower two-digit years are converted to the 20xx century. So, for example, 01/01/20 is converted into 2020-01-01.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153160 12 help.text]
en: <variable id="efgttl">Choose <emph>Insert - Title </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="efgttl">Choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149121 13 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Legend </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Legend</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3156385 16 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Data Labels </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Data Labels</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149565 69 help.text]
en: <variable id="efgaug">Choose <emph>Insert - Axes </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="efgaug">Choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150297 17 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Grids </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Grids</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3148869 21 help.text]
en: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - Y Error Bars </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - y-Error Bars</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154532 67 help.text]
en: <variable id="sonderz">Choose <emph>Insert - Special Character </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sonderz">Choose <emph>Insert - Special Character</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153246 22 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtoes">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtoes">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150214 23 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154765 24 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153009 66 help.text]
en: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts) </variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154707 25 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtttl">Choose <emph>Format - Title </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtttl">Choose <emph>Format - Title</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155758 26 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153075 27 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149048 28 help.text]
en: <variable id="frttya">Choose <emph>Format - Title </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frttya">Choose <emph>Format - Title</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3147402 70 help.text]
en: <variable id="frttyab">Choose <emph>Format - Axis </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frttyab">Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3147297 29 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtlgd">Choose <emph>Format - Legend, or Format - Format Selection</emph> - <emph>Legend </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtlgd">Choose <emph>Format - Legend, or Format - Format Selection</emph> - <emph>Legend</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3157876 31 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis/Secondary X Axis/Z Axis/All Axes </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis/Secondary x-Axis/z-Axis/All Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146883 32 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis/Secondary Y Axis </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis/Secondary y-Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149349 33 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id1006200812385491 help.text]
en: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id31493459 33 help.text]
en: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150477 34 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtgt">Choose <emph>Format - Grid </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtgt">Choose <emph>Format - Grid</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150746 35 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - X, Y, Z Axis Major Grid/ X, Y, Z Minor Grid/ All Axis Grids </emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - x-, y-, z-Axis Major Grid/x-, y-, z-Axis Minor Grid/All Axis Grids</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3145828 36 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155830 39 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Chart Type </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Chart Type</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155621 45 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3D View</emph>(Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3-D View</emph>(Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150661 61 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Arrangement </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Arrangement</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153046 65 help.text]
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrangement </emph>(Charts)
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrangement</emph> (Charts)

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id733359 help.text]
en: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type dropdown, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type dropdown, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id8513095 help.text]
en: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type dropdown, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type dropdown, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Data Table
en_GB: Chart Data Table

[ctx: 03010000.xhp hd_id3150869 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="Data Table">Data Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="Chart Data Table">Chart Data Table</link>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3151115 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramData">Opens the<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramData">Opens the <emph>Chart Data Table</emph> dialogue box in which you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3149667 51 help.text]
en: The<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.
en_GB: The <emph>Chart Data Table</emph> dialogue box is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id2565996 help.text]
en: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialog.
en_GB: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8141117 help.text]
en: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Data Table dialog to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.
en_GB: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Chart Data Table dialogue box to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9487594 help.text]
en: Close the Chart Data dialog to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.
en_GB: Close the Chart Data Table dialogue box to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id6064943 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Data Table dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Chart Data Table dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
en: The data series are organized in columns. The role of the left most column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the left most column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.
en_GB: The data series are organised in columns. The role of the leftmost column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the leftmost column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9799798 help.text]
en: Click a cell in the dialog and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.
en_GB: Click a cell in the dialogue box and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8111819 help.text]
en: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbor on the right.
en_GB: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9116794 help.text]
en: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id4089175 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3949095 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbor below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbour below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3150298 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuTitles">Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.
en_GB: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuTitles">Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify whether they are to be displayed.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156018 8 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152869 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_X_AXIS">Marking the <emph>X axis</emph> option activates the X axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_X_AXIS">Marking the <emph>x-Axis</emph> option activates the x-axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3159226 10 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154763 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_Y_AXIS">Marking the <emph>Y axis</emph> option activates the Y axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_Y_AXIS">Marking the <emph>y-Axis</emph> option activates the y-axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3153009 12 help.text]
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154710 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_Z_AXIS">Marking the <emph>Z axis</emph> option activates the Z axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:EDIT:DLG_TITLE:EDT_Z_AXIS">Marking the <emph>z-Axis</emph> option activates the z-axis title. Enter the desired title in the corresponding text field.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155413 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend </emph>dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3150206 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_LEGEND_CBX_SHOW">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_LEGEND_CBX_SHOW">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialogue box by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp bm_id3150275 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3150275 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="datenbeschriftung"><link href="text/schart/01/04030000.xhp" name="Data labels">Data Labels</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="datenbeschriftung"><link href="text/schart/01/04030000.xhp" name="Data Labels">Data Labels</link></variable>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154684 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the<emph> Data Labels </emph>dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the <emph>Data Labels</emph> dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id9794610 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the number format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id5476241 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp bm_id3147428 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3146316 5 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3145230 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_AXIS_CB_X_PRIMARY">Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH_CHECKBOX_DLG_AXIS_CB_X_PRIMARY">Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3147003 17 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154020 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_PRIMARY">Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_PRIMARY">Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3150345 28 help.text]
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3155113 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Z_PRIMARY">Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Z_PRIMARY">Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3166428 37 help.text]
en: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary Y axis are applied to the secondary axis.
en_GB: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary y-axis are applied to the secondary axis.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152988 44 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3156445 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_X_SECONDARY">Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_X_SECONDARY">Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152896 38 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3153818 39 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_SECONDARY">Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_SECONDARY">Displays a secondary y-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154762 41 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_SECONDARY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_AXIS:CB_Y_SECONDARY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm. </ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id3147428 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="Y Error Bars">Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="y-Error Bars">y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149666 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Y Error Bars</emph> dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>y-Error Bars</emph> dialogue box to display error bars for 2-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3153965 23 help.text]
en: The <emph>Insert - Y Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2D charts.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert - y-Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2-D charts.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3872188 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id2633747 help.text]
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id6633503 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive Y-Error-Bars and Negative Y-Error-Bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Chart Data Table dialogue box shows additional columns titled Positive y-Error Bars and Negative y-Error Bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573844 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573970 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573991 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positve (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positive (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp bm_id1744743 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating;regression curves</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>regression curves in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>trend lines in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mean value lines in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating;regression curves</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>regression curves in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>trend lines in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mean value lines in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id7272255 help.text]
en: <variable id="trendlinestext"><ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="trendlinestext"><ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2-D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id8398998 help.text]
en: If you insert a trend line to a chart type that uses categories, like <emph>Line </emph>or <emph>Column, </emph>then the numbers 1, 2, 3, <emph>…</emph> are used as x-values to calculate the trend line.
en_GB: If you insert a trend line to a chart type that uses categories, like <emph>Line</emph> or <emph>Column</emph>, then the numbers 1, 2, 3, <emph>…</emph> are used as x-values to calculate the trend line.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id9569689 help.text]
en: The trend line has the same color as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.
en_GB: The trend line has the same colour as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id1328470 help.text]
en: For a category chart (for example a line chart), the trend line information is calculated using numbers 1, 2, 3, … as x-values. This is also true if your data series uses other numbers as names for the x-values. For such charts the XY chart type might be more suitable.
en_GB: For a category chart (for example a line chart), the trend line information is calculated using numbers 1, 2, 3, … as x-values. This is also true if your data series uses other numbers as names for the x-values. For such charts the X-Y chart type might be more suitable.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id558793 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable Show Coefficient of Determination to see the determination coefficient of the trend line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enable Show Coefficient of Determination to see the coefficient of determination of the trend line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id6637165 help.text]
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;Data_X)
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;Data_X)

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id5946531 help.text]
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;LN(Data_X))
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;LN(Data_X))

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id9112216 help.text]
en: The exponential regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*exp(a*x)</item> or <item type="literal">y=b*m^x</item>, which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+a*x</item> or <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+ln(m)*x</item> respectively.
en_GB: The exponential regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*exp(a*x)</item> or <item type="literal">y=b*m^x</item>, which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y) = ln(b) + a*x</item> or <item type="literal">ln(y) = ln(b) + ln(m)*x</item> respectively.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id1857661 help.text]
en: For <emph>power regression</emph> curves a transformation to a linear model takes place. The power regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*x^a</item> , which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+a*ln(x)</item>.
en_GB: For <emph>power regression</emph> curves a transformation to a linear model takes place. The power regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*x^a</item>, which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+a*ln(x)</item>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id33875 help.text]
en: Create a table with the columns x, x², x³, … , xⁿ, y up to the desired degree n.
en_GB: Create a table with the columns x, x², x³, … xⁿ, y up to the desired degree n.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id4562211 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">Y Error Bars tab page</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">y-Error Bars tab page</link>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp bm_id3149400 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2D charts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155067 2 help.text]
en: Use this dialog to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialog vary with the chart type.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialogue box vary with the chart type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145228 10 help.text]
en: In this area you can choose between two Y axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.
en_GB: In this area you can choose between two y-axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3147346 4 help.text]
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147005 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTIONS:RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTIONS:RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3143221 5 help.text]
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3154656 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTIONS:RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTIONS:RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155376 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:METRICFIELD:TP_OPTIONS:MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximal spacing is 600%.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:METRICFIELD:TP_OPTIONS:MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximum spacing is 600%.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2527237 help.text]
en: Available for pie and donut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: Available for pie and doughnut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id761131 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id553910 help.text]
en: In 3D pie and donut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.
en_GB: In 3-D pie and doughnut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2-D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id1414838 help.text]
en: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counterclockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3D pie charts).
en_GB: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counter-clockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2-D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3-D pie charts).

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2164067 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id0305200910524938 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id030520091052494 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3146974 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp></variable> The Y axis major grid is activated by default.
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp></variable> The y-axis major grid is activated by default.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3149400 5 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150749 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_X_MAIN">Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_X_MAIN">Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154754 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grid On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis. Note: This only works if the <emph>Minor grid</emph> check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph> are cleared.</ahelp></variable> Otherwise, the minor grid remains visible when the major grid is turned off.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grid On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the x-axis. Note: This only works if the <emph>Minor grid</emph> check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph> are unmarked.</ahelp></variable> Otherwise, the minor grid remains visible when the major grid is turned off.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3145228 8 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3147004 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Y_MAIN">Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Y_MAIN">Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150344 10 help.text]
en: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grid On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis. Note: This only works if the X-axis <emph>Minor grid</emph> is not selected in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.</ahelp></variable> Otherwise, the minor grid remains visible when the major grid is turned off.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grid On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis. Note: This only works if the x-Axis <emph>Minor grid</emph> is not selected in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.</ahelp></variable> Otherwise, the minor grid remains visible when the major grid is turned off.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3166430 11 help.text]
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3155378 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Z_MAIN">Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Z_MAIN">Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153308 15 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3148704 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_X_HELP">Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_X_HELP">Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153917 17 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154536 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Y_HELP">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Y_HELP">Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3148607 19 help.text]
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3153247 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Z_HELP">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:DLG_GRID:CB_Z_HELP">Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3156284 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogs that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:
en_GB: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogue boxes that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3143219 8 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="X Axis">X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="x-Axis">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3150207 9 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y Axis">Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3152577 2 help.text]
en: This dialog allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. The dialog appears when there is only one data point selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. It appears when there is only one data point selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3149121 3 help.text]
en: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the color of a bar, only the color of that bar will be different.
en_GB: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the colour of a bar, only the colour of that bar will be changed.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3145750 2 help.text]
en: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialog appears when one data series is selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialogue box appears when one data series is selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3154015 4 help.text]
en: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the color, all elements belonging to this data series will change color.
en_GB: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the colour, all elements belonging to this data series will change colour.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp hd_id3146916 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="Y Error Bars">Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="y-Error Bars">y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3125863 2 help.text]
en: The<emph> Title </emph>menu command opens a submenu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.
en_GB: The <emph>Title</emph> menu command opens a sub-menu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3151073 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="X-axis title">X-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="x-Axis title">x-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154732 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp" name="Y-axis title">Y-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp" name="y-Axis title">y-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154017 7 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="Z-axis title">Z-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="z-Axis title">z-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp bm_id3150793 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts) </bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp par_id3145748 4 help.text]
en: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3150439 76 help.text]
en: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3147436 75 help.text]
en: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The<emph> AxesTitle On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The <emph>AxesTitle On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labelling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154510 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell contents.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell content.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154702 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SCH_ALIGNMENT_STACKED">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SCH_ALIGNMENT_STACKED">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3159230 11 help.text]
en: The options on this tab are only available for a 2D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis</emph> or <emph>X Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the X or Y axis.
en_GB: The options on this tab are only available for a 2-D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis</emph> or <emph>x-Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the x- or y-axes.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3150441 2 help.text]
en: This opens a submenu to edit axial properties.
en_GB: This opens a sub-menu from which you can choose axes properties editing options.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3154319 11 help.text]
en: The tabs in the dialogs depend on the chart type selected.
en_GB: The tabs in the dialogue boxes depend on the chart type selected.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153729 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="X axis">X axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="x-Axis">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3147394 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y axis">Y axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153160 9 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Secondary X Axis">Secondary X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Secondary x-axis">Secondary x-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3149401 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>X axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary x-axis. To insert a secondary x-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>x-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145640 7 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Secondary Y Axis">Secondary Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Secondary y-axis">Secondary y-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3159264 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>Y axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary y-axis. To insert a secondary y-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>y-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145228 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Z axis">Z axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="z-Axis">z-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3154319 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisAll">Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialog depends on the selected axis.
en_GB: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisAll">Opens a dialogue box, in which you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialogue box depends on the selected axis.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3149667 3 help.text]
en: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y axis">Y axis</link> has an enhanced dialog. For X-Y charts, the X axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp" name="Scaling"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.
en_GB: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link> has an enhanced dialogue box. For X-Y charts, the x-axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp" name="Scaling"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3159266 4 help.text]
en: Scaling the X axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.
en_GB: Scaling the x-axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.

[ctx: 05040200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Y axes; formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>y-axis; formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp hd_id3145673 1 help.text]
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3155628 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the<emph> Y Axis </emph>dialog, to change properties of the Y axis.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the <emph>y-Axis</emph> dialogue box to change properties of the y-axis.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; scaling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;scaling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3154013 2 help.text]
en: Controls the scaling of the X or Y axis.
en_GB: Controls the scaling of the x- or y-axis.

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3145389 63 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:TP_SCALE:CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first deselect the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:CHECKBOX:TP_SCALE:CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first unmark the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id5581835 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counterclockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counter-clockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.

[ctx: 05040202.xhp bm_id3150869 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3155764 2 help.text]
en: Opens a submenu, where you select the grid you want to format.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu, where you select the grid you want to format.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150045 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="X Axis Major Grid">X Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="x-Axis Major Grid">x-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3145228 4 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Y Axis Major Grid">Y Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="y-Axis Major Grid">y-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147346 5 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Z Axis Major Grid">Z Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="z-Axis Major Grid">z-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3154021 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="X Axis Minor Grid">X Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="x-Axis Minor Grid">x-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150307 7 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Y Axis Minor Grid">Y Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="y-Axis Minor Grid">y-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3166428 8 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Z Axis minor Grid">Z Axis minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="z-Axis Minor Grid">z-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>X axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; grid formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>x-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axis; grid formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3152577 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialog for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialogue box for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3154685 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the<emph> Chart Wall</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the <emph>Chart Wall</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3150767 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the<emph> Chart Floor</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the <emph>Chart Floor</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3-D charts. This function is only available for 3-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05080000.xhp par_id3125864 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the<emph> Chart Area</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the <emph>Chart Area</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3147339 3 help.text]
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3149259 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forward (to the right).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forwards (to the right).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3146316 4 help.text]
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3147001 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backward (to the left).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backwards (to the left).</ahelp>

[ctx: choose_chart_type.xhp par_id5882747 help.text]
en: <link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">XY (scatter)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">X-Y (Scatter)</link>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp bm_id3803827 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id9421979 help.text]
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id1601611 help.text]
en: Select Cubic Spline or B-Spline.
en_GB: Select Cubic spline or B-spline.

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp bm_id1467210 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id9485625 help.text]
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp alt_id9673426 help.text]
en: Center X icon
en_GB: Centre X icon

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp alt_id56635427 help.text]
en: Center Y icon
en_GB: Centre Y icon

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id0679473 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/steppedlinesdlg/step_center_y_rb">Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/steppedlinesdlg/step_center_y_rb">Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp tit help.text]
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>3D charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; 3D views</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>illumination; 3D charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; 3-D views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illumination; 3-D charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp hd_id3464461 help.text]
en: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link></variable>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6998809 help.text]
en: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.</ahelp>
en_GB: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and X-Y (Scatter) charts you can see 3-D lines.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6942045 help.text]
en: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialog.
en_GB: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id3806878 help.text]
en: When you leave the dialog with OK, the settings are applied permanently.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with OK, the settings are applied permanently.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
en: When you leave the dialog with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialog.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8081911 help.text]
en: For a 3D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.
en_GB: For a 3-D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3-D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
en: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and donut charts are shown as circles.
en_GB: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and doughnut charts are shown as circles.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2861720 help.text]
en: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.
en_GB: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
en: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you see the bottom of the chart.
en_GB: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you will see the bottom of the chart.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4923245 help.text]
en: Select the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.
en_GB: Mark the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id7623828 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4721823 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5806756 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8915372 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5624561 help.text]
en: The flat method sets a single color and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.
en_GB: The flat method sets a single colour and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8531449 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
en: Set the light sources for the 3D view.
en_GB: Set the light sources for the 3-D view.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2761314 help.text]
en: For the selected light source, you can then choose a color and intensity in the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colors when you enable multiple lights.
en_GB: For the selected light source, you can then choose a colour and intensity from the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colours when you enable multiple lights.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the selected light source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the selected light source.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id1331217 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color using the color dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id393993 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the ambient light.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5871761 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color using the color dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id631733 help.text]
en: An area chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a color. The area chart's focus is to emphasize the changes from one category to the next.
en_GB: An area chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a colour. The area chart's focus is to emphasise the changes from one category to the next.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
en: Normal - this subtype plots all values as absolute y values. It first plots the area of the last column in the data range, then the next to last, and so on, and finally the first column of data is drawn. Thus, if the values in the first column are higher than other values, the last drawn area will hide the other areas.
en_GB: Normal - this sub-type plots all values as absolute y-values. It first plots the area of the last column in the data range, then the next to last, and so on, and finally the first column of data is drawn. Thus, if the values in the first column are higher than other values, the last drawn area will hide the other areas.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
en: Stacked - this subtypes plots values cumulatively stacked on each other. It ensures that all values are visible, and no data set is hidden by others. However, the y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the last column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked areas.
en_GB: Stacked - this sub-type plots values cumulatively stacked on each other. It ensures that all values are visible, and no data set is hidden by others. However, the y-values no longer represent absolute values, except for the last column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked areas.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id4585100 help.text]
en: Percent - this subtype plots values cumulatively stacked on each other and scaled as percentage of the category total.
en_GB: Percent - this sub-type plots values cumulatively stacked on each other and scaled as percentage of the category total.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200904491222 help.text]
en: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the X-axis and Y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.
en_GB: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the x-axis and y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200906040162 help.text]
en: The data series dialog for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.
en_GB: The Data Series dialogue box for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2244026 help.text]
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x axis shows categories. The y axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x-axis shows categories. The y-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id1281167 help.text]
en: Normal - this subtype shows all data values belonging to a category next to each other. Main focus is on the individual absolute values, compared to every other value.
en_GB: Normal - this sub-type shows all data values belonging to a category next to each other. Main focus is on the individual absolute values, compared to every other value.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id3249000 help.text]
en: Stacked - this subtype shows the data values of each category on top of each other. Main focus is the overall category value and the individual contribution of each value within its category.
en_GB: Stacked - this sub-type shows the data values of each category on top of each other. Main focus is the overall category value and the individual contribution of each value within its category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id6968901 help.text]
en: Percent - this subtype shows the relative percentage of each data value with regard to the total of its category. Main focus is the relative contribution of each value to the category's total.
en_GB: Percent - this sub-type shows the relative percentage of each data value with regard to the total of its category. Main focus is the relative contribution of each value to the category's total.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
en: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.
en_GB: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3-D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id7359233 help.text]
en: For 3D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.
en_GB: For 3-D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id6596881 help.text]
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y axis shows categories. The x axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y-axis shows categories. The x-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id8750572 help.text]
en: The subtypes are the same as for the Column type.
en_GB: The sub-types are the same as for the Column type.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7163609 help.text]
en: Stacked Columns and Lines. The rectangles of the column data series are drawn stacked above each other, so that the height of a column visualizes the sum of the data values.
en_GB: Stacked Columns and Lines. The rectangles of the column data series are drawn stacked above each other, so that the height of a column visualises the sum of the data values.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id8871120 help.text]
en: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp hd_id6667683 help.text]
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7616809 help.text]
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1446272 help.text]
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1924497 help.text]
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id883816 help.text]
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id5091708 help.text]
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id301828 help.text]
en: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x axis.
en_GB: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x-axis.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7889950 help.text]
en: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialog of the data series.
en_GB: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialogue box of the data series.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
en: A line chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series can be connected by a line.
en_GB: A line chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series can be connected by a line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
en: Points only - this subtype plots only points.
en_GB: Points only - this sub-type plots only points.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id500808 help.text]
en: Points and lines - this subtype plots points and connects points of the same data series by a line.
en_GB: Points and lines - this sub-type plots points and connects points of the same data series by a line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
en: Lines only - this subtype plots only lines.
en_GB: Lines only - this sub-type plots only lines.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
en: 3D lines - this subtype connects points of the same data series by a 3D line.
en_GB: 3-D lines - this sub-type connects points of the same data series by a 3-D line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2655720 help.text]
en: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y values cumulative above each other. The y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y values are scaled as percentage of the category total.
en_GB: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y-values cumulative above each other. The y-values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y-values are scaled as percentage of the category total.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp bm_id7621997 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>donut charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pie charts;types</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart types;pie/donut</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>doughnut charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pie charts;types</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;pie/doughnut</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
en: Pie - this subtype shows sectors as colored areas of the total pie, for one data column only. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to separate that sector from the remaining pie or to join it back.
en_GB: Pie - this sub-type shows sectors as coloured areas of the total pie, for one data column only. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to separate that sector from the remaining pie or to join it back.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
en: Exploded pie - this subtype shows the sectors already separated from each other. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to move it along a radial from the pie's center.
en_GB: Exploded pie - this sub-type shows the sectors already separated from each other. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to move it along a radial from the pie's centre.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id3808404 help.text]
en: Donut - this subtype can show multiple data columns. Each data column is shown as one donut shape with a hole inside, where the next data column can be shown. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the donut's center.
en_GB: Doughnut - this sub-type can show multiple data columns. Each data column is shown as one doughnut shape with a hole inside, where the next data column can be shown. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the doughnut's centre.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id2394482 help.text]
en: Exploded donut - this subtype shows the outer sectors already separated from the remaining donut. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the donut's center.
en_GB: Exploded doughnut - this sub-type shows the outer sectors already separated from the remaining doughnut. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the doughnut's centre.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp bm_id2959990 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>stock charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart types;stock</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data sources;setting for stock charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>stock charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;stock</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data sources;setting for stock charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id291451 help.text]
en: Based on<emph> low</emph>         <emph>and high </emph>column the Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.
en_GB: Based on <emph>low</emph> <emph>and high</emph> columns, Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3341776 help.text]
en: Based on<emph> low, high,</emph> and <emph>close</emph> column Type 1 shows an additional horizontal mark <emph>for</emph> the closing price.
en_GB: Based on <emph>low, high</emph> and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 1 shows an additional horizontal mark for the closing price.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1911679 help.text]
en: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualizes the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colors for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.
en_GB: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualises the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you will see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colours for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4473403 help.text]
en: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column chart Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.
en_GB: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4191717 help.text]
en: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.
en_GB: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y-axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7588732 help.text]
en: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organized in columns.
en_GB: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organised in columns.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id95828 help.text]
en: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use Move Series Right to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the Chart Type dialog to change to the stock chart variant.
en_GB: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use Move Series Right to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the Chart Type dialogue box to change to the stock chart variant.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3394573 help.text]
en: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the Chart wizard or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp">Data Range</link> dialog. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp">Data Series</link> dialog.
en_GB: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the Chart wizard or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp">Data Range</link> dialogue box. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp">Data Series</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1589098 help.text]
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select </emph>               <emph>data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimized dialog, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimised dialogue box, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3486434 help.text]
en: You can organize data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the Chart wizard or on the page Data Series in the Data Range dialog.
en_GB: You can organise data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the Chart wizard or on the page Data Series in the Data Range dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp hd_id3068636 help.text]
en: Organize Data Series
en_GB: Organise Data Series

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2480849 help.text]
en: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialog, you can organize the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.
en_GB: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialogue box, you can organise the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
en: If you have got more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.
en_GB: If you have more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
en: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7844477 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialog you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.
en_GB: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialogue box you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id6478469 help.text]
en: In the upper list you see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.
en_GB: In the upper list you will see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
en: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3939634 help.text]
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2377697 help.text]
en: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.
en_GB: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp tit help.text]
en: Chart Type XY
en_GB: Chart Type X-Y

[ctx: type_xy.xhp bm_id84231 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;XY (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;X-Y (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id9346598 help.text]
en: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type XY (Scatter)</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type X-Y (Scatter)</link></variable>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id7757194 help.text]
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5977965 help.text]
en: An XY chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.
en_GB: An X-Y chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4381847 help.text]
en: Choose an XY chart for the following example tasks:
en_GB: Choose an X-Y chart for the following example tasks:

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id1221655 help.text]
en: generate a parameter curve, for example a spiral
en_GB: generate a parametric curve, for example a spiral

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8925138 help.text]
en: Your XY chart may have more than one data series.
en_GB: Your X-Y chart may have more than one data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id5461897 help.text]
en: XY Chart Variants
en_GB: X-Y Chart Variants

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8919339 help.text]
en: You can choose an XY chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.
en_GB: You can choose an X-Y chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4634235 help.text]
en: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph>tab page of the data series properties dialog.
en_GB: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph>tab page of the data series properties dialogue box.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5482039 help.text]
en: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialog. In this dialog, you can change many properties of the data series.
en_GB: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialogue box. In this dialogue box, you can change many properties of the data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id0805200810492449 help.text]
en: For 2D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Y Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.
en_GB: For 2-D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - y-Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id6571550 help.text]
en: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colors for each data series. The default colors are set in <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Charts - Default Colors</item>.
en_GB: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colours for each data series. The default colours are set in <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Charts - Default Colours</item>.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7261268 help.text]
en: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by X Values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.
en_GB: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by x-values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x-values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id6765953 help.text]
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7422711 help.text]
en: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.
en_GB: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5989562 help.text]
en: <emph>Cubic Spline</emph> interpolates your data points with polynomials of degree 3. The transitions between the polynomial pieces are smooth, having the same slope and curvature.
en_GB: <emph>Cubic spline</emph> interpolates your data points with polynomials of degree 3. The transitions between the polynomial pieces are smooth, having the same slope and curvature.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp alt_id9673426 help.text]
en: Center X icon
en_GB: Centre X icon

[ctx: type_xy.xhp alt_id56635427 help.text]
en: Center Y icon
en_GB: Centre Y icon

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id0679473 help.text]
en: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
en_GB: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id3614917 help.text]
en: If you enter text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter a text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.
en_GB: If you enter some text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter any text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id1069368 help.text]
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3453169 help.text]
en: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labeled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.
en_GB: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labelled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id2129276 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id9719229 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3D look for the data values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3-D look for the data values.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3860896 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3D look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3-D look.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id7617114 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id6649372 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id4485000 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id6401867 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialogue box in which you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id8466139 help.text]
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id1363872 help.text]
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag over a cell area to select the data range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then dragover a cell area  to select the data range.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id379650 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id953703 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id4496597 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id2898953 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id7546311 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id686361 help.text]
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp hd_id9241615 help.text]
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id7159337 help.text]
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4921720 help.text]
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4855189 help.text]
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id3931699 help.text]
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id5971556 help.text]
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id9500106 help.text]
en: Depending on the chart type, the texts are shown on the X axis or as data labels.
en_GB: Depending on the chart type, the text strings are shown on the x-axis or as data labels.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2254402 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2419507 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01220000.xhp bm_id3150400 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>reorganizing charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>reorganising charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3156441 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152994 14 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149406 16 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3150393 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149946 44 help.text]
en: Plus(+) Key
en_GB: Plus (+) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3150655 46 help.text]
en: Minus(-) Key
en_GB: Minus (-) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149886 99 help.text]
en: Multiple(×) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Multiply (*) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3154841 101 help.text]
en: Divide (÷) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Divide (/) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148393 63 help.text]
en: Bring forward.
en_GB: Bring forwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156062 65 help.text]
en: Send backward.
en_GB: Send backwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150756 105 help.text]
en: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the center of the current view.
en_GB: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the centre of the current view.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152812 82 help.text]
en: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the center of the object outward.
en_GB: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the centre of the object outward.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149764 94 help.text]
en: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order in which they were created.
en_GB: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order to which they were created.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_id3153727 18 help.text]
en: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To re-arrange the stacking order of a selected object, proceed as follows.
en_GB: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To rearrange the stacking order of a selected object proceed as follows.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107D5 help.text]
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107EC help.text]
en: <emph>Bring Forward</emph> places the object one place forward in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Bring Forwards</emph> places the object one place forwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107F2 help.text]
en: <emph>Send Backward</emph> places the object one place back in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Send Backwards</emph> places the object one place backwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN10811 help.text]
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: color_define.xhp tit help.text]
en: Defining Custom Colors
en_GB: Defining Custom Colours

[ctx: color_define.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>colors; defining and saving</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user-defined colors</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>custom colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; defining and saving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3149263 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp" name="Defining Custom Colors">Defining Custom Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp" name="Defining Custom Colours">Defining Custom Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154511 8 help.text]
en: If you want, you can mix a custom color and add it to a color table.
en_GB: If you want, you can mix a custom colour and add it to a colour table.

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3155600 9 help.text]
en: To define a custom color
en_GB: To define a custom colour

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3150327 25 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab. A table of the predefined colors is displayed.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab. A table of the predefined colours is displayed.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154657 13 help.text]
en: Changes made to the standard color table are permanent and are saved automatically.
en_GB: Changes made to the standard colour table are permanent and are saved automatically.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3166425 14 help.text]
en: Click a color in the table that is similar to the one you want to mix. The color appears in the upper preview box to the right of the table.
en_GB: Click a colour in the table that is similar to the one you want to mix. The colour appears in the upper preview box to the right of the table.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3152992 15 help.text]
en: Select the RGB or CMYK color model in the box below the preview boxes.
en_GB: Select either the RGB or CMYK colour model in the box below the preview boxes.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id4979705 help.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of colour values using CMYK notation.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3152987 16 help.text]
en: The RGB color model mixes red, green and blue light to create colors on a computer screen. In the RGB model, the three color components are additive and can have values ranging from 0 (black) to 255 (white). The CMYK color model combines Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow (Y), and blacK (K, also used for "Key") to create colors for printing. The four colors of the CMYK models are subtractive and are defined as percentages. Black corresponds to 100 % and white to 0 %.
en_GB: The RGB colour model mixes red, green and blue light to create colours on a computer screen. In the RGB model, the three colour components are additive and can have values ranging from 0 (black) to 255 (white). The CMYK colour model combines Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow (Y), and blacK (K, also used for "Key") to create colours for printing. The four colours of the CMYK models are subtractive and are defined as percentages. Black corresponds to 100 % and white to 0 %.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3145386 17 help.text]
en: Enter a numeric value in the boxes next to the color components. The new color appears in the preview box directly above the color model box.
en_GB: Enter a numeric value in the boxes next to the colour components. The new colour appears in the preview box directly above the colour model box.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3152871 18 help.text]
en: You can also create a color using a color spectrum. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog. Click a color. Use the Hue, Saturation, and Brightness boxes to adjust your color selection.
en_GB: You can also create a colour using a colour spectrum. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box. Click a colour and click OK. Use the Hue, Saturation, and Brightness boxes to adjust your colour selection.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3147244 26 help.text]
en: If you want to replace the color in the standard color table that your custom color is based on, click <emph>Modify</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to replace the colour in the standard colour table that your custom colour is based on, click <emph>Modify</emph>.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3145116 20 help.text]
en: If you want to add your custom color to the standard color table, enter a name in the <emph>Name</emph> text box and click <emph>Add</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to add your custom colour to the standard colour table, enter a name in the <emph>Name</emph> text box and click <emph>Add</emph>.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3145236 23 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Color bar">Color bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Colour bar">Colour bar</link>

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3154659 87 help.text]
en: You can only combine 2D objects.
en_GB: You can only combine 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp hd_id3150344 32 help.text]
en: To combine 2D objects:
en_GB: To combine 2-D objects:

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3166428 66 help.text]
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3147403 88 help.text]
en: Shape commands only work on 2D objects.
en_GB: Shape commands only work on 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3157874 69 help.text]
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: cross_fading.xhp par_id3159203 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id3150210" src="res/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for crossfading</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3150210" src="res/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for cross-fading</alt></image>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp bm_id3146974 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp par_id3148868 35 help.text]
en: To create a circle by dragging from the center, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.
en_GB: To create a circle by dragging from the centre, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3149400 4 help.text]
en: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, color, orientation and location.
en_GB: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, colour, orientation and location.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3151387 39 help.text]
en: To define a color transition for the coins, select different colors in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> color is applied to the object that you are duplicating.
en_GB: To define a colour transition for the coins, select different colours in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> colour is applied to the object that you are duplicating.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp tit help.text]
en: Replacing Colors
en_GB: Replacing Colours

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp bm_id3147436 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colors in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colours in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3147436 38 help.text]
en: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp" name="Replacing Colors">Replacing Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp" name="Replacing Colours">Replacing Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3156286 24 help.text]
en: You can replace colors in bitmaps with the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool.
en_GB: You can replace colours in bitmaps with the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3154704 25 help.text]
en: Up to four colors can be replaced at once.
en_GB: Up to four colours can be replaced at once.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3147344 26 help.text]
en: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a color.
en_GB: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148488 27 help.text]
en: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> to make a color on your image transparent.
en_GB: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> to make a colour on your image transparent.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3150205 28 help.text]
en: To replace colors with the Color Replacer tool
en_GB: To replace colours with the Colour Replacer tool

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3150202 30 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph>.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3155531 31 help.text]
en: Click the Color Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the color you want to replace in the image. The color appears in the box next to the icon.
en_GB: Click the Colour Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the colour you want to replace in the image. The colour appears in the box next to the icon.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3152985 32 help.text]
en: Click the color in the image. The color appears in the first <emph>Source color</emph> box and the check box next to the color is selected.
en_GB: Click the colour in the image. The colour appears in the first <emph>Source colour</emph> box and the check box next to the colour is selected.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148866 33 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new color.
en_GB: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3145362 41 help.text]
en: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source color</emph> in the image.
en_GB: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source colour</emph> in the image.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3151191 34 help.text]
en: If you want to replace another color while the dialog is open, select the check box in front of <emph>Source color</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.
en_GB: If you want to replace another colour while the dialogue box is open, mark the check box in front of <emph>Source colour</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3157871 37 help.text]
en: If you want to expand or contract the color selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.
en_GB: If you want to expand or contract the colour selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3146878 39 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Color Replacer">Color Replacer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Colour Replacer">Colour Replacer</link>

[ctx: gradient.xhp par_id3154012 4 help.text]
en: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.
en_GB: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colours, or shades of the same colour, that you can apply to a drawing object.

[ctx: graphic_insert.xhp par_id3150749 3 help.text]
en: Locate the picture you want to insert. Select the <emph>Link</emph> check box to insert only a link to the picture. If you want to see the picture before you insert it, select <emph>Preview</emph>.
en_GB: Locate the picture you want to insert. Mark the <emph>Link</emph> check box to insert only a link to the picture. If you want to see the picture before you insert it, select <emph>Preview</emph>.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3153728 27 help.text]
en: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill color) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:
en_GB: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill colour) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3156450 56 help.text]
en: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are grayed out.
en_GB: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are greyed out.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3154512 3 help.text]
en: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighboring endpoints.
en_GB: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighbouring endpoints.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3150363 9 help.text]
en: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Freeform Lines </emph>and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.
en_GB: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Free-form Lines</emph> and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp tit help.text]
en: Assembling 3D Objects
en_GB: Assembling 3-D Objects

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp bm_id3154014 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>3D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3D objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3-D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3-D objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3156442 29 help.text]
en: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp" name="Assembling 3D Objects">Assembling 3D Objects</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp" name="Assembling 3-D Objects">Assembling 3-D Objects</link></variable>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3145251 30 help.text]
en: 3D objects that each form a 3D scene can be combined into a single 3D scene.
en_GB: 3-D objects that each form a 3-D scene can be combined into a single 3-D scene.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3150042 41 help.text]
en: To combine 3D objects:
en_GB: To combine 3-D objects:

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154702 31 help.text]
en: Insert a 3D object from the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).
en_GB: Insert a 3-D object from the <emph>3-D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3155335 32 help.text]
en: Insert a second slightly larger 3D object (for example, a sphere).
en_GB: Insert a second slightly larger 3-D object (for example, a sphere).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148488 33 help.text]
en: Select the second 3D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.
en_GB: Select the second 3-D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148606 38 help.text]
en: You cannot intersect or subtract 3D objects.
en_GB: You cannot intersect or subtract 3-D objects.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154537 39 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="Objects in 3D">Objects in 3D</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="Objects in 3-D">Objects in 3-D</link>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
en: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.
en_GB: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub-toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub-toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154705 7 help.text]
en: The object is created at the center of the current document.
en_GB: The object is created at the centre of the current document.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3149018 3 help.text]
en: Editing Colors and Textures
en_GB: Editing Colours and Textures

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3149262 13 help.text]
en: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (center point) or a pivot point that you designate.
en_GB: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (centre point) or a pivot point that you designate.

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3166424 16 help.text]
en: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the center of the object to a new location.
en_GB: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the centre of the object to a new location.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp bm_id3153144 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying;text from other documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;text from other documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>legends; drawings</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;text from other documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;text from other documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends; drawings</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_enter.xhp hd_id3153144 45 help.text]
en: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp" name="Adding Text">Adding Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp" name="Adding Text">Adding Text</link> </variable>

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10824 help.text]
en: Text in a text box
en_GB: Text in a text frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10828 help.text]
en: Text that changes character size to fill the frame size
en_GB: Text that changes character size to fill the frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_id3145118 53 help.text]
en: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font color. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border color or arranging in front or behind other objects.
en_GB: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font colour. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border colour or arranging in front of or behind other objects.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108A3 help.text]
en: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108AF help.text]
en: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, clear the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> checkbox, then select the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> checkbox. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, unmark the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> check box, then mark the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN1092D help.text]
en: Click the page or slide where you want to paste the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to paste the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10946 help.text]
en: Click the page or slide where you want to import the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to import the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10952 help.text]
en: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialog opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.
en_GB: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialogue box opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155913 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialog without saving any changes made.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialogue box without saving any changes made.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id1094088 help.text]
en: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numerical field, currency field, date field, or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.
en_GB: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numeric field, currency field, date field or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id7493209 help.text]
en: In the Basic IDE, a spin button is the name used for the numerical field together with the two arrow symbols.
en_GB: In the Basic IDE, a spin button is the name used for the numeric field together with the two arrow symbols.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155599 78 help.text]
en: You can type a numerical value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the up-arrow or down-arrow symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the up arrow and down arrow keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the Page Up and Page Down keys to set the maximum and minimum value.
en_GB: You can type a numeric value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the up-arrow or down-arrow symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the up arrow and down arrow keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the Page Up and Page Down keys to set the maximum and minimum value.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3150264 38 help.text]
en: If the field next to the spin button defines numerical values, you can also define a <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik" name="measurement unit">measurement unit</link>, for example, 1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2".
en_GB: If the field next to the spin button defines numeric values, you can also define a <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik" name="measurement unit">measurement unit</link>, for example, 1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2".

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3148983 77 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forward through the dialog, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forwards through the dialogue box, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3147008 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog and saves all changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box and saves all changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153031 58 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155341 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp hd_id3153760 47 help.text]
en: Shrink / Maximize
en_GB: Shrink / Maximise

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153087 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Shrink </emph>icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Maximize</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Shrink</emph> icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Maximise</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155062 49 help.text]
en: The dialog is automatically minimized when you click into a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialog is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.
en_GB: The dialogue box is automatically minimised when you click within a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialogue box is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155628 51 help.text]
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3152473 71 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Next </emph>button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Next</emph> button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue box settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3149651 60 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3154331 20 help.text]
en: A confirmation query does not appear. If you confirm the dialog with OK all settings in this dialog are reset.
en_GB: A confirmation query does not appear. If you confirm the dialogue box with OK all settings in this dialogue box are reset.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3154153 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3150439 73 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">View the selections in the dialogue box made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155314 53 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Click the<emph> More</emph> button to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN">Click the <emph>More</emph> button to expand the dialogue box to show further options. Click again to restore the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3147418 55 help.text]
en: <variable id="regulaer">The search supports <link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="regular expressions">regular expressions</link>. You can enter "all.*", for example to find the first location of "all" followed by any characters. If you want to search for a text that is also a regular expression, you must precede every character with a \ character. You can switch the automatic evaluation of regular expression on and off in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="regulaer">The search supports <link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="regular expressions">regular expressions</link>. You can enter "all.*", for example to find the first location of "all" followed by any characters. If you want to search for a text string that is also a regular expression, you must precede every character with a \ character. You can switch the automatic evaluation of regular expression on and off in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3163714 56 help.text]
en: <variable id="wahr">If an error occurs, the function returns a logical or numerical value. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="wahr">If an error occurs, the function returns a logical or numeric value. </variable>

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3157909 37 help.text]
en: Frames are useful for designing the layout of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.
en_GB: Frames are useful for designing the layout of<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3147335 44 help.text]
en: FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol and is the standard transfer protocol for files in the Internet. An FTP server is a program on a computer connected to the Internet which stores files to be transmitted with the aid of FTP. While FTP is responsible for transmitting and downloading Internet files, <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#http" name="HTTP">HTTP</link> (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) provides the connection setup and data transfer between WWW servers and clients.
en_GB: FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol and is the standard transfer protocol for files in the Internet. An FTP server is a program on a computer connected to the Internet which stores files to be transmitted using FTP. While FTP is responsible for transmitting and downloading Internet files, <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#http" name="HTTP">HTTP</link> (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) provides the connection setup and data transfer between WWW servers and clients.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3154346 58 help.text]
en: If you want to type HTML commands directly, for example when doing exercises from one of the many available HTML books, remember that HTML pages are pure text files. Save your document under the document type <emph>Text </emph>and give it the file name extension .HTML. Be sure there are no umlauts or other special characters of the extended character set. If you want to re-open this file in $[officename] and edit the HTML code, you must load it with the file type <emph>Text</emph> and not with the file type <emph>Web pages</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to type HTML commands directly, for example when doing exercises from one of the many available HTML books, remember that HTML pages are pure text files. Save your document under the document type <emph>Text</emph> and give it the file name extension .HTML. Be sure there are no umlauts or other special characters of the extended character set. If you want to re-open this file in $[officename] and edit the HTML code, you must load it with the file type <emph>Text</emph> and not with the file type <emph>Web pages</emph>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153960 244 help.text]
en: There are several references on the Internet providing an introduction to the HTML language.
en_GB: There are several references in the Internet providing an introduction to the HTML language.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153379 60 help.text]
en: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a record of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).
en_GB: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a method of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145420 62 help.text]
en: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colors and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.
en_GB: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colours and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145153 69 help.text]
en: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analyzed on the server (i. e. your Internet provider) and those analyzed on the web browser of the reader's computer.
en_GB: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analysed on the server (i. e. your Internet provider) and those analysed on the web browser of the reader's computer.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149483 74 help.text]
en: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialog in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.
en_GB: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type</emph> list box in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3151290 76 help.text]
en: The area of the picture or frame where the reader can click is indicated by the appearance of the linked <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> when the mouse passes over the area. The ImageMap is stored in a layer below the picture and contains information about the referenced regions. The only disadvantage of Client Side ImageMaps is that older Web browsers cannot read them; a disadvantage that will, however, resolve itself in time.
en_GB: The area of the picture or frame in which the reader can click is indicated by the appearance of the linked <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> when the mouse passes over the area. The ImageMap is stored in a layer below the picture and contains information about the referenced regions. The only disadvantage of Client Side ImageMaps is that older Web browsers cannot read them; a disadvantage that will, however, resolve itself in time.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149910 111 help.text]
en: You will notice in $[officename] that the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar changes after certain operations. For example, if you insert a formula into your text document, you see icons for editing the formula, in fact the same icons you see in formula documents. In this sense, we refer to the formula as a plug-in within the text document.
en_GB: You will notice in $[officename] that the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar changes after certain operations. For example, if you insert a formula into your text document, you see icons for editing the formula, in fact the same ones you see in formula documents. In this sense, we refer to the formula as a plug-in within the text document.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149958 115 help.text]
en: Netscape web browser extensions produced by Netscape Communication Corporation are also called plug-ins. These are external programs mainly taken from the multimedia field and which communicate with the browser through standardized interfaces. These plug-ins can be linked to $[officename] documents.
en_GB: Netscape web browser extensions produced by Netscape Communication Corporation are also called plug-ins. These are external programs mainly taken from the multimedia field and which communicate with the browser through standardised interfaces. These plug-ins can be linked to $[officename] documents.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149420 179 help.text]
en: Any Netscape plug-ins (32 bit) installed on your system are automatically recognized by $[officename].
en_GB: Any Netscape plug-ins (32 bit) installed on your system are automatically recognised by $[officename].

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3148455 128 help.text]
en: A proxy is a computer in the network acting as a kind of clipboard for data transfer. Whenever you access the Internet from a company network and request a Web page that has already been read by a colleague, the proxy will be able to display the page much quicker, as long as it's still in the memory. All that has to be checked in this case is that the page stored in the proxy is the latest version. If this is the case, the page won't have to be downloaded from the much slower Internet but can be loaded directly from the proxy.
en_GB: A proxy is a computer in the network acting as a kind of clipboard for data transfer. Whenever you access the Internet from a company network and request a Web page that has already been read by a colleague, the proxy will be able to display the page much quicker, as long as it's still in the memory. All that must be checked in this case is that the page stored in the proxy is the latest version. If this is the case, the page won't have to be downloaded from the much slower Internet but can be loaded directly from the proxy.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3148747 231 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> is a specialised application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages. The first line of an HTML document invariably contains a SGML instruction that defines all following lines as belonging to an HTML subset.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3156360 142 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages contain certain structural and formatting instructions called tags. Tags are code words enclosed by brackets in the document description language HTML. Many tags contain text or hyperlink references between the opening and closing brackets. For example, titles are marked by the tags <h1> at the beginning and </h1> at the end of the title. Some tags only appear on their own such as <br> for a line break or <img ...> to link a graphic.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages contain certain structural and formatting instructions called tags. Tags are code words enclosed by angle brackets in the document description language HTML. Many tags contain text or hyperlink references between the opening and closing angle brackets. For example, titles are marked by the tags <h1> at the beginning and </h1> at the end of the title. Some tags only appear on their own such as <br /> for a line break or <img ... /> to link a graphic.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3152931 146 help.text]
en: The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) displays the address of a document or a server in the Internet. The general structure of a URL varies according to type and is generally in the form Service://Hostname:Port/Path/Page#Mark although not all elements are always required. An URL can be a FTP address, a WWW (HTTP) address, a file address or an e-mail address.
en_GB: The Uniform Resource Locator (URL) displays the address of a document or a server in the Internet. The general structure of a URL varies according to type and is generally in the form Service://Hostname:Port/Path/Page#Mark although not all elements are always required. A URL can be an FTP address, a WWW (HTTP) address, a file address or an e-mail address.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN1069F help.text]
en: In some dialogs, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numerical value, the default measurement unit is used.
en_GB: In some dialogue boxes, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numeric value, the default measurement unit is used.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106A2 help.text]
en: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialog that you get by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.
en_GB: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialogue box that you get by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106DA help.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106E7 help.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106F4 help.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10701 help.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10704 help.text]
en: The following formulas convert the units:
en_GB: The following formulae convert the units:

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146067 46 help.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149893 7 help.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149290 16 help.text]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150873 22 help.text]
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154820 79 help.text]
en: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialog. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.
en_GB: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialogue box. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154638 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="andock1">Some windows in $[officename], for example the Styles and Formatting window and the Navigator, are "dockable" windows. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge. On each edge you can dock several windows on top of, or alongside each other; then, by moving the border lines, you can change the relative proportions of the windows.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="andock1">Some windows in $[officename], for example the Styles and Formatting window and the Navigator, are "dockable" windows. You can move these windows, resize them or dock them to an edge. On each edge you can dock several windows on top of, or alongside each other; then, by moving the border lines, you can change the relative proportions of the windows. </variable>

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3147233 127 help.text]
en: <variable id="andock2">To undock and re-dock, holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, double-click a vacant area in the window. In the Styles and Formatting window, you can also double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons, while you hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="andock2">To undock and re-dock, holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, double-click a vacant area in the window. In the Styles and Formatting window, you can also double-click a grey part of the window next to the icons, while you hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>key. </variable>

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3150092 56 help.text]
en: The <emph>Links</emph> command is found in the <emph>Edit</emph> menu. The command can only be activated when at least one link is contained in the current document. When you insert a picture, for example, you can either insert the picture directly into the document or insert the picture as a link.
en_GB: The <emph>Links</emph> command is found in the <emph>Edit</emph> menu. The command can only be activated when at least one link is contained in the current document. When you insert an object such as a picture, for example, you can either insert a copy of it directly into the document or insert it as a link.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3153334 59 help.text]
en: Use <emph>Edit - Links</emph> to see which files are inserted as links. The links can be removed if required. This will break the link and insert the object directly.
en_GB: Use <emph>Edit - Links</emph> to see which files are inserted as links in your document. The links can be removed if required. This will break the link and insert the object directly.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3157846 108 help.text]
en: A number system is determined by the number of characters available for representing numbers. The decimal system, for instance is based on the ten numbers (0..9), the binary system is based on the two numbers 0 and 1, the hexadecimal system is based on 16 characters (0...9 and A...F).
en_GB: A number system is determined by the number of characters available for representing numbers. The decimal system, for instance is based on the ten digits (0..9), the binary system is based on the two digits 0 and 1, the hexadecimal system is based on 16 characters (0...9 and A...F).

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3153530 45 help.text]
en: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouseclick and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].
en_GB: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouse click and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3146879 99 help.text]
en: OpenGL represents a 3D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.
en_GB: OpenGL represents a 3-D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3148993 92 help.text]
en: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.
en_GB: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format.. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3147585 101 help.text]
en: A relational database is a collection of data items organized as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganize the database tables.
en_GB: A relational database is a collection of data items organised as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganise the database tables.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154255 163 help.text]
en: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. An RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.
en_GB: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. A RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154223 49 help.text]
en: Register-true is a typography term that is used in printing. This term refers to the congruent imprint of the lines within a type area on the front and the back side of book pages, newspaper pages and magazine pages. The register-true feature make these pages easier to read by preventing gray shadows from shining through between the lines of text. The register-true term also refers to lines in adjacent text columns that are of the same height.
en_GB: Register-true is a typography term that is used in printing. This term refers to the congruent imprint of the lines within a type area on the front and the back side of book pages, newspaper pages and magazine pages. The register-true feature make these pages easier to read by preventing grey shadows from shining through between the lines of text. The register-true term also refers to lines in adjacent text columns that are of the same height.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3146919 67 help.text]
en: In various dialogs (for example, <emph>Edit - AutoText</emph>) you can select whether you want to save files relatively or absolutely.
en_GB: In various dialogue boxes (for example, <emph>Edit - AutoText</emph>) you can select whether you want to save files relatively or absolutely.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3159118 122 help.text]
en: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disk as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC, or a native driver integrated into $[officename].
en_GB: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disc as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC or a native driver integrated into $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3149448 52 help.text]
en: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum amount of lines to be kept together on a page.
en_GB: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum number of lines to be kept together on a page.

[ctx: 00000007.xhp par_id3156553 10 help.text]
en: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename].</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename]. If you have customised any of the toolbars, your configuration might differ from the one described here. </variable>

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3147588 77 help.text]
en: Opens a submenu in the Gallery where you can choose between <emph>Copy</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>. The selected Gallery object is either copied into the current document or a link is created.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu in the Gallery from which you can choose <emph>Copy</emph> or <emph>Link</emph>. The selected Gallery object is either copied into the current document or a link is created.

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149180 80 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the submenu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the sub-menu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149149 137 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the<emph> Open </emph>command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the <emph>Open</emph> command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000011.xhp par_id3156027 3 help.text]
en: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in a text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.
en_GB: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3152414 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp hd_id3148668 238 help.text]
en: Basic Macros in MS Office Documents
en_GB: Basic Macros in Microsoft Office Documents

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156211 239 help.text]
en: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.
en_GB: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in Microsoft Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Microsoft Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behaviour of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in Microsoft Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154230 226 help.text]
en: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogs. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.
en_GB: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149999 200 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialog in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialogue box in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3145669 8 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] Writer can read various versions of the Microsoft Word text format. You also can save your own texts in Word format. However, not everything available with $[officename] Writer can be transferred to MS Word, and not everything can be imported.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] Writer can read various versions of the Microsoft Word file format. You also can save your own documents in Microsoft Word format. However, not everything available with $[officename] Writer can be transferred to Microsoft Word, and not everything can be imported.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3150144 233 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognizes inserted or deleted text in Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different coloring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be lost during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognises inserted or deleted text in Microsoft Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different colouring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be discarded during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149095 10 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf" name="RTF">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp" name="DDE">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf" name="RTF">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted text across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp" name="DDE">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3151378 237 help.text]
en: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialog that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.
en_GB: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialogue box that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3153146 197 help.text]
en: If, in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, you select Netscape Navigator, MS Internet Explorer, or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text color, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp" name="CSS">CSS</link> stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard.
en_GB: If, in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, you select Netscape Navigator, Microsoft Internet Explorer or $[officename] Writer as the export option, upon export all important font attributes are exported as direct attributes (for example, text colour, font size, bold, italic, and so on) in CSS1 styles. (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp" name="CSS">CSS</link> stands for Cascading Style Sheets.) Importing is also carried out according to this standard.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3155135 14 help.text]
en: If MS Internet Explorer or $[officename] Writer are set as the export option, the sizes of the control field and their internal margins are exported as styles (print formats). CSS1 size properties are based on "width" and "height" values. The "Margin" property is used to set equal margins on all sides of the page. To allow different margins, the "Margin-Left", "Margin-Right", "Margin-Top" and "Margin-Bottom" properties are used.
en_GB: If Microsoft Internet Explorer or $[officename] Writer are set as the export option, the sizes of the control field and their internal margins are exported as styles (print formats). CSS1 size properties are based on "width" and "height" values. The "Margin" property is used to set equal margins on all sides of the page. To allow different margins, the "Margin-Left", "Margin-Right", "Margin-Top" and "Margin-Bottom" properties are used.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3148473 15 help.text]
en: The distances of graphics and Plug-Ins to the content can be set individually for export to $[officename] Writer and MS Internet Explorer. If the top/bottom or right/left margin is set differently, the distances are exported in a "STYLE" option for the corresponding tag as CSS1 size properties "Margin-Top", "Margin-Bottom", "Margin-Left" and "Margin-Right".
en_GB: The distances of graphics and Plug-Ins to the content can be set individually for export to $[officename] Writer and Microsoft Internet Explorer. If the top/bottom or right/left margin is set differently, the distances are exported in a "STYLE" option for the corresponding tag as CSS1 size properties "Margin-Top", "Margin-Bottom", "Margin-Left" and "Margin-Right".

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154071 206 help.text]
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156293 209 help.text]
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154329 212 help.text]
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156422 215 help.text]
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3155131 218 help.text]
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3146120 222 help.text]
en: Multipage-TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.
en_GB: Multi-page TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154149 242 help.text]
en: Select the PostScript printer in the dialog and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.
en_GB: Select the PostScript printer in the dialogue box and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp bm_id3154408 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
en: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.
en_GB: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardised file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530487 help.text]
en: 2005-05-01
en_GB: 01/05/2005

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530479 help.text]
en: 2007-02-02
en_GB: 02/02/2007

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_idN107E9 help.text]
en: If you want to exchange documents with users that still use OpenOffice.org 1 or StarOffice 7, save the document using the respectively named filter in the <emph>File type</emph> listbox.
en_GB: If you want to exchange documents with users that still use OpenOffice.org 1 or StarOffice 7, save the document using the appropriate filter in the <emph>File type</emph> list box.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id3154068 31 help.text]
en: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimize the time for saving and opening the document. On the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> tab page you can activate the use of indentations and line breaks by clearing the check box <emph>Size optimization for ODF format</emph>.
en_GB: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimise the time for saving and opening the document. On the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> tab page you can activate the use of indentations and line breaks by unmarking the check box <emph>Size optimisation for ODF format</emph>.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id3150447 35 help.text]
en: In <emph>styles.xml,</emph> you find the styles applied to the document that can be seen in the Styles and Formatting window.
en_GB: In <emph>styles.xml</emph>, you find the styles applied to the document that can be seen in the Styles and Formatting window.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id3156069 83 help.text]
en: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="$[officename] general">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop.
en_GB: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="$[officename] general">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customising $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag-and-drop.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id6200750 help.text]
en: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.
en_GB: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id1 help.text]
en: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialog opens where you can setup export options.
en_GB: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialogue box opens where you can set export options.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id2 help.text]
en: The following file types do not show an options dialog: PWP, RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.
en_GB: The following file types do not show an options dialogue box: PWP, RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id3 help.text]
en: The other file types show options dialogs where you can set the width and height of the exported image.
en_GB: The other file types show options dialogue boxes where you can set the width and height of the exported image.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id10 help.text]
en: For JPEG files you can set the color depth and the quality.
en_GB: For JPEG files you can set the colour depth and the quality.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id435923952 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id31456456938 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id15 help.text]
en: For EPS files you can set the preview, the color format, the compression, and the version.
en_GB: For EPS files you can set the preview, the colour format, the compression, and the version.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993159201 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id319947250 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993147088 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in grayscale tones.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in greyscale tones.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000206.xhp par_id3150620 4 help.text]
en: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.
en_GB: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogue boxes will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3150379 7 help.text]
en: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialog allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialog will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialogue box allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialogue box will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id5719779 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3541062 help.text]
en: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numerical values anymore.
en_GB: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numeric values any more.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3148548 18 help.text]
en: The alignment Left, Centered, and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.
en_GB: The alignment Left, Centred and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id314949586 help.text]
en: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp" name="Use">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored.
en_GB: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp" name="Use">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialogue box, the global HTML option is ignored.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3150247 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3151168 83 help.text]
en: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character less. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.
en_GB: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character fewer. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.

[ctx: 00000210.xhp par_id3152352 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:MODALDIALOG:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS">The<emph> Warning Print Options </emph>dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.</ahelp> This is the case, for example, if you draw a rectangle that is larger than the current page format.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:MODALDIALOG:DLG_PRINT_WARNINGS">The <emph>Warning Print Options</emph> dialogue box appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.</ahelp> This is the case, for example, if you draw a rectangle that is larger than the current page format.

[ctx: 00000210.xhp par_id3158405 7 help.text]
en: If you select the <emph>Fit page to print range </emph>option, the <emph>Warning Print Options</emph> dialog will not appear in subsequent print runs of this document.
en_GB: If you select the <emph>Fit page to print range</emph> option, the <emph>Warning Print Options</emph> dialogue box will not appear in subsequent print runs of this document.

[ctx: 00000215.xhp par_id3153070 2 help.text]
en: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialog appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.
en_GB: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialogue box appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document for the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3154224 116 help.text]
en: <variable id="autopilotbrief6">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - </emph><emph>Name and Location</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autopilotbrief6">Choose <emph>File - Wizards - Letter - Name and Location</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150300 99 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select "HTML Document" file type, this dialog opens automatically</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select "HTML Document" file type, this dialogue box opens automatically</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3153387 137 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern1">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 1 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern1">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 1 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3154021 138 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern2">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 2 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern2">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 2 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3147246 159 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern3">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 3 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern3">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 3 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3145131 140 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern4">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 4 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern4">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 4 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150235 141 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern5">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 5 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern5">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 5 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3145762 142 help.text]
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern6">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu<emph> File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 6 of the wizard</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern6">$[officename] Draw/$[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select HTML file type, page 6 of the wizard</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3149735 help.text]
en: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, select a graphics file type, dialog opens automatically</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, select a graphics file type, dialogue box opens automatically</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3154930 69 help.text]
en: Menu<emph> File - Page Preview</emph>
en_GB: Menu <emph>File - Page Preview</emph>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3155529 17 help.text]
en: <variable id="senden">Menu<emph> File - Send</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="senden">Menu <emph>File - Send</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3148608 81 help.text]
en: <variable id="epsexport">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if EPS is selected as file type, this dialog opens automatically</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="epsexport">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if EPS is selected as file type, this dialogue box opens automatically</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150107 87 help.text]
en: <variable id="pbmppmpgm">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if PBM, PPM or PGM is selected as file type, the dialog opens automatically</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pbmppmpgm">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>, if PBM, PPM or PGM is selected as file type, the dialogue box opens automatically</variable>

[ctx: 00000402.xhp par_id3150396 574 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes.</emph> AutoCorrect dialog appears, click <emph>Edit Changes</emph> button, see <emph>List</emph> tab page
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>. AutoCorrect dialogue box appears, click <emph>Edit Changes</emph> button, see <emph>List</emph> tab page

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3152780 19 help.text]
en: <variable id="farbleiste">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="farbleiste">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Colour Bar</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3153717 38 help.text]
en: <variable id="hypdiamailnews">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon on <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>Mail & News</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hypdiamailnews">Click <emph>Hyperlink</emph> icon  on<emph>Standard</emph> bar, click <emph>Mail & News</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3149525 35 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customise - Character</emph> button</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3152372 55 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customise - Character</emph> button</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3149785 10 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click
en_GB: Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3153056 16 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click
en_GB: Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3147578 39 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart </emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Object - Chart</emph>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3154921 19 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click
en_GB: Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3083281 26 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, click
en_GB: Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, click

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3150396 47 help.text]
en: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is no text file</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is not a text file</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3146957 130 help.text]
en: <variable id="galleryregisterdateien">Choose <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph> or click the <emph>Gallery </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar - <emph>New Theme</emph> button - <emph>Files</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="galleryregisterdateien">Choose <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph> or click the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar - <emph>New Theme</emph> button - <emph>Files</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149884 70 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153320 10 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress)

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151385 13 help.text]
en: <variable id="makro">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+F11 (if not assigned by your system)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+F11 (if not assigned by your system) </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3150398 14 help.text]
en: <variable id="passwort">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, click the <emph>Organizer</emph> button, click the <emph>Libraries</emph> tab, and then click the <emph>Password</emph> button</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="passwort">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>, click the <emph>Organiser</emph> button, click the <emph>Libraries</emph> tab, and then click the <emph>Password</emph> button </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3148672 15 help.text]
en: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3147230 16 help.text]
en: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Menu</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_idN108E9 help.text]
en: <variable id="menuenew">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>New</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menuenew">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>New</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_idN10919 help.text]
en: <variable id="menuemove">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>Menu - Move</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menuemove">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Menu</emph> tab, click <emph>Menu - Move</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145171 129 help.text]
en: <variable id="tastatur">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab (a document must be opened)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tastatur">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph> tab (a document must be opened) </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153968 19 help.text]
en: <variable id="symbole">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symbole">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Toolbars</emph> tab</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3144432 22 help.text]
en: <variable id="events">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="events">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Events</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153094 58 help.text]
en: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Localized Options</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Localised Options</emph> tab</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3154696 30 help.text]
en: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colors</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colours</emph>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149581 31 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colours</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149270 65 help.text]
en: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colors - Edit</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colours - Edit</emph>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145729 66 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab<emph> - Edit</emph> button
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colours</emph> tab <emph>- Edit</emph> button

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149488 67 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - 3D Effects</emph> icon on the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - 3-D Effects</emph> icon on the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151037 68 help.text]
en: Select color on the <emph>Color</emph> tab page
en_GB: Select colour on the <emph>Colour</emph> tab page

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153958 119 help.text]
en: <variable id="etsofi">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>VBA Properties</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etsofi">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153707 122 help.text]
en: <variable id="etsofi2">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>Microsoft Office</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etsofi2">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - Microsoft Office</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145667 49 help.text]
en: <variable id="html">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save</emph> - <emph>HTML Compatibility</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="html">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3148407 134 help.text]
en: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>, in the <emph>Available language modules </emph>list, select one of the language modules and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>, in the <emph>Available language modules</emph> list, select one of the language modules and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3155333 96 help.text]
en: <variable id="layout">Open a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web </emph>- <emph>View</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="layout">Open a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - View</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3155607 98 help.text]
en: <variable id="drucken1">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/ %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web </emph>- <emph>Print</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="drucken1">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/ %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149211 113 help.text]
en: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Charts - Default Colors</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Charts - Default Colours</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000408.xhp par_id3147240 14 help.text]
en: <variable id="infoanwendung">Choose <emph>Help - About </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="infoanwendung">Choose <emph>Help - About %PRODUCTNAME</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3150774 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="ADO">In a database file window of type MS ADO, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ADO">In a database file window of type Microsoft ADO, choose <emph>Edit - Database - Properties</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3153760 64 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabellenentwurf">In a database file window, click the Tables icon. Choose Insert -<emph> Table Design</emph> or <emph>Edit - Edit</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabellenentwurf">In a database file window, click the Tables icon. Choose <emph>Insert - Table Design</emph> or <emph>Edit - Edit</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3149902 25 help.text]
en: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>. When referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialog</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>. When referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialogue box</variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3159252 63 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabellecopy">Drag and drop a table or a query into the table part of another database file window</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabellecopy">Drag-and-drop a table or a query into the table part of another database file window</variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3148560 66 help.text]
en: <variable id="formularneu">In a database file window, choose<emph> Insert - Form</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formularneu">In a database file window, choose <emph>Insert - Form</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3157958 14 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Font</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Font</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3149819 23 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Font Effects</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Font Effects</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3159256 183 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Alignment</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu of an entry and click <emph>New/Modify - Alignment</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152811 188 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Layout</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu of an entry and click <emph>New/Modify - Asian Layout</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3148742 193 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Typography</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu of an entry and click <emph>New/Modify - Asian Typography</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3147352 179 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Alignment</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Alignment</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152463 34 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Indents & Spacing</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Indents & Spacing</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154833 41 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Tabs</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Tabs</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3149911 53 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Borders</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Borders</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3155915 177 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph> - <emph>Border</emph> tab -<emph> Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph> - <emph>Border</emph> tab - <emph>Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3159130 178 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Menu<emph> Format - Page - Border - Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Menu <emph>Format - Page - Border - Spacing to contents</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3153532 67 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Background</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Background</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3146791 72 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Page - Organizer</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Page - Organiser</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154482 74 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Organizer</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Organiser</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154362 77 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Page</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Page</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3148405 80 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Header</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Header</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3155175 83 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>Modify/New - Footer</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu of an entry and choose <emph>New/Modify - Footer</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152498 3 help.text]
en: <emph>3D Effects</emph>
en_GB: <emph>3-D Effects</emph>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3145256 90 help.text]
en: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154203 91 help.text]
en: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Shading</emph> tab </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Shading</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3151284 92 help.text]
en: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152475 93 help.text]
en: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Textures</emph> tab </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Textures</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154572 94 help.text]
en: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Material</emph> tab </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Material</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3145220 155 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering </emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3148420 165 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - Numbering Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154930 167 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open Styles and Formatting - Numbering Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open Styles and Formatting - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3156011 169 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - Numbering Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3148733 170 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - Numbering Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> - List Styles - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3153812 173 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting - Numbering Styles</emph> - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Open <emph>Styles and Formatting - List Styles</emph> - context menu of an entry - choose <emph>New/Modify</emph></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3151332 194 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Picture </emph>- <emph>Crop</emph> tab </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Menu <emph>Format - Picture - Crop</emph> tab</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3158156 101 help.text]
en: Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form </emph>icon - <emph>Data</emph> tab
en_GB: Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form</emph> icon - <emph>Data</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3153575 104 help.text]
en: Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form </emph>icon - <emph>Events</emph> tab
en_GB: Open Form Controls toolbar or Form Design toolbar, click <emph>Form</emph> icon - <emph>Events</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3147092 13 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Bring Forwards</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3148396 14 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Draw)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Bring Forwards</emph> ($[officename] Draw)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3154658 127 help.text]
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Bring Forward</emph> ($[officename] Impress)
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Bring Forwards</emph> ($[officename] Impress)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3155848 69 help.text]
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3154815 15 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Arrange - Send Backwards</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150428 16 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Draw)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Arrange - Send Backwards</emph> ($[officename] Draw)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3159107 128 help.text]
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Send Backward</emph> ($[officename] Impress)
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Arrange - Send Backwards</emph> ($[officename] Impress)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3152795 70 help.text]
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150268 34 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centred</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3157978 59 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150704 36 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3153976 43 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centred</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3153246 65 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Alignment - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3154614 135 help.text]
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw)

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3146943 45 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id366527 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Line </emph>(Writer)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Line</emph> (Writer)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3835261 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Graphic - Line </emph>(Calc)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Graphic - Line</emph> (Calc)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3147335 7 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Line</emph> tab (presentation documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>New/Modify - Line</emph> tab (presentation documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3145607 22 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Area</emph> tab (presentation documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>New/Modify - Area</emph> tab (presentation documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3163820 28 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Colors</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Area - Colours</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3152462 29 help.text]
en: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colors</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Colours</emph> tab

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3145750 147 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Transparency </emph>tab (chart documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3163710 149 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (X Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (x-axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3150487 150 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (Y Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (y-axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3154320 151 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (Z Axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Title - Title (z-axis) - Transparency</emph> tab (chart documents)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3146081 46 help.text]
en: <variable id="legende">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Callout</emph> tab (only for textbox callouts, not for custom shapes callouts) </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="legende">Choose <emph>Format - </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Object - </emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Graphic - </emph></caseinline></switchinline><emph>Position and Size - Legend</emph> tab (only for text box callouts, not for custom shapes callouts) </variable>

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3149189 75 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centered</emph> (drawing functions)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Alignment - Centred</emph> (drawing functions)

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3154624 138 help.text]
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Center</emph>
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Alignment - Centre</emph>

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3153076 77 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Center Horizontally </caseinline><defaultinline>Centered</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Centre Horizontally </caseinline><defaultinline>Centred</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040503.xhp par_id3148668 11 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040503.xhp par_id3152349 13 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>Modify/New - Numbers</emph> tab </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> - open context menu and choose <emph>New/Modify - Numbers</emph> tab</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00040503.xhp par_id3147531 15 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Numbers</emph> tab (Chart Documents)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Numbers</emph> tab (Chart Documents)

[ctx: 00040503.xhp par_id3150823 32 help.text]
en: Also as <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog for tables and fields in text documents: Choose <emph>Format - Number Format</emph>, or choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other - Variables</emph> tab and select "Additional formats" in the <emph>Format</emph> list.
en_GB: Also as <emph>Number Format</emph> dialogue box for tables and fields in text documents: Choose <emph>Format - Number Format</emph>, or choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other - Variables</emph> tab and select "Additional formats" in the <emph>Format</emph> list.

[ctx: 00040503.xhp par_id3154923 6 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Alignment</emph> tab </caseinline><defaultinline>Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph> tab</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CHART">Choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title - Alignment</emph> tab</caseinline><defaultinline>Choose <emph>Format - Cells - Alignment</emph> tab</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp hd_id3145416 18 help.text]
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-drop

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145348 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145629 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the<emph> Load Graphics </emph>command to make them visible.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the <emph>Load Graphics</emph> command to make them visible.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3159242 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The<emph> General </emph>tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>General</emph> tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3154946 66 help.text]
en: Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01050000.xhp" name="Presentation Wizard">Presentation Wizard</link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01050000.xhp" name="Presentation Wizard">Presentation Wizard</link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3148388 106 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="Labels">Labels</link> dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="Labels">Labels</link> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150968 108 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards">Business Cards</link> dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards">Business Cards</link> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10A15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the Presentation Wizard dialog appears.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a new presentation document ($[officename] Impress). If activated, the Presentation Wizard dialogue box appears.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10AB6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Labels dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Labels dialogue box in which you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10ACD help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Business Cards dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Business Cards dialogue box in which you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document ($[officename] Writer).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010001.xhp par_id3154682 2 help.text]
en: Use a <emph>Master Document</emph> to organize complex projects, such as a book. <ahelp hid=".">A <emph>Master Document</emph> can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.</ahelp>
en_GB: Use a <emph>Master Document</emph> to organise complex projects, such as a book.<ahelp hid="."> A <emph>Master Document</emph> can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3148520 117 help.text]
en: The <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialog allows you to manage your templates.
en_GB: The <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialogue box allows you to manage your templates.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3157898 118 help.text]
en: To open the <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialog, do one of the following:
en_GB: To open the <emph>Templates Manager</emph> dialogue box, do one of the following:

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3157958 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the<emph> Templates and Documents</emph> dialog. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the <emph>Title </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Categories are shown in the box on the left side of the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialogue box. Click a category to display the files associated with that category in the <emph>Title</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153822 103 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK">Moves back to the previous window in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK">Moves back to the previous window in the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3148799 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT">Allows you to preview the template or document, as well as view the document properties.</ahelp> To preview the template or document, click the <emph>Preview</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box on the right side of the dialog. To view the properties of the document, click the <emph>Document Properties</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT">Allows you to preview the template or document, as well as view the document properties.</ahelp> To preview the template or document, click the <emph>Preview</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box on the right side of the dialogue box. To view the properties of the document, click the <emph>Document Properties</emph> icon at the top of the Preview box.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3153142 111 help.text]
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3145071 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="etikett"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertLabels">Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.</ahelp> You can print labels using a pre-defined or a custom paper format. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etikett"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertLabels">Allows you to create labels. Labels are created in a text document.</ahelp> You can print labels using a predefined or a custom paper format.</variable>

[ctx: 01010201.xhp par_id3149762 18 help.text]
en: You can select a pre-defined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format </emph>tab..
en_GB: You can select a predefined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3154497 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LAB_PRT" visibility="visible">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LAB_PRT" visibility="visible">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3155355 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_PAGE" visibility="visible">Creates a full page of  labels or business cards.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_PAGE" visibility="visible">Creates a full page of labels or business cards.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3155535 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_SINGLE" visibility="visible">Prints a single label or  business card on a page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_SINGLE" visibility="visible">Prints a single label or business card on a page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010203.xhp hd_id3149237 15 help.text]
en: Synchronize contents
en_GB: Synchronise contents

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3155342 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LAB_PRT:CB_SYNCHRON">Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the <emph>Synchronize Labels </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LAB_PRT:CB_SYNCHRON">Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the <emph>Synchronise Labels</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010203.xhp hd_id3149164 18 help.text]
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3148474 17 help.text]
en: The <emph>Synchronize labels </emph>button only appears in your document if you selected the <emph>Synchronize contents </emph>on the<emph> Options tab </emph>when you created the labels or business cards.
en_GB: The <emph>Synchronise labels</emph> button only appears in your document if you selected the <emph>Synchronise contents</emph> on the <emph>Options tab</emph> when you created the labels or business cards.

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3144438 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Setup">Printer Setup</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_LAB_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Setup">Printer Setup</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3149987 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBusinessCard">Design and create your own business cards.</ahelp> You can choose from a number of pre-defined size formats or create your own.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBusinessCard">Design and create your own business cards.</ahelp> You can choose from a number of predefined size formats or create your own.

[ctx: 01010301.xhp par_id3150278 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the size of your business card from a number of pre-defined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format </emph>tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the size of your business card from a number of predefined size formats, or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format</emph> tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010302.xhp par_id3158442 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_BUSINESS_CARD_CONTENT">Select a business card category in <emph>AutoText - Section</emph> box, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_BUSINESS_CARD_CONTENT">Select a business card category in <emph>AutoText - Section</emph> box, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010302.xhp par_id3154894 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_VISITING_CARDS_LB_AUTO_TEXT_GROUP">Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_VISITING_CARDS_LB_AUTO_TEXT_GROUP">Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010303.xhp hd_id3156427 15 help.text]
en: First name 2
en_GB: Forename 2

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3149750 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_FIRSTNAME_2">Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_FIRSTNAME_2">Enter the forename of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010303.xhp hd_id3145345 17 help.text]
en: Last name 2
en_GB: Surname 2

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3154288 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_NAME_2">Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_NAME_2">Enter the surname of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3153666 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_WWW">Enter the address of your internet homepage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_PRIVATE_DATA:ED_WWW">Enter the address of your Internet homepage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010304.xhp par_id3155892 17 help.text]
en: If you want to include your name on a business card, enter your name on the <emph>Private </emph>tab. Then choose a layout on the <emph>Business Cards </emph>tab that includes a name placeholder.
en_GB: If you want to include your name on a business card, enter your name on the <emph>Private</emph> tab. Then choose a layout on the <emph>Business Cards</emph> tab that includes a name placeholder.

[ctx: 01010304.xhp par_id3148563 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_BUSINESS_DATA:ED_WWW">Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:EDIT:TP_BUSINESS_DATA:ED_WWW">Enter the address of your company's Internet homepage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149877 109 help.text]
en: The following sections describe the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> dialog box. To activate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="%PRODUCTNAME - General">%PRODUCTNAME- General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.
en_GB: The following sections describe the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> dialog box. To activate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="%PRODUCTNAME - General">%PRODUCTNAME- General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogue boxes</emph> area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153331 124 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE_BTN_YES" visibility="hidden">Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE_BTN_YES" visibility="hidden">Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3161458 125 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE_BTN_NO" visibility="hidden">Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SVT_QUERYDELETE_BTN_NO" visibility="hidden">Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150541 72 help.text]
en: If you want, you can use wildcards in the <emph>File name </emph>box to filter the list of files that is displayed.
en_GB: If you want, you can use wildcards in the <emph>File name</emph> box to filter the list of files that is displayed.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149291 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION">If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.</ahelp> You can save and organize multiple versions of a document by choosing <emph>File - Versions</emph>. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION">If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.</ahelp> You can save and organise multiple versions of a document by choosing <emph>File - Versions</emph>. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156293 89 help.text]
en: If you opened the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - File</emph>, the <emph>Open</emph> button is labeled <emph>Insert</emph>. <ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN">Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp>
en_GB: If you opened the dialogue box by choosing <emph>Insert - File</emph>, the <emph>Open</emph> button is labelled <emph>Insert</emph>. <ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN">Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145367 40 help.text]
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognizes templates that are located in any folder from the following list:
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognises templates that are located in any folder from the following list:

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id7375713 help.text]
en: When you use <item type="menuitem">File - Template - Save</item> to save a template, the template will be stored in your user template folder. When you open a document that is based on such a template, the document will be checked for a changed template as decribed below. The template is associated with the document, it may be called a "sticky template".
en_GB: When you use <item type="menuitem">File - Template - Save</item> to save a template, the template will be stored in your user template folder. When you open a document that is based on such a template, the document will be checked for a changed template as described below. The template is associated with the document, it may be called a "sticky template".

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150105 73 help.text]
en: When you open a document that was created from a "sticky template" (as defined above), <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed a dialog is shown where you can select which styles to apply to the document.
en_GB: When you open a document that was created from a "sticky template" (as defined above), <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed a dialogue box is shown from which you can select which styles to apply to the document.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154988 44 help.text]
en: If a document was created using a template that cannot be found a dialog is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened.
en_GB: If a document was created using a template that cannot be found a dialogue box is shown that asks you how to proceed the next time that the document is opened.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151351 91 help.text]
en: To break the link between the document and the missing template, click <emph>No</emph>, otherwise <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will look for the template the next time you open the document.
en_GB: To break the link between the document and the missing template, click <emph>No</emph>, otherwise <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will look for the template the next time that you open the document.

[ctx: 01020101.xhp par_id3149750 help.text]
en: <link name="Open Dialog" href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph> Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link name="Open Dialogue Box" href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph> Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 01020103.xhp par_id3152918 6 help.text]
en: If $[officename] does not recognize the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:
en_GB: If $[officename] does not recognise the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3149095 7 help.text]
en: The <emph>Close </emph>command closes all of the open windows for the current document.
en_GB: The <emph>Close</emph> command closes all of the open windows for the current document.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3159201 8 help.text]
en: When you close the last open document window, you see the <link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link>.
en_GB: When you close the last open document window, you will see the <link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Centre</link>.

[ctx: 01070000.xhp par_id3155934 64 help.text]
en: The following sections describe the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Save as</emph> dialog. To activate the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="%PRODUCTNAME - General">%PRODUCTNAME- General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.
en_GB: The following sections describe the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Save as</emph> dialogue box. To activate the <emph><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="%PRODUCTNAME - General">%PRODUCTNAME- General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogue boxes</emph> area.

[ctx: 01070000.xhp par_id3153820 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070000.xhp par_id3159125 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION">Exports only the selected graphic objects in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION">Exports only the selected graphic objects in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw and Impress to another format. If this check box is not marked, the entire document is exported.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070001.xhp par_id3150710 2 help.text]
en: The following sections describe the <emph>$[officename] Export</emph> dialog box. To activate the <emph>$[officename] Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialog boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="$[officename] - General">$[officename] - General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use $[officename] dialogs</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogs</emph> area.
en_GB: The following sections describe the <emph>$[officename] Export</emph> dialogue box. To activate the <emph>$[officename] Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp" name="$[officename] - General">$[officename] - General</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Use $[officename] dialogue boxes</emph> in the <emph>Open/Save dialogue boxes</emph> area.

[ctx: 01100000.xhp par_id3153748 4 help.text]
en: The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 01100000.xhp par_id3148643 5 help.text]
en: Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01100200.xhp bm_id3149955 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>version numbers of documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; version numbers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files; version numbers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>editing time of documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; editing time</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>version numbers of documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; version numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; version numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing time of documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; editing time</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01100200.xhp par_idN106D0 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog where you can manage digital signatures for the current document.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialogue box in which you can manage digital signatures for the current document.

[ctx: 01100300.xhp par_id3152551 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx2/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx2/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100400.xhp par_id3156324 36 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Some statistic values can be used as <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="variables in formulas">variables in formulas</link>. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Some statistic values can be used as <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="variables in formulae">variables in formulae</link>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3154894 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organise and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110300.xhp hd_id3156156 14 help.text]
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id3155419 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_ORGANIZE">Opens the <emph>Template Management</emph> dialog where you can organize or create new templates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_DOC_TEMPLATE:BT_ORGANIZE">Opens the <emph>Template Management</emph> dialogue box in which you can organise or create new templates.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110400.xhp par_id3144415 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenTemplate">Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenTemplate">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a template for editing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912284853 help.text]
en: The Print dialog consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, several tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the Print, Cancel, and Help buttons.
en_GB: The Print dialogue box consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, several tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the Print, Cancel, and Help buttons.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912284952 help.text]
en: The settings that you define in the Print dialog are valid only for the current print job that you start by clicking the Print button. If you want to change some options permanently, open Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print.
en_GB: The settings that you define in the Print dialogue box are valid for only the current print job that you start by clicking the Print button. If you want to change some options permanently, open Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_idN109CD help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">To set the default <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>printer options for presentation documents, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp" name="Tools - Options - Impress - Print"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print</emph></link>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">To set the default <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> printer options for presentation documents, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070400.xhp" name="Tools - Options - Impress - Print"><emph>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - Print</emph></link>.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200901194137 help.text]
en: Press Shift+F1 or choose <item type="menuitem">Help - What's This?</item> and point to any control element in the Print dialog to see an extended help text.
en_GB: Press Shift+F1 or choose <item type="menuitem">Help - What's This?</item> and point to any control element in the Print dialogue box to see an extended help text.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912285064 help.text]
en: On the General tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the printer settings dialog.
en_GB: On the General tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the printer settings dialogue box.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If checked, empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id3156113 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the printer properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the printer properties dialogue box. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id80 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print in original colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print in original colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colours as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id84 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as black and white.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colours as black and white.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912285019 help.text]
en: The tab page with the same name as the current application can be used to define the contents, color, size, and pages to be printed. You define settings that are specific to the current document type.
en_GB: The tab page with the same name as the current application can be used to define the contents, colour, size, and pages to be printed. You define settings that are specific to the current document type.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157322 18 help.text]
en: Ensure that the Landscape or Portrait layout option set in the printer properties dialog matches the page format that you set by choosing <emph>Format - Page</emph>.
en_GB: Ensure that the Landscape or Portrait layout option set in the printer properties dialogue box matches the page format that you set by choosing <emph>Format - Page</emph>.

[ctx: 01180000.xhp par_id3148440 3 help.text]
en: If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialog appears.
en_GB: If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3157898 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organises multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3149149 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_VERSIONS:PB_SAVE">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment </emph>dialog before you save the new version.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_VERSIONS:PB_SAVE">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment</emph> dialogue box before you save the new version.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3150466 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_COMMENTS:ME_VERSIONS">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show </emph>to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_COMMENTS:ME_VERSIONS">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show</emph> to open this dialogue box, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01990000.xhp par_id3154794 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file from the list, click its name.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010000.xhp par_id3149205 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_UNDO">Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the <emph>Undo </emph>icon on the Standard bar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_UNDO">Reverses the last command or the last entry you typed. To select the command that you want to reverse, click the arrow next to the <emph>Undo</emph> icon on the Standard bar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010000.xhp par_id3155504 4 help.text]
en: If you change the content of a record in a database table that has not been saved, and then use the<emph> Undo</emph> command, the record is erased.
en_GB: If you change the content of a record in a database table that has not been saved, and then use the <emph>Undo</emph> command, the record is erased.

[ctx: 02050000.xhp par_id3155552 4 help.text]
en: Each time you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten.
en_GB: Each time that you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten.

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3150976 16 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">This dialog appears in Calc if the clipboard contains spreadsheet cells. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">This dialogue box appears in Calc if the clipboard contains spreadsheet cells. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3146848 42 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_INSALL">Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_INSALL">Pastes all contents of cells, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp hd_id3155449 43 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Text </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Text strings </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3149244 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_INSSTRINGS"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cells containing text. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_INSSTRINGS"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Inserts cells containing text strings. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp hd_id3150791 49 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulas </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulae </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3147348 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_OP_NOOP"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_OP_NOOP"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing contents of cells. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3155084 32 help.text]
en: If you select a mathematical operation and clear the<emph> Skip empty cells </emph>box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeroes. For example, if you apply the <emph>Multiply</emph> operation, the target cells are filled with zeroes.
en_GB: If you select a mathematical operation and clear the <emph>Skip empty cells</emph> box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeros. For example, if you apply the <emph>Multiply</emph> operation, the target cells are filled with zeros.

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3147223 34 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_TRANSPOSE">The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range. The columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_TRANSPOSE">The rows of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become columns of the output range and the columns of the range in the clipboard are pasted to become rows such that cells from the left column become the top row and the top row becomes the left column.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3146969 36 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_LINK">Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the <emph>Insert All</emph> option is also selected. </ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="SC:CHECKBOX:RID_SCDLG_INSCONT:BTN_LINK">Inserts the cell range as a link, so that changes made to the cells in the source file are updated in the target file. To ensure that changes made to empty cells in the source file are updated in the target file, ensure that the <emph>Insert All</emph> option is also marked. </ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id00002 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in downwards direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id00003 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in upwards direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3153683 189 help.text]
en: Search options are listed in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the dialog
en_GB: Search options are listed in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the dialogue box

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3150506 190 help.text]
en: Replacement options are listed in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the dialog.
en_GB: Replacement options are listed in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp bm_id3154760 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>case sensitivity;searching</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>case-sensitivity;searching</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3154760 46 help.text]
en: <variable id="exakt"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exakt"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id8876918 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Mark this check box, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3155103 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the <emph>Search for </emph>list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the <emph>Replace with</emph> list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Mark this check box, and then select a style from the <emph>Search for</emph> list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the <emph>Replace with</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_idN109CC help.text]
en: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Search for Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.
en_GB: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Search for Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id0302200901464150 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In Writer, you can select to include the comment text strings in your searches.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3145421 206 help.text]
en: <variable id="aehnlichtext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike">Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>...</emph> button to specify the search options. </ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="aehnlichtext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike">Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the <emph>...</emph> button to specify the search options. </ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3159155 136 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click in the <emph>Search for </emph>or the <emph>Replace with </emph>box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click in the <emph>Search for</emph> or the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3150337 137 help.text]
en: The search criteria for formatting attributes are displayed under the <emph>Search for </emph>or the <emph>Replace with </emph>box.
en_GB: The search criteria for formatting attributes are displayed under the <emph>Search for</emph> or the <emph>Replace with</emph> box.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp hd_id3146925 142 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulas</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulae</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id6719870 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulae and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulae that contain 'SUM'.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3146969 145 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulae.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id6064943 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp bm_id3152960 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>searching; all sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>finding; in all sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; searching all</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>searching; all sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding; in all sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; searching all</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3151101 188 help.text]
en: After you close the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F.
en_GB: After you close the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id9824518.00000001 help.text]
en: Represents the given character unless otherwise specified.
en_GB: Represents any single character unless otherwise specified.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3153666 36 help.text]
en: Match a word boundary. For example, "\bbook" finds "bookmark" but not "checkbook" whereas "book\b" finds "checkbook" but not "bookmark". The discrete word "book" is found by both search terms.
en_GB: Match a word boundary. For example, "\bbook" finds "bookmark" but not "chequebook" whereas "book\b" finds "chequebook" but not "bookmark". The discrete word "book" is found by both search terms.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3154630 173 help.text]
en: Represents one of the characters that are between the brackets.
en_GB: Represents one of the characters that are between the square brackets.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3148676 177 help.text]
en: Represents any of the characters that are between a-e and h-x.
en_GB: Represents any of the characters in the ranges a to e and h to x (inclusive).

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3153351 179 help.text]
en: Represents everything that is not between a and s.
en_GB: Represents any character that is not in the range a to s.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3154985 187 help.text]
en: Finds the terms that occur before the "|" and also finds the terms that occur after the "|". For example, "this|that" finds "this" and "that".
en_GB: Finds the terms that occur before or after the "|". For example, "this|that" finds "this" and "that".

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3150103 210 help.text]
en: Defines the number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket occurs. For example, "tre{2}" finds and selects "tree".
en_GB: Defines the number of times that the character in front of the opening curly bracket occurs. For example, "tre{2}" finds and selects "tree".

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3147317 212 help.text]
en: Defines the minimum and maximum number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket can occur. For example, "tre{1,2}" finds and selects "tre" and "tree".
en_GB: Defines the minimum and maximum number of times that the character in front of the opening curly bracket can occur. For example, "tre{1,2}" finds and selects both "tre" and "tree".

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id843836 help.text]
en: Defines the minimum number of times that the character in front of the opening bracket can occur. For example, "tre{2,}" finds "tree", "treee", and "treeeee".
en_GB: Defines the minimum number of times that the character in front of the opening curly bracket can occur. For example, "tre{2,}" finds "tree", "treee", and "treeeee".

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3153573 214 help.text]
en: Defines the characters inside the parentheses as a reference. You can then refer to the first reference in the current expression with "\1", to the second reference with "\2", and so on.
en_GB: Defines the characters inside the parentheses (round brackets) as a reference. You can then refer to the first reference in the current expression with "\1", to the second reference with "\2", and so on.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3152576 223 help.text]
en: Represents a nonprinting character.
en_GB: Represents a non-printing character.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3145730 229 help.text]
en: Represents a lowercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.
en_GB: Represents a lower-case character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3150092 231 help.text]
en: Represents an uppercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options.</emph>
en_GB: Represents an upper-case character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options.</emph>

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id5781731 help.text]
en: ^ means the match has to be at the start of a paragraph,
en_GB: ^ means the match must be at the beginning of a paragraph,

[ctx: 02100100.xhp par_id3146856 53 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity">Find terms that are similar to the <emph>Search for </emph>text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>...</emph> button to define the similarity options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity">Find terms that are similar to the <emph>Search for</emph> text. Mark this check box, and then click the <emph>...</emph> button to define the similarity options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100100.xhp par_id3149551 66 help.text]
en: For example, a similarity search can find words that differ from the <emph>Search for </emph>text by two characters.
en_GB: For example, a similarity search can find words that differ from the <emph>Search for</emph> text by two characters.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3154365 39 help.text]
en: Finds the <emph>Alignment</emph> (left, right, centered, justified) attribute.
en_GB: Finds the <emph>Alignment</emph> (left, right, centred, justified) attribute.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3149203 9 help.text]
en: Finds characters that use the <emph>Capital, Lowercase, Small capitals, </emph>and <emph>Title </emph>character attributes.
en_GB: Finds characters that use the <emph>Capital, Lower-case, Small capitals</emph> and <emph>Title</emph> character attributes.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3146922 17 help.text]
en: Finds characters using the <emph>Normal, Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript </emph>attributes.
en_GB: Finds characters using the <emph>Normal, Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph> attributes.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3146120 65 help.text]
en: Finds the <emph>Relief </emph>attribute.
en_GB: Finds the <emph>Relief</emph> attribute.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp hd_id3151113 10 help.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3149664 11 help.text]
en: Finds any instance where the default font color was changed.
en_GB: Finds any instance where the default font colour was changed.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3147396 69 help.text]
en: Finds the <emph>Scale </emph>attribute.
en_GB: Finds the <emph>Scale</emph> attribute.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3145650 71 help.text]
en: Finds the <emph>Vertical text alignment </emph>attribute.
en_GB: Finds the <emph>Vertical text alignment</emph> attribute.

[ctx: 02100300.xhp par_id3156152 133 help.text]
en: To define a replacement format, click in the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, and then click the <emph>Format </emph>button.
en_GB: To define a replacement format, click in the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, and then click the <emph>Format</emph> button.

[ctx: 02100300.xhp par_id3153821 157 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Text Format (Search)</emph> or the <emph>Text Format (Replace)</emph> to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogs contain the following tab pages:
en_GB: Use the <emph>Text Format (Search)</emph> or the <emph>Text Format (Replace)</emph> to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogue boxes contain the following tab pages:

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3147242 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT">Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT">Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialogue box is opened.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3154321 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE">Creates and inserts a new sub-document.</ahelp> When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location where you want to save the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE">Creates and inserts a new sub-document.</ahelp> When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location in which you want to save the document.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3163712 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT">Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT">Inserts a new paragraph in the master document in which you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155852 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX23">Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX23">Moves the selection down one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging-and-dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3146927 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX22">Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging and dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX22">Moves the selection up one position in the Navigator list.</ahelp> You can also move entries by dragging-and-dropping them in the list. If you move a text section onto another text section, the text sections are merged.

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_idN10646 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34869">Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34869">Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue box in which you can select another object for this link.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_idN1099856 help.text]
en: When you open a file by an URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens the remote file.
en_GB: When you open a file by an URL from the Windows file dialogue box, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialogue box opens the remote file.

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_id3149456 30 help.text]
en: The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and then selecting the <emph>Link</emph> box. As DDE is a text based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.
en_GB: The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and then selecting the <emph>Link</emph> box. As DDE is a text-based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_id3151210 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SO3:RADIOBUTTON:MD_UPDATE_BASELINKS:RB_MANUAL">Only updates the link when you click the <emph>Update </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SO3:RADIOBUTTON:MD_UPDATE_BASELINKS:RB_MANUAL">Only updates the link when you click the <emph>Update</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02190000.xhp par_id3154863 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:PlugInsActive">Allows you to edit <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#plugin" name="plug-ins">plug-ins</link> in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:PlugInsActive">Allows you to edit <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#plugin" name="plug-ins">plug-ins</link> in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a tick mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02200000.xhp par_id3154840 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectMenue">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <emph>Insert - Object </emph>command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectMenue">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <emph>Insert - Object</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02200100.xhp par_id3150008 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <emph>Insert – Object </emph>command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="">Lets you edit a selected object in your file that you inserted with the <emph>Insert – Object</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02200200.xhp par_id3154230 3 help.text]
en: This menu command is inserted into <emph>Edit – Objects</emph> submenu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the “Open” command for the OLE object might have a different name.
en_GB: This menu command is inserted into <emph>Edit – Objects</emph> sub-menu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the “Open” command for the OLE object might have a different name.

[ctx: 02210101.xhp par_id3149031 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:TABPAGE:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES">Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an html document, and when they are inserted in another html document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:TABPAGE:TP_FRAMEPROPERTIES">Changes the properties of the selected floating frame. Floating frames work best when they contain an HTML document, and when they are inserted in another HTML document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp tit help.text]
en: ImageMap Editor
en_GB: Image Map Editor

[ctx: 02220000.xhp hd_id3150502 1 help.text]
en: ImageMap Editor
en_GB: Image Map Editor

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3155829 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_OPEN">Loads an existing image map in the <emph>MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap </emph>file format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_OPEN">Loads an existing image map in the <emph>MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap</emph> file format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3153626 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_SAVEAS">Saves the image map in the<emph> MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap </emph>file format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_SAVEAS">Saves the image map in the <emph>MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA</emph> or <emph>SIP StarView ImageMap</emph> file format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp hd_id3153140 41 help.text]
en: Freeform Polygon
en_GB: Free-form Polygon

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3147046 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_FREEPOLY">Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_IMAPDLG_FREEPOLY">Draws a hotspot that is based on a free-form polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a free-form line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the <emph>Address and the Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3159128 43 help.text]
en: Freeform Polygon
en_GB: Free-form Polygon

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3159090 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_IMAP:EDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address </emph>is displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_IMAP:EDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address</emph> is displayed.

[ctx: 02220100.xhp par_id3153665 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL:EDT_URLDESCRIPTION">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address </emph>is displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL:EDT_URLDESCRIPTION">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address</emph> is displayed.

[ctx: 02220100.xhp par_id3155922 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:COMBOBOX:RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL:CBB_TARGETS">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:COMBOBOX:RID_SVXDLG_IMAPURL:CBB_TARGETS">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3155934 26 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you choose <emph>Record - Show</emph>, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing <emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Writer - Changes">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</link></emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you choose <emph>Record - Show</emph>, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other mark-up elements by choosing <emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Writer - Changes">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</link></emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3147261 27 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3153821 20 help.text]
en: Change cell contents by insertions and deletions
en_GB: Change cell content by insertions and deletions

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3145119 24 help.text]
en: Move by dragging and dropping
en_GB: Move by dragging-and-dropping

[ctx: 02230200.xhp par_id3152425 7 help.text]
en: You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Writer - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: You can change the display properties of the markup elements by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Writer - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230200.xhp par_id3155356 6 help.text]
en: When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a <emph>Tip</emph> displays the author and the date and time that the change was made.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> If the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a <emph>Tip</emph> displays the author and the date and time that the change was made.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> If the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230200.xhp hd_id3153681 8 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show changes in spreadsheet</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show changes in spreadsheet </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230200.xhp hd_id3147336 10 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show accepted changes</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Show accepted changes </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230300.xhp par_id3155391 3 help.text]
en: You can attach a comment when <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">the cursor is in a changed text passage </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">the changed cell is selected</caseinline></switchinline>, or in the <emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can attach a comment when <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">the cursor is in a changed text passage </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">the changed cell is selected</caseinline></switchinline>, or in the <emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02230300.xhp par_id3156426 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Accept or Reject Changes"><emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph></link> dialog. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Accept or Reject Changes"><emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph></link> dialogue box. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3149511 26 help.text]
en: The <emph>List </emph>tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the <emph>Filter </emph>tab, and then select your <link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp" name="filter criteria">filter criteria</link>.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: The <emph>List</emph> tab displays all of the changes that were recorded in the current document. If you want to filter this list, click the <emph>Filter</emph> tab, and then select your <link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp" name="filter criteria">filter criteria</link>.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> If the list contains nested changes, the dependencies are shown regardless of the filter. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3154824 31 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colors according to the following table: </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colours according to the following table: </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3156426 32 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3156156 38 help.text]
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3152812 6 help.text]
en: To edit the comment for an entry in the list, right-click the entry, and then choose<emph> Edit - Comment</emph>.
en_GB: To edit the comment for an entry in the list, right-click the entry, and then choose <emph>Edit - Comment</emph>.

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3147442 28 help.text]
en: To reverse the acceptance or rejection of a change, choose <emph>Undo </emph>on the <emph>Edit </emph>menu.
en_GB: To reverse the acceptance or rejection of a change, choose <emph>Undo</emph> on the <emph>Edit</emph> menu.

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3151116 42 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you made changes by choosing <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>, the <emph>Undo </emph>button appears in the dialog.<ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo"> Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you made changes by choosing <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>, the <emph>Undo </emph>button appears in the dialogue box.<ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo"> Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230402.xhp hd_id3147531 13 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Range </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Range</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230402.xhp par_id3156344 14 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/rangeedit">Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the <emph>Set Reference </emph>button (<emph>...</emph>).</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/redlinefilterpage/rangeedit">Filters the list of changes according to the range of cells that you specify. To select a range of cells in your sheet, click the <emph>Set Reference</emph> button (<emph>...</emph>).</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230402.xhp hd_id3147304 15 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Set Reference </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Set Reference</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230402.xhp hd_id3159149 20 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Shrink/Max </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Shrink/Max</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230402.xhp hd_id3156543 9 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Action </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Action</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02240000.xhp par_id3150838 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="dokver"><ahelp hid=".uno:CompareDocuments">Compares the current document with a document that you select.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialog that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking <emph>Reject</emph>, and then clicking <emph>Insert</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="dokver"><ahelp hid=".uno:CompareDocuments">Compares the current document with a document that you select.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialogue box that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking <emph>Reject</emph>, and then clicking <emph>Insert</emph>.

[ctx: 02250000.xhp par_id3149119 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="litdattext"><ahelp hid="HID_BIB_DB_TBX">Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="litdattext"><ahelp hid="HID_BIB_DB_TBX">Insert, delete, edit, and organise records in the bibliography database.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02250000.xhp par_id3159125 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/query">Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the <emph>AutoFilter</emph> icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/query">Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the <emph>AutoFilter</emph> icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this field, and then press Enter. </ahelp>

[ctx: 02250000.xhp par_id3145590 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter </emph>search options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter</emph> search options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02250000.xhp par_id3151282 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/Mapping">Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the<emph> Data Source</emph> button on the record<emph> Object Bar</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/Mapping">Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the <emph>Data Source</emph> button on the record <emph>Object Bar</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp bm_id3154682 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>zooming;page views</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>views; scaling</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>screen; scaling</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pages; scaling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming;page views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>views; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>screen; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; scaling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color Bar
en_GB: Colour Bar

[ctx: 03170000.xhp bm_id3147477 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>color bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paint box</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colour bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paint box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp hd_id3147477 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Color Bar">Color Bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Colour Bar">Colour Bar</link>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp par_id3153255 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ColorControl">Show or hides the <emph>Color Bar</emph>. To modify or change the color table that is displayed, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click on the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ColorControl">Show or hides the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>. To modify or change the colour table that is displayed, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click on the <emph>Colours</emph> tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp par_id3154186 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS">Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS">Click the colour that you want to use. To change the fill colour of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a colour. To change the line colour of the selected object, right-click a colour. To change the colour of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp par_id3147399 9 help.text]
en: You can also drag a color from the <emph>Color Bar</emph> and drop it on a draw object on your slide.
en_GB: You can also drag a colour from the <emph>Colour Bar</emph> and drop it on a draw object on your slide.

[ctx: 03170000.xhp par_id3147009 7 help.text]
en: To detach the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, click on a gray area of the toolbar and then drag. To reattach the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, drag the title bar of the toolbar to the edge of the window.
en_GB: To detach the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, click on a grey area of the toolbar and then drag. To reattach the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, drag the title bar of the toolbar to the edge of the window.

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id3149748 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.</ahelp> A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to show and hide toolbars.</ahelp> A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.

[ctx: 03990000.xhp hd_id3153683 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id2789086 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with which you can add, edit and remove icons.

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id1886654 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behaviour. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp bm_id3154100 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>comments;inserting/editing/deleting/printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; comments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; comments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;comments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Navigator;comments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;comments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>records; inserting comments </bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>remarks, see also comments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>comments;inserting/editing/deleting/printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator;comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>records; inserting comments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>remarks; see also comments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id6718649 help.text]
en: The comments by different authors get different colors. Choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data</item> to enter your name so that it can show up as the comment author.
en_GB: The comments by different authors get different colours. Choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - User Data</item> to enter your name so that it can show up as the comment author.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0302200901430918 help.text]
en: In the Find & Replace dialog of text documents, you can select to include the comments texts in your searches.
en_GB: In the Find & Replace dialogue box of text documents, you can select to include the comments text strings in your searches.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3166460 6 help.text]
en: When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears where you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose <emph>Show Comment</emph>.
en_GB: When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears in which you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose <emph>Show Comment</emph>.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id8336741 help.text]
en: To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background color, choose <emph>Show Comment</emph> as above, then right-click the comment (do not double-click the text).
en_GB: To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background colour, choose <emph>Show Comment</emph> as above, then right-click the comment (do not double-click the text).

[ctx: 04060200.xhp par_id3150278 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="anford"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainTransfer" visibility="visible">Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.</ahelp></variable> For an explanation of the dialog please refer to the documentation on your scanner.
en_GB: <variable id="anford"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainTransfer" visibility="visible">Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialogue box is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.</ahelp></variable> For an explanation of the dialogue box please refer to the documentation on your scanner.

[ctx: 04100000.xhp par_id3152372 11 help.text]
en: When you click a character in the <emph>Special Characters </emph>dialog, a preview and the corresponding numerical code for the character is displayed.
en_GB: When you click a character in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box, a preview and the corresponding numeric code for the character is displayed.

[ctx: 04150000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Drawing Object
en_GB: Object

[ctx: 04150000.xhp hd_id3146873 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp" name="Drawing Object">Drawing Object</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/04150000.xhp" name="Objects">Object</link>

[ctx: 04150100.xhp par_id3145314 18 help.text]
en: You cannot use the clipboard or drag and drop to move OLE objects to other files.
en_GB: You cannot use the clipboard or drag-and-drop to move OLE objects to other files.

[ctx: 04150100.xhp par_id6636555 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this check box is not marked, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04150200.xhp par_id3155599 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="plugin"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPlugin">Inserts a plug-in into the current document.</ahelp> </variable> A <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#plugin" name="plug-in">plug-in</link> is a software component that extends the capabilities of a web browser.
en_GB: <variable id="plugin"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPlugin">Inserts a plug-in into the current document.</ahelp></variable> A <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#plugin" name="plug-in">plug-in</link> is a software component that extends the capabilities of a web browser.

[ctx: 04160300.xhp bm_id3152937 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; starting formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math start</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Math formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>equations in formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;formula editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; starting formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math start</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Math formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>equations in formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;formula editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04160300.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
en: <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp" name="Formulas">Formulas</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp" name="Formulae">Formulae</link>

[ctx: 04160500.xhp par_id3151100 6 help.text]
en: If you want to create HTML pages that use floating frames, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML compatibility</emph>, and then select the "MS Internet Explorer" option. The floating frame is bounded by <IFRAME> and </IFRAME> tags.
en_GB: If you want to create HTML pages that use floating frames, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML compatibility</emph>, and then select the "Microsoft Internet Explorer" option. The floating frame is bounded by <IFRAME> and </IFRAME> tags.

[ctx: 04180100.xhp par_id3149495 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewDataSourceBrowser">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and lets you manage the contents of the databases.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewDataSourceBrowser">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and lets you manage the contents of those databases.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020100.xhp bm_id3154812 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formats; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters;fonts and formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; fonts and formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typefaces; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font sizes; relative changes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>languages; spellchecking and formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; enabling CTL and Asian characters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters;fonts and formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; fonts and formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typefaces; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font sizes; relative changes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>languages; spelling and formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; enabling CTL and Asian characters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153663 58 help.text]
en: To enable support for complex text layout and Asian character sets, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enabled </emph>box in the corresponding area.
en_GB: To enable support for complex text layout and Asian character sets, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and then select the <emph>Enabled</emph> box in the corresponding area.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3157961 39 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlsizelb">Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctlsizelb">Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp bm_id3153514 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>fonts;effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formatting; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>characters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>effects; fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>underlining; text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>capital letters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>titles; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>small capitals</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>strikethrough; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; strikethrough</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; outlines</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>shadows; characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; shadows</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts;color ignored</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>ignored font colors</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors;ignored text color</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fonts;effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formatting; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>characters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>effects; fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>underlining; text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>capital letters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>lower-case letters; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>titles; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>small capitals</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>strikethrough; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; strikethrough</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines; font effects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; outlines</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>shadows; characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts; shadows</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>fonts;colour ignored</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>ignored font colours</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours;ignored text colour</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id3149482 81 help.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3146924 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb">Sets the color for the selected text. If you select<emph> Automatic</emph>, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb">Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select<emph> Automatic</emph>, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_idN10CC2 help.text]
en: To change the color of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.
en_GB: To change the colour of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon. To apply a different colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, and then select the colour that you want to use.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_idN10CC9 help.text]
en: If you click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon before you select text, the paint can cursor appears. To change the color of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the color of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.
en_GB: If you click the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon before you select text, the paint can cursor will appear. To change the colour of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the colour of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, and then select the colour that you want to use.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3150037 85 help.text]
en: The text color is ignored when printing, if the <emph>Print black</emph> check box is selected in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: The text colour is ignored when printing if the <emph>Print black</emph> check box is marked in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id7613757 help.text]
en: The text color is ignored on screen, if the <emph>Use automatic font color for screen display</emph> check box is selected in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility</emph></link>.
en_GB: The text colour is ignored on screen, if the <emph>Use automatic font colour for screen display</emph> check box is marked in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility</emph></link>.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3144766 84 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FontColor" visibility="hidden"><variable id="textfarbe">Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font color toolbar.</variable></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FontColor" visibility="hidden"><variable id="textfarbe">Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the Font colour toolbar.</variable></ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3148944 66 help.text]
en: The following capitalization effects are available:
en_GB: The following capitalisation effects are available:

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3154280 68 help.text]
en: Capitals - changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters
en_GB: Capitals - changes the selected lower-case characters to upper-case characters

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3148947 69 help.text]
en: Lowercase - changes the selected uppercase characters to lower characters
en_GB: Lower-case - changes the selected upper-case characters to lower characters

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3149456 71 help.text]
en: Title font - changes the first character of each selected word to an uppercase character
en_GB: Title font - changes the first character of each selected word to an upper-case character

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3154937 70 help.text]
en: Small capitals - changes the selected lowercase characters to uppercase characters, and then reduces their size
en_GB: Small capitals - changes the selected lower-case characters to upper-case characters, and then reduces their size

[ctx: 05020200.xhp bm_id410168 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>blinking fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>flashing fonts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>blinking fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flashing fonts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id0123200902243470 help.text]
en: Overline color
en_GB: Overline colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id0123200902243466 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb">Select the color for the overlining.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb">Select the colour for the overlining.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3150496 48 help.text]
en: If you save your document in MS Word format, all of the strikethrough styles are converted to the single line style.
en_GB: If you save your document in Microsoft Word format, all of the strikethrough styles are converted to the single line style.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id3148642 78 help.text]
en: Underline color
en_GB: Underline colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3150254 79 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb">Select the color for the underlining.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb">Select the colour for the underlining.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3151053 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="$[officename] color tables">$[officename] color tables</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="$[officename] colour tables">$[officename] colour tables</link>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3145071 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zahlen"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableNumberFormatDialog">Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).</ahelp> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zahlen"><ahelp hid=".uno:TableNumberFormatDialog">Specify the formatting options for the selected cell(s).</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3150774 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/categorylb">Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the <emph>Format </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/categorylb">Select a category from the list, and then select a formatting style in the <emph>Format</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3150866 99 help.text]
en: The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for Euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the<emph> Language</emph> box.
en_GB: The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the <emph>Language</emph> box.

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3154138 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/languagelb">Specifies the language setting for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells </caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>. With the language set to <emph>Automatic</emph>, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells </caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/languagelb">Specifies the language setting for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells</caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>. With the language set to <emph>Automatic</emph>, $[officename] automatically applies the number formats associated with the system default language. Select any language to fix the settings for the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">cells</caseinline><defaultinline>fields</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3157320 102 help.text]
en: The language setting ensures that date and currency formats are preserved even when the document is opened in an operating system that uses a different default language setting.
en_GB: The language setting ensures that date and currency formats are preserved even when the document is opened on a system that uses a different default language setting.

[ctx: 05020300.xhp hd_id3154819 11 help.text]
en: Leading zeroes
en_GB: Leading zeros

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3147352 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/leadzerosed">Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/leadzerosed">Enter the maximum number of zeros to display in front of the decimal point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3159252 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/negnumred">Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/negnumred">Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3156060 96 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/commented">Enter a comment for the selected number format, and then click outside this box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberformatpage/commented">Enter a comment for the selected number format and then click outside this box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020301.xhp bm_id3153514 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>format codes; numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditions; in number formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; codes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats;of currencies/date/time</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; date, time and currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Euro; currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>times, formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>format codes; numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditions; in number formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; codes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; of currencies/date/time</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; date, time and currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>euro; currency formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>times, formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3153624 3 help.text]
en: Use zero (0) or the number sign (#) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The (#) only displays significant digits, while the (0) displays zeroes if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format.
en_GB: Use zero (0) or the number sign (#) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The (#) only displays significant digits, while the (0) displays zeros if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150774 8 help.text]
en: Displays extra zeros if the number has less places than zeros in the format.
en_GB: Displays extra zeros if the number has fewer places than zeros in the format.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154380 21 help.text]
en: Depending on your language setting, you can use a comma or a period as a thousands separator. You can also use the separator to reduce the size of the number that is displayed by a multiple of 1000.
en_GB: Depending on your language setting, you can use a comma or a dot-on-the-line as a thousands separator. You can also use the separator to reduce the size of the number that is displayed by a multiple of 1000.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154224 80 help.text]
en: To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell containing numbers, place a double quotation mark (") in front of and behind the text, or a backslash (\) before a single character. For example, enter <emph>#.# "meters"</emph> to display "3.5 meters" or <emph>#.# \m</emph> to display "3.5 m".
en_GB: To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell containing numbers, place a double quotation mark (") in front of and behind the text, or a backslash (\) before a single character. For example, enter <emph>#.# "metres"</emph> to display "3.5 metres" or <emph>#.# \m</emph> to display "3.5 m".

[ctx: 05020301.xhp hd_id3155994 234 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3156423 28 help.text]
en: To set the color of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following color names in square brackets [ ]:
en_GB: To set the colour of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following colour names in square brackets [ ]:

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3159196 236 help.text]
en: For example, if you want to apply different colors to different temperature data, enter:
en_GB: For example, if you want to apply different colours to different temperature data, enter:

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3157870 114 help.text]
en: All temperatures below zero are blue, temperatures between 0 and 30 °C are black, and temperatures higher than 30 °C are red.
en_GB: All temperatures below zero are blue, temperatures in the range 0 to 30 °C are black, and temperatures higher than 30 °C are red.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3147295 91 help.text]
en: To define a number format that adds a different text to a number depending on if the number is positive, negative, or equal to zero, use the following format:
en_GB: To define a number format that adds a different text string to a number depending on if the number is positive, negative, or equal to zero, use the following format:

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3147318 99 help.text]
en: The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euros).
en_GB: The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (euro).

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150032 167 help.text]
en: You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, [$€-407] represents Euros in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, [$€-407] represents euro in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id1002200811423556 help.text]
en: For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localized differences.
en_GB: For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localised differences.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3148397 228 help.text]
en: To enter a date in a cell, use the Gregorian calendar format. For example, in an English locale, enter 1/2/2002 for Jan 2, 2002.
en_GB: To enter a date in a cell, use the Gregorian calendar format. For example, in a (British) English locale, enter 01/02/2002 for 2nd Jan 2002.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3146895 175 help.text]
en: Chinese: Chinese lower case characters; CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]
en_GB: Chinese: Chinese lower-case characters; CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3146125 177 help.text]
en: Korean: Korean lower case characters [DBNum1]; CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]
en_GB: Korean: Korean lower-case characters [DBNum1]; CAL: 1/7/7 [DBNum1]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3155383 182 help.text]
en: Chinese: Chinese upper case characters; CAL: 2/8/8 [DBNum2]
en_GB: Chinese: Chinese upper-case characters; CAL: 2/8/8 [DBNum2]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3155097 184 help.text]
en: Korean: Korean upper case characters [DBNum2]; CAL: 2/8/8 [DBNum2]
en_GB: Korean: Korean upper-case characters [DBNum2]; CAL: 2/8/8 [DBNum2]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154353 186 help.text]
en: Chinese: fullwidth Arabic digits; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]
en_GB: Chinese: full width Arabic digits; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154669 187 help.text]
en: Japanese: fullwidth Arabic digits; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]
en_GB: Japanese: full width Arabic digits; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150472 188 help.text]
en: Korean: fullwidth Arabic digits [DBNum3]; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]
en_GB: Korean: full width Arabic digits [DBNum3]; CAL: 3/3/3 [DBNum3]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154592 190 help.text]
en: Chinese: lower case text [DBNum1]
en_GB: Chinese: lower-case text [DBNum1]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150930 192 help.text]
en: Korean: formal lower case text
en_GB: Korean: formal lower-case text

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3155612 194 help.text]
en: Chinese: Chinese upper case text [DBNum2]
en_GB: Chinese: Chinese upper-case text [DBNum2]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3151304 196 help.text]
en: Korean: formal upper case text
en_GB: Korean: formal upper-case text

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150214 198 help.text]
en: Chinese: fullwidth text [DBNum3]
en_GB: Chinese: full width text [DBNum3]

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3154114 199 help.text]
en: Japanese: fullwidth text
en_GB: Japanese: full width text

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3155344 200 help.text]
en: Korean: fullwidth text
en_GB: Korean: full width text

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3149424 203 help.text]
en: Korean: informal lower case text
en_GB: Korean: informal lower-case text

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3145602 206 help.text]
en: Korean: informal upper case text
en_GB: Korean: informal upper-case text

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3150359 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3154216 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box, and click the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3143231 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 05020500.xhp par_id3148585 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage">Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage">Specify the position, scaling, rotation and spacing for characters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020700.xhp par_id3153124 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box, and then select the <emph>Enabled</emph> box in the <emph>Asian language support</emph> area.</ahelp> The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialogue box, and then mark the <emph>Enabled</emph> check box in the <emph>Asian language support</emph> area.</ahelp> The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.

[ctx: 05020700.xhp par_id3149096 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and full stops from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3148668 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="absatztext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditStyle">Modifies the format of the current paragraph, such as indents and alignment.</ahelp></variable> To modify the font of the current paragraph, select the entire paragraph, choose Format - Character, and then click on the Font tab.
en_GB: <variable id="absatztext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditStyle">Modifies the format of the current paragraph, for example indents and alignment.</ahelp></variable> To modify the font of the current paragraph, select the entire paragraph, choose Format - Character, and then click on the Font tab.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp bm_id3154689 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spacing; between paragraphs in footnotes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line spacing; paragraph</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>spacing; lines and paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>single-line spacing in text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>one and a half line spacing in text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>double-line spacing in paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>leading between paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paragraphs;spacing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spacing; between paragraphs in footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line spacing; paragraph</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spacing; lines and paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>single line spacing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>one and a half line spacing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>double line spacing in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>leading between paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;spacing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3153910 64 help.text]
en: To change the measurement units used in this dialog, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area.
en_GB: To change the measurement units used in this dialogue box, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3151041 53 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH:CB_AUTO">Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the <emph>First Line </emph>box is ignored.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH:CB_AUTO">Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the <emph>First Line</emph> box is ignored.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3156315 51 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH:CB_REGISTER">Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the <emph>Register-true </emph>option for the current page style. To do this, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click on the <emph>Page </emph>tab, and then select the<emph> Register-true</emph> box in the<emph> Layout settings</emph> area.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_STD_PARAGRAPH:CB_REGISTER">Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the <emph>Register-true</emph> option for the current page style. To do this, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click on the <emph>Page</emph> tab, and then mark the <emph>Register-true</emph> check box in the <emph>Layout settings</emph> area.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153331 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimetre, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp hd_id3153628 15 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3154347 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:BTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:BTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the centre of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3144422 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:BTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TABULATOR:BTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal point of a number to the centre of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030500.xhp par_id3154938 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb">Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb">Select the line colour that you want to use for the selected border(s).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030500.xhp hd_id3155429 53 help.text]
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: 05030500.xhp hd_id3155307 37 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05030500.xhp par_id3146147 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb">Select a colour for the shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3153748 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/BackgroundPage">Set the background color or graphic.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/BackgroundPage">Set the background colour or graphic.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3147653 34 help.text]
en: You can specify the background for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">paragraphs, pages, headers, footers, text frames, tables, table cells, sections, and indexes.</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">cells and pages.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: You can specify the background for <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">paragraphs, pages, headers, footers, text frames, tables, table cells, sections, and indexes. </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">cells and pages.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp hd_id3151245 7 help.text]
en: Using a Color as a Background
en_GB: Using a Colour as a Background

[ctx: 05030600.xhp hd_id3148946 8 help.text]
en: Color Background
en_GB: Colour Background

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3152361 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/backgroundcolorset">Click the color that you want to use as a background. To remove a background color, click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/backgroundcolorset">Click the colour that you want to use as a background. To remove a background colour, click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3150358 38 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/transparencymf">Set the transparency for the background color or graphic of a frame, where 100% is completely transparent and 0% is opaque. When you increase the transparency of the background, the underlying text or objects become visible through the background of the frame.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/transparencymf">Set the transparency for the background colour or graphic of a frame, where 100% is completely transparent and 0% is opaque. When you increase the transparency of the background, the underlying text or objects become visible through the background of the frame.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3145419 12 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/tablelb">Select the area that you want to apply the background color to.</ahelp> For example, when you define the background color for a table, you can choose to apply it to the table, the active cell, the row, or the column.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/tablelb">Select the area that you want to apply the background colour to.</ahelp> For example, when you define the background colour for a table, you can choose to apply it to the table, the active cell, the row, or the column.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3152364 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/gradientslb">Click the gradient that you want to use as a background. To remove a background gradient, set <emph>As</emph> to <emph>Color</emph>, then click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/backgroundpage/gradientslb">Click the gradient that you want to use as a background. To remove a background gradient, set <emph>As</emph> to <emph>Colour</emph>, then click <emph>No Fill</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030600.xhp par_id3151114 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a color. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting color. Click Automatic to reset a font color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a colour. Click No Fill to remove a background or highlighting colour. Click Automatic to reset a font colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030700.xhp bm_id3150008 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centered text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justifying text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centred text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justifying text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030700.xhp hd_id3148642 9 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05030700.xhp par_id3153257 10 help.text]
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH:BTN_CENTERALIGN">Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGN_PARAGRAPH:BTN_CENTERALIGN">Centres the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05030700.xhp hd_id3145068 13 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Last Line </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Last Line</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp tit help.text]
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 05040100.xhp bm_id3153383 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>organizing; styles</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles; organizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>organising; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; organising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp hd_id3153383 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp" name="Organizer">Organizer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp" name="Organiser">Organiser</link>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_idN10731 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page where you can assign a shortcut key to the current Style.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph> tab page in which you can assign a shortcut key to the current Style.

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3149827 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat">Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the <emph>Height </emph>and <emph>Width </emph>boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat">Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the <emph>Height</emph> and <emph>Width</emph> boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id0522200809473845 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centres the cells horizontally on the printed page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3153878 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonHorz"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonHorz"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centres the cells horizontally on the printed page.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id0522200809473811 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centres the cells vertically on the printed page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3149413 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonVert"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/checkbuttonVert"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Centres the cells vertically on the printed page.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3156027 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/HFFormatPage">Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, where you can add text or graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/HFFormatPage">Adds a header to the current page style. A header is an area in the top page margin, in which you can add text or graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3154938 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameLR">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different header to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkSameLR">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different header to even and odd pages, unmark this check box, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3148453 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing">Overrides the <emph>Spacing </emph>setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing">Overrides the <emph>Spacing</emph> setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3145367 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore">Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the header.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040400.xhp par_id3156553 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FORMAT_FOOTER">Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, where you can add text or graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FORMAT_FOOTER">Adds a footer to the current page style. A footer is an area in the bottom page margin, in which you can add text or graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040400.xhp par_id3149575 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different footer to even and odd pages, clear this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:CB_SHARED">Even and odd pages share the same content.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> To assign a different footer to even and odd pages, unmark this check box, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05040400.xhp par_id3144760 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING">Overrides the <emph>Spacing </emph>setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING">Overrides the <emph>Spacing</emph> setting and allows the footer to expand into the area between the footer and document text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040400.xhp par_id3145421 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:BTN_EXTRAS">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER:BTN_EXTRAS">Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the footer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3151299 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the case of characters in the selection, or if the cursor is in a word, changes the case of all of the characters in the word.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150694 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first letter of the selected western characters to an upper-case character.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147571 5 help.text]
en: lowercase
en_GB: lower-case

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150693 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToLower">Changes the selected western characters to lowercase characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToLower">Changes the selected western characters to lower-case characters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147143 3 help.text]
en: UPPERCASE
en_GB: UPPER-CASE

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3152372 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToUpper">Changes the selected western characters to uppercase characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeCaseToUpper">Changes the selected western characters to upper-case characters</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147511 5 help.text]
en: Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150613 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an uppercase character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first character of every word of the selected western characters to an upper-case character.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070100.xhp par_id3150445 3 help.text]
en: <variable id="mehrfachselektion">To align the individual objects in a group, <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">choose <emph>Format - Group - Edit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>double-click</defaultinline></switchinline> to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="mehrfachselektion">To align the individual objects in a group, <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">choose <emph>Format - Group - Edit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>double-click</defaultinline></switchinline> to enter the group, select the objects, right-click, and then choose an alignment option.</variable>

[ctx: 05070200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: 05070200.xhp hd_id3150278 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp" name="Center Horizontal">Center Horizontal</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp" name="Centre Horizontally">Centre Horizontally</link>

[ctx: 05070200.xhp par_id3145138 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignHorizontalCenter">Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignHorizontalCenter">Horizontally centres the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp tit help.text]
en: Align Vertical Center
en_GB: Align Vertical Centre

[ctx: 05070500.xhp hd_id3152876 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp" name="Align Vertical Center">Align Vertical Center</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp" name="Align Vertical Centre">Align Vertical Centre</link>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3160463 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVerticalCenter">Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVerticalCenter">Vertically centres the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070600.xhp par_id3151330 4 help.text]
en: Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottom most object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>
en_GB: Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottommost object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>

[ctx: 05080300.xhp tit help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05080300.xhp hd_id3153514 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp" name="Center">Center</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp" name="Centre">Centre</link>

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3152876 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CenterPara" visibility="visible">Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CenterPara" visibility="visible">Centres the selected paragraph(s) on the page.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05100100.xhp par_id3153718 3 help.text]
en: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.
en_GB: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulae in the table.

[ctx: 05100200.xhp par_id3153927 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/hori">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/hori">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100200.xhp par_id3145410 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/vert">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/vert">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp tit help.text]
en: Center (vertical)
en_GB: Centre (vertical)

[ctx: 05100600.xhp hd_id3149874 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp" name="Center (vertical)">Center (vertical)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp" name="Centre (vertical)">Centre (vertical)</link>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp par_id3149048 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Centres the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp par_id3149525 121 help.text]
en: <variable id="zellemitte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Center</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zellemitte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Centre</emph></variable>

[ctx: 05110600m.xhp par_id3153755 93 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 05120600.xhp par_id3156426 108 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 05190100.xhp bm_id3147366 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>objects;titles and descriptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>descriptions for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>titles;objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects;titles and descriptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>descriptions for objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3150789 7 help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3147226 8 help.text]
en: <variable id="farbetext"><ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:LB_COLOR">Select a color for the line.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="farbetext"><ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:LB_COLOR">Select a colour for the line.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3152996 33 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>The <emph>Line</emph> tab of the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog is only available if you select an XY <emph>Chart type</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>The <emph>Line</emph> tab of the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box is only available if you select an X-Y <emph>Chart type</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3161459 14 help.text]
en: You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp" name="Arrow Styles"><emph>Arrow Styles</emph></link> tab of this dialog.
en_GB: You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp" name="Arrow Styles"><emph>Arrow Styles</emph></link> tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3154935 19 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3153526 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:TSB_CENTER_END">Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:TSB_CENTER_END">Places the centre of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3154072 21 help.text]
en: Synchronize ends
en_GB: Synchronise ends

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3154365 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or centre an arrowhead.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3154583 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:LB_EDGE_STYLE">Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_LINE:LB_EDGE_STYLE">Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitred shape is replaced with a bevelled shape.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200300.xhp hd_id3153551 5 help.text]
en: Organize arrow styles
en_GB: Organise arrow styles

[ctx: 05200300.xhp par_id3154398 6 help.text]
en: Lets you organize the current list of arrow styles.
en_GB: Lets you organise the current list of arrow styles.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp bm_id3149999 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>areas; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fill patterns for areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fill colors for areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invisible areas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>areas; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fill patterns for areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fill colours for areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invisible areas</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3154863 65 help.text]
en: You can save collections of colors, gradients, hatchings, and bitmap patterns as lists that you can later load and use.
en_GB: You can save collections of colours, gradients, hatchings, and bitmap patterns as lists that you can later load and use.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp hd_id3153345 8 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3149750 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_COLOR">Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_COLOR">Fills the selected object with the colour that you choose from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3153147 57 help.text]
en: To add a color to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Format - Area"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the<emph> Colors</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
en_GB: To add a colour to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Format - Area"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id9695730 help.text]
en: To add a color to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Format - Area"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
en_GB: To add a colour to the list, choose <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Format - Area"><emph>Format - Area</emph></link>, click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3153716 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_GRADIENT">Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_GRADIENT">Fills the selected object with the gradient that you choose from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3153698 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_AREA_RBT_HATCH">Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the <emph>Background color</emph> box, and then click a color in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_AREA_RBT_HATCH">Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you choose from the list. To apply a background colour to the hatching pattern, select the <emph>Background colour</emph> box, and then choose a colour from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3149762 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_BITMAP">Fills the selected object with the bitmap pattern that you click in the list. To add a bitmap to the list, open this dialog in %PRODUCTNAME Draw, click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:RBT_BITMAP">Fills the selected object with the bitmap pattern that you choose from the list. To add a bitmap to the list, open this dialogue box in %PRODUCTNAME Draw, click the <emph>Bitmaps</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3144423 21 help.text]
en: Set the number of steps for blending the two end colors of a gradient.
en_GB: Set the number of steps for blending the two end colours of a gradient.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3149457 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_STEPCOUNT">Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_STEPCOUNT">Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colours of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3150360 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:NUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT">Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:NUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT">Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colours of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3125865 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_SCALE">Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_SCALE">Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes. Unmark this check box to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3153970 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_ORIGINAL">Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click <emph>Relative</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_ORIGINAL">Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, unmark this check box, and then click <emph>Relative</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3149481 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_STRETCH">Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the <emph>Tile </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:TSB_STRETCH">Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, unmark the <emph>Tile</emph> check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp hd_id3152887 59 help.text]
en: Background Color (Hatching)
en_GB: Background Colour (Hatching)

[ctx: 05210100.xhp hd_id3153364 61 help.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3152940 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:CB_HATCHBCKGRD">Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:CB_HATCHBCKGRD">Applies a background colour to the hatching pattern. Mark this check box, and then choose a colour from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210100.xhp hd_id3152460 63 help.text]
en: List of colors
en_GB: List of colours

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3157309 64 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:LB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR">Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_AREA:LB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR">Click the colour that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 05210200.xhp hd_id3152895 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05210200.xhp" name="Colors">Colors</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05210200.xhp" name="Colours">Colours</link>

[ctx: 05210200.xhp par_id3149119 2 help.text]
en: Select a color to apply, save the current color list, or load a different color list.
en_GB: Select a colour to apply, save the current colour list, or load a different colour list.

[ctx: 05210200.xhp par_id3154288 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="$[officename] - Colors">$[officename] - Colors</link>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="$[officename] - Colours">$[officename] - Colours</link>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp hd_id3149511 5 help.text]
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3153114 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerxmtr">Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerxmtr">Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp hd_id3157896 7 help.text]
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3154751 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerymtr">Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/centerymtr">Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3155941 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/bordermtr">Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/bordermtr">Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint colour on the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3153527 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb">Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb">Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3149398 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorfrommtr">Enter the intensity for the color in the <emph>From </emph>box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorfrommtr">Enter the intensity for the colour in the <emph>From</emph> box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3159269 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb">Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb">Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3154142 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortomtr">Enter the intensity for the color in the <emph>To </emph>box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortomtr">Enter the intensity for the colour in the <emph>To</emph> box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210400.xhp hd_id3150503 23 help.text]
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: 05210400.xhp par_id3149578 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_HATCH:LB_LINE_COLOR">Select the color of the hatch lines.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_HATCH:LB_LINE_COLOR">Select the colour of the hatch lines.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210500.xhp par_id3147226 4 help.text]
en: Use this editor to create a simple, two-color, 8x8 pixel bitmap pattern.
en_GB: Use this editor to create a simple, two-colour, 8x8 pixel bitmap pattern.

[ctx: 05210500.xhp hd_id3145072 17 help.text]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: 05210500.xhp par_id3155535 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_COLOR">Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_COLOR">Select a foreground colour, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210500.xhp hd_id3149398 19 help.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 05210500.xhp par_id3148538 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR">Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR">Select a background colour for your bitmap pattern.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210500.xhp par_id3146847 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_BITMAPS">Select a bitmap in the list, and then click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the pattern to the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:LB_BITMAPS">Select a bitmap from the list, and then click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the pattern to the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210500.xhp par_id3154306 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:BTN_ADD">Adds a bitmap that you created in the <emph>Pattern Editor </emph>to the current list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_BITMAP:BTN_ADD">Adds a bitmap that you created in the <emph>Pattern Editor</emph> to the current list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210600.xhp hd_id3150276 11 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05210600.xhp par_id3155829 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:LB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW:LB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a colour for the shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3147226 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_OFF">Turns off color transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_OFF">Turns off colour transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting.

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3150693 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_LINEAR">Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_LINEAR">Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3155892 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:MTR_TRANSPARENT">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:MTR_TRANSPARENT">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3155338 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_TRANSPARENCE:RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp hd_id3145317 19 help.text]
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: 05210700.xhp hd_id3154897 21 help.text]
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3149798 10 help.text]
en: Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the color fill of the selected object.
en_GB: Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the colour fill of the selected object.

[ctx: 05220000.xhp bm_id3146856 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; text/draw objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; text in</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>frames; text fitting to frames</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; text/draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects; text in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; text fitting to frames</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp hd_id3149275 11 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Anchoring </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Anchoring</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp par_id3147531 12 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Set the anchoring options for the selected object. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Set the anchoring options for the selected object.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp hd_id3151246 13 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Anchor </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Anchor</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp par_id3154758 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE_LB_ANCHOR"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Select the type of anchor for the selected object. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE_LB_ANCHOR"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Select the type of anchor for the selected object.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp hd_id3149295 15 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Position </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Position</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05230100.xhp par_id3154935 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE_LB_ORIENT"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Specifies the position of the anchor in relation to the character height. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_POSITION_SIZE_LB_ORIENT"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Specifies the position of the anchor in relation to the character height.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>

[ctx: 05230300.xhp par_id3150902 4 help.text]
en: The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the center of the object.
en_GB: The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the centre of the object.

[ctx: 05230500.xhp par_id368358 help.text]
en: These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customize a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar <image id="img_id3154508" src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154508">Icon</alt></image> where you can select the shape.
en_GB: These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customise a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar <image id="img_id3154508" src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154508">Icon</alt></image> with which you can select the shape.

[ctx: 05230500.xhp par_id3159269 11 help.text]
en: The <emph>Length </emph>box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal </emph>checkbox cleared.
en_GB: The <emph>Length</emph> box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal</emph> check box unmarked.

[ctx: 05250200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 05250200.xhp hd_id3152790 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp" name="Bring Forward ">Bring Forward </link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp" name="Bring Forwards">Bring Forwards</link>

[ctx: 05250200.xhp par_id3151264 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to the top of the stacking order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05250300.xhp tit help.text]
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 05250300.xhp hd_id3150146 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp" name="Send Backward">Send Backward</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp" name="Send Backwards">Send Backwards</link>

[ctx: 05260300.xhp par_id3152924 4 help.text]
en: To align a graphic relative to the character that it is anchored to, right-click the graphic, and then choose <emph>Graphics</emph>. Click the <emph>Type </emph>tab, and in the <emph>Position </emph>area, select <emph>Character</emph> in the <emph>to</emph> boxes.
en_GB: To align a graphic relative to the character that it is anchored to, right-click the graphic, and then choose <emph>Graphics</emph>. Click the <emph>Type</emph> tab, and in the <emph>Position</emph> area, select <emph>Character</emph> in the <emph>to</emph> boxes.

[ctx: 05280000.xhp hd_id3146959 51 help.text]
en: <variable id="fntwrk"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp" name="FontWork">Fontwork Dialog (Previous Version)</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="fntwrk"><link href="text/shared/01/05280000.xhp" name="FontWork">Fontwork Dialogue Box (Previous Version)</link></variable>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3151097 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FontWork">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FontWork">Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3155934 53 help.text]
en: This <emph>Fontwork</emph> dialog is only available for Fontwork in old Writer text documents that were created prior to OpenOffice.org 2.0. You must first call <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> to add a menu command or an icon to open this dialog.
en_GB: This <emph>Fontwork</emph> dialog is only available for Fontwork in old Writer text documents that were created prior to OpenOffice.org 2.0. You must first call <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> to add a menu command or an icon to open this dialog.

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3154497 74 help.text]
en: You can change the shape of the text baseline to match semicircles, arcs, circles, and freeform lines.
en_GB: You can change the shape of the text baseline to match semicircles, arcs, circles, and free-form lines.

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3147578 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_CENTER">Centers the text on the text baseline.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FONTWORK_TBI_ADJUST_CENTER">Centres the text on the text baseline.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3159346 25 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05280000.xhp hd_id3149209 49 help.text]
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3148681 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK:CLB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a color for the text shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_FONTWORK:CLB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a colour for the text shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05290300.xhp par_id3157991 3 help.text]
en: To select an individual object in a group,  hold down <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>, and then click the object.
en_GB: To select an individual object in a group, hold down <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>, and then click the object.

[ctx: 05320000.xhp par_id3145318 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION:TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION:TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, unmark this check box, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05320000.xhp par_id3150439 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION:TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the<emph> Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_TEXTANIMATION:TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, unmark this check box, and then enter a value in the <emph>Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340100.xhp par_id3150756 7 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can also change the height of a row by dragging the divider below the row header. To fit the row height to the cell contents, double-click the divider. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can also change the height of a row by dragging the divider below the row header. To fit the row height to the contents of cells, double-click the divider.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05340200.xhp par_id3152821 7 help.text]
en: You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the cell contents, double-click the divider.</caseinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the contents of cells, double-click the divider.</caseinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3144436 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_HORALIGN">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_HORALIGN">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp hd_id3153541 62 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3154380 63 help.text]
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_idN107A0 help.text]
en: Repeats the cell contents (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.
en_GB: Repeats the cell content (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3148924 67 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_VERALIGN">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_VERALIGN">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3150822 69 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_VERALIGN">Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LB_VERALIGN">Aligns the cell content to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3151210 74 help.text]
en: <variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3151380 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3150010 85 help.text]
en: This checkbox is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="SVX_TRISTATEBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_BTN_ASIAN_VERTICAL">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp>
en_GB: This check box is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="SVX_TRISTATEBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT_BTN_ASIAN_VERTICAL">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3148555 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT:BTN_WRAP">Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.</ahelp> To enter a manual line break, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter in the cell.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_ALIGNMENT:BTN_WRAP">Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.</ahelp> To enter a manual line break, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter in the cell.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3149287 54 help.text]
en: You can cut, copy, and paste records in <emph>Data Source</emph> view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging and dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files.
en_GB: You can cut, copy, and paste records in <emph>Data Source</emph> view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging-and-dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3146921 64 help.text]
en: You cannot drag and drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields.
en_GB: You cannot drag-and-drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3149064 63 help.text]
en: Drag and drop only works in <emph>Edit</emph> mode.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop only works in <emph>Edit</emph> mode.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp hd_id3151357 26 help.text]
en: Organizing tables
en_GB: Organising tables

[ctx: 05340600.xhp par_id3147212 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click <emph>All </emph>to display all of the hidden columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click <emph>All</emph> to display all of the hidden columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350000.xhp tit help.text]
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: 05350000.xhp hd_id3153136 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3D Effects">3D Effects</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3-D Effects">3-D Effects</link>

[ctx: 05350000.xhp par_id3156324 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Window3D">Specifies the properties of 3D object(s) in the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Window3D">Specifies the properties of 3-D object(s) in the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150008 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_GEO">Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose <emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>, or <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_GEO">Adjusts the shape of the selected 3-D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3-D object that was created by converting a 2-D object. To convert a 2-D object to 3-D, select the object, right-click, and then choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>, or <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153662 5 help.text]
en: Define the shape properties for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Define the shape properties for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3154142 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_PERCENT_DIAGONAL">Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_PERCENT_DIAGONAL">Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3146137 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_BACKSCALE">Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_BACKSCALE">Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153320 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_END_ANGLE">Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_END_ANGLE">Enter the angle in degrees to use for rotation in the selected 3-D rotation object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153252 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_DEPTH">Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_DEPTH">Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3-D object. This option is not valid for 3-D rotation objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3155388 7 help.text]
en: You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3D rotation object.
en_GB: You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150943 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:NUM_HORIZONTAL">Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:NUM_HORIZONTAL">Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3151245 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:NUM_VERTICAL">Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:NUM_VERTICAL">Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150822 21 help.text]
en: Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3D surface.
en_GB: Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3-D surface.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3149670 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_OBJ">Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_OBJ">Renders the 3-D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3146874 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_FLAT">Renders the 3D surface as polygons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_FLAT">Renders the 3-D surface as polygons.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150288 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_SPHERE">Renders a smooth 3D surface.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_NORMALS_SPHERE">Renders a smooth 3-D surface.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3154692 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_DOUBLE_SIDED">Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (<emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_DOUBLE_SIDED">Closes the shape of a 3-D object that was created by extruding a free-form line (<emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3150008 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_REPRESENTATION">Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_REPRESENTATION">Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3148538 5 help.text]
en: Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3155583 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_SHADEMODE">Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_SHADEMODE">Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3154046 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_SHADOW_3D">Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_SHADOW_3D">Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3149796 10 help.text]
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3161459 14 help.text]
en: Set the camera options for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Set the camera options for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3149047 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_DISTANCE">Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:MTR_DISTANCE">Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3149741 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_LIGHT">Define the light source for the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_LIGHT">Define the light source for the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3155391 5 help.text]
en: Specify the light source for the object, as well as the color of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources.
en_GB: Specify the light source for the object, as well as the colour of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources.

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3149149 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_LIGHT_8">Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the <emph>Ambient light</emph> box.</ahelp> You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_LIGHT_8">Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the <emph>Ambient light</emph> box.</ahelp> You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off.

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3159166 10 help.text]
en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3155421 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_LIGHT_1">Select a color for the current light source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_LIGHT_1">Select a colour for the current light source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3149955 12 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color in the color dialog">Select Color in the color dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour in the colour dialogue box">Select Colour in the colour dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3144511 15 help.text]
en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3153896 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_AMBIENTLIGHT">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:LB_AMBIENTLIGHT">Select a colour for the ambient light.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3149670 17 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3147000 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEXTURE">Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface textures to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>, hold down Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command), and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEXTURE">Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3-D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface textures to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>, hold down Shift+Ctrl (Mac: Shift+Command), and then drag an image onto the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145345 7 help.text]
en: Set the color properties of the texture.
en_GB: Set the colour properties of the texture.

[ctx: 05350500.xhp hd_id3150670 11 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145119 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEX_COLOR">Converts the texture to color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEX_COLOR">Converts the texture to colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145316 13 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3154938 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEX_MODULATE">Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the <emph>Shading</emph> button in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXFLOAT_3D:BTN_TEX_MODULATE">Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the <emph>Shading</emph> button in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3152878 34 help.text]
en: Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object Y axis.
en_GB: Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object y-axis.

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3148456 45 help.text]
en: Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3D object.
en_GB: Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3160463 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_BTN_MATERIAL">Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_BTN_MATERIAL">Changes the colouring of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3152363 29 help.text]
en: Assigns a predefined color scheme or lets you create your own color scheme.
en_GB: Assigns a predefined colour scheme or lets you create your own colour scheme.

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3154497 9 help.text]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3153303 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_FAVORITES">Select a predefined color scheme, or select <emph>User-defined</emph> to define a custom color scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_FAVORITES">Select a predefined colour scheme, or select <emph>User-defined</emph> to define a custom colour scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3093440 16 help.text]
en: Object color
en_GB: Object colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3157896 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_COLOR">Select the color that you want to apply to the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_COLOR">Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3147373 18 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3147571 19 help.text]
en: Illumination color
en_GB: Illumination colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3159234 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_EMISSION">Select the color to illuminate the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_EMISSION">Select the colour to illuminate the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3153748 21 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3150355 24 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3151111 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_SPECULAR">Select the color that you want the object to reflect.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXFLOAT_3D_LB_MAT_SPECULAR">Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3152996 26 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05360000.xhp hd_id3150130 10 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05360000.xhp par_id3153146 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE:BTN_HOR_CENTER">Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE:BTN_HOR_CENTER">Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centres of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05360000.xhp hd_id3147264 22 help.text]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05360000.xhp par_id3161656 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE:BTN_VER_CENTER">Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:RADIOBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_DISTRIBUTE:BTN_VER_CENTER">Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centres of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp bm_id3149047 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>dictionaries; spellcheck</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>spellcheck; dialog</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>languages; spellcheck</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dictionaries; spell check</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>spell check; dialogue box</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>languages; spell check</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp hd_id3153882 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spelling and Grammar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spelling and Grammar">Spelling and Grammar</link>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3154682 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="recht"><ahelp hid=".uno:Spelling">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="recht"><ahelp hid=".uno:Spelling">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue box also checks for grammar errors.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_idN1064B help.text]
en: The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spellcheck from the beginning of the document.
en_GB: The spell check starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spell check from the beginning of the document.

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3166445 3 help.text]
en: Spellcheck looks for misspelled words and gives you the option of adding an unknown word to a user dictionary. When the first misspelled word is found, the <emph>Spellcheck</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: Spell check looks for misspelt words and gives you the option of adding an unknown word to a user-defined dictionary. When the first misspelt word is found, the <emph>Spell check</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id1022200801300654 help.text]
en: If a grammar checking extension is installed, this dialog is called <emph>Spelling and Grammar</emph>. Spelling errors are underlined in red, grammar errors in blue. First the dialog presents all spelling errors, then all grammar errors.
en_GB: If a grammar checking extension is installed, this dialogue box is called <emph>Spelling and Grammar</emph>. Spelling errors are underlined in red, grammar errors in blue. First the dialogue box presents all spelling errors, then all grammar errors.

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id1022200801354366 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable <emph>Check grammar</emph> to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark <emph>Check grammar</emph> to work first on all spelling errors, then on all grammar errors.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3149798 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the sentence with the misspelt word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3155628 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_LB_NEWWORD">Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click <emph>Change</emph> or <emph>Change All</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_LB_NEWWORD">Lists suggested words to replace the misspelt word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click <emph>Change</emph> or <emph>Change All</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3154123 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_BTN_OPTIONS">Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK_BTN_OPTIONS">Opens a dialogue box, in which you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for checking spelling.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148920 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_IGNORE">Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_IGNORE">Skips the unknown word and continues with the spell check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_idN107CB help.text]
en: This label of this button changes to <emph>Resume</emph> if you leave the Spellcheck dialog open when you return to your document. To continue the spellcheck from the current position of the cursor, click <emph>Resume</emph>.
en_GB: This label of this button changes to <emph>Resume</emph> if you leave the Spell check dialogue box open when you return to your document. To continue the spell check from the current position of the cursor, click <emph>Resume</emph>.

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3145318 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_IGNOREALL">Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_IGNOREALL">Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spell check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148559 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_CHANGE">Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_SPELLCHECK:BTN_CHANGE">Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelt word, the entire sentence is replaced.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010101.xhp par_id3148882 2 help.text]
en: Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for the spellchecking.
en_GB: Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for checking spelling.

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu from which you can choose language-specific commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id1507309 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id3928952 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id5735953 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010600.xhp par_idN105A0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialogue box in which you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010601.xhp bm_id905789 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>common terms;Chinese dictionary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;common terms in simplified and traditional chinese</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>common terms;Chinese dictionary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;common terms in simplified and traditional Chinese</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06010601.xhp par_idN10566 help.text]
en: You can use this dialog to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue box to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3147366 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="thesaurustxt"><ahelp hid=".uno:Thesaurus">Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="thesaurustxt"><ahelp hid=".uno:Thesaurus">Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3156324 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Color Replacer">Color Replacer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Colour Replacer">Colour Replacer</link>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3145138 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BmpMask">Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BmpMask">Opens the Colour Replacer dialogue box, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3151262 24 help.text]
en: You can replace up to four different colors at one time.
en_GB: You can replace up to four different colours at once.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3145669 3 help.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153683 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3149827 5 help.text]
en: Color Replacer color
en_GB: Colour Replacer colour

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3146957 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Colour Replacer tool is selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154983 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:BTN_EXEC">Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:BTN_EXEC">Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the <emph>Replace with</emph> boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3147275 9 help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153031 10 help.text]
en: Lists the source colors and the replacement colors.
en_GB: Lists the source colours and the replacement colours.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3149416 11 help.text]
en: Source color checkbox
en_GB: Source colour check box

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3149819 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:CBX_4">Select this checkbox to replace the current <emph>Source color</emph> with the color that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:CBX_4">Mark this check box to replace the current <emph>Source colour</emph> with the colour that you specify in the <emph>Replace with</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3159116 13 help.text]
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3149903 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the colour in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source colour, click here, click the Colour Replacer, and then click a colour in the selected image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3144438 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:SP_4">Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:SP_4">Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154173 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:LB_4">Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:LB_4">Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154905 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:CBX_TRANS">Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:CBX_TRANS">Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3148946 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:LB_TRANS">Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK:LB_TRANS">Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_id3147261 help.text]
en: The AutoCorrect settings are applied when you press the Spacebar after you enter a word.
en_GB: The AutoCorrect settings are applied when you press the Space bar after you enter a word.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3149177 6 help.text]
en: If you type two uppercase letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second uppercase letter is automatically replaced with a lowercase letter.
en_GB: If you type two upper-case letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second upper-case letter is automatically replaced with a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3156426 7 help.text]
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence.
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3155339 8 help.text]
en: Capitalizes the first letter of every sentence.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter of every sentence.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id5240028 help.text]
en: The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalized automatically.
en_GB: The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalised automatically.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3153577 26 help.text]
en: Automatically applies bold formatting to text enclosed by asterisks (*), and underline to text enclosed by underscores ( _ ), for example, *bold*. The asterisks and underscores are not displayed after the formatting is applied.
en_GB: Automatically applies bold formatting to text enclosed by asterisks (*), and underling to text enclosed by underscores ( _ ), for example, *bold*. The asterisks and underscores are not displayed after the formatting is applied.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id87282 help.text]
en: Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to z or digits 0 to 9.
en_GB: Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to Z or digits 0 to 9.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3152472 99 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3156024 100 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3147303 101 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete blanks and tabs at end and start of lines</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete blanks and tabs at beginning and end of lines </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150866 102 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3145116 33 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply numbering - symbol</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply numbering - symbol </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150870 34 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a period, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a full stop, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3146874 92 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_idN10C35 help.text]
en: The following table summarizes the line thickness for the different characters:
en_GB: The following table summarises the line thickness for the different characters:

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3149064 49 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Create table</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Create table </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3146119 50 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3147219 53 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">+-----------------+---------------+------+</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">+-----------------+---------------+------+ </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3153334 55 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply Styles</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply Styles </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3147396 56 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically replaces the "Default" paragraph style with the Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph styles. To apply the Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading (without a period), and then press Enter twice. To apply a sub-heading, press Tab one or more times, type the text (without a period), and then press Enter.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically replaces the "Default" paragraph style with the Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph styles. To apply the Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading (without a full stop), and then press Enter twice. To apply a sub-heading, press Tab one or more times, type the text (without a full stop), and then press Enter. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3151075 58 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove blank paragraphs</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove blank paragraphs </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3145728 59 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes empty paragraphs from the current document when you choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes empty paragraphs from the current document when you choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3152375 60 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace Custom Styles</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace Custom Styles </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3156299 61 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replaces the custom paragraph styles in the current document with the "Default", the "Text Body", or the "Text Body Indent" paragraph style.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replaces the custom paragraph styles in the current document with the "Default", the "Text Body", or the "Text Body Indent" paragraph style. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3147045 62 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace bullets with</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace bullets with </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150420 63 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text Body", or "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles. To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text Body", or "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles. To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3151019 66 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than ...</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than ... </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3144749 75 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Edit</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Edit </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3149999 17 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To enable the replacement table, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>, click the<emph> Options</emph> tab, and then select<emph> Use replacement table</emph>. To use the replacement table while you type, choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To enable the replacement table, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>, click the <emph>Options</emph> tab, and then mark <emph>Use replacement table</emph>. To use the replacement table while you type, choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3152945 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/tabview">Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the <emph>Replace </emph>and <emph>With </emph>boxes, and then click <emph>New</emph>. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the <emph>With</emph> box, and then click <emph>Replace</emph>. To delete an entry, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/tabview">Lists the entries for automatically replacing words or abbreviations while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the <emph>Replace</emph> and <emph>With</emph> boxes, and then click <emph>New</emph>. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the <emph>With</emph> box, and then click <emph>Replace</emph>. To delete an entry, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3153349 14 help.text]
en: You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word or abbreviation. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialog, clear the <emph>Text only</emph> box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the<emph> Replace</emph> box.
en_GB: You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word or abbreviation. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialogue box, unmark the <emph>Text only</emph> check box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the <emph>Replace</emph> box.

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3154173 16 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">You can also include frames, graphics, and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored <emph>as characters</emph> in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialog, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the <emph>Replace </emph>box, and then click <emph>New</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">You can also include frames, graphics, and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored <emph>as characters</emph> in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialogue box, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the <emph>Replace</emph> box, and then click <emph>New</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3149456 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext">Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the<emph> Replace</emph> box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext">Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040300.xhp par_id3156410 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev">Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click <emph>New</emph>. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev">Type an abbreviation followed by a full stop, and then click <emph>New</emph>. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalising the first letter of the word that comes after the full stop at the end of the abbreviation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040300.xhp par_id3155829 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble">Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the <emph>Correct TWo INitial CApitals</emph> option or the Capitalize<emph> first letter of every sentence</emph> option are selected in the <emph>[T]</emph> column on<link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab of this dialog. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble">Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the <emph>Correct TWo INitial CApitals</emph> option or the Capitalise <emph>first letter of every sentence</emph> option are selected in the <emph>[T]</emph> column on<link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab of this dialogue box. </ahelp>

[ctx: 06040400.xhp tit help.text]
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: 06040400.xhp hd_id3153899 15 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="Localized Options">Localized Options</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="Localised Options">Localised Options</link>

[ctx: 06040400.xhp hd_id3159300 25 help.text]
en: Add non breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text
en_GB: Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text

[ctx: 06040400.xhp par_id3153173 27 help.text]
en: Inserts a non breaking space before ";", "!", "?" and ":" when the character language is set to French (France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Monaco, or Switzerland) and before ":" only when the character language is set to French (Canada).
en_GB: Inserts a non-breaking space before ";", "!", "?" and ":" when the character language is set to French (France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Monaco, or Switzerland) and before ":" only when the character language is set to French (Canada).

[ctx: 06040500.xhp bm_id3152823 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; context menu</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spellcheck; context menus</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; context menu</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spell check; context menus</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06040500.xhp par_id3146936 2 help.text]
en: To access this menu, right-click a misspelled word in your document. To view the misspelled words in your document, enable <emph>AutoSpellcheck</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar.
en_GB: To access this menu, right-click a misspelt word in your document. To view the misspelt words in your document, enable the <emph>AutoSpellCheck</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar.

[ctx: 06040500.xhp par_id3147000 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect sub-menu for permanent replacement.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040500.xhp hd_id3153089 6 help.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: 06040500.xhp par_id3154497 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spellcheck</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spell Check">Spell Check</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040500.xhp par_id3149177 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR">To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR">To always replace the highlighted word, choose a word from the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3155449 97 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS:CB_COLLECT">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click<emph> Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS:CB_COLLECT">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click <emph>Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3158430 99 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS_CB_KEEP_LIST">When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS_CB_KEEP_LIST">When marked, the list is cleared upon closing the current document. When cleared, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3152773 107 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:MULTILISTBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS:LB_ENTRIES">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:MULTILISTBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_AUTOCOMPLETE_OPTIONS:LB_ENTRIES">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, unmark "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3156423 112 help.text]
en: If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.
en_GB: If the automatic spell check option is enabled, only the words that are recognised by the spell check are collected.

[ctx: 06040700.xhp par_id1827448 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you will see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3145211 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> dialog has the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> dialogue box has the following tabs:

[ctx: 06050100.xhp bm_id3150502 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>bullets;paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paragraphs; inserting bullets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inserting; paragraph bullets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>bullets;paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; inserting bullets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; paragraph bullets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06050100.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050100.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050200.xhp par_id3149355 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050200.xhp par_id3152918 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050300.xhp par_id3144436 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050300.xhp par_id3153935 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050400.xhp par_id061120090437338 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050400.xhp par_id0611200904373391 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp bm_id4096499 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering;options</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>bullet lists; formatting options</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>font sizes;bullets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering;options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists; formatting options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font sizes;bullets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3156327 67 help.text]
en: Lowercase letters
en_GB: Lower-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3154143 69 help.text]
en: Roman numerals (uppercase)
en_GB: Roman numerals (upper-case)

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3159344 71 help.text]
en: Roman numerals (lowercase)
en_GB: Roman numerals (lower-case)

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3154579 101 help.text]
en: Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with upper-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3159167 103 help.text]
en: Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with lower-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3157817 80 help.text]
en: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets embedded into the document.
en_GB: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image is embedded into the document.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3151210 111 help.text]
en: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets inserted as a link to the image file.
en_GB: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image is inserted as a link to the image file.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3145746 95 help.text]
en: The availability of the following fields depends on the style that you select in the <emph>Numbering </emph>box.
en_GB: The availability of the following fields depends on the style that you select in the <emph>Numbering</emph> box.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp hd_id3145114 104 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Color </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Color </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Colour </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Colour </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3156060 105 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color">Select a color for the current numbering style.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color">Select a colour for the current numbering style.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3153144 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bullet">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special Characters">Special Characters</link> dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/bullet">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp" name="Special Characters">Special Characters</link> dialogue box, from which you can select a bullet symbol.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050600.xhp par_id3153063 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb">Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb">Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050600.xhp par_id6081728 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3148765 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroDialog">Opens a dialog to organize macros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroDialog">Opens a dialogue box to organise macros.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150902 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the <emph>Macro from </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153394 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153577 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link> dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link> dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp hd_id3153665 22 help.text]
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3147618 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogue boxes, and libraries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150290 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_LISTBOX_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_LB_BASICS">Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_LISTBOX_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_LB_BASICS">Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3147441 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_PB_APPEND">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_PUSHBUTTON_RID_TP_LIBS_RID_PB_APPEND">Locate the $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
en: To open the BeanShell Macros dialog box, choose Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - BeanShell. To open the JavaScript dialog box, choose Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - JavaScript.
en_GB: To open the BeanShell Macros dialogue box, choose Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - BeanShell. To open the JavaScript dialogue box, choose Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - JavaScript.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id8968169 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to export the selected library either as an extension or as a Basic library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_idN10A4F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1241731591">Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1241731591">Opens a dialogue box in which you can change the name of the selected script.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_idN10AE5 help.text]
en: The Macro Selector dialog contains two list boxes, namely the Library list box and the Macro name list box.
en_GB: The Macro Selector dialogue box contains two list boxes, namely the Library list box and the Macro name list box.

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_id3150008 3 help.text]
en: Lets you record or organize and edit macros.
en_GB: Lets you record or organise and edit macros.

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN105EB help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box with which you can start a macro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN10618 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN105D3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Organize Dialogs</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Organise Dialogs</link>

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN105E3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organiser.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130100.xhp par_id3153114 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD:ED_REPEAT_PASSWD">Reenter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_PASSWORD:ED_REPEAT_PASSWD">Re-enter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Organize Macros
en_GB: Organise Macros

[ctx: 06130200.xhp bm_id3237403 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>macros;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;macros and scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>script organization</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>macros;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;macros and scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>script organisation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
en: <variable id="organize_macros"><link href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp">Organize Macros</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="organize_macros"><link href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp">Organise Macros</link></variable>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105B7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu with links to dialogue boxes in which you can organise macros and scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105C3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can organise %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105BA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can organise scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105A7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can organise scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3154350 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REF">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="BASCTL_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_LIBS_RID_CB_REF">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140000.xhp hd_id3146946 1 help.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3155069 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customizes $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customises $[officename] menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3152821 7 help.text]
en: You can customize shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.
en_GB: You can customise shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp bm_id900601 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;menus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>menus;customizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;menus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>menus;customising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id3152952 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CONFIG_MENU">Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CONFIG_MENU">Customises and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customise context menus.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN1069F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="705498935">Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="705498935">Select the menu and sub-menu that you want to edit.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN106B4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="705499960">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140101.xhp">New Menu</link> dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="705499960">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140101.xhp">New Menu</link> dialogue box in which you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN106BB help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="705507642">Opens a submenu with additional commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="705507642">Opens a sub-menu with additional commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN106C2 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140102.xhp">Move Menu</link> dialog where you can specify the location of the selected menu.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140102.xhp">Move Menu</link> dialogue box in which you can specify the location of the selected menu.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN106C9 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected menu.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can change the name of the selected menu.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN107EE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialogue box. Select the command that you want to add to the menu, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN40723 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN10800 help.text]
en: Add Submenu
en_GB: Add Sub-menu

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN10804 help.text]
en: Opens the Add Submenu dialog, where you enter the name of a submenu.
en_GB: Opens the Add Sub-menu dialogue box, in which you enter the name of a sub-menu.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN10812 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected command.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialogue box, where you enter a new name for the selected command.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_idN1091C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="705498948">Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.</ahelp> A separate menu configuration is saved for the item that you select.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="705498948">Select the application or open document to which you want to add the menu.</ahelp> A separate menu configuration is saved for the item that you select.

[ctx: 06140200.xhp bm_id2322763 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp par_id3159148 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CONFIGFUNCTION_ACC_LISTBOX">Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list, and then click <emph>Modify</emph>. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the <emph>Keys </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CONFIGFUNCTION_ACC_LISTBOX">Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list, and then click <emph>Modify</emph>. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the <emph>Keys</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp par_id3152909 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONFIG_ACCEL:BTN_ACC_CHANGE">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONFIG_ACCEL:BTN_ACC_CHANGE">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id3150279 2 help.text]
en: Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.
en_GB: Lets you customise $[officename] toolbars.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN1060A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.</ahelp> Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Name dialogue box, with which you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.</ahelp> Opens the Name dialogue box, with which you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN1061E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Toolbar button opens a submenu</ahelp> with the following commands:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Toolbar button opens a sub-menu</ahelp> with the following commands:

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN10624 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Name</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected toolbar.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Name</emph> dialogue box, where you enter a new name for the selected toolbar.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN1066A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialog. Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Commands dialogue box. Select any command, then click <emph>Add</emph> or drag-and-drop the command into the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN10678 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Modify button opens a submenu</ahelp> with the following commands:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Modify button opens a sub-menu</ahelp> with the following commands:

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN1067E help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialog, where you enter a new name for the selected command.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Rename</emph> dialogue box, where you enter a new name for the selected command.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN106B2 help.text]
en: Opens the Change Icon dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.
en_GB: Opens the Change Icon dialogue box, in which you can assign a different icon to the current command.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN106D2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the location where to load the configuration and where to save it.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the location for loading and saving the configuration.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140402.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
en: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.
en_GB: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customise</link> dialogue box, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.

[ctx: 06140402.xhp par_idN10560 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You will see a file open dialogue box that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140500.xhp bm_id3152427 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>customizing; events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events; customizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>customising; events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events; customising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140500.xhp par_id317748820 help.text]
en: The dialog box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.
en_GB: The dialogue box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3152937 1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings">Opens the <emph>XML Filter Settings </emph>dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenXMLFilterSettings">Opens the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box, in which you can create, edit, delete and test filters to import and to export XML files.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149516 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3156192 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3148491 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3153564 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149575 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3147559 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3150865 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3159086 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3150838 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_NAME">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_NAME">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3149549 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_INTERFACE_NAME">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_INTERFACE_NAME">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogue boxes.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogue boxes. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: 06150120.xhp par_id3150506 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_BROWSE" visibility="visible">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_IMPORT_TEMPLATE_BROWSE" visibility="visible">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3149885 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE">Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE">Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3146137 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150210.xhp par_id3148731 2 help.text]
en: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output </emph>window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.
en_GB: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output</emph> window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3146060 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:HangulHanjaConversion">Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.</ahelp> The menu command can only be called if you enable Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and if a text formatted in Korean language is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:HangulHanjaConversion">Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.</ahelp> The menu command can only be called if you enable Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, and if text formatted in Korean language is selected.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3154823 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> check box is marked, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> check box is not marked, you see a list of words.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3154142 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY">Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY">Mark this check box to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3156023 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY">Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY">Mark this check box to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3154937 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL">No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of ignored text is valid for the current $[officename] session.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL">No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time that the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of ignored text is valid for the current $[officename] session.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3153338 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of replacement text is valid for the current $[officename] session.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time that the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of replacement text is valid for the current $[officename] session.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3145154 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER">Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER">Mark this check box to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not marked, full words are replaced.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_idN1096D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULHANJA_OPT_DLG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULHANJA_OPT_DLG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3155743 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULHANJA_NEWDICT_DLG">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HANGULHANJA_NEWDICT_DLG">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Mark the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Unmark the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN1057E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx:PushButton:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:PB_HHO_NEW">Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx:PushButton:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:PB_HHO_NEW">Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN105B9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx:PushButton:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:PB_HHO_EDIT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx:PushButton:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:PB_HHO_EDIT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN1061B help.text]
en: Close Conversion dialog automatically after replacement
en_GB: Close Conversion dialogue box automatically after replacement

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN1061F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx:CheckBox:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:CB_AUTOCLOSE">Closes the Hangul/Hanja Conversion dialog box after you click <emph>Ignore</emph>, <emph>Always Ignore</emph>, <emph>Replace</emph>, or <emph>Always Replace</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx:CheckBox:RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_OPT:CB_AUTOCLOSE">Closes the Hangul/Hanja Conversion dialogue box after you click <emph>Ignore</emph>, <emph>Always Ignore</emph>, <emph>Replace</emph>, or <emph>Always Replace</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06990000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: 06990000.xhp hd_id3147069 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06990000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spellcheck</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06990000.xhp" name="Spell check">Spell check</link>

[ctx: 06990000.xhp par_id2551957 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Check">Spellcheck dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Check">Spell Check dialogue box</link>

[ctx: about_meta_tags.xhp par_id3145119 1 help.text]
en: When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Description</emph> or <emph>User Defined</emph> tabs, and then type the information you want.
en_GB: When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Description</emph> or <emph>User-Defined</emph> tabs, and then type the information you want.

[ctx: about_meta_tags.xhp par_id3155307 13 help.text]
en: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...> , where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.
en_GB: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...>, where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10548 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10585 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6401257 help.text]
en: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialog is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.
en_GB: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialogue box is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5841242 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6794030 help.text]
en: If no updates are available, the message in the dialog tells you there are no updates. Close the dialog.
en_GB: If no updates are available, the message in the dialogue box tells you there are no updates. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6420484 help.text]
en: The Extension Update dialog may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.
en_GB: The Extension Update dialogue box may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id757469 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialogue box is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5189062 help.text]
en: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialog. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.
en_GB: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialogue box. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id3729056 help.text]
en: For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialog, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately.
en_GB: For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialogue box, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id3372295 help.text]
en: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.
en_GB: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialogue box shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id641193 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>

[ctx: formatting_mark.xhp bm_id9930722 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>CTL;(not) wrapping words</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>words;wrapping in CTL</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>CTL;(not) wrapping words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;wrapping in CTL</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formatting_mark.xhp par_id0302200910351248 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to insert special formatting marks. Enable CTL for more commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3149783 46 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery</emph> as icons.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3148983 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as small icons, with title and path information.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW" visibility="hidden">Displays the contents of the <emph>Gallery</emph> as small icons, with title and path information.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3150789 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Gallery">Opens the <emph>Gallery</emph>, where you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Gallery">Opens the <emph>Gallery</emph>, from which you can select graphics and sounds to insert into your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3155555 44 help.text]
en: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons, or icons with titles and path information.
en_GB: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery</emph> as icons, or icons with titles and path information.

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3155355 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_WINDOW">To insert a <emph>Gallery </emph>object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_WINDOW">To insert a <emph>Gallery</emph> object, select the object, and then drag it into the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3153032 43 help.text]
en: To add a file to the <emph>Gallery</emph>, right-click a theme, choose <emph>Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Files </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also click an object in the current document, hold, and then drag it to the <emph>Gallery</emph> window.
en_GB: To add a file to the <emph>Gallery</emph>, right-click a theme, choose <emph>Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Files</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also click an object in the current document, hold, and then drag it to the <emph>Gallery</emph> window.

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3150275 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME">Adds a new theme to the <emph>Gallery </emph>and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME">Adds a new theme to the <emph>Gallery</emph> and lets you choose the files to include in the theme.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3148990 16 help.text]
en: The <emph>Properties of (Theme)</emph> dialog contains the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Properties of (Theme)</emph> dialogue box contains the following tabs:

[ctx: gallery_files.xhp par_id3153882 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="stargallerymanager">Adds new files to the selected theme. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="stargallerymanager">Adds new files to the selected theme.</variable>

[ctx: grid.xhp par_id4372692 help.text]
en: Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Appearance</link>.
en_GB: Set the grid colour on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Appearance</link>.

[ctx: guides.xhp par_idN10586 help.text]
en: Automatically aligns objects to vertical and horizontal snap lines. To override this feature, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option key</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt key </defaultinline></switchinline>when you drag an object.
en_GB: Automatically aligns objects to vertical and horizontal snap lines lines. To override this feature, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option key</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt key</defaultinline></switchinline> when you drag an object.

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN10560 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window in which you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN10593 help.text]
en: Pauses or resumes the playback of the current file.
en_GB: Pauses or resumes playing the current file.

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN1059A help.text]
en: Stops the playback of the current file.
en_GB: Stops playing the current file.

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN105B6 help.text]
en: Adjusts the size of the movie playback.
en_GB: Adjusts the size of the movie playback window.

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10696 help.text]
en: In the File Open dialog, select the file that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the File Open dialogue box, select the file that you want to insert.

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10699 help.text]
en: The file types that are listed in this dialog are not supported by all operating systems.
en_GB: The file types that are listed in this dialogue box are not supported by all operating systems.

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN106D0 help.text]
en: You can also use the Media Playback Bar to pause, to stop, to loop, as well as to adjust the volume or to mute the playback of the file. The current playback position in the file is indicated on the left slider. Use the right slider to adjust the playback volume. For movie files, the bar also contains a list box where you can select the zoom factor for the playback.
en_GB: You can also use the Media Playback Bar to pause, to stop, to loop, as well as to adjust the volume or to mute the sound. The current playback position in the file is indicated on the left slider. Use the right slider to adjust the volume. For movie files, the bar also contains a list box from which you can choose the zoom factor for the video image.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id3174230 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box to disable or enable this feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Mark to enable the automatic check for updates. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box to disable or enable this feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id3422345 help.text]
en: If an update is available, an icon<image id="img_id3155415" src="extensions/source/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.png" width="0.4583in" height="0.1354in"><alt id="alt_id3155415">Icon</alt></image> on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialog with more information.
en_GB: If an update is available, an icon<image id="img_id3155415" src="extensions/source/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.png" width="0.4583in" height="0.1354in"><alt id="alt_id3155415">Icon</alt></image> on the menu bar will notify you of the update. Click the icon to open a dialogue box with more information.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9313638 help.text]
en: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialog with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialogue box with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9766533 help.text]
en: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimize the dialog.
en_GB: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimise the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id6081728 help.text]
en: If no update was found, you can close the dialog.
en_GB: If no update was found, you can close the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4799340 help.text]
en: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialog. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.
en_GB: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialogue box. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id8266853 help.text]
en: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You see a confirmation dialog, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You will see a confirmation dialogue box, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id2871181 help.text]
en: Under some operation systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.
en_GB: Under some operating systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4238715 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="42772">The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables, and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="42772">The Extension Manager adds, removes, disables, enables and updates %PRODUCTNAME extensions.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1068A help.text]
en: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialog where they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.
en_GB: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialogue box in which they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN10626 help.text]
en: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialog opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.
en_GB: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialogue box opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1069C help.text]
en: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for own usage. This is called a user extension.
en_GB: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for their own use. This is called a user extension.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id7654347 help.text]
en: Double-click the <item type="literal">.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.
en_GB: Double-click the <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id5269020 help.text]
en: On a web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).
en_GB: On a Web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your Web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106AD help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="42769">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="42769">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106BD help.text]
en: A file dialog opens where you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.
en_GB: A file dialogue box opens in which you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id4856410 help.text]
en: An extension can show a license dialog. <ahelp hid=".">Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: An extension can show a licence dialogue box. <ahelp hid=".">Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id4129459 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.</ahelp> You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp">Extension Update</link> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to check for online updates of all installed extensions. To check for updates of the selected extension only, choose the Update command from the context menu. The check for availability of updates starts immediately.</ahelp> You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp">Extension Update</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id1439558 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id0103201110331832 help.text]
en: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the license text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.
en_GB: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the licence text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3154350 64 help.text]
en: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes.
en_GB: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorised changes.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3150502 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PASSWD_TABLE">Type a password. A password is case sensitive.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PASSWD_TABLE">Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.</ahelp>

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp hd_id3155351 68 help.text]
en: Undoing password protection
en_GB: Undoing password-protection

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545951 help.text]
en: Contains a mix of lower case and upper case letters, numbers, and special characters.
en_GB: Contains a mix of lower-case and upper-case letters, numbers, and special characters.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545923 help.text]
en: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopedia.
en_GB: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopaedia.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id3148731 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="UUI_EDIT_DLG_UUI_PASSWORD_ED_MASTERPASSWORD">Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="UUI_EDIT_DLG_UUI_PASSWORD_ED_MASTERPASSWORD">Type a master password to prevent unauthorised users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp bm_id3149532 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>PDF;export</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>portable document format</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>exporting;to PDF</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PDF;export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>portable document format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting;to PDF</bookmark_value>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_idN10750 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the quality level for JPEG compression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the quality level for JPEG compression.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_idN107A4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Selects to write PDF tags. This can increase file size by huge amounts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to export special tags into the corresponding PDF tags. This can increase file sizes by huge amounts.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_idN107B3 help.text]
en: Tagged PDF contains information about the structure of the document contents. This can help to display the document on devices with different screens, and when using screen reader software.
en_GB: Tagged PDF contains information about the structure of the document content. This can help to display the document on devices with different screens, and when using screen reader software.

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id1851557 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows only the page contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id956755 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows a thumbnails palette and the page contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id9776909 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id822168 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id3092135 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id814539 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id2362437 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id1694082 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id672322 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows one page at a time.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id8764305 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows pages in a continuous vertical column.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id5318765 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id9596850 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id1321146 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp hd_id6994842 help.text]
en: Center window on screen
en_GB: Centre window on screen

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id9601428 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id1111789 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id4576555 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id6582537 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to hide the reader's menu bar when the document is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id769066 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to hide the reader's toolbar when the document is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id43641 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to hide the reader's controls when the document is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id341807 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id4850001 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id4809411 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Mark the check box to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id7928708 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id3144016 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See <link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">"relative hyperlinks"</link> in the Help.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See <link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">"relative hyperlinks"</link> in the Help.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a dialogue box where you enter the passwords.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id41123951 help.text]
en: You can enter a password to open the file. You can enter an optional password that allows to edit the document.
en_GB: You can enter a password to open the file. You can enter an optional password that allows you to edit the document.

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id1371501 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honour this setting.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id5092318 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to enable copying of content to the clipboard.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_export.xhp par_id9089022 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to enable text access for accessibility tools.</ahelp>

[ctx: ref_pdf_send_as.xhp par_id3150756 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="ref_pdf_send_as_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMailDocAsPDF">Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ref_pdf_send_as_text"><ahelp hid=".uno:SendMailDocAsPDF">Shows the Export as PDF dialogue box, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp bm_id6499832 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogs with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogue boxes with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
en: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN105FC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialog box to set the options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialogue box to set the options.</ahelp>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN10572 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can view the signature.</ahelp>

[ctx: selectcertificate.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp bm_id6823023 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1057A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames and removes XForms models.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10608 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1059D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1064D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10654 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10662 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less details.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less detail.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10588 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10628 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
en: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.
en_GB: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box in which you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN105B1 help.text]
en: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.
en_GB: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box in which you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN106C7 help.text]
en: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can specify the constraint condition.
en_GB: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box in which you can specify the constraint condition.

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN105EB help.text]
en: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.
en_GB: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box in which you can enter used namespaces and full XPath expressions.

[ctx: xformsdataadd.xhp par_idN1076B help.text]
en: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialog where you can enter the calculation.
en_GB: The <emph>Condition</emph> button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp">Add Condition</link> dialogue box in which you can enter the calculation.

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10573 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue box in which you can add, edit or delete namespaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp bm_id8286080 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organization in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organisation in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organising namespaces</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialogue box to organise namespaces. You can access this dialogue box through the Add Condition dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialogue box to enter the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialogue box to edit the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
en: The Data tab page of the Properties dialog for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.
en_GB: The Data tab page of the Properties dialogue box for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id636921 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialogue box to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialogue box in which you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp hd_id4313791 help.text]
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2318796 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3154398 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:PrintDefault">Click the <emph>Print File Directly</emph> icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.</ahelp> These can be found in the <emph>Printer Setup</emph> dialog, which you can call with the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Settings"><emph>Printer Settings</emph></link> menu command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:PrintDefault">Click the <emph>Print File Directly</emph> icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.</ahelp> These can be found in the <emph>Printer Setup</emph> dialogue box, which you can call with the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Settings"><emph>Printer Settings</emph></link> menu command.

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id9547105 help.text]
en: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer for your operating system, the <emph>Print File Direct </emph>icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer for your operating system, the <emph>Print File Direct</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_idN10679 help.text]
en: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer that was specified in the <link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">spadmin</link>, printer administration program, the <emph>Print File Direct </emph>icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer that was specified in the <link href="text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp">spadmin</link>, printer administration program, the <emph>Print File Direct</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp bm_id3150476 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Drawing bar</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>polygon drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>freeform lines; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text boxes; positioning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; entering as text box</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text objects; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ticker text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; animating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>vertical callouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>vertical text boxes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cube drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>triangle drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ellipse drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rectangle drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shapes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Drawing bar</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>polygon drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>free-form lines; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text boxes; positioning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; entering as text box</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text objects; draw functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ticker text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; animating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>vertical callouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>vertical text boxes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cube drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>triangle drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ellipse drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rectangle drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shapes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3150789 72 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertDraw">Click to open or close the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar, where you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertDraw">Click to open or close the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, with which you can add shapes, lines, text, and callouts to the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10849 help.text]
en: You can switch on and off the Drawing toolbar of Writer and Calc documents using an icon on the Standard toolbar.
en_GB: You can switch the Drawing toolbar of Writer and Calc documents on or off using an icon on the Standard toolbar.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3148878 57 help.text]
en: <variable id="kurvetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bezier_Unfilled">Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.</ahelp> The arc of the curve is determined by the distance you drag. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="kurvetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bezier_Unfilled">Draws a smooth Bézier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the curve.</ahelp> The arc of the curve is determined by the distance you drag. </variable>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp hd_id3148587 60 help.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3154163 61 help.text]
en: <variable id="freihandtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline_Unfilled">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="freihandtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline_Unfilled">Draws a free-form line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3150826 63 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Text_Marquee" visibility="hidden">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text box, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose <emph>Format - Text - Text Animation</emph>.</ahelp><variable id="lauftext">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. </variable>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Text_Marquee" visibility="hidden">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. Drag a text frame, and then type or paste your text. To assign an animation effect, choose <emph>Format - Text - Text Animation</emph>.</ahelp><variable id="lauftext">Inserts animated text with horizontal text direction into the current document. </variable>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10EA5 help.text]
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3155555 74 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp" name="Tips">Tips for working with the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp" name="Tips">Tips for working with the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar.</link>

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3148645 5 help.text]
en: Right-click the control and choose <emph>Control</emph>. A dialog opens where you can define the properties of the control.
en_GB: Right-click the control and choose <emph>Control</emph>. A dialogue box opens in which you can define the properties of the control.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3152792 135 help.text]
en: You can drag and drop controls from one document to another document. You can also copy and paste controls between documents. When you insert a control from another document, $[officename] analyzes the data source, content type, and content properties of the control so that the control fits the logical structure in the target document. For example, a control that displays contents from an address book continues to display the same contents after you copy the control to a different document. You can view these properties on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Form properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop controls from one document to another document. You can also copy and paste controls between documents. When you insert a control from another document, $[officename] analyses the data source, content type, and content properties of the control so that the control fits the logical structure in the target document. For example, a control that displays contents from an address book continues to display the same contents after you copy the control to a different document. You can view these properties on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Form properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id710776 help.text]
en: If you add a spin button to a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between the spin button and a cell. As a result, when you change the contents of a cell, the contents of the spin button are updated. Conversely, if you change the value of the spin button, the contents of the cell are updated.
en_GB: If you add a spin button to a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between the spin button and a cell. As a result, when you change the content of a cell, the contents of the spin button are updated. Conversely, if you change the value of the spin button, the contents of the cell are updated.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_idN11D42 help.text]
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_idN11D48 help.text]
en: Specifies the color of the arrows on the scrollbar.
en_GB: Specifies the colour of the arrows on the scrollbar.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3149596 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ImageControl">Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.</ahelp> In the form document, double-click one of these controls to open the <emph>Insert Graphic</emph> dialog to insert the image. There is also a context menu (not in design mode) with commands for inserting and deleting the image.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ImageControl">Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.</ahelp> In the form document, double-click one of these controls to open the <emph>Insert Graphic</emph> dialogue box to insert the image. There is also a context menu (not in design mode) with commands for inserting and deleting the image.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3151302 131 help.text]
en: If you assign the "Dropdown" property to the date field, the user can open a calendar to select a date under the date field. This also applies to a date field within a Table Control field.
en_GB: If you assign the "drop-down" property to the date field, the user can open a calendar to select a date under the date field. This also applies to a date field within a Table Control field.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp hd_id3154652 33 help.text]
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3145601 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:NumericField">Creates a numerical field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the numerical values in the form can be adopted from the database.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:NumericField">Creates a numeric field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the numeric values in the form can be adopted from the database.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3148394 72 help.text]
en: If you insert a group frame into the document, the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp" name="Group Element Wizard">Group Element Wizard</link> starts, which allows you to easily create an option group.
en_GB: If you insert a group frame into the document, the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp" name="Group Element Wizard">Group Element Wizard</link> starts, and this allows you to easily create an option group.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3154579 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a table control to display a database table.</ahelp> If you create a new table control, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170800.xhp" name="Table Element Wizard">Table Element Wizard</link> appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a table control to display a database table.</ahelp> If you create a new table control, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170800.xhp" name="Table Element Wizard">Table Element Wizard</link> will appear.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3109848 137 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoControlFocus">If<emph> Automatic Control Focus </emph>is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order">Tab Order</link> that you have specified determines which is the first form control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoControlFocus">If <emph>Automatic Control Focus</emph> is activated, the first form control will be selected when you open the document. If the button is not activated, the text will be selected after opening. The <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order">Tab Order</link> that you have specified determines which is the first form control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170001.xhp par_id3150400 90 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a sub-menu from which you can choose a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.

[ctx: 01170001.xhp hd_id3149667 113 help.text]
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: 01170001.xhp par_id3154321 114 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numeric field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170002.xhp par_id3156410 127 help.text]
en: <emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting </emph>property by clicking the <emph>... </emph>button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialog. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: <emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting</emph> property by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialogue box. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 01170002.xhp par_id3150976 129 help.text]
en: <emph>Min. value</emph> and <emph>Max. value</emph>: You can enter the minimum and maximum numeric value for a formatted field. The min and max values determine the output of existing data (Example: Min. value is 5, the connected database field contains the integer value 3. The output is 5, but the value in the database is not modified) and the input of new data (Example: Max. value is 10 and you enter 20. The input is corrected and 10 is written in the database). If the fields are not filled in for <emph>Min. value </emph>and <emph>Max. value</emph>, no limits will be applied. For formatted fields that are connected to a database text field, these two values and the <emph>Default value</emph> do not apply.
en_GB: <emph>Min. value</emph> and <emph>Max. value</emph>: You can enter the minimum and maximum numeric value for a formatted field. The min. and max. values determine the output of existing data (Example: Min. value is 5, the connected database field contains the integer value 3. The output is 5, but the value in the database is not modified) and the input of new data (Example: Max. value is 10 and you enter 20. The input is corrected and 10 is written in the database). If the fields are not filled in for <emph>Min. value</emph> and <emph>Max. value</emph>, no limits will be applied. For formatted fields that are connected to a database text field, these two values and the <emph>Default value</emph> do not apply.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159194 125 help.text]
en: The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses after the total number of records.
en_GB: The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses (round brackets) after the total number of records.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3153750 54 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a sub-menu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3155552 59 help.text]
en: Configure the table control using drag and drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.
en_GB: Configure the table control using drag-and-drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3153345 56 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a sub-menu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3152996 74 help.text]
en: Opens the properties dialog of the selected column.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box of the selected column.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159400 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You see only the first 16 hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a sub-menu from which you can choose the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You will see only the first 16 hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159269 84 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3149763 85 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVX_DLG_SHOWGRIDCOLUMNS:1">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVX_DLG_SHOWGRIDCOLUMNS:1">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the Shift or Ctrl (Mac: Command) key to select multiple entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3150504 87 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS">Click <emph>All </emph>if you want to show all columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS">Click <emph>All</emph> if you want to show all columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3145345 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="kontroll"><ahelp hid=".uno:ControlProperties">Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="kontroll"><ahelp hid=".uno:ControlProperties">Opens a dialogue box for editing the properties of a selected control.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3157910 17 help.text]
en: <variable id="hinweis">You can only call the<emph> Properties</emph> dialog when in the Design mode with a control selected. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hinweis">You can only call the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box when in the Design mode with a control selected. </variable>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153760 3 help.text]
en: If you enter data in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog, note that multiline input is possible for certain drop-down combo boxes. This concerns all fields in which an SQL statement can be entered, as well as the properties of text boxes or label fields. You can open these fields and enter text in the opened list. The following shortcut keys are valid:
en_GB: If you enter data in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box, note that multi-line input is possible for certain drop-down combo boxes. This concerns all fields in which an SQL statement can be entered, as well as the properties of text boxes or label fields. You can open these fields and enter text in the opened list. The following shortcut keys are valid:

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159233 2 help.text]
en: This <emph>General </emph>tab enables you to define the general properties of a form control. These properties differ, depending on the control type. Not all of the following properties are available for every control.
en_GB: This <emph>General</emph> tab enables you to define the general properties of a form control. These properties differ, depending on the control type. Not all of the following properties are available for every control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150084 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ENABLED">If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.</ahelp> If the property is disabled, it will not be enabled (No) and will be displayed in a gray color.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ENABLED">If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.</ahelp> If the property is disabled, it will not be enabled (No) and will be displayed in a grey colour.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149235 75 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LINECOUNT" visibility="hidden">Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.</ahelp> For combo boxes with the Dropdown property, you can specify how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. With control fields which do not have the Dropdown option, the line's display will be specified by the size of the control field and the font size.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_LINECOUNT" visibility="hidden">Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the drop-down list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Drop-down" option.</ahelp> For combo boxes with the Drop-down property, you can specify how many lines should be displayed in the drop-down list. With control fields which do not have the Drop-down option, the line's display will be specified by the size of the control field and the font size.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154638 19 help.text]
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3152577 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DROPDOWN" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).</ahelp> A control field with the dropdown property has an additional arrow button which opens the list of the existing form entries per mouse click. Under <emph>Line count</emph>, you can specify how many lines (or rows) should be displayed in the dropdown state. Combination fields can have the dropdown property.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DROPDOWN" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the combo box should drop-down (Yes) or not (No).</ahelp> A control field with the drop-down property has an additional arrow button which opens the list of the existing form entries per mouse click. Under <emph>Line count</emph>, you can specify how many lines (or rows) should be displayed in the drop-down state. Combination fields can have the drop-down property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159198 182 help.text]
en: Combo boxes that were inserted as columns in a table control are always dropdown as the default.
en_GB: Combo boxes that were inserted as columns in a table control are always drop-down as the default.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151281 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALIGN" visibility="hidden">Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.</ahelp> The alignment options are left-aligned, right-aligned, and centered. These options are available for the following elements:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ALIGN" visibility="hidden">Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.</ahelp> The alignment options are left-aligned, right-aligned, and centred. These options are available for the following elements:

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145801 217 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL">Specifies the source for the label of the control.</ahelp> The text of the label field will be used instead of the name of a database field. For example, in the <emph>Filter Navigator</emph>, <emph>Search</emph> dialog, and as a column name in the table view.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL">Specifies the source for the label of the control.</ahelp> The text of the label field will be used instead of the name of a database field. For example, in the <emph>Filter Navigator</emph>, <emph>Search</emph> dialogue box, and as a column name in the table view.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148587 219 help.text]
en: If you click on the <emph>...</emph> button next to the text field, you will see the <emph>Label Field Selection</emph> dialog. Select a label from the list.
en_GB: If you click on the <emph>...</emph> button next to the text field, you will see the <emph>Label Field Selection</emph> dialogue box. Select a label from the list.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154512 220 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="PCR_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_SELECTLABELCONTROL_1">Check the <emph>No assignment </emph>box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="PCR_CHECKBOX_RID_DLG_SELECTLABELCONTROL_1">Mark the <emph>No assignment</emph> check box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id9863277 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_REPEAT">Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_REPEAT">Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button or a scrollbar repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3152971 83 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT" visibility="hidden">Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.</ahelp> With date fields you can determine the format for the date readout.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT" visibility="hidden">Here you can determine the desired format for the date readout.</ahelp> With date fields you can determine the format for the date readout.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154360 88 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SPIN" visibility="hidden">The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.</ahelp> Numerical fields, currency fields, date and time fields can be introduced as spin buttons in the form.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SPIN" visibility="hidden">The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.</ahelp> Numeric fields, currency fields, date and time fields can be introduced as spin buttons in the form.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3159268 173 help.text]
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3156712 183 help.text]
en: The<emph> Tristate </emph>property is only defined for database forms, not for HTML forms.
en_GB: The <emph>Tri-state</emph> property is only defined for database forms, not for HTML forms.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150829 98 help.text]
en: The characters a-z and A-Z can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.
en_GB: The characters a-z and A-Z can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lower-case characters.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3156140 100 help.text]
en: The characters A-Z can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters A-Z can be entered. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148873 102 help.text]
en: The characters a-z, A-Z, and 0-9 can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.
en_GB: The characters a-z, A-Z, and 0-9 can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lower-case characters.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154574 104 help.text]
en: The characters A-Z and 0-9 can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters A-Z and 0-9 can be entered. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150429 110 help.text]
en: All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: All printable characters can be entered. If a lower-case letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155081 111 help.text]
en: For the literal mask "__.__.2000", for example, define the "NNLNNLLLLL" edit mask so that the user can only enter four digits when entering a date.
en_GB: For the literal mask "__/__/2000", for example, define the "NNLNNLLLLL" edit mask so that the user can only enter four digits when entering a date.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154344 115 help.text]
en: An image button has a <emph>Graphics </emph>property. <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL">The<emph> Graphics</emph> property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.</ahelp> If you select the graphic file with the <emph>...</emph> button, the path and file name will be automatically included in the text box.
en_GB: An image button has a <emph>Graphics</emph> property. <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL">The <emph>Graphics</emph> property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.</ahelp> If you select the graphic file with the <emph>...</emph> button, the path and file name will be automatically included in the text box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152541 3 help.text]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155073 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR" visibility="hidden">Sets the background color of the control field.</ahelp> A background color is available for most control fields. If you click on <emph>Background color</emph>, a list will open which enables you to select among various colors. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired color is not listed, click the <emph>...</emph> button to define a color in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR" visibility="hidden">Sets the background colour of the control field.</ahelp> A background colour is available for most control fields. If you click on <emph>Background colour</emph>, a list will open which enables you to select among various colours. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired colour is not listed, click the <emph>...</emph> button to define a colour in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155096 86 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_VALUESTEP" visibility="hidden">Determines spin button intervals.</ahelp> You can preset the value intervals for numerical and currency spin buttons. Use the up and down arrows of the spin button to increase or decrease the value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_VALUESTEP" visibility="hidden">Determines spin button intervals.</ahelp> You can preset the value intervals for numeric and currency spin buttons. Use the up and down arrow buttons of the spin button to increase or decrease the value.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154767 188 help.text]
en: If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the Web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Data"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab. Under <emph>Type of List Contents</emph>, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under <emph>List Contents</emph> that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant.
en_GB: If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Data"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab. Under <emph>Type of List Contents</emph>, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under <emph>List Contents</emph> that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154290 121 help.text]
en: Date max
en_GB: Date latest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154733 126 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX" visibility="hidden">Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</ahelp> For numerical and currency fields, you can determine the maximum value that the user can enter.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX" visibility="hidden">Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.</ahelp> For numeric and currency fields, you can determine the maximum value that the user can enter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp bm_id4040955 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>rich text control</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>controls;rich text control</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>rich text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls;rich text control</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN11391 help.text]
en: This control is named "Multiline input" for a text column inside a table control.
en_GB: This control is named "Multi-line input" for a text column inside a table control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115AE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="37966">Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="37966">Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3-D look (default) or a flat look.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115B8 help.text]
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115CE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="37967">Specifies the border color for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="37967">Specifies the border colour for controls that have the Border property set to "flat".</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115B7 help.text]
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115BB help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the colour for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3147505 134 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN" visibility="hidden">You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.</ahelp> For numerical and currency fields you can determine a minimum value to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN" visibility="hidden">You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.</ahelp> For numeric and currency fields you can determine a minimum value to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3146096 138 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY" visibility="hidden">Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.</ahelp> With numerical and currency fields you can determine the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY" visibility="hidden">Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.</ahelp> With numeric and currency fields you can determine the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149819 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_NAME" visibility="hidden">On the <emph>Properties</emph> tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the <emph>Form Properties </emph>tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.</ahelp> Each control field and each form has a <emph>Name </emph>property through which it can be identified. The name will appear in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp" name="Form Navigator">Form Navigator</link> and, using the name, the control field can be referred to from a macro. The default settings already specify a name which is constructed from using the field's label and number.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_NAME" visibility="hidden">On the <emph>Properties</emph> tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the <emph>Form Properties</emph> tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.</ahelp> Each control field and each form has a <emph>Name</emph> property through which it can be identified. The name will appear in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp" name="Form Navigator">Form Navigator</link> and, using the name, the control field can be referred to from a macro. The default settings already specify a name which is constructed from using the field's label and number.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153025 191 help.text]
en: If you work with macros, make sure that the names of the controls are unique.
en_GB: If you work with macros, ensure that the names of the controls are unique.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp bm_id3146325 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>controls; grouping</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>groups;of controls</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>forms; grouping controls</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls; grouping</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>groups;of controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; grouping controls</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153215 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_READONLY" visibility="hidden">Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).</ahelp> The<emph> Read-only </emph>property can be assigned to all controls in which the user can enter text. If you assign the read-only property to an image field which uses graphics from a database, the user will not be able to insert new graphics into the database.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_READONLY" visibility="hidden">Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).</ahelp> The <emph>Read-only</emph> property can be assigned to all controls in which the user can enter text. If you assign the read-only property to an image field which uses graphics from a database, the user will not be able to insert new graphics into the database.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145637 140 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BORDER" visibility="hidden">Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".</ahelp> With control fields that have a frame, you can determine the border display on the form using the <emph>Border </emph>property. You can select among the "Without frame", "3-D look" or "Flat" options.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BORDER" visibility="hidden">Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".</ahelp> With control fields that have a frame, you can determine the border display on the form using the <emph>Border</emph> property. You can select among the "Without frame", "3-D look" or "Flat" options.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150640 47 help.text]
en: You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150028 203 help.text]
en: For a Reset type button, the<emph> Default selection</emph> entry defines the status of the list box if the reset button is activated by the user.
en_GB: For a Reset type button, the <emph>Default selection</emph> entry defines the status of the list box if the reset button is activated by the user.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id919217 help.text]
en: For a List box that contains a value list, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: For a List box that contains a value list, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id50050 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog, select the entries that you want to mark as selected when you open the form that contains the list box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialogue box, select the entries that you want to mark as selected when you open the form that contains the list box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150740 199 help.text]
en: For a Reset type button, the<emph> Default value entry </emph>defines the status of the control if the reset button is activated by the user.
en_GB: For a Reset type button, the <emph>Default value entry</emph> defines the status of the control if the reset button is activated by the user.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154681 145 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON" visibility="hidden">The<emph> Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.</ahelp> The<emph> Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key. If you open the dialog or form and do not carry out any further action, the button with this property is the default button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON" visibility="hidden">The <emph>Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.</ahelp> The <emph>Default button</emph> property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key. If you open the dialogue box or form and do not carry out any further action, the button with this property is the default button.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154548 48 help.text]
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155361 49 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TABSTOP">The <emph>Tabstop </emph>property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.</ahelp> The following options are available:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_TABSTOP">The <emph>Tab stop</emph> property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.</ahelp> The following options are available:

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154936 148 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP" visibility="hidden">Inserts a thousands separator.</ahelp> With numerical and currency fields you can determine whether thousands separators are used.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP" visibility="hidden">Inserts a thousands separator.</ahelp> With numeric and currency fields you can determine whether thousands separators are used.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154568 54 help.text]
en: When you create a new control, the description predefined in the <emph>Name</emph> property is used as the default for labeling the control. The label consists of the control field name and an integer numbering the control (for example, CommandButton1). With the <emph>Title</emph> property, you can assign another description to the control so that the label reflects the function of the control. Change this entry in order to assign an expressive label to the control that is visible to the user.
en_GB: When you create a new control, the description predefined in the <emph>Name</emph> property is used as the default for labelling the control. The label consists of the control field name and an integer numbering the control (for example, CommandButton1). With the <emph>Title</emph> property, you can assign another description to the control so that the label reflects the function of the control. Change this entry in order to assign an expressive label to the control that is visible to the user.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp bm_id3163820 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>multi-line titles in forms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>names; multi-line titles</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>controls; multi-line titles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>multi-line titles in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; multi-line titles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; multi-line titles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159407 55 help.text]
en: The <emph>Title</emph> property is only used for labeling a form element in the interface visible to the user. If you work with macros, note that at runtime, a control is always addressed through the <emph>Name</emph> property.
en_GB: The <emph>Title</emph> property is only used for labelling a form element in the interface visible to the user. If you work with macros, note that at run-time, a control is always addressed through the <emph>Name</emph> property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145160 150 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL" visibility="hidden">You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.</ahelp> In a currency field, you can pre-define the currency symbol by entering the character or string in the <emph>Currency symbol</emph> property.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL" visibility="hidden">You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.</ahelp> In a currency field, you can predefine the currency symbol by entering the character or string in the <emph>Currency symbol</emph> property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3152493 158 help.text]
en: The characters and their ASCII codes can be seen in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog (Insert - Special Character).
en_GB: The characters and their ASCII codes can be seen in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box (Insert - Special Character).

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151037 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FONT" visibility="hidden">Select the font for the text that is in the control field.</ahelp> For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font"><emph>Font</emph></link> dialog, click the <emph>...</emph> button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FONT" visibility="hidden">Select the font for the text that is in the control field.</ahelp> For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font"><emph>Font</emph></link> dialogue box, click the <emph>...</emph> button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3155306 2 help.text]
en: The<emph> Data </emph>tab page allows you to assign a data source to the selected control.
en_GB: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page allows you to assign a data source to the selected control.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3150654 207 help.text]
en: For database forms, you can also characterize the status of an option or a check box by a reference value, storing it in the database. If you have a set of three options, for example "in progress", "completed", and "resubmission", with the respective reference values, "ToDo", "OK", and "RS", these reference values appear in the database if the respective option is clicked.
en_GB: For database forms, you can also characterise the status of an option or a check box by a reference value, storing it in the database. If you have a set of three options, for example "in progress", "completed", and "resubmission", with the respective reference values, "ToDo", "OK", and "RS", these reference values appear in the database if the respective option is clicked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3146898 76 help.text]
en: Second case: The control belongs to a subform that is created by an SQL query.
en_GB: Second case: The control belongs to a sub-form that is created by an SQL query.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3163377 18 help.text]
en: If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under <emph>List content</emph> at the corresponding position (note uppercase/lowercase). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry.
en_GB: If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under <emph>List content</emph> at the corresponding position (note upper-case/lower-case). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3151221 89 help.text]
en: <variable id="filtervorschlag"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL">While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the <emph>Data</emph> tab of the corresponding <emph>Properties</emph> dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.</ahelp> The field content can then be selected using the AutoComplete function. Note, however, that this function requires a greater amount of memory space and time, especially when used in large databases and should therefore be used sparingly. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="filtervorschlag"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL">While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the <emph>Data</emph> tab of the corresponding <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.</ahelp> The field content can then be selected using the AutoComplete function. Note, however, that this function requires a greater amount of memory space and time, especially when used in large databases and should therefore be used sparingly. </variable>

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10EE7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL">Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.</ahelp> The following tables list the controls and their corresponding link type:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL">Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell content.</ahelp> The following tables list the controls and their corresponding link type:

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F11 help.text]
en: Select the check box
en_GB: Mark the check box

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F1E help.text]
en: Deselect the check box
en_GB: Unmark the check box

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F2B help.text]
en: Tri-state check box is set to "undetermined" state
en_GB: Tri-state check box is set to "indeterminate" state

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F3E help.text]
en: If entered value is TRUE or not 0: Check box is selected<br/>If entered value is FALSE or 0: Check box is deselected
en_GB: If entered value is TRUE or not 0: Check box is marked<br/>If entered value is FALSE or 0: Check box is unmarked

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F4D help.text]
en: Check box is set to "undetermined" state if it is a tri-state check box, else check box is deselected.
en_GB: Check box is set to "indeterminate" state if it is a tri-state check box, else check box is unmarked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11050 help.text]
en: The check box is selected.
en_GB: The check box is marked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1105B help.text]
en: The check box is deselected.
en_GB: The check box is unmarked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1100B help.text]
en: Numerical field and formatted field with linked cell
en_GB: Numeric field and formatted field with linked cell

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11066 help.text]
en: Linked contents: Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents.
en_GB: Linked contents: Synchronise the text content of the selected list box entry with the cell content.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1106A help.text]
en: Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell.
en_GB: Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronised with the numeric value in the cell.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11179 help.text]
en: Linked contents: Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents. Select "The selected entry"
en_GB: Linked contents: Synchronise the text content of the selected list box entry with the cell content. Select "The selected entry"

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1117D help.text]
en: Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell. Select "Position of the selected entry"
en_GB: Linked selection position: The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronised with the numeric value in the cell. Select "Position of the selected entry"

[ctx: 01170103.xhp bm_id3148643 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>controls; events</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>events; controls</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>macros; assigning to events in forms</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls; events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; assigning to events in forms</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3152350 2 help.text]
en: On the<emph> Events </emph>tab page you can link macros to events that occur in a form's control fields.
en_GB: On the <emph>Events</emph> tab page you can link macros to events that occur in a form's control fields.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155419 40 help.text]
en: When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the <emph>...</emph> button. An <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link></caseinline><defaultinline>dialog</defaultinline></switchinline> opens.
en_GB: When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the <emph>...</emph> button. An <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link></caseinline><defaultinline>dialogue box</defaultinline></switchinline> opens.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3148755 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CHANGED">The<emph> Changed </emph>event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CHANGED">The <emph>Changed</emph> event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3150495 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">The<emph> Text modified </emph>event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">The <emph>Text modified</emph> event takes place if you enter or modify text in an input field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3150870 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED" visibility="hidden">The<emph> Item status changed </emph>event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.</ahelp> The<emph> Item status changed</emph> event takes place if he status of the control field has changed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED" visibility="hidden">The <emph>Item status changed</emph> event takes place if the status of the control field has changed</ahelp> The <emph>Item status changed</emph> event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3154218 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED">The<emph> When receiving focus </emph>event takes place if a control field receives the focus.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED">The <emph>When receiving focus</emph> event takes place if a control field receives the focus.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3159252 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST">The<emph> When losing focus </emph>event takes place if a control field looses the focus.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST">The <emph>When losing focus</emph> event takes place if a control field loses the focus.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3152940 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYTYPED">The <emph>Key pressed </emph>event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp> This event may be linked to a macro for checking entries.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYTYPED">The <emph>Key pressed</emph> event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp> This event may be linked to a macro for checking entries.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3154150 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYUP">The<emph> Key released </emph>event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYUP">The <emph>Key released</emph> event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3148618 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED">The<emph> Mouse inside </emph>event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED">The <emph>Mouse inside</emph> event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155411 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED">The<emph> Mouse moved while key pressed </emph>event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.</ahelp> An example is when, during drag-and-drop, an additional key determines the mode (move or copy).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED">The <emph>Mouse moved while key pressed</emph> event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.</ahelp> An example is when, during drag-and-drop, an additional key determines the mode (move or copy).

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3146975 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED">The<emph> Mouse moved </emph>event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED">The <emph>Mouse moved</emph> event occurs if the mouse moves over the control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3145271 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED">The<emph> Mouse button pressed </emph>event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED">The <emph>Mouse button pressed</emph> event occurs if the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_idN108BD help.text]
en: Note that this event is also used for notifying requests for a popup context menu on the control.
en_GB: Note that this event is also used for notifying requests for a pop-up context menu on the control.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3150659 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED">The<emph> Mouse button released </emph>event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED">The <emph>Mouse button released</emph> event occurs if the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3149582 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED">The<emph> Mouse outside </emph>event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED">The <emph>Mouse outside</emph> event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170200.xhp par_id3147088 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="form"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormProperties" visibility="visible">In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="form"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormProperties" visibility="visible">In this dialogue box you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3145065 29 help.text]
en: Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analyzed by a program on the recipient's server.
en_GB: Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analysed by a program on the recipient's server.

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3157909 52 help.text]
en: In addition to the controls that are recognized in HTML, $[officename] offers other controls. It should be noted that, for fields with a specific numerical format, the visible values are not transmitted but rather fixed default formats. The following table shows how the data of the $[officename]-specific controls is transmitted:
en_GB: In addition to the controls that are recognised in HTML, $[officename] offers other controls. It should be noted that, for fields with a specific numeric format, the visible values are not transmitted but rather fixed default formats. The following table shows how the data of the $[officename]-specific controls is transmitted:

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3149734 41 help.text]
en: A decimal separator is always displayed as a period.
en_GB: A decimal separator is always displayed as a dot-on-the-line.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp bm_id3150499 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>forms; events</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>events;in forms</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>forms; events</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events;in forms</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3147043 2 help.text]
en: The<emph> Events </emph>tab page, allows you to assign a macro to certain events which occur in a form.
en_GB: The <emph>Events</emph> tab page, allows you to assign a macro to certain events which occur in a form.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3159233 3 help.text]
en: To link an event with a macro, first write a macro that contains all the commands to be executed when the event happens. Then assign this macro to the respective event by clicking the <emph>... </emph>button beside the corresponding event. The<emph> Assign Macro </emph>dialog opens, where you can select the macro.
en_GB: To link an event with a macro, first write a macro that contains all the commands to be executed when the event happens. Then assign this macro to the respective event by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button beside the corresponding event. The <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box opens, in which you can select the macro.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3149182 29 help.text]
en: The following actions can be configured individually, meaning that you can use your own dialogs to depict an action:
en_GB: The following actions can be configured individually, meaning that you can use your own dialogue boxes to depict an action:

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id0409200920562590 help.text]
en: The events that are shown in the Events dialog cannot be edited directly. You can delete an event from the list by pressing the Del key.
en_GB: The events that are shown in the Events dialogue box cannot be edited directly. You can delete an event from the list by pressing the Del key.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3149669 56 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Before update event occurs before the control content changed by the user is written into the data source.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Before update event occurs before the changed control content is written into the data source.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3153360 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE">The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE">The After update event occurs after the changed control content has been written into the data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3155390 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED">The<emph> Prior to reset </emph>event occurs before a form is reset.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED">The <emph>Prior to reset</emph> event occurs before a form is reset.</ahelp> The linked macro can, for example, prevent this action by returning "FALSE".

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3148563 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RESETTED">The<emph> After resetting </emph>event occurs after a form has been reset.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RESETTED">The <emph>After resetting</emph> event occurs after a form has been reset.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3159152 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_SUBMITTED">The<emph> Before submitting </emph>event occurs before the form data is sent.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_SUBMITTED">The <emph>Before submitting</emph> event occurs before the form data is sent.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3156423 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_LOADED">The<emph> When loading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_LOADED">The <emph>When loading</emph> event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3154218 39 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADING">The<emph> Before reloading </emph>event occurs before the form is reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has not yet been refreshed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADING">The <emph>Before reloading</emph> event occurs before the form is reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has not yet been refreshed.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3157895 41 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADED">The<emph> When reloading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has already been refreshed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_RELOADED">The<emph>When reloading</emph> event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.</ahelp> The data content has already been refreshed.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3152598 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADING">The<emph> Before unloading </emph>event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADING">The<emph> Before unloading</emph> event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3154638 45 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADED">The<emph> When unloading </emph>event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_UNLOADED">The <emph>When unloading</emph> event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3154988 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE">The<emph> Confirm deletion </emph>event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE">The <emph>Confirm deletion</emph> event occurs as soon as data is deleted from the form.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp hd_id3149481 46 help.text]
en: Before record action
en_GB: Before recording action

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3156007 58 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE">The<emph> Before record action </emph>event occurs before the current record is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE">The <emph>Before record action</emph> event occurs before the current record is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can request confirmation in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp hd_id3145749 47 help.text]
en: After record action
en_GB: After recording action

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3146975 59 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE">The<emph> After record action </emph>event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE">The <emph>After record action</emph> event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3149664 60 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONING">The<emph> Before record change </emph>event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can prevent this action by returning "FALSE".
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONING">The <emph>Before record change</emph> event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.</ahelp> For example, the linked macro can prevent this action by returning "FALSE".

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3154098 61 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONED">The<emph> After record change </emph>event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_POSITIONED">The <emph>After record change</emph> event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3147396 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER">The<emph> Fill parameters </emph>event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.</ahelp> For example, the data source of the form can be the following SQL command:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER">The <emph>Fill parameters</emph> event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.</ahelp> For example, the data source of the form could be the following SQL command:

[ctx: 01170203.xhp bm_id3150040 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>forms; data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; forms and subforms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; subforms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subforms; description</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>forms; data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; forms and sub-forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; sub-forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-forms; description</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147242 2 help.text]
en: The<emph> Data </emph>tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.
en_GB: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149398 107 help.text]
en: Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>.
en_GB: Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link>.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3152349 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATASOURCE">Defines the data source to which the form should refer.</ahelp> If you click the <emph>...</emph> button, you call the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialog, where you can choose a data source.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_DATASOURCE">Defines the data source to which the form should refer.</ahelp> If you click the <emph>...</emph> button, you call the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3155922 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE">Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in <emph>Content type</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE">Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL statement. Before you enter the content you have to define the exact type in <emph>Content type</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3153192 29 help.text]
en: If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under <emph>Content</emph>. If you want to create a new query or a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the subform directly in the <emph>List content</emph> box on the Control properties Data tab page.
en_GB: If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under <emph>Content</emph>. If you want to create a new query or a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link>, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the sub-form directly in the <emph>List content</emph> box on the Control properties Data tab page.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp hd_id3158409 105 help.text]
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3145171 106 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING">Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> If set to Yes, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button next to the <emph>Content</emph> list box. This will open a window where you can graphically create a database query. When you close that window, the SQL statement for the created query will be inserted in the <emph>Content</emph> list box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING">Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analysed by %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> If set to Yes, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button next to the <emph>Content</emph> list box. This will open a window in which you can graphically create a database query. When you close that window, the SQL statement for the created query will be inserted in the <emph>Content</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3150449 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA">Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.</ahelp> For example, if you want to display all records with the "Mike" forename, type into the data field: Forename = 'Mike'. You can also combine conditions: Forename = 'Mike' OR Forename = 'Peter'. All records matching either of these two conditions will be displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA">Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.</ahelp> For example, if you want to display all records with the "Mike" forename, type into the data field: Forename = 'Mike'. You can also combine conditions: Forename = 'Mike' OR Forename = 'Peter'. All records matching these two conditions will be displayed.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149485 79 help.text]
en: The "Parent Form" option is used for subforms. If you choose this option for a subform, you can navigate using the records of the main form if the cursor is placed in the subform. A subform is linked to the parent form by a 1:1 relationship, so navigation is always performed in the parent form.
en_GB: The "Parent Form" option is used for sub-forms. If you choose this option for a sub-form you can navigate using the records of the main form if the cursor is placed in the sub-form. A sub-form is linked to the parent form by a 1:1 relationship, so navigation is always performed in the parent form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3154944 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CYCLE">Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.</ahelp> Using the tab key, you can move forward in the form. If you simultaneously press the Shift key, the navigation will follow the opposite direction. If you reach the last (or the first) field and press the tab key again, it can have various effects. Define the key control with the following options:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_CYCLE">Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.</ahelp> Using the tab key, you can move forwards in the form. If you simultaneously press the Shift key, the navigation will follow the opposite direction. If you reach the last (or the first) field and press the tab key again, it can have various effects. Define the key control with the following options:

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147339 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS">If you create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.</ahelp> To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS">If you create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link>, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronisation between parent and sub-form.</ahelp> To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149568 71 help.text]
en: The subform is based on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#sql" name="SQL">SQL</link> query; more specifically, on a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Parameter Query">Parameter Query</link>. If a field name is entered in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box, the data contained in that field in the main form is read to a variable that you must enter in <emph>Link slave fields</emph>. In an appropriate SQL statement, this variable is compared to the table data that the subform refers to. Alternatively, you can enter the column name in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box.
en_GB: The sub-form is based on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#sql" name="SQL">SQL</link> query; more specifically, on a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="Parameter Query">Parameter Query</link>. If a field name is entered in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box, the data contained in that field in the main form is read to a variable that you must enter in <emph>Link slave fields</emph>. In an appropriate SQL statement, this variable is compared to the table data that the sub-form refers to. Alternatively, you can enter the column name in the <emph>Link master fields</emph> box.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3151017 30 help.text]
en: The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a subform. Under <emph>Link master fields</emph> enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x.
en_GB: The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a sub-form. Under <emph>Link master fields</emph> enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3151248 73 help.text]
en: The subform should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to make sure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number.
en_GB: The sub-form should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to ensure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3155335 75 help.text]
en: SELECT * FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform to show all data from the orders table)
en_GB: SELECT * FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the sub-form to show all data from the orders table)

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3153921 77 help.text]
en: SELECT Item FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform from the orders table to show only the data contained in the "Item" field)
en_GB: SELECT Item FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the sub-form from the orders table to show only the data contained in the "Item" field)

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3148488 78 help.text]
en: The SQL statement can either be entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, or you can create an appropriate parameter query, which can be used to create the subform.
en_GB: The SQL statement can either be entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, or you can create an appropriate parameter query, which can be used to create the sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149923 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS">If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.</ahelp> If a subform is based on a query, enter the variable that you defined in the query. If you create a form using an SQL statement entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, enter the variable you used in the statement. You can choose any variable name. If you want to enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS">If you create a sub-form, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.</ahelp> If a sub-form is based on a query, enter the variable that you defined in the query. If you create a form using an SQL statement entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, enter the variable you used in the statement. You can choose any variable name. If you want to enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3155114 31 help.text]
en: If, for example, you specified the Customer_ID database field as a parent field under <emph>Link master fields</emph>, then you can define under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> the name of the variable in which the values of the Customer_ID database field are to be stored. If you now specify an SQL statement in the <emph>Data source</emph> box using this variable, the relevant values are displayed in the subform.
en_GB: If, for example, you specified the Customer_ID database field as a parent field under <emph>Link master fields</emph>, then you can define under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> the name of the variable in which the values of the Customer_ID database field are to be stored. If you now specify an SQL statement in the <emph>Data source</emph> box using this variable, the relevant values are displayed in the sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp hd_id3152778 32 help.text]
en: What is a subform?
en_GB: What is a sub-form?

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147094 34 help.text]
en: <variable id="wozu">If you require a form that can refer to the data in a table or query and can additionally display data from another table, you should create a subform. </variable> For example, this subform can be a text box that displays the data of another database table.
en_GB: <variable id="wozu">If you require a form that can refer to the data in a table or query and can additionally display data from another table, you should create a sub-form. </variable> For example, this sub-form can be a text box that displays the data of another database table.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3157972 35 help.text]
en: A subform is an additional component of the main form. The main form can be called the "parent form" or "master". Subforms are needed as soon as you want to access more than one table from a form. Each additional table requires its own subform.
en_GB: A sub-form is an additional component of the main form. The main form can be called the "parent form" or "master". Sub-forms are needed as soon as you want to access more than one table from a form. Each additional table requires its own sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id4807275 help.text]
en: After creating a form, it can be changed into a subform. To do this, enter Design Mode, and open the Form Navigator. In the Form Navigator, drag a form (that will become a subform) onto any other form (that will become a master).
en_GB: After creating a form, it can be changed into a sub-form. To do this, enter Design Mode, and open the Form Navigator. In the Form Navigator, drag a form (that will become a sub-form) onto any other form (that will become a master).

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3158444 36 help.text]
en: The user of your document will not see that a form has subforms. The user only sees a document in which data is entered or where existing data is displayed.
en_GB: The user of your document will not see that a form has sub-forms. The user only sees a document in which data is entered or where existing data is displayed.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_idN10C2A help.text]
en: Specify the Link master field from the data fields in the master form. In the subform, the Link slave field can be set as a field which will be matched to the contents of the Link master field.
en_GB: Specify the Link master field from the data fields in the master form. In the sub-form, the Link slave field can be set as a field which will be matched to the contents of the Link master field.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_idN10C2D help.text]
en: When the user navigates through the data, the form always displays the current data record. If there are subforms defined, the contents of the subforms will be displayed after a short delay of approximate 200 ms. This delay enables you to quickly browse through the data records of the master form. If you navigate to the next master data record within the delay limit, the subform data need not be retrieved and displayed.
en_GB: When the user navigates through the data, the form always displays the current data record. If there are sub-forms defined, the contents of the sub-forms will be displayed after a short delay of approximate 200 ms. This delay enables you to quickly browse through the data records of the master form. If you navigate to the next master data record within the delay limit, the sub-form data need not be retrieved and displayed.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3150347 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:TabDialog">In the<emph> Tab Order </emph>dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:TabDialog">In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialogue box you can modify the order in which control fields acquire the focus when the user presses the tab key.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3109850 3 help.text]
en: If form elements are inserted into a document, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialog, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs.
en_GB: If form elements are inserted into a document, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialogue box, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3155934 12 help.text]
en: You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Order"><emph>Order</emph></link> in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the control.
en_GB: You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Order"><emph>Order</emph></link> in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box of the control.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3149760 13 help.text]
en: A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where no button is set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.
en_GB: A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where none are set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3150789 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABORDER_CONTROLS">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls </emph>list to assign the desired position in the tab order.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABORDER_CONTROLS">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls</emph> list to assign the desired position in the tab order.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3154751 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_UP">Click the<emph> Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_UP">Click the <emph>Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3154823 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_DOWN">Click the<emph> Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_MOVE_DOWN">Click the <emph>Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3153748 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_AUTO_ORDER">Click the<emph> Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVXDLG_TAB_ORDER_PB_AUTO_ORDER">Click the <emph>Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp hd_id3144436 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp" name="Add Field">Add Field</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp" name="Add Field:">Add Field:</link>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3166460 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddField">Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddField">Opens a window in which you can select a database field to add to the form or report.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3147620 4 help.text]
en: You can insert a field into the current document by dragging and dropping. A field is then inserted which contains a link to the database.
en_GB: You can incorporate a field into the current document by dragging-and-dropping it into the document while holding down the mouse button. A corresponding field is then set up in the document with a link to the database.

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3153541 5 help.text]
en: If you add fields to a form and you switch off the <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="Design Mode">Design Mode</link>, you can see that $[officename] adds a labeled input field for every inserted database field.
en_GB: If you add fields to a form and you switch off the <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="Design Mode">Design Mode</link>, you can see that $[officename] sets up a labelled input field for every inserted database field where the user can enter data.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>controls;arranging in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms;Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Form Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subforms; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; hidden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden controls in Form Navigator</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls;arranging in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms;Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Form Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-forms; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; hidden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden controls in Form Navigator</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3149760 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowFmExplorer">Opens the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowFmExplorer">Opens the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> displays all forms and sub-forms of the current document with their respective controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3146957 4 help.text]
en: You can change how the different controls are arranged by dragging and dropping them in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. Select one or more controls and drag them into another form. Alternatively use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X or the context menu command <emph>Cut</emph> to move a control to the clipboard and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or the command <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the control into another position.
en_GB: You can change how the different controls are arranged by dragging-and-dropping them in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. Select one or more controls and drag them into another form. Alternatively use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X or the context menu command <emph>Cut</emph> to move a control to the clipboard and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or the command <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the control into another position.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3153561 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW">Adds new elements to the form. The<emph> Add </emph>function can only be called if a form is selected in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW">Adds new elements to the form. The <emph>Add</emph> function can only be called if a form is selected in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3156117 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_FORM">Creates a new form in the document. </ahelp> To create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, add the new form under the desired parent form.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_FORM">Creates a new form in the document. </ahelp> To create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link> add the new form under the desired parent form.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3158430 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN">Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.</ahelp> It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Special Properties">Special Properties</link> of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and select the <emph>Properties</emph> command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN">Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not visible on screen and is hidden from the user. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.</ahelp> It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Special Properties">Special Properties</link> of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and select the <emph>Properties</emph> command.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3145068 20 help.text]
en: Drag and drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> into the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> into the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3156282 16 help.text]
en: When a form is selected, it opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.
en_GB: When a form is selected, it opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialogue box, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3149766 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropertyBrowser">Starts the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for the selected entry.</ahelp> If a form is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form Properties">Form Properties</link> dialog opens. If a control is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="Control Properties">Control Properties</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropertyBrowser">Starts the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for the selected entry.</ahelp> If a form is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form Properties">Form Properties</link> dialogue box opens. If a control is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="Control Properties">Control Properties</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 01170700.xhp par_id3152425 5 help.text]
en: Note that the XListener- and method components of this option are case sensitive.
en_GB: Note that the XListener- and method components of this option are case-sensitive.

[ctx: 01170901.xhp par_id3155338 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_TABLE_LB_SELECTTABLE">In the<emph> Table </emph>field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_TABLE_LB_SELECTTABLE">In the <emph>Table</emph> field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170902.xhp tit help.text]
en: Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection
en_GB: Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection
